Use these links to rapidly review the document
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 21, 2014

Registration No. 333-           

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549



FORM S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933



2U, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)



Delaware   7372   26-2335939
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

8201 Corporate Drive, Suite 900
Landover, MD 20785
(301) 892-4350

(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)



Christopher J. Paucek
Chief Executive Officer
2U, Inc.
8201 Corporate Drive, Suite 900
Landover, MD 20785
(301) 892-4350

(Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)



Copies to:

Brent B. Siler
Darren K. DeStefano
Brian F. Leaf
Cooley LLP
11951 Freedom Drive
Reston, VA 20190-5656
Telephone: (703) 456-8000
Fax: (703) 456-8100
 
Todd J. Glassman
General Counsel
2U, Inc.
8201 Corporate Drive, Suite 900
Landover, MD 20785
Telephone: (301) 892-4350
Fax: (202) 478-1660
  William J. Schnoor
Michael J. Minahan
Gregg L. Katz
Goodwin Procter LLP
Exchange Place
Boston, MA 02109
Telephone: (617) 570-1000
Fax: (617) 523-1231



              Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after the effective date of this registration statement.



             If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 check the following box.  o

             If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

             If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o

             If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.  o



CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

       
 
Title of Securities being Registered
  Proposed
Maximum Aggregate
Offering Price(1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration
Fee

 

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share

  $100,000,000   $12,880

 

(1)
In accordance with Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the number of shares being registered and the proposed maximum offering price per share are not included in this table.

(2)
Estimated solely for purposes of computing the amount of the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) under the Securities Act.




             Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer", "accelerated filer" and "smaller reporting company" in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. (Check one):

Large Accelerated Filer o   Accelerated Filer o   Non-accelerated Filer ý
(Do not check if a
smaller reporting company)
  Smaller Reporting Company o

              The registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment that specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

   


Table of Contents

The information in this preliminary prospectus is not complete and may be changed. These securities may not be sold until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This preliminary prospectus is not an offer to sell nor does it seek an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

Subject to Completion. Dated February 21, 2014

                    Shares

GRAPHIC

Common Stock



          This is an initial public offering of shares of common stock of 2U, Inc.                    shares of common stock are being sold by us and                    shares of common stock are being sold by the selling stockholders identified in this prospectus. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the shares being sold by the selling stockholders.

          Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price per share will be between $              and $             . We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "TWOU".

          We are an "emerging growth company" as that term is used in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 and, as such, have elected to comply with certain reduced public company reporting requirements.

           See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 14 to read about factors you should consider before buying shares of our common stock.



           Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any other regulatory body has approved or disapproved of these securities or passed upon the accuracy or adequacy of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.



  Per Share     Total    

Initial public offering price

  $              $                       

Underwriting discount(1)

  $              $                       

Proceeds, before expenses, to 2U, Inc. 

  $              $                       

Proceeds, before expenses, to selling stockholders

  $              $                       

(1)
The underwriters will receive compensation in addition to the underwriting discount. See "Underwriting" beginning on page 137 of this prospectus for a description of the compensation paid to the underwriters.

          To the extent that the underwriters sell more than                    shares of common stock, we and the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to an additional                    shares at the initial public offering price less the underwriting discount.



          The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in New York, New York on                          , 2014.

Goldman, Sachs & Co.   Credit Suisse

 

Needham & Company   Oppenheimer & Co.   Pacific Crest Securities



   

Prospectus dated                          , 2014


GRAPHIC


GRAPHIC


Table of Contents


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page  

Prospectus Summary

    1  

Risk Factors

   
14
 

Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

   
40
 

Use of Proceeds

   
41
 

Dividend Policy

   
41
 

Capitalization

   
42
 

Dilution

   
44
 

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

   
46
 

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

   
48
 

Business

   
80
 

Management

   
98
 

Executive Compensation

   
106
 

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

   
117
 

Principal and Selling Stockholders

   
122
 

Description of Capital Stock

   
125
 

Shares Eligible for Future Sale

   
130
 

Material U.S. Federal Income Tax Consequences to Non-U.S. Holders

   
133
 

Underwriting

   
137
 

Legal Matters

   
142
 

Experts

   
142
 

Where You Can Find Additional Information

   
142
 

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements

   
F-1
 



          We have not, and the selling stockholders have not, authorized anyone to provide any information or to make any representations other than those contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectuses we have prepared. We and the selling stockholders take no responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that others may give you. This prospectus is an offer to sell only the shares offered hereby, but only under circumstances and in jurisdictions where it is lawful to do so. The information contained in this prospectus is current only as of its date.

          For investors outside the United States: We have not, the selling stockholders have not and the underwriters have not done anything that would permit this offering or possession or distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required, other than in the United States. Persons who come into possession of this prospectus and any applicable free writing prospectus in jurisdictions outside the United States are required to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions as to this offering and the distribution of this prospectus and any such free writing prospectus applicable to that jurisdiction.


Table of Contents


PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that you should consider in making your investment decision. Before investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this entire prospectus, especially our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto and the information set forth under the sections "Risk Factors" and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," in each case included in this prospectus. Unless the context otherwise requires, we use the terms "2U", "company", "we", "us" and "our" in this prospectus to refer to 2U, Inc. and, where appropriate, our consolidated subsidiary.

Our Mission

          2U enables great colleges and universities to bring their programs online, allowing them to transform the way higher education is delivered. We believe that our cloud-based software-as-a-service platform allows our clients to reach students globally, enabling the education they provide to reach its highest potential so students can reach theirs.

Company Overview

          We are a leading provider of cloud-based software-as-a-service solutions that enable leading nonprofit colleges and universities to deliver their high quality education to qualified students anywhere. Our innovative online learning platform and bundled technology-enabled services provide the comprehensive operating infrastructure colleges and universities need to attract, enroll, educate, support and graduate their students. By leveraging our solutions, we believe our clients are able to expand their addressable markets while providing educational engagement, experiences and outcomes to their online students that match or exceed those of their on-campus offerings.

          Our clients deploy our platform to offer high quality educational content, instructor-led classes averaging ten students per session in a live, intimate and engaging setting, and a rich social networking experience, all accessible through proprietary web-based and mobile applications. This technology challenges every student to learn from the front row and every faculty member to engage students in new and innovative ways. We believe that our platform is flexible, easy to use, highly scalable and characterized by a high level of availability and security. Full course equivalent enrollments in our clients' programs grew from 14,099 during the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 to 31,338 during the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, representing a compound annual growth rate of 49%. We measure full course equivalent enrollments in our clients' programs by determining, for each of the courses offered during a particular period, the number of students enrolled in that course multiplied by the percentage of the course completed during that period. Any individual student may be enrolled in more than one course during a period. From our inception through December 31, 2013, a total of 8,540 unique individuals have enrolled as students in our clients' programs. By the time the last of these individuals graduate or leave our clients' programs, we estimate that they will have generated more than $475 million in total program tuition and fees for our clients.

          Our clients are leading nonprofit colleges and universities, and eight of our nine clients with whom we have contracted to offer 2U-enabled graduate programs were ranked by U.S. News and World Report among the top 75 undergraduate institutions in its 2014 National University Rankings. Our clients use our platform to offer full graduate degree programs online. Currently, eight well-recognized nonprofit colleges and universities offer graduate degrees through our platform, including the University of Southern California, Georgetown University, the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and the University of California, Berkeley, and we have contracted with a ninth university to enable a new graduate degree program that we expect to launch in 2015. We

 

1


Table of Contents

believe we have additional opportunities to extend our reach into the international, undergraduate and doctoral higher education markets.

          We believe that by delivering high quality degree programs and courses online using our platform, our clients can improve educational outcomes and career opportunities for a larger number of students, and by doing so, broaden the global reach of their brands while maintaining their academic rigor and admissions standards. By deploying our platform, clients give their students, who receive the same degree or credit as their on-campus counterparts and generally pay equivalent tuition, the option of pursuing their educations without potentially incurring the burden of moving, leaving existing employment or giving up family and community support networks. This can substantially reduce the total cost of obtaining a degree and lower a student's total debt burden. It can also allow students for whom relocating is not an option to obtain a higher quality education than they might be able to access in their local communities.

          We provide a suite of technology-enabled services, bundled with our platform, that are designed to promote adoption and usage of our software-as-a-service, or SaaS, solutions by clients and improve enrollment and retention of their students. We have primary responsibility for identifying qualified students for our clients' programs, generating potential student interest in the programs and driving applications to the programs. We have developed sophisticated digital program marketing and student acquisition capabilities, and we work closely with our clients to help them create highly engaging multimedia instructional content. We also include other services that support the complete lifecycle of a higher education program or course, including facilitating in-program field placements and providing technical support. In addition, our platform provides clients with real-time data and deep analytical insight related to student performance and engagement, student and faculty satisfaction, and enrollment.

          Our compensation from our clients consists primarily of a specified share of the tuition and fees paid to our clients by students in the programs we enable, which we believe aligns our interests with those of our clients. This revenue model, combined with long contractual terms, enables us to make the investment in technology, integration, content production, program marketing, student and faculty support and other services necessary to create large, successful programs. Our client contracts generally have initial terms between 10 and 15 years in length, and, since our inception, all of the clients that have engaged us remain active.

          For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, our revenue was $29.7 million, $55.9 million and $83.1 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, our net losses were $24.9 million, $23.1 million and $28.0 million, respectively, and our Adjusted EBITDA loss, a non-GAAP measure, was $22.5 million, $18.8 million and $21.2 million, respectively. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA loss to net loss, see "Selected Consolidated Financial Data —Adjusted EBITDA."

Market Opportunity

          The global higher education industry is undergoing a significant transition. Due primarily to macroeconomic conditions, public higher education institutions in the United States and other countries in recent years have faced decreased governmental financial support and increased volatility in graduate enrollment rates. At the same time, we believe the long-term growth prospects of the global higher education industry are strong, as governments, corporations and individuals around the world are increasingly recognizing the importance of education in a knowledge-based economy.

          In addition, technology, and online learning in particular, is reshaping how institutions deliver and individuals access education. Rising rates of internet penetration, the rapid proliferation of mobile devices and the growth in cloud-based services are broadening the accessibility of educational content and services as well as the potential reach of educational institutions. As a result, colleges and universities are rethinking their operational and business models, determining how to incorporate technology-enabled offerings into their long-term growth strategies and seeking cost-effective ways to expand their academic reach.

 

2


Table of Contents

    Rising Global Demand for Postsecondary Education

          Higher education is a large and well-established market, both in the United States and worldwide. In the United States alone, total revenue for all degree-granting postsecondary institutions was over $550 billion for the 2010-2011 academic year, according to a May 2013 report by the U.S. National Center for Education Statistics. The decade between 2000 and 2010 saw a 37% increase in enrollment in postsecondary degree granting institutions in the United States, from 15.3 million to 21.0 million, according to the U.S. Department of Education, and that number is expected to rise to 23.8 million by 2021, a further increase of 13%.

    Rapid Growth in Online Education

          The market for online postsecondary education has grown more rapidly than the overall postsecondary market, driven by the increased acceptance of online programs among students, academic institutions and employers, and the greater flexibility and convenience of many online programs. To date, the primary users of online education have been students enrolled in for-profit institutions, which we do not view as our competitors or part of the same industry given our focus on enabling leading nonprofit colleges and universities to deliver their high quality degree programs and courses online.

          We believe that in the past many nonprofit institutions lacked confidence that online programs could offer sufficient quality to align with their brands, market reputations and academic standards. However, recent academic research, as well as our own experience, has shown that academic outcomes in online environments are generally equivalent to or better than those in traditional face-to-face environments. We also believe nonprofit institutions have been hesitant to adopt new initiatives given that they lacked the capital, technological expertise and marketing capabilities necessary to build significant online operations. However, as technology has improved and online education initiatives have become more prominent, nonprofit colleges and universities are considering online education as a means to increase enrollments cost-effectively.

    Challenges Faced by Providers of Postsecondary Education

          During this period of transition, providers of higher education are facing three fundamental challenges:

    The internet is allowing new forms of instructional content and courses to proliferate, and education service providers who are unable to navigate the online environment and offer a compelling value proposition to students may cede market share to their competitors.

    Many institutions recognize that they do not possess the human or technological resources necessary to implement a successful online learning strategy.

    Many institutions face increasing financial challenges that prevent them from investing more heavily in developing technology-based solutions. Given this environment, institutions of higher education are actively looking for ways to increase revenue, such as by raising tuition or increasing enrollment.

    Our Opportunity

          We believe that an increasing number of institutions of higher education globally will implement online learning strategies to extend their reach and remain relevant to the needs of students. We believe we have a significant opportunity to help leading nonprofit colleges and universities implement and scale high quality online degree programs, as well as protect and deliver on the promise of their brands. We believe that the transition of the higher education market to cloud-based online delivery is just beginning, and that we are uniquely positioned to capture market share by delivering compelling, value-producing services to these institutions. Our cloud-

 

3


Table of Contents

based SaaS solutions provide nonprofit colleges and universities with the ability to capitalize on the disruptive forces of online education while extending the academic reach of their programs. By doing so, our clients are able not only to fulfill their missions but also to develop significant new sources of revenue through meaningful additional enrollments.

Our Approach

          We provide a cloud-based SaaS platform and bundled technology-enabled services that enable leading nonprofit colleges and universities to deliver high quality online degree programs and courses. Our platform supports a wide range of university functions, such as enabling high quality educational content, instructor-led classes averaging ten students per session in a live, intimate and engaging setting, and a rich social networking experience, all accessible through proprietary web-based and mobile applications. Our platform also serves as a hub for student and faculty interaction, and incorporates a live, or synchronous, learning experience, with pre-produced, or asynchronous, educational content and dynamic social networking. Furthermore, we offer services that support the complete lifecycle of a higher education program or course, including attracting students, facilitating in-program field placements and providing technical support. Our clients retain control of, and responsibility for, admissions, financial aid, faculty, curriculum and the direct delivery of academic services such as teaching, grading and assessment.

          Using our solutions, our clients can:

    Extend Institutional Mission and Reach.   Our solutions enable clients to extend their brands and fulfill their missions by delivering high quality education programs online to students anywhere in the world while maintaining their academic rigor and admissions standards.

    Increase Revenue.   Our solutions enable clients to increase their overall enrollments significantly, thereby growing their tuition revenue.

    Increase Scalability.   Our solutions allow clients to extend beyond their physical boundaries and capacity constraints to scale programs without the investment typically required to acquire, educate and service incremental on-campus students.

    Deliver a Differentiated, Engaging Learning Environment.   Our platform leverages advanced software technology to enable highly interactive learning experiences, accessible using proprietary web-based and mobile applications.

    Utilize Ongoing Data and Analytical Insight.   Our solutions enable clients to track the engagement and learning outcomes of students on our platform to a significantly greater degree than for their on-campus students.

    Increase Speed to Market.   We bring technology and other capabilities that enable institutions to implement and scale an online degree program faster than they could on their own.

Our Strengths

          We believe the following to be our key strengths:

    Robust, Differentiated Software and Services Platform.   Our platform offers extensive features, high configurability, an intuitive user interface and the ability to support synchronous and asynchronous learning at scale, combined with a suite of technology-enabled services that together provide a broad set of capabilities that would otherwise require the purchase of multiple, disparate point solutions.

 

4


Table of Contents

    Proven Track Record Delivering SaaS Solutions for Leading Higher Education Institutions.   We believe our track record of successful implementations for leading nonprofit colleges and universities, together with the trust we have built with clients, create a significant competitive advantage. Additionally, we regularly conduct Net Promoter Score® surveys with the faculty and students in each of our client programs. Net Promoter Score is a commonly used measure of customer loyalty and satisfaction. We believe that the favorable scores received from both groups demonstrate that we deliver our solutions in an effective and user-friendly manner.

    Proprietary, Data-Driven Approach to Growth.   Through our experience launching and operating programs with leading nonprofit colleges and universities, we have developed a proprietary program-selection algorithm to drive the process for identifying new programs and clients, which enables us to systematically identify degrees at colleges and universities that we believe have the highest probability of success.

    Dedicated Focus on Quality.   We prioritize quality by employing a "white glove" service model designed to enable academic programs that align with our clients' brands and produce positive student outcomes, not only in educational achievement but also in terms of student satisfaction, graduation rates and other key measures of success.

    Attractive Financial Model with Significant Predictability and Visibility.   Given the long-term nature of our contracts, with initial terms generally ranging from 10 to 15 years in duration, we are able to benefit from increasing enrollments in clients' programs as those programs mature, leading to both revenue growth and expanding operating margins. In addition, we believe the significant portion of our revenue that is typically attributable to returning students contributes to the predictability and recurring nature of our business.

Our Growth Strategy

          We intend to continue our industry leadership as a provider of cloud-based SaaS solutions that enable leading nonprofit colleges and universities to deliver education online. Our approach to growth is disciplined and focused on long-term success. The principal elements of our strategy are to:

    Grow Our Client Base.   We intend to expand beyond our existing client base through two focused approaches:

    Add Programs in New Academic Disciplines.     We believe there is a substantial opportunity for us to increase the size of our client base by adding graduate programs in new academic disciplines within our core market of selective nonprofit colleges and universities. According to the U.S. Department of Education, during the 2011-2012 academic year, U.S. institutions of higher education offered graduate degrees in 1,000 separate disciplines. Of these disciplines, 140 had more than 1,000 graduates in that year.

    Expand Within Existing Academic Disciplines.     We are also actively targeting new graduate-level clients in academic disciplines where we have existing programs. We believe this approach will enable us to leverage our program marketing investments across multiple client programs within specific academic disciplines, expanding the number of students who can access high quality educations and significantly decreasing student acquisition costs within those disciplines.

    Increase Enrollment and Add Programs with Existing Clients.   We intend to continue to increase student enrollments within the existing programs we enable for our clients. We also have been able to expand our relationships with clients by adding degree programs at the

 

5


Table of Contents

      same university, as we have at the University of Southern California, the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and The George Washington University.

    Grow International, Undergraduate and Doctoral Presence.   We believe that there is significant market demand for our solutions as colleges and universities worldwide seek to extend their brands by accessing the growing global market for higher education. Our existing client programs serve students in over 50 countries. In addition, we believe there is a meaningful opportunity to provide high quality online education experiences to undergraduate students and to expand our graduate offerings into doctoral programs.

    Continue to Innovate and Extend our Technological Leadership.   Our ability to deliver innovative technology for our clients has been central to our growth and success. We intend to increase the functionality of our platform and continue our investment in the development of new applications that extend our technological leadership.

Our Solutions

          Our solutions consist of our cloud-based SaaS platform and bundled technology-enabled services.

    Proprietary, Cloud-Based SaaS Platform

    Online Campus.   Our innovative online learning platform, Online Campus, enables our clients to offer high quality educational content together with instructor-led classes in a live, intimate and engaging setting, averaging ten students per session, all accessible through proprietary web-based and mobile applications. Online Campus powers the following services:

    Virtual, Live Classes and Groups.     Online Campus enables a variety of live, small-group class sessions that are accessed online. Our technology solutions enable instructors to simultaneously lead group discussions, customize the virtual classroom to their individual styles and display a variety of documents, images, charts, notes and videos. Online Campus also enhances collaboration by allowing students to interact during class sessions using face-to-face online interaction, establish breakout groups for student discussion and group work and share projects onscreen for group feedback. Additionally, our platform is available for students to collaborate in planned or ad hoc study or work groups, regardless of day or time.

    Delivery of High Quality, Engaging Content.     Through Online Campus, we and our clients create, publish and deliver video and other asynchronous content, interactive course lectures, individual and group assignments and assessments. We have developed technology solutions to enhance interaction between a faculty member and students, both individually and as a group, by blending asynchronous content and real-time student responses in the online environment.

    Dynamic Social Networking.     Online Campus provides an intuitive social interface that connects students to an extended network of faculty, other students, researchers and administrators who are a part of their university community. We provide users with fully customizable social profiles, multimedia postings and dynamic communication and notification tools designed to supplement the live classroom experience and promote meaningful relationships.

    Content Management System.   Our content management system enables us and our clients to author, review and deploy asynchronous content into their online programs. The content management system includes a set of project management and collaboration tools that

 

6


Table of Contents

      allow clients to seamlessly integrate the work of faculty with that of our course production and content development staff.

    Application Processing Portal.   Our proprietary application system, known as the Online Application and Recommendation System, or OARS, automates the online application process for prospective students of our clients' programs. OARS is integrated with the primary marketing site for each program, directly funneling prospective students into each client's existing application process and providing automated workflow for that process.

    Customer Relationship Management.   We have developed customer relationship management deployments configured for each client's specific program characteristics. Each deployment serves as the data hub for scheduling, student acquisition, student application, faculty admissions review, enrollment and student support for each program.

Technology-Enabled Services Supporting Client Program Lifecycle

          We offer a comprehensive suite of technology-enabled services that support the complete lifecycle of a higher education program or course. These services include the following:

    Content Development.   Our content development staff works closely with our clients' faculty in a collaborative process to produce high quality, engaging online coursework and content. We produce scripted and casual videos in studio and on location, transform static content into interactive materials and ultimately assemble customized online course materials for delivery through our Online Campus.

    Student Acquisition.   We provide dedicated technology-enabled program marketing services to drive applications for each client program. Our program-specific marketing teams develop creative assets, such as websites related to the fields of study of our clients' programs, and execute campaigns aimed at acquiring students cost-effectively.

    Dedicated "White Glove" Service.   High quality student and faculty support is a central pillar of our bundled service offering. Some of the key services we provide include:

    Application Advising.   Our program-dedicated teams work with prospective students as they consider and apply to a client program.

    Student and Faculty Support.   We augment each student's academic experience by assigning a dedicated advisor to provide ongoing individualized non-academic support and provide a dedicated support team that supports and trains university administration and faculty.

    In-Program Student Field Placements.   Our field placement team is dedicated to securing in-program field placements for students enrolled in our client programs. We work closely with faculty to identify and approve sites that meet curriculum requirements.

    State Authorization Services.   Each online program a client offers using our platform must comply with state authorization requirements in each state where the students enrolled in the program reside. We work with most of our clients to identify and satisfy state authorization requirements.

 

7


Table of Contents

Risks Related to our Business

          Our business is subject to a number of risks of which you should be aware before making an investment decision. These risks are discussed more fully in the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks include, among others:

    We have a limited operating history, which makes it difficult to predict our future financial and operating results, and we may not achieve our expected financial and operating results in the future.

    We have incurred significant net losses since inception and we may never become profitable.

    Our business depends heavily on the adoption by colleges and universities of online delivery of their programs and courses.

    Our financial performance depends on our ability to acquire qualified potential students for our clients' programs, and on our and our clients' ability to retain students enrolled in their programs.

    Disruptions to, or failures of, our platform or unauthorized disclosure of student data could reduce client and student satisfaction with our clients' programs and harm our reputation.

    We incur significant expense in connection with the launch of new client programs and scale-up of new and existing client programs, and it may be several years, if ever, before we generate revenue from a new program sufficient to recover our costs.

    We currently have, and for the foreseeable future expect to continue to have, a small number of clients, and the loss, or material underperformance, of any one client could hurt our future financial performance.

    We may not be able to manage growth effectively.

    Our quarterly operating results have fluctuated in the past and may do so in the future.

    If we are unable to successfully remediate the existing material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, or if other material weaknesses exist in the future, the accuracy and timing of our financial reporting may be compromised.

Ownership of Our Capital Stock

          Upon the completion of this offering, our directors, executive officers and holders of five percent or more of our common stock, and their respective affiliates, will beneficially own, in the aggregate, approximately              million shares of our common stock, or approximately    % of our outstanding common stock, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares of our common stock in this offering. As a result, these persons, if they were to act together, would be able to significantly influence all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election and removal of directors, any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or other significant corporate transactions.

Corporate Information

          We were incorporated in Delaware in April 2008 as 2Tor Inc. and changed our name to 2U, Inc. in October 2012. Our principal executive offices are located at 8201 Corporate Drive, Suite 900, Landover, Maryland. Our telephone number is (301) 892-4350. Our website address is www.2u.com. The information contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not incorporated by reference into this prospectus, and you should not consider any information

 

8


Table of Contents

contained on, or that can be accessed through, our website as part of this prospectus or in deciding whether to purchase our common stock.

          "2U", the 2U logo, and other trademarks or service marks of 2U, Inc. appearing in this prospectus are the property of 2U, Inc. This prospectus contains additional trade names, trademarks and service marks of others, which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, trademarks and trade names referred to in this prospectus may appear without the ® or TM symbols.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

          We are an "emerging growth company" as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or the JOBS Act. For so long as we remain an emerging growth company, we are permitted and intend to rely on exemptions from specified disclosure requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies. These exemptions include:

    being permitted to provide only two years of audited financial statements, in addition to any required unaudited interim financial statements, with correspondingly reduced "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" disclosure;

    not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements in the assessment of our internal control over financial reporting;

    not being required to comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor's report providing additional information about the audit and the financial statements;

    reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation; and

    exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and shareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

          We may take advantage of these provisions for up to five years or such earlier time that we are no longer an emerging growth company. We would cease to be an emerging growth company if we have more than $1 billion in annual revenue, have more than $700 million in market value of our capital stock held by non-affiliates or issue more than $1 billion of non-convertible debt over a three-year period. We may choose to take advantage of some, but not all, of the available exemptions. We have taken advantage of some reduced reporting burdens in this prospectus. Accordingly, the information contained herein may be different than the information you receive from other public companies in which you hold stock.

          In addition, the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of an extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards. This provision allows an emerging growth company to delay the adoption of some accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

 

9


Table of Contents


The Offering

Common stock offered by
2U, Inc. 

                    shares

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

 

                  shares

Total common stock offered

 

                  shares

Total common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

                  shares

Option to purchase additional shares of common stock

 

The underwriters have an option to purchase a maximum of             additional shares from us and the selling stockholders. The underwriters can exercise this option at any time within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

Use of proceeds

 

We expect the net proceeds to us from this offering, after expenses, to be approximately $              million based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable to us. The principal purposes of this offering are to create a public market for our common stock and to facilitate our future access to the public equity markets, as well as to obtain additional capital. We intend to use all of the net proceeds from this offering for program marketing and sales expenses to drive new student enrollments in our clients' programs, as well as to fund technology and content development expenses to support those programs and ongoing spending on services and support. The amount and timing of specific expenses for each program will depend on the timing for launch of new programs, as well as market demand for existing and new programs. To the extent we have any remaining proceeds, we expect to use them for working capital and other general corporate purposes. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares to be offered by the selling stockholders.

 

See the "Use of Proceeds" section of this prospectus for additional information.

Risk factors

 

See the section titled "Risk Factors" beginning on page 14 and the other information included in this prospectus for a discussion of factors you should carefully consider before deciding to invest in our common stock.

Proposed NASDAQ Global Market symbol

 

TWOU

 

10


Table of Contents

          The number of shares of our common stock that will be outstanding after this offering is based on 31,130,341 shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2013, including shares issuable upon the conversion of outstanding redeemable convertible preferred stock, and excludes:

    5,883,885 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding under our 2008 stock incentive plan as of December 31, 2013, at a weighted average exercise price of $3.53 per share;

    83,818 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of Series D preferred stock warrants outstanding as of December 31, 2013, each at an exercise price of $7.81 per share; and

    2,800,000 shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our 2014 equity incentive plan following this offering, plus any additional shares of our common stock that may become available under our 2014 equity incentive plan, as more fully described in "Executive Compensation—Equity Incentive Plans."

          Except as otherwise indicated herein, all information in this prospectus, including the number of shares that will be outstanding after this offering, assumes or gives effect to:

    the conversion of all outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 23,501,208 shares of our common stock, which will occur automatically upon the closing of this offering; and

    no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up to an additional         shares of our common stock.

 

11


Table of Contents


Summary Consolidated Financial Data

          In the tables below, we provide you with summary consolidated financial data of 2U, Inc. for the periods indicated. We have derived the following summary consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, which have been audited by KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.

          You should read this summary consolidated financial data together with the historical financial statements and related notes to those statements, as well as "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations," which are included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2013  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

                   

Revenue

  $ 29,733   $ 55,879   $ 83,127  

Costs and expenses:

                   

Servicing and support

    12,300     14,926     22,718  

Technology and content development

    5,117     8,299     19,472  

Program marketing and sales

    32,116     45,390     54,103  

General and administrative

    5,104     10,342     14,840  
               

Total costs and expenses

    54,637     78,957     111,133  
               

Loss from operations

    (24,904 )   (23,078 )   (28,006 )

Other income (expense):

                   

Interest expense

    (19 )   (73 )   27  

Interest income

    45     38     26  
               

Total other income (expense)                   

    26     (35 )   53  
               

Loss before income taxes

    (24,878 )   (23,113 )   (27,953 )

Income tax expense

             
               

Net loss

    (24,878 )   (23,113 )   (27,953 )

Preferred stock accretion

    (314 )   (339 )   (347 )
               

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (25,192 ) $ (23,452 ) $ (28,300 )
               

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

                   

Basic and diluted

  $ (3.77 ) $ (3.33 ) $ (3.81 )

Pro forma basic and diluted

              $ (0.92 )

Other Financial Data:

                   

Adjusted EBITDA (loss)(1)

  $ (22,514 ) $ (18,814 ) $ (21,245 )

(1)
Adjusted EBITDA is a financial measure not in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. For more information about Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA (loss) to net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, see the section titled "Selected Consolidated Financial Data — Adjusted EBITDA."

 

12


Table of Contents

 
  As of December 31, 2013  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma(1)   Pro Forma
As Adjusted(2)
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 7,012   $ 7,012   $              

Accounts receivable

    1,835     1,835        

Total assets

    28,652     28,652        

Total liabilities

    22,629     22,503        

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

    98,047            

Additional paid-in capital

    7,817     105,967        

Total stockholders' (deficit) equity

    (92,024 )   6,149        

(1)
The pro forma column reflects: (i) the conversion of the outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into an aggregate of 23,501,208 shares of our common stock, which will occur automatically upon the closing of this offering; (ii) the conversion of the outstanding warrants to purchase Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock into warrants to purchase 83,818 shares of our common stock, which will occur automatically upon the closing of this offering; and (iii) the reclassification of the Series D warrant liability to additional paid-in capital upon the automatic conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants into common stock.

(2)
The pro forma as adjusted column gives effect to the pro forma adjustments set forth above and our sale of                    shares of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $          per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted information is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $          per share would increase or decrease each of cash and cash equivalents, total assets, additional paid-in capital and total stockholders' equity on a pro forma as adjusted basis by approximately $          million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.

 

13


Table of Contents


RISK FACTORS

           Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. Before you invest in our common stock, you should carefully consider the following risks, as well as general economic and business risks, and all of the other information contained in this prospectus. Any of the following risks could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition and cause the trading price of our common stock to decline, which would cause you to lose all or part of your investment. When determining whether to invest, you should also refer to the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto.

Risks Related to Our Business Model, Our Operations and Our Growth Strategy

We have a limited operating history, which makes it difficult to predict our future financial and operating results, and we may not achieve our expected financial and operating results in the future.

          We were incorporated in 2008 and launched our first client program in 2009. We are currently engaged by eight colleges and universities to enable 10 graduate programs that have launched and in which students have enrolled. Five of these programs were launched in 2013 and one program launched in January 2014. We have four additional programs scheduled to commence later in 2014. We recently contracted with a ninth university to enable a new graduate program that we expect to launch in 2015, subject to the program receiving necessary university, state and accreditation approvals. As a result of our limited operating history, our ability to forecast our future operating results, including revenue, cash flows and profitability, is limited and subject to a number of uncertainties. We have encountered and will encounter risks and uncertainties frequently experienced by growing companies in the technology industry, such as the risks and uncertainties described in this prospectus. If our assumptions regarding these risks and uncertainties are incorrect or change due to factors impacting our targeted markets, or if we do not manage these risks successfully, our operating and financial results may differ materially from our expectations and our business may suffer.

We have incurred significant net losses since inception, and we expect our operating expenses to increase significantly in the foreseeable future, which may make it more difficult for us to achieve and maintain profitability.

          We incurred net losses of $24.9 million, $23.1 million and $28.0 million in 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and we had an accumulated deficit of $99.8 million as of December 31, 2013. We will need to generate and sustain increased revenue levels in future periods in order to become profitable, and, even if we do, we may not be able to maintain or increase our level of profitability. We anticipate that our operating expenses will increase substantially in the foreseeable future as we undertake increased technology and production efforts to support a growing number of client programs and increase our program marketing and sales efforts to drive the acquisition of potential students in these programs. In addition, as a public company, we will incur significant accounting, legal and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. These expenditures will make it harder for us to achieve and maintain profitability.

          Our efforts to grow our business may be more costly than we expect, and we may not be able to increase our revenue enough to offset our higher operating expenses. If we are forced to reduce our expenses, our growth strategy could be compromised. We may incur significant losses in the future for a number of reasons, including the other risks described in this prospectus, and unforeseen expenses, difficulties, complications and delays and other unknown events. As a result, we can provide no assurance as to whether or when we will achieve profitability. If we are not able

14


Table of Contents

to achieve and maintain profitability, the value of our company and our common stock could decline significantly.

Our business depends heavily on the adoption by colleges and universities of online delivery of their programs and courses. If we fail to attract new colleges and universities as clients, our revenue growth and profitability may suffer.

          The success of our business depends in large part on our ability to enter into agreements with additional nonprofit colleges and universities for their offering of graduate programs online. In particular, in order to engage new clients, we need to convince nonprofit colleges and universities, many of which have been educating students in generally the same types of on-campus programs for hundreds of years, to invest significant time and resources to adjust the manner in which they teach students for an online degree program. The delivery of degree-granting programs online at leading nonprofit colleges and universities is nascent, and many administrators and faculty members have expressed concern regarding the perceived loss of control over the education process that might result from offering content online, as well as skepticism regarding the ability of colleges and universities to provide high quality education online that maintains the standards they set for their on-campus programs. It may be difficult to overcome this resistance, and there can be no assurance that online programs of the kind we develop with our clients will ever achieve significant market acceptance.

Our financial performance depends heavily on our ability to acquire qualified potential students for our clients' programs, and our ability to do so may be affected by circumstances beyond our control.

          Building awareness of our clients' programs is critical to our ability to acquire prospective students for our clients' programs and generate revenue. A substantial portion of our expenses is attributable to program marketing and sales efforts dedicated to attracting potential students to our clients' programs. Because we generate revenue based on a portion of the tuition that our clients collect from the students enrolled in their programs, it is critical to our success that we identify prospective students who meet our clients' admissions criteria in a cost-effective manner and that enrolled students remain active in our clients' programs.

          The following factors, many of which are largely outside of our control, may prevent us from successfully driving and maintaining student enrollment in our clients' programs in a cost-effective manner or at all:

15


Table of Contents

          If one or more of these factors reduces student demand for our clients' programs, enrollment could be negatively affected or our costs associated with student acquisition and retention could increase, or both, any of which could materially compromise our ability to grow our revenue or achieve profitability. These developments could also harm our reputation and make it more difficult for us to engage additional clients for new program offerings, which would negatively impact our ability to expand our business.

Disruption to or failures of our platform could reduce client and student satisfaction with our clients' programs and could harm our reputation.

          The performance and reliability of our platform is critical to our operations, reputation and ability to attract new clients, as well as our student acquisition and retention efforts. Our clients rely

16


Table of Contents

on our technology solutions to offer their programs online, and students access our platform on a frequent basis as an important part of their educational experience. Accordingly, any errors, defects, disruptions or other performance problems with our platform could damage our or our clients' reputations, decrease student satisfaction and retention and impact our ability to attract new students, clients and programs. If any of these problems occur, our clients may, following notice and our failure to cure, terminate their agreements with us, or make indemnification or other claims against us. In addition, sustained or recurring disruptions in our technology platform could adversely affect our and our clients' compliance with applicable regulations and accrediting body standards.

Our market may be limited based on the types of nonprofit colleges and universities we target for online degree programs.

          We primarily market degree programs to selective nonprofit colleges and universities, a market that is necessarily limited. The contracts we enter into with our clients generally contain limitations on our ability to contract with other institutions to offer the same degree program, and maintaining good relations with our clients may mean that we may be less likely to approach certain institutions that they regard as their direct competitors to offer similar programs, even if we are allowed to do so under our contracts. Moreover, because of the long-term nature of our client contracts, and because of the relationships of trust we strive to build with our current clients, we will generally not be able or willing to terminate our existing client relationships to pursue a competitive program with another college or university, even if it may prove to be more profitable to us. Instead, we may continue with a program that does not generate expected levels of revenue to us, or one from which we may not be able to fully recover the program marketing and sales expenses we incur in attracting students to enroll in the program, if, for example, the client limits enrollment in the program. As a result, the nature of our contracts and our relationships with our clients could restrict the overall revenue potential of our business.

Attracting new clients for the launch of new programs is complex and time-consuming. If we pursue unsuccessful client opportunities, we may forego more profitable opportunities and our operating results and growth would be harmed.

          The process of identifying specific graduate degree programs at the selective nonprofit colleges and universities that we believe will be a good fit for our platform, and then negotiating contracts with potential clients, is complex and time-consuming. Because of the initial reluctance on the part of some nonprofit colleges and universities to embrace a new method of delivering their education services and the complicated approval process within universities, our sales process to attract and engage a new client can be lengthy. Depending on the particular college or university, during the process we may face resistance from university administrators or faculty members.

          The sales cycle for a new degree program often spans one year or longer. In addition, our sales cycle can vary substantially from program to program because of a number of factors, including the approval processes of the client or disagreements over the terms of our offerings. We spend substantial effort and management resources on our new program sales efforts without any assurance that our efforts will result in the launch of a new program. If we invest substantial resources pursuing unsuccessful program opportunities, we may forego other more profitable client relationships, and our operating results and growth would be harmed.

17


Table of Contents

To launch a new program, we must incur significant expense in technology and content development, as well as program marketing and sales, to identify and attract prospective students, and it may be several years, if ever, before we generate revenue from a new program sufficient to recover our costs.

          To launch a new program, we must integrate our platform with the various student information and other operating systems our clients use to manage functions within their institutions. In addition, our content development staff must work closely with that client's faculty members to produce engaging online coursework and content, and we must commence student acquisition activities. This process of launching a new program is time-consuming and costly and, under our agreements with our clients, we are primarily responsible for the significant costs of this effort, even before we generate any revenue. Additionally, during the life of our contract with the client, we are responsible for the costs associated with continued program marketing, maintaining our technology platform and providing non-academic and other support for students enrolled in the program. We invest significant resources in these new programs from the beginning of our relationship with the client, and there is no guarantee that we will ever recoup these costs.

          Because our client agreements provide that we receive a fixed percentage of the tuition that the clients receive from the students enrolled in their programs, we only begin to recover these costs once students are enrolled and begin paying tuition. The time that it takes for us to recover our investment in a new program depends on a variety of factors, primarily the level of our student acquisition costs and the rate of growth in student enrollment in the program. We estimate that, on average, it takes approximately four to five years after engagement with a client to fully recover our investment in that client's new program. Because of the lengthy period required to recoup our investment in a program, unexpected developments beyond our control could occur that result in the client ceasing or significantly curtailing a program before we are able to fully recoup our investment. As a result, we may ultimately be unable to recover the full investment that we make in a new program or achieve our expected level of profitability for the program.

If we are not successful in quickly and efficiently scaling up programs with new and existing clients, our reputation and our revenue will suffer.

          Our continued growth and profitability depends on our ability to successfully scale up newly launched programs with our clients. As we continue aggressively growing our business, we plan to continue to hire new employees at a rapid pace, particularly in our program marketing and sales team and our technology and content development teams. If we cannot adequately train these new employees, we may not be successful in acquiring potential students for our clients' programs, which would adversely impact our ability to generate revenue, and our clients and the students in their programs could lose confidence in the knowledge and capability of our employees. If we cannot quickly and efficiently scale up our technology to handle growing student enrollment and new client programs, our clients' and their students' experiences with our platform may suffer, which could damage our reputation among colleges and universities and their faculty and students.

          Our ability to effectively manage any significant growth of new programs and increasing student enrollment will depend on a number of factors, including our ability to:

18


Table of Contents

          Establishing new client programs or expanding existing programs will require us to make investments in management and key staff, increase capital expenditures, incur additional marketing expenses and reallocate other resources. If student enrollment in our clients' programs does not increase, we are unable to launch new programs in a cost-effective manner or we are otherwise unable to manage new client programs effectively, our ability to grow our business and achieve profitability would be impaired, and the quality of our solutions and the satisfaction of our clients and their students could suffer.

Our financial performance depends heavily on student retention within our clients' programs, and factors influencing student retention may be out of our control.

          Once a student is enrolled in a client's program, we and our client must retain the student over the life of the degree program in order to generate ongoing revenue. Our strategy involves offering high quality support to students enrolled in our clients' programs in order to support their retention. If we do not help students quickly resolve any educational, technological or logistical issues they encounter, otherwise provide effective ongoing support to students or deliver the type of high quality, engaging educational content that students expect, students may withdraw from the program, which would negatively impact our revenue.

          In addition, student retention could be compromised by the following factors, many of which are largely outside of our control:

19


Table of Contents

          Any of these factors could significantly reduce the revenue that we generate from a client's program, which would negatively impact our return on investment for the particular program, and could compromise our ability to grow our business and achieve profitability.

We currently have, and for the foreseeable future expect to continue to have, a small number of clients, and therefore we expect the loss, or material underperformance, of any one client could hurt our future financial performance.

          We are currently engaged by eight colleges and universities to enable 10 existing graduate programs and four additional programs that we expect to commence later in 2014. We recently contracted with a ninth university to enable a new graduate program that we expect to launch in 2015, subject to the program receiving necessary university, state and accreditation approvals. For the foreseeable future, we expect to launch a small number of new graduate degree programs per year. As a result of the small number of programs, the material underperformance of any one program, including the failure to increase student enrollment in a program, or any decline in the ranking of one of our clients' programs or other impairment of their reputation, could have a disproportionate effect on our business. Additionally, because we rely on our own reputation for delivering high quality online programs and recommendations from existing clients in order to attract potential new clients, the loss of any single client program, or the failure of any client to renew its agreement with us upon expiration, could impair our ability to pursue our growth strategy and ultimately to become profitable.

A significant portion of our revenue is currently attributable to programs with the University of Southern California. A decline in enrollment in these programs could significantly reduce our revenue.

          Our two longest running programs, launched in 2009 and 2010, are with the University of Southern California, or USC. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, 94%, 78% and 69%, respectively, of our revenue was derived from these two programs. We expect USC will continue to account for a large portion of our revenue until our other client programs become more mature and achieve significantly higher enrollment levels. Any decline in USC's reputation, any increase in USC's tuition, or any changes in USC's policies could adversely affect the number of students that enroll in these two programs. Further, the faculty or administrators of these two schools could become resistant to offering courses through our platform, making it more difficult for us to attract and retain students. These graduate schools are not required to expand student enrollment in their online programs and, upon the expiration of their contracts, they are not required to continue using us as the provider of their online programs. If either of these programs were to materially underperform for any reason or to terminate their relationships with us, it would significantly reduce our revenue.

If our security measures are breached or fail and result in unauthorized disclosure of data, we could lose clients, fail to attract new clients and be exposed to protracted and costly litigation.

          Maintaining platform security is of critical importance for our clients because the platform stores and transmits proprietary and confidential university and student information, which may include sensitive personally identifiable information that is subject to stringent legal and regulatory obligations. As a technology company, we face an increasing number of threats to our technology platform, including unauthorized activity and access, system viruses, worms, malicious code and

20


Table of Contents

organized cyberattacks, which could breach our security and disrupt our solutions and our clients' programs. If our security measures are breached or fail as a result of third-party action, employee error, malfeasance or otherwise, we could be subject to liability or our business could be interrupted, potentially over an extended period of time. Any or all of these issues could harm our reputation, adversely affect our ability to attract new clients and students, cause existing clients to scale back their programs or elect to not renew their agreements, cause prospective students not to enroll or stay enrolled in our clients' programs, or subject us to third-party lawsuits, regulatory fines or other action or liability. Further, any reputational damage resulting from breach of our security measures could create distrust of our company by prospective clients or students. In addition, our insurance coverage may not be adequate to cover losses associated with such events, and in any case, such insurance may not cover all of the types of costs, expenses and losses we could incur to respond to and remediate a security breach. As a result, we may be required to expend significant additional resources to protect against the threat of these disruptions and security breaches or to alleviate problems caused by such disruptions or breaches.

We have grown rapidly and expect to continue to invest in our growth for the foreseeable future. If we fail to manage this growth effectively, the success of our business model will be compromised.

          We have experienced rapid growth in a relatively short period of time. Our revenue grew from $29.7 million in 2011 to $55.9 million in 2012 and $83.1 million in 2013. The number of our full-time employees increased from 301 as of December 31, 2011 to 426 as of December 31, 2012 and 575 as of December 31, 2013, and we plan to hire a significant number of additional employees in the future.

          Our rapid growth has placed, and will continue to place, a significant strain on our administrative and operational infrastructure, facilities and other resources. Our ability to manage our operations and growth will require us to continue to expand our program marketing and sales personnel, technology team, finance and administration teams, as well as our facilities and infrastructure. We will also be required to refine our operational, financial and management controls and reporting systems and procedures. If we fail to efficiently manage this expansion of our business, our costs and expenses may increase more than we plan and we may not successfully expand our client base, enhance our platform and technology-enabled services, develop new programs with new and existing clients, attract a sufficient number of qualified students in a cost-effective manner, satisfy the requirements of our existing clients, respond to competitive challenges or otherwise execute our business plan. Although our business has experienced significant growth in the past, we cannot provide any assurance that our revenue will continue to grow at the same rate in the future.

          Our ability to effectively manage any significant growth of our business will depend on a number of factors, including our ability to:

21


Table of Contents

          These activities will require significant capital expenditures and allocation of valuable management and employee resources, and our growth will continue to place significant demands on our management and our operational and financial infrastructure.

          There are no guarantees that we will be able to effectively manage any future growth in an efficient, cost-effective or timely manner, or at all. In particular, any failure to successfully implement systems enhancements and improvements will likely negatively impact our ability to manage our expected growth, ensure uninterrupted operation of key business systems and comply with the rules and regulations that are applicable to public reporting companies. Moreover, if we do not effectively manage the growth of our business and operations, the quality of our solutions could suffer, which could negatively affect our reputation, results of operations and overall business.

We face competition from established as well as other emerging companies, which could divert clients to our competitors, result in pricing pressure and significantly reduce our revenue.

          We expect existing competitors and new entrants to the online learning market to constantly revise and improve their business models in response to challenges from competing businesses, including ours. If these or other market participants introduce new or improved delivery of online education and technology-enabled services that we cannot match or exceed in a timely or cost-effective manner, our ability to grow our revenue and achieve profitability could be compromised.

          Our primary competitors include EmbanetCompass and Deltak, which were acquired in 2012 by Pearson and John Wiley & Sons, respectively, both of which are large education and publishing companies. There are also several new and existing vendors providing some or all of the services we provide to other segments of the education market, and these vendors may pursue the institutions we target. In addition, colleges and universities may choose to continue using or develop their own online learning solutions in-house, rather than pay for our solutions.

          Some of our competitors and potential competitors have significantly greater resources than we do. Increased competition may result in pricing pressure for us in terms of the percentage of tuition and fees we are able to negotiate to receive from a client. The competitive landscape may also result in longer and more complex sales cycles with a prospective client or a decrease in our market share among selective nonprofit colleges and universities seeking to offer online degree programs, any of which could negatively affect our revenue and future operating results and our ability to grow our business.

          A number of competitive factors could cause us to lose potential client opportunities or force us to offer our solutions on less favorable economic terms, including:

22


Table of Contents

          We may not be able to compete successfully against current and future competitors. In addition, competition may intensify as our competitors raise additional capital and as established companies in other market segments or geographic markets expand into our market segments or geographic markets. If we cannot compete successfully against our competitors, our ability to grow our business and achieve profitability could be impaired.

If for-profit postsecondary institutions, which offer online education alternatives different from ours, perform poorly, it could tarnish the reputation of online education as a whole, which could impair our ability to grow our business.

          For-profit postsecondary institutions, many of which provide course offerings predominantly online, are under intense regulatory and other scrutiny, which has led to media attention that has sometimes portrayed that sector in an unflattering light. Some for-profit online school operators have been subject to governmental investigations alleging the misuse of public funds, financial irregularities, and failure to achieve positive outcomes for students, including the inability to obtain employment in their fields. These allegations have attracted significant adverse media coverage and have prompted legislative hearings and regulatory responses. These investigations have focused on specific companies and individuals, and even entire industries in the case of recruiting practices by for-profit higher education companies. Even though we do not market our solutions to these institutions, this negative media attention may nevertheless add to skepticism about online higher education generally, including our solutions.

          The precise impact of these negative public perceptions on our current and future business is difficult to discern. If these few situations, or any additional misconduct, cause all online learning programs to be viewed by the public or policymakers unfavorably, we may find it difficult to enter into or renew contracts with selective colleges and universities or attract additional students for our clients' programs. In addition, this perception could serve as the impetus for more restrictive legislation, which could limit our future business opportunities. Moreover, allegations of abuse of federal financial aid funds and other statutory violations against for-profit higher education companies could negatively impact our opportunity to succeed due to increased regulation and decreased demand. Any of these factors could negatively impact our ability to increase our client base and grow our clients' programs, which would make it difficult to continue to grow our business.

If we do not retain our senior management team and key employees, we may not be able to sustain our growth or achieve our business objectives.

          Our future success is substantially dependent on the continued service of our senior management team. Because of our small number of clients and the significant nature of each new client relationship, our senior management team is heavily involved in the client identification and sales process, and their expertise is critical in navigating the complex approval processes of large nonprofit colleges and universities. We do not maintain key-person insurance on any of our employees, including our senior management team. The loss of the services of any individual on our senior management team could make it more difficult to successfully operate our business and pursue our business goals.

          Our future success also depends heavily on the retention of our program marketing and sales, technology and content development and support teams to continue to attract and retain qualified students in our clients' programs, thereby generating revenue for us. In particular, our highly-skilled technology and content development employees provide the technical expertise underlying our bundled technology-enabled services that support our clients' programs and the students enrolled in these programs. Competition for these employees is intense. As a result, we may be unable to attract or retain these key personnel that are critical to our success, resulting in harm to our

23


Table of Contents

relationships with clients, loss of expertise or know-how and unanticipated recruitment and training costs.

We may need additional capital in the future to pursue our business objectives. Additional capital may not be available on favorable terms, or at all, which could compromise our ability to grow our business.

          We believe that our existing cash balances, in addition to the proceeds we receive from this offering and the available borrowing capacity under our revolving line of credit, will be sufficient to meet our minimum anticipated cash requirements for at least the next twelve months. We may, however, need to raise additional funds to respond to business challenges or opportunities, accelerate our growth, develop new programs or enhance our platform. If we seek to raise additional capital, it may not be available on favorable terms or may not be available at all. In addition, if we have borrowings outstanding under our credit facility, we may be restricted from using the net proceeds of financing transactions for our operating objectives. Lack of sufficient capital resources could significantly limit our ability to manage our business and to take advantage of business and strategic opportunities. Any additional capital raised through the sale of equity or debt securities with an equity component would dilute our stock ownership. If adequate additional funds are not available if and when needed, we may be required to delay, reduce the scope of, or eliminate material parts of our business strategy.

Our employees located outside of the United States and the international residents applying to and enrolling in our clients' programs expose us to international risks.

          Operating in international markets requires significant resources and management attention and subjects us to regulatory, economic and political risks that are different from those in the United States. We have an office in Hong Kong for program marketing and student support. Because we have employees in Hong Kong, we are subject to Hong Kong's compensation and benefits regulations, which differ from compensation and benefits regulations in the United States. Further, acquiring international applicants and enrollments for our clients requires us to comply with international data privacy regulations of the countries from which our client programs draw applicants and enrollments. Since our inception, over 5,600 residents of over 170 foreign countries have applied to or begun the application process for our clients' programs. Failure to comply with international regulations or to adequately adapt to international markets could harm our ability to successfully operate our business and pursue our business goals.

Future programs with colleges and universities outside the United States could expose us to risks inherent in international operations.

          One element of our growth strategy is to expand our international operations and establish a worldwide client base. We cannot assure you that our expansion efforts into international markets will be successful. Our experience with attracting clients in the United States may not be relevant to our ability to attract clients in other emerging markets. In addition, we would face risks in doing business internationally that could constrain our operations and compromise our growth prospects, including:

24


Table of Contents

          Future agreements with international clients may provide for payments to us to be denominated in local currencies. In such case, fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies could impact our operating results when translated into U.S. dollars, and we may not be able to engage in currency hedging activities to effectively limit the risk of exchange rate fluctuations.

We might not be able to utilize a significant portion of our net operating loss carryforwards, which could adversely affect our profitability.

          As of December 31, 2013, we had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $86.1 million and $73.1 million, respectively, due to prior period losses, which if not utilized will begin to expire in 2029 and 2021 for federal and state purposes, respectively. These net operating loss carryforwards could expire unused and be unavailable to offset future income tax liabilities, which could adversely affect our profitability. In addition, under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, if a corporation undergoes an "ownership change," which is generally defined as a greater than 50% change, by value, in its equity ownership over a three-year period, the corporation's ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards and other pre-change tax attributes to offset its post-change income may be limited. We have not completed an analysis to determine what, if any, impact any prior ownership change has had on our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards. In addition, we may experience ownership changes in the future as a result of subsequent shifts in our stock ownership, including this offering. If we determine that an ownership change has occurred and our ability to use our historical net operating loss carryforwards is materially limited, it would harm our future operating results by increasing our future tax obligations.

We engage some individuals classified as independent contractors, not employees, and if federal or state law mandates that they be classified as employees, our business would be adversely impacted.

          We engage independent contractors and are subject to the Internal Revenue Service regulations and applicable state law guidelines regarding independent contractor classification. These regulations and guidelines are subject to judicial and agency interpretation, and it could be determined that the independent contractor classification is inapplicable. Further, if legal standards for classification of independent contractors change, it may be necessary to modify our

25


Table of Contents

compensation structure for these personnel, including by paying additional compensation or reimbursing expenses. In addition, if our independent contractors are determined to have been misclassified as independent contractors, we would incur additional exposure under federal and state law, workers' compensation, unemployment benefits, labor, employment and tort laws, including for prior periods, as well as potential liability for employee benefits and tax withholdings. Any of these outcomes could result in substantial costs to us, could significantly impair our financial condition and our ability to conduct our business as we choose, and could damage our reputation and our ability to attract and retain other personnel.

Risks Related to Regulation of Our Business and That of Our Clients

Our business model relies on client institutions complying with federal and state laws and regulations.

          Higher education is heavily regulated. All of our clients participate in Title IV federal student financial assistance programs under the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended, or HEA, and are subject to extensive regulation by the U.S. Department of Education, or DOE, as well as various state agencies, licensing boards and accrediting commissions. To participate in the Title IV programs, an institution must receive and maintain authorization by the appropriate state education agencies, be accredited by an accrediting commission recognized by the DOE, and be certified by the DOE as an eligible institution. If any of our clients were to be found to be in non-compliance with any of these laws, regulations, standards or policies, the client could lose some or all access to Title IV program funds, lose the ability to offer certain programs or lose their ability to operate in certain states, any of which could cause our revenue from that client's program to decline.

          The regulations, standards and policies of our clients' regulators change frequently and are often subject to interpretation. Changes in, or new interpretations of, applicable laws, regulations or standards could compromise our clients' accreditation, authorization to operate in various states, permissible activities or use of federal funds under Title IV programs. We cannot predict with certainty how the requirements applied by our clients' regulators will be interpreted, or whether our clients will be able to comply with these requirements in the future.

Our activities are subject to federal and state laws and regulations and other requirements.

          Although we are not an institution of higher education, we are required to comply with certain education laws and regulations as a result of our role as a service provider to higher education institutions, either directly or indirectly through our contractual arrangements with clients. See "Business  — Education Laws and Regulations." Failure to comply with these laws and regulations could result in breach of contract and indemnification claims and could cause damage to our reputation and impair our ability to grow our business and achieve profitability.

Activities of the U.S. Congress could result in adverse legislation or regulatory action.

          The process of re-authorization of the HEA is due to formally begin in 2014. Congressional hearings were held in 2013 and will continue to be scheduled by the U.S. Senate Committee on Health, Education, Labor and Pensions, the U.S. House of Representatives Committee on Education and the Workforce and other Congressional committees regarding various aspects of the education industry, including accreditation matters, student debt, student recruiting, cost of tuition, distance learning, competency-based learning, student success and outcomes and other matters. In addition, President Obama has proposed a college rating initiative that would publish school ratings based upon measures of access, affordability and outcomes on the College Scorecard and compare peer institutions.

26


Table of Contents

          The increased scrutiny and results-based accountability initiatives in the education sector, as well as ongoing policy differences in Congress regarding spending levels, could lead to significant changes in connection with the upcoming reauthorization of the HEA or otherwise. These changes may place additional regulatory burdens on postsecondary schools generally, and specific initiatives may be targeted at companies like us that serve higher education. The adoption of any laws or regulations that limit our ability to provide our bundled services to our clients could compromise our ability to drive revenue through their programs or make our solutions less attractive to them. Congress could also enact laws or regulations that require us to modify our practices in ways that could increase our costs.

          In addition, regulatory activities and initiatives of the DOE may have similar consequences for our business even in the absence of Congressional action. The DOE is conducting an ongoing series of rulemakings intended to assure the integrity of the Title IV programs. No assurances can be given as to how any new rules may affect our business.

Our business model, which depends on our ability to receive a share of tuition revenue as payment from our clients, has been validated by a DOE "dear colleague" letter, but such validation is not codified by statute or regulation and may be subject to change.

          Each institution that participates in Title IV programs agrees it will not "provide any commission, bonus, or other incentive payment based in any part, directly or indirectly, upon success in securing enrollments or the award of financial aid, to any person or entity who is engaged in any student recruitment or admission activity, or in making decisions regarding the award of title IV, HEA program funds." All of our clients participate in Title IV Programs.

          Although this rule, referred to as the incentive compensation rule, generally prohibits entities or individuals from receiving incentive-based compensation payments for the successful recruitment, admission or enrollment of students, the DOE provided guidance in 2011 permitting tuition revenue-sharing arrangements known as the "bundled services rule." Our current business model relies heavily on the bundled services rule to enter into tuition revenue-sharing agreements with client colleges and universities. See "Business  — Education Laws and Regulations."

          Because the bundled services rule was promulgated in the form of agency guidance issued by the DOE in the form of a "dear colleague" letter, or DCL, and is not codified by statute or regulation, there is risk that the rule could be altered or removed without prior notice, public comment period or other administrative procedural requirements that accompany formal agency rulemaking. Although the DCL represents the current policy of the DOE, the bundled services rule could be reviewed, altered or vacated in the future. In addition, the legal weight the DCL would carry in litigation over the propriety of any specific compensation arrangements under the HEA or the incentive compensation rule is uncertain. We can offer no assurances as to how the DCL would be interpreted by a court. The revision, removal or invalidation of the bundled services rule by Congress, the DOE or a court, whether in an action involving our company or our clients, or in action that does not involve us, could require us to change our business model and renegotiate the terms of our client contracts and could compromise our ability to generate revenue.

If we or our subcontractors or agents violate the incentive compensation rule, we could be liable to our clients for substantial fines, sanctions or other liabilities.

          Even though the DCL clarifies that tuition revenue-sharing arrangements with our clients are permissible, we are still subject to other provisions of the incentive compensation rule that prohibit us from offering to our employees who are involved with or responsible for recruiting or admissions activities any bonus or incentive-based compensation based on the successful identification, admission or enrollment of students into any institution. If we or our subcontractors or agents

27


Table of Contents

violate the incentive compensation rule, we could be liable to our clients for substantial fines, sanctions or other liabilities, including liabilities related to "whistleblower" claims under the federal False Claims Act. Any such claims, even if without merit, could require us to incur significant costs to defend the claim, distract management's attention and damage our reputation.

If we or our subcontractors or agents violate the misrepresentation rule, or similar federal and state regulatory requirements, we could face fines, sanctions and other liabilities.

          We are required to comply with other regulations promulgated by the DOE that affect our student acquisition activities, including the misrepresentation rule. The misrepresentation rule is broad in scope and applies to statements our employees, subcontractors or agents may make about the nature of a client's program, a client's financial charges or the employability of a client's program graduates. A violation of this rule or other federal or state regulations applicable to our marketing activities by an employee, subcontractor or agent performing services for clients could hurt our reputation, result in the termination of client contracts, require us to pay fines or other monetary penalties and require us to pay the fees associated with indemnifying a client from private claims or government investigations.

If our clients fail to maintain their state authorizations, or we or our clients violate other state laws and regulations, students in their programs could be adversely affected and we could lose our ability to operate in that state and provide services to our clients.

          Our clients must be authorized in certain states to offer online programs, engage in recruiting and operate externships, internships, clinical training or other forms of field experience, depending on state law. The loss of or failure to obtain state authorization would, among other things, limit a client's ability to enroll students in that state, render the client and its students ineligible to participate in Title IV programs in that state, diminish the attractiveness of the client's program and ultimately compromise our ability to generate revenue and become profitable.

          In addition, if we or any of our clients fail to comply with any state agency's rules, regulations or standards beyond authorizations, the state agency could limit the ability of the client to offer programs in that state or limit our ability to perform our contractual obligations to our client in that state.

If our clients fail to maintain institutional or programmatic accreditation for their programs, our revenue could be materially affected.

          The loss or suspension of a client's accreditation or other adverse action by the client's institutional or programmatic accreditor would render the institution or its program ineligible to participate in Title IV programs, could prevent the client from offering certain educational programs and could make it impossible for the graduates of the client's program to practice the profession for which they trained. If any of these results occurs, it could hurt our ability to generate revenue from that program.

Our future growth could be impaired if our clients fail to obtain timely approval from applicable regulatory agencies to offer new programs, make substantive changes to existing programs or expand their programs into or within certain states.

          Our clients are required to obtain the appropriate approvals from the DOE and applicable state and accrediting regulatory agencies for new programs or locations, which may be conditioned, delayed or denied in a manner that could impair our strategic plans and future growth. Education regulatory agencies are generally experiencing significant increases in the volume of requests for approvals as a result of new distance learning programs and adjustments to the

28


Table of Contents

significant volume of new regulations over the last several years. Regulatory capacity constraints have resulted in delays to various approvals our client institutions are requesting, and such delays could in turn delay the timing of our ability to generate revenue from our clients' programs.

If more state agencies require specialized approval of our clients' programs, our operating costs could rise significantly, approval times could lag or we could be prohibited from operating in certain states.

          In addition to state licensing agencies, our clients may be required to obtain approval from professional licensing boards in certain states to offer specialized programs in specific fields of study. Currently, relatively few states require institutions to obtain professional board approval for their professional programs when offered online. However, more states could pass laws requiring professional programs offered by our clients, such as graduate programs in teaching or nursing, to obtain approval from state professional boards. If a significant number of states pass additional laws requiring schools to obtain professional board approval, the cost of obtaining all necessary state approvals could dramatically increase, which could make our solutions less attractive to clients, and our clients could be barred from operating in some states entirely.

If the personally identifiable information we collect from students is unlawfully acquired, accessed or obtained, we could be required to pay substantial fines and bear the cost of investigating the data breach and providing notice to individuals whose personally identifiable information was unlawfully accessed.

          In providing services to our clients, we collect personally identifiable information from students and prospective students, such as names, social security numbers and birth dates. In the event that the personally identifiable information is unlawfully accessed or acquired, the majority of states have laws that require institutions to investigate and immediately disclose the data breach to students, usually in writing. Under the terms of our contracts with our clients, we would be responsible for the costs of investigating and disclosing these data breaches to the clients' students. In addition to costs associated with investigating and fully disclosing a data breach in such instances, we could be subject to substantial monetary fines or private claims by affected parties and our reputation would likely be harmed.

We are required to comply with The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, or FERPA, and failure to do so could harm our reputation and negatively affect our business.

          FERPA generally prohibits an institution of higher education from disclosing personally identifiable information from a student's education records without the student's consent. Our clients and their students disclose to us certain information that originates from or comprises a student education record under FERPA. As an entity that provides services to institutions, we are indirectly subject to FERPA, and we may not transfer or otherwise disclose any personally identifiable information from a student record to another party other than in a manner permitted under the statute. If we violate FERPA, it could result in a material breach of contract with one or more of our clients and could harm our reputation. Further, in the event that we disclose student information in violation of FERPA, the DOE could require a client to suspend our access to their student information for at least five years.

29


Table of Contents

Risks Related to Intellectual Property

We operate in an industry with extensive intellectual property litigation. Claims of infringement against us may hurt our business.

          Our success depends, in part, upon our ability to avoid infringing intellectual property rights owned by others and being able to resolve claims of intellectual property infringement without major financial expenditures or adverse consequences. The technology and software fields generally are characterized by extensive intellectual property litigation and many companies that own, or claim to own, intellectual property have aggressively asserted their rights. From time to time, we may be subject to legal proceedings and claims relating to the intellectual property rights of others, and we expect that third parties will assert intellectual property claims against us, particularly as we expand the complexity and scope of our business. In addition, our client agreements require us to indemnify our clients against claims that our solutions infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties.

          Future litigation may be necessary to defend ourselves or our clients from intellectual property infringement claims or to establish our proprietary rights. Some of our competitors have substantially greater resources than we do and would be able to sustain the costs of complex intellectual property litigation to a greater degree and for longer periods of time than we could. In addition, patent holding companies that focus solely on extracting royalties and settlements by enforcing patent rights may target us. Regardless of whether claims that we are infringing patents or other intellectual property rights have any merit, these claims are time-consuming and costly to evaluate and defend and could:

          In addition to liability for monetary damages against us, which may include attorneys' fees, treble damages in the event of a finding of willful infringement, or, in some circumstances, damages against our clients, we may be prohibited from developing, commercializing or continuing to provide some or all of our bundled technology-enabled solutions unless we obtain licenses from, and pay royalties to, the holders of the patents or other intellectual property rights, which may not be available on commercially favorable terms, or at all.

We may incur liability for the unauthorized duplication, distribution or other use of materials posted online.

          In some instances, university personnel or students, or our employees or independent contractors, may post to our platform various articles or other third-party content for use in class discussions or within asynchronous lessons. The laws governing the fair use of these third-party materials are imprecise and adjudicated on a case-by-case basis, which makes it challenging to adopt and implement appropriately balanced institutional policies governing these practices. As a result, we could incur liability to third parties for the unauthorized duplication, distribution or other use of this material. Any such claims could subject us to costly litigation and impose a significant strain on our financial resources and management personnel regardless of whether the claims have

30


Table of Contents

merit. Our various liability insurance coverages may not cover potential claims of this type adequately or at all, and we may be required to alter or cease our uses of such material, which may include changing or removing content from courses or altering the functionality of our platform, or to pay monetary damages.

Our failure to protect our intellectual property rights could diminish the value of our solutions, weaken our competitive position and reduce our revenue.

          We regard the protection of our intellectual property, which includes trade secrets, copyrights, trademarks, domain names and patent applications, as critical to our success. We protect our proprietary information from unauthorized use and disclosure by entering into confidentiality agreements with any party who may come in contact with such information. We also seek to ensure that we own intellectual property created for us by signing agreements with employees, independent contractors, consultants, companies and any other third party who may create intellectual property for us that assign their copyright and patent rights to us. However, these arrangements and the other steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property may not prevent the misappropriation of our proprietary information or deter independent development of similar technologies by others.

          We have also recently begun seeking patent protection for our processes, including one patent application pending in the United States. This pending application is directed to computer-implemented processes that facilitate asynchronous student responses to teacher questions. We cannot predict whether this pending patent application will result in an issued patent that will effectively protect our intellectual property. Even if a patent issues, the patent may be circumvented or its validity may be challenged in proceedings before the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. In addition, we cannot assure you that every significant feature of our products and services will be protected by any patent or patent application.

          We also pursue the registration of our domain names, trademarks and service marks in the United States and in jurisdictions outside the United States. However, third parties may knowingly or unknowingly infringe on our trademark or service mark rights, third parties may challenge our trademark or service mark rights, and pending or future trademark or service mark applications may not be approved. In addition, effective trademark protection may not be available in every country in which we operate or intend to operate. In any or all cases, we may be required to expend significant time and expense to prevent infringement or enforce our rights.

          Monitoring unauthorized use of our intellectual property is difficult and costly. Our efforts to protect our proprietary rights may not be adequate to prevent misappropriation of our intellectual property. Further, we may not be able to detect unauthorized use of, or take appropriate steps to enforce, our intellectual property rights. Our competitors may also independently develop similar technology. In addition, the laws of many countries may not protect our proprietary rights to as great an extent as do the laws of the United States. Further, the laws in the United States and elsewhere change rapidly, and any future changes could adversely affect us and our intellectual property rights. Our failure to meaningfully protect our intellectual property could result in competitors offering services that incorporate our most technologically advanced features, which could seriously reduce demand for our solutions. In addition, we may in the future need to initiate litigation such as infringement or administrative proceedings, to protect our intellectual property rights. Litigation, whether we are a plaintiff or a defendant, can be expensive, time-consuming and may divert the efforts of our technical staff and managerial personnel, whether or not such litigation results in a determination that is unfavorable to us. In addition, litigation is inherently uncertain, and thus we may not be able to stop our competitors from infringing upon our intellectual property rights.

31


Table of Contents

Our use of "open source" software could negatively affect our ability to offer our solutions and subject us to possible litigation.

          A substantial portion of our cloud-based platform and our solutions incorporates so-called "open source" software, and we may incorporate additional open source software in the future. Open source software is generally freely accessible, usable and modifiable. Certain open source licenses may, in certain circumstances, require us to offer our solutions that incorporate the open source software for no cost, that we make available source code for modifications or derivative works we create based upon, incorporating or using the open source software and that we license such modifications or derivative works under the terms of the particular open source license. If an author or other third party that distributes open source software we use were to allege that we had not complied with the conditions of one or more of these licenses, we could be required to incur significant legal expenses defending against such allegations and could be subject to significant damages, including being enjoined from the offering of our solutions that contained the open source software and being required to comply with the foregoing conditions, which could disrupt our ability to offer the affected solutions. We could also be subject to suits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software. Litigation could be costly for us to defend, have a negative effect on our operating results and financial condition and require us to devote additional research and development resources to change our products.

Individuals that appear in content hosted on our platform may claim violation of their rights.

          Faculty and students that appear in video segments hosted on our platform may claim that proper assignments, licenses, consents and releases were not obtained for use of their likenesses, images or other contributed content. Our clients are contractually required to ensure that proper assignments, licenses, consents and releases are obtained for their course material, but we cannot know with certainty that they have obtained all necessary rights. Moreover, the laws governing rights of publicity and privacy, and the laws governing faculty ownership of course content, are imprecise and adjudicated on a case-by-case basis, such that the enforcement of agreements to transfer the necessary rights is unclear. As a result, we could incur liability to third parties for the unauthorized duplication, display, distribution or other use of this material. Any such claims could subject us to costly litigation and impose a significant strain on our financial resources and management personnel regardless of whether the claims have merit. Our various liability insurance coverages may not cover potential claims of this type adequately or at all, and we may be required to alter or cease our use of such material, which may include changing or removing content from courses, or to pay monetary damages. Moreover, claims by faculty and students could damage our reputation, regardless of whether such claims have merit.

Risks Related to this Offering, Ownership of Our Common Stock and Our Status as a Public Company

Our quarterly operating results have fluctuated in the past and may do so in the future, which could cause our stock price to decline.

          Our quarterly operating results have historically fluctuated due to seasonality and changes in our business, and our future operating results may vary significantly from quarter to quarter due to a variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. You should not rely on period-to-period comparisons of our operating results as an indication of our future performance. Factors that may cause fluctuations in our quarterly operating results include, but are not limited to, the following:

32


Table of Contents

          Our operating results may fall below the expectations of market analysts and investors in some future periods, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline substantially.

An active trading market for our common stock may not develop and you may not be able to resell your shares of our common stock at or above the initial offering price, if at all.

          Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. The initial public offering price for our common stock will be determined through negotiations with the underwriters and may not be indicative of the price at which our common stock will trade upon completion of this offering. Although we have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market, an active trading market for our shares may never develop or be sustained following this offering. If an active market for our common stock does not develop or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell shares you purchased in this offering at an attractive price or at all.

The trading price of the shares of our common stock may be volatile, and purchasers of our common stock could incur substantial losses.

          Our stock price may be volatile. The stock market in general and the market for technology companies in particular have experienced extreme volatility that has often been unrelated to the operating performance of particular companies. As a result of this volatility, investors may not be able to sell their common stock at or above the price paid for the shares. The market price for our common stock may be influenced by many factors, including:

33


Table of Contents

          In addition, in the past, stockholders have initiated class action lawsuits against technology companies following periods of volatility in the market prices of these companies' stock. Such litigation, if instituted against us, could cause us to incur substantial costs and divert management's attention and resources from our business.

If equity research analysts do not publish research or reports, or publish unfavorable research or reports, about us, our business or our market, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

          The trading market for our common stock will be influenced by the research and reports that equity research analysts publish about us and our business. We do not currently have and may never obtain research coverage by equity research analysts. Equity research analysts may elect not to provide research coverage of our common stock after the completion of this offering, and such lack of research coverage may adversely affect the market price of our common stock. In the event we do have equity research analyst coverage, we will not have any control over the analysts or the content and opinions included in their reports. The price of our stock could decline if one or more equity research analysts downgrade our stock or issue other unfavorable commentary or research. If one or more equity research analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline.

If you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will suffer immediate dilution of your investment.

          We expect the initial public offering price of our common stock to be substantially higher than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock. Therefore, if you purchase shares of our common stock in this offering, you will pay a price per share that substantially exceeds our pro forma net tangible book value per share after this offering. Based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, you will experience immediate dilution of $             per share, representing the difference between our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after giving effect to this offering and the assumed initial public offering price.

          In addition, as of December 31, 2013, we had outstanding stock options to purchase an aggregate of 5,883,885 shares of common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $3.53 per share and outstanding warrants to purchase 83,818 shares of our common stock, assuming the conversion of redeemable convertible preferred stock issuable upon the exercise of the warrants to common stock upon completion of this offering, each at an exercise price of $7.81 per share. To the extent these outstanding options and warrants are exercised, there will be further dilution to investors in this offering.

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares are restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

          Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. If our stockholders sell, or the market perceives that our stockholders intend to

34


Table of Contents

sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering, the market price of our common stock could decline significantly.

          Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding                  shares of common stock, assuming no exercise of outstanding options or warrants. Of these shares, the                   shares sold in this offering and                  additional shares will be freely tradable,                   additional shares of common stock will be eligible for sale in the public market beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to volume, manner of sale and other limitations of Rule 144 and Rule 701, and                  additional shares of common stock will be available for sale in the public market beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus following the expiration of lock-up agreements between some of our stockholders and the underwriters. The representatives of the underwriters may release these stockholders from their lock-up agreements with the underwriters at any time and without notice, which would allow for earlier sales of shares in the public market.

          In addition, promptly following the completion of this offering, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 registering the issuance of approximately                     shares of common stock subject to options or other equity awards issued or reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans. Shares registered under these registration statements on Form S-8 will be available for sale in the public market subject to vesting arrangements and exercise of options, the lock-up agreements described above and, in the case of our affiliates, the restrictions of Rule 144.

          Additionally, after this offering, the holders of an aggregate of                  shares of our common stock and 83,818 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, or their transferees, will have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file one or more registration statements covering their shares or to include their shares in registration statements that we may file for ourselves or other stockholders. If we were to register the resale of these shares, they could be freely sold in the public market. If these additional shares are sold, or if it is perceived that they will be sold, in the public market, the trading price of our common stock could decline.

Provisions in our corporate charter documents and under Delaware law may prevent or frustrate attempts by our stockholders to change our management and hinder efforts to acquire a controlling interest in us, and the market price of our common stock may be lower as a result.

          Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, as they will be in effect following this offering, may make it difficult for a third party to acquire, or attempt to acquire, control of our company, even if a change in control is considered favorable by you and other stockholders. For example, our board of directors will have the authority to issue up to                    shares of preferred stock. The board of directors can fix the price, rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions of the preferred stock without any further vote or action by our stockholders. An issuance of shares of preferred stock may result in the loss of voting control to other stockholders, which could delay or prevent a change in control transaction. As a result, the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of our stockholders may be adversely affected.

          Our charter documents will also contain other provisions that could have an anti-takeover effect, including:

35


Table of Contents

          In addition, we are subject to the anti-takeover provisions of Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which regulates corporate acquisitions by prohibiting Delaware corporations from engaging in specified business combinations with particular stockholders of those companies. These provisions could discourage potential acquisition proposals and could delay or prevent a change in control transaction. They could also have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our common stock, including transactions that may be in your best interests. These provisions may also prevent changes in our management or limit the price that investors are willing to pay for our stock.

Concentration of ownership of our common stock among our existing executive officers, directors and principal stockholders may prevent new investors from influencing significant corporate decisions.

          Upon completion of this offering, our executive officers, directors and current beneficial owners of 5% or more of our common stock and their respective affiliates will, in the aggregate, beneficially own over         % of our outstanding common stock. As a result, these persons, if they were to act together, would be able to significantly influence all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election and removal of directors, any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of our assets, or other significant corporate transactions.

          Some of these persons or entities may have interests different than yours. For example, because many of these stockholders purchased their shares at prices substantially below the price at which shares are being sold in this offering and have held their shares for a longer period, they may be more interested in selling our company to an acquirer than other investors, or they may want us to pursue strategies that deviate from the interests of other stockholders.

We are an "emerging growth company" and as a result of the reduced disclosure and governance requirements applicable to emerging growth companies, our common stock may be less attractive to investors.

          We are an "emerging growth company" as defined in the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012, or JOBS Act, and we intend to take advantage of some of the exemptions from reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile. We may take advantage of these reporting exemptions until we are no longer an emerging growth company. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of this offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.0 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our common stock that is held by non-affiliates

36


Table of Contents

exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three-year period.

          Under Section 107(b) of the JOBS Act, emerging growth companies can delay adopting new or revised accounting standards until such time as those standards apply to private companies. We have irrevocably elected not to avail ourselves of this exemption from new or revised accounting standards and, therefore, we will be subject to the same new or revised accounting standards as other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.

If we fail to maintain proper and effective internal controls, our ability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis could be impaired.

          After the completion of this offering, we will be subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the rules and regulations of the NASDAQ Global Market. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. Commencing with our fiscal year ending December 31, 2015, we must perform system and process evaluation and testing of our internal control over financial reporting to allow management to report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting in our Form 10-K filing for that year, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. This will require that we incur substantial additional professional fees and internal costs to expand our accounting and finance functions and that we expend significant management efforts. Prior to this offering, we have never been required to test our internal controls within a specified period, and, as a result, we may experience difficulty in meeting these reporting requirements in a timely manner.

          We may discover weaknesses in our system of internal financial and accounting controls and procedures that could result in a material misstatement of our financial statements. For example, in connection with the audit of our financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, our independent registered public accounting firm identified a material weakness in the design and operation of our control over financial reporting, which is described in more detail in the next risk factor. In addition, our internal control over financial reporting will not prevent or detect all error and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system's objectives will be met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to error or fraud will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud will be detected.

          If we are not able to comply with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act in a timely manner, or if we are unable to maintain proper and effective internal controls, we may not be able to produce timely and accurate financial statements. If that were to happen, the market price of our stock could decline and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the stock exchange on which our common stock is listed, the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC, or other regulatory authorities.

If we are unable to successfully remediate the existing material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting, or if other material weaknesses exist in the future, the accuracy and timing of our financial reporting may be compromised.

          In conducting its audit of our consolidated financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, our independent registered public accounting firm identified control deficiencies in the design and operation of our internal control over financial reporting that together constituted a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting

37


Table of Contents

such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of our financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The unremediated material weakness identified specifically relates to inadequacy in the segregation of duties in our accounting processes and our monitoring controls. Accordingly, our internal control over financial reporting was not designed or operating effectively. As a result, there were adjustments required in connection with closing our books and records and preparing our financial statements as of and for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, but there were no adjustments required in connection with closing our books and records and preparing our financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013. We cannot assure you that we have identified all of our existing material weaknesses.

          In response to the identified material weakness, we are in the process of implementing procedures and controls designed to mitigate the material weakness and underlying significant deficiencies. For example, we have expanded our in-house accounting and finance resources, including hiring ten experienced employees in this function since April 2012, including our Chief Financial Officer. We have also implemented enhanced review procedures, begun a comprehensive documentation of our internal controls and procedures and implemented more formal procedures for the evaluation of non-routine judgments and estimates. In addition, during 2014 we expect to formalize roles and responsibilities within our accounting and finance function, expand our monitoring controls, implement a business process and internal controls management function and complete the documentation of our internal controls and procedures.

          Despite our efforts, we have not yet remediated our material weakness, and there is no assurance that we will be able to remediate the material weakness in a timely manner, or at all. Additionally, we cannot guarantee that, in the future, additional material weaknesses will not exist or otherwise be discovered. If our efforts to remediate the material weakness identified are not successful, or if other material weaknesses or other deficiencies occur, our ability to accurately and timely report our financial position could be impaired, which could result in late filings of our annual and quarterly reports under the Exchange Act, restatements of our consolidated financial statements, a decline in our stock price, suspension or delisting of our common stock from the NASDAQ Global Market, and could adversely affect our reputation, results of operations and financial condition.

We will have broad discretion in the use of proceeds we receive from this offering and may invest or spend the proceeds in ways with which you do not agree and in ways that may not increase the value of your investment.

          We will have broad discretion over the use of proceeds we receive from this offering. You may not agree with our decisions, and our use of the proceeds we receive may not yield any return on your investment. As described elsewhere in this prospectus, we expect to use the net proceeds to us from this offering for program marketing and sales expenses to drive new student enrollments in our clients' programs, technology and content development expenses to support those programs and ongoing spending on services and support. Our failure to apply the net proceeds we receive effectively could compromise our ability to pursue our growth strategy and we might not be able to yield a significant return, if any, on our investment of these net proceeds. You will not have the opportunity to influence our decisions on how to use our net proceeds from this offering.

Because we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future, capital appreciation, if any, will be your sole source of gains and you may never receive a return on your investment.

          You should not rely on an investment in our common stock to provide dividend income. We have not declared or paid cash dividends on our common stock to date. We currently intend to

38


Table of Contents

retain our future earnings, if any, to fund the development and growth of our business. In addition, the terms of our existing credit facility preclude, and the terms of any future debt agreements is likely to similarly preclude, us from paying dividends. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our common stock will be your sole source of gain for the foreseeable future. Investors seeking cash dividends should not purchase our common stock.

We will incur increased costs and demands upon management as a result of being a public company.

          As a public company listed in the United States, we will incur significant additional legal, accounting and other costs. These additional costs could negatively affect our financial results. In addition, changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including regulations implemented by the SEC and the NASDAQ Global Market, may increase legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time-consuming. These laws, regulations and standards are subject to varying interpretations and, as a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and governing bodies. We intend to invest resources to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards, and this investment may result in increased general and administrative expenses and a diversion of management's time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities. If, notwithstanding our efforts to comply with new laws, regulations and standards, we fail to comply, regulatory authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us and our business may be harmed.

          Failure to comply with these rules might also make it more difficult for us to obtain some types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we might be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. The impact of these events could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, on committees of our board of directors or as members of senior management.

39


Table of Contents


SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

          This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. The forward-looking statements are contained principally in the sections entitled "Prospectus Summary," "Risk Factors," "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business," but are also contained elsewhere in this prospectus. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements by the words "may", "might", "will", "could", "would", "should", "expect", "intend", "plan", "objective", "anticipate", "believe", "estimate", "predict", "project", "potential", "continue" and "ongoing", or the negative of these terms, or other comparable terminology intended to identify statements about the future. These statements involve known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or achievements to be materially different from the information expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. Although we believe that we have a reasonable basis for each forward-looking statement contained in this prospectus, we caution you that these statements are based on a combination of facts and factors currently known by us and our expectations of the future, about which we cannot be certain. Forward-looking statements include statements about:

          You should refer to the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus for a discussion of important factors that may cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by our forward-looking statements. As a result of these factors, we cannot assure you that the forward-looking statements in this prospectus will prove to be accurate. Furthermore, if our forward-looking statements prove to be inaccurate, the inaccuracy may be material. In light of the significant uncertainties in these forward-looking statements, you should not regard these statements as a representation or warranty by us or any other person that we will achieve our objectives and plans in any specified timeframe, or at all. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law.

          You should read this prospectus and the documents that we reference in this prospectus and have filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part, completely and with the understanding that our actual future results may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements.

40


Table of Contents


USE OF PROCEEDS

          We estimate that the net proceeds from our issuance and sale of                  shares of our common stock in this offering will be approximately $              million, or approximately $              million if the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares from us is exercised in full, based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders, although we will bear the costs, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, associated with those sales.

          Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by approximately $              million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.

          The principal purposes of this offering are to create a public market for our common stock and to facilitate our future access to the public equity markets, as well as to obtain additional capital. We intend to use all of the net proceeds we receive from this offering for program marketing and sales expenses to drive new student enrollments in our clients' programs, as well as to fund technology and content development expenses to support those programs and ongoing spending on services and support. The amount and timing of specific expenses for each program will depend on the timing for launch of new programs as well as market demand for existing and new programs. To the extent we have any remaining proceeds, we expect to use them for working capital and other general corporate purposes.

          We may also elect to use a portion of the net proceeds we receive from this offering for the future acquisition of, or investment in, complementary businesses, products or technologies. However we do not have any current agreements or commitments for any specific acquisitions or investments, and we have not allocated specific amounts of net proceeds we receive for any of these purposes.

          Our management will have broad discretion in the application of the net proceeds we receive, and investors will be relying on the judgment of our management regarding the application of our net proceeds of this offering. The timing and amount of our actual expenditures will be based on many factors, including cash flows from operations and the anticipated growth of our business. Pending use of the proceeds as described above, we intend to invest these net proceeds in short-term, interest bearing obligations, investment-grade instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed obligations of the United States.


DIVIDEND POLICY

          We have never declared or paid any dividends on our common stock. We anticipate that we will retain all of our future earnings, if any, for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Additionally, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock is limited by restrictions under the terms of the agreements governing our credit facility, and the terms of any future loan agreement into which we may enter or any additional debt securities we may issue are likely to contain similar restrictions on the payment of dividends.

41


Table of Contents


CAPITALIZATION

          The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents and our capitalization as of December 31, 2013:

          The following information is illustrative only of our cash and cash equivalents and capitalization following the completion of this offering and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. You should read this table together with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

42


Table of Contents

 
  As of December 31, 2013  
 
  Actual   Pro Forma   Pro Forma
As Adjusted
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 7,012   $ 7,012   $            
               

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

                   

Convertible Series A preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 10,033,976 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares designated, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

  $ 12,384   $   $    

Convertible Series B preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 5,057,901 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares designated, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    22,210            

Convertible Series C preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 4,429,601 shares authorized, issued and outstanding, actual; no shares designated, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    32,405            

Convertible Series D preferred stock, $0.001 par value; 4,069,352 shares authorized, 3,979,730 shares issued and outstanding, actual; no shares designated, issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted

    31,048            
               

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

    98,047            

Stockholders' (deficit) equity:

                   

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value; no shares authorized, issued or outstanding, actual, pro forma or pro forma as adjusted

               

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 60,000,000 shares authorized; 7,629,133 shares issued and outstanding, actual; 31,130,341 shares issued and outstanding, pro forma;             issued and outstanding, pro forma as adjusted

    8     31        

Additional paid-in-capital

    7,817     105,967        

Accumulated deficit

    (99,849 )   (99,849 )              
               

Total stockholders' (deficit) equity

    (92,024 )   6,149        
               

Total capitalization

  $ 6,023   $ 6,149   $    
               

          Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase or decrease the pro forma as adjusted amount of each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' equity and total capitalization by approximately $             million, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.

          The number of shares of common stock outstanding in the table above does not include:

43


Table of Contents


DILUTION

          If you invest in our common stock in this offering, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share of our common stock immediately after this offering. Net tangible book value per share is determined by dividing our total tangible assets less total liabilities and redeemable convertible preferred stock by the number of outstanding shares of our common stock.

          As of December 31, 2013, we had a deficit in net tangible book value of $(103.8) million, or approximately $(13.60) per share of common stock. On a pro forma basis, after giving effect to the conversion of the outstanding shares of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of our common stock upon the closing of this offering and the related reclassification of our warrant liability, our deficit in net tangible book value would have been approximately $(5.6) million, or approximately $(0.18) per share of common stock.

          Investors participating in this offering will incur immediate and substantial dilution. After giving effect to the issuance and sale of                  shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the price range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2013 would have been approximately $              million, or approximately $             per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in the pro forma net tangible book value of $             per share to existing stockholders, and an immediate dilution in the pro forma net tangible book value of $             per share to investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

Assumed initial public offering price per share

        $            

Actual net tangible book value deficit per share as of December 31, 2013

  $ (13.60 )      

Increase in net tangible book value per share attributable to the conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock and related reclassification of our warrant liability

    13.42        
             

Pro forma net tangible book value deficit per share before this offering

    (0.18 )      

Increase in pro forma net tangible book value per share attributable to new investors participating in this offering

             
             

Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering

             
             

Dilution per share to investors participating in this offering

        $            
             

          The dilution information discussed above is illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial public offering price and other terms of this offering determined at pricing. Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase or decrease our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value by approximately $              million, or approximately $             per share, and the dilution per share to investors participating in this offering by approximately $             per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.

          If the underwriters exercise their option in full to purchase                  additional shares of common stock in this offering, the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after the offering would be $             per share, the increase in the pro forma net tangible book value per share to existing stockholders would be $             per share and the dilution to new investors purchasing common stock in this offering would be $             per share, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.

44


Table of Contents

          The following table sets forth as of December 31, 2013, on the pro forma basis described above, the differences between the number of shares of common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid and the weighted average price per share paid by existing stockholders and by investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page on this prospectus, before deducting estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us:

 
  Shares
Purchased
  Total
Consideration
   
 
 
  Weighted
Average
Price Per Share
 
 
  Number   Percent   Amount   Percent  

Existing stockholders

    31,130,341               % $ 102,632,347               % $ 3.30  

New investors

                               
                         

Total

                  100 % $               100 %              
                         

          Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $             per share would increase or decrease the total consideration paid by new investors by $          million, and increase or decrease the percent of total consideration paid by new investors by          percentage points, assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.

          The table above excludes:

          The foregoing table does not reflect the sales by existing stockholders in this offering. Sales by the selling stockholders in this offering will reduce the number of shares held by existing stockholders to                                        shares, or         % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and will increase the number of shares held by new investors to                                        shares, or         % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering. In addition, if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full, the number of shares held by the existing stockholders after this offering would be reduced to                                        , or         % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and the number of shares held by new investors would increase to                                        , or         % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

          The shares of our common stock reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans may be subject to automatic annual increases in accordance with the terms of the plans. To the extent that options or warrants are exercised, new options are issued under our equity incentive plans, or we issue additional shares of common stock in the future, there will be further dilution to investors participating in this offering. In addition, we may choose to raise additional capital because of market conditions or strategic considerations, even if we believe that we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans. If we raise additional capital through the sale of equity or convertible debt securities, the issuance of these securities could result in further dilution to our stockholders.

45


Table of Contents


SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

          The following selected consolidated statement of operations data for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 and the selected consolidated balance sheet data as of December 31, 2012 and 2013 are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements, which have been audited by KPMG LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. The data should be read together with "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements, related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2013  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

                   

Revenue

  $ 29,733   $ 55,879   $ 83,127  

Costs and expenses:

                   

Servicing and support

    12,300     14,926     22,718  

Technology and content development

    5,117     8,299     19,472  

Program marketing and sales

    32,116     45,390     54,103  

General and administrative

    5,104     10,342     14,840  
               

Total costs and expenses

    54,637     78,957     111,133  
               

Loss from operations

    (24,904 )   (23,078 )   (28,006 )

Other income (expense):

                   

Interest expense

    (19 )   (73 )   27  

Interest income

    45     38     26  
               

Total other income (expense)           

    26     (35 )   53  
               

Loss before income taxes

    (24,878 )   (23,113 )   (27,953 )

Income tax expense

             
               

Net loss

    (24,878 )   (23,113 )   (27,953 )

Preferred stock accretion

    (314 )   (339 )   (347 )
               

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (25,192 ) $ (23,452 ) $ (28,300 )
               

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders:

                   

Basic and diluted

  $ (3.77 ) $ (3.33 ) $ (3.81 )

Pro forma basic and diluted

              $ (0.92 )

Other Financial Data:

                   

Adjusted EBITDA (loss)(1)

  $ (22,514 ) $ (18,814 ) $ (21,245 )

(1)
Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure. For more information about Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA (loss) to net loss, the most directly comparable financial measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP, see the section below titled "— Adjusted EBITDA."

 
  As of
December 31,
 
 
  2012   2013  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

             

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 25,190   $ 7,012  

Accounts receivable

    248     1,835  

Total assets

    39,877     28,652  

Total liabilities

    13,467     22,629  

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

    92,706     98,047  

Additional paid-in capital

    5,483     7,817  

Total stockholders' deficit

    (66,296 )   (92,024 )

46


Table of Contents

Adjusted EBITDA

          To provide investors with additional information regarding our financial results, we have provided within this prospectus Adjusted EBITDA, a non-GAAP financial measure. We have provided a reconciliation below of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure.

          We have included Adjusted EBITDA in this prospectus because it is a key measure used by our management and board of directors to understand and evaluate our core operating performance and trends, to prepare and approve our annual budget and to develop short- and long-term operational plans. In particular, the exclusion of certain expenses in calculating Adjusted EBITDA can provide a useful measure for period-to-period comparisons of our core business. Accordingly, we believe that Adjusted EBITDA provides useful information to investors and others in understanding and evaluating our operating results in the same manner as our management and board of directors.

          Our use of Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our results as reported under GAAP. Some of these limitations are:

    although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized may have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash capital expenditure requirements for such replacements or for new capital expenditure requirements;

    Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

    Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect the potentially dilutive impact of equity-based compensation;

    Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect interest or tax payments that may represent a reduction in cash available to us; and

    other companies, including companies in our industry, may calculate Adjusted EBITDA differently, which reduces its usefulness as a comparative measure.

          Because of these and other limitations, you should consider Adjusted EBITDA alongside other GAAP-based financial performance measures, including various cash flow metrics, net income (loss) and our other GAAP results. The following table presents a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA (loss) to net loss for each of the periods indicated:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2013  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net loss

  $ (24,878 ) $ (23,113 ) $ (27,953 )

Adjustments:

                   

Interest expense

    19     73     (27 )

Interest income

    (45 )   (38 )   (26 )

Depreciation and amortization expense          

    1,551     2,869     4,335  

Stock-based compensation expense

    839     1,395     2,426  
               

Total adjustments

    2,364     4,299     6,708  
               

Adjusted EBITDA (loss)

  $ (22,514 ) $ (18,814 ) $ (21,245 )
               

47


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

           You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes and other financial information included elsewhere in this prospectus. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this prospectus, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should review the "Risk Factors" section of this prospectus for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

Overview

          We are a leading provider of cloud-based SaaS solutions that enable leading nonprofit colleges and universities to deliver their high quality education to qualified students anywhere. Our innovative online learning platform and bundled technology-enabled services provide the comprehensive operating infrastructure colleges and universities need to attract, enroll, educate, support and graduate their students. By leveraging our solutions, we believe our clients are able to expand their addressable markets while providing educational engagement, experiences and outcomes to their online students that match or exceed those of their on-campus offerings.

          Our clients are leading nonprofit colleges and universities. They use our platform to offer full graduate degree programs online. The students in these programs receive the same degree or credit as their on-campus counterparts and generally pay equivalent tuition. Currently, eight well-recognized nonprofit colleges and universities offer graduate degrees through our platform. We provide a suite of technology-enabled services designed to promote adoption and usage of our SaaS solutions by clients and enrollment and retention of their students. These services include program marketing, student acquisition, content development for courses, and faculty and student support services, including technical training and support, non-academic student advising, academic progress monitoring and career services. We also facilitate in-program field placements, student immersions and other student enrichment experiences.

          We are currently engaged by eight colleges and universities to enable 10 graduate programs that have launched and in which students have enrolled. The first of our clients' programs was launched in 2009. One additional program launched in 2010 with two more commencing in 2011. In 2013, our clients launched five new programs. An additional program launched in January 2014 and four additional programs are scheduled to commence later in 2014. We recently contracted with a ninth university to enable a new graduate program that we expect to launch in 2015. Our client contracts generally have initial terms between 10 and 15 years in length, and, since our inception, all of the clients that have engaged us remain active.

          A significant percentage of our annual revenue is related to students returning to our clients' programs after their first semester. In the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, 61% of our revenue was related to students who had enrolled and completed their first semester prior to the start of the year. Of revenue recognized after March 31, 2013, 76% was related to students who had enrolled and completed their first semester before that date. We believe this high percentage of revenue attributable to returning students contributes to the predictability and recurring nature of our business.

          We have achieved significant growth in a relatively short period of time. Full course equivalent enrollments in our clients' programs grew from 14,099 during the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 to 31,338 during the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, representing a compound annual growth rate of 49%. From our inception through December 31, 2013, a total of

48


Table of Contents

8,540 unique individuals have enrolled as students in our clients' programs. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, our revenue was $29.7 million, $55.9 million and $83.1 million, respectively. However, because we must incur significant technology, content development, program marketing and sales expenses well in advance of generating revenues under a new client program, we have a history of losses despite our revenue growth. In order to become profitable, our revenues from existing client programs will need to increase at a rate faster than the expenses we will incur in connection with the launch of new client programs.

          We believe our business strategy will continue to offer significant opportunities for growth, but it also presents a number of risks and challenges. In particular, to remain competitive, we will need to continue to innovate in a rapidly changing landscape for the application of technology like ours to the delivery of higher education. As described above, we have added, and we intend to continue to add, degree programs in a number of new academic disciplines each year, as well as to expand the delivery of existing degree programs to new university clients. To do so, we will need to convince new clients as to the quality and value of our SaaS solutions, cost-effectively identify qualified students for our clients' programs and help our clients retain those students once enrolled. Additionally, even though our existing client programs have served students located in over 50 countries, we have only recently engaged with international institutions to participate in a pilot program offering undergraduate courses, which may present unique operating challenges. We must also be able to successfully execute our business strategy while navigating constantly changing higher education laws and regulations applicable to our clients and, in some cases to ourselves, particularly the incentive compensation rule that prohibits making incentive payments related to student acquisition. We seek to ensure that addressing all of these risks and challenges does not divert our management's attention from continuing to build on the strengths that we believe have driven the growth of our business over the last several years. We believe our focus on delivering a differentiated technology platform, maintaining the integrity of our clients' educational brands and providing exceptional, white glove service to our clients will contribute to the success of our business. We cannot, however, assure you that we will be successful in addressing and managing the many challenges and risks that we face.

Our Business Model

          The key elements of our business model are described below.

          Substantially all of our revenue is derived from revenue-share arrangements with our clients under which we receive a contractually specified percentage of the amounts students pay them to enroll in their programs. Accordingly, the primary driver of our revenue growth is the number of student course enrollments in our clients' programs. This in turn is influenced primarily by three factors:

          In the near term, we expect the primary drivers of our financial results to continue to be our two programs with the University of Southern California, which are our longest running programs, launched in 2009 and 2010. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, 94%, 78% and 69%, respectively, of our revenue was derived from these two programs. We expect the

49


Table of Contents

University of Southern California will continue to account for a large portion of our revenue until our other client programs become more mature and achieve significantly higher enrollment levels.

          Our most significant expense in each fiscal period has been program marketing and sales expense, which relates primarily to student acquisition activities. We do not spend significant amounts on new client or program acquisition and we do not maintain a sales force targeted at potential new clients or programs since our model is not dependent on launching a large number of new programs per year, either with new or existing clients. Instead, our new clients and programs are largely generated through a direct approach by our senior management to selected colleges and universities.

          We have primary responsibility for identifying qualified students for our clients' programs, generating potential student interest in the programs and driving applications to the programs. While our clients make all admissions decisions, the number of students who enroll in our clients' programs in any given period is significantly dependent on the amount we have spent on these student acquisition activities in prior periods. Accordingly, although most of our clients' programs span multiple semesters and, therefore, generate continued revenue beyond the term in which initial enrollments occurs, we expect that we will need to continue to incur significant program marketing and sales expense for existing programs going forward to generate a continuous pipeline of new enrollments. For new programs, we begin incurring program marketing and sales costs as soon as we enter into an engagement with a new client, which can be as much as nine months before the start of a new client program.

          We typically identify prospective students for our clients programs between three months and two or more years before they ultimately enroll. For the students currently enrolled in our clients' programs and those who have graduated, the average time from our initial lead acquisition to initial enrollment was seven months. For the students who have graduated from these programs, the average time from initial enrollment to graduation was 16 months. However, because our clients' programs are relatively new, they have only graduated a limited number of students to date, with many early enrollees still enrolled. Based on the student retention rates and patterns we have observed in our clients' programs, we estimate that, for our current programs, the average time from a student's initial enrollment to graduation will be approximately 2.5 years.

          Accordingly, our program marketing and sales expense in any period is an investment we make to generate revenue in future periods. Likewise, revenue generated in any period is largely attributable to student acquisition activities in earlier periods. Because program marketing and sales expense in any period are almost entirely unrelated to revenue generated in that period, we do not believe it is meaningful to directly compare the two. We believe that the total revenue we will receive in the future from students who enroll in our clients' programs as a result of current period program marketing and sales expense will be significantly greater as a multiple of that expense than is implied by the multiple of current period revenue to current period program marketing and sales expense. Further, we believe that our program marketing and sales expense in future periods will generally decline as a percentage of the revenue reported in those same periods as our revenue base from returning students in existing programs becomes larger.

          Our revenue, cash position, accounts receivable and deferred revenue can fluctuate significantly from quarter to quarter due to variations driven by the academic schedules of our clients' programs. These programs generally start classes for new and returning students an average of four times per year. Class starts are not necessarily evenly spaced throughout the year,

50


Table of Contents

do not necessarily correspond to the traditional academic calendar and may vary from year to year. As a result, the number of classes our client programs have in session, and therefore the number of students enrolled, will vary from month to month and quarter to quarter, leading to variability in our revenue.

          The semesters of our clients' programs often straddle two fiscal quarters. Our clients generally pay us when they have billed tuition and specified fees to their students, which is typically early in the semester, and once the drop/add period has passed. We recognize the related revenue ratably over the course of the semester. Because we generally receive payments from our clients prior to our ability to recognize the majority of those amounts as revenue, we record deferred revenue at each balance sheet date equal to the excess of the amounts we have billed or received from our clients over the amounts we have recognized as revenue as of that date. For these reasons, our cash flows typically vary considerably from quarter to quarter and our cash position, accounts receivable and deferred revenue typically fluctuate between quarterly balance sheet dates.

          Our expense levels also fluctuate from quarter to quarter, driven primarily by our program marketing and sales activity. We typically reduce our paid search and other program marketing and sales efforts during late November and December because these efforts are less productive during the holiday season. This generally results in lower total program marketing and sales expense during the fourth quarter. In addition, because we begin spending on technology and content development, program marketing and sales, and, to a lesser extent, services and support as much as nine months prior to the start of classes for a new client program, these costs as a percentage of revenue fluctuate, sometimes significantly, depending on the timing of new client programs and anticipated program launch dates.

Key Business and Financial Performance Metrics

          We use a number of key metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, identify trends affecting our business, formulate financial projections and make strategic decisions. In addition to Adjusted EBITDA, which we discuss below, we discuss revenue and the components of operating loss in the section below entitled "— Components of Operating Results." Additionally, we utilize other key metrics to evaluate the success of our growth strategy, including measures we refer to as platform revenue retention rate and full course equivalent enrollments in our clients' programs.

          We measure our platform revenue retention rate for a particular period by first identifying the group of programs that our clients launched before the beginning of the prior year comparative period. We then calculate our platform revenue retention rate by comparing the revenue we recognized for this group of programs in the reporting period to the revenue we recognized for the same group of programs in the prior year comparative period, expressed as a percentage of the revenue we recognized for the group in the prior year comparative period.

          The following table sets forth our platform revenue retention rate for the periods presented. For all of these periods, our platform revenue retention rate was greater than 100% because we had no

51


Table of Contents

programs terminate and full course equivalent enrollments in these programs increased year-over-year.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2013  

Platform revenue retention rate

    127.1 %   157.0 %   144.4 %

Number of programs included in comparison(1)

    1     2     4  

(1)
Reflects the number of programs operating both in the reported period and in the prior year comparative period. For example, the number of programs included in the calculation for the year ended December 31, 2011 includes only one program because it was the only program launched before January 1, 2010, and thus operating for the entirety of both 2010 and 2011.

    Full Course Equivalent Enrollments in Our Clients' Programs

          We measure full course equivalent enrollments in our clients' programs by determining, for each of the courses offered during a particular period, the number of students enrolled in that course multiplied by the percentage of the course completed during that period. We use this metric to account for the fact that many courses offered by our clients straddle two or more fiscal quarters. For example, if a course had 25 enrolled students and 40% of the course was completed during a particular period, we would count the course as having 10 full course equivalent enrollments for that period. Any individual student may be enrolled in more than one course during a period.

          Average revenue per full course equivalent enrollment represents our weighted average revenue per course across the mix of courses being offered in our client programs during a period. This number is derived by dividing our total revenue for a period by the number of full course equivalent enrollments during that same period. This amount may vary from period to period depending on the academic calendars of our clients, the relative growth rates of programs with varying tuition levels, the launch of new programs with higher or lower than average net tuition costs and annual tuition increases instituted by our clients. As a part of our growth strategy, we are actively targeting new graduate-level clients in academic disciplines for which we have existing programs. These additional programs will typically have lower tuition costs than the initial program in that discipline. Over time, this strategy is likely to reduce our average revenue per full course equivalent. However, we believe this approach will enable us to leverage our program marketing investments across multiple client programs within specific academic disciplines, significantly decreasing student acquisition costs within those disciplines and more than offsetting any decline in average revenue per full course equivalent enrollment.

          The following table sets forth the full course equivalent enrollments and average revenue per full course equivalent enrollment in our clients' programs for the periods presented.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2013  

Full course equivalent enrollments in our clients' programs

    14,099     22,532     31,338  

Average revenue per full course equivalent enrollment in our clients' programs

  $ 2,109   $ 2,480   $ 2,653  

52


Table of Contents

    Adjusted EBITDA

          Adjusted EBITDA represents our earnings before net interest (income) expense, income taxes, depreciation and amortization, adjusted to eliminate stock-based compensation expense, which is a non-cash item. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure calculated in accordance with GAAP. Please refer to "Selected Consolidated Financial Data — Adjusted EBITDA" in this prospectus for a discussion of the limitations of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA to net loss, the most comparable GAAP measurement, for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013. Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to any measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. In addition, Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies because other companies may not calculate Adjusted EBITDA in the same manner that we do. We prepare Adjusted EBITDA to eliminate the impact of stock-based compensation expense, which we do not consider indicative of our core operating performance. We encourage you to evaluate these adjustments, the reasons we consider them appropriate and the material limitations of using non-GAAP measures as described in "Selected Consolidated Financial Data — Adjusted EBITDA."

          Adjusted EBITDA loss was $22.5 million, $18.8 million and $21.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

Components of Operating Results

    Revenue

          Substantially all of our revenue consists of a contractually specified percentage of the amounts our clients bill to their students for tuition and fees, less credit card fees and other specified charges we have agreed to exclude in our client contracts, which we refer to as net program proceeds. Our contracts generally have 10 to 15 year initial terms. We recognize revenue ratably over the service period, which we define as the first through the last day of classes for each semester in a client's program.

          We establish a refund allowance for our share of tuition and fees ultimately uncollected by our clients.

          We also offered rebates to a limited group of students who enrolled in a specific client program between 2009 and 2011, which we will be required to pay to such students if they complete their degrees and pre-specified, post-graduation work requirements within a defined period of time after graduation. For students in this group who are still enrolled in the program, we accrue the rebate liability as they continue through the program towards graduation. In addition, all students in this group are required to certify to us each September as to their continuing eligibility for these rebates. For those students who do not make such certification and are therefore no longer eligible for the rebate, because, for example, they have failed to meet their post-graduation work requirements, we reduce the allowance accordingly at that time. As of December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, 406, 398 and 323 students, respectively, remained eligible to receive these rebates.

          These rebates and refunds offset the net program proceeds that we recognize as revenue.

          From time to time, we also recognize other revenue related to additional services requested by our clients beyond our bundled technology-enabled services, such as services in connection with state compliance efforts. To date, this other revenue has been immaterial.

53


Table of Contents

          The following table details the components of our revenue for the periods indicated.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2013  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Net program proceeds

  $ 30,931   $ 56,760   $ 83,563  

Rebates

    (618 )   (240 )   320  

Refunds

    (580 )   (641 )   (863 )

Other

            107  
               

Revenue

  $ 29,733   $ 55,879   $ 83,127  
               

          In addition to providing access to our cloud-based technology platform, we provide bundled technology-enabled services, including program marketing services for student acquisition, content development services, faculty and student support services, including technical training and support, non-academic student advising, academic progress monitoring and career services. We also facilitate in-program field placements, student immersions and other student enrichment experiences. We have determined that no individual deliverable has standalone value upon delivery and, therefore, the multiple deliverables within our arrangements do not qualify for treatment as separate units of accounting. Accordingly, we consider all deliverables to be a single unit of accounting and we recognize revenue from the entire arrangement over the term of the service period.

          We generally receive payments from our clients early in each semester, prior to completion of the service period. We record these advance payments as deferred revenue until the services are delivered or until our obligations are otherwise met, at which time we recognize the revenue. As of each balance sheet date, deferred revenue is a current liability and represents the excess amounts we have billed or received over the amounts we have recognized as revenue in the consolidated statements of operations as of that date.

    Costs and expenses

          Costs and expenses consist of servicing and support costs, technology and content development costs, program marketing and sales expenses and general and administrative expenses. To support our anticipated growth, we expect to continue to hire new employees, increase our program promotion and student acquisition efforts, expand our technology infrastructure and increase our other program support capabilities. As a result, we expect our costs and expenses to increase in absolute dollars, but to decrease as a percentage of revenue over time as we achieve economies of scale through the expansion of our business.

          Servicing and support.     Servicing and support costs consist primarily of compensation costs related to program management and operations, as well as costs for platform technical support and faculty and student support. We also facilitate in-program field placements, student immersions and other student enrichment experiences, and we assist our clients with their state compliance requirements. It also includes software licensing, telecommunications and other costs to maintain platform access for our clients and their students.

          Technology and content development.     Technology and content development costs consist primarily of compensation and outsourced services costs related to the ongoing improvement and maintenance of our technology platform and content developed for our client programs, as well as costs to support our internal infrastructure, including our cloud-based server usage. It also includes the associated depreciation and amortization expense related to internally developed software and

54


Table of Contents

content, as well as hosting and other costs associated with maintaining our platform in a cloud environment.

          Program marketing and sales.     Program marketing and sales expense consists primarily of costs related to student acquisition. This includes the cost of online advertising and lead generation, as well as compensation costs for our program marketing, search engine optimization, marketing analytics and application counseling personnel. We expense all costs related to program marketing and sales as they are incurred.

          General and administrative.     General and administrative expense consists primarily of compensation costs for employees in our executive, administrative, finance and accounting, information systems, legal, strategy and human resources functions. Additional expenses include external legal, accounting and other professional fees, telecommunications charges and other corporate costs such as insurance and travel that are not related to another function.

    Other Income (Expense)

          Other income (expense) consists of interest income and interest expense. Interest income is derived from interest received on our cash and cash equivalents. Interest expense consists primarily of the amortization of deferred financing costs associated with our line of credit and convertible notes prior to their conversion and changes in our preferred stock warrant liability as a result of changes in the fair value of such warrants.

          The fair value of our preferred stock warrant liability is reassessed at the end of each reporting period and any increase in fair value is recognized in other expense, while any decrease in fair value is recognized in other income. In accordance with their terms, upon completion of this offering, the preferred stock warrants will automatically become warrants to purchase common stock. At that time, we will reclassify the preferred stock warrant liability to additional paid-in capital and will not recognize further changes in fair value in other income or expense.

55


Table of Contents

Results of Operations

          The following table sets forth selected consolidated statement of operations data for each of the periods indicated.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2013  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenue

  $ 29,733   $ 55,879   $ 83,127  

Costs and expenses:

                   

Servicing and support

    12,300     14,926     22,718  

Technology and content development

    5,117     8,299     19,472  

Program marketing and sales

    32,116     45,390     54,103  

General and administrative

    5,104     10,342     14,840  
               

Total costs and expenses

    54,637     78,957     111,133  
               

Loss from operations

    (24,904 )   (23,078 )   (28,006 )

Other income (expense):

                   

Interest expense

    (19 )   (73 )   27  

Interest income

    45     38     26  
               

Total other income (expense)

    26     (35 )   53  
               

Net loss

  $ (24,878 ) $ (23,113 ) $ (27,953 )
               

          The following table sets forth our consolidated statement of operations data as a percentage of revenue for each of the periods indicated.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2013  
 
  (as a percentage of
revenue)

 

Revenue

    100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %

Costs and expenses:

                   

Servicing and support

    41.4     26.7     27.3  

Technology and content development

    17.2     14.9     23.4  

Program marketing and sales

    108.0     81.2     65.1  

General and administrative

    17.3     18.5     17.9  
               

Total costs and expenses

    183.9     141.3     133.7  
               

Loss from operations

    (83.9 )   (41.3 )   (33.7 )

Other income (expense):

                   

Interest expense

    (0.1 )   (0.2 )   0.0  

Interest income

    0.2     0.1     0.0  
               

Total other income (expense)

    0.1     (0.1 )   0.0  
               

Net loss

    (83.8 )%   (41.4 )%   (33.7 )%
               

56


Table of Contents

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2012 and 2013

 
  Year Ended December 31,    
   
 
 
  2012   2013   Period-to-Period
Change
 
 
   
  Percentage of
Revenue
   
  Percentage of
Revenue
 
 
  Amount   Amount   Amount   Percentage  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Revenue

  $ 55,879     100.0 % $ 83,127     100.0 % $ 27,248     48.8 %

Costs and expenses:

                                     

Servicing and support

    14,926     26.7     22,718     27.3     7,792     52.2  

Technology and content development

    8,299     14.9     19,472     23.4     11,173     134.6  

Program marketing and sales

    45,390     81.2     54,103     65.1     8,713     19.2  

General and administrative

    10,342     18.5     14,840     17.9     4,498     43.5  
                           

Total costs and expenses

    78,957     141.3     111,133     133.7     32,176     40.8  
                           

Loss from operations

    (23,078 )   (41.3 )   (28,006 )   (33.7 )   (4,928 )   21.4  

Other income (expense):

                                     

Interest expense

    (73 )   (0.2 )   27     0.0     100     (137.0 )

Interest income

    38     0.1     26     0.0     (12 )   (31.6 )
                           

Total other income (expense)

    (35 )   (0.1 )   53     0.0     88     (251.4 )
                           

Net loss

  $ (23,113 )   (41.4 )% $ (27,953 )   (33.7 )% $ (4,840 )   20.9  
                           

          Revenue.     Revenue increased by $27.2 million, or 48.8%, from $55.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $83.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. Of the increase, $24.2 million was primarily attributable to increased period-over-period full course equivalent enrollments in the four client programs launched prior to January 1, 2013. An additional $2.4 million was attributable to full course equivalent enrollments in the new client programs that launched during 2013. In addition, our rebate liability decreased by $0.6 million, which resulted in a corresponding increase in our revenue. The decrease in the rebate liability was the result of some students not certifying their continuing eligibility for the rebate program and fewer of the original cohort of students still being enrolled in the applicable client program and, therefore, a reduction in the rate of rebate liability accrual during the period.

          Servicing and support.     Servicing and support costs increased by $7.8 million, or 52.2%, from $14.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $22.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was due primarily to a $5.9 million increase in compensation costs as we increased our headcount in this area by 30% to serve a growing number of students and faculty in existing and new client programs. The remaining increase of $1.9 million was primarily attributable to increased costs for software licensing and facilitating in-program field placements, student immersions and student enrichment experiences. As a percentage of revenue, servicing and support costs increased from 26.7% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 27.3% for the year ended December 31, 2013, as five additional client programs launched in 2013 and we began to incur expenses in anticipation of the revenue we expect to generate through these new programs.

          Technology and content development.     Technology and content development costs increased by $11.2 million, or 134.6%, from $8.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $19.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This was due primarily to a $3.9 million increase in external technology consulting costs and a $3.8 million increase in compensation costs, net of capitalized amounts for software and content development, as we increased our headcount in this area by 67% to support additional client program launches and scaling of existing client programs. Further, an increase of $1.4 million was attributable to increased costs for

57


Table of Contents

telecommunication, travel, computer hardware and other expenses. Additionally, an increase of $1.3 million resulted from higher depreciation expense associated with our capitalized internal use software and content development costs, primarily as a result of an increase in the number of courses that have been developed for our client programs. The remaining increase of $0.8 million resulted primarily from higher costs related to our cloud-based server usage. As a percentage of revenue, technology and content development costs increased from 14.9% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 23.4% for the year ended December 31, 2013, as additional client programs launched and we began to incur expenses in anticipation of the revenue we expect to generate through these new programs.

          Program marketing and sales.     Program marketing and sales expense increased by $8.7 million, or 19.2%, from $45.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $54.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was due primarily to a $4.3 million increase in compensation costs, as we increased our headcount in this area by 26% to acquire students for, and drive revenue growth in, new client programs. Additionally, lead generation costs increased by a total of $3.3 million, and other general program marketing and sales expenses, including advertising design, printing, public relations and advertisement hosting fees, increased by a total of $1.1 million, as we continued to expand our program marketing efforts to acquire students for our clients' programs. As a percentage of revenue, program marketing and sales expense decreased from 81.2% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 65.1% for the year ended December 31, 2013, reflecting a higher year-over-year percentage increase in revenue than the corresponding increase in program marketing and sales expense.

          General and administrative.     General and administrative expense increased by $4.5 million, or 43.5%, from $10.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012 to $14.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2013. This increase was due primarily to a $2.4 million increase in compensation costs, driven primarily by increased employee bonus and stock option expense of $1.6 million and increased wages and payroll taxes of $0.9 million, as we increased our headcount in this area by 2% to support our growing business and prepared to operate as a public company. Additionally, our legal, accounting and other professional fees increased by $1.2 million in preparation for this offering and travel costs increased by $0.4 million driven by the increase in personnel. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative expense decreased from 18.5% for the year ended December 31, 2012 to 17.9% for the year ended December 31, 2013, reflecting a higher year-over-year percentage increase in revenue than the corresponding increase in general and administrative expense.

58


Table of Contents

Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2011 and 2012

 
  Year Ended December 31,    
   
 
 
  2011   2012   Period-to-Period
Change
 
 
   
  Percentage of
Revenue
   
  Percentage of
Revenue
 
 
  Amount   Amount   Amount   Percentage  
 
  (dollars in thousands)
 

Revenue

  $ 29,733     100.0 % $ 55,879     100.0 % $ 26,146     87.9 %

Costs and expenses:

                                     

Servicing and support

    12,300     41.4     14,926     26.7     2,626     21.3  

Technology and content development

    5,117     17.2     8,299     14.9     3,182     62.2  

Program marketing and sales

    32,116     108.0     45,390     81.2     13,274     41.3  

General and administrative

    5,104     17.3     10,342     18.5     5,238     102.6  
                             

Total costs and expenses

    54,637     183.9     78,957     141.3     24,320     44.5  
                             

Loss from operations

    (24,904 )   (83.9 )   (23,078 )   (41.3 )   1,826     (7.3 )

Other income (expense):

                                     

Interest expense

    (19 )   (0.1 )   (73 )   (0.2 )   (54 )   284.2  

Interest income

    45     0.2     38     0.1     (7 )   (15.6 )
                             

Total other income (expense)

    26     0.1     (35 )   (0.1 )   (61 )   (234.6 )
                             

Net loss

  $ (24,878 )   (83.8 )% $ (23,113 )   (41.4 )% $ 1,765     (7.1 )
                             

          Revenue.     Revenue increased by $26.2 million, or 87.9%, from $29.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $55.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was attributable primarily to increased period-over-period full course equivalent enrollments in the four client programs launched prior to January 1, 2012, since no new programs were launched in 2012. In addition, our rebates liability decreased by $0.4 million, which resulted in a corresponding increase in our revenue.

          Servicing and support.     Servicing and support costs increased by $2.6 million, or 21.3%, from $12.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $14.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was due primarily to a $1.8 million increase in compensation costs as we increased our headcount in this area by 20% to serve a growing number of students and faculty in client programs. The remaining increase of $0.8 million was attributable to increased costs for software licensing and facilitating in-program field placements, student immersions and student enrichment experiences. As a percentage of revenue, servicing and support costs decreased from 41.4% for the year ended December 31, 2011 to 26.7% for the year ended December 31, 2012, due primarily to our increased revenue.

          Technology and content development.     Technology and content development costs increased by $3.2 million, or 62.2%, from $5.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $8.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This was due primarily to a $1.1 million increase in compensation costs, net of capitalized amounts for software and content development, as we increased our headcount in this area by 62% to support additional client program launches and operations. Additionally, costs related to our cloud-based server usage increased by $0.5 million and costs for external technology consulting increased by $0.4 million, also in support of our business expansion. Further, depreciation expense associated with our capitalized internal use software and content development costs increased by $1.1 million, primarily the result of an increase in the number of courses that have been developed for our client programs. As a percentage of revenue, technology and content development decreased from 17.2% for the year ended December 31, 2011 to 14.9% for the year ended December 31, 2012, due primarily to our increased revenue.

59


Table of Contents

          Program marketing and sales.     Program marketing and sales expense increased by $13.3 million, or 41.3%, from $32.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $45.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was due primarily to a $7.9 million increase in third-party lead generation costs, consisting of activities such as paid search, and display and email marketing, and a $3.7 million increase in compensation costs related primarily to a 19% increase in headcount in this area. Both of these cost increases were incurred to acquire students and drive revenue growth for existing client programs as well as for new client programs launching in early 2013. Additionally, there was a $1.7 million increase in other program marketing expenses, largely consisting of increased costs related to software we use to manage an increasing number of leads for our client programs. As a percentage of revenue, program marketing and sales expense decreased from 108.0% for the year ended December 31, 2011 to 81.2% for the year ended December 31, 2012, reflecting increased revenue, which was primarily attributable to program marketing and sales expense incurred in prior periods.

          General and administrative.     General and administrative expense increased by $5.2 million, or 102.6%, from $5.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 to $10.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase was due primarily to a $4.7 million increase in compensation costs, as we increased our headcount in this area by 210% to support our growing business and prepare to operate as a public company. An additional $0.5 million of the increase was attributable to increased costs for facilities, travel, and legal, accounting and other professional fees. As a percentage of revenue, general and administrative costs increased from 17.3% of revenue in 2011 to 18.5% in 2012.

Quarterly Results of Operations

          The following tables show consolidated quarterly statement of operations data for each of our eight most recently completed quarters, as well as the percentage of revenue for each line item. This information has been derived from our unaudited quarterly financial statements, which, in the opinion of management, have been prepared on the same basis as our audited financial statements and include all adjustments, consisting of normal recurring adjustments and accruals, necessary for the fair presentation of financial information. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of results that may be achieved in future periods, and operating results for quarterly periods are not necessarily indicative of operating results for a full year. This information should be read in

60


Table of Contents

conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  March 31,
2012
  June 30,
2012
  Sept. 30,
2012
  Dec. 31,
2012
  March 31,
2013
  June 30,
2013
  Sept. 30,
2013
  Dec. 31,
2013
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenue

  $ 13,106   $ 13,369   $ 12,984   $ 16,420   $ 19,134   $ 18,691   $20,499   $ 24,803  

Costs and expenses:

                                               

Servicing and support

    3,119     3,779     3,618     4,410     5,018     5,656   5,842     6,202  

Technology and content development

    1,834     1,812     2,079     2,574     3,235     4,596   5,113     6,528  

Program marketing and sales

    10,298     11,370     12,823     10,899     11,770     13,695   15,412     13,226  

General and administrative

    2,359     2,318     2,205     3,460     2,871     3,654   4,269     4,046  
                                   

Total costs and expenses

    17,610     19,279     20,725     21,343     22,894     27,601   30,636     30,002  
                                   

Loss from operations

    (4,504 )   (5,910 )   (7,741 )   (4,923 )   (3,760 )   (8,910 ) (10,137 )   (5,199 )

Other income (expense):

                                               

Interest expense

    (1 )   (19 )   (35 )   (18 )   8     5   (1 )   15  

Interest income

    3     13     11     11     6     10   5     5  
                                   

Total other income
(expense)

    2     (6 )   (24 )   (7 )   14     15   4     20  
                                   

Net loss

  $ (4,502 ) $ (5,916 ) $ (7,765 ) $ (4,930 ) $ (3,746 ) $ (8,895 ) $(10,133 ) $ (5,179 )
                                   

 

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  March 31,
2012
  June 30,
2012
  Sept. 30,
2012
  Dec. 31,
2012
  March 31,
2013
  June 30,
2013
  Sept. 30,
2013
  Dec. 31,
2013
 
 
  (as a percentage of revenue)
 

Revenue

    100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %   100.0 %

Costs and expenses:

                                                 

Servicing and support

    23.8     28.3     27.9     26.9     26.2     30.3     28.5     25.0  

Technology and content development

    14.0     13.6     16.0     15.7     16.9     24.6     24.9     26.3  

Program marketing and sales

    78.6     85.0     98.8     66.4     61.5     73.3     75.2     53.3  

General and administrative

    18.0     17.3     17.0     21.1     15.0     19.5     20.8     16.3  
                                   

Total costs and expenses

    134.4     144.2     159.7     130.1     119.6     147.7     149.4     120.9  
                                   

Loss from operations

    (34.4 )   (44.2 )   (59.7 )   (30.1 )   (19.6 )   (47.7 )   (49.4 )   (20.9 )

Other income (expense):

                                                 

Interest expense

    (0.0 )   (0.2 )   (0.3 )   (0.1 )   0.0     0.0     (0.0 )   0.1  

Interest income

    0.0     0.1     0.1     0.1     0.0     0.1     0.0     0.0  
                                   

Total other income
(expense)

    0.0     (0.1 )   (0.2 )   (0.0 )   0.0     0.1     0.0     0.1  
                                   

Net loss

    (34.4 )%   (44.3 )%   (59.9 )%   (30.1 )%   (19.6 )%   (47.6 )%   (49.4 )%   (20.8 )%
                                   

61


Table of Contents

Critical Accounting Policies and Significant Judgments and Estimates

          This management's discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, or GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reported period. In accordance with GAAP, we base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results may differ from these estimates if conditions differ from our assumptions.

          While our significant accounting policies are more fully described in Note 2 to our consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, we believe the following accounting policies are critical to the process of making significant judgments and estimates in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

    Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue

          We recognize revenue when all of the following conditions are met:

    persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists;

    our provision of services is complete;

    fees are fixed or determinable; and

    collection of fees is reasonably assured.

          We derive revenue under long term contracts, which have initial terms that typically range from 10 to 15 years in length. Under these contracts, we allow access to our cloud-based technology platform and provide bundled, technology-enabled services to our clients and their faculty and students. We are entitled to, and recognize revenue based on, a contractually specified percentage of net program proceeds from our clients. These net program proceeds represent gross proceeds billed by our clients to students, less credit card fees and other specified charges we have agreed to exclude in our client contracts. Net program proceeds are further offset by accruals for expected refunds for our share of tuition and fees ultimately uncollected by our clients, as well as a provision for rebates of tuition to a limited group of students who enrolled in a specific client program between 2009 and 2011, which we will be required to pay to such students if they complete their degrees and meet pre-specified, post-graduation work requirements within a defined period of time after graduation. On occasion, we may make scholarship funds available to our clients to be awarded to students enrolled in the programs we support. These amounts are recorded as a reduction of revenue. We recognize revenue ratably over the service period, which we define as the period from the first day of classes for each semester in a client's program through the last day of that semester. We invoice our clients based on enrollment reports that are generated by our clients. In some instances, these enrollment reports are received prior to the conclusion of the drop/add period. In such cases, we establish a reserve against revenue, if necessary, based on our estimate of changes in enrollments expected prior to the end of the drop/add period.

          We generate revenue from multiple-deliverable contractual arrangements with our clients. Under each of these arrangements, we provide:

    a cloud-based technology platform that serves as a virtual campus for our clients' faculty and students, while also enabling a comprehensive range of other client functions;

62


Table of Contents

    program marketing and application advising for student acquisition;

    in conjunction with each client's faculty members, content development for courses; and

    faculty and student support services, including technical training and support, non-academic student advising, academic progress monitoring and career services. We also facilitate in-program field placements, student immersions and other student enrichment experiences.

          In order to treat deliverables in a multiple-deliverable contractual arrangement as separate units of accounting, deliverables must have standalone value upon delivery. We have determined that no individual deliverable has standalone value upon delivery, and therefore, deliverables within our multiple-deliverable arrangements do not qualify for treatment as separate units of accounting. Accordingly, we consider all deliverables to be a single unit of accounting and recognize revenue from the entire arrangement over the term of the service period.

          We generally receive payments from our clients early in each semester, which is prior to the completion of the service period. We record these advance payments as deferred revenue until our services are delivered or our obligations are otherwise met, at which time we recognize the revenue. As of each balance sheet date, deferred revenue is a current liability and represents the excess of amounts we have billed or received over the amounts we have recognized as revenue in the consolidated statements of operations as of that date.

    Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

          Our accounts receivable are stated at estimated realizable value. We utilize the allowance method to provide for doubtful accounts based on management's evaluation of the collectability of the amounts due. Our estimate is based on historical collection experience and a review of the current status of accounts receivable. Historically, we have experienced write-offs for uncollectible accounts that have been immaterial and have not significantly differed from our estimates. For all periods presented, we determined that no significant allowance for doubtful accounts for accounts receivable was considered necessary.

          We have made, and may in the future make, advances to our clients before a new program launches to cover costs they incur for instructional content creation, staffing and other start-up activities. Advances to clients are stated at estimated realizable value until repaid. We recognize imputed interest expense on these advance payments when there is a significant amount of imputed interest.

    Internally Developed Software Costs

          We capitalize some of the costs associated with internally developed software, primarily consisting of the direct labor associated with creating the software. Software development projects generally include three stages: the preliminary project stage, in which all costs are expensed as incurred; the application development stage, in which some costs are capitalized and some costs are expensed as incurred; and the post-implementation or operation stage, in which all costs are expensed as incurred.

          The costs capitalized in the application development stage include the costs of designing, developing, coding our platform and integrating it with the client's legacy systems, as well as the testing of various elements of the platform. The capitalization of costs requires judgment in determining when a project has reached the application development stage and the period over which we expect to benefit from the use of that software. Once the software is placed in service, these costs are depreciated on a straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the software, which is generally three to five years.

63


Table of Contents

    Capitalized Content Development Costs

          We collaborate with our clients' faculty members to develop and maintain educational content that is delivered to their students through our cloud-based technology platform. The online content developed jointly by us and our clients consists of subjects chosen and taught by the client's faculty members and incorporates references and examples designed to remain relevant over extended periods of time. Online delivery of the content, combined with live, face-to-face instruction, provides us with rapid user feedback, which we then use to make ongoing corrections, modifications and improvements to the course content. Much of our new content development uses proven delivery platforms and is therefore primarily subject-specific in nature. As a result, a significant portion of content development costs qualify for capitalization on our consolidated balance sheets due to the focus of our development efforts on the unique subject matter of the content. Similar to on-campus programs offered by our clients, the online graduate degree programs that we enable offer numerous courses for each degree. We therefore capitalize our development costs on a course-by-course basis. As students must matriculate into a client program in order to take a course, revenues and identifiable cash flows are also measured at the client program level.

          We develop content on a course-by-course basis in conjunction with the faculty for each client program. The client and its faculty generally provide course outlines in the form of the curriculum, required text books, case studies and other reading materials, as well as presentations that are typically used in the on-campus setting. We are then responsible for, and incur all of the expenses related to, the conversion of the materials provided by the client into a format suitable for delivery through our cloud-based technology platform.

          Content development costs that qualify for capitalization are third-party direct costs, such as videography, editing and other services associated with creating digital content. Additionally, we capitalize internal payroll and payroll-related costs incurred to produce and create videos and other digital content utilized in the clients' programs for delivery via our platform. Costs related to our general and administrative functions are not capitalizable and are expensed as incurred. We no longer capitalize content development costs once the content has been fully developed by both us and our client, at which time we begin to amortize the capitalized content development costs. We amortize these costs using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the respective capitalized content program, which is generally five years.

    Stock-Based Compensation

          Stock options awarded to employees, directors and non-employee third parties are measured at fair value at each grant date. We consider what we believe to be comparable publicly traded companies, discounted free cash flows, and an analysis of our enterprise value in estimating the fair value of our common stock. For awards subject to service-based vesting conditions, we recognize compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the option award, adjusted for estimated forfeitures. Options subject to service-based vesting generally vest at various times from the date of the grant, with most options vesting in tranches, generally over a period of four years.

          Some of the stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2012 were subject to both performance and service-based vesting conditions. We recognize compensation expense using an accelerated recognition method for awards subject to performance-based vesting conditions when it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved.

64


Table of Contents

    Determination of the Fair Value of Stock-Based Compensation Grants

          The determination of the fair value of stock-based compensation arrangements is affected by a number of variables, including estimates of the fair value of our common stock, expected stock price volatility, risk-free interest rate and the expected life of the award. We value stock options using the Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model, which was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options that are fully transferable and have no vesting restrictions. Black-Scholes-Merton and other option valuation models require the input of subjective assumptions. The following summarizes the assumptions used for estimating the fair value of stock options granted to employees for the periods indicated:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
  2011   2012   2013

Risk-free interest rate

  1.1% - 2.7%   0.8% - 1.1%   0.9% - 2.0%

Expected life (in years)

  5.71 - 6.49   5.65 - 6.15   5.54 - 6.31

Expected volatility

  54% - 57%   57% - 61%   55% - 58%

Dividend yield

  0%   0%   0%

Weighted average grant date fair value

  $1.76   $1.91   $4.58

          We have assumed no dividend yield because we do not expect to pay dividends for the foreseeable future, if at all, which is consistent with our history. The risk-free interest rate assumption is based on observed interest rates for constant maturity U.S. Treasury securities consistent with the expected life of our employee stock options. The expected life represents the period of time the stock options are expected to be outstanding and is based on the simplified method. Under the simplified method, the expected life of an option is presumed to be the midpoint between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term. We used the simplified method due to the lack of sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to otherwise estimate the expected life of the stock options. Expected volatility is based on historical volatilities for publicly traded stock of comparable companies over the estimated expected life of the stock options.

          Our estimate of pre-vesting forfeitures, or the forfeiture rate, is based on historical behavior by stock option holders. The estimated forfeiture rate is applied to the total estimated fair value of the awards, as derived from the Black-Scholes-Merton model, to compute the stock-based compensation expense, net of pre-vesting forfeitures, to be recognized in our consolidated statements of operations.

          Based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $         per share, the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover of this prospectus, the aggregate intrinsic value of outstanding options to purchase shares of our common stock as of December 31, 2013 was $          million, of which $          million related to vested options and $          million related to unvested options.

    Determination of the Fair Value of Common Stock on Grant Dates

          We are a private company with no active public market for our common stock. Therefore, in response to Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, related regulations issued by the Internal Revenue Service and accounting standards related to stock-based compensation, we have periodically determined for financial reporting purposes the estimated per share fair value of our common stock at various grant dates using contemporaneous valuations performed in accordance with the guidance outlined in the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Practice Aid, "Valuation of Privately-Held Company Equity Securities Issued as Compensation," also known as the Practice Aid. We performed these contemporaneous valuations as of April 1, 2011, April 4, 2012, July 31, 2012, May 31, 2013, September 30, 2013, November 30,

65


Table of Contents

2013 and December 31, 2013. In conducting the contemporaneous valuations, we used relevant information available to us and considered all objective and subjective factors that we believed to be relevant for each valuation conducted, including management's best estimate of our business condition, prospects and operating performance at each valuation date. The relevant information leveraged and significant factors, assumptions and methodologies used included:

    independent third-party valuations performed contemporaneously or before the grant date, as applicable;

    the fact that we are a privately-held technology company and our common stock is illiquid;

    the nature and history of our business;

    our historical financial performance;

    our discounted future cash flows, based on our projected operating results;

    valuations of comparable public companies;

    the potential impact on common stock of liquidation preference rights of redeemable convertible preferred stock under different valuation scenarios;

    recent issuances of our redeemable convertible preferred stock;

    recent sales of our common stock;

    general economic conditions and the specific outlook for our industry;

    the likelihood of achieving a liquidity event for shares of our common stock, such as an initial public offering, or IPO, or a sale of our company, given prevailing market conditions, or remaining a private company; and

    the state of the IPO market for similarly situated privately-held technology companies.

          The dates of our contemporaneous valuations have not always coincided with the dates of our stock-based compensation grants. In such instances, management's estimates have been based on the most recent contemporaneous valuation of our shares of common stock and our assessment of additional objective and subjective factors we believed were relevant as of the grant date. The additional factors considered when determining any changes in fair value between the most recent contemporaneous valuation and the grant dates included our stage of development, our operating and financial performance, current business conditions, recent transactions of our securities and the market performance of comparable publicly traded companies.

          There are significant judgments and estimates inherent in these contemporaneous valuations. These judgments and estimates include assumptions regarding our future operating performance, the time to completing an IPO or other liquidity event, and the determinations of the appropriate valuation methods. If we had made different assumptions, our stock-based compensation expense, net loss and net loss per share could have been significantly different.

    Common Stock Valuation Methodologies

          Up to and including the independent valuation performed as of April 4, 2012, we prepared our common stock valuations utilizing the Option Pricing Method, or OPM. In the OPM, the value of our common stock and our redeemable convertible preferred stock are estimated as call options on the enterprise value, with exercise prices based on the respective liquidation preferences of each series of the redeemable convertible preferred stock. Under the OPM, our common stock has value only if the funds available for distribution to common stockholders exceed the value of the liquidation preference of our redeemable convertible preferred stock at the time of the liquidity event. The

66


Table of Contents

characteristics of each class of stock, including the conversion ratio and any liquidation preferences of the redeemable convertible preferred stock, determine the class of stock's claim on the enterprise value. Essentially, the rights of the common stockholders are equivalent to a call option on any value above the redeemable convertible preferred stockholders' liquidation preferences. Thus, our common stock can be valued by estimating the value of its portion of each of these call option rights. The OPM, as applied under the Black-Scholes-Merton model, is appropriate to use when the range of possible future outcomes is so difficult to predict that forecasts would be highly speculative.

          Beginning with the independent valuation performed as of July 31, 2012, as greater certainty developed regarding a possible liquidity event, we changed the methodology for allocating our enterprise value from the OPM to the Hybrid Method, which incorporates the probability-weighted expected return method, or PWERM, and the OPM. The Hybrid Method includes estimating the probability-weighted enterprise value under multiple scenarios, while using an OPM to then allocate the enterprise value to the various classes of securities within the non-IPO scenarios to reflect the full distribution of possible non-IPO outcomes. We considered the Hybrid Method to be a more appropriate model of non-IPO scenarios due to uncertainty regarding the timing or likelihood of specific alternative exit events if we do not complete an IPO. Under the Hybrid Method, once the portion of the enterprise value allocated to the common shares has been determined, the per share value is then discounted to its present value based on the expected timing of the liquidity event. The common share value is also multiplied by an estimated probability for each scenario evaluated in the Hybrid Method. We determined the probability and timing of two future exit scenarios, an IPO and a strategic merger or sale, based on discussions between our board of directors and our management team.

          Market Approach for Estimating Enterprise Value.     Under the Practice Aid, the market approach uses similar guideline companies in the marketplace or guideline companies effecting recent sales of securities to determine an implied valuation of the company based upon the price of the securities. When using the guideline company method of the market approach in determining the fair value of our common stock, we identified companies similar to our business and used these guideline companies to develop relevant market multiples and ratios. We then applied these market multiples and ratios to our financial forecasts to create an indication of total equity value. In selecting the guideline companies used in our analysis, we applied several criteria, including companies in similar industries, companies we believed investors would perceive as similar to us based on economic and financial measures, and businesses that we believed entail a similar degree of investment risk. When using the similar transaction methodology of the market approach in determining the fair value of our common stock, we used publicly disclosed data from arm's-length transactions involving similar companies to develop relationships or value measures between the prices paid for the target companies and the underlying financial performance of those companies. These value measures were then applied to our applicable operating data to create an indication of total equity value. When using the recent securities transaction method of the market approach in determining the fair value of our common stock, we identified recent transactions of our securities to determine an implied valuation of our total equity value based on the price of the securities.

          For our independent valuations as of April 1, 2011 and April 4, 2012, we used recent sales of our redeemable convertible preferred stock as the primary driver in determining the fair value of our common stock. We used the guideline company method of the market approach as part of determining the fair value of our common stock under the IPO and sale scenarios in the July 31, 2012 independent valuation and all subsequent independent valuations. As an input for each of the independent valuations completed at these dates, we performed a discrete assessment of publicly traded comparable companies, including companies that had recently completed initial public

67


Table of Contents

offerings, to ensure that we had a representative sample of guideline companies upon which to base the valuations. The guideline companies we used in the market approach for each of these valuations were the same companies we used to estimate our expected volatility for purposes of determining our stock-based compensation expense related to stock options granted during this period. In addition, we performed a discrete assessment of recent security transactions upon which to base the valuations.

          Income Approach for Estimating Enterprise Value.     For the income approach, as described by the Practice Aid, we used the discounted free cash flow method, which is based on the premise that equity value as of the respective valuation date is equal to the projected future free cash flows and expected terminal value of the business, discounted by a required rate of return that investors would demand given the risks of ownership and the risks associated with achieving the stream of projected future free cash flows.

          We used the income approach as part of determining the fair value of our common stock under the IPO scenario beginning with our July 31, 2012 independent valuation and all subsequent independent valuations.

    Option Grants

          The following table summarizes by grant date the number of shares of common stock subject to stock options granted from January 1, 2012 through the date of this prospectus, as well as the associated per share exercise price and the estimated fair value per share of our common stock on the grant date.

Grant Date
  Number of
Shares
Underlying
Options
Granted
  Exercise Price
per Share
  Estimated
Grant Date
Fair Value
per Share
 

January 25, 2012

    472,500   $ 3.08   $ 3.08  

February 15, 2012

    425,000     3.08     3.08  

February 28, 2012

    316,601     3.08     3.08  

March 6, 2012

    180,000     3.08     3.08  

April 30, 2012

    200,000     3.08     3.08  

May 15, 2012

    155,150     3.14     3.14  

July 13, 2012

    95,000     3.14     3.14  

October 3, 2012

    407,500     5.75     5.75  

November 7, 2012

    7,500     5.75     5.75  

January 17, 2013

    247,500     5.75     6.73  

January 31, 2013

    120,000     5.75     6.81  

May 8, 2013

    638,500     5.75     7.37  

November 26, 2013

    423,500     8.45     9.43  

December 19, 2013

    175,000     8.45     9.68  

January 30, 2014

    45,000     9.50     ( 1)

(1)
On January 30, 2014, our board of directors finalized the exercise prices of options to purchase 45,000 shares initially approved on November 26, 2013. Therefore, the grant date of this option for accounting purposes is January 30, 2014. As of the date of this filing, we have not yet completed the estimation of the fair value of our common stock as of January 30, 2014.

          The grant dates in the table above represent accounting grant dates at which all of the accounting prerequisites had been met in order to issue the stock options and all terms had been communicated to stock option recipients. Significant factors contributing to the determination of common stock fair value at the date of each grant beginning in fiscal year 2012 were as follows:

          January, February, March and April 2012 Stock Option Grants.     Our board of directors granted options to purchase an aggregate of 1,594,101 shares of common stock between

68


Table of Contents

January 25, 2012 and April 30, 2012, in each case with an exercise price per share of $3.08. In estimating the fair value of our common stock to set the exercise price of the options as of these grant dates, the board of directors reviewed and considered an independent valuation report for our common stock as of April 1, 2011. The independent valuation report estimated a fair value of $3.08 for our common stock as of April 1, 2011. Our board of directors determined that there were no significant factors affecting the value of our common stock that had occurred between April 1, 2011 and each of these grant dates.

          The primary valuation considerations and assumptions for the April 1, 2011 valuation were:

    our issuance of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock in March 2011 at a price of $7.34 per share;

    a risk-free interest rate of 2.24%;

    an expected volatility rate of 52% based on historical trading volatility for our comparable guideline companies;

    a lack of marketability discount rate of 33%; and

    anticipated timing of a liquidity event of 5 years from the valuation date.

          May and July 2012 Stock Option Grants.     Our board of directors granted options to purchase 250,150 shares of common stock between May 15, 2012 and July 13, 2012, in each case with an exercise price per share of $3.14. In estimating the fair value of our common stock to set the exercise price of the options as of these grant dates, the board of directors reviewed and considered an independent valuation report for our common stock as of April 4, 2012. The independent valuation report estimated a fair value of $3.14 for our common stock as of April 4, 2012. Our board of directors determined that there were no significant factors affecting the value of our common stock that had occurred between April 4, 2012 and each of these grant dates.

          The primary valuation considerations and assumptions for the April 4, 2012 valuation were:

    our issuance of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock in March 2012 at a price of $7.81 per share;

    a risk-free interest rate of 0.53%;

    an expected volatility rate of 45% based on historical trading volatility for our comparable guideline companies;

    a lack of marketability discount rate of 23%; and

    anticipated timing of a liquidity event of 2.8 years from the valuation date.

          The increase in the estimated fair value of our common stock from $3.08 per share as of April 30, 2012 to $3.14 per share as of May 15, 2012 was primarily due to the following:

    increased fair value assigned to our company by external investors as demonstrated by the issuance of the Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock; and

    a reduction in the lack of marketability discount applied given the shortened anticipated timing of a possible liquidity event.

          October and November 2012 Stock Option Grants.     Our board of directors granted options to purchase an aggregate of 415,000 shares of common stock between October 3, 2012 and November 7, 2012, in each case with an exercise price per share of $5.75. In estimating the fair value of our common stock to set the exercise price of the options as of these grant dates, the board of directors reviewed and considered an independent valuation report for our common stock

69


Table of Contents

as of July 31, 2012. The independent valuation report estimated a fair value of $5.75 for our common stock as of July 31, 2012. Our board of directors determined that there were no significant factors affecting the value of our common stock that had occurred between July 31, 2012 and these grant dates.

          The primary valuation considerations and assumptions for the July 31, 2012 valuation were:

    The liquidity event scenario probabilities and valuation approach used for determining the fair value of our common stock, which were as follows:

Scenario
  Probability   Valuation
Method

IPO

    20 % Income and Market

OPM

    80 % Market

      In determining the probabilities, the board of directors observed that the IPO market was improving during the first half of 2012, particularly within the technology sector and for companies of similar size and scale to us, and believed that an IPO by the end of 2014 was becoming a possibility. Other possible liquidity event scenarios, such as a strategic merger or sale, were modeled collectively using the OPM due to uncertainties in their timing;

    the sale of common stock and series A redeemable convertible preferred stock to an unrelated third party by a former company executive and other shareholders in July 2012, at a price of $7.58 per share for the common stock and $7.58 per share for the Series A redeemable convertible preferred stock;

    a weighted average cost of capital of 21.6%, which was used as the discount rate for the income approach;

    a lack of marketability discount rate of 25%;

    a risk-free interest rate of 0.23%;

    an expected life, or time until a liquidity event, of 2.0 years;

    an expected volatility yield of 55% based on historical trading volatility for our comparable guideline companies; and

    a dividend yield of 0%.

          The increase in the estimated fair value of our common stock from $3.14 per share as of July 13, 2012 to $5.75 per share as of October 3, 2012 was primarily due to the following:

    greater probability assigned to the IPO scenario;

    increased fair value assigned to our company by external investors as demonstrated by the recent sale of common stock to an unrelated third party;

    increased market valuations of the guideline companies used in determining total equity value; and

    improvement in overall macroeconomic conditions.

          January and May 2013 Stock Option Grants.     Our board of directors granted options to purchase 1,006,000 shares of common stock between January 17, 2013 and May 8, 2013 with an exercise price per share of $5.75. At the time of this grant, we believed overall market conditions had not changed significantly since July 31, 2012. Therefore, the board of directors considered the prior independent valuation report for our common stock as of July 31, 2012, which estimated a fair value for our common stock of $5.75 as of July 31, 2012. Subsequently, we obtained an updated

70


Table of Contents

independent valuation report for our common stock as of May 31, 2013. The independent valuation report estimated a fair value for our common stock of $7.50 as of May 31, 2013. In light of the updated valuation, we used a linear interpolation approach for financial accounting purposes to arrive at a per share fair value for accounting purposes. Based on the linear interpolation, we established a per share fair value of $6.73, $6.81 and $7.37 as of January 17, 2013, January 31, 2013 and May 8, 2013, respectively.

          The primary valuation considerations and assumptions for the May 31, 2013 valuation were:

    The liquidity event scenario probabilities and valuation approach used for determining the fair value of our common stock, which were as follows:

Scenario
  Probability   Valuation
Method

IPO

    50 % Income and Market

OPM

    50 % Market

      In determining the probabilities, the board of directors considered the continued stability in the IPO markets in 2013, particularly within the technology sector and for companies of similar size and scale to us, and believed that an IPO occurring as early as the third quarter of 2014 was now a possibility. Other possible liquidity event scenarios, such as a strategic merger or sale, were modeled collectively using the OPM due to uncertainties in their timing;

    a weighted average cost of capital of 20.48%, which was used as the discount rate for the income approach;

    a lack of marketability discount rate of 25%;

    a risk-free interest rate of 0.10%;

    an expected life, or time until a liquidity event, of 1.2 years;

    an expected volatility yield of 55% based on historical trading volatility for our comparable guideline companies; and

    a dividend yield of 0%.

          The increase in the estimated fair value of our common stock from $5.75 per share as of July 31, 2012 to $7.50 per share as of May 31, 2013 was primarily due to the following:

    greater probability assigned to the IPO scenario; and

    closer proximity of an anticipated IPO date.

          November 2013 Stock Option Grants.     Our board of directors approved option grants to purchase 248,500 and 175,000 shares of common stock on October 1, 2013 and October 4, 2013, respectively, each with an exercise price per share to be based upon an independent valuation report for our common stock as of September 30, 2013. On November 26, 2013, the board of directors received and reviewed the independent valuation report for our common stock as of September 30, 2013, which estimated a fair value of $8.45 for our common stock as of September 30, 2013. Therefore, the grant date of these options for accounting purposes is November 26, 2013. Subsequently, we obtained an updated independent valuation report for our common stock as of November 30, 2013. The independent valuation report estimated a fair value for our common stock of $9.50 as of November 30, 2013. In light of the updated valuation, we used a linear interpolation approach for financial accounting purposes to arrive at a per share fair value

71


Table of Contents

for accounting purposes. Based on the linear interpolation, we estimated a per share fair value of $9.43 as of November 26, 2013.

          The primary valuation considerations and assumptions for the September 30, 2013 valuation were:

    The liquidity event scenario probabilities and valuation approach used for determining the fair value of our common stock, which were the same as in the May 2013 valuation;

    a weighted average cost of capital of 19.7%, which was used as the discount rate for the income approach;

    a lack of marketability discount rate of 20%;

    a risk-free interest rate of 0.10%;

    an expected life, or time until a liquidity event, of 0.8 years;

    an expected volatility yield of 50% based on historical trading volatility for our comparable guideline companies; and

    a dividend yield of 0%.

          The increase in the estimated fair value of our common stock from $7.37 per share as of May 8, 2013 to $8.45 per share as of September 30, 2013 was primarily due to the following:

    closer proximity of an anticipated IPO date; and

    a lower lack of marketability discount resulting from the closer proximity of the estimated IPO date.

          December 2013 Stock Option Grant.     On December 19, 2013, our board of directors finalized the vesting terms of an option to purchase 175,000 shares, with an exercise price of $8.45 per share, that was initially approved on October 4, 2013 based on the September 30, 2013 valuation. Therefore, the grant date of this option for accounting purposes is December 19, 2013. Subsequently, we obtained an updated independent valuation report for our common stock as of December 31, 2013. The independent valuation report estimated a fair value for our common stock of $9.80 as of December 31, 2013. In light of the updated valuation, we used a linear interpolation approach, based on the independent valuations as of November 30, 2013 and December 31, 2013, each described below, to arrive at a per share fair value for accounting purposes of $9.68 as of December 19, 2013.

          The primary valuation considerations and assumptions for the November 30, 2013 valuation were:

    The liquidity event scenario probabilities and valuation approach used for determining the fair value of our common stock, which were as follows:

Scenario
  Probability   Valuation
Method

IPO

    60 % Income and Market

OPM

    40 % Market

      In determining the probabilities, the board of directors considered the continued stability in the IPO markets in 2013, particularly within the technology sector and for companies of similar size and scale to us, and believed that an IPO occurring as early as the third quarter of 2014 was still a possibility. Other possible liquidity event scenarios, such as a strategic

72


Table of Contents

      merger or sale, were modeled collectively using the OPM due to uncertainties in their timing;

    a weighted average cost of capital of 17.9%, which was used as the discount rate for the income approach;

    a lack of marketability discount rate of 15%;

    a risk-free interest rate of 0.11%;

    an expected life, or time until a liquidity event, of 0.7 years;

    an expected volatility yield of 45% based on historical trading volatility for our comparable guideline companies; and

    a dividend yield of 0%.

          The increase in the estimated fair value of our common stock from $8.45 per share as of September 30, 2013 to $9.50 per share as of November 30, 2013 was primarily due to the following:

    greater probability assigned to the IPO scenario; and

    a lower lack of marketability discount resulting from the closer proximity of the estimated IPO date.

          The primary valuation considerations and assumptions for the December 31, 2013 valuation were:

    The liquidity event scenario probabilities and valuation approach used for determining the fair value of our common stock, which were as follows:

Scenario
  Probability   Valuation
Method

IPO

    65 % Income and Market

OPM

    35 % Market

      In determining the probabilities, the board of directors considered the continued stability in the IPO markets and an increasing confidence that we would be able to complete an IPO by mid-2014;

    a weighted average cost of capital of 18.1%, which was used as the discount rate for the income approach;

    a lack of marketability discount rate of 15%;

    a risk-free interest rate of 0.10%;

    an expected life, or time until a liquidity event, of 0.6 years;

    an expected volatility yield of 45% based on historical trading volatility for our comparable guideline companies; and

    a dividend yield of 0%.

          The increase in the estimated fair value of our common stock from $9.50 per share as of November 30, 2013 to $9.80 per share as of December 31, 2013 was primarily due to the greater probability assigned to the IPO scenario.

          January 2014 Stock Option Grants.     On November 26, 2013, our board of directors approved option grants to purchase 45,000 shares of common stock, with exercise prices per share

73


Table of Contents

to be based upon an independent valuation report for our common stock as of November 30, 2013. On January 30, 2014, the board received and reviewed the independent valuation report for our common stock as of November 30, 2013, which estimated a fair value of $9.50 for our common stock as of November 30, 2013. Therefore, the grant date of these options for accounting purposes is January 30, 2014. In February 2014, we received an independent valuation report for our common stock as of January 31, 2014, which we are reviewing and considering in determining the estimated fair value per share of our common stock as of the January 30, 2014 grant date.

    Determination of Estimated Offering Price

          In             , 2014, we determined the estimated initial public offering price per share of this offering, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, to be between $         and $         per share. We note that, as is typical in IPOs, the preliminary range was not derived using a formal determination of fair value, but was determined based upon discussions between us and the underwriters. Among the factors considered in setting the preliminary range were prevailing market conditions and estimates of our business potential.

    Income Taxes

          Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that are included in the financial statements. Under this method, the deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of the assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on the deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in earnings in the period when the new rate is enacted. Deferred tax assets are subject to periodic recoverability assessments. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount that more likely than not will be realized. We consider all positive and negative evidence relating to the realization of the deferred tax assets in assessing the need for a valuation allowance. We currently maintain a full valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets.

          We record a liability for unrecognized tax benefits resulting from uncertain tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. We account for uncertainty in income taxes using a two-step approach for evaluating tax positions. Step one, recognition, occurs when we conclude that a tax position, based solely on its technical merits, is more likely than not to be sustained upon examination. Step two, measurement, determines the amount of benefit that is more likely than not to be realized upon ultimate settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. De-recognition of a tax position that was previously recognized would occur if we subsequently determine that a tax position no longer meets the more likely than not threshold of being sustained. We recognize interest and penalties, if any, related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense in our consolidated statements of operations.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

    Sources of Liquidity

          To date, we have funded our operations primarily through private placements of redeemable convertible preferred stock. We raised $31.5 million and $26.0 million from the sale of redeemable convertible preferred stock in 2011 and 2012, respectively.

          In 2012, we obtained a line of credit from Comerica Bank under which we were able to borrow up to $10.0 million. We never borrowed any amounts under this facility. On December 31, 2013, we entered into a new credit agreement with Comerica Bank which replaced our prior line of credit with

74


Table of Contents

a new revolving line of credit. Under this revolving line of credit, we may borrow up to $37.0 million from a syndicate of lenders including Comerica Bank and Square 1 Bank. Through the date of this prospectus, we have borrowed and repaid in full $5.0 million under this facility. Under this revolving line of credit, we have the option of borrowing funds subject to (i) a base rate, which is equal to 1.5% plus the greater of Comerica Bank's prime rate, the federal funds rate plus 1% or the 30 day LIBOR plus 1%, or (ii) LIBOR plus 2.5%. For amounts borrowed under the base rate, we may make interest-only payments quarterly, and may prepay such amounts with no penalty. For amounts borrowed under LIBOR, we may make interest-only payments in periods of one, two and three months and will be subject to a prepayment penalty if we repay such borrowed amounts before the end of the interest period.

          Borrowings under the line of credit are collateralized by all of our assets. The availability of borrowings under this credit line is subject to our compliance with reporting and financial covenants, including, among other things, that we achieve specified minimum three-month trailing revenue levels during the term of the agreement and specified minimum six-month trailing profitability levels for some of our client programs, measured quarterly. In addition, we are required to maintain a minimum adjusted quick ratio, which measures our short term liquidity.

          The covenants under the line of credit also place limitations on our ability to incur additional indebtedness or to prepay permitted indebtedness, grant liens on or security interests in our assets, carry out mergers and acquisitions, dispose of assets, declare, make or pay dividends, make capital expenditures in excess of specified amounts, make investments, loans or advances, enter into transactions with our affiliates, amend or modify the terms of our material contracts, or change our fiscal year. If we are not in compliance with the covenants under the line of credit, after any opportunity to cure such non-compliance, or we otherwise experience an event of default under the line of credit, the lenders may require repayment in full of all principal and interest outstanding. If we fail to repay such amounts, the lenders could foreclose on the assets we have pledged as collateral under the line of credit. We are currently in compliance with all such covenants.

    Working Capital

          The following table summarizes our cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, working capital and cash flows for the periods indicated:

 
  As of and for the
Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2013  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 23,958   $ 25,190   $ 7,012  

Accounts receivable

    1,390     248     1,835  

Working capital

    12,597     15,794     (9,020 )

Cash (used in) provided by:

                   

Operating activities

    (18,612 )   (20,185 )   (15,682 )

Investing activities

    (6,258 )   (5,215 )   (7,636 )

Financing activities

    32,260     26,632     5,140  

          Our cash at December 31, 2013 was held for working capital purposes. We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes. Our policy is to invest any cash in excess of our immediate requirements in investments designed to preserve the principal balance and provide liquidity. Accordingly, our cash is invested primarily in demand deposit accounts that are currently providing only a minimal return.

75


Table of Contents

Cash Flows

    Operating Activities

          Cash used in operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 resulted primarily from our net losses, which were largely a function of our program marketing and sales efforts, as well as technology and content development to launch new client programs, service and support personnel to support our growing program base, and the amount and timing of client payments.

          Because we recognize revenue and collect payments around the academic schedules of our clients' programs, and because these do not generally correlate with monthly or quarterly financial reporting calendars, we have experienced, and may continue to experience, large period-to-period changes in cash, accounts receivable and deferred revenue.

          For the year ended December 31, 2011, net cash used in operating activities of $18.6 million consisted of a net loss of $24.9 million, reduced by $2.4 million in non-cash expenses and a $3.9 million net cash inflow from changes in working capital. Non-cash items consisted primarily of depreciation and amortization expense of $1.6 million and non-cash stock compensation charges of $0.8 million. The increase in cash resulting from changes in working capital consisted primarily of an increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities of $3.4 million due primarily to higher lead generation costs, an increase in deferred revenue of $2.1 million driven primarily by an increase in payments received in advance of the spring 2012 semester for one of our client programs, an increase in the rebate reserve of $0.6 million as certain students who enrolled in a specific client program became eligible to earn a rebate and an increase in the accrual for expected refunds of $0.5 million. These amounts were partially offset by a $1.3 million increase in accounts receivable driven by increased revenues during the year, a $1.0 million increase in advances to clients related to a new program launch and a $0.6 million increase in prepaid expenses.

          For the year ended December 31, 2012, net cash used in operating activities of $20.2 million consisted of a net loss of $23.1 million, reduced by $4.3 million in non-cash expenses and increased by a $1.4 million net cash outflow from changes in working capital. Non-cash expenses consisted primarily of depreciation and amortization expense of $2.9 million and non-cash stock compensation charges of $1.4 million. The decrease in cash resulting from changes in working capital consisted primarily of a $5.0 million decrease in deferred revenue as our clients' semesters concluded and a $0.3 million increase in prepaid expenses and related party receivables. These amounts were partially offset by a decrease in accounts receivable of $1.1 million driven by cash receipt timing differences, an increase in accounts payable of $1.3 million, an increase in the accrual for expected refunds of $0.2 million and an increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities of $1.0 million related to increased program accruals as we supported a greater number of degree offerings.

          For the year ended December 31, 2013, net cash used in operating activities of $15.7 million consisted of a net loss of $28.0 million, reduced by $7.6 million in non-cash items and a $4.7 million net cash inflow from changes in working capital. Non-cash items consisted primarily of depreciation and amortization expense of $4.3 million and non-cash stock compensation charges of $2.4 million. The increase in cash resulting from changes in working capital consisted primarily of an increase in accrued expenses and other current liabilities of $5.0 million primarily due to higher program marketing cost accruals to support a greater number of client programs, partially offset by other net decreases of $0.3 million.

76


Table of Contents

    Investing Activities

          For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, net cash used in investing activities was $6.3 million, $5.2 million and $7.6 million, respectively. In each period, these expenditures were for equipment, internally developed software and content development and primarily supported the enhanced platform functionality associated with new client program launches.

    Financing Activities

          For the year ended December 31, 2011, net cash provided by financing activities was $32.3 million, of which $31.5 million came from the issuance of our Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock and $0.8 million came from the issuance of convertible debt.

          For the year ended December 31, 2012, net cash provided by financing activities was $26.6 million, of which $26.0 million came from the issuance of our Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock and $0.6 million came from the exercise of stock options.

          For the year ended December 31, 2013, net cash provided by financing activities was $5.1 million, of which $5.0 million came from the issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock and $0.3 million came from the exercise of stock options. These proceeds were partially offset by $0.2 million used to repurchase shares of common stock from a former employee.

Operating and Capital Expenditure Requirements

          We believe that the net proceeds of this offering, together with our existing cash balances and available borrowing capacity under our revolving line of credit, will be sufficient to meet our minimum anticipated cash requirements through at least the next twelve months. If our available cash balances and net proceeds from this offering are insufficient to satisfy our liquidity requirements, we may seek to sell equity or convertible debt securities or enter into an additional credit facility. The sale of equity and convertible debt securities may result in dilution to our stockholders and those securities may have rights senior to those of our common shares. If we raise additional funds through the issuance of convertible debt securities, these securities could contain covenants that would restrict our operations. We may require additional capital beyond our currently anticipated amounts. Additional capital may not be available on reasonable terms, or at all.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

          When we enter into new program agreements with our clients, we sometimes commit to certain minimum staffing and spending amounts related to program marketing and sales activities. We believe we are currently in compliance with all such commitments.

          We also have non-cancelable operating leases for our office space and furniture and equipment.

          We have a $37.0 million line of credit from Comerica Bank and Square 1 Bank and have borrowed and repaid in full $5.0 million under this facility as of the date of this prospectus.

77


Table of Contents

          The following table summarizes our obligations under non-cancelable operating leases at December 31, 2013. Future events could cause actual payments to differ from these estimates.

 
  Payment Due by Period  
 
  Total   Less than
1 year
  1 - 3 years   3 - 5 years   More than
5 years
 
 
  (in thousands)
 

Operating lease obligations

  $ 11,125   $ 2,513   $ 4,722   $ 3,151   $ 739  
                       

Total

  $ 11,125   $ 2,513   $ 4,722   $ 3,151   $ 739  
                       

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

          We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements, as defined in Item 303(a)(4)(ii) of SEC Regulation S-K, such as the use of unconsolidated subsidiaries, structured finance, special purpose entities or variable interest entities.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

          In July 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued Accounting Standards Update, or ASU, No. 2013-11, "Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists." This guidance provides financial statement presentation guidance on whether an unrecognized tax benefit must be presented as either a reduction to a deferred tax asset or separately as a liability. ASU No. 2013-11 will be effective for interim or annual periods beginning after December 15, 2013, which we will adopt as of January 1, 2014. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on our financial condition, results of operations or disclosures.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

          Market risk is the risk of loss to future earnings, values or future cash flows that may result from changes in the price of a financial instrument. The value of a financial instrument may change as a result of changes in interest rates, exchange rates, commodity prices, equity prices and other market changes. Our exposure to market risk related to changes in foreign currency exchange rates is deemed low as further described below. In addition, we do not use derivative financial instruments for speculative, hedging or trading purposes, although in the future we may enter into exchange rate hedging arrangements to manage the risks described in the succeeding paragraphs.

    Interest Rate Risk

          We are subject to interest rate risk in connection with potential borrowings available under our $37.0 million bank line of credit procured in December 2013. Borrowings under the revolving line of credit bear interest at variable rates. Increases in the LIBOR or our lender's prime rate would increase the amount of interest payable on any borrowings outstanding under this line of credit. Through the date of this prospectus, we have borrowed and repaid in full $5.0 million under this line of credit.

    Foreign Currency Exchange Risk

          All of our current client contracts are denominated in U.S. dollars. Therefore, we have minimal, if any, foreign currency exchange risk with respect to our revenue.

          We have an office in Hong Kong for program marketing and student support and incur expenses related to its operations. The functional currency of this office is Hong Kong Dollars,

78


Table of Contents

which exposes us to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. Hong Kong Dollar currency rates have historically been tied to the U.S. Dollar, however. In addition, because of the small size of our Hong Kong office and the relatively nominal amount of our expenses denominated in Hong Kong Dollars, we do not expect any material effect on our financial position or results of operations from fluctuations in exchange rates. However, our exposure to foreign currency exchange risk may change over time as business practices evolve, and if our exposure increases, adverse movement in foreign currency exchange rates could have a material adverse impact on our financial results.

Inflation

          We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. Through our pricing model, we benefit from price increases implemented by our clients, and we continue to monitor inflation-driven cost increases in order to minimize their effects through productivity improvements and cost containment efforts. If our costs were to become subject to significant inflationary pressures, the price increases implemented by our clients, and our own pricing strategies, might not fully offset the higher costs. Our inability or failure to do so could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

79


Table of Contents


BUSINESS

Our Mission

          2U enables great colleges and universities to bring their programs online, allowing them to transform the way higher education is delivered. We believe that our cloud-based software-as-a-service platform allows our clients to reach students globally, enabling the education they provide to reach its highest potential so students can reach theirs.

Company Overview

          We are a leading provider of cloud-based software-as-a-service solutions that enable leading nonprofit colleges and universities to deliver their high quality education to qualified students anywhere. Our innovative online learning platform and bundled technology-enabled services provide the comprehensive operating infrastructure colleges and universities need to attract, enroll, educate, support and graduate their students. By leveraging our solutions, we believe our clients are able to expand their addressable markets while providing educational engagement, experiences and outcomes to their online students that match or exceed those of their on-campus offerings.

          Our clients deploy our platform to offer high quality educational content, instructor-led classes averaging ten students per session in a live, intimate and engaging setting, and a rich social networking experience, all accessible through proprietary web-based and mobile applications. This technology challenges every student to learn from the front row and every faculty member to engage students in new and innovative ways. We believe that our platform is flexible, easy to use, highly scalable and characterized by a high level of availability and security. Full course equivalent enrollments in our clients' programs grew from 14,099 during the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 to 31,338 during the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, representing a compound annual growth rate of 49%. We measure full course equivalent enrollments in our clients' programs by determining, for each of the courses offered during a particular period, the number of students enrolled in that course multiplied by the percentage of the course completed during the period. Any individual student may be enrolled in more than one course during a period. From our inception through December 31, 2013, a total of 8,540 unique individuals have enrolled as students in our clients' programs. By the time the last of these individuals graduate or leave our clients' programs, we estimate that they will have generated more than $475 million in total program tuition and fees for our clients.

          Our clients are leading nonprofit colleges and universities, and eight of our nine clients with whom we have contracted to offer 2U-enabled graduate programs were ranked by U.S. News and World Report among the top 75 undergraduate institutions in its 2014 National University Rankings. Through our uncompromising focus on quality and deep understanding of the higher education environment, we believe we have become not only a valued provider of the technology services our clients use to implement and manage their critical online education operations, but also a trusted steward of their brands.

          Our clients use our platform to offer full graduate degree programs online. Currently, eight well-recognized nonprofit colleges and universities offer graduate degrees through our platform, including the University of Southern California, Georgetown University, the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and the University of California, Berkeley. We have recently contracted with Syracuse University to offer a new graduate degree program in communications that we expect to launch in 2015, subject to the program receiving necessary university, state and accreditation approvals. We believe we have additional opportunities to extend our reach into the international, undergraduate and doctoral higher education markets.

          We believe that by delivering high quality degree programs and courses online using our platform, our clients can improve educational outcomes and career opportunities for a larger

80


Table of Contents

number of students, and by doing so, broaden the global reach of their brands while maintaining their academic rigor and admissions standards. By deploying our platform, clients give their students, who receive the same degree or credit as their on-campus counterparts and generally pay equivalent tuition, the option of pursuing their educations without potentially incurring the burden of moving, leaving existing employment or giving up family and community support networks. This can substantially reduce the total cost of obtaining a degree and lower a student's total debt burden. It can also allow students for whom relocating is not an option to obtain a higher quality education than they might be able to access in their local communities.

          We provide a suite of technology-enabled services, bundled with our platform, that are designed to promote adoption and usage of our software-as-a-service, or SaaS, solutions by clients and improve enrollment and retention of their students. We have primary responsibility for identifying qualified students for our clients' programs, generating potential student interest in the programs and driving applications to the programs. We have developed sophisticated digital marketing and student acquisition capabilities, and we work closely with our clients to help them create highly engaging multimedia instructional content for delivery on our platform. We also include other services that support the complete lifecycle of a higher education program or course, including facilitating in-program field placements and providing technical support. In addition, our platform provides clients with real-time data and deep analytical insight related to student performance and engagement, student and faculty satisfaction, and enrollment. We provide the significant domain expertise and operating capacity our clients require to scale and operate successfully in the online environment.

          Our client relationships are characterized by close, ongoing collaboration with faculty and administration, as well as a deep integration between our clients' academic missions and operations and our technology and services. Our compensation from our clients consists primarily of a specified share of the tuition and fees paid to our clients by students in the programs we enable, which we believe aligns our interests with those of our clients. This revenue model, combined with long contractual terms, enables us to make the investment in technology, integration, content production, program marketing, student and faculty support and other services necessary to create large, successful programs. In addition, our proprietary program-selection algorithm enables us to deploy capital with greater confidence as we can systematically identify programs that we believe have the highest probability of success for our clients.

          Our client contracts generally have initial terms between 10 and 15 years in length, and, since our inception, all of the clients that have engaged us remain active. A significant percentage of our annual revenue is related to students returning to our clients' programs after their first semester. In the twelve months ended December 31, 2013, 61% of our revenue was related to students who had enrolled and completed their first semester prior to the start of the year. Of revenue recognized after March 31, 2013, 76% was related to students who had enrolled and completed their first semester before that date. We believe this high percentage of revenues attributable to returning students contributes to the predictability and recurring nature of our business.

          We have achieved significant growth in a relatively short period of time. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, our revenues were $29.7 million, $55.9 million and $83.1 million, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, our net losses were $24.9 million, $23.1 million and $28.0 million, respectively, and our Adjusted EBITDA loss, a non-GAAP measure, was $22.5 million, $18.8 million and $21.2 million, respectively. For a reconciliation of Adjusted EBITDA loss to net loss, see "Selected Consolidated Financial Data—Adjusted EBITDA."

81


Table of Contents

Market Opportunity

          The global higher education industry is undergoing a significant transition. Due primarily to macroeconomic conditions, public higher education institutions in the United States and other countries in recent years have faced decreased governmental financial support and increased volatility in graduate enrollment rates. At the same time, we believe the long-term growth prospects of the global higher education industry are strong, as governments, corporations and individuals around the world are increasingly recognizing the importance of education in a knowledge-based economy.

          In addition, technology, and online learning in particular, is reshaping how institutions deliver and individuals access education. Rising rates of internet penetration, the rapid proliferation of mobile devices and the growth in cloud-based services are broadening the accessibility of educational content and services as well as the potential reach of educational institutions. As a result, colleges and universities are rethinking their operational and business models, determining how to incorporate technology-enabled offerings into their long-term growth strategies and seeking cost-effective ways to expand their academic reach.

          Higher education is a large and well-established market, both in the United States and worldwide. In the United States alone, total revenue for all degree-granting postsecondary institutions was over $550 billion for the 2010-2011 academic year, according to a May 2013 report by the U.S. National Center for Education Statistics. The decade between 2000 and 2010 saw a 37% increase in enrollment in postsecondary degree granting institutions in the United States, from 15.3 million to 21.0 million, according to the U.S. Department of Education, and that number is expected to rise to 23.8 million by 2021, a further increase of 13%.

          The market for online postsecondary education has grown more rapidly than the overall postsecondary market, driven by the increased acceptance of online programs among students, academic institutions and employers, and the greater flexibility and convenience of many online programs. To date, the primary users of online education have been students enrolled in for-profit institutions, which we do not view as our competitors or part of the same industry given our focus on enabling leading nonprofit colleges and universities to deliver their high quality degree programs and courses online.

          We believe that in the past many nonprofit institutions lacked confidence that online programs could offer sufficient quality to align with their brands, market reputations and academic standards. However, recent academic research, as well as our own experience, has shown that academic outcomes in online environments are generally equivalent to or better than those in traditional face-to-face environments. We also believe nonprofit institutions have been hesitant to adopt new initiatives given that they lacked the capital, technological expertise and marketing capabilities necessary to build significant online operations. However, as technology has improved and online education initiatives have become more prominent, nonprofit colleges and universities are considering online education as a means to increase enrollments cost-effectively. According to a 2012 survey conducted by the Babson Survey Research Group of Babson College, 69% of chief academic officers indicated that online learning is critical to their school's long-term strategy, up from less than 50% in 2002.

          During the period of transition, providers of higher education are facing three fundamental challenges. First, institutions recognize that the shift in education towards digital media is altering

82


Table of Contents

the competitive landscape. The internet is allowing new forms of instructional content and courses to proliferate, and education service providers who are unable to navigate the online environment and offer a compelling value proposition to students may cede market share to their competitors.

          Second, many institutions recognize that they do not possess the human or technological resources necessary to implement a successful online learning strategy. Scaling degree programs online requires robust technology platforms and support services, significant expertise in digital marketing and recruiting, and the ability to create highly engaging multimedia content. These are not competencies that colleges and universities have traditionally developed among their faculty and staff.

          Third, many institutions face increasing financial challenges that prevent them from investing more heavily in developing technology-based solutions. In the United States, funding and endowment returns have declined in recent years. For example, in 2012, total state support for higher education declined by 7.6%, according to an annual report from the State Higher Education Executive Officers Association. At the same time, the National Association of College and University Business Officers reported in 2013 that the average return on higher education endowments in 2012 was negative for the third time in five years. Given this environment, institutions of higher education are actively looking for ways to increase revenue, such as by raising tuition or increasing enrollment.

          We believe that an increasing number of institutions of higher education globally will implement online learning strategies to extend their reach and remain relevant to the needs of students. We believe we have a significant opportunity to help leading nonprofit colleges and universities implement and scale high quality online degree programs, as well as protect and deliver on the promise of their brands. We believe that the transition of the higher education market to cloud-based online delivery is just beginning, and that we are uniquely positioned to capture market share by delivering compelling, value-producing services to these institutions. Our cloud-based SaaS solutions provide nonprofit colleges and universities with the ability to capitalize on the disruptive forces of online education while extending the academic reach of their programs. By doing so, our clients are able not only to fulfill their missions but also to develop significant new sources of revenue through meaningful additional enrollments.

Our Approach

          We provide a cloud-based SaaS platform and bundled technology-enabled services that enable leading nonprofit colleges and universities to deliver high quality online degree programs and courses. Our platform supports a wide range of university functions, such as enabling high quality educational content, instructor-led classes averaging ten students per session in a live, intimate and engaging setting, and a rich social networking experience, all accessible through proprietary web-based and mobile applications. We assist our clients in developing engaging, premium quality academic content that we host on our platform. Our platform also serves as a hub for student and faculty interaction, and incorporates a live, or synchronous, learning experience, with pre-produced, or asynchronous, educational content and dynamic social networking. Furthermore, we offer services that support the complete lifecycle of a higher education program or course, including attracting students, facilitating in-program field placements and providing technical support. Our clients retain control of, and responsibility for, admissions, financial aid, faculty, curriculum and the direct delivery of academic services such as teaching, grading and assessment. We integrate our platform with the various student information and other operating systems our clients use to manage functions within their institutions. In addition, our platform provides our clients with real-time data and deep analytical insight related to student performance and

83


Table of Contents

engagement, student and faculty satisfaction, and enrollment. We believe that our platform is flexible, easy to use, highly scalable and characterized by a high level of availability and security.

          Using our solutions, our clients can:

84


Table of Contents

Our Strengths

          We believe the following to be our key strengths:

85


Table of Contents

Our Growth Strategy

          We intend to continue our industry leadership as a provider of cloud-based SaaS solutions that enable leading nonprofit colleges and universities to deliver education online. Our approach to growth is disciplined and focused on long-term success. The principal elements of our strategy are to:

Add Programs in New Academic Disciplines.   We believe there is a substantial opportunity for us to increase the size of our client base by adding graduate programs in new academic disciplines within our core market of selective colleges and universities. According to the U.S. Department of Education, during the 2011-2012 academic year, U.S. institutions of higher education offered graduate degrees in 1,000 separate disciplines. Of these disciplines, 140 had more than 1,000 graduates in that year.

Expand Within Existing Academic Disciplines.   We are also actively targeting new graduate-level clients in academic disciplines where we have existing programs. We believe this approach will enable us to leverage our program marketing investments across multiple client programs within specific academic disciplines, expanding the number of students who can access high quality educations and significantly decreasing student acquisition costs within those disciplines.

Increase Enrollment and Add Programs with Existing Clients.   We intend to continue to increase student enrollments within the existing programs we enable for our clients. We will seek to accomplish this by acquiring an increasing number of students for our clients' existing degree programs and by adding additional degree specialties within a program, as we have done at the University of Southern California and Georgetown University. We have also been able to expand our relationships with clients by adding degree programs at the same university, as we have at the University of Southern California, the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and The George Washington University.

Grow International, Undergraduate and Doctoral Presence.   We believe that there is significant market demand for our solutions as colleges and universities worldwide seek to extend their brands by accessing the growing global market for higher education. Our existing client programs serve students in over 50 countries. In addition, we believe there is a meaningful opportunity to provide high quality online education experiences to undergraduate students and to expand our graduate offerings into doctoral programs.

Continue to Innovate and Extend our Technological Leadership.   Our ability to deliver innovative technology for our clients has been central to our growth and success. We intend to increase the functionality of our platform and continue our investment in the development of new applications that extend our technological leadership.

Our Solutions

          Our solutions consist of our cloud-based SaaS platform and bundled technology-enabled services.

          Our innovative online learning platform, Online Campus, enables our clients to offer high quality educational content together with instructor-led classes in a live, intimate and engaging setting, averaging ten students per session, all accessible through proprietary web-based and

86


Table of Contents

mobile applications. This virtual classroom experience is enhanced by extensive social networking capabilities that enable ongoing interaction and collaboration. Online Campus allows our clients to provide a personalized learning environment for faculty and students as well as a robust online educational community.

          Online Campus powers the following services:

Virtual, Live Classes and Groups.   Our platform enables a variety of live, small-group class sessions that are accessed online. Class sessions include a video feed of the instructor and each student, and each student has a "front row" seat in the virtual classroom. Our technology solutions enable instructors to simultaneously lead group discussions, customize the virtual classroom to their individual styles and display a variety of documents, images, charts, notes and videos. Through December 31, 2013, Online Campus has hosted approximately 97,000 live class sessions. Online Campus also enhances collaboration by allowing students to interact during class sessions using face-to-face online interaction, establish breakout groups for student discussion and group work and share projects onscreen for group feedback. A recording of every live class is permanently stored on our platform and made available to faculty and students for future reference. Additionally, our platform is available for students to collaborate in planned or ad hoc study or work groups, regardless of day or time.

Delivery of High Quality, Engaging Content.   Through Online Campus, we and our clients collaboratively create, publish and deliver video and other asynchronous content, interactive course lectures, individual and group assignments and assessments. We have developed technology solutions to augment our content delivery capabilities, including our Bi-Directional Learning Tool, a technology we initially created to facilitate the Socratic method of teaching law. This technology enhances interaction between a faculty member and students, both individually and as a group, by blending asynchronous content and real-time student responses in the online environment.

Dynamic Social Networking.   Online Campus provides an intuitive social interface that connects students to an extended network of faculty, other students, researchers and administrators who are a part of their university community. Some clients grant extended or lifelong access to Online Campus, so that their students are generally able to review course content and recorded class sessions from the courses they took. We provide users with fully customizable social profiles, multimedia postings and dynamic communication and notification tools designed to supplement the live classroom experience and promote meaningful relationships.

          Our content management system enables us and our clients to author, review and deploy asynchronous content into their online programs. The content management system includes a set of project management and collaboration tools that allow clients to seamlessly integrate the work of faculty with that of our course production and content development staff.

          Our proprietary application system, known as the Online Application and Recommendation System, or OARS, automates the online application process for prospective students of our clients' programs. OARS is integrated with the primary marketing site for each program, directly funneling prospective students into each client's existing application process and providing automated workflow for that process. Additionally, our system automates faculty review and student notification to improve the efficiency of these processes.

87


Table of Contents

          We have developed customer relationship management deployments configured for each client's specific program characteristics. Each deployment serves as the data hub for scheduling, student acquisition, student application, faculty admissions review, enrollment and student support for each program. Our clients and our staff, as appropriate, can review, maintain and track this information to ensure that functions driven both by the client and by us are properly coordinated.

          We offer a comprehensive suite of technology-enabled services that support the complete lifecycle of a higher education program or course. These services include the following:

Application Advising:   Our program-dedicated teams work with prospective students as they consider and apply to a client program. Once a student has submitted a completed application package through the OARS portal, it is routed to and reviewed by the university admissions office, which renders the final admission decision.

Student and Faculty Support:   We augment each student's academic experience by assigning a dedicated advisor to provide ongoing individualized non-academic support. We also provide a dedicated support team that supports and trains university administration and faculty on how to use Online Campus and other components of our platform to facilitate outstanding live instruction.

In-Program Student Field Placements:   Our field placement team is dedicated to securing field placement opportunities for students enrolled in our client programs. We work closely with faculty to identify and approve sites that meet curriculum requirements. To date, our placement team has facilitated more than 15,500 individual in-program field placements in approximately 10,000 organizations around the world.

State Authorization Services .  Each online program a client offers using our platform must comply with state authorization requirements in each state where the students enrolled in the program reside. We work with most of our clients to identify and satisfy state authorization requirements.

88


Table of Contents

Technology

          Our cloud-based SaaS platform is designed to deliver an exceptional end-user experience in a secure environment. To increase the speed at which we develop and enhance our solutions, we use open-source technology and custom development of our own instructional design tools and learning components.

          Our technology stack resides completely in the cloud, with a high level of security and horizontal scalability. We work with Amazon Web Services, our cloud hosting provider, to ensure high levels of redundancy and general preparedness. We have the ability to manage hundreds of server instances in Amazon Web Services and elsewhere through our automated deployment technologies.

          Our application programming interface, or API, is at the core of all of our applications, providing a standardized way to provision, manage, engage and deliver content to students, faculty and administrators. The API supports advanced analytics that allow us to search and analyze student usage data to evaluate course content, inform continuous technology development and improve user experiences. The API manages authentication and access for our entire technology stack and is designed to manage and interface with new technologies as they are introduced.

          Our development process follows best practices in web security, including formal design reviews by operations security consultants, threat modeling and risk assessments. All deployed software undergoes recurring penetration testing performed by certified industry experts. Our security risk assessment reviews begin during the design phase and continue through ongoing operations.

          All of our applications and application components are designed from the ground up to produce significant, readable and interpretable data to centralized systems in the form of monitors and logs that allow us to proactively identify and mitigate potential capacity, performance and security issues. We design our platform to industry security standards as well as requirements set out in current applicable regulations and standards.

Program Marketing and Sales

          We dedicate the bulk of our program marketing and sales efforts to acquiring students for our clients' programs, and have developed highly sophisticated internet-based program marketing and student acquisition capabilities. At December 31, 2013, we had 265 full-time employees in our program marketing and sales function.

          Our model is not dependent on launching a large number of new programs per year, either with new or existing clients. Accordingly, we do not maintain a sales force targeted at new client or program acquisition. Rather, our new clients and programs are largely generated through a direct approach by our senior management to selected colleges and universities. We use a proprietary program selection algorithm to develop our pipeline of target clients. This data-centric model uses internally generated, publicly available and purchased data on market size, selectivity, student demographics, competition and other factors to identify combinations of colleges and universities and programs we believe will have the best prospects of long-term success.

89


Table of Contents

Clients

          The following table sets forth our clients' graduate degree programs that we currently enable and their respective program launch dates:

College/University   Current Degree(s)   Program Launch Date
University of Southern California — Rossier School of Education   Master of Arts in Teaching
Master of Arts in Teaching, TESOL
Master of Education in Advanced Instruction
  April 2009

University of Southern California — School of Social Work

 

Master of Social Work

 

October 2010

Georgetown University — School of Nursing and Health Studies

 

Master of Science in Nursing

 

March 2011

University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill — Kenan-Flagler Business School

 

Master of Business Administration

 

July 2011

Washington University in St. Louis — School of Law

 

Master of Laws in U.S. Law

 

January 2013

University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill — School of Government

 

Master of Public Administration

 

January 2013

The George Washington University — School of Public Health and Health Services

 

Master of Public Health

 

June 2013

American University — School of International Service

 

Master of Arts in International Relations

 

May 2013

Simmons College — School of Nursing and Health Sciences

 

Master of Science in Nursing(1)

 

October 2013

University of California, Berkeley — School of Information

 

Master of Information and Data Science

 

January 2014

          In addition, the following table sets forth our clients' degree programs that we expect to launch in the remainder of 2014 and 2015:

College/University   Degree(s)   Expected Program
Launch Date

The George Washington University — School of Public Health and Health Services

 

Executive Master of Health Administration

 

April 2014

Simmons College — School of Social Work

 

Master of Social Work

 

July 2014

Simmons College — School of

 

Bachelor of Science in Nursing(2)

 

October 2014
Nursing and Health Sciences   Master of Science in Nursing(2)   October 2014

Syracuse University — S.I. Newhouse School of Public Communications

 

Master of Communication

 

2015(3)

(1)
For candidates holding a Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree.

(2)
For candidates holding an Associate Degree in Nursing.

(3)
Subject to the program receiving necessary university, state and accreditation approvals.

          In addition, we are piloting a program supporting a consortium of U.S. and international universities offering online undergraduate courses to their students for credit.

90


Table of Contents

          Our client contracts generally have initial terms of 10 to 15 years and do not permit either party to terminate for convenience. Most contracts impose liquidated damages for a client's non-renewal, unless the client otherwise terminates due to our uncured breach. We own most of the leads we generate for each of our client's programs. Each of our clients owns all of the academic content that we help them develop, although we are generally not obligated to develop content that will be functional anywhere but on our platform.

          Our contracts also set forth the parties' respective rights to offer competitive programs. For example, some contracts permit us to offer competitive programs with other schools whose potential students are not academically qualified or otherwise interested in the program we offer with our client. Other contracts prohibit us from offering competitive programs with a specific list of schools, whether a certain number as listed on U.S. News & World Report's "best" schools list or a specifically enumerated list of schools negotiated with our client. One contract does not restrict our ability to offer competitive programs. In addition, any limitation on our ability to offer competitive programs becomes inapplicable if a client either refuses to scale the program to accommodate all students qualifying for admission into the program, or raises the program admissions standards above those at the time of contract execution. In addition, our contracts generally prohibit our clients from offering any online competitive program.

          Our two longest running programs, launched in 2009 and 2010, are with the University of Southern California, or USC. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, 94%, 78% and 69%, respectively, of our revenue was derived from these two programs. We expect USC will continue to account for a large portion of our revenue until our other client programs become more mature and achieve significantly higher enrollment levels.

          We have contracts with the USC Rossier School of Education, or Rossier, to enable a Master of Arts in Teaching program, or MAT program, and with the USC School of Social Work to enable a Master of Social Work program. Under our contracts with each of Rossier and the School of Social Work, we are entitled to a specified percentage of the net program proceeds. With Rossier, we are eligible for an increased percentage of net program proceeds if the net program proceeds exceed a specified level. We advanced funds to Rossier to help fund the startup of the MAT program, and these advanced amounts were subject to recoupment against portions of the net program proceeds under specified conditions. These two contracts each provide for an initial term of ten years, automatic renewal for successive three-year terms unless either party gives one-year notice of non-renewal, and liquidated damages if Rossier or the School of Social Work, as the case may be, fails to renew its respective contract after any term. Both contracts include a mutual restriction from developing competitive programs during the term of the contract, subject to specified exceptions. These exceptions include our development of programs that target students who may not otherwise be qualified for acceptance into the applicable program. These exclusivity obligations may be terminated or limited under specified circumstances.

          Our program with the Georgetown University School of Nursing and Health Studies accounted for 15% and 16% of our revenue for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

Competition

          The overall market for technology solutions that enable higher education providers to deliver education online is highly fragmented, rapidly evolving and subject to changing technology, shifting needs of students and educators and frequent introductions of new methods of delivering education online. Several competitors provide solutions that compete with some of the capabilities of our platform. Two such competitors, EmbanetCompass and Deltak, were acquired in 2012 by Pearson and John Wiley & Sons, respectively, both of which are large education and publishing companies. There are also several new and existing vendors providing some or all of the services we provide to other segments of the education market, and these vendors may pursue the

91


Table of Contents

institutions we target. In addition, nonprofit colleges and universities may elect to continue using or develop their own online learning solutions in-house.

          We expect that the competitive landscape will change as the market for online college programs at nonprofit institutions matures. We believe the principal competitive factors in our market include the following:

    brand awareness and reputation;

    robustness of technology offering;

    breadth and depth of service offering;

    ability to invest in program start-up costs;

    expertise in program marketing, student acquisition and student retention;

    quality of user experience;

    ease of deployment and use of solutions;

    level of customization, configurability, security, scalability and reliability of solutions; and

    quality of client base and track record of performance.

          We believe we compete favorably on the basis of these factors. Our ability to remain competitive will depend, to a great extent, upon our ability to consistently deliver high quality technology solutions, meet client needs for content development, and acquire, support and retain students.

Intellectual Property

          We protect our intellectual property by relying on a combination of copyrights, trademarks, trade secrets, patent applications, domain names and contractual agreements. For example, we rely on trademark protection in the United States and various foreign jurisdictions to protect our rights to various marks, including 2U, and other distinctive logos associated with our brand. We also have one patent application pending in the United States, which is directed to computer-implemented processes that facilitate asynchronous student responses to teacher questions, which is a process we use in our Bi-Directional Learning Tool, a technology we initially created to facilitate the Socratic method of teaching law.

          We ensure that we own intellectual property created for us by signing agreements with employees, independent contractors, consultants, companies, and any other third party that creates intellectual property for us that assign any intellectual property rights to us.

          Portions of our platform rely upon third-party licensed intellectual property.

          We have also established business procedures designed to maintain the confidentiality of our proprietary information, including the use of confidentiality agreements with employees, independent contractors, consultants and companies with which we conduct business.

          We continue to evaluate developing and expanding our intellectual property rights in patents, trademarks and copyrights, as available through registration in the United States and internationally.

          For important additional information related to our intellectual property position, please review the information set forth in "Risk Factors — Risks Related to Intellectual Property."

Education Laws and Regulations

          The higher education industry is heavily regulated. Institutions of higher education that award degrees and certificates to signify the successful completion of an academic program are subject to regulation from three primary entities: the U.S. Department of Education, or DOE, accrediting

92


Table of Contents

agencies and state licensing authorities. Each of these entities promulgates and enforces its own laws, regulations and standards, which we refer to collectively as education laws.

          We contract with postsecondary institutions that are subject to education laws. In addition, we ourselves are required to comply with certain education laws as a result of our role as a service provider to institutions of higher education, either directly or indirectly through our contractual arrangements with clients. Our failure, or that of our clients, to comply with education laws could adversely impact our operations. As a result, we work closely with our clients to maintain compliance with education laws.

    Federal Laws and Regulations

          Under the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended, or the HEA, institutions offering postsecondary education must comply with certain laws and related regulations promulgated by the DOE in order to participate in the Title IV federal student financial assistance programs. All of our clients participate in the Title IV programs.

          The HEA and the regulations promulgated thereunder are frequently revised, repealed or expanded. Congress historically has reauthorized and amended the HEA in regular intervals, approximately every five to six years, with the next re-authorization process expected to formally begin in 2014.

          The 2014 re-authorization of the HEA could alter the regulatory landscape of the higher education industry, and thereby impact the manner in which we conduct business and serve our clients. In addition, the DOE is independently conducting an ongoing series of rulemakings intended to assure the integrity of the Title IV programs. The DOE also frequently issues formal and informal guidance instructing institutions of higher education and other covered entities how to comply with various federal laws and regulations. DOE guidance is subject to frequent change and may impact our business model.

          Although we are not considered an institution of higher education and we do not directly participate in Title IV programs, we are required to comply with certain regulations promulgated by the DOE as a result of our role as a service provider to institutions that do participate in Title IV programs. These include, for example, regulations governing student privacy under Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act, or FERPA. The most material obligations stem from new rules and revisions to existing regulations promulgated by the DOE in 2010 as part of the so-called "program integrity" rules.

          While the program integrity rules were targeted at for-profit institutions of higher education, most apply equally to traditional colleges and universities such as our clients, and they apply in particular to institutions contracting with outside vendors to provide services, particularly in connection with distance education. These rules include principally the incentive compensation rule, the misrepresentation rule, the written arrangements rules and state authorization requirements. Many of the program integrity rules were subsequently challenged, but survived, largely intact, in 2012 in a decision issued by the U.S. Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia, Association of Private Sector Colleges and Universities v. Duncan . The more significant program integrity rules applicable to us or our clients are discussed in further detail below.

    Incentive Compensation Rule

          The HEA provides that any institution that participates in the Title IV federal student financial assistance programs must agree with the DOE that the institution will not provide any commission, bonus or other incentive payment to any person or entity engaged in any student recruiting or admission activities.

93


Table of Contents

          As part of the program integrity rules, the DOE issued revised regulations regarding incentive compensation effective July 1, 2011. Under the revised regulations, each higher education institution agrees that will not "provide any commission, bonus, or other incentive payment based in any part, directly or indirectly, upon success in securing enrollments or the award of financial aid, to any person or entity who is engaged in any student recruitment or admission activity, or in making decisions regarding the award of title IV, HEA program funds." Pursuant to this rule, we are prohibited from offering our covered employees, which are those involved with or responsible for recruiting or admissions activities, any bonus or incentive-based compensation based on the successful recruitment, admission or enrollment of students into a postsecondary institution.

          In addition, the revised rule initially raised a question as to whether our company itself, as an entity, is prohibited from entering into tuition revenue-sharing arrangements with clients. On March 17, 2011, the DOE issued official agency guidance, known as a "Dear Colleague Letter," or the DCL, providing guidance on this point. The DCL states that "[t]he Department generally views payment based on the amount of tuition generated as an indirect payment of incentive compensation based on success in recruitment and therefore a prohibited basis upon which to measure the value of the services provided" and that "[t]his is true regardless of the manner in which the entity compensates its employees." But the DCL also provides an important exception to the ban on tuition revenue-sharing arrangements between institutions and third parties. According to the DCL, the DOE does not consider payment based on the amount of tuition generated by an institution to violate the incentive compensation ban if the payment compensates an "unaffiliated third party" that provides a set of "bundled services" that includes recruitment services, such as those we provide. Example 2-B in the DCL is described as a "possible business model" developed "with the statutory mandate in mind." Example 2-B describes the following as a possible business model:

              A third party that is not affiliated with the institution it serves and is not affiliated with any other institution that provides educational services, provides bundled services to the institution including marketing, enrollment application assistance, recruitment services, course support for online delivery of courses, the provision of technology, placement services for internships, and student career counseling. The institution may pay the entity an amount based on tuition generated for the institution by the entity's activities for all the bundled services that are offered and provided collectively, as long as the entity does not make prohibited compensation payments to its employees, and the institution does not pay the entity separately for student recruitment services provided by the entity.

          The DCL guidance indicates that that an arrangement that complies with Example 2-B will be deemed to be in compliance with the incentive compensation provisions of the HEA and the DOE's regulations. Our business model and contractual arrangements with client institutions closely follow Example 2-B in the DCL. In addition, we assure that none of our "covered employees" is paid any bonus or other incentive compensation in violation of the rule.

          Because the bundled services rule was promulgated in the form of agency guidance issued by the DOE in the form of a DCL and is not codified by statute or regulation, the rule could be altered or removed without prior notice, public comment period or other administrative procedural requirements that accompany formal agency rulemaking. Similarly, a court could invalidate the rule in an action involving our company or our clients, or in action that does not involve us. The revision, removal or invalidation of the bundled services rule by Congress, the DOE or a court could require us to change our business model.

    Misrepresentation Rule

          The HEA prohibits an institution that participates in the Title IV programs from engaging in any "substantial misrepresentation" regarding three broad subject areas: (1) the nature of the school's

94


Table of Contents

education programs, (2) the school's financial charges and (3) the employability of the school's graduates. In 2010, as part of the program integrity rules, the DOE revised its regulations in order to significantly expand the scope of the misrepresentation rule. Although some of the DOE's most expansive amendments to the misrepresentation rule were overturned by the courts in 2012, most of the 2010 amendments survived and remain in effect.

          Under the new rule, "misrepresentation" is defined as any false, erroneous or misleading statement, written, visual or oral. This includes even statements that "have the likelihood or tendency to deceive." Therefore, a statement need not be intentionally deceitful to qualify as a misrepresentation. "Substantial misrepresentation" is defined loosely as a misrepresentation on which the person to whom it was made could reasonably be expected to rely, or has reasonably relied, to that person's detriment.

          The new regulation also expands the scope of the rule to cover statements made by any representative of an institution, including agents, employees and subcontractors, and statements made directly or indirectly to any third party, including state agencies, government officials or the public, and not just to students or prospective students.

          Violations of the misrepresentation rule are subject to various sanctions by the DOE and violations may be used as a basis for legal action by third parties. As a result, we and our employees and subcontractors, as agents of our clients, must use a high degree of care to comply with the misrepresentation rule and are prohibited by contract from making any false, erroneous or misleading statements about our clients. To avoid an issue under the misrepresentation rule, we assure that all marketing materials are approved in advance by our clients before they are used by our employees and we carefully monitor our subcontractors.

    Accreditation Rules and Standards

          Accrediting agencies primarily examine the academic quality of the instructional programs of an educational institution, and a grant of accreditation is typically viewed as confirmation that an institution or an institution's programs meet generally accepted academic standards. Accrediting agencies also review the administrative and financial operations of the institutions they accredit to ensure that each institution has the resources to perform its educational mission. The DOE also relies on accrediting agencies to determine whether institutions' educational programs qualify the institutions to participate in Title IV programs.

          In addition to institutional accreditation, colleges and universities may require specialized programmatic accreditation for particular educational programs. Many states and professional associations require professional programs to be accredited, and require individuals to have graduated from accredited programs in order to sit for professional license exams. Programmatic accreditation, while not a sufficient basis for institutional Title IV Program certification by the DOE, assists graduates to practice or otherwise secure appropriate employment in their chosen field. Common fields of study subject to programmatic accreditation include teaching and nursing.

          Although we are not an accredited institution and are not required to maintain accreditation, accrediting agencies are responsible for reviewing an accredited institution's third-party contracts with service providers like us and may require an institution to obtain approval from or to notify the accreditor in connection with such arrangements. One purpose of the notification and approval requirements is to verify that the accredited institution remains responsible for providing academic instruction leading to a credential and provides oversight of other activities undertaken by third parties like us that are within the scope of its accreditation. We work closely with our clients to assure that the standards of their respective accreditors are met and are not adversely impacted by us.

95


Table of Contents

          Accrediting agencies are also responsible for assuring that any "written arrangements" to outsource academic instruction meet accrediting standards and related regulations of the DOE. Our operations are generally not subject to such "written arrangements" rules because academic instruction is provided by our client institutions and not by us.

    State Laws and Regulations

          Each state has at least one licensing agency responsible for the oversight of educational institutions operating within its jurisdiction. Continued approval by such agencies is necessary for an institution to operate and grant degrees, diplomas or certificates in those states. Moreover, under the HEA, approval by such agencies is necessary to maintain eligibility to participate in Title IV programs. The level of regulatory oversight varies substantially from state to state.

          We and our clients may be subject to regulation in each state in which we or they own facilities, provide distance education or recruit students. State laws establish standards for, among other things, student instruction, qualifications of faculty, location and nature of facilities and financial policies. The need to comply with applicable state laws and regulations may limit or delay our ability to market programs or offer new degree programs of our clients.

          State regulatory requirements for online education are inconsistent between states, change frequently and, in some instances, are outmoded. In addition, the interpretation of state authorization regulations is subject to substantial discretion by the state agency responsible for enforcing the regulations. Some states have enacted legislation or issued regulations that specifically address online educational programs, some of which may affect our operations.

          As part of the program integrity rules, the DOE required, among other things, that an institution offering distance learning or online programs secure the approval of those states which require such approval and provide evidence of such approval to the DOE upon request. This regulation dramatically increased the importance of state authorization because failure to obtain it could result in an obligation to return federal funds received by an institution. On July 12, 2011, the U.S. District Court for the District of Columbia struck down those portions of regulations requiring proof of state approval for online education programs on procedural grounds, and that holding was upheld by the United States Court of Appeals for the District of Columbia Circuit. However, on November 19, 2013, the DOE announced that it would consider issuing new regulations regarding state authorization for programs offered through distance education. As a result, the DOE is widely expected to reinstate the 2010 rule, and may create new compliance obligations for institutions that offer educational programs abroad. DOE rulemaking to consider these and other issues is presently underway and is expected to be completed by or before 2016.

          We monitor state law developments closely and work closely with our clients to assist them with obtaining any required approvals.

    Other Laws

          Our activities on behalf of institutions are also subject to other federal and state laws. These regulations include, but are not limited to, consumer marketing and unfair trade practices laws and regulations, including those promulgated and enforced by the Federal Trade Commission, as well as federal and state data protection and privacy requirements.

Employees

          As of December 31, 2013, we had 575 full-time employees and 19 part-time employees. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement. We consider our relations with our employees to be good.

96


Table of Contents

Facilities

          We lease approximately 65,700 square feet of space for our corporate headquarters in Landover, Maryland pursuant to a lease that expires in July 2018. We also lease an aggregate of approximately 30,000 square feet of space in New York, Los Angeles, Chapel Hill, St. Louis and Hong Kong. We sublease a portion of this office space to third parties. We are currently evaluating options for additional space in Landover and New York as needed to accommodate our growth, and we believe that we will be able to obtain such space on acceptable, commercially reasonable terms.

Legal Proceedings

          From time to time, we may become involved in legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of our business. We are not presently a party to any material legal proceedings, nor are we a party to any legal proceedings that, if determined adversely to us, would individually or taken together have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows.

97


Table of Contents


MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

          The following table sets forth information concerning our executive officers, directors and director nominees, including their ages as of January 1, 2014:

Name
  Age   Position

Executive Officers:

         

Christopher J. Paucek

    43   Chief Executive Officer and Director

Robert L. Cohen

    48   President and Chief Operating Officer

Catherine A. Graham

    53   Chief Financial Officer

Jeff C. Rinehart

    38   Chief Marketing Officer

James Kenigsberg

    37   Chief Technology Officer

Non-Management Directors:

         

Paul A. Maeder

    59   Director and Chairman of the Board

Mark J. Chernis. 

    46   Director

Timothy M. Haley

    46   Director

John M. Larson

    62   Director

Michael T. Moe

    51   Director

Robert M. Stavis

    51   Director

Director Nominees:

         

Sallie L. Krawcheck

    49   Director Nominee

Earl Lewis

    58   Director Nominee

Executive Officers

          Mr. Paucek is a co-founder of our company and has served as our Chief Executive Officer since January 2012 and as a member of our board of directors since March 2012. He previously served as our President and Chief Operating Officer from April 2008 through December 2011. Prior to 2U, Mr. Paucek served as the chief executive officer of Smarterville, Inc., the parent company of Hooked on Phonics, from 2007 until 2008. From 2004 to 2007, Mr. Paucek served as vice president of business development and president of Educate Products for Educate, Inc. In 2004, Mr. Paucek served as deputy campaign manager for the successful re-election campaign of United States Senator Barbara Mikulski. Mr. Paucek began his career in 1993 by co-founding Cerebellum Corporation, the media company behind the award-winning educational Standard Deviants television program and video series, and he led Cerebellum as co-chief executive officer until 2003. Mr. Paucek holds a B.A. from The George Washington University and is currently enrolled in our MBA@UNC program at the UNC Kenan-Flagler Business School of the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Paucek's knowledge of our company as one of our co-founders, and his broad experience leading education companies, enable him to make valuable contributions to the board.

          Mr. Cohen has served as our President since November 2013 and as our Chief Operating Officer since April 2012 and previously served as our Chief Financial Officer from our inception in 2008 until April 2012. From 2001 to 2008, Mr. Cohen held a number of senior roles at The Princeton Review, including as executive vice president of strategic development and executive vice president and general manager of K12 Services. From 1985 to 2001, Mr. Cohen founded and operated a

98


Table of Contents

franchise of The Princeton Review, before selling the franchise back to that company. Mr. Cohen attended Princeton University.

          Ms. Graham has served as our Chief Financial Officer since April 2012. Prior to that, she served as chief financial officer for Online Resources Corporation, a financial technology company, from 2002 to April 2012. Prior to that, she served as chief financial officer for VIA NET.WORKS, Inc., an internet services and web hosting provider, from 1998 to 2002. Previously, she served in senior financial positions with Yurie Systems, a telecommunications equipment manufacturer, and other public companies, as well as with several commercial banks. Ms. Graham holds a B.A. from the University of Maryland and an M.B.A. from Loyola College of Maryland.

          Mr. Rinehart has served as our Chief Marketing Officer since March 2011. Prior to joining 2U, from 2000 to 2011, Mr. Rinehart worked for Capital One Financial Corporation, a financial services company in a series of progressively more senior leadership roles in its Marketing and Analysis division, including most recently as vice president of marketing strategy for Capital One's consumer credit card division. Mr. Rinehart holds a B.S. and a master's degree in Economics from East Carolina University.

          Mr. Kenigsberg has served as our Chief Technology Officer since July 2010 and previously as Chief Information Officer from September 2008 to June 2010. From 2000 to 2008, Mr. Kenigsberg held various leadership positions at The Princeton Review, including from 2004 to 2008 as vice president of application development and product development. Prior to that, he served as technical project manager at Ogilvy & Mathers in 2000 and as project engineer at Thomson Reuters from 1998 to 2000. Mr. Kenigsberg attended Hunter College.

Non-management Directors

          Mr. Maeder has served on our board of directors since February 2010 and as chairman of our board since November 2012. Mr. Maeder is a General Partner of Highland Capital Partners, a venture capital firm he co-founded in 1988. He currently serves of the boards of several private companies. He holds a B.S.E. in Aerospace and Mechanical Sciences from Princeton University, an M.S.E. in Mechanical Engineering from Stanford University and a M.B.A. from the Harvard Business School. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Maeder's broad experience investing in the online higher education and software industries and his experience serving as a board member for numerous companies enable him to make valuable contributions to the board.

          Mr. Chernis has served on our board of directors since January 2009. Mr. Chernis has served as Chief Operating Officer of the K12 Technology division of Pearson Education since June 2011 and previously was the president and chief operating officer of SchoolNet, Inc. from March 2008 until its acquisition by Pearson in 2011. Mr. Chernis has held various positions at The Princeton Review beginning in 1984, most recently serving as its President from 1995 to November 2007. Mr. Chernis holds a B.A. from Vassar College. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Chernis's deep knowledge of the education industry and his experience with The Princeton Review enable him to make valuable contributions to the board.

99


Table of Contents

          Mr. Haley has served on our board of directors since February 2010. Mr. Haley is a founding partner of Redpoint Ventures, a venture capital firm, and has been a Managing Director of the firm since 1999. Mr. Haley was also the managing director of Institutional Venture Partners, a venture capital firm, from 1998 to 2010. From 1986 to 1998, Mr. Haley was the president of Haley Associates, an executive recruiting firm in the high technology industry. Mr. Haley currently serves on the board of directors of Netflix, Inc. and several private companies. Mr. Haley holds a B.A. from Santa Clara University. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Haley's broad experience investing in software, consumer internet and digital media industries, and his experience serving as a board member for numerous companies, enable him to make valuable contributions to the board.

          Mr. Larson has served on our board of directors since June 2009. Mr. Larson has served as the Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of Triumph Higher Education Group, Inc., a culinary education company, since 2010. He also serves as President of Triumph Group, Inc., a company that advises and invests in domestic and international education companies. Mr. Larson founded and served as President, Chief Executive Officer and director of Career Education Corporation, or CEC, a publicly held post-secondary education company, from its inception in 1994 through his retirement from the company in 2006, including as Chairman of the Board from 2000 to 2006. He became Chairman Emeritus of CEC in 2006 and continues to serve in that position. He holds a B.S. in Business Administration from the University of California at Berkeley. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Larson's deep knowledge of the higher education industry and his experience founding and leading a publicly held education company enable him to make valuable contributions to the board.

          Mr. Moe has served on our board of directors since February 2013. Mr. Moe is the co-founder of GSV Capital Corp. and has served as its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Investment Officer and on its board of directors since September 2010. Prior to founding GSV, in April 2009 Mr. Moe co-founded and served as an advisor to Next Advisors, which became GSV Advisors in May 2011. Also during this time, Mr. Moe co-founded and served as chief executive officer of each of Next Up Media beginning in December 2009, which became GSV Media in May 2011, and Next Asset Management beginning in September 2010, which became GSV Asset Management in May 2011. Prior to this, Mr. Moe co-founded and served as chairman and chief executive officer of ThinkEquity Partners, an asset management and investment banking firm focusing on venture capital, entrepreneurial and emerging growth companies, from 2001 to September 2008. Before ThinkEquity, he held positions as head of global growth research at Merrill Lynch and head of growth research and strategy at Montgomery Securities. Mr. Moe holds a B.A. in Political Science and Economics from the University of Minnesota. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Moe's broad experience investing in emerging growth equity markets and his experience serving as a board member for numerous companies enable him to make valuable contributions to the board.

          Mr. Stavis has served on our board of directors since April 2011. Mr. Stavis has been a partner at Bessemer Venture Partners, a venture capital firm, since 2000. Prior to joining Bessemer, Mr. Stavis was an independent private equity investor. Prior to that, he served in various positions at Salomon Smith Barney, including as co-head of global arbitrage trading. Mr. Stavis holds a B.A.S. in Engineering from the University of Pennsylvania's School of Engineering and Applied Sciences and a B.S. in Economics from the University of Pennsylvania's Wharton School. Our board of

100


Table of Contents

directors believes that Mr. Stavis's broad experience investing in the emerging software technology industry and his experience serving as a board member for numerous companies enable him to make valuable contributions to the board.

Director Nominees

          Our board of directors has voted to expand the number of directors on our board from seven to nine, and to appoint the following new directors to fill the resulting vacancies, effective upon the closing of this offering. Each of these persons has agreed to join our board of directors at that time.

          Ms. Krawcheck will serve on our board of directors following the closing of this offering. Ms. Krawcheck has been the owner of 85 Broads, a professional women's networking organization, since May 2013. Ms. Krawcheck was the President of Global Wealth & Investment Management for Bank of America from August 2009 to September 2011. Prior to joining Bank of America, Ms. Krawcheck held a variety of senior executive positions at Citigroup from 2002 to 2008, including Chief Executive Officer of its Smith Barney division, Chief Financial Officer of Citigroup and Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of Citi Global Wealth Management. She served as a director of BlackRock Inc. from 2009 to 2011 and Dell Inc. from 2006 to 2009. Ms. Krawcheck holds a B.A. from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and a M.B.A. from Columbia University. Our board of directors believes that Ms. Krawcheck's financial acumen and broad experience serving in leadership roles with financial and investment firms will allow her to make valuable contributions to the board.

          Mr. Lewis will serve on our board of directors following the closing of this offering. Since March 2013, Mr. Lewis has been the President of The Andrew W. Mellon Foundation, a philanthropic organization committed to advancing higher education, the arts and civil society. From January 2013 to March 2013, he served as President-designate of the Mellon Foundation. Prior to joining the Mellon Foundation, Mr. Lewis served as Provost and Executive Vice President of Academic Affairs at Emory University from 2004 to December 2012. He also held a variety of faculty positions at the University of California at Berkeley and the University of Michigan from 1984 through 2004, and served as Vice Provost for Academic Affairs — Graduate Studies and dean of the Horace H. Rackham School of Graduate Studies at the University of Michigan from 1998 to 2004. Mr. Lewis holds a B.A. from Concordia College and a M.A. and Ph.D. from the University of Minnesota. Our board of directors believes that Mr. Lewis's broad experience in academia, both as a faculty member and as an administrator at leading universities, will allow him to make valuable contributions to the board.

Board Composition

          Our board of directors currently consists of seven members. Our board of directors has voted to expand the number of directors on our board from seven to nine, effective upon the closing of this offering. Our current directors were elected to and currently serve on the board pursuant to a voting agreement among us and several of our largest stockholders. This agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering, after which there will be no further contractual obligations regarding the election of our directors.

          In accordance with our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, which will become effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of directors will be divided into three classes, each of which will consist, as nearly as possible, of one-third of the total number of directors

101


Table of Contents

constituting our entire board and which will serve staggered three-year terms. At each annual meeting of stockholders, the successors to directors whose terms then expire will be elected to serve from the time of election and qualification until the third annual meeting following election. Our directors will be divided among the three classes as follows:

          Our amended and restated bylaws, which will become effective upon completion of this offering, will provide that the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution approved by a majority of our board of directors. Any additional directorships resulting from an increase in the number of directors will be distributed among the three classes so that, as nearly as possible, each class will consist of one-third of the directors.

          The division of our board of directors into three classes with staggered three-year terms may delay or prevent a change of our management or a change in control.

Director Independence

          Our board of directors has undertaken a review of the independence of our current directors and director nominees and considered whether any director or director nominee has a material relationship with us that could compromise his or her ability to exercise independent judgment in carrying out his or her responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of directors determined that Messrs. Chernis, Haley, Larson, Maeder, Moe and Stavis, representing six of our seven current directors, and Ms. Krawcheck and Mr. Lewis, both of our director nominees, are "independent directors" as defined under applicable NASDAQ rules.

Board Leadership Structure

          Our board of directors has an independent chairman, Mr. Maeder, who has authority, among other things, to call and preside over board meetings, including meetings of the independent directors, and to set meeting agendas. Accordingly, the board chairman has substantial ability to shape the work of the board. We believe that separation of the positions of board chairman and chief executive officer reinforces the independence of the board in its oversight of the business and affairs of the company. In addition, we believe that having an independent board chairman creates an environment that is more conducive to objective evaluation and oversight of management's performance, increasing management accountability and improving the ability of the board to monitor whether management's actions are in the best interests of the company and its stockholders. As a result, we believe that having an independent board chairman enhances the effectiveness of the board as a whole.

Committees of the Board of Directors

          Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee, each of which has the composition and responsibilities described below. From time to time, the board may establish other committees to facilitate the management of our business. A copy of each committee's charter will be posted on our website, www.2u.com , upon the completion of this offering.

102


Table of Contents

          Our audit committee reviews our internal accounting procedures and consults with and reviews the services provided by our independent registered public accountants. Upon the completion of this offering, our audit committee will consist of three directors,                  ,                   and                  , and our board of directors has determined that each of them is independent within the meaning of the applicable NASDAQ listing requirements and the independence requirements contemplated by Rule 10A-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act.                   will be the chairman of the audit committee and our board of directors has determined that                    is an "audit committee financial expert" as defined by SEC rules and regulations. Our board of directors has determined that the composition of our audit committee meets the criteria for independence under, and the functioning of our audit committee complies with, the applicable requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the NASDAQ Global Market listing requirements and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to continue to evaluate the requirements applicable to us and we intend to comply with the future requirements to the extent that they become applicable to our audit committee. The principal duties and responsibilities of our audit committee include:

          Our compensation committee reviews and determines the compensation of all our executive officers. Upon the completion of this offering, our compensation committee will consist of three directors,              ,              and             , each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of directors as defined in Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act and an "outside director" as defined under Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.              will be the chairman of the compensation committee. Our board of directors has determined that the composition of our compensation committee satisfies the applicable independence requirements under, and the functioning of our compensation committee complies with the applicable requirements of, NASDAQ listing rules and SEC rules and regulations. We intend to continue to evaluate and intend to comply with all future requirements applicable to our compensation committee. The principal duties and responsibilities of our compensation committee include:

103


Table of Contents

          Upon the completion of this offering, the nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of three directors,          ,          and             .                  will be the chairman of the nominating and corporate governance committee. Our board of directors has determined that the composition of our nominating and corporate governance committee satisfies the applicable independence requirements under, and the functioning of our nominating and corporate governance committee complies with the applicable requirements of, NASDAQ listing standards and SEC rules and regulations. We will continue to evaluate and will comply with all future requirements applicable to our nominating and corporate governance committee. The nominating and corporate governance committee's responsibilities include:

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics for Employees, Executive Officers and Directors

          Effective upon the completion of this offering, we will adopt a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, or the Code of Conduct, applicable to all of our employees, executive officers and directors. Following the completion of this offering, the Code of Conduct will be available on our website at www.2u.com . The nominating and corporate governance committee of our board of directors will be responsible for overseeing the Code of Conduct and must approve any waivers of the Code of Conduct for employees, executive officers and directors. We expect that any amendments to the Code of Conduct, or any waivers of its requirements, will be disclosed on our website.

104


Table of Contents

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

          None of our directors who currently serve as members of our compensation committee is, or has at any time during the past year been, one of our officers or employees. None of our executive officers currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any other entity that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of directors or compensation committee.

Non-Employee Director Compensation

          We have not historically paid cash retainers or other cash compensation with respect to service on our board of directors, except for reimbursement of direct expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings of our board of directors or committees of our board of directors. We have at times granted stock options to some of our non-employee directors under our 2008 stock incentive plan.

          None of our non-employee directors received compensation for service on our board of directors during the year ended December 31, 2013 and, accordingly, we have not included a 2013 Director Compensation Table.

          Christopher Paucek, our Chief Executive Officer, is also a director, but does not receive any additional compensation for his service as a director. Mr. Paucek's compensation as an executive officer is set forth below under "Executive Compensation — Summary Compensation Table."

          We expect that our board of directors will adopt a director compensation plan for non-employee directors to be effective following the completion of this offering.

Non-Employee Director Equity Outstanding at 2013 Year End

          The following table provides information about outstanding stock options held by each of our non-employee directors as of December 31, 2013. All of these options were granted under our 2008 stock incentive plan, which is described under the caption "Equity Compensation Plans — 2008 Stock Incentive Plan."

Name
  Aggregate Option Awards
Outstanding (#)
 

Mark J. Chernis

    150,000 (1)

John M. Larson

    100,000 (2)

(1)
An option for 100,000 shares vested in 16 equal quarterly installments at the end of each calendar quarter beginning March 31, 2009. An option for 50,000 shares vests in eight equal quarterly installments at the end of each calendar quarter beginning March 31, 2013.

(2)
This option vested as to 25% of the shares on June 18, 2010 and the remaining 75% of the shares vested in 36 equal monthly installments thereafter on the last day of each subsequent month.

105


Table of Contents


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Summary Compensation Table

          The following table sets forth information regarding compensation earned during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 by our Chief Executive Officer, President and Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Chief Marketing Officer and Chief Technology Officer, which we refer to as our named executive officers.

Name and Principal Position
  Year   Salary   Bonus   Option
Awards
(1)(2)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation
(3)
  All Other
Compensation
(4)
  Total  

Christopher Paucek

    2013   $ 300,000   $ 450,000   $ 4,026,718       $ 59,888   $ 4,836,606  

Chief Executive Officer

    2012     298,767         664,977     99,248     32,339     1,095,331  

Robert Cohen

    2013     281,623                 5,432     287,055  

President and Chief Operating Officer

    2012     274,375         338,882     86,245     6,093     705,595  

Catherine Graham(5)

    2013     255,519                 5,432     260,951  

Chief Financial Officer

    2012     157,197         330,920     60,423     2,163     550,703  

Jeff Rinehart

    2013     281,623                 4,108     285,731  

Chief Marketing Officer

    2012     267,708         174,382     83,312     48,693     574,095  

James Kenigsberg

    2013     258,333         197,709         5,432     461,474  

Chief Technology Officer

    2012     221,250         90,156     52,661     5,993     370,060  

(1)
This column reflects the full grant date fair value for options granted during the year as measured pursuant to ASC Topic 718 as stock-based compensation in our consolidated financial statements. Unlike the calculations contained in our financial statements, this calculation does not give effect to any estimate of forfeitures related to service-based vesting, but assumes that the executive will perform the requisite service for the award to vest in full. The assumptions we used in valuing options are described in note 10 to our consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.

(2)
Amounts in this column for 2012 include the grant date fair value of stock option awards granted at the election of the officer in lieu of a portion of the cash bonus payable under the terms of the 2012 Matrix Position Bonus Plan, as described under " — Narrative to Summary Compensation Table — Annual Bonus Plans — 2012 Bonus Plan." The grant date fair value for these options was calculated based on the probable outcome of the performance conditions for the vesting of each award and was $8,017 for Mr. Paucek, $9,882 for Messrs. Cohen and Rinehart and $7,906 for Mr. Kenigsberg. Assuming the highest level of performance achievement, the maximum potential grant date fair value of the performance-based awards would have been $12,514 for Mr. Paucek, $15,426 for Messrs. Cohen and Rinehart and $12,341 for Mr. Kenigsberg.

(3)
Amounts shown in this column for 2012 represent the cash amounts paid in June 2013 under our 2012 Matrix Position Bonus Plan. See " — Narrative to Summary Compensation Table — Annual Bonus Plans — 2012 Bonus Plan" for a description of the formula used to determine these amounts. With respect to 2013, our compensation committee and board of directors have not yet determined the amounts payable to our executive officers under our 2013 Bonus Plan. Cash bonus amounts paid under our 2013 Bonus Plan, if any, will be determined by our compensation committee and board of directors in 2014. See " — Narrative to Summary Compensation Table — Annual Bonus Plans — 2013 Bonus Plan" for a description of the formula that will be used to determine these amounts.

(4)
See " — Narrative to Summary Compensation Table — Other Compensation" for a description of the items in this column.

(5)
Ms. Graham joined the company on April 30, 2012. The salary amount for 2012 represents Ms. Graham's salary for the eight months that she was employed by us during that year.

Narrative to Summary Compensation Table

          We review compensation annually, or more frequently in certain situations, for all of our employees, including our named executive officers. In determining base salaries, bonus targets and equity incentive awards for our named executive officers, we consider their historical compensation levels, compensation for comparable positions in the market, individual performance as compared to our expectations and objectives, and our desire to drive short- and long-term results that are in the best interests of our stockholders. We do not target a specific competitive position or a specific mix of compensation among base salary, bonus or long-term incentives.

          Our board of directors, excluding our Chief Executive Officer, determines the compensation of our Chief Executive Officer, after considering the recommendation of the compensation committee of our board of directors. The compensation committee of our board of directors has historically determined the compensation of our named executive officers, other than our Chief Executive Officer, after considering the recommendation of our Chief Executive Officer. In November 2013, our

106


Table of Contents

compensation committee engaged a compensation consultant to advise the compensation committee regarding executive compensation.

    Base Salaries

          Mr. Paucek's base salary is reviewed periodically by our board of directors and adjustments may be made upon the recommendations of the compensation committee. In December 2011, our board of directors appointed him as our Chief Executive Officer and set his annual base salary at $300,000. In October 2013, the compensation committee of our board of directors approved an increase in Mr. Paucek's salary to $350,000, effective as of January 1, 2014.

          Base salaries for our named executive officers other than our Chief Executive Officer are typically reviewed annually in connection with their performance reviews and are generally effective as of April 1 of each year. Effective as of April 1, 2012, base salaries for Messrs. Cohen, Rinehart and Kenigsberg were $275,000, $275,000 and $230,000, respectively, and as of April 1, 2013, they were increased to $284,350, $284,350 and $270,000, respectively. Ms. Graham's initial base salary of $250,000 was approved at the time of her appointment as our Chief Financial Officer in April 2012 and was increased to $257,792 in April 2013.

    Annual Bonus Plans

          We seek to motivate and reward our employees, including our named executive officers, for achievements relative to our corporate goals and expectations for each fiscal year. Historically, our board of directors, upon the recommendation of the compensation committee, has approved an annual bonus plan for certain employees, including our named executive officers. Our annual plans have separate performance targets for each client program and the company, and participant bonus payouts are calculated on various schedules that weight these goals depending on the participant's role. Our named executive officers participate in the schedule referred to as the Matrix Position Bonus Plan.

    2013 Bonus Plan

          For the 2013 Bonus Plan, Mr. Kenigsberg had a target bonus opportunity of 40%, and each of our other named executive officers had a target bonus opportunity of 50%, of his or her annual salary.

          Bonus Targets.     Under the 2013 Bonus Plan, the bonus payout for our named executive officers was based on the achievement of specified corporate goals as follows:

    75% of the target payout was based on the achievement of three performance measures — expected future revenues from new students, revenue and EBITDA — for our company overall in 2013. These goals were based on our 2013 corporate budget as approved by the board of directors.

    25% of the target payout was based on the achievement of the same three performance measures — expected future revenues from new students, revenue and EBITDA — for all client programs budgeted to be launched before or during 2013. Credit for this portion of the target payout was weighted equally for these programs.

          Achievement of the expected future revenues from new students, revenue and EBITDA targets for both the company overall and for each program would result in earning 80% of each officer's target bonus opportunity. The bonus payout is then adjusted upward and downward based on two additional factors — personal performance and the extent to which the actual expected future revenues from new students, revenue and EBITDA diverged from the target. For company and program performance, an officer's bonus can increase or decrease in 5% increments if the

107


Table of Contents

performance measures are above or below the target, on a sliding scale. For personal performance, if an officer's performance is rated as below standard, the amount of bonus otherwise earned could be reduced by up to 50%.

          If the financial targets for the company overall and for each program are exceeded, an officer could receive up to a maximum of 120% of his or her target bonus opportunity. All bonuses under the 2013 are to be paid in cash to the officer.

          The target bonus opportunity for our named executive officers under the 2013 Bonus Plan is summarized in the table below:

Name
  2013 Eligible Base
Compensation ($)
  Target Bonus
Percentage (%)
  Target Bonus
Payout ($)
 

Christopher Paucek

    300,000     50     150,000  

Robert Cohen

    281,623     50     140,812  

Catherine Graham

    255,519     50     127,760  

Jeff Rinehart

    281,623     50     140,812  

James Kenigsberg

    258,333     40     103,333  

          Determination of Bonuses.     In 2014, the board of directors, upon recommendation of the compensation committee, will determine the achievement of the expected future revenues from new students, revenue and EBITDA targets for the company overall and for each program and will determine the payouts for each of our named executive officers under the 2013 Bonus Plan.

    2012 Bonus Plan

          For the 2012 Matrix Position Bonus Plan, Mr. Kenigsberg had a target bonus opportunity of 40%, and each of our other named executive officers had a target bonus opportunity of 50% of his or her annual salary.

          Bonus Targets.     Under the 2012 Matrix Position Bonus Plan, the bonus payout for our named executive officers was based upon the achievement of specified corporate goals as follows:

    50% of the payout was based on the achievement of total revenue and EBITDA levels for our company overall during 2012. These goals were based on our 2012 corporate budget as approved by the board of directors. We needed to achieve minimum company revenue and a minimum EBITDA levels for there to be any credit for this portion of the payout.

    50% of the target payout was based on the achievement of revenue and EBITDA or EBITDA loss targets for each of our four programs through 2011. The credit for this portion of the payout was weighted equally for these four programs at 12.5% potential credit for each. Similar to the potential payout for total company performance, as described above, we needed to achieve minimum program-specific revenue and minimum program-specific EBITDA or EBITDA loss targets for there to be any credit for this portion of the payout.

          The potential total payout based on the achievement of the corporate goals set forth above could have been further increased by up to 20% if we achieved targets for expected future revenues from students that enrolled in our client programs during 2012 and if we had budgeted minimum cash balances on hand as of December 31, 2012.

          Once management determined the level of corporate goal achievement set forth above, the potential bonus payout amount was multiplied by a percentage, between zero and 100%, depending upon the executive's personal performance rating. For our Chief Executive Officer, the full board of directors, excluding our Chief Executive Officer, determined the personal performance rating component of the bonus, which was based upon our compensation committee's assessment

108


Table of Contents

of our Chief Executive Officer's achievement of specified performance goals. For named executive officers other than our Chief Executive Officer, the compensation committee, after consultation with our Chief Executive Officer, determined the personal performance rating component of the bonus.

          As part of its approval of the 2012 Matrix Position Bonus Plan in January 2012, the board of directors allowed each executive officer to elect to receive stock options in lieu of a portion of the target bonus. Any executive who so elected would be able to exchange $3.00 of eligible cash bonus opportunity for an option to purchase one share of common stock. Any such options vested in accordance with a performance-based vesting formula that is equivalent to the bonus formula described above.

          The total bonus opportunity for our named executive officers under the 2012 Matrix Position Bonus Plan is summarized in the table below:

Name
  2012
Eligible
Base
Compensation
($)
  Target
Bonus
Percentage
(%)
  Gross
Target
Bonus
Payout
($)
  Portion
Exchanged
for
Stock
Options
($)
  Net Target
Cash Bonus
Payout
($)
  Maximum
Shares
Issuable
under Stock
Options
(1)
 

Christopher Paucek

    298,767     50     149,383     (20,280 )   129,103     8,112  

Robert Cohen

    274,375     50     137,188     (25,000 )   112,188     10,000  

Catherine Graham

    157,197     50     78,599         78,599      

Jeff Rinehart

    267,708     50     133,854     (25,000 )   108,854     10,000  

James Kenigsberg

    221,250     40     88,500     (20,000 )   68,500     8,000  

(1)
In each case, the maximum number is equal to 120% of the number of shares determined by dividing the portion exchanged by $3.00, as each option could vest as to 120% of such number of shares if all corporate goals were achieved at their maximum levels and additional targets described above relating to expected future revenue from new students and cash balances were also achieved.

          Determination of Bonuses.     In June 2013, the board of directors, upon the recommendation of the compensation committee, determined that we had achieved the corporate goals at an overall weighted level of 76.875%.

          The compensation committee of our board of directors, and the full board of directors in the case of our Chief Executive Officer, determined that each of our named executive officers had achieved 100% of their personal performance objectives, and therefore the payouts under the 2012 Matrix Bonus Plan to our named executive officers were as follows:

Name
  Bonus Payout ($)  

Christopher Paucek

    99,248  

Robert Cohen

    86,245  

Catherine Graham

    60,423  

Jeff Rinehart

    83,312  

James Kenigsberg

    52,661  

          These bonus payouts were made in June 2013 for the named executive officers' performance during 2012 and are reflected in the "Non-Equity Incentive Plan" column of the 2012 Summary Compensation Table above.

          Each stock option granted to our named executive officers that they elected to receive in February 2012 in lieu of a portion of bonus opportunity also vested in June 2013 as to 76.875% of the target number of shares, or approximately 64% of the maximum number of shares, underlying each option.

          In addition to the annual bonus plans, our board of directors and compensation committee may make special cash bonus awards in their discretion. In October 2013, Mr. Paucek received a

109


Table of Contents

discretionary bonus in the amount of $450,000 in recognition of his efforts in leading our company during 2013 and its transition to a public company. Mr. Paucek has agreed that he will repay 100% or 50% of this bonus amount if he voluntarily resigns within the first or second years following the bonus payment date, respectively.

Stock Option Grants

          Our 2008 stock incentive plan, or our 2008 plan, authorizes us to make grants to eligible recipients of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options and restricted stock awards. To date, all of our awards under this plan have been in the form of stock options.

          We typically grant stock options at the start of employment to each executive and certain other employees. We do not have a formal policy for granting additional equity at regular intervals, though we generally grant additional equity upon promotion and reevaluate option holdings and potential new grants as vesting progresses.

          We typically award stock options on the date the board of directors or the compensation committee approves the grant, but in some cases the board of directors or the compensation committee may approve the grant of a stock option to be awarded on a participant's start date. We typically set the option exercise price at the fair market value of a share of our common stock on the date of grant. Our time-vested stock option grants to our named executive officers typically vest as follows: 25% on the first anniversary of the date of grant or, if earlier, the vesting commencement date, and 1/36 th  per month thereafter, until fully vested at the end of four years. These stock option grants generally have a term of 10 years from the grant date.

          In December 2011, in connection with the promotion of Mr. Paucek to the position of our Chief Executive Officer, our board of directors awarded him an option to purchase 400,000 shares of our common stock at an exercise price of $3.08 per share.

          In January 2012, our board of directors awarded options to Messrs. Cohen, Rinehart and Kenigsberg to purchase 200,000 shares, 100,000 shares and 50,000 shares, respectively. Each of these options has an exercise price of $3.08 per share. In March 2012, our board of directors approved the hiring of Ms. Graham, her appointment as our Chief Financial Officer and the grant of an option to purchase 200,000 shares of our common stock to her. Ms. Graham's employment commenced in April 2012, at which time she was awarded the stock option described above with an exercise price of $3.08 per share.

          In January 2013, our board of directors awarded options to Messrs. Paucek and Kenigsberg to purchase 500,000 and 50,000 shares, respectively, at an exercise price of $5.75 per share. In October 2013, our board of directors approved the grant of options to Mr. Paucek to purchase an aggregate of 350,000 shares at an exercise price of $8.45 per share. In November 2013 and December 2013, the board of directors finalized the vesting terms with respect to 175,000 of the shares, and therefore, for accounting purposes, these options have grant dates of November 26, 2013 and December 19, 2013, respectively.

Other Compensation

          We offer a tuition reimbursement benefit for all of our employees. Under this program, we pay 100% of the cost of tuition for eligible employees and their spouses and dependents enrolled in one of our clients' eligible graduate programs. Mr. Paucek is enrolled in our MBA@UNC program, and we paid his tuition costs in the amount of $28,593 and $56,122 under this program during 2012 and 2013, respectively.

          We provided relocation benefits of $45,000 to Mr. Rinehart during 2012.

110


Table of Contents

          Other amounts shown in the "All Other Compensation" column in the Summary Compensation Table relate to company contributions to the 401(k) plan and premiums we paid for term life insurance policies on behalf of the officer, consistent with those provided to all of our employees.

Employment Arrangements

          Please see "— Potential Payments upon Termination of Employment and in Connection with Change of Control Arrangements" for information regarding the severance provisions for Messrs. Paucek and Cohen, who are the only named executive officers who currently have such arrangements.

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

          The following table provides information about outstanding stock options held by each of our named executive officers at December 31, 2013. All of these options were granted under our 2008 stock incentive plan. None of our named executive officers held restricted stock or other stock awards at the end of 2013.

 
  Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised
Options (#)
   
   
 
 
  Option
Exercise
Price ($)
  Option
Expiration
Date
 
Name
  Exercisable   Unexercisable(1)  

Christopher Paucek

    384,000         0.60     01/23/2019  

    74,375     10,625     1.82     06/08/2020  

    191,667     208,333     3.08     02/27/2022  

    5,197 (2)       3.08     02/28/2022  

        500,000     5.75     01/31/2023  

        350,000     8.45     10/04/2023  

Robert Cohen

    20,000         0.60     01/23/2019  

    65,625     9,375     1.82     06/08/2020  

    95,833     104,167     3.08     02/13/2022  

    6,406 (2)       3.08     02/28/2022  

Catherine Graham

    83,333     116,667     3.08     04/30/2022  

Jeff Rinehart

    177,083     72,917     2.86     02/23/2021  

    47,917     52,083     3.08     02/13/2022  

    6,406 (2)       3.08     02/28/2022  

James Kenigsberg

    120,000         0.60     01/23/2019  

    17,500     2,500     1.82     06/08/2020  

    6,250     3,750     3.08     06/27/2021  

    23,958     26,042     3.08     02/13/2022  

    5,125 (2)       3.08     02/28/2022  

        50,000     5.75     02/25/2023  

(1)
Except as otherwise noted, all options shown vest 25% on the first anniversary of their grant date, and the remaining 75% vest thereafter in 36 equal monthly installments; in each case, the expiration date is 10 years after the grant date.

(2)
The officer elected to forego a portion of his target cash bonus opportunity under the 2012 Matrix Bonus Plan and received this option in lieu of such portion. Each such option vested in June 2013 upon the satisfaction of performance conditions. See "— Narrative to Summary Compensation Table — Annual Bonus Plan" above.

111


Table of Contents

(3)
This option vests as follows: 25% of the shares underlying the option vested on February 23, 2012 and the remaining 75% of the shares underlying the option vest thereafter in 36 equal monthly installments.

(4)
This option vests as follows: 25% of the shares underlying the option vested on January 1, 2013 and the remaining 75% of the shares underlying the option vest thereafter in 36 equal monthly installments.

Pension Benefits

          Our executive officers did not participate in, or otherwise receive any benefits under, any pension plan sponsored by us during the year ended December 31, 2013.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

          Our executive officers did not earn any nonqualified deferred compensation benefits from us during the year ended December 31, 2013.

Potential Payments upon Termination of Employment and in Connection with Change of Control Arrangements

          We have entered into confidential information, invention assignment, work for hire, non-compete and no solicit/no hire agreements with each of Messrs. Paucek and Cohen which provide, among other things, that during the six-month period after the executive officer's termination of employment with the company, he may not engage, in any capacity, in the business of developing or administering degree-granting distance learning higher education services without the advance written consent of our board. In exchange for these agreements not to compete, we have agreed to pay Mr. Paucek or Mr. Cohen, as applicable, an amount during that six-month period at a rate equivalent to the highest salary earned during his employment with us, which amount can be paid in a lump sum at the beginning of the six-month period or over time in accordance with our standard payroll practices.

Equity Incentive Plans

    2014 Equity Incentive Plan

          In February 2014, our stockholders approved our 2014 equity incentive plan, or our 2014 plan. Our 2014 plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options to our employees and our parent and subsidiary corporations' employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, stock appreciation rights, performance stock awards and other forms of stock compensation to our employees, including officers, consultants and directors. Our 2014 plan also provides for the grant of performance cash awards to our employees, consultants and directors.

          Authorized Shares.     A total of 2,800,000 shares of our common stock are reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2014 plan. In addition, the shares to be reserved for issuance under our 2014 plan will include (a) those shares reserved but unissued under our 2008 plan and (b) shares returned to our 2008 plan as the result of expiration or termination of awards (provided that the maximum number of shares that may be added to the 2014 plan pursuant to (a) and (b) is 5,943,348 shares). The number of shares of our common stock that may be issued under our 2014 plan will automatically increase on January 1 of each year, for a period of ten years, from January 1, 2015 continuing through January 1, 2024, by 5% of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, or a lesser number of shares as may be determined by our board of directors.

112


Table of Contents

          Shares issued under our 2014 plan may be authorized but unissued or reacquired shares of our common stock. Shares subject to stock awards granted under our 2014 plan that expire or terminate without being exercised in full, or that are paid out in cash rather than in shares, will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under our 2014 plan. Additionally, shares issued pursuant to stock awards under our 2014 plan that we repurchase or that are forfeited, as well as shares reacquired by us as consideration for the exercise or purchase price of a stock award or to satisfy tax withholding obligations related to a stock award, will become available for future grant under our 2014 plan.

          Administration.     Our board of directors, or a duly authorized committee thereof, has the authority to administer our 2014 plan. Our board of directors has delegated its authority to administer our 2014 plan to our compensation committee under the terms of the compensation committee's charter. Our board of directors may also delegate to one or more of our officers the authority to (i) designate employees other than officers to receive specified stock awards and (ii) determine the number of shares of our common stock to be subject to such stock awards. Subject to the terms of our 2014 plan, the administrator has the authority to determine the terms of awards, including recipients, the exercise price or strike price of stock awards, if any, the number of shares subject to each stock award, the fair market value of a share of our common stock, the vesting schedule applicable to the awards, together with any vesting acceleration, the form of consideration, if any, payable upon exercise or settlement of the stock award and the terms and conditions of the award agreements for use under our 2014 plan.

          The administrator has the power to modify outstanding awards under our 2014 plan, subject to the terms of the 2014 plan and applicable law. Subject to the terms of our 2014 plan, the administrator has the authority to reprice any outstanding option or stock appreciation right, cancel and re-grant any outstanding option or stock appreciation right in exchange for new stock awards, cash or other consideration, or take any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles, with the consent of any adversely affected participant.

          Incentive Stock Option Limit.     The maximum number of shares of common stock that may be issued upon exercise of incentive stock options under our 2014 plan is 17,486,696 shares.

          Section 162(m) Limits.     No participant may be granted stock awards covering more than 3,100,000 shares of our common stock under our 2014 plan during any calendar year pursuant to stock options, stock appreciation rights and other stock awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise price or strike price of at least 100% of the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Additionally, no participant may be granted in a calendar year a performance stock award covering more than 3,100,000 shares of our common stock or a performance cash award having a maximum value in excess of 3,000,000 under our 2014 plan. These limitations enable us to grant awards that will be exempt from the $1,000,000 limitation on the income tax deductibility of compensation paid per covered executive officer imposed by Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code, or the Code.

          Performance Awards.     Our 2014 plan permits the grant of performance-based stock and cash awards that may qualify as performance-based compensation that is not subject to the $1,000,000 limitation on the income tax deductibility of compensation paid per covered executive officer imposed by Section 162(m) of the Code. To enable us to grant performance-based awards that will qualify, our compensation committee can structure such awards so that the stock or cash will be issued or paid pursuant to such award only following the achievement of specified pre-established performance goals during a designated performance period.

          Corporate Transactions.     Our 2014 plan provides that in the event of a specified corporate transaction, including without limitation a consolidation, merger, or similar transaction involving our

113


Table of Contents

company, the sale, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of our company or the consolidated assets of our company and our subsidiaries, or a sale or disposition of at least 50% of the outstanding capital stock of our company, the administrator will determine how to treat each outstanding stock award. The administrator may:

    arrange for the assumption, continuation or substitution of a stock award by a successor corporation;

    arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by us to a successor corporation;

    accelerate the vesting of the stock award and provide for its termination prior to the effective time of the corporate transaction;

    cancel the stock award to the extent not vested or not exercised at the time of the transaction;

    arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase right held by us; or

    cancel the stock award prior to the transaction in exchange for a cash payment, which may be reduced by the exercise price payable in connection with the stock award.

          The administrator is not obligated to treat all stock awards or portions of stock awards, even those that are of the same type, in the same manner. The administrator may take different actions with respect to the vested and unvested portions of a stock award.

          Change in Control.     The administrator may provide, in an individual award agreement or in any other written agreement between us and the participant, that the stock award will be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability in the event of a change in control. In the absence of such a provision, no such acceleration of the stock award will occur.

          Plan Amendment or Termination.     Our board has the authority to amend, suspend, or terminate our 2014 plan, provided that such action does not materially impair the existing rights of any participant without such participant's written consent. No incentive stock options may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the date our board of directors adopted our 2014 plan.

    2008 Stock Incentive Plan

          Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved, the 2008 plan in October 2008. The 2008 plan was most recently amended on May 8, 2013. Our 2008 plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options to our employees and the employees of our subsidiaries, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock awards and deferred stock awards to our employees, directors and consultants.

          Authorized Shares.     There are 6,980,000 shares of our common stock reserved for issuance under our 2008 plan. As of December 31, 2013, 1,036,652 shares of our common stock have been issued upon the exercise of options granted under our 2008 plan, options to purchase 5,883,885 shares of our common stock were outstanding at a weighted average exercise price of $3.53 per share, and 59,463 shares remained available for future grant under our 2008 plan. Effective upon the completion of this offering, no further options or stock awards may be granted under our 2008 plan, but all outstanding stock awards granted under the 2008 plan will continue to be governed by their existing terms.

114


Table of Contents

          Administration.     Our board of directors, or a committee thereof appointed by our board of directors, administers our 2008 plan and the option and stock awards granted under it. Our board of directors has delegated its authority to administer our 2008 plan to our compensation committee.

          Corporate Transactions.     Our 2008 plan provides that, in the event of a change in control transaction, all outstanding stock options shall become fully vested and exercisable and the restrictions and deferral limitations applicable to all outstanding restricted stock and deferred stock awards shall be deemed fully vested immediately prior to the change in control transaction, unless the surviving corporation or a parent or subsidiary thereof assumes such awards or substitutes equivalent awards therefor. Any stock options which are neither assumed or substituted in connection with the change in control nor exercised as of the effective date of the change in control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding as of the effective date of the change in control. In addition, if, in connection with or within one year following a change in control in which the successor corporation has assumed or substituted employee options, either an employee's employment is terminated by the successor corporation without cause, as defined in the 2008 plan, or the employee terminates employment after being reassigned, as defined in the 2008 plan, then all awards then held by the employee shall become fully vested and exercisable and the restrictions and deferral limitations applicable to any such awards shall lapse and such awards shall be deemed fully vested.

401(k) Plan

          We maintain a tax-qualified retirement plan that provides eligible U.S. employees with an opportunity to save for retirement on a tax advantaged basis. Eligible employees are able to defer eligible compensation subject to applicable annual Code limits. Currently, we match one-third of each eligible employee's contributions up to 6% of total eligible compensation. Employees' pre-tax contributions are allocated to each participant's individual account and are then invested in selected investment alternatives according to the participants' directions. Employees are immediately and fully vested in their contributions, and our matching contribution is also immediately and fully vested when made. The 401(k) plan is intended to be qualified under Section 401(a) of the Code with the 401(k) plan's related trust intended to be tax exempt under Section 501(a) of the Code. As a tax-qualified retirement plan, contributions to the 401(k) plan and earnings on those contributions are not taxable to the employees until distributed from the 401(k) plan.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification

          Upon completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions that limit the liability of our current and former directors for monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, which provides that directors of a corporation will not be personally liable to us or to our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of fiduciary duties as a director. However, these provisions do not eliminate or limit the liability of our directors for:

    any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the corporation or its stockholders;

    any act or omission not in good faith or that involves intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;

    unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law; or

    any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit.

          This limitation of liability does not apply to liabilities arising under federal securities laws and does not affect the availability of equitable remedies such as injunctive relief or rescission.

115


Table of Contents

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we are required to indemnify our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide that, upon satisfaction of certain conditions, we are required to advance expenses incurred by a director in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding, and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer, director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the provisions of Delaware law. Our amended and restated bylaws will also provide our board of directors with discretion to indemnify our officers and employees when determined appropriate by the board. We have entered and expect to continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors as determined by the board of directors. With certain exceptions, these agreements provide for indemnification for related expenses including, among other things, attorneys' fees, judgments, fines and settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain qualified persons as directors. We also maintain customary directors' and officers' liability insurance.

          The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other stockholders. Further, a stockholder's investment may be adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as required by these indemnification provisions. At present, there is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

Rule 10b5-1 Sales Plans

          Our directors and executive officers may adopt written plans, known as Rule 10b5-1 plans, in which they will contract with a broker to buy or sell shares of our common stock on a periodic basis. Under a Rule 10b5-1 plan, a broker executes trades pursuant to parameters established by the director or executive officer when entering into the plan, without further direction from them. The director or executive officer may amend a Rule 10b5-1 plan in some circumstances and may terminate a plan at any time. Our directors and executive officers also may buy or sell additional shares outside of a Rule 10b5-1 plan when they are not in possession of material nonpublic information subject to compliance with the terms of our insider trading policy. Prior to 180 days after the date of this offering, subject to early termination, the sale of any shares under Rule 10b5-1 plan would be subject to the lock-up agreement that the director or executive officer has entered into with the underwriters.

116


Table of Contents


CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

          The following is a summary of transactions since January 1, 2011 to which we have been a participant in which the amount involved exceeded or will exceed $120,000, and in which any of our directors, executive officers or holders of more than five percent of our capital stock, or any members of their immediate family, had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation arrangements which are described under "Executive Compensation" and "Management — Director Compensation." For a description of severance arrangements that we have entered into with some of our executive officers, see the section of this prospectus entitled "Executive Compensation — Potential Payments upon Termination of Employment and in Connection with Change of Control Arrangements."

Sales of Series C Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

          In March 2011, we sold an aggregate of 4,429,601 shares of our Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock at a price of $7.34 per share for an aggregate price of approximately $32.5 million, 4,124,820 shares of which were sold to entities affiliated with members of our board of directors and holders of more than five percent of our voting securities. The table below summarizes these sales.

Purchaser
  Shares of Series C
Redeemable
Convertible Preferred
Stock Purchased
  Aggregate
Purchase Price
 

Entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners(1)

    2,364,282   $ 17,353,830  

Entities affiliated with Redpoint Ventures(2)

    681,075     4,999,091  

Novak Biddle Venture Partners V, LP

    485,070     3,560,414  

Entities affiliated with Highland Capital Partners(3)

    475,899     3,493,099  

Triumph Capital, LLC(4)

    118,494     869,746  
           

Total

    4,124,820   $ 30,276,179  
           

(1)
Consists of 756,570 shares purchased by Bessemer Venture Partners VII L.P., 330,999 shares purchased by Bessemer Venture Partners VII Institutional L.P. and 1,276,713 shares purchased by BVP VII Special Opportunity Fund L.P. Entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners are holders of more than five percent of our voting securities, and Robert Stavis, a Partner of Bessemer Venture Partners, is a member of our board of directors.

(2)
Consists of 655,535 shares purchased by Redpoint Ventures III, L.P. and 25,540 shares purchased by Redpoint Associates III, LLC. Entities affiliated with Redpoint Ventures are holders of more than five percent of our voting securities, and Timothy Haley, a Managing Director of Redpoint Ventures, is a member of our board of directors.

(3)
Consists of 292,583 shares purchased by Highland Capital Partners VII Limited Partnership, 70,898 shares purchased by Highland Capital Partners VII-B Limited Partnership, 103,250 shares purchased by Highland Capital Partners VII-C Limited Partnership and 9,168 shares purchased by Highland Entrepreneurs' Fund. Entities affiliated with Highland Capital Partners are holders of more than five percent of our

117


Table of Contents

    voting securities, and Paul Maeder, a General Partner of Highland Capital Partners, is a member of our board of directors.

(4)
John Larson, a member of our board of directors, is President of Triumph Capital, LLC.

Sales of Series D Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

          In March 2012 and January 2013, we sold an aggregate of 3,979,730 shares of our Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock at a price of $7.81 per share for an aggregate price of approximately $31.1 million, 1,350,036 shares of which were sold to entities affiliated with members of our board of directors and holders of more than five percent of our voting securities. The table below summarizes these sales.

Purchaser
  Shares of Series D
Redeemable
Convertible Preferred
Stock Purchased
  Aggregate
Purchase Price
 

Entities affiliated with Redpoint Ventures(1)

    639,828   $ 4,997,057  

Entities affiliated with Highland Capital Partners(2)

    319,914     2,498,528  

Entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners(3)

    230,338     1,798,940  

Novak Biddle Venture Partners V, LP

    127,965     999,407  

Triumph Capital, LLC(4)

    31,991     249,850  
           

Total

    1,350,036   $ 10,543,781  
           

(1)
Consists of 615,835 shares purchased by Redpoint Ventures III, L.P. and 23,993 shares purchased by Redpoint Associates III, LLC. Entities affiliated with Redpoint Ventures are holders of more than five percent of our voting securities, and Timothy Haley, a Managing Director of Redpoint Ventures, is a member of our board of directors.

(2)
Consists of 196,683 shares purchased by Highland Capital Partners VII Limited Partnership, 47,660 shares purchased by Highland Capital Partners VII-B Limited Partnership, 69,408 shares purchased by Highland Capital Partners VII-C Limited Partnership and 6,163 shares purchased by Highland Entrepreneurs' Fund. Entities affiliated with Highland Capital Partners are holders of more than five percent of our voting securities, and Paul Maeder, a General Partner of Highland Capital Partners, is a member of our board of directors.

(3)
Consists of 73,708 shares purchased by Bessemer Venture Partners VII L.P., 32,247 shares purchased by Bessemer Venture Partners VII Institutional L.P. and 124,383 shares purchased by BVP VII Special Opportunity Fund L.P. Entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners are holders of more than five percent of our voting securities, and Robert Stavis, a Partner of Bessemer Venture Partners, is a member of our board of directors.

(4)
John Larson, a member of our board of directors, is President of Triumph Capital, LLC.

118


Table of Contents

Loan to Chief Executive Officer

          In September 2012, we made a loan in the amount of $265,000 to Christopher Paucek, our Chief Executive Officer. The loan bore interest at the rate of 2.18% per annum and was payable in full on the seventh anniversary of the original loan, subject to acceleration in specified circumstances, including the completion of this offering. The loan was secured by a pledge of stock options held by Mr. Paucek to acquire up to 869,000 shares of common stock, as well as a pledge of the underlying shares of common stock. In October 2013, Mr. Paucek repaid the loan in full in the amount of $271,082, including accrued interest in the amount of $6,082.

Sublease to Entity Affiliated with John Katzman

          Pursuant to a sublease agreement dated November 2011, we sublease approximately 5,300 square feet of office space in our headquarters facility to an entity that is partially owned by John Katzman. Mr. Katzman is a beneficial owner of more than five percent of our common stock and was also an executive officer of our company until August 2012 and was a director of our company until December 2012. The sublease requires the subtenant to reimburse us for the allocated cost of the subleased space. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, we received $16,000, $191,000 and $191,000, respectively, under this sublease.

Marketing and Event Planning Services

          From time to time, we engage the services of a marketing and event planning company. Robert Cohen, our President and Chief Operating Officer, owns an equity interest of approximately 12% of this company. We do not have a written agreement with this company and may terminate this arrangement at any time. We are invoiced for services as they are performed, including out-of-pocket expenses incurred on our behalf and for which we reimburse this company at cost. We paid this company a total of $312,000, $373,000 and $845,000 during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

Investor Rights Agreement

          We have entered into an investor rights agreement, as amended, with our preferred stockholders, including Mr. Cohen and entities affiliated with Redpoint Ventures, Highland Capital Partners, Novak Biddle Venture Partners, Bessemer Venture Partners and Mr. Katzman. The investor rights agreement, among other things:

          For more information regarding the registration rights provided in this agreement, please refer to the section titled "Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights." The provisions of this agreement other than those relating to registration rights will terminate upon completion of this offering. This summary discusses certain material provisions of the investor rights agreement and is qualified by the full text of the agreement filed as an exhibit to the registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.

119


Table of Contents

Voting Agreement

          We have entered into a voting agreement, as amended, with some of our stockholders, including Messrs. Paucek and Cohen and entities affiliated with Redpoint Ventures, Highland Capital Partners, Novak Biddle Venture Partners, Bessemer Venture Partners and Mr. Katzman. The voting agreement provides for, among other things, the voting of shares with respect to the constituency of our board of directors and the voting of shares in favor of specified transactions approved by our board of directors and the requisite supermajority of holders of our outstanding preferred stock. The voting agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering.

Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement

          We have entered into a right of first refusal and co-sale agreement, as amended, with some of our stockholders, including Mr. Cohen and entities affiliated with Redpoint Ventures, Highland Capital Partners, Novak Biddle Venture Partners, Bessemer Venture Partners and Mr. Katzman. The right of first refusal and co-sale agreement, among other things, grants our investors rights of first refusal and co-sale with respect to proposed transfers of our securities by specified stockholders and grants us rights of first refusal with respect to proposed transfers of our securities by specified stockholders. The right of first refusal and co-sale agreement will terminate upon the completion of this offering.

Indemnification Agreements

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will contain provisions limiting the liability of directors, and our amended and restated bylaws will provide that we will indemnify each of our directors to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws will also provide our board of directors with discretion to indemnify our officers and employees when determined appropriate by the board.

          In addition, we have entered into an indemnification agreement with each of our directors and some of our executive officers. For more information regarding these agreements, see "Executive Compensation — Limitations on Liability and Indemnification."

Related Person Transaction Policy

          Prior to this offering, we have not had a formal policy regarding approval of transactions with related parties. Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect to adopt a related person transaction policy that sets forth our procedures for the identification, review, consideration and approval or ratification of related person transactions. The policy will become effective immediately upon the execution of the underwriting agreement for this offering. For purposes of our policy only, a related person transaction is a transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships, in which we and any related person are, were or will be participants in which the amount involved exceeds $120,000. Transactions involving compensation for services provided to us as an employee or director are not covered by this policy. A related person is any executive officer, director or beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, including any of their immediate family members and any entity owned or controlled by such persons.

          Under the policy, if a transaction has been identified as a related person transaction, including any transaction that was not a related person transaction when originally consummated or any transaction that was not initially identified as a related person transaction prior to consummation, our management must present information regarding the related person transaction to our audit committee, or, if audit committee approval would be inappropriate, to another independent body of

120


Table of Contents

our board of directors, for review, consideration and approval or ratification. The presentation must include a description of, among other things, the material facts, the interests, direct and indirect, of the related persons, the benefits to us of the transaction and whether the transaction is on terms that are comparable to the terms available to or from, as the case may be, an unrelated third party or to or from employees generally. Under the policy, we will collect information that we deem reasonably necessary from each director, executive officer and, to the extent feasible, significant stockholder to enable us to identify any existing or potential related-person transactions and to effectuate the terms of the policy. In addition, under our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, our employees and directors have an affirmative responsibility to disclose any transaction or relationship that reasonably could be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest. In considering related person transactions, our audit committee, or other independent body of our board of directors, will take into account the relevant available facts and circumstances including, but not limited to:

          The policy requires that, in determining whether to approve, ratify or reject a related person transaction, our audit committee, or other independent body of our board of directors, must consider, in light of known circumstances, whether the transaction is in, or is not inconsistent with, our best interests and those of our stockholders, as our audit committee, or other independent body of our board of directors, determines in the good faith exercise of its discretion.

121


Table of Contents


PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

          The following table sets forth the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of January 1, 2014, as adjusted to reflect the sale of common stock offered by us and the selling stockholders in this offering, for:

          The percentage ownership information shown in the table is based upon 31,130,341 shares of common stock outstanding as of January 1, 2014, after giving effect to the conversion of all of our redeemable convertible preferred stock into 23,501,208 shares of common stock, which will occur automatically immediately prior to the closing of this offering.

          We have determined beneficial ownership in accordance with the rules of the SEC. These rules generally attribute beneficial ownership of securities to persons who possess sole or shared voting power or investment power with respect to those securities. In addition, the rules include shares of common stock issuable pursuant to the exercise of stock options or warrants that are either immediately exercisable or exercisable on or before March 2, 2014, which is 60 days after January 1, 2014. These shares are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding those options or warrants for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person, but they are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. Unless otherwise indicated, the persons or entities identified in this table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to applicable community property laws.

122


Table of Contents

          Except as otherwise noted below, the address for persons listed in the table is c/o 2U, Inc., 8201 Corporate Drive, Suite 900, Landover MD 20785.

 
   
   
   
   
   
   
  Shares Beneficially
Owned After
this Offering if
Underwriters'
Option is
Exercised
in Full
 
 
   
   
   
   
   
  Number of
Additional
Shares to be
Sold if
Underwriters'
Option is
Exercised in Full
 
 
  Shares Beneficially
Owned Prior
to this Offering
   
  Shares Beneficially
Owned After
this Offering
 
 
  Number
of
Shares
Offered
 
Name of Beneficial Owner
  Shares   Percentage   Shares   Percentage   Shares   Percentage  

Principal Stockholders:

                                                 

Entities affiliated with Redpoint Ventures(1)

    7,234,906     23.2 %                                    

John Katzman and affiliated entities(2)

    4,616,734     14.7                                      

Entities affiliated with Highland Capital Partners(3)

    3,543,165     11.4                                      

Novak Biddle Venture Partners V, L.P.(4)

    3,413,330     11.0                                      

Entities affiliated with Bessemer Venture Partners(5)

    2,594,620     8.3                                      

Executive Officers, Directors and Director Nominees:

                                                 

Christopher J. Paucek(6)

    810,864     2.5                                      

Robert L. Cohen(7)

    835,067     2.7                                      

Catherine A. Graham(6)

    91,667     *                                      

Jeff C. Rinehart(6)

    245,989     *                                      

James Kenigsberg(6)

    188,667     *                                      

Michael T. Moe(8)

    1,319,233     4.2                                      

John M. Larson(9)

    834,550     2.7                                      

Mark J. Chernis(6)

    125,000     *                                      

Paul A. Maeder(3)

    3,543,165     11.4                                      

Robert M. Stavis(5)

    2,594,620     8.3                                      

Timothy M. Haley(1)

    7,234,906     23.2                                      

Sallie L. Krawcheck

                                             

Earl Lewis

                                             

All current directors, director nominees and executive officers as a group (13 persons)(10)

   
17,823,728
   
54.2
                                     

Other Selling Stockholders:

                                                 

                                                 

                                                 

*
Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1%.

(1)
Consists of (a) 6,963,598 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock held by Redpoint Ventures III, L.P. ("Redpoint Ventures") and (b) 271,308 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock held by Redpoint Associates III, LLC ("Redpoint Associates"). The shares held by Redpoint Ventures are indirectly held by Redpoint Ventures III, LLC, the general partner of Redpoint Ventures. Timothy Haley, one of our directors, along with Allen Beasley, Jeffrey D. Brody, R. Thomas Dyal, G. Bradford Jones, John L. Walecka and Geoffrey Y. Yang (the "Redpoint Managers") are the managers of Redpoint Ventures III, LLC and hold the voting and dispositive rights with respect to the shares held by Redpoint Ventures. The Redpoint Managers also have voting and dispositive rights with respect to the shares held by Redpoint Associates. The principal business address of Redpoint Ventures and Redpoint Associates is 3000 Sand Hill Road, Building 2, Suite 290, Menlo Park, CA 94025.

(2)
Consists of (a) 2,023,719 shares of common stock held by Mr. Katzman directly, (b) 2,398,015 shares of common stock held by Mr. Katzman's family members and family trusts and (c) 195,000 shares of common stock underlying options held by Mr. Katzman directly that are vested and exercisable within 60 days of January 1, 2014.

(3)
Consists of (a) 2,178,336 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock held by Highland Capital Partners VII, Limited Partnership ("Highland VII"), (b) 527,852 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock held by Highland Capital Partners VII-B, Limited Partnership ("Highland VII-B"), (c) 768,720 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock held by Highland Capital Partners VII-C, Limited Partnership ("Highland VII-C") and (d) 68,257 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock held by Highland Entrepreneurs' Fund VII, Limited Partnership ("Highland Entrepreneurs"

123


Table of Contents

    and together with Highland VII, Highland VII-B and Highland VII-C, the "Highland Entities"). Highland Management Partners VII, Limited Partnership ("HMP LP") is the general partner of each of the Highland Entities. Highland Management Partners VII, LLC ("HMP LLC") is the general partner of HMP LP. Paul A. Maeder, one of our directors, and Peter W. Bell, Sean M. Dalton, Robert J. Davis, Daniel J. Nova and Corey M. Mulloy are the managing members of HMP LLC and share voting and investment power over the shares held by the Highland Entities. The principal business address for the Highland Entities is One Broadway, 16th Floor, Cambridge, MA 02142.

(4)
Consists of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock. Novak Biddle Company V, LLC is the general partner of Novak Biddle Venture Partners V, L.P. AGW Biddle III and E. Rogers Novak, Jr. are the managing members of Novak Biddle Company V, LLC and share voting and investment power over the shares held by Novak Biddle Venture Partners V, L.P. The principal business address of Novak Biddle Venture Partners V, L.P. is 7501 Wisconsin Avenue, East Tower, Suite 1380, Bethesda, MD 20814.

(5)
Consists of (a) 830,278 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock held by Bessemer Venture Partners VII L.P. ("Bessemer VII"), (b) 363,246 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock held by Bessemer Venture Partners VII Institutional L.P. ("Bessemer Institutional") and (c) 1,401,096 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock held by BVP Special Opportunity Fund L.P. ("Bessemer SOF" and together with Bessemer VII and Bessemer Institutional, the "Bessemer Entities"). Deer VII & Co. L.P. is the general partner of each of the Bessemer Entities, and Deer VII & Co. Ltd. is the general partner of Deer VII & Co. L.P. Each of Deer VII & Co. L.P. and Deer VII & Co. Ltd. may be deemed to have voting and dispositive power over the shares held by the Bessemer Entities. Robert M. Stavis, one of our directors, J. Edmund Colloton, David J. Cowan, Byron B. Deeter, Robert P. Goodman and Jeremy S. Levine are the directors of Deer VII & Co. Ltd. Investment and voting decisions with respect to shares held by the Bessemer Entities are made by the directors of Deer VII & Co. Ltd. acting as an investment committee. No stockholder, partner, director, officer, manager, member or employee of Deer VIII & Co. L.P. or Deer VII & Co. Ltd. has beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of any shares held by the Bessemer Entities. The principal business address for the Bessemer Entities is 1865 Palmer Avenue, Suite 104, Larchmont, NY 10538.

(6)
Consists of shares of common stock underlying options that are vested and exercisable within 60 days of January 1, 2014.

(7)
Consists of (a) 5,800 shares of common stock held by Mr. Cohen directly, (b) 300,000 shares of common stock held by a family trust of which Mr. Cohen's spouse is one of the trustees, (c) 199,323 shares of common stock underlying options that are vested and exercisable within 60 days of January 1, 2014 and (d) 329,944 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock held by Mr. Cohen directly.

(8)
Consists of (a) 1,151,802 shares of common stock held by GSV Capital Corp. ("GSV") and (b) 167,431 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock held by GSV. Mr. Moe is the chief executive officer of GSV and may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares held by GSV.

(9)
Consists of (a) 100,000 shares of common stock underlying options held by Mr. Larson directly that are vested and exercisable within 60 days of January 1, 2014 and (b) 734,500 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock held by Triumph Capital, LLC ("Triumph"). Mr. Larson is the sole member of Triumph and may be deemed to have beneficial ownership of the shares held by Triumph.

(10)
Consists of (a) 1,457,602 shares of common stock, (b) 14,604,616 shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of shares of preferred stock and (c) 1,761,509 shares of common stock underlying options that are vested and exercisable within 60 days of January 1, 2014.

124


Table of Contents


DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

           The following description of our capital stock and provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are summaries. You should also refer to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the amended and restated bylaws, which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus is part.

General

          Upon the completion of this offering, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will authorize us to issue up to                   shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, and                  shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share, all of which shares of preferred stock will be undesignated. Our board of directors may establish the rights and preferences of the preferred stock from time to time. As of                  , 2014, after giving effect to the conversion of all outstanding preferred stock into shares of common stock, there would have been                  shares of common stock issued and outstanding, held of record by                   stockholders.

Common Stock

          Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote for each share on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders, including the election of directors. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws, our stockholders will not have cumulative voting rights. Because of this, the holders of a majority of the shares of common stock entitled to vote in any election of directors can elect all of the directors standing for election, if they should so choose.

          Subject to preferences that may be applicable to any then-outstanding preferred stock, holders of common stock are entitled to receive ratably those dividends, if any, as may be declared from time to time by the board of directors out of legally available funds.

          In the event of our liquidation, dissolution or winding up, holders of common stock will be entitled to share ratably in the net assets legally available for distribution to stockholders after the payment of all of our debts and other liabilities and the satisfaction of any liquidation preference granted to the holders of any then-outstanding shares of preferred stock.

          Holders of common stock have no preemptive, conversion or subscription rights and there are no redemption or sinking fund provisions applicable to the common stock. The rights, preferences and privileges of the holders of common stock are subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of shares of any series of preferred stock that we may designate in the future.

Preferred Stock

          All currently outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock will be converted automatically to common stock immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

125


Table of Contents

          Following the completion of this offering, our board of directors will have the authority, without further action by our stockholders, to issue up to                  shares of preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each such series, to fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the shares of each wholly unissued series and any qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereon, and to increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series, but not below the number of shares of such series then outstanding.

          Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock. The purpose of authorizing our board of directors to issue preferred stock and determine its rights and preferences is to eliminate delays associated with a stockholder vote on specific issuances. The issuance of preferred stock, while providing flexibility in connection with possible acquisitions and other corporate purposes, could, among other things, have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of us and may adversely affect the market price of our common stock and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock. It is not possible to state the actual effect of the issuance of any shares of preferred stock on the rights of holders of common stock until the board of directors determines the specific rights attached to that preferred stock.

          We have no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.

Options

          As of December 31, 2013, under our 2008 plan, options to purchase an aggregate of 5,883,885 shares of common stock were outstanding. For additional information regarding the terms of this plan, see "Executive Compensation — Equity Incentive Plans."

Warrants

          We have outstanding immediately exercisable warrants to purchase 83,818 shares of our Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock, each at an exercise price of $7.81 per share and which expire between April 2022 and December 2023. The warrants contain provisions for the adjustment of the exercise price and the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant in the event of certain stock dividends, stock splits, reorganizations, reclassifications and consolidations. Upon the closing of this offering, these warrants will automatically convert into warrants to purchase 83,818 shares of our common stock.

          We have also granted piggyback registration rights to the warrant holders, as more fully described below under "— Registration Rights."

Registration Rights

          We and the holders of our existing redeemable convertible preferred stock, the holders of our warrants and certain holders of our common stock have entered into an investor rights agreement. The registration rights provisions of this agreement provide some of those holders with demand and piggyback registration rights with respect to the shares of common stock currently held by them and issuable to them upon conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock in connection with our initial public offering.

          At any time beginning six months following this offering, the holders of at least a majority of the shares issuable upon conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock and some shares of our common stock have the right to demand that we file up to a total of two registration

126


Table of Contents

statements, so long as the anticipated offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, is at least $15,000,000. These registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters, if any, to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under specified circumstances. Upon such a request, we are required to effect the registration as soon as practicable, and in any event within 90 days of the request. An aggregate of                  shares of common stock will be entitled to these demand registration rights.

          At any time after the completion of this offering, if we propose to register any of our securities under the Securities Act either for our own account or for the account of other stockholders, the holders of shares of common stock that are issued upon conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock, some holders of shares of our common stock and the holder of our currently outstanding warrants will each be entitled to notice of the registration and will be entitled to include their shares of common stock in the registration statement. These piggyback registration rights are subject to specified conditions and limitations, including the right of the underwriters to limit the number of shares included in any such registration under specified circumstances. An aggregate of                  shares of common stock will be entitled to these piggyback registration rights.

          At any time after we become eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3, holders of our common stock that are issued upon conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock and holders of some shares of our common stock will be entitled, upon the written request of the holders of at least 10% of such shares, up to twice in any 12-month period, to have such shares registered by us on a Form S-3 registration statement at our expense, provided that such requested registration has an anticipated aggregate offering size to the public of at least $2,000,000 and subject to other specified conditions and limitations. An aggregate of                  shares of common stock will be entitled to these Form S-3 registration rights.

          We will pay all expenses relating to any demand, piggyback or Form S-3 registration, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, subject to specified conditions and limitations.

          The registration rights granted under the investor rights agreement will terminate upon the second anniversary of the closing of this offering or, if earlier, with respect to a particular holder, at such time as that holder and its affiliates may sell all of their shares of common stock pursuant to Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, without any restrictions on volume.

Anti-Takeover Provisions

          Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any business combination with any interested stockholder for a period of three years after the date that such stockholder became an interested stockholder, with the following exceptions:

127


Table of Contents

          In general, Section 203 defines a "business combination" to include the following:

          In general, Section 203 defines an "interested stockholder" as an entity or person who, together with the person's affiliates and associates, beneficially owns, or within three years prior to the time of determination of interested stockholder status did own, 15% or more of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation.

        Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws to be in Effect Upon the Completion of this
        Offering

          Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be in effect upon the completion of this offering, or our restated certificate, will provide for our board of directors to be divided into three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only one class of directors will be elected at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms. Because our stockholders do not have cumulative voting rights, stockholders holding a majority of the shares of common stock outstanding will be able to elect all of our directors. Our restated certificate and our amended and restated bylaws to be effective upon the completion of this offering, or our restated bylaws, will also provide that directors may be removed by the stockholders only for cause upon the vote of 66 2 / 3 % or more of our outstanding common stock. Furthermore, the authorized number of directors may be changed only by resolution of the board of directors, and vacancies and newly created directorships on the board of directors may, except as otherwise required by law or determined by the board, only be filled by a majority vote of the directors then serving on the board, even though less than a quorum.

          Our restated certificate and restated bylaws will also provide that all stockholder actions must be effected at a duly called meeting of stockholders and will eliminate the right of stockholders to act by written consent without a meeting. Our restated bylaws will also provide that only our

128


Table of Contents

chairman of the board, chief executive officer or the board of directors pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of authorized directors may call a special meeting of stockholders.

          Our restated bylaws will also provide that stockholders seeking to present proposals before a meeting of stockholders to nominate candidates for election as directors at a meeting of stockholders must provide timely advance notice in writing, and will specify requirements as to the form and content of a stockholder's notice.

          Our restated certificate and restated bylaws will provide that the stockholders cannot amend many of the provisions described above except by a vote of 66 2 / 3 % or more of our outstanding common stock.

          The combination of these provisions will make it more difficult for our existing stockholders to replace our board of directors as well as for another party to obtain control of us by replacing our board of directors. Since our board of directors has the power to retain and discharge our officers, these provisions could also make it more difficult for existing stockholders or another party to effect a change in management. In addition, the authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of any attempt to change our control.

          These provisions are intended to enhance the likelihood of continued stability in the composition of our board of directors and its policies and to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to reduce our vulnerability to hostile takeovers and to discourage certain tactics that may be used in proxy fights. However, such provisions could have the effect of discouraging others from making tender offers for our shares and may have the effect of delaying changes in our control or management. As a consequence, these provisions may also inhibit fluctuations in the market price of our stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover attempts. We believe that the benefits of these provisions, including increased protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or restructure our company, outweigh the disadvantages of discouraging takeover proposals, because negotiation of takeover proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.

Choice of Forum

          Our restated certificate will provide that the Court of Chancery of the state of Delaware will be the exclusive forum for: any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf; any action asserting a breach of fiduciary duty; any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to the Delaware General Corporation Law, our restated certificate or our restated bylaws; or any action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in certain other companies' certificates of incorporation has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with any action, a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in such action.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

          The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company. The transfer agent's address is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, NY 11219.

Stock Exchange Listing

          We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the trading symbol "TWOU".

129


Table of Contents


SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

          Prior to this offering, no public market existed for our common stock. Future sales of shares of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect prevailing market prices for our common stock and could impair our future ability to raise equity capital.

          Based on the number of shares outstanding on                  , upon completion of this offering and assuming no exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares,              shares of common stock will be outstanding, assuming no outstanding options or warrants are exercised. All of the shares of common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restrictions or further registration under the Securities Act, except for any shares sold to our "affiliates," as that term is defined under Rule 144 under the Securities Act. The remaining                  shares of common stock held by existing stockholders are "restricted securities," as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may be sold in the public market only if registered or if their resale qualifies for exemption from registration described below under Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

          As a result of contractual restrictions described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 701, the shares sold in this offering and the restricted securities will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

Rule 144

          In general, persons who have beneficially owned restricted shares of our common stock for at least six months, and any affiliate of the company who owns either restricted or unrestricted shares of our common stock, are entitled to sell their securities without registration with the SEC under an exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

          Any person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale may sell an unlimited number of restricted securities under Rule 144 if:

          Any person who is not deemed to have been an affiliate of ours at the time of, or at any time during the three months preceding, a sale and has held the restricted securities for at least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, will be entitled

130


Table of Contents

to sell an unlimited number of restricted securities without regard to the length of time we have been subject to Exchange Act periodic reporting or whether we are current in our Exchange Act reporting.

          Persons seeking to sell restricted securities who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the three months preceding, a sale, would be subject to the restrictions described above. They are also subject to additional restrictions, by which such person would be required to comply with the manner of sale and notice provisions of Rule 144 and would be entitled to sell within any three-month period only that number of securities that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

          Additionally, persons who are our affiliates at the time of, or any time during the three months preceding, a sale may sell unrestricted securities under the requirements of Rule 144 described above, without regard to the six month holding period of Rule 144, which does not apply to sales of unrestricted securities.

Rule 701

          Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as in effect on the date of this prospectus, permits resales of shares in reliance upon Rule 144 but without compliance with certain restrictions of Rule 144, including the holding period requirement. Most of our employees, executive officers or directors who purchased shares under a written compensatory plan or contract may be entitled to rely on the resale provisions of Rule 701, but all holders of Rule 701 shares are required to wait until 90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling their shares. However, substantially all Rule 701 shares are subject to lock-up agreements as described below and in the section of this prospectus titled "Underwriting" and will become eligible for sale upon the expiration of the restrictions set forth in those agreements.

Form S-8 Registration Statements

          As soon as practicable after the completion of this offering, we intend to file with the SEC one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register the shares of our common stock that are issuable pursuant to our 2008 plan and 2014 plan. These registration statements will become effective immediately upon filing. Shares covered by these registration statements will then be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to vesting restrictions, any applicable lock-up agreements described below and Rule 144 limitations applicable to affiliates.

Lock-Up Agreements

          We and the holders of substantially all of our common stock outstanding on the date of this prospectus, including each of our executive officers, directors and selling stockholders, have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters or otherwise agreed, subject to certain exceptions, that we and they will not, directly or indirectly, offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge, grant any option to purchase, make any short sale, or otherwise dispose of or hedge any of our shares

131


Table of Contents

of common stock, any options or warrants to purchase shares of our common stock, or any securities convertible into, or exchangeable for or that represent the right to receive shares of our common stock, without the prior written consent of the representatives of the underwriters for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus.

Registration Rights

          On the date beginning six months after the date of this prospectus, the holders of             shares of our common stock issuable upon the conversion of our redeemable convertible preferred stock,             other shares of our common stock and 83,818 shares of our common stock issuable upon the exercise of outstanding warrants, or their transferees, as well as additional shares that may be acquired by certain holders after the completion of this offering, will be entitled to specified rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. Registration of these shares under the Securities Act would result in the shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon the effectiveness of the registration. See "Description of Capital Stock — Registration Rights" for additional information.

132


Table of Contents


MATERIAL U.S. FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO NON-U.S. HOLDERS

          The following is a general discussion of the material U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations applicable to non-U.S. holders with respect to their ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock issued pursuant to this offering. All prospective non-U.S. holders of our common stock should consult their own tax advisors with respect to the U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock. In general, a non-U.S. holder means a beneficial owner of our common stock (other than a partnership or an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) that is not, for U.S. federal income tax purposes:

          This discussion is based on current provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, which we refer to as the Code, existing U.S. Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder, published administrative rulings and judicial decisions, all as in effect as of the date of this prospectus. These laws are subject to change and to differing interpretation, possibly with retroactive effect. Any change or differing interpretation could alter the tax consequences to non-U.S. holders described in this prospectus.

          We assume in this discussion that a non-U.S. holder holds shares of our common stock as a capital asset within the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code (generally, for investment). This discussion does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation that may be relevant to a particular non-U.S. holder in light of that non-U.S. holder's individual circumstances, nor does it address any aspects of U.S. state, local or non-U.S. taxes. This discussion also does not consider any specific facts or circumstances that may apply to a non-U.S. holder and does not address the special tax rules applicable to particular non-U.S. holders, such as holders that own, or are deemed to own, more than 5% of our capital stock (except to the extent specifically set forth below), corporations that accumulate earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, tax-exempt organizations, banks, financial institutions, insurance companies, brokers, dealers or traders in securities, commodities or currencies, tax-qualified retirement plans, holders subject to the alternative minimum tax or Medicare contribution tax, holders who hold or receive our common stock pursuant to the exercise of employee stock options or otherwise as compensation, holders holding our common stock as part of a hedge, straddle or other risk reduction strategy, conversion transaction or other integrated investment, holders deemed to sell our common stock under the constructive sale provisions of the Code, controlled foreign corporations, passive foreign investment companies and certain former U.S. citizens or long-term residents.

          In addition, this discussion does not address the tax treatment of partnerships (or entities or arrangements that are treated as partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes) or persons that hold their common stock through such partnerships. If a partnership, including any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes, holds shares of our common stock, the U.S. federal income tax treatment of a partner in such partnership will generally

133


Table of Contents

depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Such partners and partnerships should consult their own tax advisors regarding the tax consequences of the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock.

          There can be no assurance that the Internal Revenue Service, which we refer to as the IRS, will not challenge one or more of the tax consequences described herein, and we have not obtained, nor do we intend to obtain, a ruling with respect to the U.S. federal income or estate tax consequences to a non-U.S. holder of the purchase, ownership or disposition of our common stock.

Distributions on Our Common Stock

          Distributions, if any, on our common stock generally will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. If a distribution exceeds our current and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will be treated as a tax-free return of the non-U.S. holder's investment, up to such holder's adjusted tax basis in the common stock. Any remaining excess will be treated as capital gain from the sale or exchange of such common stock, subject to the tax treatment described below in "—Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Our Common Stock." Any such distribution will also be subject to the discussion below under the heading "Foreign Accounts."

          Dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder will generally be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder's country of residence.

          Dividends that are treated as effectively connected with a trade or business conducted by a non-U.S. holder within the United States and, if an applicable income tax treaty so provides, that are attributable to a permanent establishment or a fixed base maintained by the non-U.S. holder within the United States, are generally exempt from the 30% withholding tax if the non-U.S. holder satisfies applicable certification and disclosure requirements. However, such U.S. effectively connected income, net of specified deductions and credits, is taxed at the same graduated U.S. federal income tax rates applicable to U.S. persons (as defined in the Code). Any U.S. effectively connected income received by a non-U.S. holder that is a corporation may also, under certain circumstances, be subject to an additional "branch profits tax" at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder's country of residence.

          A non-U.S. holder of our common stock who claims the benefit of an applicable income tax treaty between the United States and such holder's country of residence generally will be required to provide a properly executed IRS Form W-8BEN (or successor form) and satisfy applicable certification and other requirements. Non-U.S. holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding their entitlement to benefits under a relevant income tax treaty.

          A non-U.S. holder that is eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under an income tax treaty may obtain a refund or credit of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

134


Table of Contents

Gain on Sale, Exchange or Other Disposition of Our Common Stock

          Subject to the discussion below regarding backup withholding and foreign accounts, in general, a non-U.S. holder will not be subject to any U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon such holder's sale, exchange or other disposition of shares of our common stock unless:

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

          Shares of our common stock that are owned or treated as owned at the time of death by an individual who is not a citizen or resident of the United States, as specifically defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, are considered U.S. situs assets and will be included in the individual's gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes. Such shares, therefore, may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax, unless an applicable estate tax or other treaty provides otherwise.

Backup Withholding and Information Reporting

          We must report annually to the IRS and to each non-U.S. holder the gross amount of the dividends on our common stock paid to such holder and the tax withheld, if any, with respect to

135


Table of Contents

such dividends. Non-U.S. holders will have to comply with specific certification procedures to establish that the holder is not a U.S. person (as defined in the Code) in order to avoid backup withholding at the applicable rate with respect to dividends on our common stock. Dividends paid to non-U.S. holders subject to the U.S. withholding tax, as described above in "—Distributions on Our Common Stock", generally will be exempt from U.S. backup withholding.

          Information reporting and backup withholding will generally apply to the proceeds of a disposition of our common stock by a non-U.S. holder effected by or through the U.S. office of any broker, U.S. or foreign, unless the holder certifies its status as a non-U.S. holder and satisfies certain other requirements, or otherwise establishes an exemption. Generally, information reporting and backup withholding will not apply to a payment of disposition proceeds to a non-U.S. holder where the transaction is effected outside the United States through a non-U.S. office of a broker. However, for information reporting purposes, dispositions effected through a non-U.S. office of a broker with substantial U.S. ownership or operations generally will be treated in a manner similar to dispositions effected through a U.S. office of a broker. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of the information reporting and backup withholding rules to them.

          Copies of information returns may be made available to the tax authorities of the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is incorporated under the provisions of a specific treaty or agreement.

          Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules from a payment to a non-U.S. holder may be allowed as a credit against the non-U.S. holder's U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, and may entitle such holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Withholding on Foreign Accounts (FATCA)

          The Code generally imposes a U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% on dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid to a "foreign financial institution" (as specifically defined for this purpose), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to, among other things, withhold on certain payments and to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which includes certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners). A U.S. federal withholding tax of 30% also applies to dividends and the gross proceeds of a disposition of our common stock paid to a non-financial foreign entity, unless such entity provides the withholding agent with either a certification that it does not have any substantial direct or indirect U.S. owners or provides information regarding substantial direct and indirect U.S. owners of the entity. The withholding provisions described above will generally apply to dividends on our common stock paid on or after July 1, 2014 and with respect to gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock on or after January 1, 2017. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder might be eligible for refunds or credits of such taxes. An intergovernmental agreement between the United States and an applicable foreign country may modify the requirements described in this paragraph.

136


Table of Contents


UNDERWRITING

          We, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of shares indicated in the following table. Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC are the representatives of the underwriters.

Underwriters
  Number of Shares

Goldman, Sachs & Co. 

   

Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC

   

Needham & Company, LLC

   

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc. 

   

Pacific Crest Securities LLC

   
     

Total

   
     

          The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares covered by the option described below unless and until this option is exercised.

          We and the selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option to buy up to an additional             shares to cover sales by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than the total number set forth in the table above. They may exercise that option for 30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table above.

          The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by us and the selling stockholders. Such amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional         shares of our common stock.

 
  Per Share   Total –
No Exercise
  Total –
Full Exercise
 

Public offering price

                   

Underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid by:

                   

Us

                   

The selling stockholders

                   

Proceeds, before expenses, to us

                   

Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders

                   

          Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to $         per share from the initial public offering price. After the initial offering of the shares, the representatives may change the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters' right to reject any order in whole or in part.

          We, our officers, directors, holders of substantially all of our outstanding capital stock and the selling stockholders have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date

137


Table of Contents

180 days after the date of this prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Credit Suisse Securities (USA) LLC. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale — Lock-Up Agreements" for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

          Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the shares. The initial public offering price has been negotiated among us and the representatives. Among the factors to be considered in determining the initial public offering price of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will be our historical performance, estimates of our business potential and earnings prospects, an assessment of our management and the consideration of the above factors in relation to market valuation of companies in related businesses.

          We have applied to list our common stock on the NASDAQ Global Market under the symbol "TWOU".

          In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they are required to purchase in the offering, and a short position represents the amount of such sales that have not been covered by subsequent purchases. A "covered short position" is a short position that is not greater than the amount of additional shares for which the underwriters' option described above may be exercised. The underwriters may cover any covered short position by either exercising their option to purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open market. In determining the source of shares to cover the covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase additional shares pursuant to the option described above. "Naked" short sales are any short sales that create a short position greater than the amount of additional shares for which the option described above may be exercised. The underwriters must cover any such naked short position by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the completion of the offering.

          The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of the underwriting discount received by it because the representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering transactions.

          Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of our stock, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of our common stock. As a result, the price of our common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities and may end any of these activities at any time. These transactions may be effected on the NASDAQ Global Market, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

          The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.

          We estimate that the total expenses of the offering payable by us, excluding underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $       million.

138


Table of Contents

          We have agreed to pay the filing fees incident to, and the fees and disbursements of counsel for the underwriters in connection with, any required review by FINRA in connection with this offering in an amount not to exceed $25,000.

          We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Relationships

          The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include sales and trading, commercial and investment banking, advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, market making, brokerage and other financial and non-financial activities and services. Certain of the underwriters and their respective affiliates have provided, and may in the future provide, a variety of these services to the issuer and to persons and entities with relationships with the issuer, for which they received or will receive customary fees and expenses.

          In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates, officers, directors and employees may purchase, sell or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade securities, derivatives, loans, commodities, currencies, credit default swaps and other financial instruments for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and trading activities may involve or relate to our assets, securities and/or instruments (directly, as collateral securing other obligations or otherwise) and/or persons and entities with relationships with us. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also communicate independent investment recommendations, market color or trading ideas and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such assets, securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend to clients that they should acquire, long and/or short positions in such assets, securities and instruments.

Selling Restrictions

European Economic Area

          In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), each underwriter has represented and agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date) it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

139


Table of Contents

          For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer of shares to the public" in relation to any shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State, and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

United Kingdom

          Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:

Hong Kong

          The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), (ii) to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a "prospectus" within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to "professional investors" within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

Singapore

          This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the SFA), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance

140


Table of Contents

with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

          Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries' rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for six months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Japan

          The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

141


Table of Contents


LEGAL MATTERS

          The validity of the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Cooley LLP, Reston, Virginia. Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed upon for the underwriters by Goodwin Procter LLP, Boston, Massachusetts.


EXPERTS

          The consolidated financial statements and schedules of 2U, Inc. as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013, have been included herein and in the registration statement in reliance upon the report of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, appearing elsewhere herein, and upon the authority of said firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

          We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act, with respect to the shares of common stock being offered by this prospectus. This prospectus does not contain all of the information in the registration statement and its exhibits. For further information with respect to 2U and the common stock offered by this prospectus, we refer you to the registration statement and its exhibits. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or any other document referred to are not necessarily complete, and in each instance, we refer you to the copy of the contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement. Each of these statements is qualified in all respects by this reference.

          You can read our SEC filings, including the registration statement, over the internet at the SEC's website at www.sec.gov . You may also read and copy any document we file with the SEC at its public reference facilities at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. You may also obtain copies of these documents at prescribed rates by writing to the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference facilities.

          Upon completion of this offering, we will be subject to the information reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and we will file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. These reports, proxy statements and other information will be available for inspection and copying at the public reference room and web site of the SEC referred to above. We also maintain a website at www.2U.com , at which you may access these materials free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The information contained in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of, and is not incorporated into, this prospectus.

142


Table of Contents


INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

    F-2  

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2013

    F-3  

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013

    F-4  

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Deficit for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013

    F-5  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013

    F-6  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

    F-7  

F-1


Table of Contents


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
2U, Inc.:

          We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of 2U, Inc. and subsidiary (the Company) as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations, changes in stockholders' deficit, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013. In connection with our audits of the consolidated financial statements, we also have audited financial statement Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts. These consolidated financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

          We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

          In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of 2U, Inc. and subsidiary as of December 31, 2012 and 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2013, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

                        /s/ KPMG LLP

McLean, Virginia
February 21, 2014

F-2


Table of Contents


2U, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 
  December 31,    
 
 
  Pro Forma
December 31,
2013
 
 
  2012   2013  
 
   
   
  (unaudited)
 

Assets

                   

Current assets:

                   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 25,190   $ 7,012   $ 7,012  

Accounts receivable, net

    248     1,835     1,835  

Advance to clients, current

    498     581     581  

Prepaid expenses

    823     1,763     1,763  
               

Total current assets

    26,759     11,191     11,191  

Property and equipment, net

   
4,871
   
5,231
   
5,231
 

Capitalized content development costs, net

    6,608     8,904     8,904  

Related party receivables

    265          

Advance to clients, non-current

    498          

Other non-current assets

    876     3,326     3,326  
               

Total assets

  $ 39,877   $ 28,652   $ 28,652  
               

Liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders' (deficit) equity

                   

Current liabilities:

                   

Accounts payable

  $ 2,964   $ 5,089   $ 5,089  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    6,037     12,025     12,025  

Deferred revenue

    736     1,266     1,266  

Refunds payable

    1,228     1,831     1,831  
               

Total current liabilities

    10,965     20,211     20,211  

Rebate reserve

   
1,891
   
1,571
   
1,571
 

Other non-current liabilities

    611     847     721  
               

Total liabilities

    13,467     22,629     22,503  

Commitments and contingencies (Note 5)

                   

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

                   

Redeemable convertible Series A preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 10,033,976 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and December 31 2013; no shares issued and outstanding pro forma; liquidation preference of $12,732 as of December 31, 2013

    12,244     12,384      

Redeemable convertible Series B preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 5,057,901 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and December 31 2013; no shares issued and outstanding pro forma; liquidation preference of $22,564 as of December 31, 2013

    22,068     22,210      

Redeemable convertible Series C preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 4,429,601 shares authorized, issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012 and December 31 2013; no shares issued and outstanding pro forma; liquidation preference of $32,519 as of December 31, 2013

    32,359     32,405      

Redeemable convertible Series D preferred stock, $0.001 par value, 3,992,527 shares authorized, 3,339,902 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012; liquidation preference of $26,100 as of December 31, 2012; 4,069,352 shares authorized, 3,979,730 issued and outstanding as of December 31 2013; no shares issued and outstanding pro forma; liquidation preference of $31,100 as of December 31, 2013. 

    26,035     31,048      
               

Total redeemable convertible preferred stock

    92,706     98,047      

Stockholders' (deficit) equity:

                   

Common stock, $0.001 par value, 35,984,090 shares authorized, 7,386,133 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2012; 60,000,000 shares authorized, 7,629,133 issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2013; 31,130,341 shares issued and outstanding pro forma

    7     8     31  

Additional paid-in capital

    5,483     7,817     105,967  

Accumulated deficit

    (71,786 )   (99,849 )   (99,849 )
               

Total stockholders' (deficit) equity

    (66,296 )   (92,024 )   6,149  
               

Total liabilities, redeemable convertible preferred stock and stockholders' (deficit) equity

  $ 39,877   $ 28,652   $ 28,652  
               

   

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-3


Table of Contents


2U, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2012   2013  

Revenue

  $ 29,733   $ 55,879   $ 83,127  

Costs and expenses:

                   

Servicing and support

    12,300     14,926     22,718  

Technology and content development          

    5,117     8,299     19,472  

Program marketing and sales

    32,116     45,390     54,103  

General and administrative

    5,104     10,342     14,840  
               

Total costs and expenses

    54,637     78,957     111,133  
               

Loss from operations

    (24,904 )   (23,078 )   (28,006 )

Other income (expense):

                   

Interest expense

    (19 )   (73 )   27  

Interest income

    45     38     26  
               

Total other income (expense)

    26     (35 )   53  
               

Loss before income taxes

    (24,878 )   (23,113 )   (27,953 )

Income tax expense

             
               

Net loss

    (24,878 )   (23,113 )   (27,953 )

Preferred stock accretion

    (314 )   (339 )   (347 )
               

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (25,192 ) $ (23,452 ) $ (28,300 )
               

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted              

  $ (3.77 ) $ (3.33 ) $ (3.81 )
               

Weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

    6,680,085     7,037,090     7,432,055  
               

Pro forma net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted (unaudited)

              $ (0.92 )
                   

Pro forma weighted average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted (unaudited)

                30,885,803  
                   

   

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-4


Table of Contents


2U, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Deficit

(in thousands, except share amounts)

 
  Common Stock    
   
   
 
 
  Additional
Paid-In
Capital
  Accumulated
Deficit
  Total
Stockholders'
Deficit
 
 
  Shares   Amount  

Balance, January 1, 2011

    6,680,085   $ 6   $ 3,292   $ (23,795 ) $ (20,497 )

Accretion of issuance costs on redeemable convertible preferred stock

            (314 )       (314 )

Stock-based compensation expense

            839         839  

Net loss

                (24,878 )   (24,878 )
                       

Balance, December 31, 2011

    6,680,085     6     3,817     (48,673 )   (44,850 )
                       

Exercise of stock options

    706,048     1     610         611  

Accretion of issuance costs on redeemable convertible preferred stock

            (339 )       (339 )

Stock-based compensation expense

            1,395         1,395  

Net loss

                (23,113 )   (23,113 )
                       

Balance, December 31, 2012

    7,386,133     7     5,483     (71,786 )   (66,296 )
                       

Exercise of stock options

    290,604     1     324         325  

Repurchase of common shares

    (47,604 )       (69 )   (110 )   (179 )

Accretion of issuance costs on redeemable convertible preferred stock

            (347 )       (347 )

Stock-based compensation expense

            2,426         2,426  

Net loss

                (27,953 )   (27,953 )
                       

Balance, December 31, 2013

    7,629,133   $ 8   $ 7,817   $ (99,849 ) $ (92,024 )
                       

   

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-5


Table of Contents


2U, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
 
 
  2011   2012   2013  

Cash flows from operating activities

                   

Net loss

  $ (24,878 ) $ (23,113 ) $ (27,953 )

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

                   

Depreciation and amortization

    1,551     2,869     4,335  

Stock-based compensation expense

    839     1,395     2,426  

Interest expense incurred in connection with convertible debt

    19          

Amortization of deferred financing costs

        74      

Change in the fair value of the Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant

        (22 )   (33 )

Loss on impairment and disposal of long-lived assets

            811  

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

                   

Accounts receivable

    (1,312 )   1,142     (1,587 )

Advances to clients

    (996 )       415  

Prepaid expenses

    (590 )   (24 )   (939 )

Related party receivable

        (265 )   265  

Other assets

    (127 )   (133 )   (1,384 )

Accounts payable

    (101 )   1,328     1,894  

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

    3,360     1,047     4,986  

Deferred revenue

    2,144     (5,002 )   530  

Refunds payable

    513     159     603  

Rebate reserve

    618     240     (320 )

Other liabilities

    348     120     269  
               

Net cash used in operating activities

    (18,612 )   (20,185 )   (15,682 )

Cash flows from investing activities

                   

Expenditures for property, equipment, and internally developed software

    (2,512 )   (2,275 )   (2,367 )

Capitalized content cost expenditures

    (3,656 )   (2,578 )   (5,213 )

Other investing activities

    (90 )   (362 )   (56 )
               

Net cash used in investing activities

    (6,258 )   (5,215 )   (7,636 )

Cash flows from financing activities

                   

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

        611     325  

Repurchase of common shares

            (179 )

Proceeds from issuance of Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

    31,510          

Proceeds from issuance of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock, net of issuance costs

        26,021     4,994  

Proceeds from issuance of convertible debt

    750          
               

Net cash provided by financing activities

    32,260     26,632     5,140  

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   
7,390
   
1,232
   
(18,178

)

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

    16,568     23,958     25,190  
               

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

  $ 23,958   $ 25,190   $ 7,012  
               

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing and financing activities

                   

Conversion of debt to redeemable convertible preferred stock

  $ 769   $   $  

Accretion of issuance costs on redeemable convertible preferred stock

    314     339     347  

Accrued capital expenditures

    157     40     216  

Deferred offering costs included in accounts payable and accrued expenses

            1,057  

Issuance of Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant in connection with revolving line of credit

            107  

   

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

F-6


Table of Contents


2U, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

1. Description of the Business

          2U, Inc. (the "Company") was incorporated as 2Tor Inc. in the State of Delaware in April 2008 and changed its name to 2U, Inc. in October 2012. Under long-term agreements, the Company provides a proprietary, cloud-based technology platform, bundled with technology-enabled services, that allows leading colleges and universities to deliver high quality online degree programs and courses, extending the universities' reach and distinguishing their brands. The Company's comprehensive learning platform acts as the hub for all student and faculty academic and social interaction. The Company also provides a suite of technology-enabled services that support the complete lifecycle of a higher education program or course, including attracting students, facilitating in-program field placements and providing technical support.

          Since its inception, the Company has incurred substantial losses. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013, the accumulated deficit was $71,786 and $99,849, respectively. The Company has financed its operations primarily through issuances of redeemable convertible preferred stock and believes it has adequate financial resources, including cash on hand, working capital and available credit facilities, to fund its existing operations. If additional financing were not available, it could limit the Company's opportunity to capitalize on future growth opportunities.

2. Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation

          The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary and have been prepared in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles ("U.S. GAAP"). All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Unaudited Pro Forma Presentation

          The Company has filed a Registration Statement on Form S-1 with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the "SEC") for the proposed initial public offering of shares of its common stock (the "IPO"). If the IPO is consummated, all of the redeemable convertible preferred stock outstanding will convert to common stock.

          The unaudited pro forma net loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2013 assumes the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock into shares of common stock upon the completion of the IPO as of January 1, 2013 or the time of issuance, if later, and the conversion of the warrants to purchase Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock warrants as of December 31, 2013. The amounts recorded in 2013 to adjust the Series D warrant liability to fair value have been added back to net loss to arrive at pro forma net loss per share.

          The Company believes that the unaudited pro forma net loss per share provides material information to investors because the conversion of the redeemable convertible preferred stock into common stock is expected to occur upon the closing of the IPO and, therefore, the disclosure of pro forma net loss per share provides a measure of net loss per share that is comparable to what will be reported as a public company.

F-7


Table of Contents


2U, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Use of Estimates

          The preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. On an ongoing basis, the Company evaluates its estimates, including those related to the useful lives of long-lived assets, fair value measurement and income taxes, among others. The Company bases its estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that it believes to be reasonable, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

          Cash and cash equivalents consist of bank checking and money market accounts and investments in certificates of deposit that mature in less than three months. The Company considers all highly liquid marketable securities with maturities at the time of purchase of three months or less to be cash equivalents, and they are carried at fair value.

Revenue Recognition and Deferred Revenue

          The Company recognizes revenue when all of the following conditions are met: (i) persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, (ii) rendering of services is complete, (iii) fees are fixed or determinable and (iv) collection of fees is reasonably assured.

          The Company derives revenue under long-term contracts that typically range from 10 to 15 years in length. Under these contracts, the Company enables access to its cloud-based technology platform and provides technology-enabled marketing, content development and supporting services to its clients and their faculty and students. The Company is entitled to a contractually specified percentage of net program proceeds from its clients. These net program proceeds represent gross proceeds billed by clients to students, less credit card fees and other specified charges the Company has agreed to exclude in its contract with a client. A refund allowance is established for our share of tuition and fees ultimately uncollected by our clients. The Company also offered rebates to a group of students who enrolled in a specific client program between 2009 and 2011, which the Company will pay to the student if he or she completes the degree and certain post-graduation work requirements within a specified period of time. These rebates and refunds offset the net program proceeds recognized as revenue. Revenue is recognized ratably over the service period, which the Company defines as the first through the last day of classes for each term in a client's program. The Company invoices its clients based on enrollment reports that are generated by its clients. In some instances, these enrollment reports are received prior to the conclusion of the drop/add period. In such cases, the Company establishes a reserve against revenue, if necessary, based on its estimate of changes in enrollments expected prior to the end of the drop/add period.

          The Company generates revenue from multiple-deliverable contractual arrangements with its clients. Under each of these arrangements, the Company provides (i) a cloud-based technology platform that serves as a learning platform for client faculty and students and which also enable a

F-8


Table of Contents


2U, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

comprehensive range of other client functions, (ii) program marketing and application services for student acquisition, (iii) in conjunction with the client's faculty members, content development for courses and (iv) faculty and student support services, including technical field training and support, non-academic student advising, academic progress monitoring and career services.

          In order to treat deliverables in a multiple-deliverable contractual arrangement as separate units of accounting, deliverables must have standalone value upon delivery. The services are provided solely in support of courses offered over the Company's platform and for students of the online courses delivered over our platform. Accordingly, the Company has determined that no individual deliverable has standalone value upon delivery and, therefore, deliverables within the Company's multiple-deliverable arrangements do not qualify for treatment as separate units of accounting. Accordingly, the Company considers all deliverables to be a single unit of accounting and recognizes revenue from the entire arrangement over the term of the service period.

          Advance payments are recorded as deferred revenue until services are delivered or obligations are met, at which time revenue is recognized. Deferred revenue as of a particular balance sheet date represents the excess of amounts received as compared to amounts recognized in revenue in the consolidated statements of operations as of the end of the reporting period, and such amounts are reflected as a current liability on the Company's consolidated balance sheets.

Advertising Costs

          The Company expenses advertising costs as incurred. The amounts expensed for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 were not material. The Company records its advertising costs as program marketing and sales expense in the Company's consolidated statements of operations.

Fair Value Measurements

          The carrying amounts of certain assets and liabilities, including cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities, approximate their respective fair values due to their short-term nature.

          Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date, based on the Company's principal or, in the absence of a principal, most advantageous, market for the specific asset or liability.

          U.S. GAAP provides for a three-tier fair value hierarchy to classify and disclose all assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, as well as assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis, in periods subsequent to their initial measurement. The fair value hierarchy requires the Company to use observable inputs when available, and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs when determining fair value. The three tiers are defined as follows:

    Level 1 — Observable inputs that reflect quoted market prices (unadjusted) for identical assets or liabilities in active markets;

F-9


Table of Contents


2U, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

    Level 2 — Observable inputs, other than quoted prices in active markets, that are observable either directly or indirectly in the marketplace for identical or similar assets and liabilities; and

    Level 3 — Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market data, which require the Company to develop its own assumptions about the assumptions market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability based on the best information available in the circumstances.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

          The Company evaluates its financial assets and liabilities subject to fair value measurements on a recurring basis to determine the appropriate level in which to classify them for each reporting period. This determination requires significant judgments to be made. The following tables summarize the conclusions reached as of December 31, 2012 and 2013:

 
  Balance as of December 31, 2012  
 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  

Assets:

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 19,030   $ 19,030   $   $  
                   

Liabilities:

                         

Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant

  $ 52   $   $   $ 52  
                   

 

 
  Balance as of December 31, 2013  
 
  Total   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3  

Assets:

                         

Cash and cash equivalents

  $ 3,357   $ 3,357   $   $  
                   

Liabilities:

                         

Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock warrant

  $ 126   $   $   $ 126  
                   

          In order to determine the fair value of the Series C and Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock warrants, the Company used an option pricing model for the years ended 2012 and 2013. The valuation required the input of subjective assumptions, including the risk-free interest rate, the value of the underlying securities and the expected stock price volatility. The risk-free interest rate assumption was based upon observed interest rates for constant maturity U.S. Treasury securities consistent with the term of the warrants. The expected stock price volatility assumption was based on historical volatilities for publicly traded stock of comparable companies over the term of the warrants.

F-10


Table of Contents


2U, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis Using Significant Unobservable Inputs

          The following table presents the changes in the Company's Level 3 instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis:

 
  Series C
Warrant
  Series D
Warrants
 

Balance as of December 31, 2011

         

Issuance of warrant

        74  

Change in fair value of warrant liability

        (22 )
           

Balance as of December 31, 2012

        52  

Issuance of warrant

        107  

Change in fair value of warrant liability

        (33 )
           

Balance as of December 31, 2013

  $   $ 126  
           

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

          Accounts receivable are stated at realizable value. The Company extends a minimal amount of uncollateralized credit to its clients. The Company utilizes the allowance method to provide for doubtful accounts based on management's evaluation of the collectability of the amounts due. The Company's estimate is based on historical collection experience and a review of the current status of accounts receivable. Historically, actual write-offs for uncollectible accounts have not significantly differed from the Company's estimates. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013, the Company determined that no significant allowance for doubtful accounts was necessary.

Concentration of Credit Risk

          Financial instruments that subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and accounts receivable. All of the Company's cash is held at financial institutions that management believes to be of high credit quality. The Company's bank accounts exceed federally insured limits at times. The Company has not experienced any losses on cash to date. To manage accounts receivable risk, the Company evaluates the creditworthiness of its clients and maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts, if needed.

          The Company has two contracts with the same university that accounted for an aggregate of 94%, 78% and 69% of its revenue for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and an aggregate of 51% of accounts receivable as of each of December 31, 2012 and 2013. Additionally, the Company has a contract with another university that accounted for approximately 15% and 16% of its revenue for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. Further, the Company has a contract with a third university that accounted for approximately 26% of its accounts receivable as of December 31, 2013.

F-11


Table of Contents


2U, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Property and Equipment

          Property and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Computer software is included in property and equipment and consists of purchased software and internally-developed software. Expenditures for major additions, construction and improvements are capitalized. Depreciation and amortization is expensed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets, which range from three to five years for computer hardware and three to ten years for furniture and office equipment. Leasehold improvements are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the remaining term of the leased facility or the estimated useful life of the improvement, which ranges from five to ten years. Useful lives of significant assets are periodically reviewed and adjusted prospectively to reflect the Company's current estimates of the respective assets' expected utility. Repair and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

          The Company capitalizes certain costs associated with internally-developed software, primarily consisting of direct labor associated with creating the software. Software development projects generally include three stages: the preliminary project stage (all costs are expensed as incurred), the application development stage (certain costs are capitalized and certain costs are expensed as incurred) and the post-implementation/operation stage (all costs are expensed as incurred). Costs capitalized in the application development stage include costs of designing the application, coding, integrating the Company's and the university's networks and systems, and the testing of the software. Capitalization of costs requires judgment in determining when a project has reached the application development stage and the period over which the Company expects to benefit from the use of that software. Once the software is placed in service, these costs are depreciated on the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the software, which is generally three years. Internal software development costs of $1,514, $1,078 and $1,341 were capitalized during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively. Amortization expense related to the capitalized internally-developed software was $426, $887 and $1,473 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively, and is included in technology and content development costs in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The net book value of capitalized internally-developed software was $2,508 and $2,397 at December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

Capitalized Content Development Costs

          The Company works with each client's faculty members to develop and maintain educational content that is delivered to their students through the Company's cloud-based technology platform. The online content developed jointly by the Company and its clients consists of subjects chosen and taught by clients' faculty members and incorporates references and examples designed to remain relevant over extended periods of time. Online delivery of the content, combined with live, face-to-face instruction, provides the Company with rapid user feedback that it uses to make ongoing corrections, modifications and improvements to the course content. The Company's clients retain all intellectual property rights to the developed content, although the Company retains the rights to the content packaging and delivery mechanisms. Much of the Company's new content development uses proven delivery platforms and is therefore primarily subject-specific in nature. As

F-12


Table of Contents


2U, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

a result, a significant portion of content development costs qualify for capitalization due to the focus of the Company's development efforts on the unique subject matter of the content. Similar to on-campus programs offered by the Company's clients, the online graduate degree programs enabled by the Company offer numerous courses for each degree. The Company therefore capitalizes its development costs on a course-by-course basis. As students must matriculate into a client program in order to take a course, revenues and identifiable cash flows are also measured at the client program level.

          Costs related to the Company's pilot program with a consortium of undergraduate schools are currently being expensed, and given the limited history with this program and the significant difference between this service and the Company's core service offerings, management is currently unable to conclude that the costs will be recoverable.

          The Company develops content on a course-by-course basis in conjunction with the faculty for each client program. The client and its faculty generally provide course outlines in the form of the curriculum, required text books, case studies and other reading materials, as well as presentations that are typically used in the on-campus setting. The Company is then responsible for, and incurs all of the expenses related to, the conversion of the materials provided by the client into a format suitable for delivery through the Company's cloud-based technology platform.

          The content development costs that qualify for capitalization are third-party direct costs, such as videography, editing and other services associated with creating digital content. Additionally, the Company capitalizes internal payroll and payroll-related costs incurred to create and produce videos and other digital content utilized in the clients' programs for delivery via the Company's platform. Capitalization ends when content has been fully developed by both the Company and the client, at which time amortization of the capitalized content development costs begins. The capitalized costs are recorded on a class-by-class basis and included in capitalized content costs on the consolidated balance sheets. These costs are amortized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful life of the respective capitalized content program, which is generally five years. The estimated useful life corresponds with the Company's planned curriculum refresh rate. This refresh rate is consistent with expected curriculum refresh rates as cited by program faculty members for similar on-campus programs. In order to assess the recoverability of the capitalized content development costs, the costs are grouped by program, which is the lowest level of independent cash flows. It is reasonably possible that the capitalized content development costs and internally developed software could become obsolete before the estimated useful lives are complete.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

          The Company reviews long-lived assets, which consist of property and equipment and capitalized content costs, for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of the long-lived asset is measured by a comparison of the carrying value of the asset or asset group to the future undiscounted net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset or asset group. If such assets are not recoverable, the impairment to be recognized is measured by the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds the estimated fair value (discounted cash flow) of the asset or

F-13


Table of Contents


2U, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

asset group. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012, no impairment of long-lived assets was deemed to have occurred. In December 2013, the Company evaluated the recoverability of its capitalized assets and determined that the estimated carrying value of one asset group exceeded its net realizable value. The Company determined that these capitalized amounts were not recoverable, performed an impairment assessment and recorded an impairment charge of $763 in the fourth quarter of 2013. The Company's impairment analysis is based upon forecasted financial results. The actual results could vary from the Company's forecasts, especially in relation to recently launched programs. The Company may record additional impairment charges in the short term.

Other Non-Current Assets

          Other non-current assets consist primarily of costs the Company defers and capitalizes which are incurred directly in connection with its planned IPO and obtaining its revolving line of credit. Additional other non-current assets consist of intangible assets associated with the Company's registered domain names and security deposits on leased office facilities. Deferred IPO costs remain capitalized until the IPO is consummated, at which time the asset will be fully reduced and partially offset the cash proceeds received from the IPO, or alternatively, expensed immediately in the event that the IPO transaction is abandoned or terminated. Deferred financing costs are amortized over a useful life equal to the term of the underlying line of credit.

          Total other non-current assets consisted of the following as of:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2013  

Deferred IPO costs

  $   $ 1,781  

Deferred financing costs

    63     634  

Other non-current assets

    813     911  
           

Total other non-current assets

  $ 876   $ 3,326  
           

Refunds Payable

          The Company records a refunds payable liability related to the amounts owed to clients as a result of students defaulting on their payments to the client. The Company may receive its portion of net program proceeds prior to the client collecting the full amount of tuition and applicable fees from its students. The Company calculates the refunds payable liability by estimating the future amounts owed to the client resulting from non-payment by students. The Company's estimate is based on historical collection experience, market and income trends, and a review of the client's accounts receivable aging.

Rebate Reserve

          The Company has recorded a rebate reserve liability that results from having offered students who first enrolled in a specific Master of Arts in Teaching program between April 2009 and June

F-14


Table of Contents


2U, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

2011 a rebate if they complete their degree and teach for five consecutive years in a designated low-income school. The Company accounts for the rebate reserve as a contingent sales incentive and has recorded a rebate reserve liability to recognize the obligation to rebate amounts to students who satisfactorily complete the rebate requirements.

Advances to Clients

          The Company sometimes advances payments to its clients in order to fund start-up expenses of the program on behalf of the client. Advances to clients are stated at realizable value. The advances are repaid to the Company on terms as required in the respective agreements. The Company recognizes imputed interest expense on these advance payments when there is a significant amount of imputed interest.

Comprehensive Loss

          The Company's net loss equals comprehensive loss for all periods presented as the Company has no components of other comprehensive income.

Stock-Based Compensation

          The Company accounts for stock-based compensation awards based on the fair value of the award as of the grant date. For awards subject to service-based vesting conditions, the Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the awards' requisite service period, adjusted for estimated forfeitures. For awards subject to both performance and service-based vesting conditions, the Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense using an accelerated recognition method when it is probable that the performance condition will be achieved.

          See Note 10 for a discussion of assumptions used in calculating the fair value of stock options.

Basic and Diluted Loss per Common Share

          The Company uses the two-class method to compute net loss per common share because the Company has issued securities, other than common stock, that contractually entitle the holders to participate in dividends and earnings of the Company. The two-class method requires earnings for the period to be allocated between common stock and participating securities based upon their respective rights to receive distributed and undistributed earnings. Holders of each series of the Company's redeemable convertible preferred stock are entitled to participate in distributions, when and if declared by the board of directors, that are made to common stockholders, and as a result are considered participating securities.

          Under the two-class method, for periods with net income, basic net income per common share is computed by dividing the net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. Net income attributable to common stockholders is computed by subtracting from net income the portion of current year earnings that the participating securities would have been entitled to receive pursuant to their

F-15


Table of Contents


2U, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

2. Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

dividend rights had all of the year's earnings been distributed. No such adjustment to earnings is made during periods with a net loss, as the holders of the participating securities have no obligation to fund losses. Diluted net loss per common share is computed under the two-class method by using the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding, plus, for periods with net income attributable to common stockholders, the potential dilutive effects of stock options and warrants. In addition, the Company analyzes the potential dilutive effect of the outstanding participating securities under the "if-converted" method when calculating diluted earnings per share, in which it is assumed that the outstanding participating securities convert into common stock at the beginning of the period. The Company reports the more dilutive of the approaches (two-class or "if-converted") as its diluted net income per share during the period. Due to net losses for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, basic and diluted loss per share were the same, as the effect of potentially dilutive securities would have been anti-dilutive.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

          In July 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2013-11, "Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists." This guidance provides financial statement presentation guidance on whether an unrecognized tax benefit must be presented as either a reduction to a deferred tax asset or separately as a liability. ASU No. 2013-11 will be effective for interim or annual periods beginning after December 15, 2013, which the Company will adopt as of January 1, 2014. The adoption of this guidance is not expected to have a material impact on the Company's financial condition, results of operations or disclosures.

3. Property and Equipment

          Property and equipment consisted of the following as of:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2013  

Internally-developed software

  $ 4,175   $ 5,516  

Computer hardware

    1,398     2,082  

Furniture and office equipment

    748     774  

Leasehold improvements

    1,076     1,494  
           

Total

    7,397     9,866  

Accumulated depreciation

    (2,526 )   (4,635 )
           

Property and equipment, net

  $ 4,871   $ 5,231  
           

          Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 was $683, $1,344 and $2,131, respectively.

F-16


Table of Contents


2U, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

4. Capitalized Content Development Costs

          Capitalized content development costs consisted of the following as of:

 
  December 31,  
 
  2012   2013  

Capitalized content development costs

  $ 8,016   $ 11,816  

Capitalized content development costs in process

    1,383     1,961  

Accumulated amortization

    (2,791 )   (4,873 )
           

Capitalized content development costs, net

  $ 6,608   $ 8,904  
           

          The Company recorded amortization expense related to capitalized content development costs of $863, $1,495 and $2,157 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively.

          As of December 31, 2013, the estimated future amortization expense for the capitalized content costs is as follows:

2014

  $ 2,303  

2015

    1,990  

2016

    1,501  

2017

    858  

2018

    291  

Thereafter

     

5. Commitments and Contingencies

Line of Credit

          On April 5, 2012, the Company secured a revolving line of credit from a bank for an aggregate borrowing base not to exceed $10,000. The Company never borrowed under this line of credit. On December 31, 2013, the Company entered into a new credit agreement which replaced its prior line of credit with a new revolving line of credit for an aggregate borrowing base not to exceed $37,000. On January 21, 2014, the Company borrowed $5,000 under this line of credit and repaid this borrowing in full on February 18, 2014. The availability of this credit line is subject to the Company's compliance with certain reporting and financial covenants. The Company is currently in compliance with all such covenants.

Legal Contingencies

          From time to time, the Company may become involved in legal proceedings or other contingencies in the ordinary course of its business. The Company is not presently involved in any legal proceeding or other contingency that, if determined adversely to it, would individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on its business, operating results, financial condition or cash flows. Accordingly, the Company does not believe that there is a reasonable possibility that a material loss exceeding amounts already recognized may have been incurred as of the date of the balance sheets presented herein.

F-17


Table of Contents


2U, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

5. Commitments and Contingencies (Continued)

Program Marketing and Sales Commitments

          When the Company enters into new program agreements with its clients, the Company commits to meet certain staffing and spending investment thresholds related to program marketing and sales activities. The Company believes it is currently in compliance with all such commitments.

Operating Leases

          The Company leases office facilities under non-cancelable operating leases in California, New York, Maryland, Missouri, North Carolina and Hong Kong. The Company also leases furniture and office equipment under non-cancelable leases. As of December 31, 2013, the future minimum lease payments (net of aggregate expected sublease payments of $694) were as follows:

2014

  $ 2,513  

2015

    2,327  

2016

    2,395  

2017

    1,909  

2018

    1,242  

Thereafter

    739  
       

Total future minimum lease payments

  $ 11,125  
       

          The future minimum lease payments due under non-cancelable operating lease arrangements contain fixed rent increases over the term of the lease. Rent expense on these operating leases is recognized over the term of the lease on a straight-line basis. The excess of rent expense over future minimum lease payments due has been reported in other non-current liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013, the deferred rent liability related to these leases totaled $469 and $516, respectively.

          Total rent expense (net of sublease income of $109, $284 and $284) for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013 was $1,205, $1,654 and $2,105, respectively.

6. Income Taxes

          The components of loss before income taxes for the years ended December 31 were as follows:

 
  2011   2012   2013  

Domestic

  $ (24,878 ) $ (23,113 ) $ (27,953 )
               

Total loss before income taxes

  $ (24,878 ) $ (23,113 ) $ (27,953 )
               

F-18


Table of Contents


2U, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

6. Income Taxes (Continued)

          A reconciliation between the Company's statutory federal income tax rate and the effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, is as follows:

 
  2011   2012   2013  

U.S. statutory federal income tax rate

    35.0 %   35.0 %   35.0 %

Increase (decrease) resulting from:

                   

U.S. state income taxes, net of federal benefits

    1.9     5.3     7.3  

Non-deductible expenses

    (1.3 )   (2.1 )   (2.1 )

Change in valuation allowance

    (35.2 )   (38.1 )   (39.9 )

Other

    (0.4 )   (0.1 )   (0.3 )
               

Effective tax rate

    0.0 %   0.0 %   0.0 %
               

          The significant components of the Company's deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31 are as follows:

 
  2012   2013  

Deferred tax assets:

             

Accrued expenses and other

  $ 686   $ 1,501  

Rebate reserve

    724     677  

Deferred rent

    165     211  

Stock compensation

    263     797  

Net operating loss carryforwards

    26,386     37,874  

Valuation allowance

    (23,864 )   (34,921 )
           

Total deferred tax assets

  $ 4,360   $ 6,139  
           

Deferred tax liabilities:

             

Prepaid expenses

  $ (187 ) $ (462 )

Capitalized content development costs

    (2,532 )   (3,841 )

Capitalized software development costs

    (961 )   (1,034 )

Property and equipment

    (680 )   (802 )
           

Total deferred tax liabilities

  $ (4,360 ) $ (6,139 )
           

Net deferred tax assets/liabilities

  $   $  
           

          At December 31, 2012 and 2013, the Company had federal net operating loss ("NOL") carryforwards of $63,186 and $86,077, respectively, which expire between 2029 and 2033. At December 31, 2012 and 2013, the Company had individual state net operating loss carryforwards up to $51,245 and $73,124, respectively, which expire between 2021 and 2033. For financial reporting purposes, a full valuation allowance has been established to offset the net deferred tax assets. The total increase in the valuation allowance was $11,057 for the year ended December 31, 2013, as the Company has not generated taxable income since inception and does not have sufficient deferred tax liabilities to recover the deferred tax assets. The utilization of the loss carryforwards to reduce future income taxes will depend on the Company's ability to generate

F-19


Table of Contents


2U, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

6. Income Taxes (Continued)

sufficient taxable income prior to the expiration of the NOL carryforwards. In addition, a certain portion of the above NOLs may be subject to Internal Revenue Code section 382 limitations, which may limit their future use. The Company has experienced a number of transactions which could lead to a limitation of its NOLs under section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. The Company intends to complete a study regarding this limitation in the next twelve months. It is reasonably possible that the results of the study will reduce the reported net operating losses and other deferred tax assets.

          The Company has estimated its annual effective tax rate for the full fiscal years 2012 and 2013 and applied that rate to its income before income taxes in determining its provision for income taxes. The Company also recorded discrete items in each respective period as appropriate. The Company's consolidated effective tax rate for the years ended 2012 and 2013 was 0%.

          The Company permanently reinvests cumulative undistributed earnings of its non-U.S. subsidiary in non-U.S. operations. U.S. federal income taxes have not been provided for in relation to undistributed earnings to the extent that they are permanently reinvested in the Company's non-U.S. operations. It is not practical at this time to determine the income tax liability that would result upon repatriation to the United States. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013, the undistributed earnings of the Company's foreign subsidiary were immaterial.

          The Company applies the provisions of ASC 740-10 to uncertain tax positions. ASC 740-10 clarifies accounting for income taxes by prescribing a minimum probability threshold that a tax position must meet before a financial statement benefit is recognized. If the probability for sustaining a tax position is greater than 50%, then the tax position is warranted and recognition should be at the highest amount which would be expected to be realized upon settlement. The Company did not identify any tax positions that would be required for inclusion in the financial statements. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had not made any changes to its tax positions since December 31, 2012.

          The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to uncertain tax position in income tax expense. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013, the Company had no accrued interest or penalties related to tax contingencies.

          The Company has analyzed its filing positions in all significant federal, state and foreign jurisdictions where it is required to file income tax returns, as well as open tax years in these jurisdictions. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state and local tax examinations by tax authorities for the years prior to 2010, though the NOL carryforwards can be adjusted upon audit. No income tax returns are currently under examination by the taxing authorities.

F-20


Table of Contents


2U, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

7. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock

          The following table summarizes the Company's issuances of redeemable convertible preferred stock:

Issue Date
  Series   Purchase
Price per
Share
  Number of
Shares
  Conversion Price
per Share
 

June 2009

  Series A   $ 1.27     10,033,976   $ 1.27  

February 2010

  Series B   $ 4.46     5,057,901   $ 4.46  

March 2011

  Series C   $ 7.34     4,429,601   $ 7.34  

March 2012

  Series D   $ 7.81     3,339,902   $ 7.81  

January 2013

  Series D   $ 7.81     639,828   $ 7.81  

          Series A, Series B, Series C and Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock are collectively referred to as the "Preferred Stock" and individually as the "Series A," "Series B," "Series C" and "Series D." Each of the purchase prices per share above is referred to as the Original Issue Price, and excludes the cost of issuance. Any costs incurred in connection with the issuance of the various classes of Preferred Stock have been recorded as a reduction of the carrying amount of the Preferred Stock and were accreted through a charge to additional paid-in capital through December 31, 2013.

          On February 7, 2011, the Company issued a convertible promissory note for $750, which was convertible at the option of the Company. In connection with the issuance of Series C preferred stock in 2011, the Company converted the promissory note into 104,776 shares of Series C preferred stock and issued the holder a warrant to purchase 48,896 shares of Series C preferred stock.

F-21


Table of Contents


2U, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

7. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)

Summary of Activity

          The following table presents a summary of activity for the Preferred Stock issued and outstanding for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013:

 
  Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock  
 
  Series A   Series B   Series C   Series D   Total Amount  

Balance, January 1, 2011

  $ 11,966   $ 21,786   $   $   $ 33,752  

Issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock net of issuance
costs

            31,510         31,510  

Conversion of promissory note into redeemable convertible preferred stock

            769         769  

Accretion of issuance costs on redeemable convertible preferred stock

    139     141     35         315  
                       

Balance, December 31, 2011

    12,105     21,927     32,314         66,346  

Issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock net of issuance
costs

                26,021     26,021  

Accretion of issuance costs on redeemable convertible preferred stock

    139     141     45     14     339  
                       

Balance, December 31, 2012

    12,244     22,068     32,359     26,035     92,706  

Issuance of redeemable convertible preferred stock net of issuance
costs

                4,994     4,994  

Accretion of issuance costs on redeemable convertible preferred stock

    140     142     46     19     347  
                       

Balance, December 31, 2013

  $ 12,384   $ 22,210   $ 32,405   $ 31,048   $ 98,047  
                       

Redemption Rights

          The Preferred Stock shares are redeemable at the election of the Preferred Stock holders. On April 3, 2012, the Company amended its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to change the earliest possible Preferred Stock redemption date to any date after June 19, 2016, but within ninety days after the receipt of a written request from at least 75% of the holders of the outstanding shares of the respective series of Preferred Stock. As of December 31, 2013, the redemption values of the Series A, B, C, and D Preferred Stock were $12,732, $22,564, $32,519 and $31,100, respectively.

F-22


Table of Contents


2U, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

7. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)

Conversion Rights

          The Preferred Stock is convertible, at the option of the holder, into shares of common stock at a ratio equal to the Original Issue Price for such series divided by the conversion price for such series. Each series is convertible on a one-for-one basis. The conversion price for each series of Preferred Stock is subject to adjustment in the event of any stock dividend, stock split, combination of shares, reorganization, recapitalization, reclassification or similar event.

          Additionally, each share of Preferred Stock will automatically convert into common stock, at the then-current conversion price for such series, upon the earliest to occur of (i) immediately prior to the closing of a public offering of shares of the Company's common stock resulting in a deemed total market valuation for the Company of $330,000, based on the public offering price, and which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Company of not less than $50,000, or (ii) the date specified by vote or written consent of (a) the holders of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as a class, (b) the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a class, (c) the holders of at least 60% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, voting together as a class, and (d) the holders of at least 60% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, voting together as a class.

Voting Rights

          The holders of the Preferred Stock are entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of common stock into which their shares of Preferred Stock are convertible. Certain transactions and actions require a minimum voting consent of the holders of the shares of the outstanding Preferred Stock, as set forth in the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation.

          The holders of the common stock have the right to one vote per share.

Dividend Rights

          The holders of the Preferred Stock are entitled to receive dividends on a pari passu basis on each outstanding share of preferred stock (subject to adjustment in the event of any stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications or similar events), payable in preference and priority to any declaration or payment of any dividend on the common stock of the Company. As of December 31, 2012 and 2013, the dividends are payable at the rate of (i) $0.101512 per share per year on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock; (ii) $0.356896 per share per year on each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock; (iii) $0.587307 per share per year on each outstanding share of Series C Preferred Stock; and (iv) $0.625168 per share per year on each outstanding share of Series D Preferred Stock. The dividends are payable when and if declared by the board of directors and are noncumulative. No dividends have been declared on the Preferred Stock through December 31, 2013.

          The holders of the common stock are entitled to receive dividends if and when declared by the Company, but not until all dividends on the Preferred Stock have been either paid or declared and the Company has set aside the funds to pay those dividends declared.

F-23


Table of Contents


2U, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

7. Redeemable Convertible Preferred Stock (Continued)

Liquidation Rights

          In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company, whether voluntary or involuntary (each, a "Liquidation Event"), the holders of Series B, Series C, and Series D are entitled to receive in preference to the holders of Series A an amount per share equal to the respective Original lssue Price plus any declared and unpaid dividends.

          If the assets of the Company are insufficient to make payment in full, the assets will be distributed ratably in proportion to the full amounts to which the respective stockholders would otherwise be entitled. Thereafter, the holders of Series A shares are entitled to receive an amount per share equal to the Series A Original lssue Price plus all declared and unpaid dividends.

          After the payment of the full liquidation preferences of the preferred Stock as set forth above, the remaining assets of the Company available for distribution in such Liquidation Event, if any, shall be distributed ratably to the holders of the Common Stock.

8. Common Stock Reserved for Future Issuance

          As of December 31, 2013, the Company was authorized to issue 83,590,830 total shares of capital stock, consisting of 60,000,000 shares of common stock and 23,590,830 shares of preferred stock. At December 31, 2013, the Company had reserved a total of 29,528,374 of its authorized shares of common stock for future issuance as follows:

For conversion of Series A, Series B, Series C and Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock

    23,501,208  

Outstanding stock options

    5,883,885  

Outstanding stock warrants

    83,818  

Possible future issuance under stock option plans

    59,463  
       

Total common shares reserved for future issuance

    29,528,374  
       

9. Warrants

          As described in Note 7, in connection with the issuance and sale of the Series C preferred stock in 2011, the Company converted an outstanding promissory note into shares of Series C preferred stock and issued the holder a warrant to purchase 48,896 shares of the Company's Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock with an exercise price of $7.16 per share. The warrant was valued at $20 on the date of grant. The fair value of the warrant was estimated to be de minimis at December 31, 2011 due to the remote probability of meeting the performance criteria for the warrant to vest. The warrant expired unexercised on January 31, 2012.

F-24


Table of Contents


2U, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

9. Warrants (Continued)

          In connection with the line of credit secured in April 2012, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 12,797 shares of the Company's Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock with an exercise price of $7.81 per share. The warrant was valued at $74 on the date of grant and at $52 and $19 at December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively. The warrant remained outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and will expire in 2022.

          In connection with the line of credit secured in December 2013, the Company issued a warrant to purchase 71,021 shares of the Company's Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock with an exercise price of $7.81 per share. The warrant was valued at $107 on the December 31, 2013 grant date. The warrant remained outstanding as of December 31, 2013 and will expire in 2023.

          The inputs to the fair value model for the warrants are considered Level 3 inputs under ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures . The inputs and valuation techniques used to measure the fair value of the warrants are discussed in Note 2. All changes in the fair value of the warrants are recorded as a component of interest expense. The Company recorded reductions of interest expense of $22 and $33 for the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, respectively, related to the fair value adjustment of the warrants.

10. Stock-Based Compensation

          The Company established the 2008 Stock lncentive Plan (the "Stock lncentive Plan") on October 28, 2008, pursuant to which the Company has authorized 6,980,000 shares of its common stock for issuance to its employees, directors and consultants as of December 31, 2013. The Stock lncentive Plan permits the granting of incentive stock options, restrictive stock and deferred stock to eligible participants.

          As of December 31, 2012, the Company had 817,125 shares allocated to the Stock lncentive Plan, but not yet issued. As of December 31, 2013, the Company had 59,463 shares allocated to the Stock lncentive Plan, but not yet issued. The terms of stock option grants under the Stock lncentive Plan, including the exercise price per share and vesting periods, are determined by the Company's board of directors or the compensation committee thereof. Stock options are granted at exercise prices of not less than the estimated fair market value of the Company's common stock at the date of grant. Stock options are generally subject to service-based vesting conditions and vest at various times from the date of the grant, with most options vesting in tranches, generally over a period of four years. Certain stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2012 are subject to both performance and service-based vesting conditions, and all stock options granted during the year ended December 31, 2013 are subject to service-based vesting conditions. Stock options generally expire ten years from the grant date.

F-25


Table of Contents


2U, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

10. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

          Stock-based compensation expense related to stock options is included in the following line items in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations:

 
  Year Ended December 31,  
 
  2011   2012   2013  

Servicing and support

  $ 91   $ 180   $ 364  

Technology and content development

    10     43     159  

Program marketing and sales

    156     162     178  

General and administrative

    582     1,010     1,725  
               

  $ 839   $ 1,395   $ 2,426  
               

          The Company values stock options using the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model, which requires the input of subjective assumptions, including the risk-free interest rate, expected life of the option, expected stock price volatility and dividend yield. Additionally, the recognition of expense requires estimation of the number of options that will ultimately vest and those that will be forfeited. The Company estimates the expected forfeitures of share-based awards at the grant date and recognizes the compensation cost only for those awards expected to vest.

          The risk-free interest rate assumption is based upon observed interest rates for constant maturity U.S. Treasury securities consistent with the expected term of the Company's employee stock options. The expected life represents the period of time the stock options are expected to be outstanding and is based on the "simplified method." Under the "simplified method," the expected life of an option is presumed to be the mid-point between the vesting date and the end of the contractual term. The Company used the "simplified method" due to the lack of sufficient historical exercise data to provide a reasonable basis upon which to otherwise estimate the expected life of the stock options. Expected volatility is based on historical volatilities for publicly traded stock of comparable companies over the estimated expected life of the stock options. The Company assumed no dividend yield because dividends are not expected to be paid in the near future, which is consistent with the Company's history of not paying dividends.

          The following table summarizes the assumptions used for estimating the fair value of the stock options granted:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
 
  2011   2012   2013    

Risk free interest rate

  1.1% - 2.7%   0.8% - 1.1%   0.9% - 2.0%    

Expected term (years)

  5.71 - 6.49   5.65 - 6.15   5.54 - 6.31    

Expected volatility

  54% - 57%   57% - 61%   55% - 58%    

Dividend yield

  0%   0%   0%    

Weighted average grant date fair value per share

  $1.76   $1.91   $4.58    

F-26


Table of Contents


2U, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

10. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

          The following is a summary of the option activity:

 
  Number
of
Options
  Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price per
Share
  Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term
(in years)
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 

Outstanding balance at December 31, 2011

    3,709,813   $ 1.32              

Granted

    2,259,251     3.58              

Exercised

    (706,048 )   0.88              

Forfeited

    (380,319 )   2.47              

Expired

    (115,870 )   3.08              
                         

Outstanding balance at December 31, 2012

    4,766,827     2.32     7.72   $ 16,363  
                         

Granted

    1,604,500     6.76     9.40        

Exercised

    (290,604 )   1.12     5.76        

Forfeited

    (196,838 )   3.99              

Expired

                     
                         

Outstanding balance at December 31, 2013

    5,883,885     3.53     7.45     36,884  
                         

Exercisable at December 31, 2012

    2,139,808     1.01     6.08     10,134  
                         

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2012

    4,410,256     2.24     7.61     15,466  
                         

Exercisable at December 31, 2013

    3,108,590     1.91     6.20     24,514  
                         

Vested and expected to vest at December 31, 2013

    5,689,741     3.47     7.40     36,018  
                         

          The total compensation cost related to the nonvested awards not yet recognized as of December 31, 2013 was $8,039 and will be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately 3.0 years.

          The aggregate intrinsic value of the employee options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 was $1,647 and $1,802, respectively. No employee options were exercised during the year ended December 31, 2011.

          In February 2014, the Company's stockholders approved the Company's 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the "2014 Plan"). The 2014 Plan provides for the grant of incentive stock options to the Company's employees and its parent and subsidiary corporations' employees, and for the grant of nonstatutory stock options, restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards, stock appreciation rights, performance stock awards and other forms of stock compensation to the Company's employees, including officers, consultants and directors. The 2014 Plan also provides for the grant of performance cash awards to the Company's employees, consultants and directors.

F-27


Table of Contents


2U, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

10. Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

          A total of 2,800,000 shares of the Company's common stock are reserved for issuance pursuant to the 2014 Plan. In addition, the shares to be reserved for issuance under the 2014 Plan will include (a) those shares reserved but unissued under the Stock Incentive Plan, and (b) shares returned to the Stock Incentive Plan as the result of expiration or termination of awards (provided that the maximum number of shares that may be added to the 2014 Plan pursuant to (a) and (b) is 5,943,348 shares). The number of shares of the Company's common stock that may be issued under the 2014 Plan will automatically increase on January 1 of each year, for a period of ten years, from January 1, 2015 continuing through January 1, 2024, by 5% of the total number of shares of the Company's common stock outstanding on December 31 of the preceding calendar year, or a lesser number of shares as may be determined by the Company's board of directors.

11. Net Loss Per Share

          Diluted loss per share is the same as basic loss per share for all periods presented because the effects of potentially dilutive items were anti-dilutive given the Company's net loss. The following securities have been excluded from the calculation of weighted average common shares outstanding because the effect is anti-dilutive:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
 
 
  2011   2012   2013    
 

Redeemable convertible preferred stock:

                         

Series A

    10,033,976     10,033,976     10,033,976        

Series B

    5,057,901     5,057,901     5,057,901        

Series C

    4,429,601     4,429,601     4,429,601        

Series D

        3,339,902     3,979,730        

Warrant to purchase Series C redeemable convertible preferred stock

    48,896                

Warrants to purchase Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock

        12,797     83,818        

Stock options

    3,709,813     4,766,827     5,883,885        

F-28


Table of Contents


2U, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

11. Net Loss Per Share (Continued)

          Basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders is calculated as follows:

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
   
 
 
  2011   2012   2013    
 

Numerator:

                         

Net loss attributable to common stockholders

  $ (25,192 ) $ (23,452 ) $ (28,300 )      
                     

Denominator:

                         

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted          

    6,680,085     7,037,090     7,432,055        
                     

Net loss per share attributable to common stockholders, basic and diluted

  $ (3.77 ) $ (3.33 ) $ (3.81 )      
                     

Pro Forma Net Loss Per Share (unaudited)

          The numerator and denominator used in computing pro forma net loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2013 has been adjusted to assume (i) the conversion of all outstanding shares of redeemable convertible preferred stock to common stock as of the beginning of the period or at the time of issuance, if later, and (ii) the reclassification of the Series D warrant liability to additional paid-in capital as of the beginning of the period.

 
  Year Ended
December 31,
2013
 

Numerator:

       

Net loss

  $ (27,953 )

Accretion of deferred preferred stock offering costs

    (347 )

Changes in the fair value of the warrant to purchase Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock          

    33  
       

Pro forma numerator for basic and diluted loss per share

  $ (28,267 )
       

Denominator:

       

Historical denominator for basic and diluted net loss per share weighted-average shares

    7,432,055  

Plus: conversion of convertible preferred stock to common stock

    23,453,748  
       

Pro forma denominator for basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

    30,885,803  
       

Pro forma basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders

  $ (0.92 )
       

F-29


Table of Contents


2U, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

12. Segment and Geographic Information

          Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise for which discrete financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the chief operating decision maker ("CODM") for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. The Company's CODM reviews the financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. As such, the Company's operations constitute a single operating segment and one reportable segment. The Company offers similar services to substantially all of its clients, which represent graduate programs to major universities in the United States. The Company is also currently developing services to support undergraduate programs. These activities represent less than 10% of the Company's revenues, expenses and identifiable assets and are therefore combined with the Company's other operations for financial reporting purposes.

          Substantially all assets were held and all revenue was generated in the United States during all periods presented. Through December 31, 2013, the Company provided services solely to universities located in the United States; however, two international universities were recently added to a pilot program supporting a consortium of universities offering online undergraduate courses to their students for credit.

13. Retirement Plan

          The Company has established a 401(k) plan for eligible employees to contribute up to 100% of their compensation, limited by the IRS-imposed maximum contribution amount. The Company matches 33% of each employee's contribution up to 6% of the employee's salary deferral. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, the Company made employer contributions of $212, $296 and $446, respectively.

14. Related Party Transactions

          The Company subleases space to an entity related by virtue of common ownership by a major stockholder. The lease requires the subtenant to reimburse the Company for the allocated cost of the space subleased. For the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, the Company recorded $16, $191 and $191, respectively, as rental income from this related entity.

          The Company utilizes the marketing and event planning services of a company that is partially owned by one of the Company's executives. The Company recorded $312, $373 and $845 for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2012 and 2013, respectively, for the expenses incurred related to the services provided by this related party. No amounts were due to the related party or recorded in accounts payable on the consolidated balance sheets as of December 31, 2012 and 2013.

          As of December 31, 2012, the Company recorded a note receivable from one of its executives in the amount of $265. The note bore an interest rate of 2.18% and was due in full at the earliest of the employee's termination, a change in control of the Company, an IPO or October 2019. The note was secured by stock options to purchase an aggregate of 869,000 shares held by the executive. The note receivable was recorded as a related party receivable on the consolidated balance sheets. This note was repaid in full prior to December 31, 2013.

F-30


Table of Contents


2U, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

(dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)

15. Summarized Quarterly Data (unaudited)

 
  Three Months Ended  
 
  March 31, 2012   June 30, 2012   Sept. 30, 2012   Dec. 31, 2012   March 31, 2013   June 30, 2013   Sept. 30, 2013   Dec. 31, 2013  
 
  (in thousands)
 

Revenue

  $ 13,106   $ 13,369   $ 12,984   $ 16,420   $ 19,134   $ 18,691   $ 20,499   $ 24,803  

Costs and expenses:

                                                 

Servicing and support

    3,119     3,779     3,618     4,410     5,018     5,656     5,842     6,202  

Technology and content development

    1,834     1,812     2,079     2,574     3,235     4,596     5,113     6,528  

Program marketing and sales

    10,298     11,370     12,823     10,899     11,770     13,695     15,412     13,226  

General and administrative

    2,359     2,318     2,205     3,460     2,871     3,654     4,269     4,046  
                                   

Total costs and expenses

    17,610     19,279     20,725     21,343     22,894     27,601     30,636     30,002  
                                   

Loss from operations

    (4,504 )   (5,910 )   (7,741 )   (4,923 )   (3,760 )   (8,910 )   (10,137 )   (5,199 )

Other income (expense):

                                                 

Interest expense

    (1 )   (19 )   (35 )   (18 )   8     5     (1 )   15  

Interest income

    3     13     11     11     6     10     5     5  
                                   

Total other income (expense)

    2     (6 )   (24 )   (7 )   14     15     4     20  
                                   

Net loss

  $ (4,502 ) $ (5,916 ) $ (7,765 ) $ (4,930 ) $ (3,746 ) $ (8,895 ) $ (10,133 ) $ (5,179 )
                                   

16. Subsequent Events

          The Company has evaluated subsequent events that occurred after December 31, 2013 through February 21, 2014, the date on which the financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2013 were issued.

          On January 21, 2014, the Company borrowed $5,000 under its $37,000 revolving line of credit. On February 18, 2014, the Company repaid this borrowing in full.

          On February 3, 2014, the Compensation Committee of the Company's Board of Directors recommended to the Board the key terms of, and method for determining, equity grants to be made to participants under the 2014 Plan. The number of shares to be granted, fair market value and exercise price were not finalized pending Board of Directors approval of the completed 409A valuation as of January 31, 2014. That valuation was received in February 2014 and, based on the common share value indicated therein, the Company now anticipates that options and restricted stock units for approximately 2.0 million shares will be issued upon approval of the individual grants by the Board of Directors.

F-31


GRAPHIC


Table of Contents

                    shares

2U, Inc.

Common Stock



GRAPHIC



Goldman, Sachs & Co.
Credit Suisse
Needham & Company
Oppenheimer & Co.
Pacific Crest Securities

Through and including                           , 2014 (the 25th day after the date of this prospectus), all dealers effecting transactions in these securities, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to a dealer's obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as an underwriter and with respect to an unsold allotment or subscription.

   


Table of Contents


PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

          The following table sets forth all costs and expenses, other than underwriting discounts and commissions, payable by us in connection with the sale of the common stock being registered. All amounts shown are estimates except for the SEC registration fee and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, or FINRA, filing fee.

 
  Amount to
be Paid
 

SEC registration fee

  $ 12,880  

FINRA filing fee

    15,500  

NASDAQ initial listing fee

    150,000  

Blue sky fees and expenses

      *

Printing and engraving

      *

Legal fees and expenses

      *

Accounting fees and expenses

      *

Transfer agent and registrar fees

      *

Miscellaneous fees and expenses

      *
       

Total

  $               *
       

*
To be filed by amendment.

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

          We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Section 102 of the Delaware General Corporation Law permits a corporation to eliminate the personal liability of directors of a corporation to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for a breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except where the director breached his duty of loyalty, failed to act in good faith, engaged in intentional misconduct or knowingly violated a law, authorized the payment of a dividend or approved a stock repurchase in violation of Delaware corporate law or obtained an improper personal benefit.

          Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law provides that a corporation has the power to indemnify a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation and certain other persons serving at the request of the corporation in related capacities against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlements actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with an action, suit or proceeding to which he is or is threatened to be made a party by reason of such position, if such person acted in good faith and in a manner he reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation, and, in any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful, except that, in the case of actions brought by or in the right of the corporation, no indemnification shall be made with respect to any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or other adjudicating court determines that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all of the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

          As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that: (i) we are required to indemnify our directors to the fullest

II-1


Table of Contents

extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law; (ii) we may, in our discretion, indemnify our officers, employees and agents as set forth in the Delaware General Corporation Law; (iii) we are required, upon satisfaction of certain conditions, to advance all expenses incurred by our directors in connection with certain legal proceedings; (iv) the rights conferred in the bylaws are not exclusive; and (v) we are authorized to enter into indemnification agreements with our directors, officers, employees and agents.

          We have entered into agreements with our directors that require us to indemnify them against expenses, judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts that any such person becomes legally obligated to pay (including with respect to a derivative action) in connection with any proceeding, whether actual or threatened, to which such person may be made a party by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of us or any of our affiliates, provided such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in, or not opposed to, our best interests. The indemnification agreements also set forth certain procedures that will apply in the event of a claim for indemnification thereunder. At present, no litigation or proceeding is pending that involves any of our directors or officers regarding which indemnification is sought, nor are we aware of any threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification.

          We maintain a directors' and officers' liability insurance policy. The policy insures directors and officers against unindemnified losses arising from certain wrongful acts in their capacities as directors and officers and reimburses us for those losses for which we have lawfully indemnified the directors and officers. The policy contains various exclusions.

          In addition, the underwriting agreement filed as Exhibit 1.1 to this Registration Statement provides for indemnification by the underwriters of us and our officers and directors for certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act, or otherwise. Our investor rights agreement with certain investors also provides for cross-indemnification in connection with the registration of the our common stock on behalf of such investors.

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

          The following list sets forth information regarding all unregistered securities sold by us since January 1, 2011 through the date of the prospectus that is a part of this registration statement (the "Prospectus").

    1)
    From January 1, 2011 through the date of the Prospectus, we have granted options under our 2008 stock incentive plan to purchase an aggregate of 5,402,751 shares of our common stock to employees, consultants and directors, having exercise prices ranging from $1.82 to $9.50 per share. Of these, options to purchase an aggregate of 1,022,831 shares have been cancelled without being exercised. During the period from January 1, 2011 through the date of the Prospectus, an aggregate of 1,019,999 shares were issued upon the exercise of stock options, at exercise prices between $0.60 and $3.14 per share, for aggregate proceeds of $994,294.

    2)
    In March 2011, we issued an aggregate of 4,429,601 shares of our Series C Preferred Stock to 13 accredited investors at a per share price of $7.34, for aggregate consideration of approximately $32.5 million.

    3)
    In March and April 2012, we issued an aggregate of 3,339,902 shares of our Series D Preferred Stock to 16 accredited investors at a per share price of $7.81, for aggregate consideration of approximately $26.1 million.

    4)
    In April 2012, in connection with a loan facility, we issued a warrant to purchase an aggregate of 12,797 shares of our Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $7.81 per share to one accredited investor.

II-2


Table of Contents

    5)
    In January 2013, we issued an aggregate of 639,828 shares of our Series D Preferred Stock to one accredited investor at a per share price of $7.81, for aggregate consideration of approximately $5.0 million.

    6)
    In December 2013, in connection with a loan facility, we issued a warrant to purchase an aggregate of 71,021 shares of our Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $7.81 per share to one accredited investor.

          The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in paragraph (1) were exempt from registration under Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act in that the transactions were under compensatory benefit plans and contracts relating to compensation as provided under Rule 701. The recipients of such securities were our employees, directors or consultants and received the securities under our 2008 stock incentive plan. Appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions.

          The offers, sales and issuances of the securities described in paragraphs (2) through (6) were exempt from registration under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act. The recipients represented to us that they acquired the securities for investment only and not with a view to or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof and appropriate legends were affixed to the securities issued in these transactions. The recipients represented to us that they were accredited investors as defined in Rule 501 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Item 16.    Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

    (a)
    Exhibits

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Document
  1.1 Form of Underwriting Agreement.

 

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended to date and as currently in effect.

 

3.2


Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon completion of this offering.

 

3.3

 

Bylaws, as amended to date and as currently in effect.

 

3.4


Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws to be effective upon completion of this offering.

 

4.1

 

Reference is made to exhibits 3.1 through 3.4.

 

4.2


Specimen stock certificate evidencing shares of Common Stock.

 

5.1


Opinion of Cooley LLP as to legality.

 

10.1

*

Services Agreement, by and between the Registrant and University of Southern California, on behalf of the USC Rossier School of Education, dated as of October 29, 2008, as amended to date.

 

10.2

*

Master Services Agreement, by and between the Registrant and University of Southern California, on behalf of School of Social Work, dated as of April 12, 2010, as amended to date.

 

10.3

 

Lease Agreement, by and between the Registrant and MPLX-Landover Co LLC, dated as of June 20, 2008, as amended to date.

II-3


Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Document
  10.4 * Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement, by and among the Registrant, Comerica Bank as Administrative Agent and as a Lender, Issuing Lender and Swing Line Lender and Square 1 Bank as a Lender, dated as of December 31, 2013.

 

10.5

 

Warrant to purchase shares of Series D Preferred Stock issued to Comerica Bank, dated April 5, 2012.

 

10.6

 

Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of March 27, 2012, by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders.

 

10.7

+

Fourth Amended and Restated 2008 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended to date.

 

10.8

+

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2008 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

10.9

+

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under 2008 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

10.10

+

2013 Bonus Plan.

 

10.11

+

2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.12

+

Form of Stock Option Agreement under 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.13

+†

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.14

+†

Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.

 

10.15

+

Form of Indemnification Agreement with directors.

 

10.16

+†

Form of Employment Agreement with executive officers to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.

 

10.17

 

Sublease, by and between the Registrant and Noodle Education, Inc., dated as of November 16, 2011.

 

10.18

 

Warrant to purchase shares of Series D Preferred Stock issued to Comerica Bank, dated December 31, 2013.

 

10.19

+

Letter Agreement, by and between the Registrant and Christopher J. Paucek, dated as of October 22, 2013.

 

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

 

23.1

 

Consent of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.

 

23.2


Consent of Cooley LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).

 

24.1

 

Power of Attorney. Reference is made to the signature page hereto.

 

99.1

 

Consent of Director Nominee Sallie L. Krawcheck.

 

99.2

 

Consent of Director Nominee Earl Lewis.

To be filed by amendment.


+
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

*
Portions of this exhibit, indicated by asterisks, have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and have been separately filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

II-4


Table of Contents

    (b)
    Financial Statement Schedules


Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (in thousands)

 
  Balance at
Beginning of
Period
  Additions
Charged To
Expense/
Against
Revenue
  Deductions   Balance at
End of
Period
 

Allowance for doubtful accounts:

                         

Year ended December 31, 2011

  $   $   $   $  

Year ended December 31, 2012

                 

Year ended December 31, 2013

        12         12  

 

 
  Balance at
Beginning of
Period
  Additions
Charged To
Expense/
Against
Revenue
  Deductions   Balance at
End of
Period
 

Income tax valuation allowance:

                         

Year ended December 31, 2011

  $ 6,291   $ 8,781   $   $ 15,072  

Year ended December 31, 2012

    15,072     8,792         23,864  

Year ended December 31, 2013

    23,864     11,057         34,921  

Item 17.    Undertakings.

          The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement, certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

          Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the Registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

          The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

II-5


Table of Contents


SIGNATURES

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of Landover, State of Maryland, on the 21 st day of February, 2014.

    2U, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ CHRISTOPHER J. PAUCEK

Christopher J. Paucek
Chief Executive Officer


POWER OF ATTORNEY

          KNOW ALL BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Christopher J. Paucek, Catherine A. Graham, Todd J. Glassman and Brent B. Siler, and each of them, his or her true and lawful agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact, with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to (i) act on, sign and file with the Securities and Exchange Commission any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this registration statement together with all schedules and exhibits thereto and any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, together with all schedules and exhibits thereto, (ii) act on, sign and file such certificates, instruments, agreements and other documents as may be necessary or appropriate in connection therewith, (iii) act on and file any supplement to any prospectus included in this registration statement or any such amendment or any subsequent registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and (iv) take any and all actions which may be necessary or appropriate to be done, as fully for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby approving, ratifying and confirming all that such agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact or any of his substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

          Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ CHRISTOPHER J. PAUCEK

Christopher J. Paucek
  Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)   February 21, 2014

/s/ CATHERINE A. GRAHAM

Catherine A. Graham

 

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

 

February 21, 2014

/s/ PAUL A. MAEDER

Paul A. Maeder

 

Director and Chairman of the Board

 

February 21, 2014

II-6


Table of Contents

Signature
 
Title
 
Date

 

 

 

 

 
/s/ MARK J. CHERNIS

Mark J. Chernis
  Director   February 21, 2014

/s/ TIMOTHY M. HALEY

Timothy M. Haley

 

Director

 

February 21, 2014

/s/ JOHN M. LARSON

John M. Larson

 

Director

 

February 21, 2014

/s/ MICHAEL T. MOE

Michael T. Moe

 

Director

 

February 21, 2014

/s/ ROBERT M. STAVIS

Robert M. Stavis

 

Director

 

February 21, 2014

II-7


Table of Contents


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Document
  1.1 Form of Underwriting Agreement.

 

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended to date and as currently in effect.

 

3.2


Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon completion of this offering.

 

3.3

 

Bylaws, as amended to date and as currently in effect.

 

3.4


Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws to be effective upon completion of this offering.

 

4.1

 

Reference is made to exhibits 3.1 through 3.4.

 

4.2


Specimen stock certificate evidencing shares of Common Stock.

 

5.1


Opinion of Cooley LLP as to legality.

 

10.1

*

Services Agreement, by and between the Registrant and University of Southern California, on behalf of the USC Rossier School of Education, dated as of October 29, 2008, as amended to date.

 

10.2

*

Master Services Agreement, by and between the Registrant and University of Southern California, on behalf of School of Social Work, dated as of April 12, 2010, as amended to date.

 

10.3

 

Lease Agreement, by and between the Registrant and MPLX-Landover Co LLC, dated as of June 20, 2008, as amended to date.

 

10.4

*

Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement, by and among the Registrant, Comerica Bank as Administrative Agent and as a Lender, Issuing Lender and Swing Line Lender and Square 1 Bank as a Lender, dated as of December 31, 2013.

 

10.5

 

Warrant to purchase shares of Series D Preferred Stock issued to Comerica Bank, dated April 5, 2012.

 

10.6

 

Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of March 27, 2012, by and among the Registrant and certain of its stockholders.

 

10.7

+

Fourth Amended and Restated 2008 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended to date.

 

10.8

+

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement under 2008 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

10.9

+

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under 2008 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

10.10

+

2013 Bonus Plan.

 

10.11

+

2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.12

+

Form of Stock Option Agreement under 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.13

+†

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

10.14

+†

Non-Employee Director Compensation Plan to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.

 

10.15

+

Form of Indemnification Agreement with directors.

 

10.16

+†

Form of Employment Agreement with executive officers to be in effect upon the completion of this offering.

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number
  Description of Document
  10.17   Sublease, by and between the Registrant and Noodle Education, Inc., dated as of November 16, 2011.

 

10.18

 

Warrant to purchase shares of Series D Preferred Stock issued to Comerica Bank, dated December 31, 2013.

 

10.19

+

Letter Agreement, by and between the Registrant and Christopher J. Paucek, dated as of October 22, 2013.

 

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of the Registrant.

 

23.1

 

Consent of KPMG LLP, independent registered public accounting firm.

 

23.2


Consent of Cooley LLP (included in Exhibit 5.1).

 

24.1

 

Power of Attorney. Reference is made to the signature page hereto.

 

99.1

 

Consent of Director Nominee Sallie L. Krawcheck.

 

99.2

 

Consent of Director Nominee Earl Lewis.

To be filed by amendment.

+
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

*
Portions of this exhibit, indicated by asterisks, have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and have been separately filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.



Exhibit 3.1

 

SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED
CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

 

OF

 

2TOR, INC.

 

The undersigned, Christopher Paucek, hereby certifies that:

 

1.                                       The undersigned is the duly elected and acting President of 2tor, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

2.                                       The Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation was originally filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on April 2, 2008, under the name 2Tor Inc., and was last amended and restated by the Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Secretary of the State of Delaware on March 27, 2012 (the “Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate”).

 

3.                                       This Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation amends and restates in its entirety the Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate to read as follows:

 

ARTICLE I

 

The name of this corporation is 2tor, Inc. (the “ Corporation ”).

 

ARTICLE II

 

The address of the Corporation’s registered office in the State of Delaware is 2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, in the City of Wilmington, County of New Castle, Zip Code 19808.  The name of its registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

 

ARTICLE III

 

The purpose of the Corporation is to engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

(A)                                Classes of Stock .  The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock .”  The total number of shares which the Corporation is authorized to issue is 58,218,439 shares, each with a par value of $0.001 per share.  35,344,262 shares shall be Common Stock and 22,874,177 shares shall be Preferred Stock.

 

(B)                                Rights, Preferences and Restrictions of Preferred Stock .  The Preferred Stock authorized by this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “ Restated Certificate ”) may be issued from time to time in one or more series.  (i) 10,033,976 shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series A Preferred Stock ,” (ii) 5,057,901 shares of Preferred

 



 

Stock shall be designated “ Series B Preferred Stock ,” (iii) 4,429,601 shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series C Preferred Stock ” and (iv) 3,352,699 shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series D Preferred Stock .”  The rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock are as set forth below in this Article IV(B).

 

1.                                       Dividend Provisions .

 

(a)                                  Preferred Stock Dividend .   The holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive dividends (the “ Preferred Stock Dividends ”) on a pari passu basis, out of any assets legally available therefor, prior and in preference to any declaration or payment of any dividend (payable other than in Common Stock or other securities and rights convertible into or entitling the holder thereof to receive, directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock of the Corporation) on the Common Stock of the Corporation, at the rate of (i) $0.101512 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) per annum on each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock then held by them; (ii) $0.356896 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) per annum on each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock then held by them; (iii) $0.587307 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) per annum on each outstanding share of Series C Preferred Stock then held by them; and (iv) $0.625168 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) per annum on each outstanding share of Series D Preferred Stock then held by them; payable when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”).  Such dividends shall not be cumulative.

 

(b)                                  Common Stock Dividend .   After payment of the Preferred Stock Dividends, any additional dividends shall be distributed among the holders of Common Stock pro rata based on the number of shares of Common Stock then held by each holder (the “ Common Stock Dividend ”).  Notwithstanding anything in this Article IV(B)(1) to the contrary, each holder of shares of a series of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive the Common Stock Dividend on an as-if converted to Common Stock basis and pari passu with the holders of the Common Stock, in lieu of the applicable Preferred Stock Dividend, if such holder would receive, in the aggregate, a greater amount under the Common Stock Dividend than the applicable Preferred Stock Dividend.

 

2.                                       Liquidation .

 

(a)                                  Series A Preference .   In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, (i) prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of Common Stock, by reason of their ownership thereof, and (ii) subject to the prior payment in full of the Series D Liquidation Preference, the Series C Liquidation Preference and the Series B Liquidation Preference (each as defined below), an amount per share equal to $1.2689 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) for each outstanding share of Series A Preferred Stock then held by them; plus any declared but unpaid dividends (the “ Series A Liquidation Preference ”).

 

2



 

(b)                                  Series B Preference .   In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Series B Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, (i) prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of Common Stock and/or Series A Preferred Stock, by reason of their ownership thereof, and (ii) subject to the prior payment in full of the Series D Liquidation Preference and the Series C Liquidation Preference, an amount per share equal to $4.4612 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) for each outstanding share of Series B Preferred Stock then held by them; plus any declared but unpaid dividends (the “ Series B Liquidation Preference ”).

 

(c)                                   Series C Preference .   In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, (i) prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock and/or Series B Preferred Stock, by reason of their ownership thereof, and (ii) subject to the prior payment in full of the Series D Liquidation Preference, an amount per share equal to $7.341333 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) for each outstanding share of Series C Preferred Stock then held by them; plus any declared but unpaid dividends (the “ Series C Liquidation Preference ”).

 

(d)                                  Series D Preference .   In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, the holders of Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, prior and in preference to any distribution of any of the assets of the Corporation to the holders of Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock and/or Series C Preferred Stock, by reason of their ownership thereof, an amount per share equal to $7.8146 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) for each outstanding share of Series D Preferred Stock then held by them; plus any declared but unpaid dividends (the “ Series D Liquidation Preference ”).

 

(e)                                   If the assets and funds to be distributed upon the occurrence of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, either voluntary or involuntary, shall be insufficient to permit the payment to the holders of the Preferred Stock of the full preferential amounts set forth in this Article IV(B)(2), then the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution shall be distributed in the following order of priority:

 

(i)                                      first, ratably among the holders of Series D Preferred Stock in such a manner that the preferential amount to be distributed to each such holder at that time shall equal the amount obtained by multiplying the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution hereunder by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the full preferential amount to which such holder would then be entitled under subparagraph (d) of this Article IV(B)(2) if the assets and funds available to be distributed sufficed to permit payment thereof, and the denominator of which shall be the full preferential amount to which all such holders would then be entitled under subparagraph (d) of this Article IV(B)(2) if the assets and property available to be distributed sufficed to permit payment thereof; and

 

(ii)                                   second, ratably among the holders of Series C Preferred Stock in such a manner that the preferential amount to be distributed to each such holder at that

 

3



 

time shall equal the amount obtained by multiplying the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution hereunder by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the full preferential amount to which such holder would then be entitled under subparagraph (c) of this Article IV(B)(2) if the assets and funds available to be distributed sufficed to permit payment thereof, and the denominator of which shall be the full preferential amount to which all such holders would then be entitled under subparagraph (c) of this Article IV(B)(2) if the assets and property available to be distributed sufficed to permit payment thereof; and

 

(iii)                                third, ratably among the holders of Series B Preferred Stock in such a manner that the preferential amount to be distributed to each such holder at that time shall equal the amount obtained by multiplying the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution hereunder by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the full preferential amount to which such holder would then be entitled under subparagraph (b) of this Article IV(B)(2) if the assets and funds available to be distributed sufficed to permit payment thereof, and the denominator of which shall be the full preferential amount to which all such holders would then be entitled under subparagraph (b) of this Article IV(B)(2) if the assets and property available to be distributed sufficed to permit payment thereof; and

 

(iv)                               fourth, ratably among the holders of Series A Preferred Stock in such a manner that the preferential amount to be distributed to each such holder at that time shall equal the amount obtained by multiplying the entire assets and funds of the Corporation legally available for distribution hereunder by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the full preferential amount to which such holder would then be entitled under subparagraph (a) of this Article IV(B)(2) if the assets and funds available to be distributed sufficed to permit payment thereof, and the denominator of which shall be the full preferential amount to which all such holders would then be entitled under subparagraph (a) of this Article IV(B)(2) if the assets and property available to be distributed sufficed to permit payment thereof.

 

(f)                                    Remaining Assets .   Upon the completion of the distribution required by Article IV(B)(2)(a)-(d) above, if assets remain in the Corporation, the holders of the Common Stock of the Corporation shall share all of the remaining assets of the Corporation ratably.

 

(g)                                   Deemed Conversion .   Notwithstanding the above, for purposes of determining the amount each holder of shares of Preferred Stock is entitled to receive with respect to a Liquidation Transaction, as defined below, each such holder of shares of a series of Preferred Stock shall be deemed to have converted (regardless of whether such holder actually converted) such holder’s shares of such series into shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the Liquidation Transaction if, as a result of an actual conversion, such holder would receive, in the aggregate, an amount greater than the amount that would be distributed to such holder if such holder did not convert such series of Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock.  If any such holder shall be deemed to have converted shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock pursuant to this paragraph, then such holder shall not be entitled to receive any distribution that would otherwise be made to holders of Preferred Stock that have not converted (or have not been deemed to have converted) into shares of Common Stock.

 

4



 

(h)                                  Certain Transactions .

 

(i)                                      Deemed Liquidation .   For purposes of this Section 2, a liquidation, dissolution, or winding up of the Corporation shall be deemed to occur, unless otherwise waived by written notice from the holders of at least 75% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, if (x) the Corporation shall sell, convey, lease, transfer, exclusively license or otherwise dispose of, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, all or substantially all of its property, technology or business, or (y) the Corporation shall merge with or into or consolidate with any other corporation, limited liability company or other entity (other than a wholly owned subsidiary of the Corporation), including without limitation any such transaction in which the stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to the transaction own no more than 50% of the voting power of the surviving corporation following the transaction, other than (A) a merger effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Corporation, or (B) a transaction in which the stockholders of the Corporation immediately prior to the transaction own more than 50% of the voting power of the surviving corporation following the transaction, or (z) the Corporation or its stockholders shall sell or transfer, in a single transaction or series of related transactions, capital stock or convertible debt securities representing a majority of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding securities of the Corporation (other than the sale of capital stock or convertible debt securities pursuant to an equity financing for capital raising purposes) (any such transaction described in clause (x), (y) or (z), a “Liquidation Transaction”).  In the event of any transaction that is deemed pursuant to this section to be a Liquidation Transaction, all references in this Section 2 to “assets of the Corporation” shall be deemed instead to refer to the aggregate consideration to be paid to the holders of the Corporation’s capital stock in such transaction.  Nothing in this subsection 2(h)(i) shall require the distribution to stockholders of anything other than proceeds of any such transaction.

 

(ii)                                   Valuation of Consideration .   In the event of a deemed liquidation as described in Section 2(h)(i) above, if the consideration received by the Corporation is other than cash, its value will be deemed its fair market value.  Any securities shall be valued as follows:

 

(A)                                Securities not subject to investment letter or other similar restrictions on free marketability:

 

(1)                                  If traded on a securities exchange, the value shall be based on a formula approved by the Board of Directors and derived from the closing prices of the securities on such exchange over a specified time period;

 

(2)                                  If actively traded over-the-counter, the value shall be based on a formula approved by the Board of Directors and derived from the closing bid or sales prices (whichever is applicable) of such securities over a specified time period; and

 

(3)                                  If there is no active public market, the value shall be the fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

5



 

(B)                                The method of valuation of securities subject to investment letter or other restrictions on free marketability (other than restrictions arising solely by virtue of a stockholder’s status as an affiliate or former affiliate) shall be to make an appropriate discount from the market value determined as specified above in Section 2(h)(ii)(A) to reflect the approximate fair market value thereof, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

(i)                                      Notice of Liquidation Transaction .   The Corporation shall give each holder of record of Preferred Stock written notice of any impending Liquidation Transaction not later than 10 days prior to the stockholders’ meeting called to approve such Liquidation Transaction, or 10 days prior to the closing of such Liquidation Transaction, whichever is earlier, and shall also notify such holders in writing of the final approval of such Liquidation Transaction.  The first of such notices shall describe the material terms and conditions of the impending Liquidation Transaction and the provisions of this Section 2, and the Corporation shall thereafter give such holders prompt notice of any material changes.  Unless such notice requirements are waived, the Liquidation Transaction shall not take place sooner than 10 days after the Corporation has given the first notice provided for herein or sooner than 10 days after the Corporation has given notice of any material changes provided for herein.  Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Restated Certificate, all notice periods or requirements in this Restated Certificate may be shortened or waived, either before or after the action for which notice is required, upon the written consent of the holders of at least 75% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock that are entitled to such notice rights.

 

(j)                                     Effect of Noncompliance .   In the event the requirements of Section 2(i) are not complied with, the Corporation shall forthwith either cause the closing of the Liquidation Transaction to be postponed until the requirements of this Section 2 have been complied with, or cancel such Liquidation Transaction, in which event the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of the holders of Preferred Stock shall revert to and be the same as such rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions existing immediately prior to the date of the first notice referred to in Section 2(i).

 

(k)                                  Allocation of Escrow .  In the event of a Liquidation Transaction pursuant to Article IV(B)(2)(h)(i), if any portion of the consideration payable to the stockholders of the Corporation is placed into escrow and/or is payable to the stockholders of the Corporation subject to contingencies, the applicable definitive agreement shall provide that (a) the portion of such consideration that is not placed in escrow and not subject to any contingencies (the “ Initial Consideration ”) shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Article IV(B)(2)(a)-(g) as if the Initial Consideration were the only consideration payable in connection with such Liquidation Transaction and (b) any additional consideration which becomes payable to the stockholders of the Corporation upon release from escrow or satisfaction of contingencies shall be allocated among the holders of capital stock of the Corporation in accordance with Article IV(B)(2)(a)-(g) after taking into account the previous payment of the Initial Consideration as part of the same transaction.

 

6



 

3.                                       Redemption .

 

(a)                                  At any time after June 19, 2016, but within ninety (90) days after the receipt by the Corporation of a written request (the “ Redemption Election ”) from holders of at least 75% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock (the “ Requisite Holders ”) that all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock be redeemed, the Corporation shall, from any source of funds legally available therefor, redeem in three (3) equal annual installments (each payment date being referred to herein as a “ Redemption Date ”) all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock by paying in cash therefor (i) $1.2689 per share (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like) for each share of Series A Preferred Stock plus all declared but unpaid dividends on such share (the “ Series A Redemption Price ”), (ii) $4.4612 per share (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like) for each share of Series B Preferred Stock plus all declared but unpaid dividends on such share (the “ Series B Redemption Price ”), (iii) $7.341333 per share (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like) for each share of Series C Preferred Stock plus all declared but unpaid dividends on such share (the “ Series C Redemption Price ”) and (iv) $7.8146 per share (as adjusted for any stock splits, stock dividends, combinations, subdivisions, recapitalizations or the like) for each share of Series D Preferred Stock plus all declared but unpaid dividends on such share (the “ Series D Redemption Price ” and together with the Series A Redemption Price, the Series B Redemption Price and the Series C Redemption Price, the “ Redemption Price ”).  The number of shares of each series of Preferred Stock that the Corporation shall be required to redeem from each holder of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock on any one Redemption Date shall be equal to the amount determined by dividing (i) the aggregate number of shares of such series of Preferred Stock held by such holder immediately prior to such Redemption Date by (ii) the number of remaining Redemption Dates (including the Redemption Date to which such calculation applies).

 

(b)                                  At least twenty (20) but no more than forty (40) days prior to the initial Redemption Date in regards to any Redemption Election, written notice shall be mailed, first class postage prepaid, to each holder of record (at the close of business on the business day next preceding the day on which notice is given) of Preferred Stock (the “ Redeeming Holders ”), at the address last shown on the records of the Corporation for such holder, notifying such holder of the redemption to be effected on the applicable Redemption Date, specifying that a Redemption Election has been delivered to the Corporation, the applicable Redemption Price and the place at which payment may be obtained and informing such holder of the manner and the place designated for such redemption to be effected (the “ Initial Redemption Notice ”).  At least ten (10) but no more than twenty (20) days prior to each of the two subsequent Redemption Dates, written notice shall be mailed, first class postage prepaid, to each Redeeming Holder, at the address last shown on the records of the Corporation for such holder, notifying such holder of the redemption to be effected on the applicable Redemption Date, specifying the applicable Redemption Price and the place at which payment may be obtained and informing such holder of the manner and the place designated for such redemption to be effected (each a “ Subsequent Redemption Notice ”).  Except as provided in subparagraph (3)(c), on or after each Redemption Date, the Redeeming Holders on such Redemption Date shall surrender to the Corporation the certificate or certificates representing such shares to be redeemed, in the manner and at the place designated in the Redemption Notice, and thereupon the applicable Redemption Price of such shares shall be payable to the order of the person whose name appears on such certificate or certificates as the owner thereof and each surrendered certificate shall be cancelled.  In the event

 

7



 

less than all the shares represented by any such certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares.

 

(c)                                   From and after each Redemption Date, unless there shall have been a default in payment of the Redemption Price, all rights of the Redeeming Holders with respect to the shares of Preferred Stock held by such Redeeming Holders to be redeemed on such Redemption Date in the Redemption Notice for such Redeeming Holders (except the right to receive the applicable Redemption Price upon surrender of their certificate or certificates) shall cease with respect to such shares, and such shares shall not thereafter be transferred on the books of the Corporation or be deemed to be outstanding for any purpose whatsoever.  If the funds of the Corporation legally available for redemption of such shares of Preferred Stock on any Redemption Date are insufficient to redeem the total number of shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed on such date, those funds that are legally available will be used to redeem the maximum possible number of such shares ratably among the holders of such shares.  If shares of more than one Redeeming Holder are to be redeemed on any Redemption Date, those funds which are legally available will be used to redeem the maximum possible number of shares, allocated ratably among the holders of such shares to be redeemed based upon the total Redemption Price applicable to the shares of Preferred Stock to be redeemed by each Redeeming Holder.  The shares of Preferred Stock not redeemed shall remain outstanding and entitled to all the rights and preferences provided herein.  At any time thereafter when additional funds of the Corporation are legally available for the redemption of shares of Preferred Stock, such funds will immediately be used to redeem the balance of the shares that the Corporation has become obliged to redeem (including the interest thereon that is then due and payable) on any Redemption Date but that it has not redeemed.

 

(d)                                  Except as provided for in this Section 3, the Preferred Stock is not mandatorily redeemable.

 

4.                                       Conversion .   The holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to conversion rights as follows (the “ Conversion Rights ”):

 

(a)                                  Right to Convert .   Subject to Section 4(c), each share of Preferred Stock shall be convertible, at the option of the holder thereof, at any time after the date of issuance of such share, at the office of the Corporation or any transfer agent for such stock, into such number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of Common Stock as is determined as follows:  (A) in the case of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, by dividing $1.2689 by the Series A Conversion Price in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion; (B) in the case of shares of Series B Preferred Stock, by dividing $4.4612 by the Series B Conversion Price in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion; (C) in the case of shares of Series C Preferred stock, by dividing $7.341333 by the Series C Conversion Price in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion; and (D) in the case of shares of Series D Preferred Stock, by dividing $7.8146 by the Series D Conversion Price in effect on the date the certificate is surrendered for conversion (each of the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price and Series D Conversion Price, a “ Conversion Price ”).  The initial Series A Conversion Price shall be $1.2689; the initial Series B Conversion Price shall be $4.4612; the initial Series C Conversion Price shall be $7.341333 and the initial

 

8


 

Series D Conversion Price shall be $7.8146.  Such initial Conversion Prices shall be subject to adjustment as set forth in Section 4(d) below.

 

(b)                                  Automatic Conversion .   Each share of Preferred Stock shall automatically be converted into shares of Common Stock at the Conversion Price then in effect for such share immediately upon the earlier of (i) the Corporation’s sale of its Common Stock in a firm commitment underwritten public offering pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), with a deemed total market valuation for the Corporation, as calculated immediately prior to the issuance of the shares in such offering based on the gross “initial price” to the public (excluding any underwriter discounts or commissions) and the Company’s then current capitalization (assuming full conversion, exchange or exercise of all Common Stock Equivalents as defined herein and including the Company’s reserved but unissued option pool), of $330,000,000 and which results in aggregate cash proceeds to the Corporation of not less than $50,000,000 or (ii) the date specified by vote or written consent of (A) the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as a class, (B) the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a class, (C) the holders of at least 60% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, voting together as a class and (D) the holders of at least 60% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, voting together as a class.

 

(c)                                   Mechanics of Conversion .  Before any holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to convert such Preferred Stock into shares of Common Stock, the holder shall surrender the certificate or certificates therefor, duly endorsed, at the office of the Corporation or of any transfer agent for such series of Preferred Stock, and shall give written notice to the Corporation at its principal corporate office, of the election to convert the same and shall state therein the name or names in which the certificate or certificates for shares of Common Stock are to be issued.  The Corporation shall, as soon as practicable thereafter, issue and deliver at such office to such holder of Preferred Stock, or to the nominee or nominees of such holder, a certificate or certificates for the number of shares of Common Stock to which such holder shall be entitled as aforesaid.  Such conversion shall be deemed to have been made immediately prior to the close of business on the date of such surrender of the shares of such series of Preferred Stock to be converted, and the person or persons entitled to receive the shares of Common Stock issuable upon such conversion shall be treated for all purposes as the record holder or holders of such shares of Common Stock as of such date.  If the conversion is in connection with a firm commitment underwritten public offering of securities, the conversion may, at the option of any holder tendering such Preferred Stock for conversion, be conditioned upon the closing of the sale of securities pursuant to such offering, in which event any persons entitled to receive Common Stock upon conversion of such Preferred Stock shall not be deemed to have converted such Preferred Stock until immediately prior to the closing of such sale of securities.

 

9



 

(d)                                  Conversion Price Adjustments of Preferred Stock for Certain Dilutive Issuances, Splits and Combinations .   The Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price and Series D Conversion Price shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as follows:

 

(i)                                      Issuance of Additional Stock below Purchase Price If the Corporation should issue, at any time after the date upon which any shares of Series D Preferred Stock were first issued (the “ Purchase Date ”), any Additional Stock (as defined below) without consideration or for a consideration per share less than the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series D Conversion Price, in each case as last adjusted and in effect immediately prior to the issuance of such Additional Stock (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like), then in each case the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price and/or Series D Conversion Price (as applicable) in effect immediately prior to each such issuance shall automatically be adjusted as set forth in this Section 4(d)(i), unless otherwise provided in this Section 4(d)(i).

 

(A)                                Adjustment Formula .   Whenever a Conversion Price applicable to a series of Preferred Stock is adjusted pursuant to this Section 4(d)(i), the new Conversion Price shall be determined by multiplying such Conversion Price then in effect by a fraction, (x) the numerator of which shall be the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to such issuance (the “ Outstanding Common ”) plus the number of shares of Common Stock that the aggregate consideration received by the Corporation for such issuance would purchase at such Conversion Price then in effect and (y) the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of Outstanding Common plus the number of shares of such Additional Stock.  For purposes of the foregoing calculation, the term “Outstanding Common” shall include shares of Common Stock deemed issued pursuant to Section 4(d)(i)(E) below.

 

(B)                                Definition of “Additional Stock” .   For purposes of this Section 4(d)(i), “ Additional Stock ” shall mean any shares of Common Stock issued (or deemed to have been issued pursuant to Section 4(d)(i)(E)) by the Corporation after the Purchase Date, other than the following securities (the “ Exempt Securities ”):

 

(1)                                  securities issued pursuant to stock splits, stock dividends or similar transactions, as described in Section 4(d)(ii) hereof;

 

(2)                                  securities issuable upon conversion, exchange or exercise of convertible, exchangeable or exercisable securities outstanding as of the Purchase Date including, without limitation, warrants, notes, and options;

 

(3)                                  Common Stock (or options therefor) issued or issuable to employees, consultants, officers or directors of the Corporation pursuant to stock option plans or restricted stock plans or agreements approved by the Board of Directors; provided, however, that any such stock option plan or restricted stock plans or agreements adopted or amended on or after the Purchase Date shall require the affirmative consent of the director nominated to the Board of Directors by Bessemer Venture Partners VII L.P., Bessemer Venture Partners VII Institutional L.P. and BVP VII Special Opportunity Fund L.P., or their

 

10



 

successors or assigns (the “ BVP Director ”), the director nominated to the Board of Directors by Redpoint Ventures III, L.P., or its successors or assigns (the “ Redpoint Director ”), and the director nominated to the Board of Directors by Highland Capital Partners VII Limited Partnership, Highland Capital Partners VII-B Limited Partnership, Highland Capital Partners VII-C Limited Partnership and Highland Entrepreneurs’ Fund VII Limited Partnership, or their successors or assigns (the “ Highland Director ”) then in office, if any;

 

(4)                                  securities issued or issuable in connection with the acquisition by the Corporation of another company or business (including, without limitation, the acquisition by the Corporation of substantially all intellectual property of such company or business) approved by the Board of Directors, including the affirmative consent of the BVP Director, the Redpoint Director and the Highland Director then in office, if any;

 

(5)                                  securities issued or issuable to financial institutions, equipment lessors, brokers or similar persons in connection with commercial credit arrangements, equipment financings, commercial property lease transactions, or similar transactions approved by the Board of Directors, including the affirmative consent of the BVP Director, the Redpoint Director and the Highland Director then in office, if any;

 

(6)                                  securities issued or issuable to an entity as a component of any business relationship with such entity primarily for the purpose of (A) joint venture, technology licensing or development activities, (B) distribution, supply or manufacture of the Corporation’s products or services or (C) any other arrangements involving corporate partners that are primarily for purposes other than raising capital, the terms of which business relationship with such entity are approved by the Board of Directors, including the affirmative consent of the BVP Director, the Redpoint Director and the Highland Director then in office, if any;

 

(7)                                  Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock; and

 

(8)                                  securities issued or issuable in any other transaction in which exemption from these price-based antidilution provisions is approved by the affirmative vote of holders of at least 75% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock voting together as a class, including the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, holders of at least 60% of the voting power of the Series C Preferred Stock and holders of at least 60% of the voting power of the Series D Preferred Stock.

 

(C)                                No Fractional Adjustments .   No adjustment of the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series D Conversion Price shall be made in an amount less than one cent per share, provided that any adjustments which are not required to be made by reason of this sentence shall be carried forward and shall be either taken into account in any subsequent adjustment made prior to three years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward, or shall be made at the end of three years from the date of the event giving rise to the adjustment being carried forward.

 

11



 

(D)                                Determination of Consideration .   In the case of the issuance of Common Stock for cash, the consideration shall be deemed to be the amount of cash paid therefor before deducting any reasonable discounts, commissions or other expenses allowed, paid or incurred by the Corporation for any underwriting or otherwise in connection with the issuance and sale thereof.  In the case of the issuance of the Common Stock for a consideration in whole or in part other than cash, the consideration other than cash shall be deemed to be the fair value thereof as determined by the Board of Directors irrespective of any accounting treatment.

 

(E)                                 Deemed Issuances of Common Stock .   In the case of the issuance of securities or rights convertible into, or entitling the holder thereof to receive directly or indirectly, additional shares of Common Stock (the “ Common Stock Equivalents ”), the following provisions shall apply for all purposes of this Section 4(d)(i):

 

(1)                                  The aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion, exchange or exercise (assuming the satisfaction of any conditions to convertibility, exchangeability or exercisability, including, without limitation, the passage of time, but without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) of any Common Stock Equivalents and subsequent conversion, exchange or exercise thereof shall be deemed to have been issued at the time such securities were issued or such Common Stock Equivalents were issued and for a consideration equal to the consideration, if any, received by the Corporation for any such securities and related Common Stock Equivalents (excluding any cash received on account of accrued interest or accrued dividends), plus the minimum additional consideration, if any, to be received by the Corporation (without taking into account potential antidilution adjustments) upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of any Common Stock Equivalents (the consideration in each case to be determined in the manner provided in Section 4(d)(i)(D)).

 

(2)                                  In the event of any change in the number of shares of Common Stock deliverable or in the consideration payable to the Corporation upon conversion, exchange or exercise of any Common Stock Equivalents, other than a change resulting from the antidilution provisions thereof, the Conversion Price of any series of Preferred Stock, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such Common Stock Equivalents, shall be recomputed to reflect such change, but no further adjustment shall be made for the actual issuance of Common Stock or any payment of such consideration upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of such Common Stock Equivalents.

 

(3)                                  Upon the termination or expiration of the convertibility, exchangeability or exercisability of any Common Stock Equivalents, the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series D Conversion Price, to the extent in any way affected by or computed using such Common Stock Equivalents, shall be recomputed to reflect the issuance of only the number of shares of Common Stock (and Common Stock Equivalents that remain convertible, exchangeable or exercisable) actually issued upon the conversion, exchange or exercise of such Common Stock Equivalents.

 

(4)                                  The number of shares of Common Stock deemed issued and the consideration deemed paid therefor pursuant to Section 4(d)(i)(D) shall be

 

12



 

appropriately adjusted to reflect any change, termination or expiration of the type described in either Section 4(d)(i)(E)(2) or (3).

 

(F)                                  No Increased Conversion Price .   Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section 4(d)(i), except to the limited extent provided for in Sections 4(d)(i)(E)(2) and (3), no adjustment of the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price or Series C Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4(d)(i) shall have the effect of increasing such Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, Series C Conversion Price or Series D Conversion Price above such conversion price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment.

 

(ii)                                   Stock Splits and Dividends .   In the event the Corporation should at any time after the filing date of this Restated Certificate fix a record date for the effectuation of a split or subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or the determination of holders of Common Stock entitled to receive a dividend or other distribution payable in additional shares of Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents without payment of any consideration by such holder for the additional shares of Common Stock or the Common Stock Equivalents (including the additional shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion or exercise thereof), then, as of such record date (or the date of such dividend distribution, split or subdivision if no record date is fixed), the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price and the Series D Conversion Price shall be appropriately decreased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be increased in proportion to such increase of the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock outstanding and those issuable with respect to such Common Stock Equivalents with the number of shares issuable with respect to Common Stock Equivalents determined from time to time in the manner provided for deemed issuances in Section 4(d)(i)(E).

 

(iii)                                Reverse Stock Splits .   If the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at any time after the filing date of this Restated Certificate is decreased by a combination of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, then, following the record date of such combination, the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price and the Series D Conversion Price shall be appropriately increased so that the number of shares of Common Stock issuable on conversion of each share of such series shall be decreased in proportion to such decrease in outstanding shares.

 

(e)                                   Other Distributions .   In the event the Corporation shall declare a distribution payable in securities of other persons, evidences of indebtedness issued by the Corporation or other persons, assets (excluding cash dividends) or options or rights not referred to in Section 4(d)(i) or in Section 4(d)(ii), then, in each such case for the purpose of this Section 4(e), the holders of each series of Preferred Stock that is convertible into Common Stock shall be entitled to a proportionate share of any such distribution as though they were the holders of the number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation into which their shares of Preferred Stock are convertible as of the record date fixed for the determination of the holders of Common Stock of the Corporation entitled to receive such distribution.

 

(f)                                    Recapitalizations .   If at any time or from time to time there shall be a recapitalization of the Common Stock (other than a subdivision, combination or merger or

 

13



 

sale of assets transaction provided for elsewhere in Section 2 or this Section 4), provision shall be made so that the holders of each series of Preferred Stock that is convertible into Common Stock shall thereafter be entitled to receive upon conversion of such Preferred Stock the number of shares of stock or other securities or property of the Corporation or otherwise, to which a holder of Common Stock deliverable upon conversion would have been entitled on such recapitalization.  In any such case, appropriate adjustment shall be made in the application of the provisions of this Section 4 with respect to the rights of the holders of such Preferred Stock after the recapitalization to the end that the provisions of this Section 4 (including adjustment of the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price and the Series D Conversion Price then in effect and the number of shares issuable upon conversion of such Preferred Stock) shall be applicable after that event and be as nearly equivalent as practicable.

 

(g)                                   No Fractional Shares and Certificate as to Adjustments .

 

(i)                                      No fractional shares shall be issued upon the conversion of any share or shares of Preferred Stock, and the number of shares of Common Stock to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole share.  The number of shares issuable upon such conversion shall be determined on the basis of the total number of shares of Preferred Stock the holder is at the time converting into Common Stock and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon such aggregate conversion.  If the conversion would result in any fractional share, the Corporation shall, in lieu of issuing any such fractional share, pay the holder thereof an amount in cash equal to the fair market value of such fractional share on the date of conversion, as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.

 

(ii)                                   Upon the occurrence of each adjustment or readjustment of the Series A Conversion Price, Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price or the Series D Conversion Price pursuant to this Section 4, the Corporation, at its expense, shall promptly compute such adjustment or readjustment in accordance with the terms hereof and prepare and furnish to each holder of such Preferred Stock a certificate setting forth such adjustment or readjustment and showing in detail the facts upon which such adjustment or readjustment is based.  The Corporation shall, upon the written request at any time of any holder of such Preferred Stock, furnish or cause to be furnished to such holder a like certificate setting forth (A) such adjustment and readjustment, (B) the Series A Conversion Price, the Series B Conversion Price, the Series C Conversion Price or the Series D Conversion Price, as applicable, at the time in effect, and (C) the number of shares of Common Stock and the amount, if any, of other property which at the time would be received upon the conversion of a share of such series of Preferred Stock.

 

(h)                                  Notices of Record Date .   In the event of any taking by the Corporation of a record of the holders of any class of securities for the purpose of determining the holders thereof who are entitled to receive any dividend (other than a cash dividend) or other distribution, any right to subscribe for, purchase or otherwise acquire any shares of stock of any class or any other securities or property, or to receive any other right, the Corporation shall mail to each holder of Preferred Stock, at least 10 days prior to the date specified therein, a notice specifying the date on which any such record is to be taken for the purpose of such dividend, distribution or right, and the amount and character of such dividend, distribution or right.

 

14



 

(i)                                      Reservation of Stock Issuable Upon Conversion .   The Corporation shall at all times reserve and keep available out of its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock, solely for the purpose of effecting the conversion of the shares of each series of Preferred Stock that is convertible into Common Stock, such number of its shares of Common Stock as shall from time to time be sufficient to effect the conversion of all outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock; and if at any time the number of authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock shall not be sufficient to effect the conversion of all then outstanding shares of such series of Preferred Stock, in addition to such other remedies as shall be available to the holder of such Preferred Stock, the Corporation will take such corporate action as may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary to increase its authorized but unissued shares of Common Stock to such number of shares as shall be sufficient for such purposes, including, without limitation, engaging in best efforts to obtain the requisite stockholder approval of any necessary amendment to this Restated Certificate.

 

(j)                                     Notices .   Any notice required by the provisions of this Section 4 to be given to the holders of shares of Preferred Stock shall be deemed given if deposited in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid, and addressed to each holder of record at his address appearing on the books of the Corporation.

 

5.                                       Voting Rights .   Except as expressly provided by this Restated Certificate or as provided by law, the holders of Preferred Stock shall have the same voting rights as the holders of the Common Stock and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation, and the holders of Common Stock and the holders of Preferred Stock shall vote together as a single class on all matters.  Each holder of Common Stock shall be entitled to one vote for each share of Common Stock held, and each holder of Preferred Stock shall be entitled to the number of votes equal to the number of shares of Common Stock into which such shares of Preferred Stock could be converted.  Fractional votes shall not, however, be permitted and any fractional voting rights available on an as-converted basis (after aggregating all shares into which shares of Preferred Stock held by each holder could be converted) shall be rounded to the nearest whole number (with one-half being rounded upward).  The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased upon the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock and Common Stock, voting together as a class, and without a separate class vote by the Common Stock.

 

6.                                       Protective Provisions .

 

(a)                                  Preferred Stock Protective Provisions .   So long as at least 1,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) are outstanding, the Corporation shall not (by amendment, reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least 60% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, voting together as a class on an as-if-converted basis:

 

(i)                                      liquidate, dissolve or wind up the affairs of the Corporation, or effect a Liquidation Transaction;

 

15



 

(ii)                                   redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire (or pay into or set aside funds for a sinking fund for such purpose) any share or shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock; provided, however, that this restriction shall not apply to the repurchase of shares of Common Stock from employees, officers, directors, consultants or other persons performing services for the Corporation or any subsidiary (i) pursuant to agreements under which the Corporation has the option to repurchase such shares upon the occurrence of certain events, such as the termination of employment if the aggregate value of such Common Stock repurchased does not exceed $50,000 in any twelve-month period or (ii) through the exercise of any right of first refusal approved by the Board of Directors, including the affirmative consent of each of the BVP Director, the Redpoint Director and the Highland Director then in office, if any; provided, further, that this restriction shall not apply to the redemption of shares of Preferred Stock as otherwise explicitly permitted by this Restated Certificate;

 

(iii)                                create, authorize or issue any debt security or otherwise incur indebtedness if the aggregate indebtedness of the Corporation and its subsidiaries for borrowed money following such action would exceed $1,000,000;

 

(iv)                               authorize or issue, or obligate itself to issue, any other equity security, including any security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security, having a preference over, or being on a parity with, any series of the Preferred Stock with respect to voting (other than the pari passu voting rights of Common Stock), dividends, redemption, conversion or upon liquidation, or other material rights, preferences or privileges;

 

(v)                                  permit a subsidiary of the Corporation to sell or issue securities to any third party;

 

(vi)                               declare or pay dividends on or make any distribution on account of the Common Stock;

 

(vii)                            increase or decrease (other than by conversion ) the total number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock or Common Stock; or

 

(viii)                         adopt any stock option plan or restricted stock plan after the Purchase Date or amend any existing stock option plan or restricted stock plan to modify the number of shares available for distribution or issuance thereunder.

 

(b)                                  Series A Preferred Stock Protective Provisions .   So long as at least 1,000,000 shares of Series A Preferred Stock (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) are outstanding, the Corporation shall not (by amendment, reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least 66-2/3% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as a class:

 

(i)                                      alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series A Preferred Stock;

 

16


 

(ii)                                   amend, alter or repeal any provision of this Restated Certificate or Bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that materially adversely affects the holders of the Series A Preferred Stock;

 

(iii)                                increase or decrease (other than by conversion) the total number of authorized shares of Series A Preferred Stock; or

 

(iv)                               reclassify, alter or amend the terms of the Common Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, whether effected by means of an amendment to this Restated Certificate or by merger, consolidation, recapitalization or otherwise, in a manner that makes (1) the Common Stock senior to, or on a parity with, the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or (2) the Common Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock senior to the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and rights of redemption.

 

(c)                                   Series B Preferred Stock Protective Provisions .   So long as at least 505,000 shares of Series B Preferred Stock (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) are outstanding, the Corporation shall not (by amendment, reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least a majority of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Series B Preferred Stock, voting together as a class:

 

(i)                                      alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series B Preferred Stock;

 

(ii)                                   amend, alter or repeal any provision of this Restated Certificate or Bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that materially adversely affects the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock;

 

(iii)                                increase or decrease (other than by conversion) the total number of authorized shares of Series B Preferred Stock;

 

(iv)                               without limiting subsection (ii) above, amend, alter or repeal the following provisions of this Restated Certificate in a manner that adversely affects the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock:  (A) the definition of “Liquidation Transaction,” or any other event or transaction that would constitute a “deemed liquidation” pursuant to Article IV(B)(2)(h) of this Restated Certificate, (B) the terms of the conversion of the Preferred Stock into Common Stock; (C) the election of the director elected by the holders of the Series B Preferred Stock pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Voting Agreement by and among the Corporation, the holders of the Preferred Stock and the other holders of the Corporation’s capital stock party thereto; or (D) any provision of Article IV(B)(4)(d) of this Restated Certificate;

 

(v)                                  reclassify, alter or amend the terms of the Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, whether effected by means of an amendment to this Restated Certificate or by merger, consolidation, recapitalization or otherwise, in a manner that makes (1) the Common Stock or Series A

 

17



 

Preferred Stock senior to, or on a parity with, the Series B Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or (2) the Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock senior to the Series B Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends or rights of redemption; or

 

(vi)                               amend, alter or repeal any provision set forth in this Article IV(B)(6)(c).

 

(d)                                  Series C Preferred Stock Protective Provisions .   So long as at least 443,000 shares of Series C Preferred Stock (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) are outstanding, the Corporation shall not (by amendment, reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least 60% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock, voting together as a class:

 

(i)                                      alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series C Preferred Stock;

 

(ii)                                   amend, alter or repeal any provision of this Restated Certificate or Bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that would adversely affect the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock;

 

(iii)                                increase or decrease (other than by conversion ) the total number of authorized shares of Series C Preferred Stock;

 

(iv)                               on or prior to March 4, 2013, create, authorize or issue, or obligate itself to issue, any other equity security, including any security convertible into or exercisable for any equity security, (x) having a preference over, or being on a parity with, the Series C Preferred Stock with respect to voting (other than the pari passu voting rights of Common Stock), dividends, redemption, conversion or upon liquidation, or other material rights, preferences or privileges and (y) at a price per share (on a fully converted basis) that is less than the Series C Conversion Price;

 

(v)                                  without limiting subsection (ii) above, amend, alter or repeal the following provisions of this Restated Certificate in a manner that adversely affects the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock:  (A) the definition of “Liquidation Transaction,” or any other event or transaction that would constitute a “deemed liquidation” pursuant to Article IV(B)(2)(h) of this Restated Certificate, (B) the terms of the conversion of the Preferred Stock into Common Stock; (C) the election of the director elected by the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock pursuant to that certain Amended and Restated Voting Agreement by and among the Corporation, the holders of the Preferred Stock and the other holders of the Corporation’s capital stock party thereto; or (D) any provision of Article IV(B)(4)(d) of this Restated Certificate;

 

(vi)                               without limiting subsection (ii) above, reclassify, alter or amend the terms of the Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock, whether effected by means of an amendment to this Restated

 

18



 

Certificate or by merger, consolidation, recapitalization or otherwise, in a manner that makes (1) the Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock or Series B Preferred Stock senior to, or on a parity with, the Series C Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or (2) the Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series D Preferred Stock senior to the Series C Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and rights of redemption; or

 

(vii)                            without limiting subsection (ii) above, amend, alter or repeal any provision set forth in this Article IV(B)(6)(d).

 

(e)                                   Series D Preferred Stock Protective Provisions .   So long as at least 308,397 shares of Series D Preferred Stock (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassification and the like) are outstanding, the Corporation shall not (by amendment, reclassification, merger, consolidation or otherwise) without first obtaining the approval (by vote or written consent, as provided by law) of the holders of at least 60% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock, voting together as a class:

 

(i)                                      alter or change the rights, preferences or privileges of the Series D Preferred Stock;

 

(ii)                                   amend, alter or repeal any provision of this Restated Certificate or Bylaws of the Corporation in a manner that would adversely affect the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock;

 

(iii)                                increase or decrease (other than by conversion ) the total number of authorized shares of Series D Preferred Stock;

 

(iv)                               without limiting subsection (ii) above, amend, alter or repeal the following provisions of this Restated Certificate in a manner that adversely affects the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock:  (A) the definition of “Liquidation Transaction,” or any other event or transaction that would constitute a “deemed liquidation” pursuant to Article IV(B)(2)(h) of this Restated Certificate, (B) the terms of the conversion of the Preferred Stock into Common Stock; or (C) any provision of Article IV(B)(4)(d) of this Restated Certificate;

 

(v)                                  without limiting subsection (ii) above, reclassify, alter or amend the terms of the Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock, whether effected by means of an amendment to this Restated Certificate or by merger, consolidation, recapitalization or otherwise, in a manner that makes the Common Stock, Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock or Series C Preferred Stock (1) senior to, or on a parity with, the Series D Preferred Stock with respect to the distribution of assets upon a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or (2) senior to the Series D Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and rights of redemption; or

 

(vi)                               without limiting subsection (ii) above, amend, alter or repeal any provision set forth in this Article IV(B)(6)(e).

 

7.                                       Status of Converted Stock .  In the event any shares of Preferred Stock shall be converted pursuant to Section 4 hereof, the shares so converted shall be cancelled and

 

19



 

shall not be issuable by the Corporation.  This Restated Certificate shall be appropriately amended to effect the corresponding reduction in the Corporation’s authorized capital stock.

 

(C)                                Common Stock .

 

1.                                       Dividend Rights .   Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of the Common Stock shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of the Corporation legally available therefor, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

2.                                       Liquidation Rights .   Upon the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, or the occurrence of a Liquidation Transaction, the assets of the Corporation shall be distributed as provided in Section 2 of Article IV(B).

 

3.                                       Redemption .   The Common Stock is not mandatorily redeemable.

 

4.                                       Voting Rights .   Each holder of Common Stock shall have the right to one vote per share of Common Stock, and shall be entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the Bylaws of the Corporation, and shall be entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by law.  The number of authorized shares of Common Stock may be increased or decreased (but not below the number of shares thereof then outstanding) by the affirmative vote of the holders of shares of stock of the Corporation representing a majority of the votes represented by all outstanding shares of stock of the Corporation entitled to vote, irrespective of the provisions of Section 242(b)(2) of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

ARTICLE V

 

Except as otherwise set forth herein, the Board of Directors of the Corporation is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless otherwise provided in the Bylaws of the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

(A)                                To the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, as the same exists or as may hereafter be amended, a director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director.

 

(B)                                The Corporation shall indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law any person made or threatened to be made a party to an action or proceeding, whether criminal, civil, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he, his testator or intestate is or was a director or officer of the Corporation or any predecessor of the Corporation, or serves or served

 

20



 

at any other enterprise as a director or officer at the request of the Corporation or any predecessor to the Corporation.

 

(C)                                Neither any amendment nor repeal of this Article VII, nor the adoption of any provision of the Restated Certificate inconsistent with this Article VII, shall eliminate or reduce the effect of this Article VII in respect of any matter occurring, or any action or proceeding accruing or arising or that, but for this Article VII, would accrue or arise, prior to such amendment, repeal or adoption of an inconsistent provision.

 

(D)                                Expenses (including attorneys’ fees) incurred in defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation in advance of the final disposition of the action, suit, or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the director, officer, employee or agent to repay such amount unless it shall ultimately be determined that he is entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

The Corporation renounces any interest or expectancy of the Corporation in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any Excluded Opportunity.  An “Excluded Opportunity” is any matter, transaction or interest that is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or which otherwise comes into the possession of, (i) any director of the Corporation who is not an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries, or (ii) any holder of Preferred Stock or any partner, member, director, stockholder, employee or agent of any such holder, other than someone who is an employee of the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries (collectively, “ Covered Persons ”), unless such matter, transaction or interest is presented to, or acquired, created or developed by, or otherwise comes into the possession of, a Covered Person expressly and solely in such Covered Person’s capacity as a director of the Corporation.

 

*    *    *

 

21



 

The foregoing Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted by this corporation’s Board of Directors and stockholders in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 228, 242 and 245 of the Delaware General Corporation Law.

 

Executed at New York, New York, on April 2, 2012.

 

 

 

/s/ Christopher Paucek

 

Christopher Paucek, CEO and President

 

22


 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO THE SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

2TOR, INC.

 

Pursuant to Section 242 of the

Delaware General Corporation Law

 

2tor, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), hereby certifies as follows:

 

1.                                       The Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on April 3, 2012 (the “ Current Certificate ”).

 

2.                                       Section A of Article Fourth of the Current Certificate is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

(A)                                Classes of Stock .  The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock .”  The total number of shares which the Corporation is authorized to issue is 59,498,095 shares, each with a par value of $0.001 per share.  35,984,090 shares shall be Common Stock and 23,514,005 shares shall be Preferred Stock.

 

3.                                       Section B of Article Fourth of the Current Certificate is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

(B)                                Rights, Preferences and Restrictions of Preferred Stock .  The Preferred Stock authorized by this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “ Restated Certificate ”) may be issued from time to time in one or more series.  (i) 10,033,976 shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series A Preferred Stock ,” (ii) 5,057,901 shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series B Preferred Stock ,” (iii) 4,429,601 shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series C Preferred Stock ” and (iv) 3,992,527 shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series D Preferred Stock .”  The rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock are as set forth below in this Article IV(B).

 

4.                                       This Certificate of Amendment to the Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company has been approved in accordance with Sections 141, 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be executed by its duly authorized officer as of August 6, 2012.

 

 

 

2TOR, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Christopher Paucek

 

Christopher Paucek, CEO and President

 


 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

OF

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF
2TOR, INC.

 

2TOR, INC., a corporation organized and existing under and by virtue of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

 

FIRST:   The name of the corporation is 2TOR, INC.

 

SECOND:   The date of the filing of the original Certificate of Incorporation of this corporation with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was April 2, 2008 under the name 2Tor, Inc. and was last amended and restated by the Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation filed with the Secretary of the State of Delaware on March 27, 2012.

 

THIRD:                                The Board of Directors of the Corporation, acting in accordance with the provisions of Sections 141 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, adopted resolutions amending the Corporation’s Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation as follows:

 

Article I will be amended to read in its entirety as follows:

 

“The name of this corporation is 2U, INC. (the “ Corporation ”).”

 

FOURTH:  The amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation herein certified has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Sections 228 and  242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 



 

The undersigned authorized officer of 2tor, Inc. has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be signed this 11 th  day of October, 2012.

 

 

2TOR, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Christopher Paucek

 

 

Christopher Paucek

 

 

Chief Executive Officer and President

 



 

CERTIFICATE OF AMENDMENT

TO THE SIXTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION OF

2U, INC.

 

Pursuant to Section 242 of the

Delaware General Corporation Law

 

2U, Inc., formerly known as 2tor, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), hereby certifies as follows:

 

1.                                       The name of the corporation is 2U, Inc.

 

2.                                       The date of filing of the original Certificate of Incorporation of the Company with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware was April 2, 2008 under the name 2Tor, Inc. and was last amended by the Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on April 3, 2012, and was subsequently amended by Certificates of Amendment filed on August 6, 2012 and October 11, 2012 (as amended, the “ Current Certificate ”).

 

3.                                       The Board of Directors of the Corporation, acting in accordance with the provisions of Sections 141 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware, adopted resolutions amending Section A of Article Fourth of the Current Certificate as follows:

 

(A)                                Classes of Stock .  The Corporation is authorized to issue two classes of stock to be designated, respectively, “ Common Stock ” and “ Preferred Stock .”  The total number of shares which the Corporation is authorized to issue is 83,590,830 shares, each with a par value of $0.001 per share.  60,000,000 shares shall be Common Stock and 23,590,830 shares shall be Preferred Stock.

 

4.                                       Section B of Article Fourth of the Current Certificate is hereby amended and restated in its entirety as follows:

 

(B)                                Rights, Preferences and Restrictions of Preferred Stock .  The Preferred Stock authorized by this Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (this “ Restated Certificate ”) may be issued from time to time in one or more series.  (i) 10,033,976 shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series A Preferred Stock ,” (ii) 5,057,901 shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series B Preferred Stock ,” (iii) 4,429,601 shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series C Preferred Stock ” and (iv) 4,069,352 shares of Preferred Stock shall be designated “ Series D Preferred Stock .”  The rights, preferences, privileges, and restrictions granted to and imposed on the Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock are as set forth below in this Article IV(B).

 

5.                                       This Certificate of Amendment to the Sixth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company has been approved in accordance with Sections 228 and 242 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Certificate of Amendment to be executed by its duly authorized officer as of December 24, 2013.

 

 

2U, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Catherine Graham

 

Catherine Graham, Chief Financial Officer

 




Exhibit 3.3

 

2tor, Inc.

 

SECOND AMENDED AND RESTATED BYLAWS

 

Adopted as of

 

February 4, 2010

 



 

2tor, Inc.

 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

Article I. OFFICES AND RECORDS

1

 

 

 

Article II. MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS

1

 

 

 

2.1

Place of Meetings

1

2.2

Annual Meeting

1

2.3

Elections of Directors

2

2.4

Call of Special Meetings

2

2.5

Quorum and Adjourned Meetings

2

2.6

Vote of Stockholders and Proxies

3

2.7

Remote Communication

3

2.8

List of Stockholders

4

2.9

Notice of Meetings

5

2.10

Organization and Procedure

5

2.11

Action Without a Meeting

6

 

 

 

Article III. BOARD OF DIRECTORS

8

 

 

 

3.1

General Powers

8

3.2

Number and Qualifications of Directors

8

3.3

Annual Meeting

9

3.4

Regular Meetings

9

3.5

Special Meetings

9

3.6

Quorum of Directors

10

3.7

Action Without a Meeting

10

3.8

Meetings by Conference Telephone

10

3.9

Executive and Other Committees

11

3.10

Committee Minutes

11

 

 

 

Article IV. OFFICERS

11

 

 

 

4.1

Number

11

4.2

Election

12

4.3

Salaries

12

4.4

Other Officers

12

4.5

Term and Removal

12

4.6

Authority and Duties of Officers

13

4.7

Chairman of the Board

13

4.8

Chief Executive Officer

13

4.9

President

14

4.10

Vice Presidents

14

 

i



 

4.11.

Secretary

14

4.12.

Assistant Secretaries

14

4.13.

Treasurer

15

4.14.

Assistant Treasurers

15

4.15.

Fidelity Bonds

15

4.16.

Duties of Officers May Be Delegated

16

 

 

 

Article V. INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

16

 

 

 

Article VI. CAPITAL STOCK

19

 

 

 

6.1.

Certificates of Stock

19

6.2.

Transfers of Stock

20

6.3.

Registered Stockholders

20

6.4.

Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates

20

6.5.

Dividends

21

6.6.

Fixing Record Date

21

6.7.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

23

 

 

 

Article VII. CONDUCT OF BUSINESS

23

 

 

 

7.1.

Powers of Execution

23

7.2.

Seal

24

7.3.

Fiscal Year

24

 

 

 

Article VIII. NOTICES

24

 

 

 

Article IX. AMENDMENTS

25

 

ii



 

BYLAWS

 

of

 

2tor, Inc.

 

Article I.

 

OFFICES AND RECORDS

 

1.1.                             The Corporation shall have and maintain a registered office in Delaware, and may maintain such other offices and keep its books, documents and records at such places within or without the State of Delaware as may from time to time be designated by the Board of Directors.

 

Article II.

 

MEETINGS OF STOCKHOLDERS.

 

2.1.                             Place of Meetings . Meetings of the stockholders may be held at such place, either within or without the State of Delaware, as the Board of Directors shall designate. The Board of Directors may, in its sole discretion, determine that a meeting shall not be held at any place but may instead be held solely by means of remote communication. The place at which any meeting is to be held shall be specified in the notice of such meeting.

 

2.2.                             Annual Meeting . An annual meeting of the stockholders, for the election of directors and for the transaction of any other proper business, shall be held either (i) at 10:00 a.m. on the third Tuesday in April, unless such day is a legal holiday, in which event the meeting shall be held at the same time on the next day which is not a legal holiday, or (ii) at such other time and date, not more than thirteen months after the last preceding annual meeting or the last action by written consent to elect directors in lieu of an annual meeting as provided in Section 2.11, as the Board of Directors shall designate.

 



 

2.3                                Elections of Directors . Elections of directors need not be by written ballot; provided, however, that if the Board of Directors determines to require a written ballot, the Board of Directors may authorize the acceptance of ballots submitted by electronic transmission if such electronic transmission either sets forth or is submitted with information from which it can be determined that the electronic transmission was authorized by the stockholder or proxyholder.

 

2.4.                             Call of Special Meetings . Special meetings of the stockholders may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President, two or more directors then in office or by stockholders holding at least 10% of the voting power or by the Secretary of the Company upon the request of any of the foregoing, which request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. The business transacted at any special meeting shall be confined to the purposes stated in such notice.

 

2.5.                             Quorum and Adjourned Meetings . Except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware or by the Certificate of Incorporation, a quorum for the transaction of business at meetings of the stockholders shall consist of stockholders holding a majority of the voting power, present in person or represented by proxy. Whether or not a quorum is present, stockholders holding a majority of the voting power present in person or by proxy at any duly called meeting and entitled to vote thereat may adjourn the meeting from time to time to another time or place, at which time, if a quorum is present, any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally scheduled. Notice of the adjourned meeting need not be given if the time, place, if any, thereof, and the means of remote communications, if any, by which shareholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present and vote at such adjourned meeting, are announced at the meeting at which the

 

2



 

adjournment is taken, unless the adjournment is for more than thirty days or a new record date is fixed for the adjourned meeting, in which event a notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given to each stockholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting.

 

2.6.                             Vote of Stockholders and Proxies . Every stockholder having the right to vote at a meeting of stockholders or to express consent or dissent to corporate action in writing without meeting shall be entitled to exercise such vote in person, by proxy appointed by an instrument in writing subscribed by such stockholder or by his duly authorized attorney-in-fact, or by means of remote communication. Except as otherwise provided in the Certificate of Incorporation, each stockholder shall be entitled to one vote for each share of stock having voting power held by him. Except as otherwise provided by the laws of Delaware, the Certificate of Incorporation or these Bylaws, all elections shall be determined and all questions decided by a plurality of the votes cast in respect thereof, a quorum being present.

 

2.7.                             Remote Communication . If authorized by the Board of Directors in its sole discretion, and subject to such guidelines and procedures as the Board of Directors may adopt, stockholders and proxyholders not physically present at a meeting of stockholders may, by means of remote communication: (a) participate in such meeting, and (b) be deemed present in person and vote at such meeting whether such meeting is held at a designated place or solely by means of remote communication. The Corporation shall implement reasonable measures (i) to verify that each person deemed present and permitted to vote at the meeting by means of remote communication is a stockholder or proxyholder, and (ii) to provide such stockholders and proxyholders a reasonable opportunity to participate in the meeting and to vote on matters submitted to the stockholders, including an

 

3



 

opportunity to read or hear the proceedings of such meeting substantially concurrently with such proceedings. If any stockholder or proxyholder votes or takes other action at the meeting by means of remote communication, a record of such vote or other action shall be maintained by the Corporation.

 

2.8.                             List of Stockholders . The Secretary shall prepare and make, at least ten days before every meeting of the stockholders, a complete list of the stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting, arranged in alphabetical order, and showing the address of each stockholder and the number of shares registered in the name of each stockholder, but such list is not required to include electronic mail addresses or electronic contact information. Such list shall be open to the examination of any stockholder for any purpose germane to the meeting for a period of at least ten days prior to the meeting: (i) on a reasonably accessible electronic network, provided that the information required to gain access to such list is provided with the notice of the meeting, or (ii) during ordinary business hours at the principal place of business of the Corporation. If the list is made available on an electronic network, the Corporation may take reasonable steps to ensure that such list is available only to stockholders of the Corporation. If the meeting is held at a place, then the list shall be produced and kept at the time and place of the meeting during the whole time thereof, and may be inspected by any stockholder who is present. If the meeting is held solely by means of remote communication, then the list shall also be open to the examination of any stockholder during the whole time of the meeting on a reasonably accessible electronic network and the information required to access such list shall be provided with the notice of the meeting.

 

4



 

2.9.                             Notice of Meetings . Notice of each meeting of the stockholders shall be given not less than ten nor more than sixty days before the meeting, to each stockholder entitled to vote at such meeting. Such notice shall set forth the place, if any, date and hour of the meeting, the means of remote communications, if any, by which stockholders and proxyholders may be deemed to be present in person and vote at such meeting, and, in the case of a special meeting, the purpose or purposes for which the meeting is called. If the list of stockholders entitled to vote at the meeting is made available on an electronic network, then the notice shall also include the information required to gain access to such list. No such notice of any meeting need be given to any stockholder who files a written waiver of notice thereof, signed by such stockholder, or a waiver by electronic transmission with the Secretary, either before or after the meeting. Attendance of a person at a meeting of stockholders, in person or by proxy, shall constitute a waiver of notice of such meeting, except when the stockholder attends the meeting for the express purpose of objecting, at the beginning of the meeting, to the transaction of any business because the meeting is not lawfully called or convened.

 

2.10.                      Organization and Procedure . At every meeting of the stockholders, the presiding officer shall be the Chairman of the Board, or, in the event of his absence or disability or if there is no Chairman, the President or in the event of both their absence or disability, a presiding officer chosen by a majority of the stockholders present in person or by proxy. The Secretary, or in the event of his absence, an appointee of the presiding officer, shall act as secretary of the meeting. The order of business and all other matters of procedure at every meeting of stockholders may be determined by such presiding officer.

 

5


 

2.11.                      Action Without a Meeting . (a) Any action required or permitted by these Bylaws or by law to be taken at an annual or special meeting of stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote, if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, shall be signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, and shall be delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. Every written consent shall bear the date of signature of each stockholder who signs the consent, and no written consent shall be effective to take the corporate action referred to therein unless, within sixty days of the earliest dated consent delivered in the manner required by this Section to the Corporation, written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take action are delivered to the Corporation in the manner required.

 

(b)                                  A telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission consenting to an action to be taken and transmitted by a stockholder or proxyholder, or by a person or persons authorized to act for a stockholder or proxyholder, shall be deemed to be written, signed and dated for the purposes of this Section, provided that any such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission sets forth or is delivered with information from which the Corporation can determine (i) that the telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission was transmitted by the stockholder, proxyholder or by the person or persons

 

6



 

authorized to act for the stockholder or proxyholder, and (ii) the date on which such stockholder, proxyholder or authorized person or persons transmitted such telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission. The date on which such telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission is transmitted shall be deemed to be the date on which such consent was signed. No consent given by telegram, cablegram or electronic transmission shall be deemed to have been delivered until such consent is reproduced in paper form and delivered to the Corporation’s registered office in Delaware (by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested), its principal place of business or the officer having custody of the book in which the proceedings of meetings of the stockholders are recorded. Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on delivery, consents given by telegram, cablegram or other electronic transmission may be otherwise delivered to the principal place of business of the Corporation or to the officer having custody of the book in which the proceedings of meetings of the stockholders are recorded if, to the extent and in the manner provided by resolution of the Board of Directors.

 

(c)                                   Prompt notice of the taking of the corporate action without a meeting by less than unanimous written consent shall be given to those stockholders who have not consented in writing and who, if the action had been taken at a meeting, would have been entitled to notice of the meeting if the record date for such meeting had been the date that written consents signed by a sufficient number of holders to take the action were delivered to the Corporation.

 

7



 

Article III.

 

BOARD OF DIRECTORS.

 

3.1.                             General Powers . Except as may otherwise be provided by law, by the Certificate of Incorporation or by these Bylaws, the business and affairs of the Corporation shall be managed by or under the direction of the Board of Directors.

 

3.2.                             Number and Qualifications of Directors . The Board of Directors shall initially consist of one director, but the number of directors, each of which shall be a natural person, may subsequently be increased or decreased from time to time by the Board of Directors. The directors shall initially be appointed by the incorporator. Thereafter, except as otherwise provided in this section, each director shall be elected at the annual meeting of stockholders. Newly created directorships and all other vacancies may be filled at any time by a majority vote of the directors then in office, although less than a quorum. Each director shall continue to hold office until such director’s successor has been elected and has qualified, or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Any director may resign at any time upon notice given in writing or by electronic submission to the Secretary and such resignation shall be effective upon the date of receipt thereof by the Secretary or upon an effective date specified therein, whichever date is later, unless acceptance is made a condition of the resignation, in which event it shall be effective upon acceptance by the Board of Directors. Any director or the entire Board of Directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of stockholders of the Corporation holding a majority of the voting power. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provisions of this section regarding the election or removal of directors or the filling of vacancies shall be subject to any restrictions imposed under any voting or other agreement that may be entered into by the stockholders and the Corporation.

 

8



 

3.3.                             Annual Meeting . The annual meeting of the Board of Directors after the annual meeting of stockholders may be held without notice, either immediately after said meeting of stockholders and at the place where it was held, or at such other time and place, whether within or without Delaware, as shall be determined by the Board of Directors prior to the annual meeting or by the consent in writing of all the directors.

 

3.4.                             Regular Meetings . The Board of Directors from time to time may by resolution provide for the holding of regular meetings and fix the place (which may be within or without the State of Delaware) and the date and hour of such meetings. Notice of regular meetings need not be given, provided, however, that if the Board of Directors shall fix or change the time or place of any regular meeting, notice of such action shall be mailed promptly, or sent by electronic transmission, to each director who shall not have been present at the meeting at which such action was taken, addressed to him at his usual place of business, or shall be delivered to him personally. Notice of such action need not be given to any director who attends the first regular meeting after such action is taken without protesting the lack of notice to him, prior to or at the commencement of such meeting, or to any director who submits a signed waiver of notice, whether before or after such meeting.

 

3.5.                             Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Board of Directors may be called by the Chairman of the Board, the President or any director or by the Secretary upon the request in writing by any of the foregoing, which request shall state the purpose or purposes of the proposed meeting. Such meetings may be held at any place, whether within or without the State of Delaware. Notice of each such meeting shall be given to each director at least two days before the meeting. Such notice shall set forth the time and place at which the meeting is to be held and the purpose or purposes thereof. No such notice of

 

9



 

any meeting need be given to any director who attends the meeting or who files a written waiver of notice thereof or a waiver by electronic transmission, with the Secretary, either before or after the meeting.

 

3.6.                             Quorum of Directors . A quorum for the transaction of business at meetings of the Board of Directors shall consist of a majority of the directors then in office. In the absence of a quorum at any duly scheduled or duly called meeting, a majority of the directors present may adjourn the meeting from time to time, without notice other than announcement at the meeting, until a quorum is present, at which time any business may be transacted which might have been transacted at the meeting as originally scheduled.

 

3.7.                             Action Without a Meeting . Any action required or permitted to be taken at any meeting of the Board of Directors or any committee thereof may be taken without a meeting if all members of the Board of Directors or committee, as the case may be, consent thereto in writing or by electronic transmission and the writing or writings or electronic transmission or transmissions are filed with the minutes of the proceedings of the Board of Directors or committee. Such filing shall be in paper form if the minutes are maintained in paper form and shall be in electronic form if the minutes are maintained in electronic form.

 

3.8.                             Meetings by Conference Telephone . Members of the Board of Directors, or of any committee of the Board of Directors, may participate in any meeting of the Board of Directors or of such committee by means of conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other, and such participation shall constitute presence in person at such meeting.

 

10



 

3.9.                             Executive and Other Committees . The Board of Directors may designate from its members an executive committee and such other standing or special committees, each to consist of one or more directors, as may be provided in such resolution. The Board of Directors may designate one or more directors as alternate members of each committee who may replace any absent or disqualified member at any meeting of the committee. Each committee may meet at stated times, or on notice to all by any of their own number. Each committee shall have all such powers and perform all such duties as may be expressly determined by the Board of Directors. Each committee may by vote of its members create subcommittees and delegate to a subcommittee of its members all or part of the authority granted to the committee. Vacancies in the membership of each committee shall be filled by the Board of Directors. Unless a member of a committee resigns, dies or is removed prior thereto, each member of a committee shall continue to hold office until such member’s successor has been designated. Any member of a committee may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the affirmative vote of the Board of Directors.

 

3.10.                      Committee Minutes . Each committee shall keep regular minutes of its proceedings and report the same to the Board of Directors.

 

Article IV.

 

OFFICERS.

 

4.1.                             Number . The officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors and may consist of a President, a Secretary, a Treasurer, a Chairman of the Board, one or more Vice Chairmen of the Board, Vice Presidents, Assistant Secretaries and Assistant Treasurers and such other officers as the Board of Directors may determine. Any number of offices may be held by the same person. No officer need be a director of the Corporation.

 

11



 

4.2.                             Election . Unless otherwise determined by the Board of Directors, the officers of the Corporation shall be elected by the Board of Directors at its initial meeting and thereafter annually at the annual meeting of the Board of Directors. In the event of the failure to elect officers at any annual meeting, officers may be elected at any regular or special meeting of the Board of Directors.

 

4.3.                             Salaries . The salaries of all officers and agents of the Corporation shall be fixed by the Board of Directors.

 

4.4.                             Other Officers . The Board of Directors may appoint such other officers, assistant officers and agents as it shall deem necessary, who shall hold their offices for such terms and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as shall be determined by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors may from time to time delegate to any officer or agent the power to appoint substitute officers or agents and to prescribe their respective rights, terms of office, authority and duties. The salaries of persons appointed under this section may be fixed by the President, who shall report to the Board of Directors annually thereon.

 

4.5.                             Term and Removal . Each officer of the Corporation shall hold office until such officer’s successor has been chosen and qualified or until such officer’s earlier death, resignation or removal. Any person elected or appointed by the Board of Directors may be removed at any time, with or without cause by the Board of Directors, and all vacancies (however arising) may be filled at any time. Any other officer or employee of the Corporation may be removed at any time, with or without cause, by the President or by any superior of such employee to whom the power of removal has been delegated by the President.

 

12



 

4.6.                             Authority and Duties of Officers . The officers of the Corporation shall have such authority and shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as may be specified in these Bylaws or in a resolution of the Board of Directors which is not inconsistent with these Bylaws, except that in any event each officer shall exercise such powers and perform such duties as may be required by law.

 

4.7.                             Chairman of the Board . The Chairman of the Board, if one is elected, shall preside at all meetings of the stockholders and directors. The Chairman shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

4.8.                             Chief Executive Officer . The Chief Executive Officer, if one is chosen, shall have general supervision and direction of the business of the Corporation, and shall see that all orders and resolutions of the Board of Directors are carried into effect. The Chief Executive Officer shall have all the general powers and duties usually vested in the chief executive officer of a corporation, and in addition shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors.

 

4.9.                             President . The President shall have the active management of the business of the Corporation under the general supervision of the Chief Executive Officer, if one is chosen and is different from the President, and in addition shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors. The President shall be vested with all the powers and perform all the duties of the Chairman of the Board in the event there is no Chairman of the Board or in the event of the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board.

 

13



 

4.10.                      Vice Presidents . Each Vice President shall have such powers and perform such duties as may be prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors, the Chief Executive Officer or the President. In the absence or disability of the Chairman of the Board, the Chief Executive Officer and the President, the Vice President designated by the Board of Directors or, if no such designation shall have been made, then the Vice President designated by the President shall be vested with all the powers and authorized to perform all the duties of said officers.

 

4.11.                      Secretary . The Secretary shall keep or cause to be kept a record of all the proceedings of the meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors. The Secretary shall perform or cause to be performed like duties for the standing committees when required. The Secretary shall, when requested, give, or cause to be given, notice of all meetings of the stockholders and of the Board of Directors, when notice is required by these Bylaws or by law. The Secretary shall have custody of the seal of the Corporation, and, when authorized by the Board of Directors, or when any instrument requiring the corporate seal to be affixed shall first have been signed by the Chairman of the Board, the President or a Vice President, shall affix the seal to such instrument and shall attest the same by his signature. The Secretary shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors or the President.

 

4.12.                      Assistant Secretaries . Each Assistant Secretary, if one or more are appointed, shall be vested with all the powers and authorized to perform all the duties of the Secretary in the event of the Secretary’s absence or disability. Each Assistant Secretary shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors, the President or the Secretary.

 

14



 

4.13.                      Treasurer . The Treasurer shall be the chief financial officer of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall have custody of the corporate funds and securities, shall keep full and accurate accounts of receipts and disbursements in books belonging to the Corporation and shall deposit all moneys and other valuable effects in the name and to the credit of the Corporation in such depositaries as may be designated by the Board of Directors. The Treasurer shall disburse the funds of the Corporation, taking proper vouchers for such disbursements, and shall render to the President and the Board of Directors at the regular meetings of the Board of Directors, or whenever they may require it, an account of all such transactions as Treasurer and of the financial condition of the Corporation. The Treasurer shall have such other powers and perform such other duties as may be prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors or the President.

 

4.14.                      Assistant Treasurers . Each Assistant Treasurer, if one or more are appointed, shall be vested with all the powers and authorized to perform all the duties of the Treasurer in his absence or disability. Each Assistant Treasurer shall perform such other duties as may be prescribed from time to time by the Board of Directors, the President or the Treasurer.

 

4.15.                      Fidelity Bonds . The Board of Directors may require any officer to give the Corporation a bond, in a sum and with one or more sureties satisfactory to the Board of Directors, for the faithful performance of the duties of his office, and for the restoration to the Corporation, in case of such officer’s death, resignation, retirement or removal from office, of all books, papers, vouchers, money and other property of whatever kind in such officer’s possession or under his control belonging to the Corporation.

 

15


 

4.16.                      Duties of Officers May Be Delegated . In case of the absence of any officer of the Corporation, or for any other reason that the Board of Directors may deem sufficient, the Board of Directors may delegate, for the time being, the powers or duties, or any of them, of such officer to any other officer, or to any director.

 

Article V.

 

INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS.

 

5.1                                (a) Each person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a director or officer of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, including service with respect to employee benefit plans, whether the basis of such proceeding is alleged action in an official capacity as a director or officer or in any other capacity while serving as a director or officer, shall be indemnified and held harmless by the Corporation to the fullest extent authorized or permitted by the General Corporation Law of Delaware, as the same exists or may hereafter be amended (but, in the case of any such amendment, only to the extent that such amendment permits the Corporation to provide broader indemnification rights than said law permitted the Corporation to provide prior to such amendment), against all expense, liability and loss (including attorneys’ fees, judgments, fines, excise taxes or penalties and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding, and such indemnification shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a director or officer and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors and administrators of such person; provided, however, that, except as provided in paragraph (b), the Corporation

 

16



 

shall indemnify any such person seeking indemnification in connection with an action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) initiated by such person only if such action, suit or proceeding (or part thereof) was authorized by the Board of Directors. The right to indemnification conferred in this Section shall be a contract right and shall include the right to be paid by the Corporation the expenses incurred in defending any such action, suit or proceeding in advance of its final disposition; provided, however, that if the payment of such expenses incurred by a director or officer in advance of the final disposition of any such action, suit or proceeding shall be made only upon receipt by the Corporation of an undertaking by or on behalf of such director or officer to repay all amounts so advanced if it shall ultimately be determined that such person is not entitled to be indemnified by the Corporation as authorized under this Section or otherwise. The Corporation may, by action of the Board of Directors, provide indemnification to employees and agents of the Corporation with the same scope and effect as the foregoing indemnification of directors and officers.

 

(b)                                  If a claim under paragraph (a) is not paid in full by the Corporation within 30 days after a written claim has been received by the Corporation, the claimant may at any time thereafter bring suit against the Corporation to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, if successful in whole or in part, the claimant shall be entitled to be paid also the expense of prosecuting such claim. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for expenses incurred in defending any proceeding in advance of its final disposition where the required undertaking, if any is required, has been tendered to the Corporation) that the claimant has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under the General Corporation Law of Delaware for the Corporation to

 

17



 

indemnify the claimant for the amount claimed, but the burden of proving such defense shall be on the Corporation. Neither the failure of the Corporation (including the Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) to have made a determination prior to the commencement of such action that indemnification of the claimant is proper in the circumstances because he has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in the General Corporation Law of Delaware, nor an actual determination by the Corporation (including the Board of Directors, independent legal counsel or its stockholders) that the claimant has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall be a defense to the action or create a presumption that the claimant has not met the applicable standard of conduct.

 

(c)                                   The indemnification and advancement of expenses provided by, or granted pursuant to, the other subsections of this Section shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights which any person seeking indemnification or advancement of expenses may be entitled under any statute, provision of the Certificate of Incorporation (as it may be amended), these Bylaws, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

 

(d)                                  The Corporation may maintain insurance, at its expense, on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Corporation or is or was serving, at the request of the Corporation, as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability incurred by such person in any such capacity or arising out of such person’s status as such, whether or not the Corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such expense, liability or loss under the General Corporation Law of Delaware.

 

18



 

(e)                                   Any indemnification under this Section 5.1 (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the present or former director, officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because the person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Section 5.1(a). Any such determination shall be made with respect to a person who is an officer or director at the time of the determination (i) by a majority vote of directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, even though less than a quorum, (ii) by a committee of such directors designated by a majority vote of such directors, even though less than a quorum, (iii) if there are no such directors, or if such directors so direct, by independent legal counsel in a written opinion, or (iv) by the stockholders.

 

Article VI.

 

CAPITAL STOCK.

 

6.1.                             Certificates of Stock . The shares of the Corporation shall be represented by certificates, provided that the Board of Directors of the Corporation may provide by resolution or resolutions that some or all of any or all classes or series of its stock shall be uncertificated shares. Any such resolution shall not apply to shares represented by a certificate until such certificate is surrendered to the Corporation. Notwithstanding the adoption of such a resolution by the Board of Directors, every holder of stock represented by certificates and upon request every holder of uncertificated shares shall be entitled to have a certificate signed by, or in the name of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, or the President or a Vice President, and by the Treasurer or an Assistant Treasurer, or the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary, representing the number of shares registered in certificate form. Such certificate shall be in such form as the Board of Directors may

 

19



 

determine, to the extent consistent with applicable law, the Certificate of Incorporation and these Bylaws. Any or all the signatures on such certificate may be a facsimile. In case any officer, transfer agent or registrar who has signed, or whose facsimile signature has been placed upon a certificate shall have ceased to be such officer, transfer agent or registrar before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Corporation with the same effect as if he were such officer, transfer agent or registrar at the date of issue.

 

6.2.                             Transfers of Stock . Upon surrender to the Corporation or the transfer agent of the Corporation of a certificate for shares, duly endorsed or accompanied by appropriate evidence of succession, assignment or authority to transfer, the Corporation shall issue a new certificate or uncertificated shares to the person entitled thereto, cancel the old certificate and record the transaction upon its books. Transfer of uncertificated shares shall be governed by applicable provisions of law. Subject to the provisions of the Certificate of Incorporation and these Bylaws, the Board of Directors may prescribe such additional rules and regulations as it may deem appropriate relating to the issue, transfer and registration of shares of the Corporation.

 

6.3.                             Registered Stockholders . Prior to due surrender of a certificate for registration of transfer or transfer of unrestricted shares, the Corporation may treat the holder of record of any share or shares of stock as the holder in fact thereof, and accordingly shall not be bound to recognize any equitable or other claim to or interest in such share on the part of any other person, whether or not it shall have express or other notice thereof, save as expressly provided by the laws of Delaware.

 

6.4.                             Lost, Stolen or Destroyed Certificates . Any person claiming a certificate of stock to be lost, stolen or destroyed shall furnish proof of that fact satisfactory

 

20



 

to an officer of the Corporation, and shall, if requested, give the Corporation a bond of indemnity in form and amount and with one or more sureties satisfactory to such officer, whereupon a new certificate may be issued of the same tenor and for the same number of shares as the one alleged to be lost, stolen or destroyed. The Board of Directors may at any time authorize the issuance of a new certificate to replace a certificate alleged to be lost, stolen or destroyed upon such other lawful terms and conditions as the Board of Directors shall prescribe.

 

6.5.                             Dividends . Dividends upon the capital stock of the Corporation may be declared by the Board of Directors at any regular or special meeting as provided by the laws of Delaware and the Certificate of Incorporation. Before payment of any dividend or making any distribution of profits, there may be set aside out of the surplus or net profits of the Corporation such sum or sums as the directors, from time to time, in their absolute discretion, think proper as a reserve fund to meet contingencies, or for equalizing dividends, or for repairing or maintaining any property of the Corporation, or for such other purposes as the directors shall deem conducive to the interests of the Corporation.

 

6.6.                             Fixing Record Date . (a) In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at any meeting of stockholders or any adjournment thereof, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which record date shall not be more than sixty nor less than ten days before the date of such meeting. If no record date is fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall be at the close of business on the date next preceding the day on which

 

21



 

notice is given or, if notice is waived, at the close of business on the day next preceding the day on which the meeting is held. A determination of stockholders of record entitled to notice of or to vote at a meeting of stockholders shall apply to any adjournment of the meeting; provided, however, that the Board of Directors may fix a new record date for the adjourned meeting.

 

(b)                                  In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors, and which date shall not be more than ten days after the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted by the Board of Directors. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting, when no prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, shall be the first date on which a signed written consent setting forth the action taken or proposed to be taken is delivered to the Corporation by delivery to its registered office in the State of Delaware, its principal place of business, or an officer or agent of the Corporation having custody of the book in which proceedings of meetings of stockholders are recorded. Delivery made to the Corporation’s registered office shall be by hand or by certified or registered mail, return receipt requested. If no record date has been fixed by the Board of Directors and prior action by the Board of Directors is required by law, the record date for determining stockholders entitled to consent to corporate action in writing without a meeting shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution taking such prior action.

 

22



 

(c)                                   In order that the Corporation may determine the stockholders entitled to receive payment of any dividend or other distribution or allotment of any rights or the stockholders entitled to exercise any rights in respect of any change, conversion or exchange of stock, or for the purpose of any other lawful action, the Board of Directors may fix a record date, which record date shall not precede the date upon which the resolution fixing the record date is adopted, and which record date shall be not more than sixty days prior to such action. If no record date is fixed, the record date for determining stockholders for any such purpose shall be at the close of business on the day on which the Board of Directors adopts the resolution relating thereto.

 

6.7.                             Transfer Agent and Registrar . The Board of Directors may appoint one or more transfer agents and one or more registrars, and may require all certificates representing shares to bear the signature of any such transfer agents or registrars.

 

Article VII.

 

CONDUCT OF BUSINESS.

 

7.1.                             Powers of Execution. (a) All checks and other demands for money and notes and other instruments for the payment of money shall be signed on behalf of the Corporation by such officer or officers or by such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

(b)                                  All contracts, deeds and other instruments to which the seal of the Corporation is affixed shall be signed on behalf of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board of Directors, the President, any Vice President, or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate, and may be attested by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary.

 

23



 

(c)                                   All other contracts, deeds and instruments shall be signed on behalf of the Corporation by the Chairman of the Board, the President, any Vice President, or such other person or persons as the Board of Directors or the President may from time to time designate.

 

(d)                                  All shares of stock owned by the Corporation in other corporations shall be voted on behalf of the Corporation by the President or by such other person or persons as the Board of Directors may from time to time designate.

 

7.2.                             Seal . The corporate seal shall have inscribed thereon the name of the Corporation, the year of its organization and the words, “Corporate Seal, Delaware.”

 

7.3.                             Fiscal Year . The fiscal year of the Corporation shall be the calendar year.

 

Article VIII.

 

NOTICES.

 

8.1                                Whenever, under the provisions of these Bylaws or the Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, notice is required to be given to any director or stockholder, such notice may be delivered in writing by (a) mail, by depositing the same in the United States mail, postage prepaid, addressed to such director or stockholder at such address as appears on the records of the Corporation, (b) a nationally recognized overnight courier service, by delivering the same with payment of the applicable fee to such service for delivery, addressed to such director or stockholder at such address as appears on the records of the Corporation, or (c) confirmed facsimile telecommunication (d) electronic mail, by directing the same to an electronic mail address at which the director or stockholder has consented to receive notice, or (e) any other form of electronic transmission, and such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time when the same shall be so mailed, delivered

 

24



 

or directed. Such notice may also be given by a posting on an electronic network together with separate notice to the director or stockholder of such posting, and such notice shall be deemed to be given upon the later of (i) such posting and (ii) the giving of such separate notice.

 

8.2                                Any director or stockholder may revoke his or her consent to receive notice by facsimile telecommunication, electronic mail or other form of electronic transmission by written notice to the Corporation. Any such consents shall be deemed revoked if (a) the Corporation is unable to deliver by electronic transmission two consecutive notices in accordance with such consent and (b) such inability becomes known to the Secretary or the Assistant Secretary of the Corporation or to the transfer agent or other person responsible for the giving of notice; provided, however, the inadvertent failure to treat such inability as a revocation shall not invalidate any meeting or other action.

 

Article IX.

 

AMENDMENTS.

 

9.1                                These Bylaws may be amended (a) at any meeting of the stockholders by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the stock issued and outstanding and entitled to vote thereat, or (b) at any meeting of the Board of Directors by the affirmative vote of a majority of the directors then in office; provided, however, that in either case notice of the proposed amendment shall have been contained in the notice of the meeting.

 

25




Exhibit 10.1

 

SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

AGREEMENT dated October 29, 2008, between University of Southern California, a California nonprofit educational institution (“USC”), on behalf of the USC Rossier School of Education, whose address is Waite Phillips Hall, 3470 Trousdale Parkway, Los Angeles, CA 90089, and 2tor, Inc., a Delaware corporation, having an office at 30 East 23 rd  Street, New York, NY 10010 (“2tor”).  USC and 2tor are referred to collectively in this Agreement as the “parties” and individually as a “party.”

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, USC is one of the world’s leading private research universities and includes the Rossier School of Education (“Rossier”) as one of its 17 professional schools;

 

WHEREAS, USC has determined a demand for an online distance learning program (the “Program”) for a Master of Arts in Teaching (“MAT”) and possibly other programs;

 

WHEREAS, USC and 2tor have agreed to make a multi-million dollar investment into the development and administration of the Program and to perform the work and furnish services as described in this Agreement;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein set forth, the sufficiency of which is acknowledged, the parties agree hereby as follows:

 

1)              2tor’s Services .   2tor shall provide technological, marketing, promotional, development and support services as follows:

 

A)            Recruitment .  2tor shall create and carry out marketing and promotional strategies (collectively, “Promotion Strategies”) targeted toward building awareness of the Program and generating a flow of quality applications from prospective students from the United States and such additional countries as either 2tor or USC periodically proposes in reasonable detail, subject to the other’s approval and Section 10 below (collectively, the “Territory”).  To do this, 2tor shall develop a written plan and appropriate marketing materials for the Program and shall execute this plan.  2tor shall fund and develop appropriate materials and shall be responsible for recruiting students into the Program.  The written plan and all materials related to the Program shall be subject to USC’s written approval prior to any use thereof.

 

B)            Admissions Processing .  2tor shall collect completed online applications for the Program, which shall be obtained through the Platform (defined below) (using a form that shall be developed by 2tor and approved by USC), and forward those applications satisfying USC’s Admission Standards (as provided for in Section 2.B below) to Rossier’s admissions office.

 

C)            Customer Service and Counseling .  In an effort to maintain a high level of customer service, 2tor shall provide phone support and guidance (i.e., technical and career, but not academic) counseling (in a manner consistent with reasonable guidelines provided by USC) to prospective students as well to students upon matriculation and throughout the Program.

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

1



 

D)            School Relationships .  As part of the Program, students may be required to be mentored in a school setting by an experienced classroom teacher (each, a “Mentor”).  2tor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to identify, contact, and negotiate potential arrangements with school districts, charter networks and other organizations (collectively, “Districts”) for the Program, and to reserve placements for Program students with such Districts (each, a “Residency” and collectively, “Residencies”), and, unless commercially impracticable, such placements shall be made prior to each student’s first day of Program class participation.  In addition, 2tor shall identify, compensate (if required and to the extent negotiated by 2tor) and support Districts and Mentors for these Residencies.

 

E)             Curriculum Design .  In USC’s design of the Curriculum (as hereinafter defined), 2tor shall provide technical assistance and recommendations with respect to content and techniques that best use the available technologies and methods embodied in the Platform (as hereinafter defined) in order to meet the needs of Program students and schools.  2tor may also provide other related support as necessary and as agreed by the parties.

 

F)              Curriculum Production and Deployment .  From the Curriculum designed and created by USC faculty, 2tor shall produce lectures, simulations, videos, PowerPoints and other typical online course content developed by USC that will make up the asynchronous products of the Program (the “Produced Segments”), including logistical coordination, and shall ready the Curriculum for online deployment through the Platform.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, 2tor shall be responsible for (i) all on-site production costs with respect to each Produced Segment, including the cost of all production personnel and equipment (but not including salaries or other compensation of USC instructional personnel), (ii) all legal clearances for music and graphics used in and students and others who appear in the Produced Segments, provided that USC shall cooperate with 2tor in securing such clearances from USC instructional personnel, and (iii) digitizing and otherwise converting all content for each Produced Segment to a medium suitable for delivery to students via the Platform.  Promptly after completion of each Produced Segment, 2tor shall deliver a copy of such Produced Segment to USC.  All such Produced Segments shall conform to USC’s design as set forth in Section 2.E and be subject to USC’s written approval prior to any distribution or other release thereof.

 

G)            Program Delivery and Support 2tor shall provide consulting assistance for USC’s development of the instructional content of the Program, and for its efforts to hire, train and support its faculty who deliver such instruction.  2tor shall propose service levels to govern its support for Program students and faculty, subject to written approval by USC, which may be revised periodically in writing upon mutual agreement by USC and 2tor.  Service level agreements shall include, but not be limited to, timeliness of response and user satisfaction.  2tor shall provide such services as USC may reasonably require to maintain records and communications regarding academic performance.

 

H)           Technology .  2tor shall build, maintain, periodically revise, and host a technology platform for the Program, to serve as an online communication portal for students, faculty, course coordinators, course assistants, Mentors and Program staff and to enable online applications, course delivery, Program communications, development and maintenance of student portfolios, placement services and such other functions as are mutually agreed to by the parties (the “Platform”).  The Platform and each component thereof shall be subject to the written approval of USC.  The Platform shall be (a) designed to enable the effective delivery of the Curriculum

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

2



 

and (b) made available to USC at no additional fee for use in making the Curriculum and Produced Segments available to Rossier in-classroom MAT students, except that 2tor shall not be required to incur any additional cost for such availability.  The parties agree to negotiate in good faith should USC wish to use the Platform for other programs.

 

i)                 Specifications and Service Levels .  On or before November 1, 2008, 2tor will propose specifications and performance standards for the Platform together with related service level agreements.  Such service level agreements shall address without limitation continuous availability of the Platform (subject to reasonable amounts of downtime for maintenance and similar matters), correction of any errors, bugs and defects in the Platform and 2tor’s responsiveness to students and other users experiencing problems with the Platform.  2tor’s proposed specifications and standards and service level agreements shall be subject to the written approval of USC.  Periodically, 2tor shall propose changes to the specifications and performance standards for the Platform, all of which shall be subject to the written approval of USC.

ii)             Testing and Acceptance .  Promptly after completion of the Platform and 2tor’s delivery of the specifications, standards and agreements required by paragraph 1.H.i above, 2tor and USC shall perform any tests (collectively, the “Acceptance Tests”) reasonably determined to be appropriate to confirm that the Platform meets the required specifications and performance standards.  Prior to the Program Launch (as such term is hereinafter defined), the Acceptance Tests shall again be performed on the Platform in order to determine whether (a) the Platform and the Program have successfully integrated consistent with the specifications and performance standards contemplated hereby and (b) the Platform performs repetitively with a variety of Produced Segment content and with multiple users without material failure and with quality of the nature contemplated hereby.

iii)         Testing Failure .  In the event that any of the Acceptance Tests establishes that the Platform does not perform in accordance with the required specifications and performance standards, USC shall forthwith notify 2tor in reasonable detail and suggesting how USC would like such failure to be remedied, and 2tor shall, at its expense and promptly after receipt of USC’s notice, modify or improve the Platform to ensure that the Platform performs in accordance with such specifications and performance standards.  2tor and USC shall thereafter conduct further the Acceptance Tests as needed, and 2tor shall modify or improve the Platform as necessary.  The Program Launch shall be delayed until both parties are satisfied with the Acceptance Tests at least as to the essential functions of the Platform as such essential functions are reasonably agreed upon by the parties following delivery and approval of the Platform specifications, standards and service level agreements pursuant to paragraph 1.H.i above, and 2tor and USC shall thereafter continue Acceptance Tests until they have been completed to the reasonable satisfaction of both parties.  Failure of the Platform to meet the specifications and performance standards necessary to run the essential functions of the Platform after June 1, 2009, or for such additional period as the parties may mutually agree, shall constitute a material default by 2tor entitling USC to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 5(C) below.

iv)          Ongoing Quality .  After Program Launch, USC shall notify 2tor if the Platform has failed to satisfy the specifications and standards contemplated hereby or if 2tor is in default of its service level agreements, specifying any failure or default in reasonable detail and suggesting how USC would like such failure to be remedied, and 2tor shall, at its expense promptly after receipt of USC’s notice, modify or improve the Platform or take other corrective action in order to bring the Platform into compliance with such specifications and standards or

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

3



 

improve its service to comply with such service level agreements.  Failure of the Platform to meet such specifications and standards or of 2tor to comply with such service level agreements within a reasonable period, but not more than thirty (30) days, after 2tor’s receipt of USC’s notice shall entitle USC to terminate this Agreement pursuant to Section 5(C) below.

 

I)                Academic and Professional Certification .  2tor shall assist USC in securing (i) approval of the Program by the Western Association of Schools and Colleges (“WASC”), which approval shall be required prior to any offer or distribution of the Program, and (ii) approval of the Program as may be necessary to enable graduates to satisfy the academic and related requirements for teaching certification in states other than California, or in confirming applicable reciprocity rules outside California.  All costs incurred under 1.I.i shall be borne by USC, and all costs incurred under 1.I.ii shall be borne by 2tor, subject in each case to the prior written approval of the paying party of any such expense incurred by the non-paying party.  2tor shall make no representation to Program students or applicants that the Program will satisfy the teaching certification requirements in a particular state prior to confirmation of such approval or reciprocity in such state.

 

J)                Program and Student Evaluation .  2tor shall gather ongoing data of Program students to further overall Program evaluation, including, but not limited to, student satisfaction with the Program, evaluation of instructors and such other matters in such form and at such frequency as USC may reasonably require.

 

K)           Placement and Credentialing .  2tor shall use good-faith efforts, in collaboration with USC’s career counseling and placement efforts provided pursuant to Section 2.K, to place Program graduates among Program Districts, districts, charter schools and other organizations.

 

L)             Alumni .  2tor shall make reasonable efforts to track performance of Program graduates for the three years after graduation, and shall report to USC on such matters in such form and at such frequency as USC may reasonably require.

 

M)         Compliance .

 

i)                 Personal Information .  2tor acknowledges that USC is subject to internal policies, laws and regulations which govern and restrict the collection, storage, processing, dissemination and use of non-public personal information that relates to applicants to the Program, Mentors and USC’s students and personnel that could be used, either directly or indirectly, to identify such person (collectively, “Personal Information”).  2tor shall, and shall cause its employees, agents, servants, principals and any subcontractors to, at all times comply with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and USC policies, including privacy and information security laws and regulations and USC policies regarding Personal Information relating to the performance of 2tor’s obligations under this Agreement Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, 2tor agrees (a) not to collect, store, process, disseminate or use any such Personal Information obtained from USC except to the extent expressly permitted or required in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, (b) to store all such Personal Information only in encrypted form on 2tor’s computer system and (c) not to sell, distribute, release or disclose lists or compilations of any items of Personal Information without the prior written consent of USC or of the subject(s) of the Personal Information to be released or

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

4



 

disclosed.  Any disclosure of Personal Information by 2tor in the performance of its obligations hereunder shall be made only on a “need-to-know” basis and subject to an applicable confidentiality agreement or other obligation substantially similar to the confidentiality, privacy and information security requirements imposed on 2tor under this Agreement and applicable law.

ii)             Student Privacy Rights .  Without limitation of its obligations under paragraph 1.M.i above, (a) 2tor shall take all commercially reasonable measures to protect the Personal Information of Program students consistent with Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (“FERPA”) and the applicable laws of the State of California, (b) 2tor shall furnish USC a copy of 2tor’s information security procedures for the storage and handling of education records and other Personal Information prior the commencement of 2tor’s handling and processing of such matter, (c) 2tor shall furnish USC a copy of any update or other modification of such security procedures and (d) such security procedures and all updates and modifications thereof shall be subject to USC’s written approval.

iii)         Agency Regarding Student Information .  In order to satisfy regulatory requirements applicable to USC, 2tor is hereby appointed as an agent of the USC Office of the Registrar for the use of student education records and other Personal Information solely for the purpose of providing the student and graduate services required hereunder throughout the Program and thereafter, including without limitation counseling of prospective students and continuing contact with graduates of the Program.

iv)          Incentive Compensation Rule .  2tor shall compensate its employees engaged in the recruitment of Program students, or in the supervision of such employees, only in accordance with its commercially reasonable interpretation of the provisions of 34 CFR § 668(b)(22), commonly referred to as the Incentive Compensation Rule.

 

N)            Monitoring and Audits Generally

 

i)                 2tor shall (a) measure, monitor and track the performance of its services and obligations, conduct internal audits and self-testing, and compare such performance to the service level agreements and other specifications and standards provided for in this Agreement, (b) detect and promptly cure deficiencies and (c) report such performance, deficiencies and cures to USC on a quarterly or other basis as agreed between the parties in a form mutually agreed by the Parties from time to time.  Such assessment of the performance of 2tor’s services and obligations shall include providing USC an opportunity to assess or comment to 2tor on 2tor’s performance of its services and obligations, irrespective of any other measurements.  If legally required, 2tor shall also provide to USC, initially and on an annual basis thereafter, a copy of a Statement on Auditing Standards (SAS) 70, Type II, report obtained by 2tor from an auditing firm reasonably acceptable to USC with respect to 2tor’s operations related to its services and obligations under this Agreement.

ii)             At least annually as requested by USC, and at such other times as USC may reasonably request, 2tor shall provide reasonable, mutually acceptable, written certifications as to 2tor’s compliance with applicable laws, the service level agreements and other specifications and standards provided for in this Agreement, and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by USC.  For the avoidance of doubt, such written certifications shall include any sub-certifications reasonably required by USC to enable USC to provide its own written certifications to any students, graduates or regulators as required by applicable law or contract.  USC shall consult with 2tor prior to agreeing to provide certifications with regard to the Program that will require a 2tor sub-certification.

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

5



 

iii)         Upon USC’s request and subject to 2tor’s then-current confidentiality, security and data protection procedures, 2tor will permit USC’s authorized representatives and auditors to visit with the appropriate personnel at 2tor, and will provide USC with access to or copies of (a) applicable 2tor records, including testing results (whether conducted by 2tor or a third-party), (b) 2tor’s compliance policies and procedures applicable to 2tor’s operations related to its services and obligations, and (c) any other records required to be delivered by 2tor pursuant to this Agreement, in each case in order to conduct due diligence on, audit, inspect or otherwise examine 2tor’s operations, computer systems and access controls directly relating to its performance hereunder (collectively, “Reviews”).  At USC’s reasonable request, and expense, Reviews also may include “ethical hacks,” penetration testing or other testing of the 2tor System and 2tor’s information security, data protection, disaster recovery, business continuity and confidentiality policies, procedures and safeguards.  USC agrees that Reviews will be completed at 2tor’s facilities upon reasonable advance notice during regular business hours.  The parties will cooperate in good faith to minimize the disruption associated with Reviews, including the timing of such Reviews.

iv)          If 2tor receives a request or demand from a student or graduate of the Program, or a regulator in regard to USC or a student or graduate of the Program, requesting a Review, 2tor shall notify USC promptly, and 2tor shall work with USC or any such student, graduate or regulator in conducting and responding to any such request for a Review, provided that 2tor shall not be required to provide a Review to a third party, except as required by law.

v)              Subject to 2tor’s then-current confidentiality, security and data protection procedures, (a) 2tor will discuss with USC personnel, or provide summaries to USC of, any material violations of 2tor’s code of ethics or other compliance-related policies and procedures by 2tor personnel related to 2tor’s performance hereunder, and (b) 2tor will promptly notify USC of (and, if requested by USC, provide USC summaries of) material changes to 2tor’s code of ethics and other compliance-related policies and procedures applicable to 2tor’s performance hereunder.

vi)          If 2tor fails to meet a service level agreement or other specification or standard in the performance of any service or obligation under this Agreement, or if a deficiency is identified as a result of any self-testing, SAS 70 audit, “ethical hack,” penetration testing or other monitoring or other Review contemplated in this Section 1.N, as soon as practicable following knowledge of such failure or deficiency, 2tor shall, at its expense (a) perform an analysis to identify the cause of any such failure or deficiency, (b) provide USC with a report identifying the cause of such failure or deficiency and describing the intended procedure/steps for correcting or resolving such failure or deficiency and the timeline for completing such procedure/steps, (c) if requested by USC, meet with USC (in person or by teleconference) to discuss such failure or deficiency and such intended procedure/steps and timeline, (d) promptly cure such failure or deficiency and (e) after such failure or deficiency is cured, promptly notify USC that such failure or deficiency has been cured.

 

2)              USC’s Services USC shall be exclusively responsible for ensuring the academic quality and academic integrity of the Program, including the following:

 

A)            Recruitment .  The Program shall be branded as “USC/Rossier” (the “Brand”).  USC shall promote the Program on the Rossier website (including, but not limited to, the homepage thereof), the Rossier career center and at all student recruitment events and professional school fairs attended by Rossier representatives in a manner comparable to the promotion of Rossier’s in-classroom MAT programs, and, to the extent USC promotes Rossier’s in-classroom MAT

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

6



 

programs, it will promote the Program in a comparable manner.  Further, USC shall consult with 2tor in the development of additional Promotion Strategies, and USC shall have the right to review and approve all marketing and other materials related to the Program prior to their use.

 

B)            Admissions Processing and Financial Aid .

 

i)                 After USC’s receipt of a complete application from 2tor (as set forth in Section 1.B. above), USC shall, in its sole discretion, determine which qualified students shall be admitted to the Program; USC shall use commercially reasonable efforts to accept or reject each applicant within ten business days after receipt of such applicant’s completed application.

ii)             USC shall, in its sole discretion, establish Admissions Standards for the Program, which shall require that students admitted to the Program have similar academic qualifications to those in the Rossier in-classroom MAT program, as applicable; USC and 2tor shall cooperate to make the admissions process and the application of Admissions Standards streamlined, transparent and clear to enable 2tor to target its promotional efforts to students likely to be accepted.

iii)         USC shall be solely responsible for the administration of all financial aid programs.  USC shall provide student financial assistance services similar to those offered students enrolled in the Rossier in-classroom MAT program, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide such services at a service level similar to that of competitive online programs.  2tor shall not be involved in any manner in the award or disbursement of financial assistance provided pursuant to Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended.

 

C)            Student Service and Counseling .  Once admitted to the Program, students shall, to the extent practicable given the inherent differences between in-classroom and online students, have similar rights and privileges and receive services similar to those received by Rossier in-classroom MAT students.  USC shall ensure the availability and participation of Rossier faculty and staff, and provide academic counseling in Program requirements, add/drop policies, probations, leave of absence and similar matters.  Program students shall not be charged for services that apply only to in-classroom MAT students.

 

D)            School Relationships .  USC shall use commercially reasonable efforts, including, but not limited to, sharing any connections, contacts or networking suggestions it might have with 2tor, in order to assist 2tor in the cultivation of relationships with Districts, subject to the written approval of USC.  USC shall set customary standards for Mentors, and cause its faculty to provide for the creation of a training curriculum for Mentors and oversee the work of the Mentors.  USC may require 2tor to remove any Mentor from participation in the Program who does not, in USC’s sole discretion, meet the reasonable standards of the Program.

 

E)             Curriculum Design .  USC shall be solely responsible for the design of the Program curriculum (the “Curriculum”), making its commercially reasonable efforts to have the framework of the Curriculum set by November 1, 2008, so that the Pilot (as hereinafter defined) can be launched in January 2009.  Rossier faculty or other personnel provided by USC shall provide reasonable assistance to 2tor’s web team in the adaptation of the Curriculum for the Program to web-based presentation via the Platform.  USC and Rossier faculty shall be solely responsible for the ongoing review and revision of the Curriculum as USC determines, at its sole discretion, to be necessary and appropriate to maintain the academic quality and academic integrity of the Program.  Further, while 2tor and USC are initially readying the Curriculum for the Program, USC shall supply provide 2tor with a small office on campus for 2tor employees in order to

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

7



 

facilitate such employees’ interactions with participating faculty.  USC shall ensure the availability and participation of faculty and other personnel to achieve the Curriculum design as set forth in this Section 2.E.

 

F)              Curriculum Production and Deployment .  USC shall use commercially reasonable efforts to prepare drafts of the syllabi (and submit them to the USC Master’s Governance Committee in time to obtain timely approval), subject to approval by the USC Master’s Governance Committee, (i) on or before November 16, 2008, for the January 2009 Pilot Launch courses specified in Section 5.A, (ii) on or before April 16, 2009, for the June 2009 Program Launch courses specified in Section 5.A, and (iii) on or before July 16, 2009, for such additional courses as the parties may mutually agree for an October 2009 launch of such courses.  USC shall also use commercially reasonable efforts to develop such syllabi into appropriate materials in time for production to meet such schedule.  USC shall secure the commitment of those Rossier faculty members and other instructional personnel selected by USC for the Produced Segments and for any modifications to the Curriculum required by the online delivery mechanism.  Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the parties, USC shall be solely responsible for the expense of such faculty, other instructional personnel and other USC and Rossier staff.  Each Produced Segment shall be subject to USC’s review and written approval prior to any distribution or other release thereof.  Each course approved by USC shall be released for distribution on the Platform as such course is approved, subject to the provisions of Section 1.H and 1.I hereof.

 

G)            Course Development & Support .  Each course that comprises Produced Segments shall be taught exclusively by Rossier faculty and other instructional personnel selected by USC.   USC shall be responsible for the creation of a training curriculum and shall be responsible for the hiring, training and oversight of the work of the Rossier faculty and other instructional personnel.  USC shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain faculty availability, experience, quality and student to faculty ratio similar to those of competitive programs.  USC shall provide 2tor with access to information pertaining to both classroom-based and online students’ admissions, performance, and post-graduation outcomes as well as information pertaining to relevant faculty, staff and Mentor information, to the extent permitted by and subject to the requirements of the FERPA and such other laws and regulations as may pertain.

 

H)           Technology .  USC shall, upon 2tor’s reasonable request, advise and consult with 2tor as to the design of the Platform and its sufficiency for use for the Program.  USC shall make available to 2tor, upon 2tor’s reasonable request, the appropriate USC personnel to participate with 2tor in the testing and, as necessary, re-testing of the Platform as contemplated by Section 1.H above.

 

I)                Professional Certification .  USC shall take such measures as are reasonable and necessary to secure such California approval of the Program as may be necessary to enable graduates to satisfy the academic and related requirements for California teaching certification.  USC shall assist 2tor in seeking acceptance of Program credentials by other states either as an alternative teacher certification program or under existing reciprocity rules with California, and USC shall make a good faith effort to make commercially reasonable supplements to or modification in the Curriculum or Program to satisfy state alternative certification requirements; provided that USC shall have no obligation to supplement or modify the Curriculum or the Program or make other adjustments in order to satisfy any such other state’s perceived deficiencies in the Program in any way that USC believes would impair the academic integrity of the Program or USC’s reputation.

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

8


 

J)                Evaluation .  USC shall oversee the Program evaluation, utilizing USC data and the data gathered by 2tor pursuant to Section 1.J above and other available data.  USC shall at its sole discretion determine satisfaction of degree requirements, award all grades, and confer all degrees.

 

K)           Placement & Credentialing .  USC and 2tor shall take such reasonable measures to provide Program students with such advice and guidance as they may reasonably require to secure alternative resources for the satisfaction of individual state-specific requirements not included in the Program curriculum.  USC shall, to the extent practicable given the inherent differences between in-classroom and online students, make its career counseling resources available to students in the Program on a basis similar to that provided to students enrolled in Rossier in-classroom MAT program, including in-person meetings to the extent Program students visit a USC campus where a Rossier in-classroom MAT course is taught.

 

L)             Alumni .  USC shall be solely responsible for the management of alumni relationships, provided that USC may request 2tor to provide reasonable assistance in maintaining contact with alumni and tracking their career progress.

 

3)              Accounting .

 

A)            Fiscal Year .  “Fiscal Year” shall mean a period starting July 1 and ending on June 30 of the following calendar year.  The first Fiscal Year of the Program shall end on June 30, 2009.

 

B)            Program Proceeds .  USC shall collect all of the tuition and fees charged to Program students (such tuition and fees, other than the Excluded Fees (as hereinafter defined), collectively, the “Program Proceeds”).  Tuition per credit for Program students shall be the same as the tuition per credit imposed upon Rossier in-classroom MAT students.  Any charges for Program students that are not included in “Program Proceeds” shall not exceed similar charges imposed on Rossier in-classroom MAT students.  The following fees and charges shall not be included in determining “Program Proceeds”: the Graduate Admissions Fee, the Norman Topping Fee, the Graduate Program Fee, the Graduate Student Service Fee and Off Campus Health Insurance (collectively, the “Excluded Fees”).

 

C)            Finances .  All Program Proceeds net of refunds actually granted by USC (“Net Program Proceeds”) shall be shared between USC and 2tor as follows:

 

i)                 2tor will be entitled to [***]% of the Net Program Proceeds, in the aggregate through each payment/adjustment date under Section 3.D below, for its technology, production, marketing, technical support and other services.  If Net Program Proceeds exceed $[***] during any Fiscal Year, 2tor shall be entitled to an additional [***]% of all Net Program Proceeds, starting from the beginning of that Fiscal Year through the end of the term. Until met, such $[***] threshold will be adjusted annually to reflect changes in the Program’s per-credit tuition from the baseline of the 2009-2010 Fiscal Year.

ii)             USC will be entitled to retain all remaining Net Program Proceeds after 2tor receives its share under paragraph 3.C.i above and paragraph 3.C.iv below for USC’s admissions, marketing, Curriculum development, Program instruction, student evaluation, Program evaluation and other support of the Program.

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

9



 

iii)         2tor hereby guarantees the full, complete and timely payment to USC of the following payments, each of which shall be nonrefundable but shall be subject to recoupment as expressly set forth in paragraph 3.C.iv below, on the following respective dates:

·                   On or before December 31, 2008, $[***];

·                   On or before May 31, 2009, the positive difference, if any, between $[***] and the portion of Net Program Proceeds retained by USC pursuant to paragraph 3.C.ii between December 31, 2008 and June 30, 2009;

·                   On or before December 31, 2009, the positive difference, if any, between $[***] and the portion of Net Program Proceeds retained by USC pursuant to paragraph 3.C.ii since June 30, 2009;

·                   On or before June 30, 2010, the positive difference, if any, between $[***] and the portion of Net Program Proceeds retained by USC pursuant to paragraph 3.C.ii since December 31, 2009;

·                   On or before December 31, 2010, the positive difference, if any, between $[***] and the portion of Net Program Proceeds retained by USC pursuant to paragraph 3.C.ii since June 30, 2010;

·                   On or before June 30, 2011, the positive difference, if any, between $[***] and the portion of Net Program Proceeds retained by USC pursuant to paragraph 3.C.ii since December 31, 2010.

Not later than fifteen (15) days prior to the due date of each payment above that is based on the portion of Net Program Proceeds retained by USC, USC shall provide to 2tor a reasonable estimate of the portion of Net Program Proceeds USC expects to retain during the applicable period, and such payment shall be made on the basis of such estimate. If USC does not provide such estimate, then 2tor shall make such payment on the basis of its own reasonable estimate.

iv)          If, during any of the periods described in paragraph 3.C.iii above and each subsequent six month period during the term (each, a “Measurement Period”), the portion of the Net Program Proceeds retained by USC pursuant to paragraph 3.C.ii exceeds $[***], then USC shall pay 2tor in recoupment of the amounts paid to USC under Section 3.C.iii, until such amounts are fully recouped, the lesser of (a) the amount of Net Program Proceeds retained by USC during such Measurement Period pursuant to paragraph 3.C.ii that is in excess of $[***] and (b) [***]% of the portion of Net Program Proceeds retained by USC during such Measurement Period pursuant to paragraph 3.C.ii.

 

D)            Reports and Payment .

 

i)                 For each semester (Pilot, spring, summer and fall) during the term of this Agreement, USC shall provide to 2tor the following reports on or before the 30th day after the commencement of each semester, (a) a listing for such semester, through the final add/drop date for such semester of: (i) the students offered admission by USC to the Program, (ii) the students who enrolled in or dropped from each course in the Program, including a course listing for the enrolled students, (iii) the Program Proceeds charged by type of charge for each student, (iv) the Program Proceeds collected by type of charge for each student, and (v) a calculation of the payments between the parties pursuant to paragraph 3.D.ii hereof for such semester; and (b) a reconciliation of the foregoing described report against actual results obtained during the most recently completed semester.

ii)             Concurrently with the delivery of each report required by paragraph 3.D.i, USC shall also pay or adjust, as applicable, 2tor’s portion of Net Program Proceeds for the subject semester

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

10



 

by wire transfer of funds to such bank account as 2tor may direct by notice to USC no later than ten (10) business days prior to the scheduled date for such wire transfer.  The payment for the most recently commenced semester shall equal the sum of (a) 2tor’s portion (determined pursuant to paragraph 3.C.i) of the greater of (i) the amount of Net Program Proceeds collected by USC from all Program students enrolled in the Program for such semester as of the last add/drop date for such semester and (ii) 95% of the amount of Net Program Proceeds charged by USC to all Program students enrolled in the Program for such semester as of the last add/drop date for such semester plus (b) any adjustment in prior payments under this paragraph 3.D.ii required to reflect the Net Program Proceeds actually collected by USC for semesters prior to the most recently commenced semester, inclusive of uncollectible revenues, refunds given and/or additional enrollment during such prior semesters.

iii)         Any payment by 2tor to USC to make up any post-semester adjustment shall be paid within thirty (30) days after 2tor’s receipt of the applicable report.

iv)          A final payment of amounts due from either party to the other pursuant to this Section 3.D shall be made within thirty (30) days after the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

 

E)             Maintenance of Books and Records; Rights on Audit .  USC shall maintain such books and records as are necessary to substantiate Program Proceeds received in connection with the Program and this Agreement.  During the term of this Agreement and for a period of 180 days after the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason (or, if applicable, after the [***] period described in Section 5.D), 2tor shall have the right to examine such books and records that are specifically related to the Program and this Agreement.  Such examinations shall be held upon reasonable advance notice to USC at USC’s offices during normal business hours and shall take place no more frequently than once each Fiscal Year.  Once a particular Fiscal Year has been so examined, such Fiscal Year shall not be subject to any subsequent re-examination pursuant to this Section 3.E or otherwise, unless 2tor can show reasonable grounds for believing that an uncorrected error that would materially affect the Net Program Proceeds payable to 2tor for such Fiscal Year occurred in such previously examined Fiscal Year, either because a new error is subsequently found in a different Fiscal Year or 2tor can demonstrate that new information evidencing such error has come to its attention.  Any such examination shall be made at 2tor’s sole cost and expense.  If such examination discloses that any amounts have not been paid or have been made in incorrect amounts, and such amounts are not in dispute, the parties shall promptly take appropriate steps to correct such errors in payment, including interest accruing at 12% per annum from the date such payment should have been made to the date on which such payment is made, and any reasonable costs of the audit.

 

4)              Intellectual Property .

 

A)            USC Property USC shall own and retain all right, title and interest, including, but not limited to, all copyrights, trademark rights and other intellectual property rights, in all of the content of the Program, including without limitation the content of the Curriculum (“USC’s Intellectual Property”).  2tor acknowledges and agrees that all right, title and interest in and to all results and proceeds of 2tor’s services hereunder in producing the Produced Segments, whether stored on tape, computer disks or otherwise, and all derivative works that are conceived, created or developed as a result of or in connection with such 2tor services (collectively, the “Work Product”) shall be the sole property of USC, whether such 2tor services are completed or not.  2tor acknowledges and agrees that (i) all Work Product shall constitute a “work made for hire”

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

11



 

for USC, as that phrase is defined in Section 101 and 201 of the Copyright Act of 1976 (Title 17, United States Code), including without limitation a work specially commissioned by USC, and (ii) notwithstanding the foregoing subparagraph (i), if and to the extent 2tor retains any interest in the Work Product (in whole or in part), 2tor hereby grants, assigns and transfers to USC all right, title and interest in and to the Work Product, and all intellectual property rights therein, including without limitation all patent, copyright, trade secret and other proprietary rights, and the right to make any modifications, adjustments or additions thereto (2tor hereby expressly waiving any droit moral or similar rights to object to any such changes), the right to make and distribute derivative works thereof and the right to all claims for past infringement thereof.  Upon USC’s request, 2tor shall execute and deliver to USC all documents and instruments, including without limitation copyright assignments, and shall otherwise assist USC, at USC’s expense, to perfect in USC the sole and exclusive right, title and other interests in the Work Product.  In the event USC is unable, because 2tor is no longer in business, to obtain the signature of 2tor to any document or instrument necessary or desirable to apply for protection of, or to enforce any action with respect to, any intellectual property right in or to the Work Product, 2tor hereby irrevocably designates and appoints USC and its duly authorized officers and agents as 2tor’s agent and attorney-in-fact, whose power is expressly coupled with an interest, to act for and on behalf of 2tor, to execute such documents and instruments and to take all lawfully permitted actions to protect USC’s interests in any intellectual property right with the same legal force and effect as if executed by 2tor.  USC shall not use such Work Product except (i) in connection with the Program hereunder, (ii) for the exclusive use by students in the Rossier on-site Masters of Arts in Teaching and/or Doctor of Education programs, (iii) to users licensed to use 2tor’s Intellectual Property under Section 4.D below, (iv) upon expiration of this Agreement at the end of the term provided for in Section 5.B or any Renewal Term provided for in Section 5.D, (v) in the event that 2tor becomes insolvent or admits its inability, or becomes unable, to pay its debts generally as they become due; files a petition for relief or for reorganization or for the adoption of an arrangement under the federal bankruptcy laws or any other similar law or statute for the relief or aid of debtors of the United States of America or any State thereof, as now or hereafter in effect (the “Bankruptcy Laws”), or makes an admission seeking the relief therein provided; or has an order for relief entered against it under the Bankruptcy Laws or is otherwise adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, (vi) in the event that this Agreement is terminated by 2tor pursuant to Section 5.C below or terminated by USC pursuant to subparagraph 5.C.i(a) below and/or (vii) under terms the parties shall negotiate from time to time in good faith for other uses that are not competitive with the Program.

 

B)            2tor Property 2tor shall own and retain all right, title and interest, including, but not limited to, all copyrights, trademark rights and other intellectual property rights, in the Platform and all other technology, computer programs and software source code, developed for the Platform, including, but not limited to, 2tor-developed or 2tor-acquired user interface designs necessary to facilitate access to USC’s Intellectual Property via the Platform (provided that, for further clarity, 2tor’s rights in such matter shall not give it any right whatsoever in or to any portion of USC’s Intellectual Property, none of which may be used by 2tor except in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement), logic and data modules, algorithms, feature sets and source code and documentation relating thereto (“2tor’s Intellectual Property”).  Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, this Section 4.B shall not apply to software licensed from persons or entities other than the parties and included in 2tor’s Intellectual Property by mutual agreement of the parties.

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

12



 

C)            License of USC Intellectual Property .  USC grants to 2tor the right to use, during the term of this Agreement, the names “USC,” “University of Southern California,” “Rossier School of Education,” and other trade names, trademarks, service marks, designs and logos specified by USC for use in connection with the Program, including, but not limited to, 2tor’s marketing and promotion of the Program, subject to USC’s prior written approval of the form and manner of each such use.  Subject to the remaining provisions of this Agreement, USC grants to 2tor the right and license during the term of this Agreement to use all of USC’s Intellectual Property within the Territory only to the extent necessary for USC’s Intellectual Property to be incorporated into or used with the Program pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.  Such right and license shall include without limitation a license of all rights under copyright and the rights to reproduce and copy USC’s Intellectual Property in all editions, versions and formats for print and in any other form or medium, whether now known or hereafter known, throughout the Territory, including, without limitation, electronic, magnetic, digital, laser, or optical-based media (but excluding the right to make any changes in USC’s Intellectual Property or to create derivative or related products).  2tor shall acquire no rights in any of USC’s Intellectual Property or in any of USC’s trade names, trademarks, service marks, designs or logos from 2tor’s use hereunder.

 

D)            License of 2tor Intellectual Property .  2tor grants to USC the right and license during the term of this Agreement, and during the [***] period under Section 5.D below, to use all of 2tor’s Intellectual Property used in the Program, including, without limitation, a license of all rights under copyright and the rights to reproduce and copy 2tor’s Intellectual Property in all editions, versions and formats for print and in any other form or medium, whether now known or hereafter known, throughout the world, including, without limitation, electronic, magnetic, digital, laser, or optical-based media, for use only in Rossier on-site Masters in Teaching Arts programs and, under terms to be negotiated, for use in other online programs that are not competitive with the Program.  To the extent necessary to facilitate access to the Program, 2tor shall also grant to Program students a royalty-free license to use the 2tor Intellectual Property that is used in the Program for the duration of their participation in the Program, but only as part of the Program studies.

 

E)             Other Uses of Marks .  Other than the licenses granted in Sections 4.C and 4.D, no party may use the other’s name, trademark, sign, logo or similar designation without such other’s prior written approval, which may be granted in such other’s sole discretion.  The rights under Section 4.C above may not be (i) transferred, except to an entity acquiring all or substantially all of the business of 2tor, or (ii) sublicensed.

 

F)              Infringements by Others .  Each party shall promptly report in writing to the other during the term any known or suspected infringement of any of USC’s Intellectual Property or 2tor’s Intellectual Property of which such party becomes aware, and shall provide the other with all available evidence supporting such known or suspected infringement or unauthorized use.

 

G)            Infringements by Parties .  In the event that a party becomes aware of any claim that the practice by either party in the development, production, promotion, marketing or distribution of the Program infringes the intellectual property rights of any third party, such party shall promptly notify the other party.  In any such instance, the parties shall cooperate and shall mutually agree upon an appropriate course of action.  Each party shall provide to the other party copies of any notices it receives from any person or entity other than a party regarding any alleged

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

13



 

infringement or misappropriation of third party intellectual property relating to the development, production, promotion or marketing of the Program.  Such notices shall be provided promptly, but in no event after more than fifteen (15) days following receipt thereof.

 

5)              Term and Termination .

 

A)            Pilot and Program Launch .  The parties contemplate a three-phase rollout of the Program as follows:  (i) an initial pilot (the “Pilot”) projected to start in January 2009 (the “Pilot Launch”), consisting of two courses with working titles “Framing Experiences” and “Social Contexts A” and including no more than fifty (50) students for the initial semester, in order to give both parties the opportunity to further develop the Program; (ii) a launch of the Program projected to start in June 2009 (the “Program Launch”), consisting of three courses with working titles “Framing Experiences,” “Social Contexts A” and “Learning Theory”; and (iii) a launch of such additional courses in the Program as the parties may mutually agree, projected to start in October 2009.  Subject to Section 1.H and 1.I, the parties shall agree in good faith when the Program is ready for Pilot Launch and for Program Launch.

 

B)            Initial Term .  This Agreement and its initial term shall be deemed to have commenced on July 1, 2008 (the “Effective Date”) and continue for eight (8) years ending on June 30, 2016, subject to earlier termination or non-renewal as set forth in Sections 5.C and 5.D below.

 

C)            Termination For Cause .

 

i)                 If either party (the “Non-Performing Party”) materially breaches any of its material obligations hereunder, the other party may deliver, in writing, a notice to such Non-Performing Party describing in detail such non-performance and adequately listing reasonable suggestions as to the steps that may be taken to cure such non-performance.  If the Non-Performing Party has not cured such breach within (a) thirty (30) days following the Non-Performing Party’s receipt of such notice or (b) such shorter period as may be reasonably required to attempt to avoid a material adverse effect on USC’s reputation or the academic integrity of the Program, then in either such case the other party may terminate this Agreement effective upon delivery of notice to the Non-Performing Party.

ii)             If the Non-Performing Party commits a breach of its obligations hereunder other than as described in paragraph 5.C.i above, the other party may deliver, in writing, a notice to such Non-Performing Party describing in detail such non-performance and adequately listing reasonable suggestions as to the steps that may be taken to cure such non-performance.  If after thirty (30) days following the date of such notice, the Non-Performing Party has not undertaken and diligently pursued a cure of such breach, with the goal of curing such breach within sixty (60) days after the Non-Performing Party’s receipt of the original notice from the other party, the other party may terminate this Agreement effective upon delivery of notice to the Non-Performing Party.

iii)         A Non-Performing Party that receives a notice of breach and that has reasonable grounds for the position that the alleged breach is not, in fact, a breach hereof, may apply to an arbitrator or to court for a temporary restraining order or preliminary injunctive relief to in effect toll the period hereunder to cure such breach or other similar relief, until an arbitrator has determined whether such alleged breach is, in fact, a breach hereof.

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

14



 

D)            Automatic Renewal Terms .  Subject to earlier termination as set forth in Section 3.C, this agreement shall automatically renew for successive 3-year terms (the “Renewal Terms”), unless either party shall give notice of non-renewal at least 1 year prior to the end of the then current term.  [***] shall be made in on a schedule and otherwise in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

E)             Effect of Termination .  Any provision herein notwithstanding, after any termination or expiration of this Agreement:

 

i)                 Subject to paragraph 5.E.ii, each party shall cease all use of the other party’s Intellectual Property, and 2tor shall surrender to USC a ll Work Product and any reproductions thereof, except for one copy that may be maintained solely for archival purposes and not distributed.

ii)             2tor and USC shall allow each student using the Platform, to complete all individual courses in the Program that such student has actually commenced prior to the termination of this Agreement (except to the extent that such student is expelled by USC or does not finish such course within six months following such termination or expiration).  Notwithstanding any other provision of this agreement, 2tor and USC shall be entitled to receive their respective shares of any Net Program Proceeds paid by such students for such courses.

iii)         Upon any termination or expiration, USC shall enable each then-enrolled Program student to complete his or her degree in an online format, subject to USC’s right in its sole discretion to determine student evaluation, the awarding of degrees and expulsion of students for cause, and provided that such student does so diligently and within three years of termination or expiration of this Agreement.

iv)          Sections 4.A, 6.D, 6.E, 8, 9, and 12 through 18 of this Agreement, and any other provisions of this Agreement that are expressly stated to survive for a period after termination, shall survive termination or expiration of this Agreement; and Sections 3 and 4.C shall survive in respect of the [***] described in Section 5.D.

v)              Termination of this Agreement shall not prejudice the terminating party’s rights to any sums due or accrued under this Agreement prior to termination or expiration and shall not prejudice any cause of action or claim of the terminating party accrued or to accrue on account of any breach or default by the non-terminating party.

 

F)              Non-Solicitation .  For one year following termination or expiration of this Agreement, and unless otherwise agreed in writing by the parties, each of the parties shall not, and shall not allow their affiliates, or any of their affiliates’ employees or agents, to employ or otherwise obtain services from, or solicit or otherwise attempt to employ or otherwise obtain services from, or assist any person or business entity in employing or otherwise obtaining services from, or attempting to employ or otherwise obtain services from, any person who is then, or at any time during the preceding twelve months shall have been, in the employ of or retained by the other party.

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

15



 

6)              Representations and Warranties; Indemnifications .

 

A)            Laws and Regulations .  Each party shall comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations applicable to it.

 

B)            Representations of 2tor .  2tor represents and warrants that (i) it is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware; (ii) this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by 2tor and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of 2tor, enforceable in accordance with its terms; (iii) the delivery and performance of this Agreement does not and will not conflict with, result in the breach of, constitute a default, with or without notice and/or lapse of time, under, result in being declared void or voidable any provision of, or result in any right to terminate or cancel any contract, lease or agreement to which 2tor or any of its affiliates is bound, constitute a violation of any statute, judgment, order, decree or regulation or rule of any court, governmental authority or arbitrator applicable or relating to 2tor or any 2tor affiliate, or result in the acceleration of any debt or other obligation of 2tor; (iv) 2tor, in its actions in connection with this Agreement, shall comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws, regulations and rules applicable to it: (v) 2tor owns, or will own, the rights and interests in, or to, the 2tor Intellectual Property necessary to enter into this Agreement and to be developed pursuant to this Agreement, and to grant the licenses and assignments of such property described in this Agreement; (vi) 2tor Intellectual Property do not, and will not, infringe any statutory or common law copyright, privacy, trade secret or other intellectual property right of any third party; and (vii) 2tor has not previously assigned, pledged, licensed or otherwise encumbered any rights or interest in, or to, any component of 2tor Intellectual Property in any way that would interfere with or prevent the grant of the licenses and assignments of such property described in this Agreement.

 

C)            Representations of USC .  USC represents and warrants that (i) it is a California nonprofit public benefit corporation;  (ii) this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by USC and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of USC enforceable in accordance with its terms; (iii) the delivery and performance of this Agreement does not and will not conflict with, result in the breach of, constitute a default, with or without notice and/or lapse of time, under, result in being declared void or voidable any provision of, or result in any right to terminate or cancel any material contract, lease or agreement to which USC or any of its properties is bound, constitute a violation of any material statute, judgment, order, decree or regulation or rule of any court, governmental authority or arbitrator applicable or relating to USC, or result in the acceleration of any debt or other obligation of USC; (iv) USC, in its actions in connection with this Agreement, shall comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws, regulations and rules applicable to it; (v) USC owns, or will own, the rights and interests in, or to, the USC Intellectual Property necessary to enter into this Agreement and to grant the licenses of such property described in this Agreement; (vi) to USC’s knowledge, USC Intellectual Property and the trademarks licensed under Section 4 above do not, and will not, infringe any statutory or common law copyright, privacy, trade secret, trademark or other intellectual property right of any third party; and (vii) USC has not previously assigned, pledged, licensed or otherwise encumbered any rights or interest in, or to, any component of USC Intellectual Property or the trademarks licensed under Section 4 above in any way which would interfere with or prevent the grant of the licenses of such property described in this Agreement.

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

16


 

D)            Indemnity .  Each party (“Indemnifying Party”) shall indemnify and defend the other party (“Indemnified Party”) against any costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees whether arising out of a third-party claim or in enforcing this indemnification), claims, judgments, settlements and damages (including all damages awarded to any person or entity other than the parties payable by Indemnified Party, but in all cases only Indemnified Party’s direct damages) arising out of, or related to: (i) the inaccuracy or breach of any of the representations, warranties or covenants of Indemnifying Party in this Agreement, and (ii) any breach by Indemnifying Party of any applicable laws, regulations and rules (and such breach is unknown to the Indemnified Party); provided in each case that the indemnification arises out of the administration of the Program and that the Indemnified Party gives prompt notice to Indemnifying Party of any possible claim for indemnification under this Agreement promptly after the Indemnified Party becomes aware of such possible claim, and permits Indemnifying Party to control the defense and settlement, if any, of any action brought by any person or entity other than a party relating to any such claim with counsel of its choosing at Indemnifying Party’s expense; and provided further that any delay by Indemnified Party in notifying Indemnifying Party shall not relieve Indemnifying Party from any liability or obligation under this Agreement unless (and then solely to the extent) Indemnifying Party is damaged thereby.  If Indemnifying Party shall fail to promptly and diligently defend any such action after notice, Indemnified Party may re-assume the defense and settlement of such action.  Indemnified Party shall cooperate in the defense of any claim for which Indemnifying Party is indemnifying hereunder, at the expense of Indemnifying Party, except the Indemnified Party shall bear the expense of the time of its own employees.

 

E)             Indemnification Procedure Following notice of a claim or a threatened or actual suit that might result in an indemnification liability under Section 6.D above, Indemnifying Party may, at its own expense, without obligation to do so, procure for Indemnified Party the right to continue to use the relevant intellectual property or to replace or modify such intellectual property with products of substantially similar functionality to avoid the infringement or alleged infringement claimed, but such procurement shall not release such Indemnifying Party of its indemnification obligation under this Agreement.

 

7)              Insurance .  Each party shall be solely responsible for obtaining workers compensation insurance for its employees and agents and such other insurance as may be required by applicable laws.  In addition, each party agrees to carry (or, in USC’s case, to self-insure for) general liability insurance in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence.  Each insurance policy required above shall name the other party as additional insured on broad form endorsements with respect to all bodily injury, personal injury, advertising injury, and property damage liability arising out of the party’s operations, services or products.  Each such insurance policy shall be endorsed to provide that such coverage shall be primary over any coverage available to the other party under its own insurance program in the event of any suit, claim damages or loss.  Each party shall provide to the other party a copy or copies of a Certificate or Certificates of Insurance, or in USC’s case evidence of a self-insurance program, demonstrating that the insurance coverage set forth above is in full force and effect no later than sixty (60) business days after the date of this Agreement.  The certificate(s) shall also evidence the insurers’ agreement to endeavor to provide the other party at least 30 days’ advance notice of any cancellation or material change in any policy of insurance for coverage required under this Agreement.  Further, each party shall maintain any insurance coverage referenced herein for a period of five (5) years after termination of this Agreement.

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

17



 

8)              Confidentiality .

 

A)            Announcements .  Neither 2tor or any of its subsidiaries, officers, directors, employees, other affiliates or agents on the one hand, nor USC or any of its subsidiaries, officers, directors, employees, other affiliates or agents on the other hand shall, without the prior consent of the other, make any public statement or announcement or any release to trade publications or through the press or otherwise, or make any statement to any customer or other third party with respect to this Agreement (including, without limitation, the intent and the terms of this Agreement), except as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of any applicable law, governmental order or regulation or legal proceeding.  2tor may also disclose this Agreement to potential financing parties who agree in a customary form of confidentiality agreement to keep its terms confidential.

 

B)            Confidential Information .  The parties (each a “Receiving Party”) acknowledge that each has been informed that it is the policy of the other party (each a “Disclosing Party”) to maintain as secret and confidential all information relating to the business, products, services, costs, marketing, information pertaining to both on-site and online students’ admissions, performance, and post-graduation outcomes (as set forth in Section 2 above) as well as all information (including, but not limited to, academic as well as personal contact and financial information) pertaining to all faculty, staff, on-site students, on-line students, Districts, and Mentors, and future plans of a Disclosing Party, except such information as becomes publicly known other than through the action of the Receiving Party (all such information is referred to in this Agreement as “Confidential Information”), and further acknowledges that such Confidential Information is of great value to a Disclosing Party.  The terms of this Agreement shall be included in the definition of Confidential Information.  The parties recognize that in negotiating and carrying out the terms of this Agreement, each Receiving Party has and will acquire Confidential Information as aforesaid.  Each Receiving Party confirms that it is reasonably necessary to protect each Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information and associated goodwill, and accordingly:

 

Each Receiving Party shall not directly or indirectly (except where authorized by the Disclosing Party in writing for the benefit of the Disclosing Party), for or on behalf of the Receiving Party or any Person for any reason, divulge any of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information to any Person other than the Disclosing Party (hereinafter referred to collectively as a “Third Party”), except as required by law, in which case, when possible, only after providing prior notice to the Disclosing Party, or use or cause to authorize any Third Parties to use, any such Confidential Information, or any other information regarded as confidential and valuable by the Disclosing Party that the Receiving Party knows or should know is regarded as confidential and valuable by the Disclosing Party (whether or not any of the foregoing information is actually novel or unique or is actually known to others and whether or not the Confidential Information is labeled as confidential).  Each Receiving Party shall, upon the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason, forthwith deliver up to the Disclosing Party, or destroy or delete, any and all documents and materials, or copies thereof, in electronic format or otherwise, in Receiving Party’s possession or under its control that relate to any Confidential Information or that are otherwise the property of the Disclosing Party, provided that the Receiving Party may maintain one copy of records containing Confidential Information for archival purposes only.

 

C)            Return of Confidential Information . Upon the request of the Disclosing Party at any time after

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

18



 

the termination of this Agreement, the Receiving Party will return (and purge its systems and files of) all Confidential Information and Personal Information supplied to, or otherwise obtained by, the Receiving Party in connection with this Agreement or provide, in form and substance acceptable to the Disclosing Party, a certificate of destruction with respect to all such Confidential Information and Personal Information, except the Receiving party may retain one copy solely for archival purposes, which shall remain subject to the confidentiality provisions hereof.

 

D)            Remedies .  Any breach or threatened breach by either party of any provision of this Section 8 will, because of the unique nature of the Confidential Information entrusted to it as aforesaid, cause irreparable harm to the other party and shall entitle such other party, in addition to any other legal remedies available to it, to apply to any court of competent jurisdiction to enjoin such breach or threatened breach.  The parties understand and intend that each restriction agreed to in this Section 8 shall be construed as separable and divisible from every other restriction, and the unenforceability, in whole or in part, of any such restriction, shall not affect the enforceability of the remaining restrictions and that one or more or all of such restrictions may be enforced in whole or in part as the circumstances warrant.  Each party further acknowledges that the other party is relying upon such covenants as an inducement to enter into this Agreement.  Each party shall cause its employees, agents and independent contractors to enter into appropriate confidentiality agreements to enforce the provisions of this Section 8.  For the purposes of this Section 8, the term “person” shall mean any person, corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other entity, along with the heirs, successors and assigns of the same.  The provisions of this Section 8 shall apply to a party and any affiliate of such party at any time during the term hereof, including at any time that such affiliate is no longer an affiliate of such party, and each party shall cause each of such affiliates to enter into an agreement agreeing to comply with the terms of this Section 8.

 

9)              Limitation of Liability .  To the maximum extent permitted by law, neither party shall be liable to the other or to any other person for any indirect, incidental, consequential, exemplary or special damages, of any character, including, but not limited to, damages for loss of goodwill, lost profits, lost business and/or any indirect economic damages whatsoever regardless of whether such damages arise from claims based upon contract, negligence, tort (including strict liability or other legal theory), a breach of warranty or term of the Agreement, and regardless of whether a party was advised or had reason to know of the possibility of incurring such damages in advance.  In no event will a party’s aggregate liability for all claims, damages or losses under this Agreement, apart from claims, damages or losses asserted by a third party and subject to such party’s indemnification obligations hereunder, exceed the Net Program Proceeds received by such party under Section 3.C of this Agreement during the twelve (12) month period preceding the occurrence of the initial event that gives rise to a claim.

 

10)       Exclusivity .  [***] (“Competitive Programs”) [***];

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

19



 

(b) 2tor may offer other online MAT programs, online degree programs in other fields, and other certificate programs, under other names, [***]; and (c) if either USC or 2tor proposes a reasonable expansion of the Territory and the other fails or refuses to proceed hereunder to enable marketing of the Program within such expansion area within one (1) year after such proposal, then, so long as such other party is not in default of any of its material obligations hereunder, such proposing party shall have the right to develop or offer Competitive Programs, but only within such expansion area pursuant to this clause (c).  For further clarity, USC’s traditional in-class competitive programs that are predominantly delivered in classrooms in person by live professors on any of USC’s campuses are not Competitive Programs even if they utilize the Platform.

 

11)       Force Majeure .   The nonperformance of either party to this Agreement, except nonperformance of payment obligations, will be excused to the extent that performance is rendered impossible by any act of God or circumstances beyond the control of a party and without its fault or negligence, including without limitation, fire, war, riots, flood, earthquake, failure of third party hardware or software, governmental acts or orders or restrictions, or power or communications failure (each a “Force Majeure Event”), provided that the non-performing party gives prompt notice of such Force Majeure Event to the other party and makes all commercially reasonable efforts to remove such causes of nonperformance promptly and perform whenever such Force Majeure Event has ceased.  In the event that the Force Majeure Event continues and prevents substantial use of the Program for more than forty-five (45) days, either party may terminate this Agreement upon written notice to the other party, and upon such termination, neither party shall have any further obligation or liability to the other excepts as set forth in Section 5.E hereof.

 

12)       Most Favored Nation .  In the event 2tor enters into a similar agreement with another school for an online degree program in a different course of study, then, subject to 2tor’s confidentiality obligations in connection with such other program, 2tor shall disclose the terms of such similar agreement or a redacted copy of such similar agreement, and USC shall have the option, in its sole discretion, to require an amendment of the entire terms of the Program to conform to the entire terms of such similar agreement, effective as of the start of the next Fiscal Year of the Program.

 

13)       Entire Agreement .  This Agreement contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior agreement between the parties.  No change, amendment, termination or attempted waiver of any of the provisions hereof shall be binding unless in writing and signed by the party against whom the same is sought to be enforced.

 

14)       Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the parties, provided that neither party may assign, subcontract or sublicense this Agreement in whole or in part or any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other, provided, however, that 2tor may subcontract out aspects of the work for the Program other than overall Program management, provided further that 2tor shall be

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

20



 

responsible for any subcontractor work engaged by 2tor for the Program as if 2tor were performing it.

 

15)       Governing Law .  This Agreement and any claim or dispute arising out of, relating to or in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, whether in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California without giving effect to its conflicts of law principles.

 

16)       Review and Notices .

 

A)            Approvals Generally . If either party hereto wishes to object to any proposal or other matter submitted by the other party for consent or approval, the objecting party shall promptly after submission of such proposal provide to the submitting party a description of its objection(s) in reasonable detail together with suggestions as to how it would like to see such objection(s) cured.  Unless otherwise specified herein, approval for or consent to any proposal hereunder shall not be unreasonably delayed, conditioned or withheld and shall be deemed to have been given following 10 days after the written submission of such proposal, unless the reviewing party has provided a notice of objection(s) as described in this Section.

 

B)            Content and Brand Approvals . In the case of any consent or approval required from USC with respect to the content or appearance (to users) of the Program, any substantive modification of any USC Intellectual Property, or the content or appearance of any use of the Brand in the context of any marketing message in which it will appear, such approval or consent may be withheld in the sole and absolute discretion of USC.  Once the content or appearance of any use of the Brand in context is approved by USC in its sole and absolute discretion, no further approval shall be required hereunder for re-purposing such content or appearance in any different media that would be consistent with any marketing plan that USC otherwise approves.

 

C)            Notices . Any notices or other communications under this Agreement, except as may otherwise be provided in this Agreement, will be deemed given and delivered (a) when delivered personally or (b) on the date received by or rejected by addressee, if mailed postage prepaid by certified mail, return receipt requested or if sent shipping prepaid by nationally recognized courier service requesting signature on delivery or (c) on the date received, if sent by confirmed facsimile (provided, however, in each case, if such confirmation is not by 3 p.m.  on a business day, then on the next business day), in each case addressed to the address on the first page hereof, or, in the case of fax, to 2tor at: 30 East 23 rd  Street, 12 th  floor, New York, NY 10010, and to USC at: Rossier School of Education, Waite Phillips Hall, 3470 Trousdale Parkway, Los Angeles, CA 90089, Attention: Karen Symms Gallagher, Dean, or to such other address as either party shall designate by notice to the other, effective ten (10) days after such notice.  In the case of notice to 2tor, a copy shall also be sent to Akabas & Sproule, 11th Floor, 488 Madison Avenue, New York, NY 10022, fax no.: (212) 308-8582.  In the case of USC, a copy shall also be sent to General Counsel, University of Southern California, University Park, ADM-352, Los Angeles, California 90089-5013, fax no: (213) 740-3249.

 

17)       Severability .  The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Agreement in any jurisdiction shall not affect the other provisions hereof or such provision in other jurisdictions, and this Agreement shall be construed in such jurisdiction in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provisions were omitted.

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

21



 

18)       Independent Contractors .  Each party shall be an independent contractor of the other party hereto.  This Agreement shall not create a partnership and shall not authorize either party hereto to bind the other party in any manner.

 

19)       Resolution of Disputes .  Any dispute relating to this Agreement; the making, performance, nonperformance or termination of this Agreement; or any transaction in connection with this Agreement shall be resolved in the following manner.  The parties shall first meet in good faith and attempt to resolve the dispute on their own.  If the dispute cannot be resolved by the parties, the dispute shall be submitted to mediation or arbitration and, if to arbitration, such arbitration shall be conducted in Los Angeles, California in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”).  The award of such arbitration shall be final, binding and non-appealable, except to the extent provided for in the rules of the AAA.  The arbitrator(s) may not amend or alter any term of this Agreement, shall apply the law as set forth herein, and shall have the discretion to impose the cost of the arbitration upon the losing party or divide it between the parties upon any terms which (s)he/they deem appropriate; provided, however, that each party shall bear its own legal fees and costs.  A judgment upon an award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction, or application may be made to such court for confirmation of such award or a judicial acceptance of such award, and for an order of enforcement or other legal remedy.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, USC and 2tor have each caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date first above written.

 

 

THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN

 

 

CALIFORNIA, ON BEHALF OF THE

 

 

ROSSIER SCHOOL OF EDUCATION

2TOR INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ C. L. Max Nikias

 

By:

/s/ John Katzman

Name:

C. L. Max Nikias

 

 

John Katzman

Title:

Executive Vice President and Provost

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

22



 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

This First Amendment to Services Agreement (the “First Amendment”) dated May 17, 2012 (the “First Amendment Effective Date”) is entered into by and between the University of Southern California, a California nonprofit educational institution (“USC”), on behalf of the USC Rossier School of Education, whose address is Waite Phillips Hall, 3470 Trousdale Parkway, Los Angeles, CA 90089, and 2tor, Inc., a Delaware corporation, having an office at 59 Chelsea Piers, Suite 200, New York, NY 10011 (“2tor”).  USC and 2tor are referred to collectively in this First Amendment as the “parties” and individually as a “party.”

 

WITNESSETH

 

WHEREAS, USC and 2tor entered into a Services Agreement dated October 29, 2008 (the “Agreement”), for the provision of an online distance learning program (the “Program”) for a Master of Arts in Teaching (“MAT”); and

 

WHEREAS, USC and 2tor desire to amend the Agreement, including extending the initial term to a period of ten (10) years and amending the exclusivity provisions thereof;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, FOR DUE CONSIDERATION, THE RECEIPT OF WHICH IS HEREBY ACKNOWLEDGED, THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS:

 

1.              All terms not defined herein shall have the same meaning as they do in the Agreement.

 

2.              To the extent any of the terms and conditions of this First Amendment conflict with the terms and conditions of the Agreement, the terms and conditions set forth herein shall prevail.

 

3.              Beginning on the Effective Date, Section 5.B of the Agreement is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:  “ Initial Term .  This Agreement and its initial term shall be deemed to have commenced on July 1, 2008 (the “Effective Date”) and continue for ten (10) years ending on June 30, 2018, subject to earlier termination or non-renewal as set forth in Sections 5.C and 5.D below.”

 

4.              Beginning on the First Amendment Effective Date, the following is hereby inserted as a new paragraph immediately following the existing language of Section 10 (“Exclusivity”) of the Agreement:

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

1



 

A)   Definitions :

 

1.  “Approved Competitive Program” or “ACP” means any USC proposed Competitive Program that 2tor refuses to develop and administer in accordance with the process set forth in Section 10 B) below.

 

2.  “Classroom ACP Student” means any in-classroom student enrolled in any ACP who, at the time of enrollment, is expected to earn all of his or her ACP course credits in in-classroom courses requiring regular face-to-face interaction between USC students and faculty or instructors in a physical space in a manner consistent with traditional classroom courses, except to the extent that USC, including through individual faculty members, utilizes the Platform on an ad hoc, infrequent basis to provide classroom sessions online to such students.

 

3.  “Online ACP Student” means any ACP student that is not a Classroom ACP Student.

 

B)  Notwithstanding anything contained in Section 10 above, should USC intend to develop and/or otherwise offer any Competitive Program(s) other than for the reasons set forth in Section 10(a) or 10(c) above, USC shall identify each such proposed Competitive Program to 2tor, and 2tor shall have the right of first refusal to develop and administer each such proposed Competitive Program on the same terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.  Should 2tor refuse to develop and administer any proposed Competitive Program, USC may then develop and administer each such Competitive Program as an ACP as follows:

 

1.  2tor shall incorporate each ACP developed and administered by USC hereunder into the Platform.  Following USC’s identification to 2tor of each Classroom ACP Student and each Online ACP student and, on a semester-by-semester basis, each course in which each such student is registered, 2tor shall provide to each ACP student the following services:

 

(a) the Customer Service and Counseling services to matriculated students as set forth in Section 1(C) above;

(b) technical support of the Platform, and Platform use training, to such in-classroom students and their professors; and

(c) access to the Platform as provided to MAT Program students; provided however that USC, and not 2tor, shall be responsible to upload online course content to the Platform.

 

i.  In exchange for services 2tor renders hereunder with respect to any Online ACP Student, USC shall pay to 2tor [***] percent ([***]%) of all tuition credited to those students’ accounts on the same schedule as set forth in Section 3(D) above (excluding tuition costs directly associated with additional travel related

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

2



 

expenses for students in the Global Ed.D program and any other program that requires travel as part of the academic curriculum).

 

ii.  In exchange for services 2tor renders hereunder with respect to any Classroom ACP Student, USC shall pay to 2tor [***] percent ([***]%) of all tuition credited to those students’ accounts on the same schedule as set forth in Section 3(D) above (excluding tuition costs directly associated with additional travel related expenses for students in the Global Ed.D program and any other program that requires travel as part of the academic curriculum).

 

iii.  The parties shall mutually develop and agree upon appropriate mechanisms, reporting requirements and/or other safeguards to ensure that Online ACP Students are not classified as Classroom ACP Students, and 2tor shall have the right to audit, in accordance with Section 3(E) above, USC’s classification of Classroom ACP Students and Online ACP Students with respect to payments made or due to 2tor hereunder.

 

C)  With respect to any other program offering credentials or degrees for education which USC offers solely to in-classroom only students, USC may offer such in-classroom students access to the Platform for purposes other than engaging in synchronous communication between any student and other students and faculty.  2tor shall provide technical support of the Platform, but not customer support, to such in-classroom students.

 

1.  In exchange for such services rendered by 2tor with respect to in-classroom students receiving such Platform access hereunder, USC shall pay to 2tor [***] percent ([***]%) of all tuition credited to those students’ accounts on the same schedule as set forth in Section 3(D) above (excluding tuition costs directly associated with additional travel related expenses for students in the Global Ed.D program and any other program that requires travel as part of the academic curriculum).

 

2.  Notwithstanding anything set forth above, USC may request 2tor to submit a bid to provide any service(s) excluded above for any ACP on an ad hoc basis.”

 

5.              All the other terms of the Agreement shall remain unmodified and in full force and effect.

 

[ Signature page to follow ]

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, USC and 2tor have each caused this First Amendment to Services Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date first above written.

 

 

2TOR, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Christopher Paucek

 

 

Name:

Christopher J. Paucek

 

 

Title:

CEO

 

 

 

 

 

UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA,

 

On behalf of its USC Rossier School of Education

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael Quick

 

 

Name:

Michael Quick

 

 

Title:

Executive Vice Provost

 

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

4




Exhibit 10.2

 

MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

AGREEMENT dated April 12, 2010, between University of Southern California, a California nonprofit educational institution (“USC”), on behalf of the professional school set forth in each Addendum annexed hereto (with addresses as set forth therein) (each an “Addendum”), and 2tor, Inc., a Delaware corporation, having an office at Chelsea Piers, Pier 59 West 23rd & Hudson River, Suite 200, New York, NY 10011 (“2tor”).  USC and 2tor are referred to collectively in this Agreement as the “parties” and individually as a “party.”

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, USC is one of the world’s leading private research universities and includes the professional schools set forth in each Addendum hereto (each a “School”);

 

WHEREAS, USC has determined a demand for an online distance learning program (the “Program”) for the masters or doctorate degree program(s) set forth in each Addendum hereto (each a “Degree”);

 

WHEREAS, USC and 2tor have agreed to make a multi-million dollar investment into the development and administration of the Program and to perform the work and furnish services as described in this Agreement with respect to each School;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants herein set forth, the sufficiency of which is acknowledged, the parties agree hereby as follows:

 

1)              2tor’s Services .  For each Degree for each School, 2tor shall provide a specific set of technological, marketing, promotional, development and/or support services. The following list represents a basic set of services; additions or deletions will be set forth in the Addendum.

 

A)            Recruitment .  2tor shall create and carry out marketing and promotional strategies (collectively, “Promotion Strategies”) targeted toward building awareness of the Program and generating a flow of quality applications from prospective students from the United States and from such additional countries as either 2tor or USC periodically proposes in reasonable detail, subject to the other’s approval and Section 10 below (collectively, the “Territory”).

 

i)                  2tor shall develop a written plan and appropriate marketing materials for the Program and shall execute this plan.  2tor shall fund and develop appropriate materials and shall be responsible for recruiting students into the Program.  The written plan and all materials related to the Program shall be subject to USC’s written approval prior to any use thereof, not to be unreasonably withheld.

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

1



 

ii)               Every year and when major changes are proposed, 2tor will submit the Plan, along with materials related to the Program, to the USC Admissions Office or other appropriate office designated by USC for review and approval. To facilitate this review, 2tor shall provide the USC Admissions Office or other appropriate office designated by USC with a summary of all Promotion Strategies implemented in the past year.

 

B)            Admissions Processing .  Subject to USC’s oversight, 2tor shall collect completed online applications for the Program, which shall be obtained through the Platform (defined below) using a form that shall be developed by 2tor and approved by USC, and forward those applications satisfying USC’s Admission Standards (as provided for in Section 2.B below) to the School’s admissions office.

 

C)            Customer Service and Counseling .  In an effort to maintain a high level of customer service, 2tor shall provide phone support and guidance (i.e., technical and assist in career, but not academic) counseling (in a manner consistent with reasonable guidelines provided by USC) to prospective students as well to students upon matriculation and throughout the Program.

 

D)            Host Relationships .  As part of the Program, students may be required to be mentored in a real world setting (each, an “Internship”).  2tor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to identify, contact, and negotiate potential arrangements with appropriate organizations (collectively, “Hosts”) and appropriately credentialed supervisors (collectively, “field instructors/supervisors”) for the Program, and to reserve placements for Program students with such Hosts (each, a “Residency” and collectively, “Residencies”), and, unless commercially impracticable or mutually agreed to be unnecessary, such placements shall be made no less than the minimum period specified in an Addendum.  In addition, 2tor shall identify, compensate (if required and to the extent negotiated by 2tor) and support Hosts and Internships for these Residencies as per paragraph 1D of the Addendum.

 

E)             Curriculum Design .  In USC’s design of the Curriculum (as hereinafter defined), 2tor shall provide technical assistance and recommendations with respect to content and techniques that best use the available technologies and methods embodied in the Platform (as hereinafter defined) in order to meet the needs of Program students and schools.  2tor may also provide other related support as necessary and as agreed by the parties.

 

F)              Curriculum Production and Deployment .

 

i)                  From the Curriculum designed and created by USC faculty, 2tor shall produce lectures, simulations, videos, presentations and other typical online course content developed by USC that will make up the asynchronous products of the Program (the “Produced Segments”), including logistical coordination, and shall ready the Curriculum for online deployment through the Platform.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, 2tor shall be responsible for

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

2



 

(i) all on-site production costs with respect to each Produced Segment, including the cost of all production personnel and equipment (but not including salaries or other compensation of USC instructional personnel), (ii) all legal clearances for music and graphics used in and students and others who appear in the Produced Segments, provided that USC shall cooperate with 2tor in securing such clearances from USC instructional personnel, and (iii) digitizing and otherwise converting all content for each Produced Segment to a medium suitable for delivery to students via the Platform.  Promptly after completion of each Produced Segment, 2tor shall deliver a copy of such Produced Segment to USC.  All such Produced Segments shall conform to USC’s design as set forth in Section 2.E and be subject to USC’s written approval prior to any distribution or other release thereof.

ii)               Periodically, 2tor will update the Produced Segments to correspond to USC’s changes in the Curriculum as per Paragraph 2E.  2tor shall be responsible for the reasonable production costs of such updates as per above.

 

G)            Program Delivery and Support .  2tor shall provide consulting assistance for USC’s development of the instructional content of the Program, and for its efforts to hire, train and support its faculty and field instructors/supervisors who deliver such instruction.

 

i)                  2tor shall create a curriculum for USC faculty members, field instructors/supervisors, and other instructional and technical personnel, and be responsible for providing them with ongoing technical training and online support as per paragraph 1G of the Addendum.

ii)               2tor shall propose service levels to govern its support for Program students and faculty, subject to written approval by USC, which may be revised periodically in writing upon mutual agreement by USC and 2tor.  Service level agreements (or “SLAs”) shall include, but not be limited to, timeliness of response and user satisfaction.  USC shall notify 2tor if 2tor is in default of its SLAs, specifying any failure or default in reasonable detail and suggesting how USC would like such failure to be remedied, and 2tor shall, at its expense promptly after receipt of USC’s notice, improve its service to comply with such agreements.  2tor shall provide such services as USC may reasonably require to maintain records and communications regarding academic performance.

 

H)           Technology .  2tor has built, and shall maintain, periodically revise, and host a technology platform for the Program, to serve as an online communication portal for students, faculty, course coordinators, course assistants, Internships and Program staff and to enable online applications, course delivery, Program communications, development and maintenance of student portfolios, placement services and such other functions as are mutually agreed to by the parties (the “Platform”).  The Platform is (a) designed to enable the effective delivery of the Curriculum and (b) shall be made available to USC at no additional fee for use in making the Curriculum and Produced Segments available to each School’s in-classroom Degree students, except that 2tor shall not be required to incur any

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

3



 

additional cost for such availability.  The parties agree to negotiate in good faith should USC wish to use the Platform for other programs.

 

i)                  Specifications and Service Levels.   The specifications and performance standards for the Platform and the related service level agreements are as set forth in the Exhibits attached to each Addendum.  Such service level agreements shall address, without limitation, continuous availability of the Platform (subject to reasonable amounts of downtime for maintenance and similar matters), correction of any errors, bugs and defects in the Platform and 2tor’s responsiveness to students and other users experiencing problems with the Platform.  2tor’s proposed specifications and standards and service level agreements shall be subject to the written approval of USC.  Periodically, 2tor shall propose changes to the specifications and performance standards for the Platform, all of which shall be subject to the written approval of USC.

ii)               Upgrades .  2tor will make its best commercial efforts to integrate tested new technologies and insights into the platform.  Therefore, it will periodically upgrade the platform to add functionality or streamline the user interface.  Prior to such upgrades, it shall perform reasonable acceptance tests to determine whether the changes compromise platform security, scalability, and usability.  In the event that USC reasonably determines that the upgrade, despite these tests, threatens the stability or usability of the platform, 2tor will roll back those changes and conduct further testing.

iii)            Ongoing Quality .  After Program Launch, USC shall notify 2tor if the Platform has failed to satisfy the specifications and standards contemplated hereby or if 2tor is in default of its service level agreements, specifying any failure or default in reasonable detail and suggesting how USC would like such failure to be remedied, and 2tor shall, at its expense promptly after receipt of USC’s notice, modify or improve the Platform or take other corrective action in order to bring the Platform into compliance with such specifications and standards or improve its service to comply with such service level agreements.  Failure of the Platform to meet such specifications and standards or of 2tor to comply with such service level agreements within a reasonable period, but not more than thirty (30) days, after 2tor’s receipt of USC’s notice shall entitle USC to terminate the Addendum to this Agreement for that School pursuant to Section 5(C) below.

iv)           Escrow .  2tor shall keep and maintain a current copy of the source code, object code, compiling instructions, and all relevant development and user documentation for the Platform, with a mutually acceptable escrow agent. 2tor shall update the escrowed materials annually for the term of the Agreement. The agreement with the escrow agent (with such agreement to be mutually agreed upon by the parties) shall authorize the escrow agent to release the escrowed materials to USC in the event that 2tor, or its successor organization, becomes unable to continue to do business in the ordinary course, through bankruptcy or otherwise, following a reasonable opportunity to restructure or cure any such breach. In the event of their release, USC shall have the right to use, modify, and maintain escrowed materials for the sole purpose of continuing the benefits afforded to USC under or pursuant to this

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

4



 

Agreement, except that such rights shall be fully subject to, and only as permitted by, all applicable licensing and other agreements relating to the escrowed materials. USC shall be obligated to maintain the confidentiality of the released materials, and if the release event has been remedied, 2tor or its successor organization shall have the right to put the materials back into escrow. At its own expense, USC reserves the right to audit in the presence of a 2tor agent that the deposits and updates have been made pursuant to this Agreement.

 

I)                Academic and Professional Certification .

 

Upon request by USC, 2tor shall assist USC in securing approval of the Program by (i) the Western Association of Schools and Colleges (“WASC”) and any other professional accreditation agencies if required; and (ii) as may be necessary to enable graduates to satisfy the academic and related requirements for certification in California (unless specifically excluded in an Addendum) and in states other than California, or in confirming applicable reciprocity rules outside California.  All costs incurred under 1.I.i shall be borne by USC, and all costs incurred under 1.I.ii shall be borne by 2tor, subject in each case to the prior written approval of the paying party of any such expense incurred by the non-paying party.  2tor shall make no representation to Program students or applicants that the Program will satisfy the certification requirements in a particular state prior to confirmation of such approval or reciprocity in such state.

 

J)                Program and Student Evaluation .  2tor shall gather ongoing data of Program students to further overall Program evaluation, including, but not limited to, student satisfaction with the Program, evaluation of instructors, and such other matters in such form and at such frequency as USC may reasonably require.

 

K)           Placement .  2tor shall use good-faith efforts, in collaboration with USC’s career counseling and placement efforts provided pursuant to Section 2.K, to place Program graduates.

 

L)             Alumni .  USC shall be solely responsible for the management of alumni relationships, provided that USC may request 2tor to provide reasonable assistance in maintaining contact with recent alumni and tracking their career progress at any time through the effective date of the termination of this Agreement for any reason.

 

M)         Compliance .

 

i)                  Personal Information .  2tor acknowledges that USC is subject to internal policies, laws, and regulations that govern and restrict the collection, storage, processing, dissemination, and use of non-public personal information that relates to applicants to the Program, Internship participants and USC’s students and personnel that could be used, either directly or indirectly, to identify such person (collectively, “Personal Information”).  2tor shall, and

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

5



 

shall cause its employees, agents, servants, principals, and any subcontractors to, at all times comply with all applicable laws, rules, regulations and USC policies, including privacy and information security laws and regulations and USC policies regarding Personal Information relating to the performance of 2tor’s obligations under this Agreement.   Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, 2tor agrees (a) not to collect, store, process, disseminate, or use any such Personal Information obtained from USC except to the extent expressly permitted or required in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, (b) to store all such Personal Information only in encrypted or otherwise secure form on 2tor’s computer system and (c) not to sell, distribute, release or disclose lists or compilations of any items of Personal Information without the prior written consent of USC or of the subject(s) of the Personal Information to be released or disclosed.  Any disclosure of Personal Information by 2tor in the performance of its obligations hereunder shall be made only on a “need-to-know” basis and subject to an applicable confidentiality agreement or other obligation substantially similar to the confidentiality, privacy and information security requirements imposed on 2tor under this Agreement and applicable law.

ii)               Student Privacy Rights .  Without limitation of its obligations under paragraph 1.M.i above, (a) 2tor shall take all commercially reasonable measures to protect the Personal Information of Program students consistent with Family Education Rights and Privacy Act (“FERPA”) and the applicable laws of the State of California, (b) 2tor shall furnish USC a copy of 2tor’s information security procedures for the storage and handling of education records and other Personal Information prior the commencement of 2tor’s handling and processing of such matter, (c) 2tor shall furnish USC a copy of any update or other modification of such security procedures and (d) such security procedures and all updates and modifications thereof shall be subject to USC’s written approval.

iii)            Agency Regarding Student Information .  In order to satisfy regulatory requirements applicable to USC, 2tor is hereby appointed as an agent of the USC Office of the Registrar for the use of student education records and other Personal Information solely for the purpose of providing the student and graduate services required hereunder throughout the Program and thereafter, including without limitation counseling of prospective students and continuing contact with graduates of the Program.

iv)           Incentive Compensation Rule .  2tor shall compensate its employees engaged in the recruitment of Program students, or in the supervision of such employees, only in accordance with its commercially reasonable interpretation of the provisions of 34 CFR § 668(b)(22), commonly referred to as the Incentive Compensation Rule.

v)              HEOA Section 495 Compliance .  2tor shall remain in compliance with HEOA Section 495.  Without limiting the foregoing, 2tor shall have and maintain security mechanisms in place to ensure that each student registering for a course is the same student who participates in the course or receives course credit.  Such security mechanisms shall include one or more of the following

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

6



 

methods:  (a) a secure login and pass code; (b) proctored examinations; and (c) new or other technologies and practices that are effective in verifying student identification.

 

N)            Monitoring and Audits Generally

 

i)                  2tor shall (a) measure, monitor, and track the performance of its services and obligations, conduct internal audits and self-testing, and compare such performance to the service level agreements and other specifications and standards provided for in this Agreement, (b) detect and promptly cure deficiencies, and (c) report such performance, deficiencies and cures to USC on a quarterly or other basis as agreed between the parties in a form mutually agreed by the Parties from time to time.  Such assessment of the performance of 2tor’s services and obligations shall include providing USC an opportunity to assess or comment to 2tor on 2tor’s performance of its services and obligations, irrespective of any other measurements.  If legally required, 2tor shall also provide to USC, initially and on an annual basis thereafter, a copy of a Statement on Auditing Standards (SAS) 70, Type II, report obtained by 2tor from an auditing firm reasonably acceptable to USC with respect to 2tor’s operations related to its services and obligations under this Agreement.

ii)               At least annually as requested by USC, and at such other times as USC may reasonably request, 2tor shall provide reasonable, mutually acceptable, written certifications as to 2tor’s compliance with applicable laws, the service level agreements and other specifications and standards provided for in this Agreement, and such other matters as may be reasonably requested by USC.  For the avoidance of doubt, such written certifications shall include any sub-certifications reasonably required by USC to enable USC to provide its own written certifications to any students, graduates or regulators as required by applicable law or contract.  USC shall consult with 2tor prior to agreeing to provide certifications with regard to the Program that will require a 2tor sub-certification.

iii)            Upon USC’s request and subject to 2tor’s then-current confidentiality, security and data protection procedures, 2tor will permit USC’s authorized representatives and auditors to visit with the appropriate personnel at 2tor, and will provide USC with access to or copies of (a) applicable 2tor records, including testing results (whether conducted by 2tor or a third-party), (b) 2tor’s compliance policies and procedures applicable to 2tor’s operations related to its services and obligations, and (c) any other records required to be delivered by 2tor pursuant to this Agreement, in each case in order to conduct due diligence on, audit, inspect or otherwise examine 2tor’s operations, computer systems and access controls directly relating to its performance hereunder (collectively, “Reviews”).  At USC’s reasonable request, and expense, Reviews also may include “ethical hacks,” penetration testing or other testing of the 2tor System and 2tor’s information security, data protection, disaster recovery, business continuity and confidentiality policies, procedures and safeguards.  USC agrees that Reviews will be completed at

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

7



 

2tor’s facilities upon reasonable advance notice during regular business hours.  The parties will cooperate in good faith to minimize the disruption associated with Reviews, including the timing of such Reviews.

iv)           If 2tor receives a request or demand from a student or graduate of the Program, or from a regulator in regard to USC or a student or graduate of the Program, requesting a Review, 2tor shall notify USC promptly, and 2tor shall work with USC or any such student, graduate, or regulator in conducting and responding to any such request for a Review, provided that 2tor shall not be required to provide a Review to a third party, except as required by law.

v)              Subject to 2tor’s then-current confidentiality, security, and data protection procedures, (a) 2tor will discuss with USC personnel, or provide summaries to USC of, any material violations of 2tor’s code of ethics or other compliance-related policies and procedures by 2tor personnel related to 2tor’s performance hereunder, and (b) 2tor will promptly notify USC of (and, if requested by USC, provide USC summaries of) material changes to 2tor’s code of ethics and other compliance-related policies and procedures applicable to 2tor’s performance hereunder.

vi)           If 2tor fails to meet a service level agreement or other specification or standard in the performance of any service or obligation under this Agreement, or if a deficiency is identified as a result of any self-testing, SAS 70 audit, “ethical hack,” penetration testing or other monitoring or other Review contemplated in this Section 1.N, as soon as practicable following knowledge of such failure or deficiency, 2tor shall, at its expense  (a) perform an analysis to identify the cause of any such failure or deficiency, (b) provide USC with a report identifying the cause of such failure or deficiency and describing the intended procedure/steps for correcting or resolving such failure or deficiency and the timeline for completing such procedure/steps, (c) if requested by USC, meet with USC (in person or by teleconference) to discuss such failure or deficiency and such intended procedure/steps and timeline, (d) promptly cure such failure or deficiency and (e) after such failure or deficiency is cured, promptly notify USC that such failure or deficiency has been cured.

 

2)              USC’s Services .  For each Degree for each School, USC shall be exclusively responsible for ensuring the academic quality and academic integrity of the Program. The following list represents a basic set of services; additions or deletions will be set forth in the Addendum.

 

A)            Recruitment .  The Program shall be branded as set forth in each Addendum (the “Brand”).  USC shall promote the Program on the School’s website (including, but not limited to, the homepage thereof), the School’s career center and at all student recruitment events and professional school fairs attended by School representatives in a manner comparable to the promotion of the School’s in-classroom Degree programs, and, to the extent USC promotes the School’s in-classroom Degree programs, it will promote the Program in a comparable manner.  Further, USC shall consult with 2tor in the development of additional Promotion Strategies, and USC

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

8



 

shall have the right to review and approve all marketing and other materials related to the Program prior to their use.

 

B)            Admissions Processing and Financial Aid .

 

i)                 After USC’s receipt of a complete application from 2tor (as set forth in Section 1.B. above), USC shall, in its sole discretion, determine which qualified students shall be admitted to the Program; USC shall use commercially reasonable efforts to accept or reject each applicant within ten business days after receipt of such applicant’s completed application.

ii)             USC shall, in its sole discretion, establish Admissions Standards for the Program, which shall require that students admitted to the Program have similar academic qualifications to those in the School’s in-classroom Degree program, as applicable; USC and 2tor shall cooperate to make the admissions process and the application of Admissions Standards streamlined, transparent and clear to enable 2tor to target its promotional efforts to students likely to be accepted.

iii)         USC shall be solely responsible for the administration of all financial aid programs.  USC shall provide student financial assistance services similar to those offered students enrolled in the School’s in-classroom Degree program, and shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide such services at a service level similar to that of competitive online programs.  2tor shall not be involved in any manner in the award or disbursement of financial assistance provided pursuant to Title IV of the Higher Education Act of 1965, as amended.

 

C)            Student Service and Counseling .  Once admitted to the Program, students shall, to the extent practicable given the inherent differences between in-classroom and online students, have similar rights and privileges and receive services similar to those received by the School’s in-classroom Degree students.  USC shall ensure the availability and participation of School faculty and staff, and provide academic counseling in Program requirements, add/drop policies, probations, leave of absence and similar matters.  Program students shall not be charged for services that apply only to in-classroom Degree students.

 

D)            Host Relationships .  USC shall use commercially reasonable efforts, including, but not limited to, sharing any connections, contacts or networking suggestions it might have with 2tor, in order to assist 2tor in the cultivation of relationships with Hosts, subject to the written approval of USC.  USC shall set customary standards for Internship participants (including students and field instructors/supervisors) and oversee the Internship and the work of the clinical supervisors.  USC may require 2tor to remove any Internship participant from participation in the Program who does not, in USC’s sole discretion, meet the reasonable standards of the Program.

 

E)             Curriculum Design .  USC shall be solely responsible for the design of the Program curriculum (the “Curriculum”), making its commercially reasonable efforts to have the framework of the Curriculum set by the date set forth in each Addendum, so that the Pilot (as hereinafter defined) can be launched by the date set forth in each

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

9



 

Addendum.  School faculty or other personnel provided by USC shall provide reasonable assistance to 2tor’s web team in the adaptation of the Curriculum for the Program to web-based presentation via the Platform.  USC and School faculty shall be solely responsible for the ongoing review and revision of the Curriculum as USC determines, at its sole discretion, to be necessary and appropriate to maintain the academic quality and academic integrity of the Program.  USC shall ensure the availability and participation of faculty and other personnel to achieve the Curriculum design as set forth in this Section 2.E.

 

F)              Curriculum Production and Deployment .  USC shall use commercially reasonable efforts to prepare drafts of the syllabi (and submit them to the appropriate curricular committees in time to obtain timely approval), subject to approval by such appropriate curricular committees, (i) on or before the date set forth in each Addendum, for the Pilot Launch courses specified in Section 5.A, (ii) on or before the date set forth in each Addendum, for the Program Launch courses specified in Section 5.A, and (iii) on or before the date set forth in each Addendum, for such additional courses as the parties may mutually agree for the Additional Courses Launch as referenced in Section 5.A.  USC shall also use commercially reasonable efforts to develop such syllabi into appropriate materials in time for production to meet such schedule.  USC shall secure the commitment of those School faculty members and other instructional personnel selected by USC for the Produced Segments and for any modifications to the Curriculum required by the online delivery mechanism.  Unless otherwise agreed in writing by the parties, USC shall be solely responsible for the expense of such faculty, other instructional personnel and other USC and School staff.  Each Produced Segment shall be subject to USC’s review and written approval prior to any distribution or other release thereof.  Each course approved by USC shall be released for distribution on the Platform as such course is approved, subject to the provisions of Section 1.H and 1.I hereof.

 

G)            Program and Course Development & Support .  Each course shall be taught exclusively by School faculty and other instructional personnel selected by USC. USC shall be responsible for the creation of the Curriculum and for the hiring, curricular training, and oversight of the work of the School faculty and other instructional personnel.  USC shall use commercially reasonable efforts to maintain faculty availability, experience, quality, and student to faculty ratio similar to those of competitive programs.  USC shall provide 2tor with access to information pertaining to both classroom-based and online students’ admissions, performance, and post-graduation outcomes as well as information pertaining to relevant faculty, staff, and Internship participant information, to the extent permitted by and subject to the requirements of the FERPA and such other laws and regulations as may pertain.

 

H)           Technology .  USC shall, upon 2tor’s reasonable request, advise and consult with 2tor as to the design of the Platform and its sufficiency for use for the Program.  USC shall make available to 2tor, upon 2tor’s reasonable request, the appropriate

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

10



 

USC personnel to participate with 2tor in the testing and, as necessary, re-testing of the Platform as contemplated by Section 1.H above.

 

I)                Professional Certification .  If appropriate, USC shall take such measures as are reasonable and necessary to secure such California approval of the Program as may be necessary to enable graduates to satisfy the academic and related requirements for professional certification.  USC shall assist 2tor in seeking acceptance of Program credentials by other states either as an alternative certification program or under existing reciprocity rules with California, and USC shall make a good faith effort to make commercially reasonable supplements to or modification in the Curriculum or Program to satisfy state alternative certification requirements; provided that USC shall have no obligation to supplement or modify the Curriculum or the Program or make other adjustments in order to satisfy any such other state’s perceived deficiencies in the Program in any way that USC believes would impair the academic integrity of the Program or USC’s reputation.

 

J)                Evaluation .  USC shall oversee the Program evaluation, utilizing USC data and the data gathered by 2tor pursuant to Section 1.J above and other available data.  USC shall at its sole discretion determine satisfaction of degree requirements, award all grades, and confer all degrees.

 

K)           Placement & Credentialing .  If determined by USC to be necessary for the Program, USC and 2tor shall take such reasonable measures to provide Program students with such advice and guidance as they may reasonably require to secure alternative resources for the satisfaction of individual state-specific requirements not included in the Program curriculum.  USC shall, to the extent practicable given the inherent differences between in-classroom and online students, make its career counseling resources available to students in the Program on a basis similar to that provided to students enrolled in the School’s in-classroom Degree program, including in-person meetings to the extent Program students visit a USC campus where that School’s in-classroom Degree course is taught.

 

L)             Alumni .  USC shall be solely responsible for the management of alumni relationships, provided that USC may request 2tor to provide reasonable assistance in maintaining contact with alumni and tracking their career progress.

 

3)              Accounting .

 

A)            Fiscal Year .  “Fiscal Year” shall mean a period starting July 1 and ending on June 30 of the following calendar year.  The first Fiscal Year of the Program shall end on the date set forth in each Addendum.

 

B)            Program Proceeds .  USC shall collect all of the tuition and fees charged to Program students (such tuition and fees, other than the Excluded Fees (as hereinafter defined), collectively, the “Program Proceeds”).  Tuition per credit for Program students shall be the same as the tuition per credit imposed upon School in-

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

11



 

classroom Degree students.  Any charges for Program students that are not included in “Program Proceeds” shall not exceed similar charges imposed on School in-classroom Degree students.  The following fees and charges shall not be included in determining “Program Proceeds”: the Graduate Admissions Fee, the Norman Topping Fee, the Graduate Program Fee, the Graduate Student Service Fee and Off Campus Health Insurance (collectively, the “Excluded Fees”).

 

C)            Finances .  All Program Proceeds net of refunds actually granted by USC (“Net Program Proceeds”) shall be shared between USC and 2tor as set forth in the Addendum.

 

D)            Reports and Payment .

 

i)                 For each time period where a course or group of courses start (a “Session”) during the term of this Agreement, USC shall provide to 2tor the following reports on or before the 30th day after the commencement of each Session, (a) a listing for such Session, through the final add/drop date for such Session of: (i) the students offered admission by USC to the Program, (ii) the students who enrolled in or dropped from each course in the Program, including a course listing for the enrolled students, (iii) the Program Proceeds charged by type of charge for each student, (iv) the Program Proceeds collected by type of charge for each student, and (v) a calculation of the payments between the parties pursuant to paragraph 3.D.ii hereof for such Session; and (b) a reconciliation of the foregoing described report against actual results obtained during the most recently completed Session.

ii)             Concurrently with the delivery of each report required by paragraph 3.D.i, USC shall also pay or adjust, as applicable, 2tor’s portion of Net Program Proceeds for the subject Session by wire transfer of funds to such bank account as 2tor may direct by notice to USC no later than ten (10) business days prior to the scheduled date for such wire transfer.  The payment for the most recently commenced Session shall equal the sum of (a) 2tor’s portion (determined pursuant to paragraph 3.C.i) of the greater of (i) the amount of Net Program Proceeds collected by USC from all Program students enrolled in the Program for such Session as of the last add/drop date for such Session and (ii) 95% of the amount of Net Program Proceeds charged by USC to all Program students enrolled in the Program for such Session as of the last add/drop date for such Session plus (b) any adjustment in prior payments under this paragraph 3.D.ii required to reflect the Net Program Proceeds actually collected by USC for Sessions prior to the most recently commenced Session, inclusive of uncollectible revenues, refunds given and/or additional enrollment during such prior Sessions.

iii)         Any payment by 2tor to USC to make up any post-Session adjustment shall be paid within thirty (30) days after 2tor’s receipt of the applicable report.

iv)          A final payment of amounts due from either party to the other pursuant to this Section 3.D shall be made within thirty (30) days after the termination or expiration of this Agreement.

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

12


 

E)             Maintenance of Books and Records; Rights on Audit .  USC shall maintain such books and records as are necessary to substantiate Program Proceeds received in connection with the Program and this Agreement.  During the term of this Agreement and for a period of 180 days after the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason (or, if applicable, after any [***] described in the Addendum, Section 5.D), 2tor shall have the right to examine such books and records that are specifically related to the Program and this Agreement.  Such examinations shall be held upon reasonable advance notice to USC at USC’s offices during normal business hours and shall take place no more frequently than once each Fiscal Year.  Once a particular Fiscal Year has been so examined, such Fiscal Year shall not be subject to any subsequent re-examination pursuant to this Section 3.E or otherwise, unless 2tor can show reasonable grounds for believing that an uncorrected error that would materially affect the Net Program Proceeds payable to 2tor for such Fiscal Year occurred in such previously examined Fiscal Year, either because a new error is subsequently found in a different Fiscal Year or 2tor can demonstrate that new information evidencing such error has come to its attention.  Any such examination shall be made at 2tor’s sole cost and expense.  If such examination discloses that any amounts have not been paid or have been made in incorrect amounts, and such amounts are not in dispute, the parties shall promptly take appropriate steps to correct such errors in payment, including interest accruing at 12% per annum from the date such payment should have been made to the date on which such payment is made, and any reasonable costs of the audit.

 

4)              Intellectual Property .

 

A)            USC Property .  USC shall own and retain all right, title, and interest, including, but not limited to, all copyrights, trademark rights and other intellectual property rights, in all of the content of the Program, including without limitation the content of the Curriculum (“USC’s Intellectual Property”).  2tor acknowledges and agrees that all right, title and interest in and to all results and proceeds of 2tor’s services hereunder in producing the Produced Segments, whether stored on tape, computer disks or otherwise, and all derivative works that are conceived, created, or developed as a result of or in connection with such 2tor services (collectively, the “Work Product”) shall be the sole property of USC, whether such 2tor services are completed or not.  2tor acknowledges and agrees that (i) all Work Product shall constitute a “work made for hire” for USC, as that phrase is defined in Section 101 and 201 of the Copyright Act of 1976 (Title 17, United States Code), including without limitation a work specially commissioned by USC, and (ii) notwithstanding the foregoing subparagraph (i), if and to the extent 2tor retains any interest in the Work Product (in whole or in part), 2tor hereby grants, assigns and transfers to USC all right, title and interest in and to the Work Product, and all intellectual property rights therein, including without limitation all patent, copyright, trade secret and other proprietary rights, and the right to make any modifications, adjustments or additions thereto (2tor hereby expressly waiving any droit moral or similar rights to object to any such changes), the right to make and distribute derivative works thereof and the right to all claims for past infringement thereof.  Upon USC’s request, 2tor shall

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

13



 

execute and deliver to USC all documents and instruments, including without limitation copyright assignments, and shall otherwise assist USC, at USC’s expense, to perfect in USC the sole and exclusive right, title and other interests in the Work Product.  In the event USC is unable, because 2tor is no longer in business, to obtain the signature of 2tor to any document or instrument necessary or desirable to apply for protection of, or to enforce any action with respect to, any intellectual property right in or to the Work Product, 2tor hereby irrevocably designates and appoints USC and its duly authorized officers and agents as 2tor’s agent and attorney-in-fact, whose power is expressly coupled with an interest, to act for and on behalf of 2tor, to execute such documents and instruments and to take all lawfully permitted actions to protect USC’s interests in any intellectual property right with the same legal force and effect as if executed by 2tor.  USC shall not use such Work Product except (i) in connection with the Program hereunder, (ii) for the exclusive use by students in the School’s on-site masters Degree and/or doctorate Degree programs, (iii) to users licensed to use 2tor’s Intellectual Property under Section 4.D below, (iv) upon expiration of this Agreement at the end of the term provided for in Section 5.B or any Renewal Term provided for in Section 5.D, (v) in the event that 2tor becomes insolvent or admits its inability, or becomes unable, to pay its debts generally as they become due; files a petition for relief or for reorganization or for the adoption of an arrangement under the federal bankruptcy laws or any other similar law or statute for the relief or aid of debtors of the United States of America or any State thereof, as now or hereafter in effect (the “Bankruptcy Laws”), or makes an admission seeking the relief therein provided; or has an order for relief entered against it under the Bankruptcy Laws or is otherwise adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, (vi) in the event that any Addendum to this Agreement is terminated by 2tor for a School pursuant to Section 5.C below or terminated by USC pursuant for a School to subparagraph 5.C.i(a) below and/or (vii) under terms the parties shall negotiate from time to time in good faith for other uses that are not competitive with the Program.

 

B)            2tor Property .  2tor shall own and retain all right, title and interest, including, but not limited to, all copyrights, trademark rights and other intellectual property rights, in the Platform and all other technology, computer programs and software source code, developed for the Platform, including, but not limited to, 2tor-developed or 2tor-acquired user interface designs necessary to facilitate access to USC’s Intellectual Property via the Platform (provided that, for further clarity, 2tor’s rights in such matter shall not give it any right whatsoever in or to any portion of USC’s Intellectual Property, none of which may be used by 2tor except in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement), logic and data modules, algorithms, feature sets and source code, and documentation relating thereto (“2tor’s Intellectual Property”).  Anything in this Agreement to the contrary notwithstanding, this Section 4.B shall not apply to software licensed from persons or entities other than the parties and included in 2tor’s Intellectual Property by mutual agreement of the parties.

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

14



 

C)            License of USC Intellectual Property .  USC grants to 2tor the right to use, during the term of this Agreement, the names “USC,” “University of Southern California,” and other names set forth in each Addendum and other trade names, trademarks, service marks, designs and logos specified by USC for use in connection with the Program, including, but not limited to, 2tor’s marketing and promotion of the Program, subject to USC’s prior written approval of the form and manner of each such use.  Subject to the remaining provisions of this Agreement, USC grants to 2tor the right and license during the term of this Agreement to use USC’s Intellectual Property within the Territory only to the extent necessary for USC’s Intellectual Property to be incorporated into or used with the Program pursuant to the terms of this Agreement.  2tor shall acquire no rights in any of USC’s Intellectual Property or in any of USC’s trade names, trademarks, service marks, designs or logos from 2tor’s use hereunder.

 

D)            License of 2tor Intellectual Property .  2tor grants to USC the right and license during the term of this Agreement, and during the [***] described in the Addendum, Section 5.D, to use all of 2tor’s Intellectual Property used in the Program, including, without limitation, a license of all rights under copyright and the rights to reproduce and copy 2tor’s Intellectual Property in all editions, versions and formats for print and in any other form or medium, whether now known or hereafter known, throughout the world, including, without limitation, electronic, magnetic, digital, laser, or optical-based media, for use only in the School’s on-site Degree programs and, under terms to be negotiated, for use in other online programs that are not competitive with the Program.  To the extent necessary to facilitate access to the Program, 2tor shall also grant to Program students a royalty-free license to use the 2tor Intellectual Property that is used in the Program for the duration of their participation in the Program, but only as part of the Program studies.

 

E)             Other Uses of Marks .  Other than the licenses granted in Sections 4.C and 4.D, no party may use the other’s name, trademark, sign, logo or similar designation without such other’s prior written approval, which may be granted in such other’s sole discretion.  The rights under Section 4.C above may not be (i) transferred, except to an entity acquiring all or substantially all of the business of 2tor, or (ii) sublicensed.

 

F)              Infringements by Others .  Each party shall promptly report in writing to the other during the term any known or suspected infringement of any of USC’s Intellectual Property or 2tor’s Intellectual Property of which such party becomes aware, and shall provide the other with all available evidence supporting such known or suspected infringement or unauthorized use.

 

G)            Infringements by Parties .  In the event that a party becomes aware of any claim that the practice by either party in the development, production, promotion, marketing or distribution of the Program infringes the intellectual property rights of any third party, such party shall promptly notify the other party.  In any such instance, the

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

15



 

parties shall cooperate and shall mutually agree upon an appropriate course of action.  Each party shall provide to the other party copies of any notices it receives from any person or entity other than a party regarding any alleged infringement or misappropriation of third party intellectual property relating to the development, production, promotion or marketing of the Program.  Such notices shall be provided promptly, but in no event after more than fifteen (15) days following receipt thereof.

 

5)              Term and Termination .

 

A)            Pilot and Program Launch .  The parties contemplate a three-phase rollout of the Program as follows:  (i) an initial pilot (the “Pilot”) projected to start in the date set forth in each Addendum (the “Pilot Launch”), consisting of the number of courses set forth in each Addendum with working titles set forth in each Addendum and including no more than the number of students set forth in each Addendum for the initial Session, in order to give both parties the opportunity to further develop the Program; (ii) a launch of the Program projected to start in the date set forth in each Addendum (the “Program Launch”), consisting of the number of courses set forth in each Addendum with working titles set forth in each Addendum; and (iii) a launch of such additional courses in the Program as the parties may mutually agree (the “Additional Courses Launch”), projected to start as set forth in each Addendum.  Subject to Section 1.H and 1.I, the parties shall agree in good faith when the Program is ready for Pilot Launch and for Program Launch.

 

B)            Initial Term .  This Agreement and its initial term shall be deemed to have commenced on the date set forth in each Addendum (the “Effective Date”) and continue for the number of years as set forth in each Addendum ending on the date set forth in each Addendum, subject to earlier termination or non-renewal as set forth in Sections 5.C and 5.D below.

 

C)            Termination For Cause .

 

i)                 If either party (the “Non-Performing Party”) materially breaches any of its material obligations hereunder with respect to a School, the other party may deliver, in writing, a notice to such Non-Performing Party describing in detail such non-performance and adequately listing reasonable suggestions as to the steps that may be taken to cure such non-performance.  If the Non-Performing Party has not cured such breach within (a) thirty (30) days following the Non-Performing Party’s receipt of such notice or (b) such shorter period as may be reasonably required to attempt to avoid a material adverse effect on USC’s reputation or the academic integrity of the Program, then in either such case the other party may terminate the Addendum to this Agreement for that School effective upon delivery of notice to the Non-Performing Party.

ii)             If the Non-Performing Party commits a breach of its obligations hereunder with respect to a School other than as described in paragraph 5.C.i above, the other party may deliver, in writing, a notice to such Non-Performing Party describing

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

16



 

in detail such non-performance and adequately listing reasonable suggestions as to the steps that may be taken to cure such non-performance.  If after thirty (30) days following the date of such notice, the Non-Performing Party has not undertaken and diligently pursued a cure of such breach, with the goal of curing such breach within sixty (60) days after the Non-Performing Party’s receipt of the original notice from the other party, the other party may terminate the Addendum to this Agreement for that School effective upon delivery of notice to the Non-Performing Party.

iii)         A Non-Performing Party that receives a notice of breach and that has reasonable grounds for the position that the alleged breach is not, in fact, a breach hereof, may apply to an arbitrator or to court for a temporary restraining order or preliminary injunctive relief to in effect toll the period hereunder to cure such breach or other similar relief, until an arbitrator has determined whether such alleged breach is, in fact, a breach hereof.

 

D)            Automatic Renewal Terms .  With respect to each School and subject to earlier termination as set forth in Section 5.C, this agreement and each Addendum hereto may renew as set forth in the Addendum (the “Renewal Terms”).

 

E)             Effect of Termination .  Any provision herein notwithstanding, after any termination or expiration of this Agreement (including any Addendum hereto) with respect to each School:

 

i)                 Subject to paragraph 5.E.ii, each party shall cease all use of the other party’s Intellectual Property, and 2tor shall surrender to USC all Work Product and any reproductions thereof, except for one copy that may be maintained solely for archival purposes and not distributed.

ii)             2tor and USC shall allow each student using the Platform, to complete all individual courses in the Program that such student has actually commenced prior to the termination of this Agreement (except to the extent that such student is expelled by USC or does not finish such course within six months following such termination or expiration).  Notwithstanding any other provision of this agreement, 2tor and USC shall be entitled to receive their respective shares of any Net Program Proceeds paid by such students for such courses.

iii)         Upon any termination or expiration, USC shall enable each then-enrolled Program student to complete his or her degree in an online format, subject to USC’s right in its sole discretion to determine student evaluation, the awarding of degrees and expulsion of students for cause, and provided that such student does so diligently and within three years of termination or expiration of this Agreement.

iv)          Sections 4.A, 6.D, 6.E, 8, 9, and 11 through 17 of this Agreement, and any other provisions of this Agreement that are expressly stated to survive for a period after termination, shall survive termination or expiration of this Agreement; and Sections 3 and 4.C shall survive in respect of the [***] described in the Addendum, Section 5.D.

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

17



 

v)              Termination of this Agreement shall not prejudice the terminating party’s rights to any sums due or accrued under this Agreement prior to termination or expiration and shall not prejudice any cause of action or claim of the terminating party accrued or to accrue on account of any breach or default by the non-terminating party.

 

F)              Non-Solicitation .  For one year following termination or expiration of this Agreement, and unless otherwise agreed in writing by the parties, each of the parties shall not, and shall not allow their affiliates, or any of their affiliates’ employees or agents, to employ or otherwise obtain services from, or solicit or otherwise attempt to employ or otherwise obtain services from, or assist any person or business entity in employing or otherwise obtaining services from, or attempting to employ or otherwise obtain services from, any person who is then, or at any time during the preceding twelve months shall have been, in the employ of or retained by the other party.

 

6)              Representations and Warranties; Indemnifications .

 

A)            Laws and Regulations .  Each party shall comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws and regulations applicable to it.

 

B)            Representations of 2tor .  2tor represents and warrants that (i) it is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware; (ii) this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by 2tor and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of 2tor, enforceable in accordance with its terms; (iii) the delivery and performance of this Agreement does not and will not conflict with, result in the breach of, constitute a default, with or without notice and/or lapse of time, under, result in being declared void or voidable any provision of, or result in any right to terminate or cancel any contract, lease or agreement to which 2tor or any of its affiliates is bound, constitute a violation of any statute, judgment, order, decree or regulation or rule of any court, governmental authority or arbitrator applicable or relating to 2tor or any 2tor affiliate, or result in the acceleration of any debt or other obligation of 2tor; (iv) 2tor, in its actions in connection with this Agreement, shall comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws, regulations and rules applicable to it: (v) 2tor owns, or will own, the rights and interests in, or to, the 2tor Intellectual Property necessary to enter into this Agreement and to be developed pursuant to this Agreement, and to grant the licenses and assignments of such property described in this Agreement; (vi) 2tor Intellectual Property do not, and will not, infringe any statutory or common law copyright, privacy, trade secret or other intellectual property right of any third party; and (vii) 2tor has not previously assigned, pledged, licensed or otherwise encumbered any rights or interest in, or to, any component of 2tor Intellectual Property in any way that would interfere with or prevent the grant of the licenses and assignments of such property described in this Agreement.

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

18



 

C)            Representations of USC .  USC represents and warrants that (i) it is a California nonprofit public benefit corporation;  (ii) this Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by USC and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of USC enforceable in accordance with its terms; (iii) the delivery and performance of this Agreement does not and will not conflict with, result in the breach of, constitute a default, with or without notice and/or lapse of time, under, result in being declared void or voidable any provision of, or result in any right to terminate or cancel any material contract, lease or agreement to which USC or any of its properties is bound, constitute a violation of any material statute, judgment, order, decree or regulation or rule of any court, governmental authority or arbitrator applicable or relating to USC, or result in the acceleration of any debt or other obligation of USC; (iv) USC, in its actions in connection with this Agreement, shall comply with all applicable federal, state and local laws, regulations and rules applicable to it; (v) USC owns, or will own, the rights and interests in, or to, the USC Intellectual Property necessary to enter into this Agreement and to grant the licenses of such property described in this Agreement; (vi) to USC’s knowledge, USC Intellectual Property and the trademarks licensed under Section 4 above do not, and will not, infringe any statutory or common law copyright, privacy, trade secret, trademark or other intellectual property right of any third party; and (vii) USC has not previously assigned, pledged, licensed or otherwise encumbered any rights or interest in, or to, any component of USC Intellectual Property or the trademarks licensed under Section 4 above in any way which would interfere with or prevent the grant of the licenses of such property described in this Agreement.

 

D)            Indemnity .  Each party (“Indemnifying Party”) shall indemnify and defend the other party (“Indemnified Party”) against any costs, expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees whether arising out of a third-party claim or in enforcing this indemnification), claims, judgments, settlements and damages (including all damages awarded to any person or entity other than the parties payable by Indemnified Party, but in all cases only Indemnified Party’s direct damages) arising out of, or related to: (i) the inaccuracy or breach of any of the representations, warranties or covenants of Indemnifying Party in this Agreement, and (ii) any breach by Indemnifying Party of any applicable laws, regulations and rules (and such breach is unknown to the Indemnified Party); provided in each case that the indemnification arises out of the administration of the Program and that the Indemnified Party gives prompt notice to Indemnifying Party of any possible claim for indemnification under this Agreement promptly after the Indemnified Party becomes aware of such possible claim, and permits Indemnifying Party to control the defense and settlement, if any, of any action brought by any person or entity other than a party relating to any such claim with counsel of its choosing at Indemnifying Party’s expense; and provided further that any delay by Indemnified Party in notifying Indemnifying Party shall not relieve Indemnifying Party from any liability or obligation under this Agreement unless (and then solely to the extent) Indemnifying Party is damaged thereby.  If Indemnifying Party shall fail to promptly and diligently defend any such action after notice, Indemnified Party may re-assume the defense and settlement of such action.  Indemnified Party shall

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

19



 

cooperate in the defense of any claim for which Indemnifying Party is indemnifying hereunder, at the expense of Indemnifying Party, except the Indemnified Party shall bear the expense of the time of its own employees.

 

E)             Indemnification Procedure .  Following notice of a claim or a threatened or actual suit that might result in an indemnification liability under Section 6.D above, Indemnifying Party may, at its own expense, without obligation to do so, procure for Indemnified Party the right to continue to use the relevant intellectual property or to replace or modify such intellectual property with products of substantially similar functionality to avoid the infringement or alleged infringement claimed, but such procurement shall not release such Indemnifying Party of its indemnification obligation under this Agreement.

 

7)              Insurance .  Each party shall be solely responsible for obtaining workers compensation insurance for its employees and agents and such other insurance as may be required by applicable laws.  In addition, each party agrees to carry (or, in USC’s case, to self-insure for) general liability insurance in an amount not less than $1,000,000 per occurrence.  Each insurance policy required above shall name the other party as additional insured on broad form endorsements with respect to all bodily injury, personal injury, advertising injury, and property damage liability arising out of the party’s operations, services or products.  Each such insurance policy shall be endorsed to provide that such coverage shall be primary over any coverage available to the other party under its own insurance program in the event of any suit, claim damages or loss.  With respect to each School, each party shall provide to the other party a copy or copies of a Certificate or Certificates of Insurance, or in USC’s case evidence of a self-insurance program, demonstrating that the insurance coverage set forth above is in full force and effect no later than sixty (60) business days after the date of the parties’ execution of each Addendum.  The certificate(s) shall also evidence the insurers’ agreement to endeavor to provide the other party at least 30 days’ advance notice of any cancellation or material change in any policy of insurance for coverage required under this Agreement.  Further, each party shall maintain any insurance coverage referenced herein for a period of five (5) years after termination of this Agreement.

 

8)              Confidentiality .

 

A)            Announcements .  Neither 2tor or any of its subsidiaries, officers, directors, employees, other affiliates or agents on the one hand, nor USC or any of its subsidiaries, officers, directors, employees, other affiliates or agents on the other hand shall, without the prior consent of the other, make any public statement or announcement or any release to trade publications or through the press or otherwise, or make any statement to any customer or other third party with respect to this Agreement (including, without limitation, the intent and the terms of this Agreement), except as may be necessary to comply with the requirements of any applicable law, governmental order or regulation or legal proceeding.  2tor may also disclose this Agreement to potential financing parties who agree in a customary form of confidentiality agreement to keep its terms confidential.

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

20


 

B)            Confidential Information .  The parties (each a “Receiving Party”) acknowledge that each has been informed that it is the policy of the other party (each a “Disclosing Party”) to maintain as secret and confidential all information relating to the business, products, services, costs, marketing, information pertaining to both on-site and online students’ admissions, performance, and post-graduation outcomes (as set forth in Section 2 above) as well as all information (including, but not limited to, academic as well as personal contact and financial information) pertaining to all faculty, staff, on-site students, on-line students, Hosts, and Internship participants, and future plans of a Disclosing Party, except such information as becomes publicly known other than through the action of the Receiving Party (all such information is referred to in this Agreement as “Confidential Information”), and further acknowledges that such Confidential Information is of great value to a Disclosing Party.  The terms of this Agreement shall be included in the definition of Confidential Information.  The parties recognize that in negotiating and carrying out the terms of this Agreement, each Receiving Party has and will acquire Confidential Information as aforesaid.  Each Receiving Party confirms that it is reasonably necessary to protect each Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information and associated goodwill, and accordingly:

 

Each Receiving Party shall not directly or indirectly (except where authorized by the Disclosing Party in writing for the benefit of the Disclosing Party), for or on behalf of the Receiving Party or any Person for any reason, divulge any of the Disclosing Party’s Confidential Information to any Person other than the Disclosing Party (hereinafter referred to collectively as a “Third Party”), except as required by law, in which case, when possible, only after providing prior notice to the Disclosing Party, or use or cause to authorize any Third Parties to use, any such Confidential Information, or any other information regarded as confidential and valuable by the Disclosing Party that the Receiving Party knows or should know is regarded as confidential and valuable by the Disclosing Party (whether or not any of the foregoing information is actually novel or unique or is actually known to others and whether or not the Confidential Information is labeled as confidential).  Each Receiving Party shall, upon the expiration or termination of this Agreement for any reason, forthwith deliver up to the Disclosing Party, or destroy or delete, any and all documents and materials, or copies thereof, in electronic format or otherwise, in Receiving Party’s possession or under its control that relate to any Confidential Information or that are otherwise the property of the Disclosing Party, provided that the Receiving Party may maintain one copy of records containing Confidential Information for archival purposes only.

 

C)            Return of Confidential Information . Upon the request of the Disclosing Party at any time after the termination of this Agreement, the Receiving Party will return (and purge its systems and files of) all Confidential Information and Personal Information supplied to, or otherwise obtained by, the Receiving Party in connection with this Agreement or provide, in form and substance acceptable to the Disclosing Party, a certificate of destruction with respect to all such Confidential

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

21



 

Information and Personal Information, except the Receiving party may retain one copy solely for archival purposes, which shall remain subject to the confidentiality provisions hereof.

 

D)            Remedies .  Any breach or threatened breach by either party of any provision of this Section 8 will, because of the unique nature of the Confidential Information entrusted to it as aforesaid, cause irreparable harm to the other party and shall entitle such other party, in addition to any other legal remedies available to it, to apply to any court of competent jurisdiction to enjoin such breach or threatened breach.  The parties understand and intend that each restriction agreed to in this Section 8 shall be construed as separable and divisible from every other restriction, and the unenforceability, in whole or in part, of any such restriction, shall not affect the enforceability of the remaining restrictions and that one or more or all of such restrictions may be enforced in whole or in part as the circumstances warrant.  Each party further acknowledges that the other party is relying upon such covenants as an inducement to enter into this Agreement.  Each party shall cause its employees, agents and independent contractors to enter into appropriate confidentiality agreements to enforce the provisions of this Section 8.  For the purposes of this Section 8, the term “person” shall mean any person, corporation, limited liability company, partnership or other entity, along with the heirs, successors, and assigns of the same.  The provisions of this Section 8 shall apply to a party and any affiliate of such party at any time during the term hereof, including at any time that such affiliate is no longer an affiliate of such party, and each party shall cause each of such affiliates to enter into an agreement agreeing to comply with the terms of this Section 8.

 

9)              Limitation of Liability .  To the maximum extent permitted by law, neither party shall be liable to the other or to any other person for any indirect, incidental, consequential, exemplary, or special damages, of any character, including, but not limited to, damages for loss of goodwill, lost profits, lost business and/or any indirect economic damages whatsoever regardless of whether such damages arise from claims based upon contract, negligence, tort (including strict liability or other legal theory), a breach of warranty or term of the Agreement, and regardless of whether a party was advised or had reason to know of the possibility of incurring such damages in advance.  In no event will a party’s aggregate liability for all claims, damages, or losses under this Agreement, apart from claims, damages, or losses asserted by a third party and subject to such party’s indemnification obligations hereunder, exceed the Net Program Proceeds received by such party under Section 3.C of this Agreement during the twelve (12) month period preceding the occurrence of the initial event that gives rise to a claim.

 

10)       Exclusivity .  [***] (“Competitive Programs”) [***];

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

22



 

(b) 2tor may offer other online Degree programs, online degree programs in other fields, and other certificate programs, under other names, [***]; and (c) if either USC or 2tor proposes a reasonable expansion of the Territory and the other fails or refuses to proceed hereunder to enable marketing of the Program within such expansion area within one (1) year after such proposal, then, so long as such other party is not in default of any of its material obligations hereunder, such proposing party shall have the right to develop or offer Competitive Programs, but only within such expansion area pursuant to this clause (c).  For further clarity, USC’s traditional in-class competitive programs that are predominantly delivered in classrooms in person by live professors on any of USC’s campuses are not Competitive Programs even if they utilize the Platform.

 

11)       Force Majeure .   The nonperformance of either party to this Agreement, except nonperformance of payment obligations, will be excused to the extent that performance is rendered impossible by any act of God or circumstances beyond the control of a party and without its fault or negligence, including without limitation, fire, war, riots, flood, earthquake, failure of third party hardware or software, governmental acts or orders or restrictions, or power or communications failure (each a “Force Majeure Event”), provided that the non-performing party gives prompt notice of such Force Majeure Event to the other party and makes all commercially reasonable efforts to remove such causes of nonperformance promptly and perform whenever such Force Majeure Event has ceased.  In the event that the Force Majeure Event continues and prevents substantial use of the Program for more than forty-five (45) days, either party may terminate this Agreement with respect to that School upon written notice to the other party, and upon such termination, neither party shall have any further obligation or liability to the other excepts as set forth in Section 5.E hereof.

 

12)       Entire Agreement .  This Agreement (including all Addendums and Exhibits hereto) contains the entire understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersedes any prior agreement between the parties, except that the parties acknowledge the existence of a certain October 20, 2008 Services Agreement between USC, on behalf of the USC Rossier School of Education, and 2tor, and agree that nothing herein is intended to or shall be considered, deemed or held to modify, supersede, cancel or otherwise affect the validity, enforceability or terms thereof, either in whole or in part or parts.  No change, amendment, termination or attempted waiver

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

23



 

of any of the provisions hereof shall be binding unless in writing and signed by the party against whom the same is sought to be enforced.

 

13)       Successors and Assigns .  This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the respective successors and assigns of the parties, provided that neither party may assign, subcontract or sublicense this Agreement in whole or in part or any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the other, provided, however, that 2tor may subcontract out aspects of the work for the Program other than overall Program management, provided further that 2tor shall be responsible for any subcontractor work engaged by 2tor for the Program as if 2tor were performing it.  2tor shall consult with USC before effecting a change of control in the company.

 

14)       Governing Law .  This Agreement and any claim or dispute arising out of, relating to or in connection with this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, whether in contract, tort or otherwise, shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California without giving effect to its conflicts of law principles.

 

15)       Review and Notices .

 

A)            Approvals Generally . If either party hereto wishes to object to any proposal or other matter submitted by the other party for consent or approval, the objecting party shall promptly after submission of such proposal provide to the submitting party a description of its objection(s) in reasonable detail together with suggestions as to how it would like to see such objection(s) cured.  Unless otherwise specified herein, approval for or consent to any proposal hereunder shall not be unreasonably delayed, conditioned or withheld and shall be deemed to have been given following 10 days after the written submission of such proposal, unless the reviewing party has provided a notice of objection(s) as described in this Section.

 

B)            Content and Brand Approvals . In the case of any consent or approval required from USC with respect to the content or appearance (to users) of the Program, any substantive modification of any USC Intellectual Property, or the content or appearance of any use of the Brand in the context of any marketing message in which it will appear, such approval or consent may be withheld in the sole and absolute discretion of USC.  Once the content or appearance of any use of the Brand in context is approved by USC in its sole and absolute discretion, no further approval shall be required hereunder for re-purposing such content or appearance in any different media that would be consistent with any marketing plan that USC otherwise approves.

 

C)            Notices . Any notices or other communications under this Agreement, except as may otherwise be provided in this Agreement, will be deemed given and delivered (a) when delivered personally or (b) on the date received by or rejected by addressee, if mailed postage prepaid by certified mail, return receipt requested or if sent shipping prepaid by nationally recognized courier service requesting signature on delivery or (c) on the date received, if sent by confirmed facsimile (provided,

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

24



 

however, in each case, if such confirmation is not by 3 p.m.  on a business day, then on the next business day), in each case addressed to the address on the first page hereof, or, in the case of fax, to 2tor at: 59 Chelsea Piers, Suite 200, New York, NY 10011, and to USC at the address (and to the attention) as set forth in each Addendum hereto, or to such other address as either party shall designate by notice to the other, effective ten (10) days after such notice.  In the case of notice to 2tor, a copy shall also be sent to Obermayer Rebmann Maxwell & Hippel LLP, attention: Todd J. Glassman, Esquire, One Penn Center, Suite 1900, 1617 John F. Kennedy Boulevard, Philadelphia, PA 19103-1895, fax no.: (215) 665-3165.  In the case of USC, a copy shall also be sent to General Counsel, University of Southern California, University Park, ADM-352, Los Angeles, California 90089-5013, fax no: (213) 740-3249.

 

16)       Severability .  The invalidity or unenforceability of any particular provision of this Agreement in any jurisdiction shall not affect the other provisions hereof or such provision in other jurisdictions, and this Agreement shall be construed in such jurisdiction in all respects as if such invalid or unenforceable provisions were omitted.

 

17)       Independent Contractors .  Each party shall be an independent contractor of the other party hereto.  This Agreement shall not create a partnership and shall not authorize either party hereto to bind the other party in any manner.

 

18)       Resolution of Disputes .  Any dispute relating to this Agreement; the making, performance, nonperformance or termination of this Agreement; or any transaction in connection with this Agreement shall be resolved in the following manner.  The parties shall first meet in good faith and attempt to resolve the dispute on their own.  If the dispute cannot be resolved by the parties, the dispute shall be submitted to mediation or arbitration and, if to arbitration, such arbitration shall be conducted in Los Angeles, California in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association (“AAA”).  The award of such arbitration shall be final, binding and non-appealable, except to the extent provided for in the rules of the AAA.  The arbitrator(s) may not amend or alter any term of this Agreement, shall apply the law as set forth herein, and shall have the discretion to impose the cost of the arbitration upon the losing party or divide it between the parties upon any terms which (s)he/they deem appropriate; provided, however, that each party shall bear its own legal fees and costs.  A judgment upon an award rendered by the arbitrator(s) may be entered in any court of competent jurisdiction, or application may be made to such court for confirmation of such award or a judicial acceptance of such award, and for an order of enforcement or other legal remedy.

 

19)       Individual Agreements between USC and 2tor .  The parties intend and agree that this Agreement, when combined with each Addendum attached (or to be attached) hereto, shall each constitute a separate and distinct agreement between USC and 2tor with respect to each School set forth in each Addendum.  As such, all rights, remedies, duties, responsibilities and obligations of each party with respect to the development and administration of the Program and otherwise hereunder for each School set forth in

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

25



 

each Addendum shall be separate and apart from the rights, remedies, duties, responsibilities and obligations of the parties with respect to the development and administration of the Program and otherwise hereunder for every other School set forth in every other Addendum.  For the avoidance of doubt, either party’s performance or non-performance of any obligation or otherwise hereunder with respect to any School set forth in any Addendum shall have no effect, bearing or consequence on either party’s performance or non-performance of any obligation or otherwise with respect to any other School set forth in any other Addendum, and this Agreement and all other Addendums shall otherwise remain in full force and effect.  All terms of this Agreement, when combined with each individual Addendum, shall be read individually and specifically with respect to each School listed in each individual Addendum.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, USC and 2tor have each caused this Agreement to be executed by its duly authorized officer as of the date first above written.

 

 

By:

/s/ C. L. Max Nikias

 

By:

/s/ John Katzman

 

C. L. Max Nikias

 

 

John Katzman

 

Executive Vice President and Provost

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

26



 

ADDENDUM TO THE

MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT

FOR SCHOOL OF SOCIAL WORK

 

The parties agree that the following shall constitute the definitions and other information agreed upon by the parties via this Addendum, as referenced in the applicable sections of the Master Services Agreement set forth below:

 

Recitals

 

A)

1 st  Recital:

The following shall constitute the “School” as set forth in the first recital of the Agreement: School of Social Work, with an address of Montgomery Ross Fisher Building, Los Angeles, CA 90089-0411.

 

 

 

B)

2 nd  Recital:

The following shall constitute the “Degree” to be offered by the School listed above as set forth in the second recital of the Agreement: Master of Social Work.

 

1)              2tor’s Services.

 

D.             Host Relationships . In the event that 2tor is unable to arrange a residency for a student, it will consult with USC before ending that effort.  In such event, USC and 2tor will jointly work to arrange an appropriate Residency for the student. 2tor shall place students into Residencies within [***] of the start of classes.

 

G.             Program and Course Delivery and Support .  2tor will provide support to USC faculty members, field instructors/supervisors, other instructional and technical personnel, and students for the use of 2tor technology and related required applications.

 

H.            [***]. USC may, in its sole and absolute discretion, provide 2tor with appropriate content developed through its military and other contracts to distribute [***] to certain professionals or others as designated by USC.  USC retains all right, title and interest, including but not limited to intellectual property rights, to these materials.  In such event, 2tor will create and administer, [***], a distribution mechanism for this content, provided that the parties shall allocate the costs in a manner to be reasonably agreed in advance by written agreement signed by the authorized signatories of the parties.  [***], such tuition and/or fees shall constitute Program Proceeds and shall be shared by the parties in the same manner as otherwise provided herein.

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

27



 

I.                 Academic and Professional Certification .  2tor is not required to assist USC in securing approval of the Program as may be necessary to enable graduates to satisfy the academic and related requirements for certification in California.

 

2)              USC’s Services.

 

A)            Recruiting . The Program will be branded as the MSW@USC, as the “Virtual Academic Center,” and as otherwise proposed by 2tor as part of its marketing efforts with respect to the Program and as accepted by USC.

 

B)            Admissions Processing and Financial Aid . USC shall provide 2tor employees with sufficient access to meeting space on campus to facilitate such employees’ interactions with participating faculty.

 

E)             Curriculum Design . Date by which USC will set the Curriculum framework: June 15, 2010; Date on which USC will launch the Pilot: September 27, 2010

 

F)              Curriculum Production and Deployment .

 

i.  Syllabi draft date for Pilot Launch courses: June 15, 2010.

ii. Syllabi draft date for Program Launch courses: July 30, 2010.

iii. Syllabi draft date for Additional Courses Launch courses: September 30, 2010.

 

USC shall submit syllabi drafts to 2tor for all subsequent courses not included in the Pilot Launch, Program Launch or Additional Courses Launch no less than three (3) months in advance of the mutually agreed upon launch date for each subsequent course.

 

G.             Program and Course Delivery and Support .  USC will provide support to its faculty and field instructors/supervisors in teaching online, in the curriculum, and in other necessary non-technical content.

 

3)              Accounting:

 

A)            End date for the first Fiscal Year of the Program : June 30, 2011.

 

C)            Finances .  All Program Proceeds net of refunds actually granted by USC (“Net Program Proceeds”) shall be shared between USC and 2tor as follows:

 

i)                  2tor will be entitled to [***]% of the Net Program Proceeds, in the aggregated through each payment/adjustment date under Section 3.C of the Agreement, for its technology, production, marketing, technical support and other services.

 

ii)               USC will be entitled to retain all remaining Net Program Proceeds after 2tor receives its share under paragraph 3.C.i of the Appendix above for USC’s

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

28



 

admissions, marketing, Curriculum development, Program instruction, student evaluation, Program evaluation and other support of the Program.

 

4)              C) Additional names .  Additional names that USC grants to 2tor the right to use: none.

 

5)              Term and Termination.

 

A)  Pilot and Program Launch

 

i)                  The Pilot Launch will be in September 2010; it shall contain one course.  The parties shall reasonably agree on the working titles of the courses in the Pilot Launch. The number of students for the initial Session shall not exceed 60.

ii)               The Program Launch shall be October 4, 2010; it shall consist of five courses.   The parties shall reasonably agree upon the working titles of the courses in the Program Launch.

iii)            The Additional Courses Launch will be January 10, 2011.

iv)           If either party reasonably believes that the October 4, 2010 launch date cannot be met, the launch will be delayed until January 10, 2011.

 

B) Initial Term .  This Agreement and its initial term shall be deemed to have commenced on July 1, 2010 (the “Effective Date”) and continue for ten (10) years ending on June 30, 2020, subject to earlier termination or non-renewal as set forth in Sections 5.C and 5.D of the Agreement.

 

D) Automatic Renewal Terms . Subject to earlier termination as set forth in Section 5.C of the Agreement, this Agreement and each Addendum hereto shall automatically renew for successive 3-year terms (the “Renewal Terms”), unless either party shall give notice of non-renewal at least 1 year prior to the end of the then current term.  [***] shall be made on a schedule and otherwise in accordance with the terms of the Agreement.

 

10) Exclusivity .

 

(a)(ii):  Date by which Program Proceeds received during prior Fiscal Year must equal or exceed designated amount: July 1, 2015; amount that Program Proceeds received during prior Fiscal Year must equal or exceed: $[***].

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

29



 

[Language in addition to Section 10 of the Agreement] Assuming 2tor is able to recruit a sufficient number of qualified applicants, USC agrees that it shall permit up to 2,000 new student starts per Fiscal Year; at any time, it may raise this number to reflect increased capabilities (“Maximum Class Size”).  However, if USC materially changes it admissions criteria, or if the number of new students starts in any Fiscal Year is equal to or exceeds eighty percent (80%) of the Maximum Class Size, then, for the remainder of the contract term (and any renewals or extensions hereof), 2tor may offer Competitive Program(s).

 

15) C) Address .  Address for notice to USC to be delivered to (address and attention):

 

University of Southern California

Office of the General Counsel

Administration 352

Los Angeles, California 90089-5013

 

Attention:  Stephen A. Yamaguchi, University Council

 

 

THE UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN

 

 

CALIFORNIA

 

2TOR INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ C. L. Max Nikias

 

By:

/s/ John Katzman

 

C. L. Max Nikias

 

 

John Katzman

 

Executive Vice President and Provost

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

4/15/10

 

Date:

4/12/10

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

30


 

ADDENDUM

TO

MASTER SERVICES AGREEMENT

REGARDING TURNITIN SERVICES

 

This Addendum (“Addendum”) to that certain Master Services Agreement dated April 12, 2010  (the “Original Agreement”) is entered into effective as of July 22, 2011 (“Effective Date”) by and between the University of Southern California (“USC”) and 2tor, Inc. (“2tor”). Capitalized terms not defined herein shall have the respective meanings ascribed to such terms in the Original Agreement.

 

Background

 

USC and 2tor desire that 2tor integrate the iParadigms, LLC’s (“IParadigms”) TurnItIn Ensure Originality service (“TurnItIn Services”) into the 2tor Platform and Programs provided to USC under the Original Agreement, in order to help evaluate the originality of student work.

 

In consideration of the foregoing and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows.

 

Agreement

 

1.              Integration . All licenses and rights to use the TurnItIn Services are subject to and conditioned upon USC’s receipt of written authorization from iParadigms and USC’s continued authority to grant such licenses and rights from iParadigms. 2tor shall not commence use of the TurnItIn Services until 2tor receives USC’s written confirmation of receipt of such authorization from IParadigms. Subject to the forgoing conditions, USC hereby grants 2tor the non-transferable, limited, non-exclusive right and license to use the TurnItIn Services for the integration purposes contemplated below and solely in connection with USC end users with respect to the Programs for purposes of submitting student work for evaluation. 2tor shall not rent, lease or provide access to, or benefits from, the TurnItIn Services to any other third party. 2tor shall integrate the Platform and Programs with the TurnItIn Services, which integration shall include:

 

a) accepting student essay submissions via the Platform/Programs;

b) transferring those submissions to the TurnItIn Services such that they may be evaluated by the TurnItIn Services;

c) retrieving selected evaluation data made available by the TurnItIn Services, including an originality score/report; and

d) displaying such originality score/report to end-users within the Platform and Programs.

 

To the extent available, USC shall facilitate the provision of support from iParadigms in connection with such integration.  USC shall promptly notify 2tor of any changes in its authorization or continued authority to grant the aforementioned licenses and rights from iParadigms, and 2tor shall not be responsible for ensuring that USC maintains such authorization, continued authority, licenses or rights from iParadigms, and shall not be liable in any way for USC’s failure to do so.  Any failure by 2tor to integrate the Platform and/or Programs with the TurnItIn Services as set forth in this Section 1 shall not constitute a breach or default of its obligations contained in the Original Agreement, provided that 2tor has used commercially reasonable, good faith efforts to achieve such integration.

 

2.              Additional Provisions . 2tor will not be responsible for the accuracy of the TurnItIn Services originality scores/reports, or the reliability (uptime) of the TurnItIn Services. 2tor’s student

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

1



 

services support team will respond to USC end-user queries regarding the origin and general nature of the originality scores/reports provided by TurnItIn Services; however, 2tor will not be in a position to explain in detail the reasons for TurnItIn Services originality scores/reports, nor give specific advice as to how originality scores/reports may be improved. USC will be responsible for managing the relationship for TurnItIn with iParadigms, including addressing problems with originality scores/reports accuracy, TurnItIn Services reliability (uptime), and any legal questions regarding the right of iParadigms to possess copies of student essays. Upon USC’s reasonable request, 2tor shall provide such reports and data that are available to 2tor in connection with use of the TurnItIn Services.

 

3.              Terms . 2tor shall access and use the TurnItIn Services in compliance with and subject to, Sections 1(M)(i) and (ii) of the Original Agreement and the TurnItIn Services Usage Policy and Privacy Policy/Pledge available at www.turnitin.com (collectively, the “Terms”).

 

4.              Indemnification . 2tor shall defend and indemnify USC, iParadigms and their parents, subsidiaries, and their officers, directors, employees and agents and their successors and assigns (collectively, for purposes of this Section, “USC Indemnitees”) against, and hold USC Indemnitees harmless from, any and all claims, actions, damages, expenses (including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees), obligations, losses, liabilities and liens, imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against, USC Indemnitees occurring as a result of, or in connection with any breach of the Terms by 2tor. USC shall defend and indemnify 2tor and its parents, subsidiaries, and their officers, directors, employees and agents and their successors and assigns (collectively, for purposes of this Section, “2tor Indemnitees”) against, and hold 2tor Indemnitees harmless from, any and all claims, actions, damages, expenses (including court costs and reasonable attorneys’ fees), obligations, losses, liabilities and liens, imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against, 2tor Indemnitees occurring as a result of, or in connection with a claim brought by any USC end user alleging that such USC end user’s TurnItIn originality scores/reports are inaccurate, or any claim brought by iParadigms or any other party regarding USC’s failure to maintain the authorization, continued authority, licenses or rights in or to use the TurnItIn Services as required hereunder. If seeking indemnification, indemnified party will give prompt written notice to indemnifying party.  The failure by indemnified party to give notice as provided above, shall not relieve indemnifying party of its obligations under this section, except to the extent that the failure results in the failure of actual notice and indemnifying party is damaged as a result of the failure to give notice.  In addition, indemnified party will allow indemnifying party to direct the defense and settlement of any such claim, with counsel of indemnifying party’s choosing, and will provide indemnifying party, at indemnifying party’s expense, with information and assistance that is reasonably necessary for the defense and settlement of the claim.   Indemnified party shall not be liable for any settlement of an action effected without its written consent (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed).  Indemnifying party will not consent to the entry of any judgment or enter into any settlement that does not include as unconditional term(s) thereof, (a) the giving by the claimant or plaintiff to indemnified party a release from all liability with respect to the claim; and (b) confidentiality of the terms of such settlement agreement.

 

5.              Ownership . The application program interfaces and design interfaces (i) necessary to facilitate access from the Platform and Programs to the TurnItIn Services and (ii) developed by 2tor shall constitute 2tor’s Intellectual Property under the Original Agreement. As between 2tor and iParadigms, subject to the underlying ownership rights of students in and to the submitted work, iParadigms owns all rights in and to the TurnItIn Services and all material created by the TurnItIn Services, including the format of the originality reports, and all intellectual property rights related thereto.

 

6.              Confidential Information . The information, including the originality scores/reports, received by 2tor in connection with use of the TurnItIn Services as contemplated under this Addendum shall constitute Confidential Information of USC under the Original Agreement.

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

2



 

7.              General . Except as set forth in this Addendum, all terms and conditions set forth in the Original Agreement shall remain in full force and effect and shall be applicable to this Addendum. If there is any conflict between the terms of this Addendum and the Original Agreement, then the terms of this Addendum shall prevail.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Addendum to be executed and do each hereby represent that their respective signatory whose signature appears below has been and is on the Effective Date duly authorized by all necessary and appropriate corporate action to execute this Addendum.

 

UNIVERSITY OF SOUTHERN CALIFORNIA

 

2TOR, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Signature:

/s/ Robert Cooper

 

Signature:

/s/ Christopher Paucek

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Robert Cooper

 

Name:

Christopher J. Paucek

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

Vice Provost, Planning and Budget

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

07/22/2011

 

Date:

8/2/11

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [* * *]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 

3




Exhibit 10.3

 

LEASE AGREEMENT

between

MPLX-LANDOVER CO LLC

and

2TOR, INC.

 

Table of Contents

 

SECTION

 

PAGE

 

 

 

1.

DEFINITIONS

 

1

2.

LEASE TERM

 

1

3.

BASIC RENTAL

 

2

4.

BASIC RENTAL ESCALATION

 

3

5.

SECURITY DEPOSIT

 

3

6.

LANDLORD’S OBLIGATIONS

 

3

7.

IMPROVEMENT OF THE PREMISES

 

4

8.

OPERATING EXPENSES

 

5

9.

USE

 

5

10.

CLIENT’S REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS

 

5

11.

ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

 

6

12.

INDEMNITY

 

8

13.

SUBORDINATION

 

9

14.

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

9

15.

INSPECTION

 

10

16.

CONDEMNATION

 

10

17.

FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY

 

10

18.

HOLDING OVER

 

11

19.

TAXES

 

11

20.

EVENTS OF DEFAULT

 

12

21.

REMEDIES

 

13

22.

SURRENDER OF PREMISES

 

14

23.

ATTORNEYS’FEES

 

15

24.

LANDLORD’S LIEN

 

15

25.

MECHANICS’ LIENS

 

15

26.

WAIVER OF SUBROGATION; INSURANCE

 

15

27.

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

16

28.

BROKERAGE

 

16

29.

ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES

 

16

30.

NOTICES

 

17

31.

FORCE MAJEURE

 

17

32.

SEVERABILITY

 

18

33.

AMENDMENTS; WAIVER; BINDING EFFECT

 

18

34.

QUIET ENJOYMENT

 

18

35.

LIABILITY OF CLIENT

 

18

36.

LANDLORD LIABILITY

 

18

37.

CERTAIN RIGHTS RESERVED BY LANDLORD

 

19

38.

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

19

39.

NOTICE TO LENDER

 

20

40.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

20

41.

ADDITIONAL RENT

 

21

 

i



 

LEASE AGREEMENT

between

MPLX-LANDOVER CO LLC

and

2TOR, INC.

 

42.

ENTIRE AGREEMENT

21

43.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

21

44.

LAWS AND REGULATIONS

21

45.

AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (“ADA”)

21

46.

ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONS

22

47.

PARKING

23

48.

AUTHORITY

23

49.

SIGNAGE

24

50.

CLIENT ACCESS AND SECURITY

24

51.

EXHIBITS

24

 

ii



 

LEASE AGREEMENT

between

MPLX-LANDOVER CO LLC

and

2TOR, INC.

 

DATA SHEET

 

This Data Sheet is an integral part of this Lease and all of the terms hereof are incorporated into this Lease in all respects. In addition to the other provisions which are elsewhere in this Lease, the following, whenever used in this Lease, shall have the meanings set forth in this Data Sheet.

 

(a)

Premises

Suite No. 110 in the Building, generally outlined on the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit A (Section 1 (h)).

 

 

 

 

 

(b)

Area of Premises

Approximately 1,349 rentable square feet on the first (1st) floor of the Building (Exhibit A and Section 1(h)).

 

 

 

 

 

(c)

Building

Metro-Plex II, located at 8201 Corporate Drive, Landover, Maryland 20785 (Section 1(b)).

 

 

 

 

 

(d)

Basic Rental

Payable in equal monthly installments of $2,650.00, subject to adjustment as herein provided (Sections 1(a) and 3).

 

 

 

 

 

(e)

Annual Basic Rental

$31,800.00 (Section 3).

 

 

 

(f)

Annual Basic Rental Escalation

Five percent (5%) of the escalated Basic Rental then in effect (Section 4).

 

 

 

(g)

Lease Term

Two (2) years, commencing on the Commencement Date (Sections 1(f) and 2).

 

 

 

(h)

Commencement Date

See Section 1(c).

 

 

 

(i)

Building Operation Hours

Monday through Friday, 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m. and Saturday, 9:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. (except legal holidays).

 

 

 

 

(j)

Permitted Use purpose

Any general business office purposes and for no other (Sections 1(g) and 9).

 

 

 

(k)

Client’s Proportionate Share of Parking Spaces

Five (5) parking spaces, based on a ratio of 3.6 parking spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet leased in the Building. (Section 47).

 

 

 

 

Brokers Involved

Cushman & Wakefield of Maryland, Inc. and CB Richard Ellis, Inc.

 

iii



 

LEASE AGREEMENT

between

MPLX-LANDOVER CO LLC

and

2TOR, INC.

 

(l)  Security Deposit

See Sections 1(j) and 5.

 

 

(m)  Notices

If to Landlord:

 

 

 

c/o Meritage Properties

 

2 Overhill Road, Suite 425

 

Scarsdale, NY 10583

 

 

 

If to Client:

 

 

 

At the Premises

 

 

(n) Landlord’s Address

 

For Payments

MPLX-Landover Co LLC

 

c/o Bank of America

 

P.O. Box 840250

 

Dallas, TX 75284-0250

 

iv



 

LEASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT is entered into as of the 20 day of June, 2008, between MPLX-LANDOVER CO LLC (hereinafter called “Landlord”), and 2TOR, INC. , a Delaware corporation (hereinafter called “Client”), whose address for purposes hereof is in care of the Premises.

 

1.                                  DEFINITIONS .

 

(a) “Basic Rental”: Payable in equal monthly installments of $2,650.00, subject to adjustment as herein provided.

 

(b) “Building”: The office building which has been constructed on land located at 8201 Corporate Drive, Landover, Maryland 20785, and known as Metro-Plex II.

 

(c) “Commencement Date”: June 15, 2008

 

(d) “Event of Default”: As defined in Section 20 of this Lease.

 

(e) “Land”: The entire tract of land on which the Building is located.

 

(f) “Lease Term”: The period commencing on the Commencement Date and continuing for two (2) years thereafter; provided, however, if the term of this Lease commences on a date other than the first day of a calendar month, the Lease Term shall consist of, in addition to the number of years provided above, the remainder of the calendar month during which this Lease is deemed to have commenced.

 

(g) “Permitted Use”: General business office purposes and for no other purpose, subject to the provisions of Section 9; provided, however, that in no event may Client use the Premises for a Prohibited Use, as more fully outlined on Exhibit F .

 

(h) “Premises”: Suite No. 110 in the Building, generally outlined on the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit A and consisting of approximately 1,349 rentable square feet.

 

(i) “Rules and Regulations”: The Landlord’s rules and regulations sent to Client in writing from time to time, as amended or substituted for from time to time, the current form of which is attached hereto as Exhibit C .

 

(j) “Security Deposit”: $2,650.00.

 

(k) “Landlord’s Address for Payments”: All rent and other payments required to be made by Client to Landlord hereunder shall be payable to Landlord, and sent to the following address:

 

MPLX-Landover Co LLC

c/o Bank of America

P.O. Box 840250

Dallas, TX 75284-0250

 

2.                                  LEASE TERM .

 

(a) Landlord, in consideration of the rent to be paid and the other covenants and agreements to be performed by Client and upon the terms hereinafter stated, does hereby lease,

 



 

demise and let unto Client the Premises, as defined herein and generally outlined on the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit A , commencing on the Commencement Date and ending, without the necessity of notice from either party to the other, on the last day of the Lease Term, unless sooner terminated as herein provided.

 

(b) If the Landlord shall be unable to tender possession of the Premises on the anticipated Commencement Date, the Landlord shall not be liable for any damage caused thereby, nor shall this Lease be void or voidable by Client, but in such event, unless the delay results (i) from failure of Client to provide plans or otherwise perform in accordance with the requirements of the Lease or (ii) from any delay in Landlord’s ability to tender possession of the Premises caused by Client, no rental shall be payable by Client prior to actual tender to Client of possession of the Premises.

 

(c) By occupying the Premises, Client shall be deemed to have accepted the same as suitable for the purpose herein intended. Within three (3) business days of delivery of the Premises to Client by Landlord, Client agrees to execute and return to Landlord a letter prepared by Landlord confirming the Commencement Date, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit B , certifying that Client has accepted delivery of the Premises and that the condition of the Premises complies with Landlord’s obligations hereunder.

 

3.                                       BASIC RENTAL .

 

(a) Client promises and agrees to pay Landlord the Basic Rental (subject to adjustment as hereinafter provided) without demand, notice, deduction, counterclaim, abatement or set-off, for each month of the entire Lease Term. The first monthly installment shall be due and payable upon execution of this Lease. The Basic Rental for each subsequent month shall be paid in advance beginning on the first day of the calendar month following the expiration of the first calendar month of the Lease Term and continuing thereafter on or before the first day of each succeeding calendar month during the term hereof; provided, however, that Basic Rental for the second calendar month shall be prorated based on one-three hundred sixtieth (1/360th) of the current annual Basic Rental for each day of the first partial month, if any, this Lease is in effect and shall be due and payable as aforesaid. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if Client fails to timely pay any two (2) installments of rent within a six-month period, Landlord at its sole option may 1) require Client to make all future payments on or before the due date in cash or by cashier’s check or money order, and the delivery of Client’s personal or corporate check shall no longer constitute payment thereof, or 2) Landlord may require that Client deposit an additional Security Deposit equal to 3 months rent, from which Landlord, at his or her sole discretion, may satisfy any future payments to be made by Client, and Client shall be required to maintain such additional Security Deposit levels throughout the remaining Lease Term as described in Section 5 herein, in which event Client shall have 5 days to deposit such additional Security Deposit as required above.

 

(b) In the event that any installment of the Basic Rental, or any other sums which become owing by Client to Landlord under the provisions hereof are not received on or before the first (1 st ) day of the month in which such installment is due, or any other sum hereunder within ten (10) days after accrual or billing therefor, there shall be added to such unpaid amount a late charge of the greater of $250.00 or eight percent (8%) of the installment or amount due in order to compensate Landlord for the extra administrative expense thereby incurred. After twenty (20) days have elapsed from the date of accrual or billing, the total amount due shall bear interest at 18% per annum or the maximum rate allowable by law.

 

2



 

(c) All payments due hereunder, including payment of the security deposit, shall be made payable to “MPLX-Landover Co LLC.”

 

4.            BASIC RENTAL ESCALATION .

 

The Basic Rental shall be increased annually, effective on the anniversary of the Commencement Date during the term hereof, by an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the escalated Basic Rental then in effect, payable as follows:

 

Year

 

Monthly Basic Rental

 

Annual Basic Rental

 

1

 

$

2,650.00

 

$

31,800.00

 

2

 

$

2,782.50

 

$

33,390.00

 

 

5.                            SECURITY DEPOSIT .

 

The Security Deposit, which shall be paid upon execution of this Lease, shall be held by Landlord without liability for interest and not in trust or in a separate account, as security for the performance by Client of Client’s covenants and obligations under this Lease. The Security Deposit shall not be considered an advance payment of rental or a measure of Landlord’s damages in case of default by Client. Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default by Client, Landlord may, from time to time in its sole discretion, without prejudice to any other remedy, use and apply the Security Deposit to the extent necessary to make good any arrearages of rent and any other damage, injury, expense or liability suffered by Landlord by such Event of Default. Following any such application of the Security Deposit, Client shall pay to Landlord on demand as Additional Rent the amount so applied in order to restore the Security Deposit to its original amount. If Client is not then in default hereunder, any remaining balance of the Security Deposit shall be returned by Landlord to Client within a reasonable period of time after the termination of this Lease and (i) Client shall have surrendered the entire Premises to Landlord, (ii) Landlord shall have inspected the Premises after such vacation, and (iii) Client shall have complied with all of the terms, conditions and covenants in the Lease including payment of Basic Rental, Additional Rent, and accrued but unpaid late charges. If Landlord transfers its interest in the Premises during the Lease Term, Landlord shall assign the Security Deposit to the transferee and thereafter shall have no further liability for the return of such Security Deposit.

 

6.                            LANDLORD’S OBLIGATIONS .

 

(a) Subject to the limitations hereinafter set forth, Landlord agrees, while Client is occupying the Premises and is not in breach of, or default under, this Lease, to furnish to Client: (i) facilities to provide water at those points of supply both within the Premises and those provided for general use of Clients of the Building; (ii) facilities to provide a supply of electrical current reasonably necessary for general business office use and occupancy of the Premises and electric lighting and a supply of electrical current to the common areas of the Building; (iii) heating and refrigerated air conditioning in season; and (iv) elevator and janitorial service to the Premises, all such services to be provided in scope, quality and frequency to those services being customarily provided by landlords in comparable office buildings in the surrounding area. Heating, ventilation and air conditioning requirements and standards under this Lease shall be subject, however, to such regulations as the Department of Energy or other local, state or federal governmental agency, Board or commission shall adopt from time to time. In addition, Landlord agrees to maintain the public and common areas of the Building, such as lobbies, stairs, corridors and restrooms, in reasonably good order and condition; provided, however, that Client shall reimburse Landlord, upon

 

3



 

demand, for all repairs and additional maintenance resulting from damages to such public or common areas caused by Client, or its employees, agents or invitees. Landlord reserves the right, exercisable without notice and without liability to Client for damage or injury to property, persons or business and without effecting an eviction, constructive or actual, or disturbance of Client’s use or possession of the Premises, or giving rise to any claim by Client for setoff or abatement of rent, to decorate and to make repairs, alterations, additions, modifications, changes or improvements, whether structural or otherwise, in and about the Building, or any part thereof, and for such purposes to enter upon the Premises and, during the continuance of any such work, to temporarily close doors, entryways, public space and corridors in the Building and to interrupt or temporarily suspend Building services and facilities.

 

(b) If Landlord, to any extent, fails to make available any of the services to be provided by Landlord expressly set forth above or if any slowdown, stoppage or interruption of, or any change in the quantity, character or availability of, the services to be provided by Landlord expressly set forth above occurs, such failure or occurrence shall not render Landlord liable in any respect for damages to either person, property or business, nor be construed as an eviction of Client or work an abatement of rent, nor relieve Client from fulfillment of any covenant or agreement hereof; provided, however, that if (i) any of the foregoing services for which Landlord is solely responsible are not furnished to the Premises for five (5) or more consecutive business days, and (ii) the Premises are rendered untenantable due to the Landlord’s failure to deliver such services, then commencing with the sixth (6 th ) business day of such interruption, the Basic Rental shall be abated until the Premises are again tenantable. Such abatement shall be Client’s sole and exclusive remedy due to any such interruption.

 

(c)                Should Client require any additional work or service, including but not limited to heating, ventilation and air conditioning (“HVAC”) furnished outside Landlord’s normal operating hours of 8:00 a.m. to 6:00 p.m., Monday through Friday, excluding holidays, or Requested Saturday Mornings (defined below), Landlord may, upon reasonable advance notice by Client, furnish such additional services at the Building standard hourly rate as may be charged from time to time. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Client desires HVAC service on a Requested Saturday Morning (excluding holidays) between the hours of 9:00 a.m. and 1:00 p.m., and provided that Client delivers a written request (which may be by facsimile) to Landlord prior to 3:00 p.m. on the Business Day preceding the Requested Saturday Morning on which such HVAC service is requested, Landlord shall provide HVAC service to the Premises at no additional charge to Client during the requested period between 9:00 a.m. to 1:00 p.m. on such Saturday Morning (a “Requested Saturday Morning”).

 

(d)               Landlord may, at any time in its sole discretion, require separate metering or submetering for gas, electric power or for any other utility service required by Client if such service is deemed by Landlord to be in excess of Building standard usage, in which case the cost of installing such metering shall be at Client’s sole cost and expense, due and payable upon demand by Landlord, and in which event Client shall pay for all such utility service in excess of its normal and customary usage, as metered.

 

7.               IMPROVEMENT OF THE PREMISES .

 

Client agrees to accept the Premises in its ‘as is’ condition as of the date Client occupies the Premises; provided, however, that (a) Landlord shall deliver the Premises to Client in accordance with the ‘as-built’ floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit A; and (b) the Premises shall be delivered to Client in good working order and repair.

 

4



 

8.               OPERATING EXPENSES .

 

Except as provided in Section 6 above, Client shall not be obligated to Landlord for the payment of Operating Expenses or Real Estate Taxes during the Lease Term.

 

9.               USE .

 

Client shall use the Premises only for the Permitted Use. Client will not occupy or use the Premises, or permit any portion of the Premises to be occupied or used, for any business or purpose other than the Permitted Use or for any use or purpose which is unlawful, in part or in whole, disreputable in any manner, or extra hazardous, nor will Client permit anything to be done which shall in any way cause substantial noise, vibrations, fumes, or increase the cost of insurance on the Building or contents or cause any cancellation of any insurance policy covering the Building or any portion of its contents. In the event that there shall be any increase in the cost of insurance on the Building or contents created by Client’s acts, omissions or conduct of business, Client hereby agrees to pay to Landlord the amount of such increase on demand. Client will conduct its business and control its agents, employees and invitees in such a manner as not to create any nuisance, nor interfere with or disturb the possession of other Clients or Landlord in the management of the Building. Client shall not: place a load upon the Premises, the Building or any Building system (or any portion thereof) in a manner which is unsafe; paint, install lighting or decorations, without Landlord’s prior written consent; or install any signs, window or door lettering or advertising media of any type on or about the Premises or any part thereof.

 

10.        CLIENT’S REPAIRS AND ALTERATIONS .

 

(a) Client shall not in any manner deface or injure or make unapproved modifications of the Premises or the Building and will pay the cost of repairing any damage or injury done to the Premises or the Building or any part thereof by Client or Client’s agents, employees or invitees. Client shall throughout the Lease Term take good care of the Premises and keep them free from waste and nuisance of any kind. Client agrees, at Client’s sole cost and expense, to keep the Premises, including, without limitation, all fixtures installed by Client, in good condition and make all necessary non-structural repairs and replacements except those caused by fire, casualty or acts of God. Such repairs and replacements shall be in quality equal to the original work and installation.

 

(b) Notwithstanding anything in the Lease to the contrary, Client will not make or allow to be made any alterations or physical additions in or to the Premises, including changes in locks on doors, plumbing, lighting, wiring or partitions, without the prior written consent of Landlord. All maintenance, repairs, alterations, additions or improvements shall be conducted only by contractors or subcontractors approved in advance in writing by Landlord, it being understood that Client shall procure and maintain, and shall cause such contractors and subcontractors engaged by or on behalf of Client to procure and maintain, insurance coverage against such risks, in such amounts and with such companies as Landlord may require in connection with any such maintenance, repair, alteration, addition or improvement. A copy of insurance certificates evidencing such coverage, and naming Landlord, Meritage Properties, and Lincoln Property Company, as additional insureds, shall be delivered to Landlord prior to the commencement of any work in the Premises or the Building. All work performed by Client within the Premises shall conform to Landlord’s requirements as outlined on Exhibit E , a copy of which is attached hereto. Client shall promptly pay all contractors for work performed in the Premises. Where Landlord must make repairs due to any acts or omissions by Client, Landlord shall have the right, but not the obligation, to perform the work and charge Client for the cost of such work, plus 15% administrative costs.

 

5



 

(c) At the end or other termination of this Lease, Client shall deliver up the Premises with all improvements located therein, broom clean, and in good repair and condition, reasonable wear and tear excepted, and shall deliver to Landlord all keys to the Premises. If Client shall have vacated the Premises, Landlord may at Landlord’s option re-enter the Premises at any time during the last nine (9) months of the then current term of this Lease and make any and all such changes, alterations, revisions, additions and Client and other improvements in or about the Premises as Landlord shall elect, all without any abatement of any of the rent otherwise to be paid by Client under this Lease. All alterations, additions or improvements made in or upon the Premises by Landlord or Client shall be Landlord’s property upon termination of this Lease and shall remain on the Premises without compensation to Client; provided, however, that if Landlord so elects on or prior to the termination or upon earlier vacation of the Premises, Client shall remove all alterations, additions, improvements and partitions erected by Landlord or Client and shall restore the Premises to its original condition by the date of termination of this Lease or upon earlier vacating of the Premises, except as provided herein. Landlord hereby elects to have any and all computer and/or telephone cables installed by Client or which may in the future be installed by Client, removed upon the termination of the Lease or upon Client’s earlier vacating of the Premises. If Client fails to restore the Premises upon Landlord’s request, Landlord shall have the right to perform such restoration and Client shall be liable for all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord therefor.

 

11.                           ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING .

 

(a) Neither Client nor Client’s representatives, successors and assigns nor any subtenant or assignee will assign, transfer, mortgage or otherwise encumber this Lease or sublet or rent (or permit the occupancy or use of) the Premises, or any part thereof, without obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld as provided in subsection (b) below, nor shall any assignment or transfer of this Lease or the right of occupancy hereunder be effectuated by operation of law or otherwise without the prior written consent of Landlord. At the time Client requests Landlord’s consent, it shall provide all documents relating to the assignment or sublease. At the time Client requests Landlord’s consent, it shall provide all documents relating to the assignment or sublease, together with a fee of $1,000.00 for the cost incurred by Landlord for its initial review.

 

(b)                  Subject to the provisions of Section 11(c) hereof, Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent hereunder to any assignment or sublease by Client, provided that (x) in the event of a sublease Client shall satisfy each of the following conditions prior to any such sublease becoming effective; and (y) in the event of an assignment, Client shall satisfy the conditions of subsections (i), (ii), (iii), (iv), (v) and (vi) prior to any such assignment becoming effective:

 

(i)                      Client must first notify Landlord, in writing, of any proposed assignment or sublease, at least thirty (30) days prior to the effective date of such proposed assignment or sublease. The notice to Landlord must include a copy of the assignment or sublease and a copy of the proposed assignee’s or subtenant’s financial statement for its most recent fiscal year, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and certified by a public accountant or an executive officer of the proposed assignee or subtenant.

 

(ii)                   The assignee or subtenant must have a credit history satisfactory to Landlord (in Landlord’s reasonable judgment).

 

(iii)                Landlord shall not have been involved in litigation with the proposed assignee or subtenant.

 

6



 

(iv)               The assignee or subtenant may not propose to change the use of the premises to a purpose other than as stated in Section 9 hereof, may not conduct its business in a manner which, in Landlord’s reasonable judgment, is not appropriate for comparable office buildings in the metropolitan Washington, D.C. area, and may not impose a greater burden than Client on the Building’s facilities, parking areas, common areas, or utilities.

 

(v)                  The assignee or subtenant may not be a Client, subtenant, or other occupant of any part of the Building, unless Landlord is unable to offer such occupant comparable space elsewhere in the Building.

 

(vi)               The Client may not be in default under this Lease, or have committed two events of default hereunder during the previous twelve (12) months, whether cured or not.

 

(vii)            The sublease shall contain the following clause:

 

Underlying Lease Agreement . This Sublease and Subtenant’s rights under this Sublease shall at all times be subject and subordinate to the underlying Lease identified in Paragraph         hereof, and Subtenant shall perform all obligations of Client under said Lease, with respect to the Sublease Premises. Subtenant acknowledges that any termination of the underlying Lease shall extinguish this Sublease. Landlord’s consent to this Sublease shall not make Landlord a party to this Sublease, shall not create any privity of contract between Landlord and Subtenant or other contractual liability or duty on the part of the Landlord to the Subtenant, shall not constitute its consent or waiver of consent to any subsequent sublease or sub-sublease, and shall not in any manner increase, decrease or otherwise affect the rights and obligations of Landlord and Client under the underlying Lease, in respect of the Sublease Premises. Subtenant shall have no right to assign this Sublease or further sublet the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord. Any term of this Sublease that in any way conflicts with or alters the provisions of the underlying Lease shall be of no effect as to Landlord and Landlord shall not assume any obligations as landlord under the Sublease and Client shall not acquire any rights under the Sublease directly assertable against Landlord under the underlying Lease. Client hereby collaterally assigns to Landlord this Sublease and any and all payments due to Client from Subtenant as additional security for Client’s performance of all of its covenants and obligations under the underlying Lease, and authorizes Landlord to collect the same directly from Subtenant and otherwise administer the provisions of this Sublease, at the option of Landlord. Subtenant hereby consents to such collateral assignment of this Sublease to Landlord and agrees to observe its obligations created hereby.”

 

(c) Landlord shall have the right, within thirty (30) days after receipt of the notice from Client, required under Section 11(b)(i) above, to elect: (i) if Client proposes to assign the Lease or sublease all or substantially all of the Premises, to terminate this Lease in its entirety, in which event the Lease shall terminate upon the effective date of the proposed assignment or sublease, and Client shall vacate the Premises as of such effective date in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Lease; (ii) if Client intends to sublet a portion of the Premises, to terminate this Lease only with respect to such portion of the Premises, in which case Client shall vacate such portion as provided in subsection (i) above; or (iii) to require Client to pay Landlord, within ten (10) days of receipt, one-half (1/2) of the amount of rent payable under such assignment or sublease in excess of the amount of rent payable by Client hereunder with respect to the Premises or, in the

 

7



 

event of a sublease, that portion of the Premises sublet, offset by any direct expenses incurred by Client actually incurred in assigning the Lease or subleasing such portion of the Premises (amortized in equal monthly payments over the remaining term of the Lease, if assigned, or, if applicable, over the initial term of such sublease). Upon exercise by Landlord of either of the options set forth in subsection (i) or (ii) above, Client shall surrender the Premises or such portion of the Premises, as the case may be, to Landlord, and thereafter the rent to be paid by Client pursuant to Section 3 above shall be that portion of the total rent which the amount of square foot area remaining in the possession of Client bears to the total square foot area of the Premises. In the event that Landlord does not exercise its right to terminate this Lease, or any applicable portion thereof, within said thirty (30) day period, Client shall have the right, subject to the provisions of subsection (iii) above, to assign the Lease or sublet the Premises or a portion thereof after first obtaining the written consent of Landlord as provided in Section 11(a) above. Upon exercise by Landlord of the option set forth in subsection (iii) above, Client covenants and agrees to provide Landlord with semi-annual statements, prepared and verified by a certified public accountant or executive officer of Client, stating the amount of rent or other consideration received by Client from its assignee or subtenant(s) during such semi-annual period. If such statement shows Client failed to make the full payment to Landlord required by subsection (iii) above, a late charge equal to ten percent (10%) of the amount due shall be paid by Client to Landlord as Additional Rent, and shall be due and payable by the assignee or Client with the monthly installment of rent next becoming due.

 

(d) The consent by Landlord to any assignment or subletting shall not be construed as a waiver or release of Client from the terms of any covenant or obligation under this Lease, nor shall the collection or acceptance of rent from any such assignee, subtenant or occupant constitute a waiver or release of Client of any covenant or obligation contained in this Lease, nor shall any such assignment or subletting be construed to relieve Client from obtaining the consent in writing of Landlord to any further assignment or subletting. Client hereby assigns to Landlord the rent due from any subtenant of Client and hereby authorizes each such subtenant to pay said rent directly to Landlord, at Landlord’s option, in the event of any default by Client under the terms of this Lease.

 

12.                           INDEMNITY .

 

(a) Landlord shall not be liable for, and Client shall indemnify and save harmless Landlord, ground lessor, if any, and Landlord’s managing agent, if any, from and against and from all fines, damages, suits, claims, demands, losses and actions (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) for any injury to person (including death) or damage to or loss of property on or about the Premises caused by Client, its employees, contractors, subtenants, invitees or by any other person entering the Premises or the Building under the express or implied invitation of Client, or arising out of Client’s use of the Premises. Landlord shall not be liable or responsible for any loss or damage to any property or death or injury to any person occasioned by theft, fire, act of God, public enemy, criminal conduct of third parties, injunction, riot, strike, insurrection, war, court order, requisition or other governmental body or authority, by other Clients of the Building or any other matter beyond the reasonable control of Landlord, or for any injury or damage or inconvenience which may arise through repair or alteration of any part of the Building, or failure to make repairs, or from any cause whatever except Landlord’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, Landlord shall not be liable to Client or any other person or entity for loss of any personal property, irrespective of how or by whom caused.

 

(b) Landlord hereby agrees to make no claim against Client, and will indemnify and save Client, its agents, employees and invitees harmless from any claim which shall be made against Client by any agent, employee, licensee or invitee of Landlord or by others claiming the

 

8


 

right to be on or about the common areas for any injury, loss or damage to person or property occurring upon the common areas, unless due to Client’s negligence or willful misconduct.

 

13.                        SUBORDINATION .

 

This Lease and all rights of Client hereunder shall be and are subject and subordinate at all times to any deeds of trust, mortgages, installment sale agreements and other instruments or encumbrances, as well as to any ground leases or primary leases, that now or hereafter cover all or any part of the Building, the Land or an interest of Landlord therein, and to any and all advances made on the security thereof, and to any and all increases, renewals, modifications, consolidations, replacements and extensions of any of such deeds of trust, mortgages, installment sale agreements, instruments, encumbrances or leases, as well as any substitutions therefor, all automatically and without the necessity of any further action on the part of Client to effectuate such subordination. Client shall, however, within five (5) business days execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord any and all instruments and certificates that in the reasonable judgment of Landlord may be necessary or proper to confirm or evidence such subordination. If Client does not respond within such five (5) business days, Client hereby appoints Landlord as its Attorney-in-Fact to execute any and all such documents on behalf of Client. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any mortgagee, trust beneficiary or ground lessor shall elect to have this Lease treated as if it became effective and Client had taken possession prior to the lien of its mortgage or deed of trust or prior to its ground lease, and shall give notice thereof to Client, this Lease shall be deemed to have become effective and Client’s right to possession shall be considered prior to such mortgage, deed of trust, or prior to its ground lease whether this Lease is dated prior or subsequent to the date of said mortgage, deed of trust or ground lease or the date of recording thereof. In the event any mortgage or deed of trust to which this Lease is subordinate is foreclosed or a deed in lieu of foreclosure is given to the mortgagee or beneficiary, Client shall attorn to the purchaser at the foreclosure sale or to the grantee under the deed in lieu of foreclosure; in the event any ground lease to which this Lease is subordinate is terminated, Client shall attorn to the ground lessor. Client shall upon demand at any time execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord’s mortgagee (including the beneficiary under any deed of trust) or other holder any and all instruments and certificates that in the judgment of Landlord’s mortgagee may be necessary or proper to confirm or evidence such attornment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section or the Lease, no mortgagee of the Building or Land shall be liable to Client: (i) for the return of or responsibility for the Security Deposit, unless and until such Security Deposit is actually received by said mortgagee, (ii) for any act or omission of any prior landlord (including Landlord); (iii) for any offsets, defenses or counterclaims which Client might have against any prior landlord (including Landlord); (iv) for any rent, Additional Rent or advance rent which Client might have paid for more than the current month to any prior landlord (including Landlord); (v) with respect to the provisions of any amendment or modification of the Lease made without its consent and without written approval; or (vi) required to restore the Building, complete any improvements or otherwise perform the obligations of Landlord under the Lease in the event of a foreclosure of the Deed of Trust or acceptance by such mortgagee of a deed in lieu of foreclosure, in either instances prior to full restoration of the Building or completion of any improvements.

 

14.                        RULES AND REGULATIONS .

 

Client and Client’s agents, contractors, employees and invitees will comply fully with all requirements of the Rules and Regulations of the Building, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit C . Landlord shall at all times have the right to change such rules and regulations to promulgate other Rules and Regulations in such manner as Landlord may deem advisable, in its reasonable discretion, for safety, care or cleanliness of the Building and related facilities or the

 

9



 

Premises, and for preservation of good order therein, all of which Rules and Regulations, changes and amendments will be forwarded to Client in writing and shall be carried out and observed by Client, provided that any such changes or new Rules and Regulations do not materially interfere with Client’s use of the Premises in accordance with this Lease, or otherwise materially impair Client’s rights hereunder. Client shall be responsible for compliance therewith by the agents, contractors, employees and invitees of Client.

 

15.                        INSPECTION .

 

Landlord or its officers, agents and representatives, and any ground lessor or mortgagee thereof, shall have the right to enter into and upon any and all parts of the Premises at all reasonable hours upon reasonable advance notice (or, in any emergency or for the purpose of performing routine maintenance, at any hour and without advance notice) to (a) inspect the Premises at any time, (b) clean or make repairs or alterations or additions as Landlord may deem necessary (but without any obligation to do so, except as expressly provided for herein), or (c) show the Premises to prospective Clients, purchasers or lenders; and Client shall not be entitled to any abatement or reduction of rent by reason thereof, nor shall such be deemed to be an actual or constructive eviction.

 

16.                        CONDEMNATION .

 

If the whole or, as determined by Landlord in its sole discretion, any substantial part of the Land or the Building should be taken for any public or quasi-public use under governmental law, ordinance or regulation, or by right of eminent domain, and the taking would prevent or materially interfere with the use of the Premises for the purpose for which they are being used, as determined by Landlord, this Lease shall terminate and the rent shall be abated during the unexpired portion of this Lease, effective when the physical taking of said Land or the Building shall occur. If part of the Land or Building shall be taken for any public or quasi-public use under any governmental law, ordinance or regulation, or by right of eminent domain, and this Lease is not terminated as provided in the sentence above, this Lease shall not terminate but the rent payable hereunder during the unexpired portion of this Lease shall be reduced to such extent as is fair and reasonable under all of the circumstances. In the event of any such taking, Landlord and Client shall each be entitled to all remedies provided by law; provided, however, that any award paid to Client shall not detract from any award which Landlord is entitled to receive.

 

17.                        FIRE OR OTHER CASUALTY .

 

In the event of damage to or destruction of the Premises or the Building, or the entrances and other common facilities necessary to provide normal access to the Premises, caused by fire or other casualty, Client shall provide immediate notice thereof to Landlord, and Landlord shall make repairs and restorations as hereafter expressly provided, unless this Lease shall be terminated by Landlord or unless any mortgagee which is entitled to receive casualty insurance proceeds fails to make available to Landlord a sufficient amount of such proceeds to cover the cost of such repairs and restoration.

 

If (i) the damage is of such nature or extent, in the judgment of Landlord’s architect, that more than two hundred ten (210) consecutive days, after commencement of the work, would be required (with normal work crews and hours) to repair and restore the part of the Premises or Building which has been damaged, or (ii) a substantial portion of the Premises or the Building is so damaged that, in Landlord’s sole judgment, it is uneconomic to restore or repair the Premises or the Building, as the case may be, Landlord shall so advise Client promptly; and Landlord or Client, for a

 

10



 

period of ten (10) days thereafter, shall have the right to terminate this Lease by written notice to the other, as of the date specified in such notice, which termination date shall be no later than thirty (30) days after the date of such notice. In the event of such fire or other casualty, if this Lease is not terminated pursuant to the terms of this Section 17, and if (i) sufficient casualty insurance proceeds are available for use for such restoration or repair, and (ii) this Lease is then in full force and effect, Landlord shall proceed promptly and diligently to restore the Premises to its substantially similar condition prior to the occurrence of the damage, provided that Landlord shall not be obligated to repair or restore any alterations, additions or fixtures which Client or any other Client may have installed unless Client, in a manner satisfactory to Landlord, assures payment in full of all costs which may be incurred by Landlord in connection therewith. Client shall, at its sole expense, insure the value of all leasehold improvements, fixtures, equipment or other property located in the Premises, for the purpose of providing funds to Landlord to repair and restore the Premises to its substantially similar condition prior to occurrence of the damage. If Client does not assure or agree to assure payment of the cost or restoration or repair of any such alteration, fixtures or additions as aforesaid, Landlord shall have the right to determine the manner in which the Premises shall be restored so as to be substantially the same as the Premises existed prior to the damage occurring, as if such alterations, additions or fixtures had not been made or installed. The validity and effect of this Lease shall not be impaired in any way by, and Landlord shall have no liability as a result of, the failure of Landlord to complete repairs and restoration of the Premises or of the Building within two hundred ten (210) consecutive days after commencement of work, even if Landlord had in good faith notified Client that it estimated that the repair and restoration would be completed within such period, provided that Landlord proceeds diligently with such repair and restoration.

 

In the case of damage to the Premises not caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of the Client or any of its agents, employees or invitees, and which is of a nature or extent that Client’s continued occupancy is substantially impaired, the rent otherwise payable by Client hereunder shall be equitably abated or adjusted for the duration of such impairment as determined by Landlord. In no event, however, shall any damages be payable by Landlord to Client in respect of business interruption resulting from any fire or other casualty on the Premises or Building. Client shall be responsible to insure and/or repair all of Client’s personal property located in the Premises.

 

18 .                        HOLDING OVER .

 

Client shall, at the termination of this Lease by lapse of time or otherwise, yield up immediate possession to Landlord. If Client holds over after the expiration or termination of this Lease, all of the other terms and provisions of this Lease shall be applicable during such period, except that Client shall pay Landlord from time to time upon demand, as partial damages for the period of any holdover, an amount equal to two hundred percent (200%) of the fair market rental value of the Premises, but in no event less than the Basic Rental in effect on the termination date on a monthly basis, and shall not be pro-rated for any partial month of the holdover period. No holding over by Client shall operate to extend this Lease except as otherwise expressly provided in this Lease. The foregoing notwithstanding, Landlord, in addition to accepting the daily damages during the period of such holding over, shall be entitled to pursue all remedies at law or equity, including, without limitation, rights to ejectment and damages.

 

19.                        TAXES .

 

Client shall be liable for all taxes levied or assessed against personal property, furniture or fixtures placed by Client in the Premises, and if any such taxes for which Client is liable are in any way levied or assessed against Landlord, Client shall pay the Landlord upon demand that part of

 

11



 

such taxes for which Client is primarily liable hereunder.

 

20.                        EVENTS OF DEFAULT .

 

The occurrence of any of the following events shall be deemed to be an event of default (“Event of Default”) by Client under this Lease:

 

(a) Client shall fail to pay when due any Basic Rental or Additional Rent or other sums payable by Client hereunder; provided that, on up to one (1) occasion in any twelve (12) month period, there shall exist no Event of Default unless Landlord gives Client written notice of such failure and Client fails to make such payment within five (5) days following the giving of such notice.

 

(b) Client shall fail to strictly comply with or observe Sections 13, 29 and 46 of this Lease.

 

(c) Client shall fail to comply with or observe any other provision of this Lease, and same is not cured within ten (10) days after Landlord’s written notice thereof; provided, however, that in the event such failure cannot be cured within ten (10) days, and Client has commenced making diligent efforts to cure such default within such ten (10) days, Client shall have an additional ten (10) days to complete such cure; provided, further, that no such notice shall be required if Client was previously given notice for the same or similar default within the past three hundred sixty-five (365) days.

 

(d) Client abandons or vacates the Premises, or removes or attempts to remove Client’s goods or property therefrom other than in the ordinary course of business or does not operate or hold the Premises open for business for more than 10 consecutive days or for more than 30 non-consecutive days during any three-month period, without regard to whether Client has paid to Landlord in full all rent and charges that may have become due.

 

(e) Client or Guarantor (if applicable) shall apply for or consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee or liquidator of itself or himself or any of its or his property, admit in writing its or his inability to pay its or his debts as they mature, make a general assignment for the benefit of creditors, be adjudicated a bankrupt, insolvent or file a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or a petition or an answer seeking reorganization or an arrangement with creditors or to take advantage of any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, readjustment of debt, dissolution or liquidation law or statute, or an answer admitting the material allegations of a petition filed against it or him in any proceeding under any such law, or if action shall be taken by Client for the purposes of effecting any of the foregoing.

 

(f) Any court of competent jurisdiction shall enter an order, judgment or decree approving a petition seeking reorganization of Client or all or a substantial part of the assets of Client, or appointing a receiver, sequestrator, trustee or liquidator of Client or any of its or his property, and such order, judgment or decree shall continue unstayed and in effect for any period of at least thirty (30) days.

 

12



 

21.                        REMEDIES .

 

Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default specified in this Lease, Landlord shall have the option to pursue any one or more of the following remedies without any notice or demand whatsoever:

 

(a)                            Distrain, collect or bring an action for such rent as may be in arrears, and request entry of judgment therefor as provided for in case of rent in arrears, or file a proof of claim in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding for such rent, or institute any other proceedings, whether similar or dissimilar to the foregoing, to enforce payment thereof.

 

(b)                            Declare due and payable and sue for and recover, all unpaid rent for the unexpired period of the Lease Term (and also all Additional Rent as the amounts thereof can be determined or reasonably estimated) as if by the terms of this Lease the same were payable in advance, together with all legal fees and other expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the enforcement of any of Landlord’s rights and remedies hereunder.

 

(c)                             Terminate this Lease, in which event Client shall immediately surrender the Premises in the condition required by this Lease to the Landlord; and if Client fails to do so, Landlord may, without prejudice to any other remedy which it may have for possession or arrearages in rent, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Client and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for trespass or any claim for damages therefor, and Client agrees to pay to Landlord as Additional Rent on demand the amount of all loss and damage which Landlord may suffer by reason of such termination, including the loss of rental for the remainder of the Lease Term.

 

(d)                            Without termination of the Lease, enter upon and take possession of the Premises and expel or remove Client and any other person who may be occupying the Premises or any part thereof, without being liable for trespass or any claim or damages therefor; and if Landlord so elects, relet the Premises on behalf of the Client on such terms as Landlord shall deem advisable and receive the rent therefor, and Client agrees to pay to Landlord on demand as Additional Rent all costs associated therewith, including brokerage fees, advertising, legal fees, costs of Client improvements and cost to restore premises to re-rentable condition any deficiency that may arise by reason of such reletting for the remainder of the Lease Term.

 

(e)                             Without termination of the Lease, enter upon the Premises, by force if necessary, without being liable for trespass or any claim for damages therefor, and do whatever Client is obligated to do under the terms of this Lease; and Client agrees to reimburse Landlord on demand for any expenses which Landlord may incur in thus effecting compliance with Client’s obligations under this Lease, and Client further agrees that Landlord shall not be liable for any damages resulting to the Client from such action.

 

(f)                              If Client fails to perform any covenant or observe any condition to be performed or observed by Client hereunder or acts in violation of any covenant or condition hereof, Landlord may, but shall not be required to on behalf of Client, perform such covenant and/or take such steps, including entering upon the Premises, as may be necessary or appropriate, and all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in so doing, including reasonable legal fees, shall be paid as Additional Rent by Client to Landlord upon demand, plus interest at the overdue interest rate set forth herein from the date of expenditure(s) by Landlord, as Additional Rent. Landlord’s proceeding under the rights reserved to Landlord under this Section shall not in any way prejudice or waive any

 

13



 

rights Landlord might otherwise have against Client by reason of Client’s default.

 

(g)                             Exercise any other rights and remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity. No reentry or taking possession of the Premises by Landlord shall be construed as an election on its part to terminate this Lease, unless a written notice of such intention be given to Client. Neither pursuit of any of the foregoing remedies provided nor any other remedies provided herein or by law shall constitute a forfeiture or waiver of any rent due to Landlord hereunder or of any damages accruing to Landlord by reason of the violation of any of the terms, provisions and covenants herein contained. Landlord’s acceptance of rent (including any partial payment of Basic Rental or Additional Rent) following an Event of Default hereunder shall not be construed as Landlord’s waiver of such Event of Default. No waiver by Landlord of any violation or breach of any of the terms, provisions and covenants herein contained shall be deemed or construed to constitute a waiver of any other violation or Event of Default. The loss or damage that Landlord may suffer by reason of termination of this Lease or the deficiency from any reletting as provided for above shall include the expense of repossession and any repairs or remodeling undertaken by Landlord following possession. Should Landlord at any time terminate this Lease for any default, Client shall not be relieved of its liabilities and obligations hereunder and, in addition to any other remedy Landlord may have, Landlord may recover from Client all damages Landlord may incur by reason of such default, including the cost of recovering the Premises and the loss of rental for the remainder of the Lease Term. Client’s obligations and liabilities under this Lease shall also survive repossession and reletting of the Premises by Landlord pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 21.

 

(h)                            All rights and remedies of Landlord and Client herein enumerated shall be cumulative, and none shall exclude any other right or remedy allowed by law.

 

(i)                                In addition to any other rights and remedies provided in this Lease, and with or without terminating this Lease, Landlord may with force of law, re-enter, terminate Client’s right of possession and take possession of the Premises, the provision of this Section 21 operating as a notice to quit, any other notice to quit or of Landlord’s intention to re-enter the Premises being hereby expressly waived.

 

(j)                               In addition to the foregoing, Landlord may require Client to deliver, within three (3) days of notice, an additional Security Deposit in an amount equal to three (3) additional monthly installments of Basic Rental due as of the date of the default.

 

(k)                            Upon Landlord’s receipt of Client’s check which is not paid by Client’s bank, Client shall thereafter pay all amounts due under this Lease either by a certified or cashier’s check.

 

22.                        SURRENDER OF PREMISES .

 

No act done and no failure to act by Landlord or its agents during the term hereby granted shall be deemed an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises, and no agreement to accept a surrender of the Premises shall be valid unless the same be made in writing and signed by Landlord.

 

14



 

23.                        ATTORNEYS’ FEES .

 

In case it should be necessary or proper for Landlord to bring any action under this Lease or to consult with an attorney concerning a default of Client hereunder, irrespective of whether such default is later cured, then Client shall pay any and all reasonable attorney’s fees, court costs and expenses of Landlord incurred in connection with such enforcement.

 

24.                        INTENTIONALLY OMITTED .

 

25.                        MECHANICS’ LIENS .

 

Client shall not permit any mechanics’ lien or other liens to be placed upon the Premises or the Building or improvements thereon during the Lease Term, caused by or resulting from any work performed, materials furnished or obligation incurred by or at the request of Client. In the case of the filing of any such lien Client will promptly, and in any event within five (5) days after the filing thereof, satisfy and release of record such lien by means of payment thereof, bonding Landlord against any loss occasioned thereby (in which case Client shall have the right in due diligence to contest and dispute such lien so long as such bond remains in place), or take such other action as may be otherwise acceptable to Landlord. If Client fails to satisfy or bond off any such claim, Landlord shall have the right to pay such amount and charge Client all such costs as Additional Rent, plus 15% administrative costs.

 

26.                        WAIVER OF SUBROGATION; INSURANCE .

 

(a) Landlord and Client hereby release the other from any and all liability or responsibility to the other or anyone claiming through or under them by way of subrogation or otherwise for any loss or damage to property, but only to the extent that such loss or damage is covered by the greater of any insurance then in force or required to be carried hereunder, even if such fire or other casualty shall have been caused by the fault or negligence of the other party, or anyone for whom such party may be responsible; provided, however, that such release shall be applicable and in force and effect only with respect to any loss or damage occurring during such time as the policy or policies of insurance covering said loss shall contain a clause or endorsement to the effect that this release shall not adversely affect or impair said insurance or prejudice the right of the insured to recover thereunder.

 

(b) Client shall maintain throughout the Lease Term, at Client’s sole cost and expense, insurance against loss or liability in connection with bodily injury, death, property damage and destruction, in or upon the Premises or the Land, and arising out of the use of all or any portion of the same by Client or its agents, employees, officers, invitees, visitors and guests, under policies of comprehensive general public liability insurance having such limits as to each as may be reasonably required by Landlord from time to time, but in any event of not less than Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) per occurrence for death or injury and One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) per occurrence for property damage or destruction and personal injury. Such policies shall name Landlord and Client, (and, at Landlord’s or such mortgagee’s or paramount lessor’s or installment seller’s request) any mortgagee of all or any portion of the Building and any landlord of, or installment seller to, Landlord (and all of its officers, members, employees, shareholders and partners) as additional insured parties, shall provide that they shall not be modified or canceled without at least thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to Landlord and any other party designated as aforesaid and shall be issued by insurers of recognized responsibility licensed to do business in the jurisdiction in which the Building is located and acceptable to Landlord. Copies of all such policies

 

15



 

certified by the insurers to be true and complete shall be supplied to Landlord and such mortgagees, paramount lessors and installment sellers at all times.

 

27.                        SUBSTITUTION SPACE .

 

(a) Landlord shall have the right at any time during the term of this Lease, including during any renewal or extension hereof, to substitute, instead of the Premises, other space of reasonably comparable size and decor in the Building or in the building known as MetroPlex I, (located at 8401 Corporate Drive), hereinafter referred to as “Substitution Space.”

 

(b) If Landlord desires to exercise such right, it shall give Client at least thirty (30) days prior written notice thereof specifying the effective date of such substitution, whereupon, as of such effective date: (i) the description of the Premises set forth in this Lease shall, without further act on the part of Landlord or Client, be deemed amended so that the Substitution Space shall, for all intents and purposes, be deemed the Premises hereunder, and all of the terms, covenants, conditions, provisions and agreements of this Lease shall continue in full force and effect and shall apply to the Substitution Space; and (ii) Client shall move from the Premises into the Substitution Space and shall vacate and surrender possession to Landlord of the Premises on and after such effective date; thereafter, during the period of such occupancy, Client shall pay rent for the Substitution Space at the above-described rate, whereupon rent shall abate entirely with respect to the Premises.

 

(c)                             If Landlord exercises its relocation right, Landlord shall reimburse Client for Client’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses for moving Client’s furniture, equipment, supplies and telephones and telephone equipment from the presently leased Premises to the Substitution Space and for reprinting Client’s stationery of the same quality and quantity of Client’s stationary supply on hand immediately prior to Landlord’s notice to Client of the exercise of this relocation right.

 

28.                        BROKERAGE .

 

Landlord and Client warrant that each has had no dealings with any broker or agent other than Cushman & Wakefield of Maryland, Inc. and CB Richard Ellis, Inc. in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Lease (whose brokerage commission or other compensation, if any, shall be paid by Landlord), and each agrees to indemnify the other against all costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees or other liability for commissions or other compensation or charges claimed by any other broker or agent claiming the same by, through such party.

 

29.                        ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES .

 

Client shall from time to time, within ten (10) days after Landlord shall have requested the same of Client, execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a written instrument in such form as required by Landlord (i) certifying that this Lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified, supplemented or amended in any way (or, if there have been modifications, supplements or amendments thereto, that it is in full force and effect as modified, supplemented or amended and stating such modifications, supplements and amendments); and (ii) stating any other fact or certifying any other condition reasonably requested by Landlord or requested by any mortgagee or prospective mortgagee or purchaser of the Property or of any Interest therein. In the event that Client shall fail to return a fully executed copy of such certificate to Landlord within the foregoing ten (10) day period, then Client shall be deemed to have approved and confirmed all of the terms, certifications and representations contained in such certificate, and Client irrevocably authorizes and appoints Landlord as its attorney-in-fact to execute such certificate on behalf of

 

16


 

Client.

 

30.                        NOTICES .

 

Each provision of this Lease or of any applicable governmental laws, ordinances, regulations and other requirements with reference to the sending, mailing or delivery of any notice or the making of any payment by Landlord to Client or with reference to the sending, mailing or delivery or the making of any payment by Client to Landlord shall be deemed to be complied with when and if the following steps are taken:

 

(a) All rent and other payments required to be made by Client to Landlord hereunder shall be payable to Landlord at the address described in Section 1(q) herein, or at such other address as Landlord may specify from time to time by written notice delivered in accordance herewith. Client’s obligation to pay rent and any other amounts to Landlord under the terms of this Lease shall not be deemed satisfied until such rent or other amounts have been actually received by Landlord.

 

(b) All payments required to be made by Landlord to Client hereunder shall be payable to Client at the address set forth below, or at such other address within the continental United States as Client may specify from time to time by written notice delivered in accordance herewith.

 

(c) With the exception of subsection (a) above, any notice or document required or permitted to be delivered hereunder shall be deemed to be delivered (i) when delivered personally (ii) by reputable overnight courier, or (iii) whether actually received or not, within three (3) business days after being deposited in the United States Mail, postage prepaid, certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to the parties hereto at the respective addresses set out below, or at such other address as they have previously specified by written notice delivered in accordance herewith.

 

If to Landlord, at:

 

MPLX-LANDOVER CO LLC

c/o Meritage Properties

2 Overhill Road, Suite 425

Scarsdale, NY 10583

 

If to Client, at:

 

The Premises

 

If and when included within the term “Landlord,” as used in this instrument, there are more than one person, firm or corporation, all shall jointly arrange among themselves for their joint execution of such notice specifying some individual at the specific address for the receipt of notices and payments to Landlord; if and when included within the term Client, as used in this instrument, there are more than one person, firm or corporation, all shall jointly arrange among themselves for their joint execution of such notice specifying some individual at some specific address within the continental United States for the receipt of notices and payment to Client. All parties included within the terms “Landlord” and “Client”, respectively, shall be bound by notices given in accordance with the provisions of this paragraph to the same effect as if each had received such notice.

 

17



 

31.                        FORCE MAJEURE .

 

Whenever a period of time is herein prescribed for action to be taken by Landlord or whenever Landlord is otherwise obligated to perform hereunder, Landlord shall not be liable or responsible for, and there shall be excluded from the computation for any such period of time, any delays or failures to perform due to strikes, riots, acts of God, shortages of labor or materials, war, governmental laws, regulations or restrictions or any other causes of any kind whatsoever which are beyond the reasonable control of Landlord.

 

32.                        SEVERABILITY .

 

If any clause or provision of this Lease is illegal, invalid or unenforceable under present or future laws effective during the Lease Term, then and in that event, the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected thereby.

 

33.                        AMENDMENTS; WAIVER; BINDING EFFECT .

 

The provisions of this Lease may not be waived, altered, changed or amended, except by an instrument in writing signed by both parties hereto, and such instrument shall be subject to the approval of any mortgagees, and ground lessors of record. The acceptance of Basic Rental, Additional Rent or other payments by Landlord, or the endorsement or statement on any check, any letter accompanying any check or other tender of Basic Rental, Additional Rent or other payment shall not be deemed an accord and satisfaction or a waiver of any obligation of Client, regardless of whether Landlord had knowledge of any breach of such obligation. The terms and conditions contained in this Lease shall apply to, inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon the parties hereto, and upon their respective successors in interest and legal representatives, except as otherwise herein expressly provided.

 

34.                        QUIET ENJOYMENT .

 

Provided Client has performed all of the terms and conditions of this Lease, including the payment of rent, to be performed by Client, Client shall peaceably and quietly hold and enjoy the Premises for the Lease Term, without hindrance from Landlord or others claiming through Landlord, subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease and to all mortgages, ground leases and other encumbrances to which this Lease is subject and subordinate.

 

35.                        LIABILITY OF CLIENT .

 

If there is more than one Client, the obligations hereunder imposed upon Client shall be joint and several. If there is a guarantor of Client’s obligations hereunder, the obligations hereunder imposed upon Client shall be the joint and several obligations of Client and such guarantor, and Landlord need not first proceed against Client before proceeding against such guarantor nor shall any such guarantor be released from its guaranty for any reason whatsoever, including without limitation any extensions or renewals hereof, any amendments hereto, any waivers hereof or failure to give such guarantor any notices hereunder.

 

36.                        LANDLORD LIABILITY .

 

The liability of Landlord and all officers, employees, shareholders, members, venturers or partners (general or limited) of Landlord to Client under the terms of this Lease shall be non-recourse and limited to the interest of Landlord in the Building, and neither Landlord nor any partner of Landlord, or any officer, director, shareholder, partner or member of any partner or

 

18



 

member of Landlord, shall have any individual or personal liability whatsoever with respect to this Lease. Landlord or any officer, employee, shareholder, member, venturer or partner (general or limited) of Landlord shall have the right to sell or transfer all or any portion of the Land or the Building to any third party, and upon any such sale or other transfer of all of the Building or the Land, and the corresponding assignment of this Lease, the previous Landlord shall have no further liability or obligation to Client hereunder or otherwise.

 

37.                        CERTAIN RIGHTS RESERVED BY LANDLORD .

 

Landlord shall have the following rights, exercisable without notice, except as provided herein, and without liability to Client for damage or injury to property, persons or business and without effecting an eviction, constructive or actual, or disturbance of Client’s use or possession or giving rise to any claim or setoff or abatement of rent or affecting any of Client’s obligations hereunder:

 

(a) To change the name by which the Building is designated upon two (2) months written notice to Client.

 

(b) To decorate and to make repairs, alterations, additions, changes or improvements, whether structural or otherwise, in and about the Building, or any part thereof, and for such purposes to enter upon the Premises and, during the continuance of any such work, to temporarily close doors, entry ways, public space and corridors in the Building, to interrupt or temporarily suspend Building services and facilities and to change the arrangement and location of entrances or passageways, doors and doorways, corridors, elevators, stairs, toilets, or other public parts of the Building, so long as the Premises are reasonably accessible.

 

(c) To maintain, relocate, erect pipes and conduits through Client’s space.

 

(d) To grant to anyone the exclusive right to conduct any business or render any service in or to the Building, provided such exclusive right shall not operate to exclude Client from the use expressly permitted herein.

 

(e) To alter, increase, reduce, reconfigure and relocate the common areas.

 

(f) To take all such reasonable measures as Landlord may deem advisable for the security of the Building and its occupants, including without limitation, the evacuation of the Building for cause, suspected cause, or for drill purposes, the temporary denial of access to the Building, and the closing of the Building after normal business hours and on Saturdays, Sundays and holidays; subject, however, to Client’s right to admittance when the Building is closed after normal business hours under such reasonable regulations as Landlord may prescribe from time to time which may include, by way of example but not of limitation, that person entering or leaving the Building, whether or not during normal business hours, identify themselves to a security officer by registration or otherwise and that such persons establish their right to enter or leave the Building.

 

38.                        FINANCIAL STATEMENTS .

 

Client agrees to provide to Landlord within ten (10) days of request by Landlord but no more than once per year, the most recent audited annual financial statements of Client, including balance sheets, income statements, and financial notes (“Statements”). Client consents that Landlord may release the Statements to Landlord’s subsidiaries, affiliates, lenders, advisors, joint venture partners, or potential purchasers of the property for the purposes of evaluating Client’s

 

19



 

financial condition with respect to performance under the Lease. Landlord agrees to keep the Statements confidential and to not release the Statements to third parties except as set forth herein.

 

39.                        NOTICE TO LENDER .

 

If the Premises or the Building or any part thereof are at any time subject to a mortgage or a deed of trust or other similar instrument and the Lease or the rentals are assigned to such mortgagee, trustee or beneficiary and the Client is given written notice thereof, including the post office address of such assignee, then Client shall not exercise any remedies under the Lease without first giving written notice by certified mail, return receipt requested, to such mortgagee, trustee, beneficiary and assignee, specifying the default in reasonable detail, and affording such mortgagee, trustee, beneficiary and assignee a reasonable opportunity to make performance, at its election, for and on behalf of the Landlord. Client shall be deemed to have received written notice of any mortgage or deed of trust encumbering the Building and/or the Land as of the date of this Lease.

 

40.                        MISCELLANEOUS .

 

(a) Any approval by Landlord and Landlord’s architects and/or engineers of any of Client’s drawings, plans and specifications which are prepared in connection with any construction of improvements in the Premises shall not in any way be construed or operate to bind Landlord or to constitute a representation or warranty of Landlord as to the adequacy or sufficiency of such drawings, plans and specifications, or the improvements to which they relate, or any use, purpose, or condition, but such approval shall merely be the consent of Landlord as may be required hereunder in connection with Client’s construction of improvements in the Premises in accordance with such drawings, plans and specifications.

 

(b) Each and every covenant and agreement contained in this Lease is, and shall be construed to be, a separate and independent covenant and agreement.

 

(c) Neither Landlord nor Landlord’s agents or brokers have made any representations or promises with respect to the Premises, the Building or the Land except as herein expressly set forth and no rights, easements or licenses are acquired by Client by implication or otherwise except as expressly set forth in the provisions of this Lease.

 

(d) Time is of the essence as to all provisions of this Lease applicable to Client’s obligations hereunder.

 

(e) The submission of this Lease to Client shall not be construed as an offer, nor shall Client have any rights with respect thereto unless and until Landlord shall, or shall cause its managing agent to, execute a copy of this Lease and deliver the same to Client.

 

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, if the Lease Term has not commenced within twenty-one (21) years after the date of this Lease, this Lease shall automatically terminate on the twenty-first (21st) anniversary of such date. The sole purpose of this provision is to avoid any interpretation of this Lease as a violation of the Rule Against Perpetuities, or any other rule of law or equity concerning restraints on alienation.

 

(g) The terms of this Lease shall be construed in accordance with the laws of the jurisdiction in which the Building is located.

 

20


 

(h)                                          Neither this Lease, nor any memorandum, affidavit or other writing with respect thereto, shall be recorded by Client or by any one acting through, under or on behalf of Client, and the recording thereof in violation of this provision shall make this Lease null and void at Landlord’s election.

 

41.                         ADDITIONAL RENT .

 

The Client shall pay as Additional Rent any money required to be paid pursuant to the provisions of this Lease whether or not the same be designated “Additional Rent”. If such amounts or charges are not paid at the time provided in this Lease, they shall nevertheless, if not paid when due, be collectable as Additional Rent with the next installment of rent thereafter falling due hereunder, but nothing herein contained shall be deemed to suspend or delay the payment of any amount of money or charge at the time the same becomes due and payable hereunder, or limit any other remedy of the Landlord. Notwithstanding any expiration or termination of this Lease prior to the end of the Lease Term, Client’s obligations to pay any and all Additional Rent pursuant to this Lease shall continue and shall cover all periods up to the expiration or termination date of this Lease. Client’s obligation to pay any and all Additional Rent or other sums owing by Client to Landlord under this Lease shall survive any expiration or termination of this Lease.

 

42.                         ENTIRE AGREEMENT .

 

The Lease contains all covenants and agreements between Landlord and Client relating in any manner to the rent, use and occupancy of Premises and Client’s use of the Building and other matters set forth in this Lease. No prior agreement or understanding pertaining to the same shall be valid or of any force or effect and the covenants and agreements of this Lease shall not be altered, modified or added to except in writing signed by Landlord and Client.

 

43.                         LEGAL PROCEEDINGS .

 

Landlord and Client hereby waive the right to a jury trial in any action, proceeding or counterclaim between Client and Landlord or their successors arising out of this Lease or Client’s occupancy of the Premises or Client’s right to occupy the same.

 

44.                         LAWS AND REGULATIONS .

 

Client agrees at Client’s expense to comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations, whether now in effect or hereafter enacted or promulgated, of any governmental entity or agency having jurisdiction of the Premises, including, but not limited to, obtaining all required certificates of occupancy for the Premises.

 

45.                         AMERICANS WITH DISABILITIES ACT (“ADA”).

 

(a)          Client hereby represents that it is not a public accommodation, as defined in the ADA.

 

(b)         The Client at its sole cost and expense shall be solely responsible for taking any and all measures which are required to comply with the requirements of Title I and/or Title III of the ADA within the Premises and, if the measures required outside of the Premises are attributable to Client’s alterations to the Premises, outside of the Premises as well. Any Alterations to the Premises made by Client for the purpose of complying with the ADA or which otherwise require compliance with the ADA shall be done in accordance with this Lease; provided, however, that

 

21



 

Landlord’s consent to such Alterations shall not constitute either Landlord’s assumption, in whole or in part, of Client’s representation or confirmation by Landlord that such Alterations comply with the provisions of the ADA.

 

(c)                                          Client shall indemnify the Landlord for all claims, damages, judgments, penalties, fines, administrative proceedings, costs, expenses and liability arising from Client’s failure to comply with any of the requirements of Title I and/or Title III of the ADA within the Premises.

 

(d)                                         Landlord shall indemnify the Client for all claims, damages, judgments, penalties, fines, administrative proceedings, cost, expenses and liability arising from Landlord’s failure to comply with Title III of the ADA within the common areas.

 

(e)                                          Notwithstanding the provisions of subsection (b) herein, if (i) Landlord causes Alterations or improvements to be made to the common areas of the Building to comply with the ADA, and (ii) such Alterations or improvements solely benefit the Premises, Client shall reimburse Landlord for all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in connection with the performance of such Alterations or improvements.

 

46.                         ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTIONS .

 

(a)       Notwithstanding the generality of Section 9 above, Client shall conduct all activity in compliance with all federal, state, and local laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations, orders and requirements of common law concerning protection of the environment or human health (“Environmental Laws”). Client shall also cause its subtenants (if subtenants are permitted by this Lease or are hereafter approved by Landlord), licensees, invitees, agents, contractors, subcontractors and employees to comply with all Environmental Laws. Client and its permitted subtenants, licensees, invitees, agents, contractors, and subcontractors shall obtain, maintain, and comply with all necessary environmental permits, approvals, registrations and licenses.

 

In addition to and not in limitation of the foregoing, Client, its permitted subtenants, licensees, invitees, agents, contractors, subcontractors and employees shall not generate, refine, produce, transfer, process or transport Hazardous Material on, above, beneath or near the Premises, the Building or the Land. As used herein, the term “Hazardous Materials” shall include, without limitation, all of the following: (1) hazardous substances, as such term is defined in the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”), 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 (14), as amended by the Superfund Amendments and Reauthorization Act of 1986, Pub. L. No. 99-499, 100 Stat. 1613 (Oct. 17, 1986) (“SARA”); (2) regulated substances, within the meaning of Title I of the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. Sections 6991-6991(i), as amended by SARA; (3) any element, compound or material which can pose a threat to the public health or the environment when released into the environment; (4) hazardous substances and controlled hazardous substances as defined in the Maryland Environment Code Ann., Title 7, Subtitle 2, and “oil” as defined in Section 4-401 (c) of the Maryland Environment Code Ann.; (5) petroleum and petroleum byproducts; (6) an object or material which is contaminated with any of the foregoing; (7) any other substance designated by any of the Environmental Laws or a federal, state or local agency as detrimental to public health, safety and the environment.

 

(b)       Client shall protect, indemnify and save Landlord harmless from and against any and all liability, loss, damage, cost or expense (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) that Landlord may suffer or incur as a result of any claims, demands, damages, losses, liabilities, costs, charges, suits, orders, judgments or adjudications asserted, assessed, filed, or entered against Landlord or any of the Building or the Land, by any third party, including, without limitation, any governmental

 

22



 

authority, arising from Client’s breach of Environmental Laws or otherwise arising from the alleged generation, refining, production, storage, handling, use, transfer, processing, transportation, release, spillage, pumping, pouring, emission, emptying, dumping, discharge or escape of Hazardous Materials on, from or affecting the Premises, the Building or the Land, including, without limitation, liability for costs and expenses of abatement, correction, clean-up or other remedy, fines, damages, response (including death) and property damage.

 

(c)        Client, its permitted subtenants, licensees, invitees, agents, contractors, subcontractors and employees shall not release, spill, pump, pour, emit, empty, dump or otherwise discharge or allow to escape Hazardous Materials onto the Land or Building, and Client shall take all action necessary to remedy the results of any such release, spillage, pumping, pouring, emission, emptying, dumping, discharge, or escape.

 

(d)       Client shall within 48 hours of receipt deliver to Landlord copies of any written communication relating to the Building or the Land between Client and any governmental agency or instrumentality concerning or relating to Environmental Laws.

 

(e)        Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, Client may use within the Premises those Hazardous Materials as are commonly and legally used or stored as a consequence of using the Premises for administrative or professional offices, but only so long as the quantities thereof do not pose a threat to public health or the environment, and so long as Client strictly complies or causes compliance with all applicable governmental rules and regulations concerning the use of such Hazardous Materials.

 

(f)         Client’s obligations under this Section shall survive the termination or other expiration of this Lease.

 

47.                         PARKING .

 

Client, its permitted subtenants, licensees, invitees, agents, contractors, subcontractors and employees shall not use parking spaces on the Land or Building in excess of that number set out on the attached Data Sheet which has been reasonably determined by Landlord to be Client’s proportionate share of the total parking spaces available on the Building and Land. All such spaces are available on a first-come, first-served, non-exclusive basis, to all Clients in the Building, and shall be unmarked and unreserved. At such time and under such circumstances as Landlord deems appropriate, Landlord may provide attendant parking or such other system or management of parking as it deems necessary or desirable. Notwithstanding anything contained herein, if any governmental regulation or ordinance is enacted or amended after the effective date of this Lease so as to allow or require a modification in Client’s number of parking spaces, Landlord reserves the right to make such modification without modifying in any way the rent due hereunder or any other obligations of Client. Client shall not use parking for overnight storage of vehicles. Landlord assumes no responsibility and shall not be liable for any vehicle damage or theft to vehicles located in the parking lot, theft of personal property or personal injury sustained by any person in or about the parking lot.

 

48.                         AUTHORITY .

 

If Client executes this Lease as a corporation, limited partnership, limited liability company or any other type of entity, each of the persons executing this Lease on behalf of Client does hereby personally represent and warrant that Client is a duly organized and validly existing corporation, limited partnership, limited liability company or other type of entity, that Client is

 

23



 

qualified to do business in the state where the Building is located, that Client has full right, power and authority to enter into this Lease, and that each person signing on behalf of Client is authorized to do so. In the event any such representation and warranty is false, all persons who execute this Lease shall be individually, jointly and severally, liable as Client. Upon Landlord’s request, Client shall provide Landlord with evidence reasonably satisfactory to Landlord confirming the foregoing representations and warranties.

 

49.                         SIGNAGE .

 

Landlord shall, at its expense, display Client’s name and suite numbers on the directory in the lobby of the Building; provided, however, that any subsequent changes to the Client’s names on the directory or such signage shall be made at Client’s sole cost.

 

50.                         CLIENT ACCESS .

 

Subject to Landlord’s reasonable regulations, Client shall have access to the Premises 24 hours per day, 365 days per year, except in the case of an emergency or when the Building may be closed by governmental authorities. Landlord shall provide Client with a restricted entry access system for after-hours access to the Building.

 

51.                         EXHIBITS .

 

(i)

 

Exhibit A - Outline of Premises

(ii)

 

Exhibit B - Client Acceptance Letter

(iii)

 

Exhibit C - Rules and Regulations

(iv)

 

Exhibit D — Intentionally Omitted

(v)

 

Exhibit E — Landlord’s Requirements for Alterations

(vi)

 

Exhibit F - Prohibited Uses

 

24



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Lease and affixed their seals as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

Client:

 

 

 

WITNESS/ATTEST:

 

2TOR, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Christopher J. Paucek

 

 

 

Name:

Christopher J. Paucek

 

 

 

Title:

COO

 

 

 

 

 

Landlord:

 

 

 

WITNESS/ATTEST:

 

MPLX-LANDOVER CO LLC, a Maryland limited

 

 

liability company

 

 

 

 

 

By:

MPLX Holdings, LLC, a Delaware

 

 

 

limited liability company, its sole

 

 

 

member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Metroplex MM Co. LLC, a

 

 

 

 

Delaware limited liability

 

 

 

 

company, its managing member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Arthur DellaSalla

 

 

 

 

 

Arthur DellaSalla

 

 

 

 

 

Vice President

 

June 20, 2008

 

25



 

EXHIBIT A

 

Outline of Premises

 

26



 

EXHIBIT B

 

Client Acceptance Letter

 

This Client Acceptance Letter is attached to and made a part of the Lease dated the     day of June, 2008, by and between MPLX-LANDOVER CO LLC (hereinafter called “Landlord”) and 2TOR, INC. (as “Client”).

 

The occupancy date is June 23, 2008

 

The lease commencement date is June 23, 2008

 

The lease termination date is June 30, 2010

 

The rent commencement date is June 30, 2008

 

WITNESS:

CLIENT:

 

 

 

2TOR, INC., a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Christopher J. Paucek

 

 

Name: Christopher J. Paucek

 

 

Title: Cheif Operating Officer

 

 

 

LANDLORD:

 

 

WITNESS/ATTEST:

MPLX-LANDOVER CO LLC, a Maryland limited

 

liability company

 

 

 

By:

MPLX Holdings, LLC, a Delaware

 

 

limited liability company, its sole

 

 

member

 

 

 

 

By:

Metroplex MM Co. LLC, a

 

 

 

Delaware limited liability

 

 

 

company, its managing member

 

 

 

 

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Arthur DellaSalla

 

 

 

 

Arthur DellaSalla

 

 

 

 

Vice President

 

27



 

EXHIBIT C

 

RULES AND REGULATIONS

 

The following rules and regulations have been formulated for the safety and well being of all the Clients of the Building. Any violation of these rules and regulations by any Client that continues after notice from Landlord shall be sufficient cause for termination, at the option of Landlord, of the Client’s lease.

 

1.                                       The sidewalks, entrances, passages, courts, elevators, vestibules, stairways, corridors or hall or other parts of the Building not occupied by any Client shall not be obstructed or encumbered by any Client or used for any purpose other than ingress and egress to and from the Client’s Premises. Landlord shall have the right to control and operate the common areas, and the facilities furnished for the common use of the Client in such manner as Landlord, in its commercially reasonable discretion, deems best for the benefit of the Clients generally. No Client shall permit the visit to its Premises of persons in such number or under such conditions as to interfere with the use and enjoyment by other Clients of the common areas.

 

2.                                       No awnings or other projections shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building. No drapes, blinds, shades or screens shall be attached to or hung in, or used in connection with, any window or door of a Client’s Premises.

 

3.                                       No sign, advertisement, notice or other lettering or material(s) shall be exhibited. inscribed, painted or affixed by any Client on any part of the outside or inside (provided it is not visible from the outside) of the Client’s Premises, the Building or elevators. In the event of the violation of the foregoing by any Client, Landlord may remove same without any liability, and may charge the expense incurred by such removal to the Client or Clients violating this rule. All interior signs on the doors and directory table shall be inscribed. painted or affixed for each Client by Landlord at the expense of such Client, and shall be of a size, color and style acceptable to Landlord.

 

4.                                       No show cases or other articles shall be put in front of or affixed to any part of the exterior of the Building, or placed in the common areas.

 

5.                                       The water and wash closets and other plumbing fixtures shall not be used for any purpose other than those for which they were constructed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags or other substances shall be thrown or placed therein. All damages resulting from any misuse of the fixtures shall be borne by the Client whose employees, agents, visitors or licensees shall have caused the same.

 

6.                                       There shall be no marking, painting, drilling into or other form of defacing or damage of any part of a Client’s Premises or the Building. No boring, cutting or stringing of wires shall be permitted. No Client shall construct, maintain, use or operate within its Premises or elsewhere within or on the outside of the Building, any electrical device, wiring or apparatus in connection with a loud speaker or other sound system. Landlord will, however permit a Client to install Muzak or other internal music system within the Client’s Premises if the music system cannot be heard outside of the Premises.

 

7.                                       No Client shall make or permit to be made any disturbing noises or disturb or

 

28



 

interfere with the occupants of the Building or neighboring Buildings or premises or those having business with them, whether by the use of any musical instrument, radio, tape recorder, whistling, singing or any other way. No Client shall throw anything out of the doors or windows, off the balconies or down the corridors or stairs.

 

8.                                       No bicycles, vehicles or animals, birds or pets of any kind shall be brought into or kept in or about a Client’s Premises. No cooking shall be done or permitted by any Client on its Premises, except that, with Landlord’s prior written approval, a Client may install and operate for the convenience of its employees, a lounge or coffee room with a microwave oven, sink and refrigerator. No Client shall cause or permit any unusual or objectionable odors to originate from its Premises. Each Client shall be obligated to maintain sanitary conditions in any area approved by the Landlord for food and beverage preparation and consumption.

 

9.                                       No space in or about the Building shall be used by any Client for the manufacture, storage, or sale or auction of merchandise, goods or property of any kind.

 

10.                                No flammable, combustible, explosive, hazardous or toxic fluid, chemical or substance shall be brought into or kept upon a Client’s Premises, except as otherwise provided in the Lease.

 

11.                                No additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon any of the doors or windows by any Client, nor shall any changes be made in existing locks or the mechanism thereof. The doors leading to the common areas shall be kept closed during business hours except as they may be used for ingress and egress. Each Client shall, upon the expiration or termination of its tenancy, return to Landlord all keys used in connection with its Premises, including any keys to the Premises, to rooms and offices within the Premises, to storage rooms and closets, to cabinets and other built-in furniture, and to toilet rooms whether or not such keys were furnished by Landlord or procured by Client, and in the event of the loss of any such keys, such Client shall pay to Landlord the cost of replacing the locks. On the expiration or termination of a Client’s lease, the Client shall disclose to Landlord the combination of all locks for safes, safe cabinets and vault doors, if any, remaining in the Premises.

 

12.                                All deliveries and removals, or the carrying in or out of any safes, freight, furniture of bulky matter or materials of any description, must take place in such manner and during such hours as Landlord may require. Landlord reserves the right to inspect all freight, furniture or bulky matter or materials to be brought into the Building and to exclude from the Building all or any of such which violates any of these rules and regulations or the Lease.

 

13.                                Any person employed by any Client to do janitorial work within the Client’s Premises must obtain Landlord’s written consent prior to commencing such work, and such person shall, while in the Building and outside of said Premises, comply with all instructions issued by the superintendent of the Building. No Client shall engage or pay any employees on the Client’s Premises, except, those actually working for such Client on said Premises.

 

14.                                No Client shall purchase spring water, ice, coffee, soft drinks, towels, or other like merchandise or service from any company or person whose repeated violations of Building regulations have caused, in Landlord’s sole opinion, a hazard or nuisance to the Building and/or its occupants.

 

15.                                Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by any Client which, in Landlord’s sole opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the Building or its desirability as a Building

 

29



 

for offices, and upon written notice from Landlord, such Client shall refrain from or discontinue such advertising.

 

16.                                Landlord reserves the right to exclude from the Building at all times any person who is not known or does not properly identify himself the Building management or its agents. Landlord may at its option require all persons admitted to or leaving the Building between the hours of 6:00 p.m. and 8:00 a.m., Monday through Friday, and at all times on Saturdays, Sundays and holidays, to register. Each Client shall be responsible for all persons for whom it authorizes entry into the Building, and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons.

 

17.                                Each Client, before closing and leaving its Premises at any time, shall assure that all lights are turned off and the Premises are locked.

 

18.                                The requirements of Clients will be attended to only upon application at the office of the Building. Building employees shall not perform, and shall not be requested by any Client to period any work or do anything outside of their regular duties, unless under special instructions from the Building management.

 

19.                                Canvassing, soliciting and peddling in the Building is prohibited and each Client shall cooperate to present the same.

 

20.                                No plumbing or electrical fixtures shall be installed by the Client without Landlord’s prior written consent.

 

21.                                There shall not be used in any space, or in the common areas of the Building, either by any Client or by jobbers or others in the delivery or receipt of merchandise, any hand trucks, except those equipped with rubber tires and side guards.

 

22.                                Mats, trash or other objects shall not be placed in the common areas.

 

23.                                Landlord shall not maintain or repair suite finishes or fixtures which are non-standard, including, but not limited to, kitchens, bathroom, wallpaper, and special lights. However, should the need for maintenance or repairs arise, Landlord shall, at Client’s request, arrange for the work to be done at the Client’s expense.

 

24.                                No space demised to any Client shall be used, or permitted to be used, for lodging or sleeping or for any immoral or illegal purpose.

 

25.                                Employees of Landlord other than those expressly authorized are prohibited from receiving any packages or other articles delivered to the Building for any Client and, should any such employee receive any such package or article, he or she in so doing shall be the agent of such Client and not Landlord.

 

26.                                No Client shall install or permit or allow installations of a television antenna in the windows or upon the exterior of its Premises or the Building.

 

27.                                No Client shall tie in, or permit to tie in, to the electrical or water supply office of the Building without prior written consent of the Building management.

 

28.                                No Client shall remove, alter or replace the Building standard ceiling, light diffusers or air conditioning terminals in any portion of its Premises without the prior written consent of

 

30



 

Landlord.

 

29.                                No vending machines shall be permitted to be placed or installed in any part of the Building by any Client. Landlord reserves the right to place or install vending machines in any of the common areas of the Building.

 

30.                                No Client shall place, or permit to be placed, on any part of the floor or floors of the space demised to such Client a load exceeding the floor load per square foot which such floor was designed to carry and which is allowed by law.

 

31.                                Landlord reserves the right to specify where in the space demised to any Client business machines and mechanical equipment shall be placed or maintained in order, in Landlord’s judgment, to absorb and present vibration, noise, and annoyance to other Clients of the Building.

 

32.                                There shall be no smoking within the Premises or the Building by Client, its agents, employees or invitees.

 

33.                                Landlord reserves the right to rescind, amend, alter or waive any of the foregoing rules and regulations at any time when in its reasonable judgment, it deems necessary, desirable or proper for its best interest and for the best interests of the Clients, and no such rescission, amendment, alteration or waiver or any rule or regulation in favor of one Client shall operate as an alteration or waiver in favor of any other Client. Landlord shall not be responsible to any Client for the nonobservance or violation by any of these rules and regulations at any time.

 

31


 

EXHIBIT D

 

INTENTIONALLY OMITTED

 

32



 

EXHIBIT E

 

Rules and Regulations for Alterations

 

A.                                     Prior to Commencing Construction

 

1.                               Plans . Submit plans and specifications (or other descriptions reasonably acceptable to Landlord) of the proposed Alterations to Landlord for its review and written approval. If Landlord raises any issues as a result of its review of the submitted plans and specifications, these issues must be resolved to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction. Alterations to structural components of the Building shall be reviewed and approved in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion and non-structural changes shall be approved at Landlord’s discretion, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Once approved, no changes, amendments or additions to the plans and specifications may be made without Landlord’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

2.                               Contractors . The general contractor, contractors and subcontractors selected by Client must be approved by Landlord; such approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Provisions must be made for all contractors, laborers and materialmen to provide written lien waivers related to the approved Alterations.

 

3.                               Insurance . The general contractor, contractors and subcontractors selected by Client must provide certificates of insurance evidencing the coverage shown below prior to beginning any work on the approved Alterations. This coverage must be maintained in full force and effect until such time as the approved Alterations are fully completed. Any delay by Client in causing these certificates to be provided will result in a delay in the commencement of the approved Alterations.

 

4.                               Permits . Client must obtain all required permits (“Permits”) and furnish copies thereof to Landlord.

 

5.                               Coordination . Client shall contact Landlord’s Property Manager to arrange a pre-construction meeting and walk-through with the Client’s contractor. During this walk-through these Rules and Regulations, hours of operation and access will be reviewed and areas of the Building (e.g. lobby floors and walls, elevators, electrical closets and doors) will be inspected. These areas will be inspected after completion of the approved Alterations to determine whether or no any damage has occurred thereto. Any damage will be repaired to Landlord’s reasonable satisfaction.

 

B.                                     During Construction .

 

1.                               Compliance . All work on the approved Alterations shall, at all times, comply with laws, rules, orders and regulations of all applicable governmental authorities and insurance bodies and the Permits.

 

2.                               Schedule . If requested, construction work schedules must be filed with the Property Manager. Contractors must check in each day with the designated Building engineer. The Property Manager must be notified, in writing, of the names of any persons working on the approved Alterations who may be working in the Building after the normal business hours.

 

3.                               Coordination . Twenty-four (24) hour advance written notice must be provided to the Property Manager:

 

33



 

(a) before commencing any and all work which may cause disruption to other Clients or interruption to the Building’s systems and the Property Manager may require that work deemed inappropriate to be conducted during normal business hours be done after hours; or,

 

(b) if access to utility rooms or the roof will be necessary (anyone on the roof must be escorted by property management at all times); or,

 

(c) if the fire panel is to be taken out of service; or,

 

(d) if there is to be any interruption to any Building system or utility; or,

 

(e) if cranes are to be placed on the property; or,

 

(f) if a window is to be removed for the delivery of drywall or any other large item; or,

 

(g) if there is to be a delivery after normal business hours.

 

4.                               Material Delivery and Storage . All deliveries are to come through the loading and service areas of the Building. All construction materials, tools and trash are to be transferred to and from the construction floor via the freight elevator or stairs. At no time may the passenger elevators be used to move materials, tools or trash. Client and its contractor shall be responsible for (i) protecting the freight elevator to the satisfaction of the Property Manager, and (ii) observing the load limits for the freight elevator and (iii) any damages due to improper use or overloading of the freight elevator. Use of the freight elevator shall be scheduled in advance with the security guard and the contractor may be required to share the freight elevator with the cleaning crew. Materials must be immediately placed in the Client’s Leased Premises and may not be stored in any of the Building’s Common Areas.

 

5.                               Damage . Client and its contractors shall be responsible for any damage to the Building or the Building systems caused by or arising out of the making of the approved Alterations and shall promptly repair it to the reasonable satisfaction of Landlord. Precautions to minimize damage to the Common Areas of the Building should be taken including protection of doors, carpets, elevator cabs and hallways. Masonite must be placed on the floors of any public corridor to protect the floor covering. In Common Areas with carpeting, the floor protection is to be removed and the carpet vacuumed daily. If the approved Alteration will involve drywall sanding or other dust producing activities, all air and smoke detectors must be covered during drywall sanding or other dust producing activities. The contractor must provide sufficient fire extinguishers at all times.

 

6.                               Trash . Regular Building dumpsters are not to be used for construction debris without the prior approval of property management. Client and its contractor(s) are responsible for ensuring that all trash is placed properly within a separate construction dumpster and for clearing, on a daily basis, the Common Areas and exterior of the Building of all chutes are to be approved by property management prior to beginning the approved Alterations. The dumpster shall be placed on plywood to protect any travel/parking areas.

 

7.                               Miscellaneous . The Landlord shall designate parking areas available for contractors. No vehicles of any contractor or subcontractor are to block service areas or any dumpster at any time. There is to be no smoking in the Building and the volume of all radios shall be kept at a level that will not be audible to other Clients in the Building. No contractor or subcontractor may display any signage on the Building, in the Building Common Areas or on any of the window glass without

 

34



 

the prior written consent of the Property Manager.

 

C.                                     After Completion

 

1.                               Coordination . A re-inspection of the lobby floor and walls, doors, electrical closets and any other areas impacted by the approved Alterations shall be made by the Property Manager to determine whether any construction damage has occurred or any clean-up is required.

 

2.                               Plans . Client shall provide Landlord with:

 

(a) one (1) reproducible mylar and two (2) blueprints of the as-built architectural, plumbing, electrical and mechanical condition of the Leased Premises each signed and stamped by a licensed architect or engineer; and,

 

(b) complete specifications for the approved Alterations, including shop drawings and cut sheets for all new equipment and a detailed description of all finishes actually installed; and,

 

(c) two (2) copies of operations and maintenance information for all new equipment and an air balance report in a format reasonably acceptable to Landlord.

 

3.                               Permits . Client will obtain a final Occupancy Permit from the applicable governmental authority and will provide Landlord with a copy thereof.

 

4.                               Contractor . A final waiver and release of liens shall be provided from the general contractor and major subcontractors upon completion of the approved Alterations.

 

MINIMUM REQUIRED INSURANCE FOR CONTRACTORS AND SUBCONTRACTORS

 

General Liability (Occurrence Form)

Additional Named Insureds

$500,000

General Aggregate

MPLX-Landover Co LLC

$500,000

Products/Completed Operations Aggregate

 

$500,000

Personal and Advertising Injury

 

$500,000

Each Occurrence

Certificate Holder

$ 50,000

Fire Damage

MPLX-Landover Co LLC

$ 5,000

Medical Expense

c/o Meritage Properties

 

 

2 Overhill Road, Suite 425

 

 

Scarsdale, NY 10583

 

 

 

 

 

 

Automobile Liability (Owned, Non-Owned & Hired)

 

$500,000

Each Occurrence

Notice of Cancellation

 

 

Certificate must provide that such insurance shall not be cancelled or modified without at least 30 days written notice to each named insured

 

 

 

Umbrella Liability

 

$1,000,000

Each Occurrence

 

 

 

 

Worker’s Compensation

insured

Statutory Limits

 

 

35



 

Large or complex approved Alterations may require that the contractors provide insurance in excess of these minimum required levels

 

36



 

EXHIBIT F

 

Prohibited Uses

 

The use of the Premises for the purposes specified in Section 1 shall not in any event be deemed to include, and Client shall not use, or permit the use of, the Premises or any part thereof for:

 

(a)                                sale at retail of any products or materials;

 

(b)                                the conduct of a public auction of any kind;

 

(c)                                 the conduct of a bank, trust company, savings bank, safe deposit, savings and loan association or bank or any branches of any of the foregoing or a loan company business;

 

(d)                                the issuance and sale of traveller’s checks, foreign drafts, letters of credit, foreign exchange or domestic money order or the receipt of money for transmission;

 

(e)                                 an employment agency;

 

(f)                                  product display activities (such as those of a manufacturer’s representative);

 

(g)                                 offices or agencies of a foreign government or political subdivisions thereof;

 

(h)                                offices of any governmental bureau or agency of the United States or any state or political subdivision thereof;

 

(i)                                    offices of any public utility company, other than corporate, executive or legal staff offices;

 

(j)                                   data processing services rendered primarily to others than Client and which are not strictly ancillary to Client’s business;

 

(k)                                health care or beauty professionals;

 

(l)                                    schools or other training or educational uses (other than those which are strictly ancillary to the Client’s business, such as training of Client’s personnel to be employed in the Building);

 

(m)                            clerical support concerns rendering clerical support services primarily to others than Client or performing functions other than those which are strictly ancillary to Client’s business;

 

(n)                                reservation centers for airlines or for travel agencies;

 

(o)                                broadcasting centers for communications firms, such as radio and television stations; or

 

(p)                                any other use or purpose which, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, is not in keeping with the character and dignity of the Building.

 

37


 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

This First Amendment to Lease (the “First Amendment”) is made as of the 20 th day of March, 2009, between MPLX-LANDOVER CO LLC (“Landlord”) and 2TOR, INC. (“Client”).

 

WHEREAS, Landlord and Client entered into a Lease Agreement dated June 20, 2008 (the “Lease”) for premises which contained approximately One Thousand Three Hundred Forty-nine (1,349) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 110 on the first (1 st ) floor (the “Original Premises”) of the office building located at 8201 Corporate Drive, Landover, Maryland (the “Building”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Lease is scheduled to expire on June 30, 2010; and

 

WHEREAS, Landlord and Client wish, among other matters, to amend the Lease to relocate and expand the leased premises and extend the Lease Term, all on the terms hereinafter contained.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is acknowledged by the parties, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Expansion Premises. Commencing on May 1, 2009 (the “Expansion Premises Commencement Date”), Landlord hereby demises and leases to Client, and Client hereby leases and accepts from Landlord, for a term and upon the conditions hereinafter provided, approximately Four Thousand Four Hundred Forty-six (4,446) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 190, on the first (1 st ) floor of the Building, outlined on the floor plan attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit A (the “Expansion Premises”). From and after the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, all references in the Lease to the Premises shall mean the Expansion Premises.

 

2.                                       Original Premises. Client agrees to vacate the Original Premises in accordance with its obligations under Section 10 of the Lease within 14 days after the Expansion Premises Commencement Date (the “Effective Date”). As of the Effective Date, neither Landlord nor Client hereto shall have any further claim against the other by reason of said Lease as to the Original Premises, except (a) as otherwise expressly provided herein; (b) for the holdover provisions of said Lease, which shall become effective if Client has not fully vacated the Original Premises on or before the Effective Date; and (c) for any obligation which one party may have to the other to defend, indemnify or hold harmless the other against and from any liability, claim of liability or expense arising out of any negligent or otherwise tortious injury to or death of any person, or damage to any property; provided, however, that all obligations of the Client incurred pursuant to the Lease for the Original Premises prior to the date of cancellation and termination of Client’s obligations for the Original Premises and not as yet performed, shall continue in full force and effect until fully performed by Client.

 

3.                                       Expansion Premises Term. The term of the Lease for the Expansion Premises shall commence on the Expansion Premises Commencement Date and shall continue for five (5) full years thereafter (the “Expansion Premises Term”). If for any reason whatsoever, Landlord cannot deliver possession of the Expansion Premises to Client on or before the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, the Lease, as amended by this First Amendment, shall not be void or voidable, nor shall Landlord, or Landlord’s agents, advisors, employees,

 



 

partners, shareholders, directors, invitees, independent contractors or Landlord’s Investment Advisors (as defined in the Lease), be liable to Client for any loss or damage resulting therefrom. Client shall not be liable for Annual Basic Rental with respect to the Expansion Premises until Landlord delivers possession of the Expansion Premises to Client.

 

4.                                       Basic Rental for Expansion Premises. Effective as of the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Client shall pay Landlord Basic Rental for the Expansion Premises (the “Expansion Premises Basic Rental”), at an initial annual rate of Eighty-Five Thousand One Hundred Eighty-four and 00/100 Dollars ($85,184.00), in legal tender, at Landlord’s office, payable in equal monthly sums of Seven Thousand Ninety-eight and 67/100 Dollars ($7,098.67), all as more fully provided in Section 3 of the Lease. The first full monthly installment (i.e., $7,098.67) shall be due upon Client’s execution of this First Amendment and shall be applied to the Monthly Basic Rental due for the first month of the Expansion Premises Term.

 

5.                                       Basic Rental Escalation . The Expansion Premises Basic Rental shall be increased annually, effective on each anniversary of the Expansion Premises Commencement Date by an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the escalated Expansion Premises Basic Rental then in effect, payable as follows:

 

 

 

Basic Rental per

 

Monthly Basic

 

 

 

Period

 

Square Foot

 

Rental

 

Annual Basic Rental

 

05/01/09 – 04/30/10

 

$

22.00

 

$

7,098.67

*

$

85,184.00

*

05/01/10 – 04/30/11

 

$

23.10

 

$

8,558.55

 

$

102,702.60

 

05/01/11 – 04/30/12

 

$

24.26

 

$

8,988.33

 

$

107,859.96

 

05/01/12 – 04/30/13

 

$

25.47

 

$

9,436.64

 

$

113,239.62

 

05/01/13 – 04/30/14

 

$

26.74

 

$

9,907.17

 

$

118,886.04

 

 


*Client charged for square footage of only 3,872 for first year of Expansion Premises Term

 

6.                                       Operating Expense and Real Estate Tax Increases for Expansion Premises. Client shall not be obligated to Landlord for the payment of Operating Expenses or Real Estate Taxes for the Expansion Premises during the Expansion Premises Term.

 

7.                                        Improvements to Expansion Premises .

 

a.                                       Client agrees to accept the Expansion Premises in its “as is” condition as of the Expansion Premises Commencement Date; provided, however, that Landlord, at its sole expense, shall construct those improvements noted on the “as-built” plan dated February 12, 2009, attached hereto as Exhibit A (“Client Plan”).

 

b.                                       Landlord agrees that the improvements to the Expansion Premises shall include the following:

 

(i)                                      Repair, finish and paint all existing walls and doors in the Expansion Premises in Client’s choice of Landlord’s Building Standard Selection of colors;

 

(ii)                                   Steam clean the existing carpet; and

 

(iii)                                Deliver the Expansion Premises in good working order, condition and repair (i.e., in “move-in” condition”).

 

2



 

8.                                       Insurance . In accordance with the provisions of Section 26 of the Lease, Client shall deliver to Landlord, on or before the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, a revised certificate of insurance reflecting the Expansion Premises as the insured location.

 

9.                                       Security Deposit. Upon execution of this First Amendment by Client, Client shall deposit an additional $6,082.69 with Landlord to increase the existing Security Deposit from $2,650.00 to $8,732.69. The increased Security Deposit will be held by Landlord in accordance with the terms of Section 5 of the Lease.

 

10.                                Lease Terms Modified or Deleted .

 

a.                                       Section 1 (“Definitions”) of the Lease and the portion of the Lease titled “Data Sheet” are hereby amended to reflect the terms and conditions of this First Amendment, and to the extent there are any conflicts between the Lease, as amended by this First Amendment, the provisions of this First Amendment shall control.

 

b.                                       Section (k) of the Data Sheet is hereby modified to replace “Five (5) parking spaces” with “Sixteen (16) parking spaces”.

 

c.                                        The following provisions of the Lease are deleted in their entirety: Section 49 (“Signage”) and Exhibit A (“Outline of Premises”).

 

11.                                Brokers . Client warrants that it has had no dealings with any broker or agent in connection with the negotiation or execution of this First Amendment (other than Cushman & Wakefield of Maryland, Inc., Landlord’s agent, and CB Richard Eliis, Inc., Client’s agent), and Client agrees to indemnify Landlord against all costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees or other liability for commissions or other compensation or charges claimed by any other broker or agent claiming the same by, through or under Client.

 

12.                                Defined Terms . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all defined terms shall have the same meanings as provided in the Lease.

 

13.                                Headings . Headings contained in this First Amendment are for convenience only and are not substantive to the provisions of this First Amendment.

 

14.                                Lease Terms Ratified . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, and unless inconsistent with the terms hereof, all other terms, conditions and covenants of the Lease are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall apply to the Expansion Premises and the Expansion Premises Term. Client certifies to Landlord that the Lease is in full force and effect, that Landlord is not in default or breach of any of Landlord’s obligations under the Lease, and that Client is unaware of any condition or circumstance which, but for the passage of time or delivery of notice, would constitute a default under the Lease.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this First Amendment by affixing their hands and seals as of the date noted above.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Landlord:

 

 

 

WITNESS/ATTEST:

 

MPLX-LANDOVER CO LLC, a Maryland limited liability company

 

 

 

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

By:

MPLX Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its sole member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Metroplex MM Co. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its managing member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Arthur DellaSalla

 

 

 

 

 

Arthur DellaSalla

 

 

 

 

 

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Client:

 

 

 

WITNESS/ATTEST:

 

2TOR, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

By:

/s/ Jason Zocks

[SEAL]

 

 

 

Name:

Jason Zocks

 

 

 

 

Title:

VP-Admissiors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4


 

EXHIBIT A

 

AS-BUILT PLAN

 

A-1



 

 


 

SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

This Second Amendment to Lease (the “Second Amendment”) is made as of the 15th day of November, 2009, between MPLX-LANDOVER CO LLC (“Landlord”) and 2TOR, INC. (“Client”).

 

WHEREAS, Landlord and Client entered into a Lease Agreement dated June 20, 2008, as amended by a First Amendment to Lease dated March 20, 2009 (collectively, the “Lease”) for premises which contain approximately Four Thousand Four Hundred Fifty-six (4,456) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 190 on the first (1 st ) floor (the “Original Premises”) of the office building located at 8201 Corporate Drive, Landover, Maryland (the “Building”); and

 

WHEREAS, Landlord and Client wish, among other matters, to amend the Lease to expand the leased premises, all on the terms hereinafter contained.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is acknowledged by the parties, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Expansion Premises. Commencing on the date of the full execution of this Second Amendment by both parties (the “Expansion Premises Commencement Date”), Landlord hereby demises and leases to Client, and Client hereby leases and accepts from Landlord, for a term and upon the conditions hereinafter provided, approximately One Thousand Three Hundred Thirty-nine (1,339) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 110, on the first (1 st ) floor of the Building, outlined on the floor plan attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit A (the “Expansion Premises”). During the Expansion Premises Term, all references in the Lease to the Premises shall mean the Original Premises and the Expansion Premises, a total of approximately Five Thousand Seven Hundred Ninety-five (5,795) rentable square feet of space.

 

2.                                       Expansion Premises Term. The term of the Lease for the Expansion Premises shall commence on the Expansion Premises Commencement Date and shall continue for ninety (90) days thereafter (the “Expansion Premises Term”), whereupon the Term shall continue on a month-to-month basis, terminable by either party by delivering to the other at least thirty-days prior written notice of the proposed termination date, which termination date shall be the end of a calendar month. If for any reason whatsoever, Landlord cannot deliver possession of the Expansion Premises to Client on or before the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, the Lease, as amended by this Second Amendment, shall not be void or voidable, nor shall Landlord, or Landlord’s agents, advisors, employees, partners, shareholders, directors, invitees, independent contractors or Landlord’s Investment Advisors (as defined in the Lease), be liable to Client for any loss or damage resulting therefrom. Client shall not be liable for Annual Basic Rental with respect to the Expansion Premises until Landlord delivers possession of the Expansion Premises to Client.

 

3.                                       Basic Rental for Expansion Premises. Effective as of the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Client shall pay Landlord Basic Rental for the Expansion Premises (the “Expansion Premises Basic Rental”), at an annualized rate of Twenty-Nine Thousand Four Hundred Fifty-eight and 00/100 Dollars ($29,458.00), in legal tender, at Landlord’s office, payable in equal monthly sums of Two Thousand Four Hundred Fifty-four and 83/100 Dollars ($2,454 83), all as more fully provided in Section 3 of the Lease. The first full

 



 

monthly installment (i.e., $2,454.83) shall be due upon Client’s execution of this Second Amendment and shall be applied to the Monthly Basic Rental for the Expansion Premises due for the first month of the Expansion Premises Term.

 

4.                                       Basic Rental Escalation . In the event the Expansion Premises Term is not terminated prior to May 1, 2010, the Expansion Premises Basic Rental shall be increased annually, effective on May 1, 2010 and on each May 1 st  during the Expansion Premises Term by an amount equal to five percent (5%) of the escalated Expansion Premises Basic Rental then in effect.

 

5.                                       Operating Expense and Real Estate Tax Increases for Expansion Premises. Client shall not be obligated to Landlord for the payment of Operating Expenses or Real Estate Taxes for the Expansion Premises during the Expansion Premises Term.

 

6.                                       Improvements to Expansion Premises.  Client agrees to accept the Expansion Premises in its “as is” condition as of the Expansion Premises Commencement Date.

 

7.                                       Insurance . In accordance with the provisions of Section 26 of the Lease, Client shall deliver to Landlord, on or before the Expansion Premises Commencement Date, a revised certificate of insurance reflecting the Expansion Premises as an additional insured location.

 

8.                                       Security Deposit. Upon execution of this Second Amendment by Client, Client shall deposit an additional $2,454.83 with Landlord to increase the existing Security Deposit from $8,732.69 to $11,187.52. The increased Security Deposit will be held by Landlord in accordance with the terms of Section 5 of the Lease.

 

9.                                       Lease Terms Modified . Section 1 (“Definitions”) of the Lease and the portion of the Lease titled “Data Sheet” are hereby amended to reflect the terms and conditions of this Second Amendment, and to the extent there are any conflicts between the Lease, as amended by this Second Amendment, the provisions of this Second Amendment shall control.

 

10.                                Brokers . Client warrants that it has had no dealings with any broker or agent in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Second Amendment, and Client agrees to indemnify Landlord against all costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees or other liability for commissions or other compensation or charges claimed by any other broker or agent claiming the same by, through or under Client.

 

11.                                Defined Terms . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all defined terms shall have the same meanings as provided in the Lease.

 

12.                                Headings . Headings contained in this Second Amendment are for convenience only and are not substantive to the provisions of this Second Amendment.

 

13.                                Lease Terms Ratified . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, and unless inconsistent with the terms hereof, all other terms, conditions and covenants of the Lease are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall apply to the Expansion Premises. Client certifies to Landlord that the Lease is in full force and effect, that Landlord is not in default or breach of any of Landlord’s obligations under the Lease, and that Client is unaware of any condition or circumstance which, but for the passage of time or delivery of notice, would constitute a default under the Lease.

 

2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Second Amendment by affixing their hands and seals as of the date noted above.

 

 

 

 

Landlord:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WITNESS/ATTEST:

 

 

MPLX-LANDOVER CO LLC, a Maryland limited liability company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

MPLX Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its sole member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Metroplex MM Co. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its managing member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Natalia Maselli

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Arthur DellaSalla

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Arthur DellaSalla

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Client:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WITNESS/ATTEST:

 

 

2TOR, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

By:

/s/ Jason Zocks

[SEAL]

 

 

 

 

Name:

Jason Zocks

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

VP Admissiors

 

 

3


 

EXHIBIT A

 

OUTLINE OF EXPANSION PREMISES

 

A-1


 

THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

This Third Amendment to Lease (the “Third Amendment”) is made as of the 5 th  day of February, 2010, between MPLX-LANDOVER CO LLC (“Landlord”) and 2TOR, INC. (“Client”).

 

WHEREAS, Landlord and Client entered into a Lease Agreement dated June 30, 2008, as amended by a First Amendment to Lease dated March 20, 2009 and a Second Amendment to Lease dated November 15, 2009 (collectively, the “Lease”) for premises which contain approximately Four Thousand Four Hundred Forty-six (4,446) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 190 (the “Suite 190 Premises”) and One Thousand Three Hundred Thirty-nine (1,339) rentable square feet known as Suite 110 (the “Suite 110 Premises”) on the first (1 st ) floor (jointly, the “Original Premises”) of the office building located at 8201 Corporate Drive, Landover, Maryland (the “Building”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Lease is scheduled to expire April 30, 2014; and

 

WHEREAS, Landlord and Client wish, among other matters, to amend the Lease to further expand the leased premises, and to extend the term, all on the terms hereinafter contained.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is acknowledged by the parties, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Suite 450 Expansion Premises. Commencing on the earlier of (i) the date on which Landlord’s Work (defined in Section 9 hereof) in the Suite 450 Expansion Premises (hereinafter defined) is Substantially Complete (as defined in Exhibit D , attached hereto) by Landlord, or (ii) the date Client takes occupancy of the Suite 450 Expansion Premises to conduct its business therefrom, which is anticipated to be February 15, 2010 (the “Suite 450 Expansion Premises Commencement Date”), Landlord hereby demises and leases to Client, and Client hereby leases and accepts from Landlord, for a term and upon the conditions hereinafter provided, approximately Four Thousand Nine Hundred Eighty (4,980) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 450, on the fourth (4 th ) floor of the Building, outlined on the floor plan attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit A (the “Suite 450 Expansion Premises”). Suite 450 is vacant as of the date of this Amendment. At either party’s request, the parties shall jointly execute and deliver to one another a memorandum in reasonable form prepared by Landlord confirming the Suite 450 Expansion Premises Commencement Date.

 

2.                                       Suite 110 Premises. The term of Client’s lease of the Suite 110 Premises shall be extended from the Suite 450 Expansion Premises Commencement Date through January 31, 2017 and is agreed to no longer be month-to-month as stated in the Second Amendment to Lease. The Suite 110 Premises are leased in their “as is” condition, at the per square foot Basic Rental rate set forth in Section 8 below. Additionally, from and after the Suite 450 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Client shall become obligated to pay Operating Expenses and Real Estate Taxes increases for the Suite 110 Premises in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.c below. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Client elects to extend its lease for the Suite 190 Premises for the Suite 190 Extension Term (defined in Section 5 hereof); Client shall have the option to terminate its Lease for the Suite 110 Premises by delivering written notice to Landlord of such election.

 



 

3.                                       Suite 450 Expansion Premises Term. The term of Client’s lease of the Suite 450 Expansion Premises shall commence on the Suite 450 Expansion Premises Commencement Date and shall end on the date hereinafter provided. If, for any reason whatsoever, Landlord cannot deliver possession of the Suite 450 Expansion Premises to Client on or before the anticipated Suite 450 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, the Lease, as amended by this Third Amendment, shall not be void or voidable, nor shall Landlord, or Landlord’s agents, advisors, employees, partners, shareholders, directors, invitees, or independent contractors be liable to Client for any loss or damage resulting therefrom. Client shall not be liable for Annual Basic Rental with respect to the Suite 450 Expansion Premises until Landlord delivers possession of the Suite 450 Expansion Premises to Client. Commencing on the Suite 450 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, all references to the “Premises” in the Lease shall refer to the Suite 190 Premises and the Suite 450 Expansion Premises, a total of approximately Nine Thousand Four Hundred Twenty-six (9,426) rentable square feet of space (further, so long as Client continues to lease the Suite 110 Premises, the Suite 110 Premises shall also be part of the Premises).

 

4.                                       Suite 400 Expansion Premises. Commencing on the earlier of (i) the date on which Landlord’s Work (defined in Section 9 hereof) in the Suite 400 Expansion Premises (hereinafter defined) is Substantially Complete (as defined in Exhibit D , attached hereto) by Landlord, or (ii) the date Client takes occupancy of the Suite 400 Expansion Premises to conduct its business therefrom, which is anticipated to be June 1, 2010 (the “Suite 400 Expansion Premises Commencement Date”), Landlord hereby demises and leases to Client, and Client hereby leases and accepts from Landlord, for a term and upon the conditions hereinafter provided, approximately Four Thousand One Hundred Forty-seven (4,147) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 400, on the fourth (4 th ) floor of the Building, outlined on the floor plan attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit B (the “Suite 400 Expansion Premises”). At either party’s request, the parties shall jointly execute and deliver to one another a memorandum in reasonable form prepared by Landlord confirming the Suite 400 Expansion Premises Commencement Date.

 

5.                                       Suite 190 Premises. Client shall remain in possession of the Suite 190 Premises in its current “as is” condition, on a month-to-month basis at the Basic Rental and Additional Rent payable as of its execution of this Third Amendment. By written notice delivered to Landlord not later than ninety (90) days after the DECO Expansion Premises Commencement Date (defined in Section 7(a) hereof) or the Alternate Floor Premises Commencement Date (defined in Section 7(c) hereof) (whichever is applicable), Client may elect to extend the term of Client’s lease of the Suite 190 Premises, in its then “as is” condition, for the period commencing on the ninety-first (91 st ) day after the DECO Expansion Premises Commencement Date (the “Suite 190 Extension Term Commencement Date”) and ending on the Lease Expiration Date (the “Suite 190 Extension Term”) at the per square foot Basic Rental rate set forth in Section 8 below, whereupon the term of Client’s lease of the Suite 190 Premises shall continue until January 31, 2017. Additionally, from and after the Suite 190 Extension Term Commencement Date, Client shall become obligated to pay Operating Expenses and Real Estate Taxes increases for the Suite 190 Premises in accordance with the provisions of Section 12.c below. If such right is not exercised, the term of Client’s lease of the Suite 190 Premises shall terminate on the ninetieth (90 th ) day after the DECO Expansion Premises Commencement Date or the Alternate Floor Premises Commencement Date (whichever is applicable) (the “Suite 190 Termination Date”), and Client agrees to vacate the Suite 190 Premises in accordance with its obligations under Section 22 of the Lease, on or before the Suite 190 Termination Date. As of the Suite 190 Termination Date, neither Landlord nor Client hereto shall have any further

 

2



 

claim against the other by reason of said Lease as to the Suite 190 Premises, except (a) as otherwise expressly provided herein; (b) for the holdover provisions of said Lease, which shall become effective if Client has not fully vacated the Suite 190 Premises on or before the Suite 190 Termination Date (such provision being modified with respect to the Suite 190 Premises solely to provide that Landlord may charge Client 125% of the Suite 190 Basic Rental payable immediately prior to the Suite 110 Termination Date); and (c) for any obligation which one party may have to the other to defend, indemnify or hold harmless the other against and from any liability, claim of liability or expense arising out of any negligent or otherwise tortious injury to or death of any person, or damage to any property; provided, however, that all obligations of the Client incurred pursuant to the Lease for the Suite 190 Premises prior to the date of cancellation and termination of Client’s obligations for the Suite 190 Premises and not as yet performed, shall continue in full force and effect until fully performed by Client.

 

6.                                       Suite 400 Expansion Premises Term. The term of Client’s lease of the Suite 400 Expansion Premises shall commence on the Suite 400 Expansion Premises Commencement Date and shall continue until the date hereinafter set forth. If for any reason whatsoever, Landlord cannot deliver possession of the Suite 400 Expansion Premises to Client on or before the anticipated Suite 400 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, the Lease, as amended by this Third Amendment, shall not be void or voidable, nor shall Landlord, or Landlord’s agents, advisors, employees, partners, shareholders, directors, invitees, or independent contractors be liable to Client for any loss or damage resulting therefrom except as expressly provided herein. Client shall not be liable for Annual Basic Rental with respect to the Suite 400 Expansion Premises until Landlord delivers possession of the Suite 400 Expansion Premises to Client. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord agrees that (i) if the Suite 400 Expansion Premises Commencement Date has not occurred by June 1, 2010, then for every day elapsed between that date and the date on which the Suite 400 Expansion Premises Commencement Date occurs Client shall receive one day’s abatement of Basic Rental with regard to the Suite 400 Expansion Premises commencing on the Suite 400 Expansion Premises Commencement Date (solely by way of example and not limitation, if the Suite 400 Expansion Premises Commencement Date occurs on June 16, 2010, Client shall receive fifteen (15) days’ abatement of Basic Rental on account of such delay); and (ii) if the Suite 400 Expansion Premises Commencement Date has not occurred by September 1, 2010, Client may elect, by written notice to Landlord, to terminate Client’s lease of the Suite 400 Expansion Premises effective as of October 1, 2010, in which event Client’s lease of all other space in the Building in effect at that time shall continue in effect without termination through the Lease Expiration Date at the rates of Basic Rental per rentable square foot stated in Section 8 hereof, exclusive of Section 8(c); provided further, that if Landlord has Substantially Completed Landlord’s Work within the Suite 400 Expansion Premises prior to October 1, 2010, Client’s termination right set forth above shall be null and void and of no force or effect and Client’s sole remedy for such delay shall be the Basic Rental abatement. If the Suite 400 Expansion Premises Commencement Date has not occurred by December 1, 2010 for reasons set forth in Section 31 of the Lease, Landlord may elect, by written notice to Client, to terminate Client’s lease of the Suite 400 Expansion Premises effective as of the date of such notice. Commencing on the Suite 400 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, all references to the “Premises” in the Lease shall refer to both the Suite 450 Expansion Premises and the Suite 400 Expansion Premises, together containing a total of approximately Nine Thousand One Hundred Twenty-seven (9,127) rentable square feet of space (further, so long as Client continues to lease either or both of the Suite 110 Premises and the Suite 190 Premises, such space or spaces that Client continues to lease shall also be part of the Premises). Termination by either party of Client’s lease of the Suite 400 Expansion Premises as permitted hereunder shall likewise render Section 7(a) hereof null and void.

 

3



 

7.                                       Full Floor Premises.

 

(a)                          On or before April 1, 2011, Landlord shall deliver to Client either (i) written notice confirming that Landlord will deliver to Client the DECO Expansion Premises (hereinafter defined) as provided in this Section 7(a) and stating the anticipated DECO Expansion Premises Commencement Date (hereinafter defined) or (ii) the Substitution Notice (defined in Section 7(b) hereof); provided, however, that if Client has terminated the lease for the Suite 400 Expansion Premises pursuant to Section 6 hereof, Landlord shall be obligated to deliver the Substitution Notice hereunder. If Landlord has so elected to deliver the DECO Expansion Premises, then commencing on the earlier of (i) the date that Landlord’s Work in the DECO Expansion Premises (hereinafter defined) is Substantially Complete (as defined in Exhibit D , attached hereto) by Landlord or (ii) the date Client takes occupancy of the DECO Expansion Premises to conduct its business therefrom (the “DECO Expansion Premises Commencement Date”), Landlord hereby demises and leases to Client and Client hereby leases and accepts from Landlord, for a term and upon the conditions hereinafter provided, approximately Five Thousand Six Hundred Fifty-Three (5,653) rentable square feet of space compromising the entire rentable area of the fourth floor of the Building that is not contained within the Suite 400 Expansion Premises and the Suite 450 Expansion Premises (the “DECO Expansion Premises”). Landlord estimates that the DECO Expansion Premises Commencement Date will occur on June 1, 2011 and Landlord agrees that the DECO Expansion Premises Commencement Date shall not occur prior to October 1, 2010 absent Client’s prior written consent. As of the DECO Expansion Premises Commencement Date, the term “Premises” in the Lease shall refer to the Suite 450 Expansion Premises, the Suite 400 Expansion Premises and the DECO Expansion Premises, being the entire rentable area of the Fourth Floor and containing an aggregate of approximately Fourteen Thousand Seven Hundred Eighty (14,780) rentable square feet of space (further, so long as Client continues to lease either or both of the Suite 110 Premises and the Suite 190 Premises, such space or spaces that Client continues to lease shall also be part of the Premises). At either party’s request, the parties shall jointly execute and deliver to one another a memorandum in reasonable form prepared by Landlord confirming the DECO Expansion Premises Commencement Date.

 

(b)                          Notwithstanding the foregoing, in lieu of delivering the DECO Expansion Premises to Client, Landlord may deliver written notice to Client (the “Substitution Notice”) on or before April 1, 2011 that it is opting to deliver a full floor of the Building containing approximately Fourteen Thousand Seven Hundred Eighty (14,780) rentable square to Client other than the fourth floor (the “Alternate Floor Premises”). The Substitution Notice shall specify which floor is the Alternate Floor Premises. Landlord shall improve such Alternate Floor Premises for Client as hereinafter provided, and Landlord shall deliver the Alternate Floor Premises to Client with Landlord’s Work Substantially Complete on or about June 1, 2011. Upon Landlord’s timely delivery of the Substitution Notice, Section 7(a) of this Amendment shall be null and void and the terms of Section 7(c) hereof shall instead apply.

 

(c)                                   If Landlord has timely delivered the Substitution Notice under Section 7(b) hereof, then commencing on the earlier of (i) the date the Alternate Floor Premises is Substantially Complete (as defined in Exhibit D , attached hereto) by Landlord, or (ii) the date Client takes occupancy of the Alternate Floor Premises to conduct its business therefrom, which is anticipated to be June 1, 2011 (the “Alternate Floor Premises Commencement Date”), Landlord hereby demises and leases to Client and Client hereby leases and accepts from Landlord, for a term and upon the conditions hereinafter provided, the Alternate Floor Premises. Client’s contractors shall be afforded access to the Alternate Floor Premises (subject to

 

4



 

Landlord’s reasonable scheduling requirements) during the thirty (30) day period prior to the Alternate Floor Premises Commencement Date in order to install Client’s telephone and data lines, conduit and equipment and Client’s furniture and work stations within the Alternate Floor Premises; provided, however, that (i) Landlord shall designate in its commercially reasonably discretion a reasonable number of days on which Client may so enter the Alternate Floor Premises, (ii) Client shall not interfere with Landlord’s Work within the Alternate Floor Premises, (iii) all waiver and indemnity provisions of this Lease shall apply to such early entry, and (iv) all property placed in the Alternate Floor Premises by Client shall remain there at Client’s sole risk. Upon the Alternate Floor Premises Commencement Date and Client’s completion of such work (but in no event later than 30 days after Landlord has delivered the Alternate Floor Premises to Client with Landlord’s Work Substantially Complete), Client shall have up to five (5) days within which to relocate Client’s furnishings, trade fixtures and equipment from the Suite 450 Expansion Premises and the Suite 400 Expansion Premises to the Alternate Floor Premises. Landlord shall perform such relocation for Client, at Landlord’s expense. At the end of such five-day period (the “Alternate Floor Effective Date”), Client’s lease of the Suite 400 Expansion Premises and the Suite 450 Expansion Premises shall terminate absolutely (without thereby terminating Client’s lease of any other portions of the Premises), and neither Landlord nor Client shall have any further claim against the other by reason of said Lease as to the Suite 400 Expansion Premises and the Suite 450 Expansion Premises, except (a) as otherwise expressly provided herein; (b) for the holdover provisions of said Lease, which shall become effective if Client has not fully vacated the Suite 400 Expansion Premises and the Suite 450 Expansion Premises on or before the Alternate Floor Effective Date; and (c) for any obligation which one party may have to the other to defend, indemnify or hold harmless the other against and from any liability, claim of liability or expense arising out of any negligent or otherwise tortious injury to or death of any person, or damage to any property; provided, however, that all obligations of the Client incurred pursuant to the Lease for the Suite 400 Expansion Premises and the Suite 450 Expansion Premises prior to the date of cancellation and termination of Client’s obligations for the Suite 400 Expansion Premises and the Suite 450 Expansion Premises and not as yet performed, shall continue in full force and effect until fully performed by Client. Basic Rental shall not commence to be payable for the Alternate Floor Premises until the sixty-first (61 st ) consecutive day after the Alternate Floor Effective Date (the “Alternate Floor Rent Commencement Date”). Client’s lease of the Alternate Floor Premises shall continue until January 31, 2017 (the “Lease Expiration Date”). Commencing on the Alternate Effective Date, the term “Premises” as used in the Lease shall refer to the Alternate Floor Premises (further, so long as Client continues to lease either or both of the Suite 110 Premises and the Suite 190 Premises, such space or spaces that Client continues to lease shall also be part of the Premises). At either party’s request, the parties shall jointly execute and deliver to one another a memorandum in reasonable form prepared by Landlord confirming the Alternate Floor Effective Date, the Alternate Floor Premises Commencement Date and the Alternate Floor Rent Commencement Date.

 

(d)                          If Section 7(a) hereof remains in effect, if for any reason whatsoever, Landlord cannot deliver possession of the DECO Expansion Premises to Client on or before the anticipated DECO Expansion Premises Commencement Date, the Lease, as amended by this Third Amendment, shall not be void or voidable, nor shall Landlord, or Landlord’s agents, advisors, employees, partners, shareholders, directors, invitees, or independent contractors be liable to Client for any loss or damage resulting therefrom except as expressly provided herein. Client shall not be liable for Annual Basic Rental with respect to the DECO Expansion Premises until Landlord delivers possession of the DECO Expansion Premises to Client. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord agrees that (i) if the DECO Expansion Premises Commencement Date has not occurred by July 1, 2011, then for every day elapsed between that date and the date on

 

5



 

which the DECO Expansion Premises Commencement Date occurs Client shall receive one day’s abatement of Basic Rental with regard to the DECO Expansion Premises commencing on the DECO Expansion Premises Commencement Date (solely by way of example and not limitation, if the DECO Expansion Premises Commencement Date occurs on July 16, 2011, Client shall receive fifteen (15) days’ abatement of Basic Rental on account of such delay); and (ii) if the DECO Expansion Premises Commencement Date has not occurred by October 1, 2011, Client may elect, by written notice to Landlord, to terminate Client’s lease of the DECO Expansion Premises effective as of November 1, 2011, in which event Client’s lease of all other space in the Building in effect at that time shall continue in effect without termination through the Lease Expiration Date at the rates of Basic Rental per rentable square foot stated in Section 8 hereof, exclusive of Section 8(d); provided further, that if Landlord has Substantially Completed Landlord’s Work within the DECO Expansion Premises prior to November 1, 2011, Client’s termination right set forth above shall be null and void and of no force or effect and Client’s sole remedy for such delay shall be the Basic Rental abatement. If the DECO Expansion Premises Commencement Date has not occurred by January 1, 2012, Landlord may elect, by written notice to Client, to terminate Client’s lease of the DECO Expansion Premises effective as of the date of such notice.

 

(e)                           If Landlord has timely delivered the Substitution Notice under Section 7(b) hereof, then if for any reason whatsoever, Landlord cannot deliver possession of the Alternate Floor Premises to Client on or before the anticipated Alternate Floor Premises Commencement Date, the Lease, as amended by this Third Amendment, shall not be void or voidable, nor shall Landlord, or Landlord’s agents, advisors, employees, partners, shareholders, directors, invitees, or independent contractors be liable to Client for any loss or damage resulting therefrom except as expressly provided herein. Client shall not be liable for Annual Basic Rental with respect to the Alternate Floor Premises until Landlord delivers possession of the Alternate Floor Premises to Client. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord agrees that (i) if the Alternate Floor Premises Commencement Date has not occurred by July 1, 2011, then for every day elapsed between that date and the date on which the Alternate Floor Premises Commencement Date occurs Client shall receive one day’s abatement of Basic Rental with regard to the DECO Expansion Premises commencing on the Alternate Floor Premises Commencement Date (solely by way of example and not limitation, if the Alternate Floor Premises Commencement Date occurs on July 1, 2011, Client shall receive fifteen (15) days’ abatement of DECO Expansion Premises Basic Rental on account of such delay); and (ii) if the Alternate Floor Premises Commencement Date has not occurred by October 1, 2011, Client may elect, by written notice to Landlord, to terminate Client’s lease of the Alternate Floor Premises effective as of November 1, 2011, in which event Client’s lease of all other space in the Building in effect at that time shall continue in effect without termination through the Lease Expiration Date at the rates of Basic Rental per rentable square foot stated in Section 8 hereof, exclusive of Section 8(d); provided further, that if Landlord has Substantially Completed Landlord’s Work within the Alternate Floor Premises prior to November 1, 2011, Client’s termination right set forth above shall be null and void and of no force or effect and Client’s sole remedy for such delay shall be the Basic Rental abatement. If the Alternate Floor Premises Commencement Date has not occurred by January 1, 2012, Landlord may elect, by written notice to Client, to terminate Client’s lease of the Alternate Floor Premises effective as of the date of such notice.

 

(f) Upon the occurrence of the DECO Expansion Premises Commencement Date or the Alternate Floor Premises Commencement Date (whichever is applicable) (whichever of such dates is applicable being herein sometimes also referred to as the “Full Floor Premises Commencement Date”), the full floor of the Building leased to Client pursuant to this Section 7 shall be referred to as the “Full Floor Premises”).

 

6



 

8.                                       Basic Rental for Premises During Expansion Premises Term. Effective as of the Suite 450 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, and continuing for the Expansion Premises Term, Client shall pay Basic Rental for the Premises pursuant to the following schedule, all payments to be made in legal tender, at Landlord’s office, as more fully provided in Section 3 of the Lease:

 

(a)  For the Suite 110 Premises , commencing on the Suite 450 Expansion Premises Commencement Date (herein abbreviated as “S450EPCD”):

 

 

 

Rentable

 

Basic Rental

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Square

 

Per Square

 

Monthly Basic

 

Annual Basic

 

Months

 

Feet

 

Foot

 

Rental

 

Rental

 

First 24 months after
S450EPCD

 

1,339

 

$

21.00

 

$

2,343.25

 

$

28,119.00

 

Months 25-36 after
S450EPCD

 

1,339

 

$

21.63

 

$

2,413.55

 

$

28,962.57

 

Months 37-48 after
S450EPCD

 

1,339

 

$

22.28

 

$

2,486.08

 

$

29,832.92

 

Months 49-60 after
S450EPCD

 

1,339

 

$

22.95

 

$

2,560.84

 

$

30,730.05

 

Months 61-72 after
S450EPCD

 

1,339

 

$

23.64

 

$

2,637.83

 

$

31,653.96

 

Months 73-84 after
S450EPCD

 

1.339

 

$

24.35

 

$

2,717.05

 

$

32,604.65

 

 

(b)  For the Suite 450 Expansion Premises , commencing on the Suite 450 Expansion Premises Commencement Date (herein abbreviated as “S450EPCD”):

 

 

 

Rentable

 

Basic Rental

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Square

 

Per Square

 

Monthly Basic

 

Annual Basic

 

Months

 

Feet

 

Foot

 

Rental

 

Rental

 

First 24 months after
S450EPCD

 

4,980

 

$

21.00

 

$

8,715.00

 

$

104,580.00

 

Months 25-36 after
S450EPCD

 

4,980

 

$

21.63

 

$

8,976.45

 

$

107,717.40

 

Months 37-48 after
S450EPCD

 

4,980

 

$

22.28

 

$

9,246.20

 

$

110,954.40

 

Months 49-60 after
S450EPCD

 

4,980

 

$

22.95

 

$

9,524.25

 

$

114,291.00

 

Months 61-72 after
S450EPCD

 

4,980

 

$

23.64

 

$

9,810.60

 

$

117,727.20

 

Months 73-84 after
S450EPCD

 

4,980

 

$

24.35

 

$

10,105.25

 

$

121,263.00

 

 

(c)  For the Suite 400 Expansion Premises , commencing on the Suite 400 Expansion Premises Commencement Date (herein abbreviated as “S400EPCD”):

 

7



 

 

 

Rentable

 

Basic Rental

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Square

 

Per Square

 

Monthly Basic

 

Annual Basic

 

Months

 

Feet

 

Foot

 

Rental

 

Rental

 

S400EPCD thru
remainder of the first 24
months after S450EPCD

 

4,147

 

$

21.00

 

$

7,257.25

 

$

87,087.00

 

Months 25-36 after
S450EPCD

 

4,147

 

$

21.63

 

$

7,474.97

 

$

89,699.61

 

Months 37-48 after
S450EPCD

 

4,147

 

$

22.28

 

$

7,699.60

 

$

92,395.16

 

Months 49-60 after
S450EPCD

 

4,147

 

$

22.95

 

$

7,931.14

 

$

95,173.65

 

Months 61-72 after
S450EPCD

 

4,147

 

$

23.64

 

$

8,169.59

 

$

98,035.08

 

Months 73-84 after
S450EPCD

 

4,147

 

$

24.35

 

$

8,414.95

 

$

100,979.45

 

 

(d)  Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective on the Full Floor Premises Commencement Date the Basic Rent charts set forth in Sections 8(b) and 8(c) hereof for the Suite 450 Expansion Premises and the Suite 400 Expansion Premises shall cease to have any force or effect and the Basic Rental payable by Client for the Full Floor Premises , commencing on the Full Floor Premises Commencement Date (herein abbreviated as “FFPCD”), shall be as follows:

 

 

 

Rentable

 

Basic Rental

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Square

 

Per Square

 

Monthly Basic

 

Annual Basic

 

Months

 

Feet

 

Foot

 

Rental

 

Rental

 

FFPCD thru remainder of
the first 24 months after
S450EPCD

 

14,780

 

$

21.00

 

$

25,865.00

 

$

310,380.00

*

Months 25-36 after
S450EPCD

 

14,780

 

$

21.63

 

$

26,640.95

 

$

319,691.40

 

Months 37-48 after
S450EPCD

 

14,780

 

$

22.28

 

$

27,441.53

 

$

329,298.40

 

Months 49-60 after
S450EPCD

 

14,780

 

$

22.95

 

$

28,266.75

 

$

339,201.00

 

Months 61-72 after
S450EPCD

 

14,780

 

$

23.64

 

$

29,116.60

 

$

349,399.20

 

Months 73-84 after
S450EPCD

 

14,780

 

$

24.35

 

$

29,991.08

 

$

359,893.00

 

 


*Annualized

 

(e)                           For the Suite 190 Premises (i) prior to the Suite 190 Extension Term Commencement Date, at the rates set forth in the First Amendment to Lease, and (ii) if Client extends its lease of the Suite 190 Premises for the Suite 190 Extension Term pursuant to Section 5 hereof, commencing on the Suite 190 Extension Term Commencement Date (herein abbreviated as “S190ETCD”), as follows:

 

8



 

 

 

Rentable

 

Basic Rental

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Square

 

Per Square

 

Monthly Basic

 

Annual Basic

 

Months

 

Feet

 

Foot

 

Rental

 

Rental

 

S190ETCD thru
remainder of the first 24
months after S450EPCD

 

4,446

 

$

21.00

 

$

7,780.50

 

$

93,366.00

*

Months 25-36 after
S450EPCD

 

4,446

 

$

21.63

 

$

8,013.92

 

$

96,166.98

 

Months 37-48 after
S450EPCD

 

4,446

 

$

22.28

 

$

8,254.74

 

$

99,056.88

 

Months 49-60 after
S450EPCD

 

4,446

 

$

22.95

 

$

8,502.98

 

$

102,035.70

 

Months 61-72 after
S450EPCD

 

4,446

 

$

23.64

 

$

8,758.62

 

$

105,103.44

 

Months 73-84 after
S450EPCD

 

4,446

 

$

24.35

 

$

9,021.68

 

$

108,260.10

 

 


*Annualized

 

The first full monthly installment owing for the Suite 450 Expansion Premises (i.e., $8,715.00) shall be due upon Client’s execution of this Third Amendment and shall be applied to the Monthly Basic Rental for the Suite 450 Expansion Premises due for the first month of the Suite 450 Expansion Premises Term.

 

9.                                       Improvements to Expansion Premises . Client shall accept the Suite 450 Expansion Premises, Suite 400 Expansion Premises, and Full Floor Premises in their “as is” condition as of the applicable Commencement Dates, except that Landlord agrees to provide the improvements set forth in Exhibit D hereto (“Landlord’s Work”).

 

10.                                Insurance . In accordance with the provisions of Section 26 of the Lease, Client shall deliver to Landlord, (i) on or before the Suite 450 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, a revised certificate of insurance reflecting the Suite 450 Expansion Premises as an additional insured location; (ii) on or before the Suite 400 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, a revised certificate of insurance reflecting the Suite 400 Expansion Premises as the insured location; and (iii) on or before the Full Floor Premises Commencement Date, a revised certificate of insurance reflecting the Full Floor Premises as the insured location.

 

11.                                Security Deposit. Upon execution of this Third Amendment by Client, Client shall deposit an additional $5,307.98 with Landlord to increase the existing Security Deposit from $11,187.52 to $16,495.50. On or before the Full Floor Premises Commencement Date, Client shall deposit an additional $9,369.50 to increase the Security Deposit to $25,865.00. The increased Security Deposit will be held by Landlord in accordance with the terms of Section 5 of the Lease.

 

12.                                Lease Terms Modified or Deleted.

 

a.                               Section 1 (“Definitions”) of the Lease and the portion of the Lease titled “Data Sheet” are hereby amended to reflect the terms and conditions of this Third Amendment, and to the extent there are any conflicts between the Lease, as amended by this Third Amendment, the provisions of this Third Amendment shall control.

 

b.                               Section (k) of the Data Sheet is hereby modified to replace “Sixteen (16) parking spaces” with “3.6 spaces per 1,000 rentable square feet leased.” Landlord agrees that Client may, at its sole expense, mark one parking space at the foot of the steps to the Suite 110 Premises with signage indicating that such space is reserved to Client. The location, size and

 

9


 

all other specifications of such signage to be subject to Landlord’s prior approval (which shall not be unreasonably withheld) and compliance with all applicable laws. Client acknowledges and agrees that the right to mark such space reserved may be revoked by Landlord at any time, upon three (3) business days written notice, in the event that the existence of a “reserved parking space” at the Project causes Landlord difficulty, disruption or other trouble with any current or future tenant of the Project.

 

c.                                Effective as of the Suite 450 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Section 8 (“Operating Expenses”) of the Lease is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

“8.                                OPERATING EXPENSES

 

(b)                                  Effective January 1, 2011, and continuing during the Expansion Premises Term, Client shall pay as Additional Rent Client’s Proportionate Share of an amount equal to the excess (“Excess”) from time to time by which the Basic Cost in any calendar year exceeds the Base Year Stop. Landlord shall make a good faith estimate of the Excess for each upcoming calendar year and Client shall be required to pay the monthly payment of such Additional Rent equal to one-twelfth (1/12) of such estimate. Client shall continue to make said monthly payments until notified by Landlord of a change therein. If at any time or times Landlord determines that the amounts payable under this Section for the Excess will vary from Landlord’s estimate previously given to Client, Landlord, by notice to Client, may revise the estimate for such Excess, and subsequent payments by Client for such Excess shall be based upon such revised estimate.

 

(c)                                   Within a reasonable time after the close of each calendar year during Client’s occupancy and the calendar year following termination of this Lease, or as soon thereafter as practical, Landlord shall furnish to Client a statement of Landlord’s actual Basic Cost for the previous year. If the total of the monthly installments paid by Client is less than Client’s total annual obligation for the Excess, Client shall within twenty (20) days of invoice pay the difference upon receipt of Landlord’s annual statement. Any overpayment shall be credited to Client’s obligation for the next succeeding period or other amounts due and payable under this Lease.

 

(c)                                   Each statement furnished by Landlord to Client shall be conclusive and binding upon Client unless, within thirty (30) days after receipt of such statement, Client delivers to Landlord a written notice specifying the particular details for which such statement is claimed to be incorrect. Upon receipt of Client’s notice, Landlord shall provide Client with reasonable additional detail concerning the questioned items. Pending the determination of such dispute, Client shall pay without delay the full amount of the Additional Rent payable by Client in accordance with each such statement that Client is disputing. Any overpayment shall be credited, in Landlord’s discretion, to the next installment of operating expenses due, or such other amounts as may be due Landlord under the Lease.

 

(d)                                  The following definitions shall apply with respect to application of this Section 8:

 

(i) “Client’s Proportionate Share”:

 

10



 

 

 

Rentable

 

Rentable

 

 

 

 

 

Square

 

Square

 

 

 

 

 

Feet of

 

Feet of

 

Proportionate

 

Suite

 

Suite

 

Building

 

Share

 

Suite 450 Expansion Premises

 

4,980

 

182,923

 

2.72

%

Suite 400 Expansion Premises

 

4,147

 

182,923

 

2.27

%

DECO Expansion Premises

 

5,653

 

182,923

 

3.09

%

Full Floor Premises

 

14,780

 

182,923

 

8.08

%

Suite 110 Premises

 

1,339

 

182,923

 

0.73

%

Suite 190 Premises

 

4,446

 

182,923

 

2.43

%

 

(ii) “Basic Cost”: The actual costs incurred by the Landlord in operating and maintaining the Building and the Land during each calendar year of the Expansion Premises Term for which Landlord has not been reimbursed by insurance proceeds, condemnation awards or otherwise.

 

Such costs shall include, by way of example rather than of limitation, (i) charges or fees for, and taxes on, the furnishing of electricity, water, sewer service, gas, fuel, or other utility services to the Building and the Land; (ii) costs of providing elevator, janitorial, trash, snow removal service, restriping, resurfacing, maintaining and repairing all walkways, roadways and parking areas on the Land, security costs, and cost of maintaining grounds, common areas, signage, and mechanical systems, sanitary sewer and drainage of the Building and the Land; (iii) all other costs of maintaining and repairing any or all of the Building or Land; (iv) all costs reasonably allocated by Landlord to the common areas of the Building and the Land in a multi-building development; (v) charges or fees for any necessary governmental permits and licenses (exclusive of any relating to any tenant’s premises); (vi) management fees, overhead and expenses reasonably related to management of the Building (including salaries for personnel directly or indirectly responsible for management and operation of the Building); (vii) premiums and payment of deductibles for hazard, liability, workmen’s compensation or similar insurance upon any or all of the Building and the Land; (viii) costs arising under service contracts with independent contractors; and (ix) the cost of any other items which, under generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied from year to year with respect to the Building or the Land, constitute operating or maintenance costs attributable to any or all of the Building or the Land; provided, however, if Landlord installs new or replacement equipment intended to reduce operating costs, then Landlord shall have the right to amortize the capital costs so incurred (“ Permitted Capital Costs ”) as part of Basic Costs on a straight line basis over the reasonable useful life thereof.

 

The term “Basic Cost” shall not include: (A) depreciation of the Building or any portion thereof; (B) interest or debt payments on encumbrances; (C) ground rents; (D) costs actually reimbursed through insurance proceeds to repair or replace damage by fire or insured other casualty; (E) compensation and benefits of executive officers or employees of Landlord or any management company above the level of property manager; (F) reserves of any kind, including but not limited to replacement reserves, and reserves for bad debts or lost rent or any similar charge not involving the payment of money to third parties; (G) commissions payable to leasing brokers and legal fees incurred in connection with the preparation and enforcement of leases; (H) costs which are considered “capital” under generally accepted accounting principles, except Permitted Capital Costs; (I) any fines, penalties or interest resulting from the negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, contractors or employees; (K) Landlord’s charitable and political contributions; (L) attorneys fees and other expenses incurred in connection with negotiations or disputes with prospective or existing tenants of the Building; (M) costs incurred

 

11



 

in leasing, advertising for the Building or other marketing or promotional activity specifically and primarily designed for marketing space in the Building; (N) amounts paid to persons or entities affiliated with, controlled by, controlling of, or under common control with, Landlord to the extent such amounts are materially greater than would have been charged by an unaffiliated third party in an arms-length transaction in the Landover, Maryland marketplace; (O) any management fees in excess of 4% of the annual gross rents from the Building; (P) costs for which Landlord has been compensated by a management fee; (Q) costs arising from the negligence or fault of other tenants or Landlord or its agents, or any vendors, contractors, or providers of materials or services selected, hired or engaged by Landlord or its agents; (R) to the extent not caused by Client, costs incurred in connection with any environmental clean-up, response action, or remediation on, in, under or about the Premises or the Building, including but not limited to, costs and expenses associated with the defense, administration, settlement, monitoring or management thereof; (S) costs incurred by Landlord in connection with rooftop communications equipment of Landlord or other persons, tenants, or occupants of the Building if such communications equipment is not available for use by Client; or (T) costs associated solely with the operation of the business of the entity which constitutes Landlord which are not related to, and are distinguishable from, the costs of operation of the Building, including entity accounting and legal matters, costs of defending any lawsuits with any mortgagee or ground lessor, costs of selling, syndicating, financing, mortgaging or hypothecating any of Landlord’s interest in the Building, costs of any disputes between Landlord and its employees (if any) not engaged in Building operation or between Landlord and Building management, or outside fees paid in connection with disputes with other tenants.

 

In determining Basic Cost, where less than 95% of the Building’s rentable square footage is occupied during all or any part of a year, those items of the Basic Cost which vary according to occupancy, such as electricity and janitorial services, shall be increased to that amount which would have been incurred had the Building been 95% occupied during the entire year.

 

(iii) “Base Year Stop”: The Basic Cost incurred during calendar year 2010.

 

(e)                                   The Landlord shall maintain records of Landlord’s Basic Cost for a period of one (1) year after the end of each calendar year. After receiving each statement of the Client’s Proportionate Share of the Excess, Client, or an independent, certified public accountant who is hired by Client on a non-contingent fee basis and who is reasonably acceptable to Landlord, shall have the right, during regular business hours and after giving at least ten (10) days’ advance written notice to Landlord, to inspect and complete an audit of Landlord’s books and records relating to Landlord’s Basic Cost for the immediately preceding calendar year. Client shall (and shall cause its employees, agents and consultants to) keep the results of any such audit or audited statement strictly confidential. If such audit or audited statement shows that the amounts paid by Client to Landlord on account of Client’s Proportionate Share of the Excess exceed the amounts to which Landlord is entitled hereunder, Landlord shall credit the amount of such excess toward the next monthly payments of Client’s Proportionate Share of Basic Cost due hereunder. All costs and expenses of any such audit or audited statement shall be paid by Client, unless it is determined that the Landlord’s initial statement was in error in Landlord’s favor by more than five percent (5%), in which case Landlord shall pay the reasonable cost of such audit or review within thirty (30) days of Client’s request (but in any event not more than $2,000.00).

 

d.                               Effective as of the Suite 450 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Section 19 (“Taxes”) of the Lease is hereby deleted and replaced with the following:

 

12



 

19.                          TAXES

 

(a)                          For the purposes of this Section:

 

(i)                              The term “Real Estate Taxes” means all taxes (including any rental occupancy taxes or gross receipts tax), rates and assessments, general and special, levied or imposed with respect to the Building and the Land or any portion thereof including all taxes, rates and assessments, general and special, levied or imposed for school, public betterment, general or local improvements; provided, however, that Real Estate Taxes shall not include: (1) net income, franchise, capital stock, estate or inheritance taxes unless such taxes are in imposed specifically in lieu of real estate taxes, (2) assessments, rental, occupancy and other like excise taxes, (3) realty transfer taxes, or (4) penalties or interest on late payment of Real Estate Taxes. If the system of real estate taxation shall be altered or varied and any new tax or levy shall be levied or imposed on said Building and Land or any portion thereof, and/or Landlord, in substitution of or in addition to real estate taxes presently levied or imposed on immovable property in the jurisdiction where the Building and Land is located, then any such new tax or levy shall be included within the term “Real Estate Taxes”.

 

(ii)                           The term “Base Year Real Estate Taxes” means the Real Estate Taxes applicable to the Real Estate Tax year commencing July 1, 2009 and expiring June 30, 2010.

 

(b)                          The term “Real Estate Tax Year” means each successive twelve-month (12) period, following and corresponding to the period in respect of which the Base Year Real Estate Taxes are established, irrespective of the period or periods which may currently, or from time to time in the future, be established by competent authority for the purposes of levying or imposing Real Estate Taxes.

 

(c)                           Client shall pay as Additional Rent throughout the term of this Lease each month, in advance, one-twelfth (1/12 th ) of Client’s estimated annual increase in its Proportionate Share for Real Estate Taxes for or attributable to the then current Real Estate Tax Year over the Base Real Estate Taxes (all as defined above). Such payments shall in no way limit Client’s annual obligation. If the total of such monthly installments paid is less than Client’s total annual obligation, Client shall within twenty (20) days of invoice pay the difference upon receipt of Landlord’s annual Real Estate Tax statement. Any overpayment shall be credited to Client’s obligation for the next succeeding period or other amounts due and payable under this Lease. Upon Client’s written request, Landlord agrees to provide Client, or otherwise make available to Client, a copy of the then current tax bill.

 

(d)                          Reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord in obtaining or attempting to obtain a reduction of any Real Estate Taxes shall be added to and included in the amount of any such Real Estate Taxes. Real Estate Taxes which are being contested by Landlord shall nevertheless be included for purposes of the computation of the liability of Client under this Section provided, however, that in the event that Client shall have paid any amount of increased rent pursuant to this Section and Landlord shall thereafter receive a refund of any portion of any real estate taxes on which such payment shall been based, Landlord shall credit to Client the appropriate portion of such refund based on the prior payments by Client. Landlord shall have no obligation to contest, object or litigate the levying or imposition of any Real Estate Taxes and may settle, compromise, consent to, waive or otherwise determine in its sole and unfettered discretion any Real Estate Taxes without consent or approval of Client.

 

(e)                           Nothing contained in this Section shall be construed at any time to reduce

 

13



 

or give rise to a credit against the monthly installments of Basic Rental payable hereunder.

 

(f)                            If the termination of this Lease shall not coincide with the end of the Real Estate Tax Year, then in computing the amount payable under this Section for the period between the commencement of the applicable Real Estate Tax year in question and the termination date of this Lease, the Base Real Estate Taxes shall be deducted from the Real Estate Taxes for the applicable Real Estate Tax Year and, if there shall be a difference, such difference, pro rated on a monthly basis, shall be payable by Client to Landlord within twenty (20) days after receipt of a statement of the amount thereof.

 

(g)                           Client shall be liable for all taxes levied or assessed against personal property, furniture or fixtures placed by Client in the Premises, and if any such taxes for which Client is liable are in any way levied or assessed against Landlord, Client shall pay the Landlord upon demand that part of such taxes for which Client is primarily liable hereunder.

 

13.                        Brokers . Each of Landlord and Client warrants to the other that it has had no dealings with any broker or agent in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Third Amendment except for CB Richard Ellis, Client’s agent, and Cushman & Wakefield of Maryland, Inc., Landlord’s agent (the “ Brokers ”), and each agrees to indemnify the other against all costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees or other liability for commissions or other compensation or charges claimed by any broker or agent other than Brokers claiming the same by, through or under the indemnifying party. Landlord shall pay a fee or commission on account of this Amendment to both Brokers pursuant to separate written agreements.

 

14 .                        Monument Signage . In the event that (i) Landlord erects monument signage at the Building during the Lease Term; and (ii) Client is leasing at least one (1) full floor of the Building, the Landlord agrees that Client, at its sole expense, may place its name on such monument (the specifications and size of which shall be subject to Landlord’s prior approval and compliance with all applicable laws). Landlord agrees that the size and visibility of Client’s sign on such monument shall be comparable to the signs on such monument advertising the names of other parties.

 

15.                        Exterior Signage . Client shall be permitted to install one (1) sign displaying Client’s trade name on the exterior of the Building either directly above or on the exterior door to the Suite 110 Premises or Suite 190 Premises, provided that Client shall obtain Landlord’s written approval of the size, location, and plans and specifications for such sign, and shall obtain any necessary permits for said sign. After construction and prior to installation of said sign, Client shall present the same to Landlord for its written approval, which approval shall not be withheld so long as the sign conforms to the approved plans and specifications. Client shall install its approved sign at a time mutually agreed upon by Landlord and Client, it being understood and agreed that Landlord shall have the right to supervise such installation. Throughout the Expansion Premises Term, Client shall pay for all electricity (if any) consumed by said sign, and shall maintain said sign in good condition and repair. Upon the expiration or termination of the Term of the Lease, Client, at its sole cost and expense, shall remove such sign and repair any damage to the Building resulting there from, and make all repairs necessary to return the area of the Building on which such sign was installed to its condition prior to the installation of Client’s sign.

 

16.                        Defined Terms . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all defined terms shall have the same meanings as provided in the Lease.

 

14



 

17.                                Headings . Headings contained in this Third Amendment are for convenience only and are not substantive to the provisions of this Third Amendment.

 

18.                                Lease Terms Ratified . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, and unless inconsistent with the terms hereof, all other terms, conditions and covenants of the Lease are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall apply to each Expansion Premises. Client certifies to Landlord that the Lease is in full force and effect, that Landlord is not in default or breach of any of Landlord’s obligations under the Lease, and that Client is unaware of any condition or circumstance which, but for the passage of time or delivery of notice, would constitute a default under the Lease.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Third Amendment by affixing their hands and seals as of the date noted above.

 

 

Landlord:

 

 

WITNESS/ATTEST:

MPLX-LANDOVER CO LLC, a Maryland limited liability company

 

 

 

 

By:

MPLX Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its sole member

 

 

 

 

By:

Metroplex MM Co. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its managing member

 

 

 

 

/s/ Natalia Maselli

 

 

By:

/s/ Arthur DellaSalla

 

 

Arthur DellaSalla

 

 

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

Client:

 

 

WITNESS/ATTEST:

2TOR, INC.

 

 

 

 

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

By:

/s/ Jason Zocks

[SEAL]

 

 

Name: Jason Zocks

 

 

Title: VP

 

15


 

EXHIBIT A

 

OUTLINE OF SUITE 450 EXPANSION PREMISES

 

A-1



 

EXHIBIT B

 

OUTLINE OF SUITE 400 EXPANSION PREMISES

 

B-1



 

EXHIBIT C

 

OUTLINE OF FULL FLOOR PREMISES

 

C-1


 

EXHIBIT D

 

WORK LETTER

 

1.                                       Suite 450 Expansion Premises . Landlord shall deliver the Suite 450 Expansion Premises to Client, with the improvements shown on the space plan attached hereto as Exhibit A , using reasonable quantities of Building Standard materials (a list of which are attached hereto as Exhibit D-1 ) Client may elect to use “above standard” materials, at Client’s cost (after crediting Client for the cost of Building Standard materials).

 

2.                                       Suite 400 Expansion Premises and DECO Expansion Premises .

 

(a) Landlord and Client agree to comply with the following schedule in buildout of the Suite 400 Expansion Premises and DECO Expansion Premises:

 

(i) (A) Landlord shall work with Client to compile a mutually agreeable space plan and general contractor’s scope of work and specifications for the Suite 400 Expansion Premises within sixty (60) days after the full execution of this Third Amendment (the “Space Plan”). All finishes and work set forth in such Space Plan shall be consistent with the Building Standard finishes, materials and work incorporated or performed in the Suite 450 Expansion Premises, and shall not exceed new carpet, new paint, replacing ceiling tiles as needed to make same consistent with Suite 450 Expansion Premises, replacing light fixtures as needed to make same consistent with Building Standard, and construction of the improvements illustrated on Exhibit B hereto. At the time it approves of any Space Plan (including those referenced in 2.(a)(i)(B) and Section 3 below, Landlord shall notify Client if any materials included therein are “above Building Standard” in which event Client may elect to utilize Building Standard materials, or to pay the difference in cost between the Building Standard and “above Building Standard” materials. (Any modifications to the Space Plan made at Client’s request after same has been mutually approved shall be made at Client’s expense and, if delay in occupancy occurs as a result of such modifications, Client shall be liable to Landlord for Basic Rental attributable to each day beyond the projected Commencement Date that delivery of the Suite 400 Expansion Premises is so delayed.

 

(B)                          Client and its architect shall compile and deliver to Landlord for approval a space plan and general contractor’s scope of work and specifications for the DECO Expansion Premises (the “DECO Space Plan”) within ten (10) business days of Client’s receipt of Landlord’s notice to Client that it will lease Client the DECO Expansion Premises. All finishes and work set forth in such DECO Space Plan shall be consistent with the Building Standard finishes, materials and work incorporated or performed in the Suite 450 Expansion Premises, and shall not exceed: new carpet, new paint, demolition required to connect the DECO Expansion Premises to the Suite 400 Expansion Premises, demolition of all interior space, and selective demolition of such of the exterior offices presently located within the DECO Expansion Premises as Client may request. Landlord is only required to either combine, demolish or reuse the existing windowed offices as outlined on the attached Exhibit C, in order to create larger offices or conference room(s). Any modifications to the DECO Space Plan made at Client’s request after same has been mutually approved shall be made at Client’s expense and, if delay in occupancy occurs as a result of such modifications, Client shall be liable to Landlord for Basic Rental attributable to each day beyond the projected Commencement Date that delivery of the DECO Expansion Premises is so delayed.

 

D-1



 

(C)                          Client agrees to endeavor, reasonably and in good faith to reuse or modify existing improvements within the Suite 400 Expansion Premises and DECO Expansion Premises, to the extent consistent with Client’s design scheme. At the completion of the improvements to the Full Floor Premises (whether it be the Fourth Floor or an Alternate Floor), in addition to the improvements set forth above, such Premises shall contain 1 “LAN”/Computer room (Client to pay for and/or provide any supplemental 24/7 A/C required over and above the central Building HVAC service, and any and all telephone and data cabling, and other specialty finishes, equipment or costs), renovation of an existing kitchenette on the 4 th  floor to create one (1) expanded kitchen area (or provide a kitchen on any Alternate Floor), to include a large refrigerator/freezer, dishwasher, and garbage disposal. Client may elect to use “above Building Standard” materials, at Client’s cost (after crediting Client for the cost of Building Standard materials).

 

(ii)                             Landlord shall prepare and deliver to Client detailed floor plan layouts, together with working drawings and written instructions sufficiently detailed to enable Landlord to enter into contracts (herein called “Construction Documents”) with respect to and reflecting the partitions and improvements in the Suite 400 Expansion Premises and DECO Expansion Premises, as applicable. Client shall fully and completely cooperate with Landlord in the preparation of the Construction Documents, shall promptly respond to Landlord’s requests for information and approvals within three (3) business days after inquiry, and shall use its best efforts to assist Landlord to complete the Construction Documents as soon as possible. Client agrees to deliver to Landlord, not later than five (5) business days after delivery of the initial Construction Documents to Client (or three (3) business days after delivery with respect to any revised Construction Documents), an original executed copy of the Construction Documents approved by Client; provided, however, if Client, in good faith, reasonably objects to any aspect of the Construction Documents submitted by Landlord, Client shall specify in detail any objection to such Construction Documents as submitted to Client in a written notice to Landlord within such 5- or 3-day period, as the case may be. Landlord shall, if applicable, modify such Construction Documents to address Client’s written objections, and submit new Construction Documents to Client for approval within five (5) business days after its receipt of Client’s objection. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Construction Documents shall remain subject to Landlord’s review and approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If Client fails to timely deliver the Construction Documents as required herein or makes modifications to the Construction Documents after the deadlines provided in this subsection, Client shall (1) pay to Landlord all reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord due to Client’s modifications and/or delay in delivering the Construction Documents; and (2) pay to Landlord as Additional Rent a per diem Basic Rental charge for each day beyond the initially projected Commencement Date that occupancy is delayed due to Client’s failure to timely comply with the requirements in this Section.

 

(iii)                          Time is of the essence as to all dates provided in this subsection.

 

(b) Any changes to any approved Construction Documents desired by Client shall be submitted in writing and in detail to Landlord and shall be subject to Landlord’s consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

(c) Landlord shall, in a good and workmanlike manner, and in compliance with applicable laws, improve and complete the Suite 400 Expansion Premises and DECO Expansion Premises substantially in accordance with the Construction Documents by a general contractor or construction manager (“the Contractor”), determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion. Landlord reserves the right however, (i) to make substitutions of material of

 

D-2



 

substantially equivalent grade and quality when and if any specified material shall not be readily and reasonably available, and (ii) to make changes necessitated by conditions met in the course of construction, provided that (A) Client’s approval of any substantial change shall first be obtained (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed so long as there shall be general conformity with Construction Documents); and (B) any such Landlord change or substitution made under this clause 2(c) shall not be considered a “Change Order.”

 

(d) In the completion and preparation of the Suite 400 Expansion Premises and DECO Expansion Premises in accordance with the Construction Documents, Landlord agrees to perform at its own expense those items of work set forth on the applicable Space Plan (all work shown in an applicable Space Plan for any portion of the space being leased by Client pursuant to this Third Amendment is herein referred to as “Standard Client Work”). All work which Landlord performs at Client’s request in addition to or in substitution for Standard Client Work is hereinafter referred to as “Change Order Work.” All Change Order Work shall be furnished, installed and performed by Contractor for and on behalf of Client and at Client’s sole expense, based on Landlord’s out-of-pocket cost, including, without limit, any reasonable contractor’s fee for overhead and profit and charges for cutting, patching, cleaning up and removal of waste and debris, plus reasonable, out of pocket architects’ and engineers’ fees, plus the product obtained by multiplying all of the foregoing (as reduced by appropriate credits for substituted Standard Client Work) by fifteen percent (15%) for Landlord’s administrative expenses and profit in handling the substitution.

 

(e) Client shall pay Landlord as Additional Rent for all Change Order Work from time to time during the progress of the work, within five (5) days after Landlord shall have given Client an invoice or invoices therefor, in amounts representing Landlord’s cost of such Change Order Work performed (including, for this purpose, material for Change Order Work purchased and delivered to the Building to the date of the invoice), less the amounts paid by Client on account. Any failure by Client to pay for all Change Order Work shall constitute failure to pay rent when due and an Event of Default by Client hereunder, giving rise to all remedies available to Landlord under this Lease and at law or equity for non-payment of rent.

 

3.                                       Alternate Floor Premises .

 

(a) In the event that Landlord elects to provide Client the Alternate Floor Premises, Landlord and Client agree to comply with the following schedule in buildout of the Alternate Floor Premises:

 

(i)                        (A) Client and its architect shall compile and deliver to Landlord for approval a mutually agreeable space plan and general contractor’s scope of work and specifications for the Alternate Floor Premises (the “Alternate Floor Space Plan”) within thirty (30) days after Client’s receipt of the Substitution Notice to Client. All finishes and work set forth in such Alternate Floor Space Plan shall be consistent with the Building Standard finishes, materials and work incorporated or performed in the Suite 450 Expansion Premises, and shall not exceed: new carpet, new paint, replacing ceiling tiles as needed to make same consistent with Building Standard, replacing light fixtures as needed to make same consistent with Building Standard, constructing up to ten (10) offices, up to three (3) conference rooms, 1 “LAN”/Computer room (Client to pay for and/or provide any supplemental 24/7 A/C required over and above the central Building HVAC service, and any and all telephone and data cabling, and other specialty finishes, equipment or costs), and a kitchen, to include a large refrigerator/freezer, dishwasher, and garbage disposal. In the event that Client has performed any Alterations in the Suite 400 Expansion Premises and/or Suite 450 Expansion Premises,

 

D-3



 

Landlord shall not be obligated to replicate such Alterations and shall be solely responsible for the Landlord’s Work. Any modifications to the Alternate Floor Space Plan made at Client’s request after same has been mutually approved shall be made at Client’s expense and, if delay in occupancy occurs as a result of such modifications, Client shall be liable to Landlord for Basic Rental attributable to each day beyond the projected Commencement Date that delivery of the Alternate Floor Premises is so delayed.

 

(B)                          Client agrees to endeavor, reasonably and in good faith, to reuse or modify existing improvements within the Alternate Floor Premises, to the extent consistent with Client’s design scheme. Client may elect to use “above Building Standard” materials, at Client’s cost (after crediting Client for the cost of Building Standard materials).

 

(ii)                                   Landlord shall prepare and deliver to Client detailed floor plan layouts, together with working drawings and written instructions sufficiently detailed to enable Landlord to enter into contracts (herein called “Construction Documents”) with respect to and reflecting the partitions and improvements in the Alternate Floor Premises. Client shall fully and completely cooperate with Landlord in the preparation of the Construction Documents, shall promptly respond to Landlord’s requests for information and approvals within three (3) business days after inquiry, and shall use its best efforts to assist Landlord to complete the Construction Documents as soon as possible. Client agrees to deliver to Landlord, not later than five (5) business days after delivery of the initial Construction Documents to Client (or three (3) business days after delivery with respect to any revised Construction Documents), an original executed copy of the Construction Documents approved by Client; provided, however, if Client, in good faith, reasonably objects to any aspect of the Construction Documents submitted by Landlord, Client shall instead specify in detail any objection to such Construction Documents as submitted to Client in a written notice to Landlord within such 5- or 3-day period, as the case may be. Landlord shall, if applicable, modify such Construction Documents to address Client’s written objections, and submit new Construction Documents to Client for approval within five (5) business days after its receipt of Client’s objection. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Construction Documents shall remain subject to Landlord’s review and approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If Client fails to timely deliver the Construction Documents as required herein or makes modifications to the Construction Documents after the deadlines provided in this subsection, Client shall (1) pay to Landlord all reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord due to Client’s modifications and/or delay in delivering the Construction Documents; and (2) pay to Landlord as Additional Rent a per diem Basic Rental charge for each day beyond the initially projected Commencement Date that occupancy is delayed due to Client’s failure to timely comply with the requirements in this Section.

 

(iii)                                Time is of the essence as to all dates provided in this subsection.

 

(b) Any changes to any approved Construction Documents desired by Client shall be submitted in writing and in detail to Landlord and shall be subject to Landlord’s consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

(c) Landlord shall, in a good and workmanlike manner and in compliance with all applicable laws, improve and complete the Alternate Floor Premises substantially in accordance with the Construction Documents by a general contractor or construction manager (“the Contractor”), determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion. Landlord reserves the right however, (i) to make substitutions of material of substantially equivalent grade and quality when and if any specified material shall not be readily and reasonably available, and (ii) to make

 

D-4



 

changes necessitated by conditions met in the course of construction, provided that (A) Client’s approval of any substantial change shall first be obtained (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed so long as there shall be general conformity with Construction Documents); and (B) any such Landlord change or substitution made under this clause 3(c) shall not be considered a “Change Order.”

 

(d) In the completion and preparation of the Alternate Floor Premises in accordance with the Construction Documents, Landlord agrees to perform at its own expense those items of work set forth on the Space Plan (all work therein collectively referred to as “Standard Client Work”).

 

(e) Client shall pay Landlord as Additional Rent for all Change Order Work from time to time during the progress of the work, within five (5) days after Landlord shall have given Client an invoice or invoices therefor, in amounts representing Landlord’s cost of such Change Order Work performed (including, for this purpose, material for Change Order Work purchased and delivered to the Building to the date of the invoice), less the amounts paid by Client on account. Any failure by Client to pay for all Change Order Work shall constitute failure to pay rent when due and an Event of Default by Client hereunder, giving rise to all remedies available to Landlord under this Lease and at law or equity for non-payment of rent.

 

4.                                       Certificate of Occupancy . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the parties recognize and agree that, while Landlord and the Contractor will coordinate with Client to obtain the use and occupancy permit, it is the Client’s sole responsibility to obtain such use and occupancy permit for the Suite 400 Expansion Premises, Suite 450 Expansion Premises and Full Floor Premises. Within five (5) days of receipt of such use and occupancy permit, Client shall deliver a copy thereof to Landlord.

 

5.                                       Substantial Completion shall be the date when the work to be performed by Landlord in the Expansion Premises in material accordance with this Third Amendment (i) shall have been substantially completed notwithstanding that certain details of construction, mechanical adjustment or decoration remain to be performed, the noncompletion of which would not materially interfere with the Client’s use of or access to the Expansion Premises; and (ii) Client may legally occupy the Expansion Premises to conduct its Permitted Use therefrom. Landlord agrees that as of Substantial Completion the Expansion Premises shall be in material compliance with all applicable laws and codes, and the Building systems servicing same shall be in good working order and condition.

 

For purposes of determining the date of Substantial Completion, the Commencement Date shall be accelerated by the number of days due to any delay which is caused by: (i) changes in the work to be completed by Landlord in readying the Expansion Premises for Client’s occupancy, which changes have been requested by Client after the approval by Landlord and Client of the Construction Documents; (ii) delay caused by Client, in furnishing materials or procuring labor required by Client for installations or work in the Expansion Premises which are not encompassed within the Construction Documents, if any; (iii) any failure by Client, to furnish any required plan, information, approval or consent (including, without limitation, the Construction Documents) within the required period of time, or any failure to fully and completely cooperate with Landlord in the preparation of the Construction Documents; or (iv) the performance of any work or activity in the Expansion Premises by Client or any of its employees, agents or contractors. The decision of Landlord’s architect shall be finally determinative of the date of Substantial Completion.

 

D-5



 

On or about the date on which Landlord’s Work is substantially completed, Landlord and Client shall jointly inspect the Expansion Premises to confirm that the construction and installation of the Landlord’s Work has been substantially completed in accordance with the Space Plan, and/or Construction Documents and to prepare a “Punch-List” of work requiring correction or completion by Landlord. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to correct or complete all Punch-List items within thirty (30) days after substantial completion.

 

6.                                       Contractor Warranties . Landlord shall obtain one (1) year warranties from its Contractor and its subcontractors with respect to defects in material and/or construction within the Expansion Premises, which warranties shall state that the benefit thereof may be assigned by Landlord to Client, and Landlord agrees to assign such warranties to Client, together with any manufacturers’ warranties that Landlord may receive.

 

7.                                       Landlord’s Warranty. Upon delivery to Client of any portion of the Premises Substantially Complete, Landlord warrants, to the best of its knowledge, that all utilities and systems serving such portion of the Premises shall be in good working order and not in violation of any applicable laws, codes and regulations, including the Americans with Disabilities Act.

 

D-6


 

EXHIBIT D-1

 

Metroplex I and II

Building Standard Materials

 

Partitions:

 

Partitions within the tenant suite shall be constructed using 2 1 / 2 ” 22 ga. Steel               studs at 24” on center and 1 / 2 ” gypsum board, floor to ceiling.

 

Demising Partitions between suites will be slab-to-slab using 2 1 / 2 ” 22 ga. Steel studs at 16” on center with 1 / 2 ” type X gypsum board and sound batt insulation.

 

Door Frames:

 

Painted Hollow Metal Doorframe, Full height in most corridors verify in field.

 

Suite Entry Doors:

 

3”-0” W x 8’0” rated solid core wood, stain grade

 

Tenant Doors:

 

3’- 0”x 7’-0” rated solid core wood, paint grade.

 

 

Hardware:

 

Suite Entry doors to have Schlage L9453 STYLE 06 in bright Stainless Steel Finish with ADA closer mounted on the tenant side of the doorframe.

 

 

Tenant doors to have Lever Office Function Lockset, Corbin Russwin Newport, CL,3800 series. Finish to be satin chrome. Locks to be keyed by building Master by Lock Technologies. Contact Ron 301-345-8300. Metroplex II has a D4 Keyway.

 

D-7



 

 

Suite Entry Glass Doors:

 

Landlord to approve all glass doors. Sidelights to be integral.

 

Ceiling Grid:

 

Repainted ceiling grid to be painted with Duron Ceiling White or equal. 15/16” flat grid.

 

Ceiling Tile:

 

Ceiling tiles to be USG 562 rated, 48” x 24” x 3 / 4 ” Armstrong Fine Fissured Second Look

 

 

Vinyl Composite Tile:

 

12” x 12” x 1/8” standard commercial grade vinyl composite tile in standard colors as selected by tenant. Armstrong Standard Excelon Imperial Texture

 

 

Vinyl Wall Base:

 

4” high vinyl straight base for carpet. 4” high vinyl cove base for VCT flooring. Standard colors as selected by tenant. Johnsonite Standard. Carpet base is also acceptable. wwwjohnsonite.com

 

 

Carpet:

 

Carpet shall be a minimum of commercial grade28 oz. cut pile made of 100% nylon with a ten year warranty. Installation is direct glue. Colors and patterns as selected by tenant from Patcraft PDQ books from Architect or equal. www.patcraftdesignweave.com

 

D-8


 

Paint:

 

Two (2) coats as selected by Tenant (includes prime coat and two coats of Latex, eggshell finish). All wood and metal surfaces will receive a primer coat and two (2) coats of semi-gloss paint.

 

Window Blinds:

 

Bali 1” horizontal aluminum blinds (or equal); Color to match existing perimeter window blinds.

 

Tenant Suite Signage:

 

Building standard tenant suite identification signage will be provided by the Landlord.

 

Sprinkler Piping:

 

Black steel piping manufactured to satisfy ASTM Standards A53 or A135. For ASTM Standard A53, use schedule 40 piping for sizes up to 8” and schedule 30 for sizes 8” and greater. For ASTM Standard A135, use schedule 10 piping for sizes through 5”. For 6” through 10” sizes, use NRPA specified wall thickness. Fittings to be class 250 threaded cast iron or grooved-end type iron fittings, style 77, as manufactured by Victaulic Corporation or accepted equal.

 

Sprinkler heads:

 

Fully or Semi-recessed Victaulic V38 heads rated at 155’F with Chrome escutcheon plates. All sprinkler heads to be center of tile in acoustical tile ceilings.

 

Ceiling Diffusers:

 

Supply ceiling diffusers to be 2’ x 2’ prototype TITUS PAS
Return Grille to be 2’ x 2’ Prototype TITUS P X P

 

VAV Boxes:

 

Air terminal Boxes are single Damper Design. New DDC controls are Siemens Apogee Brand. Bottom of thermostats to be 60” AFF typical.

 

Fire Alarm System:

 

The base building Fire Alarm System is comprised of Strobes with audible speakers. (not horns) The fire control panels are of Siemens design and Cerberus system 3. Fire alarm devices to have white housings with red lettering. The Landlords alarm contractor must perform any connections to base building fire alarm panels (expander panels excluded)

 

Light Fixtures:

 

2’ x 4’ Fluorescent 277V fixtures with 3” deep 18 cell parabolic lenses with a low iridescent anodized diffuse silver finish. Fixtures shall include high efficiency electronic ballasts, T841 lamps, and air supply/return slots. Purchased from Capital Building Supply. Public corridor light fixtures shall be 2’ x 2’ Fluorescent 277V fixtures with 3” deep 9 cell parabolic lenses with a low iridescent anodized diffuse silver finish. Fixture shall include high efficiency electronic ballasts, two 31 watt 3500K T8 U-lamps (6” leg), and air supply/return slots.

 

 

Exit Lights:

 

LED exit lights with white plastic faces, white housing and red letters to match existing base building exit lights.

 

D-9



 

Electrical Devices:

 

Typical Electrical Devices and cover plates to be white Leviton Decora Plus style receptacles and switches. Electrical receptacles are to be 18” AFF typical. Light switches are to be 44” AFF typical.

 

Electrical Meters:

 

Tenant to provide electrical sub-meters for supplemental HVAC systems over 1 ton capacity within the tenant suite. Sub-meters shall be National Meters Industries, or Emon Demon Design. Model and Specifications of meter to be done during the design stage of equipment chosen for load requirements.

 

D-10



 

FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

This Fourth Amendment to Lease (the “Fourth Amendment”) is made as of the 17 th  day of March, 2010, between MPLX-LANDOVER CO LLC (“Landlord”) and 2TOR, INC. (“Client”).

 

WHEREAS, Landlord and Client entered into a Lease Agreement dated June 30, 2008, as amended by a First Amendment to Lease dated March 20, 2009, a Second Amendment to Lease dated November 15, 2009 and a Third Amendment to Lease dated February 5, 2010 (collectively, the “Lease”) for premises which contain approximately Four Thousand Four Hundred Forty-six (4,446) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 190 (the “Suite 190 Premises”), One Thousand Three Hundred Thirty-nine (1,339) rentable square feet known as Suite 110 (the “Suite 110 Premises”) on the first (1 st ) floor and approximately 14,780 rentable square feet known as Suite 400 (collectively, the “Premises”) of the office building located at 8201 Corporate Drive, Landover, Maryland (the “Building”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Suite 190 Premises is currently leased to Tenant on a month-to-month basis pursuant to Section 5 of the Third Amendment to Lease;

 

WHEREAS, the Lease for the remainder of the Premises is scheduled to expire February 28, 2017; and

 

WHEREAS, Landlord and Client wish, among other matters, to amend the Lease to extend the term for the Suite 190 Premises to be coterminous with the remainder of the Premises, all on the terms hereinafter contained.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is acknowledged by the parties, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Suite 190 Premises. The term of Client’s lease of the Suite 190 Premises shall be extended commencing June 1, 2010 through February 28, 2017.

 

2.                                       Basic Rental During Term. Tenant shall continue paying Basic Rental in accordance with the Third Amendment through May 31, 2010. Effective as of June 1, 2010, Client shall pay Basic Rental pursuant to the following schedules, all payments to be made in legal tender, at Landlord’s office, as more fully provided in Section 3 of the Lease:

 

(a) For the Suite 110 Premises:

 

 

 

Rentable

 

Basic Rental

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Square

 

Per Square

 

Monthly Basic

 

Annual Basic

 

Months

 

Feet

 

Foot

 

Rental

 

Rental

 

06/01/10-02/29/12

 

1,339

 

$

21.29

 

$

2,375.61

 

$

28,507.31

*

03/01/12-02/28/13

 

1,339

 

$

21.93

 

$

2,447.02

 

$

29,364.27

 

03/01/13-02/28/14

 

1,339

 

$

22.59

 

$

2,520.67

 

$

30,248.01

 

03/01/14-02/28/15

 

1,339

 

$

23.26

 

$

2,595.43

 

$

31,145.14

 

03/01/15-02/29/16

 

1,339

 

$

23.96

 

$

2,673.54

 

$

32,082.44

 

03/01/16-02/28/17

 

1.339

 

$

24.68

 

$

2,753.88

 

$

33,046.52

 

 



 

(b) For the Suite 190 Premises:

 

 

 

Rentable

 

Basic Rental

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Square

 

Per Square

 

Monthly Basic

 

Annual Basic

 

Months

 

Feet

 

Foot

 

Rental

 

Rental

 

06/01/10-02/29/12

 

4,446

 

$

21.29

 

$

7,887.95

 

$

94,655.34

*

03/01/12-02/28/13

 

4,446

 

$

21.93

 

$

8,125.07

 

$

97,500.78

 

03/01/13-02/28/14

 

4,446

 

$

22.59

 

$

8,369.60

 

$

100,435.14

 

03/01/14-02/28/15

 

4,446

 

$

23.26

 

$

8,617.83

 

$

103,413.96

 

03/01/15-02/29/16

 

4,446

 

$

23.96

 

$

8,877.18

 

$

106,526.16

 

03/01/16-02/28/17

 

4,446

 

$

24.68

 

$

9,143.94

 

$

109,727.28

 

 


*Annualized

 

(c) For the Suite 450 Expansion Premises:

 

 

 

Rentable

 

Basic Rental

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Square

 

Per Square

 

Monthly Basic

 

Annual Basic

 

Months

 

Feet

 

Foot

 

Rental

 

Rental

 

06/01/10-02/29/12

 

4,980

 

$

21.29

 

$

8,835.35

 

$

106,024.20

 

03/01/12-02/28/13

 

4,980

 

$

21.93

 

$

9,100.95

 

$

109,211.40

 

03/01/13-02/28/14

 

4,980

 

$

22.59

 

$

9,374.85

 

$

112,498.20

 

03/01/14-02/28/15

 

4,980

 

$

23.26

 

$

9,652.90

 

$

115,834.80

 

03/01/15-02/29/16

 

4,980

 

$

23.96

 

$

9,943.40

 

$

119,320.80

 

03/01/16-02/28/17

 

4,980

 

$

24.68

 

$

10,242.20

 

$

122,906.40

 

 

(d) For the Suite 400 Expansion Premises, commencing on the Suite 400 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, as defined in the Third Amendment (herein abbreviated as “S400EPCD”):

 

 

 

Rentable

 

Basic Rental

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Square

 

Per Square

 

Monthly Basic

 

Annual Basic

 

Months

 

Feet

 

Foot

 

Rental

 

Rental

 

S400EPCD-02/29/12

 

4,147

 

$

21.29

 

$

7,357.47

 

$

88,289.63

 

03/01/12-02/28/13

 

4,147

 

$

21.93

 

$

7,578.64

 

$

90,943.71

 

03/01/13-02/28/14

 

4,147

 

$

22.59

 

$

7,806.73

 

$

93,680.73

 

03/01/14-02/28/15

 

4,147

 

$

23.26

 

$

8,038.27

 

$

96,459.22

 

03/01/15-02/29/16

 

4,147

 

$

23.96

 

$

8,280.18

 

$

99,362.12

 

03/01/16-02/28/17

 

4,147

 

$

24.68

 

$

8,529.00

 

$

102,347.96

 

 

(e) Notwithstanding the foregoing, effective on the Full Floor Premises Commencement Date the Basic Rental charts set forth in Sections 2(c) and 2(d) hereof for the Suite 450 Expansion Premises and the Suite 400 Expansion Premises (all as defined in the Third Amendment) shall cease to have any force or effect and the Basic Rental payable by Client for the Full Floor Premises, commencing on the Full Floor Premises Commencement Date (herein abbreviated as “FFPCD”), shall be as follows:

 

 

 

Rentable

 

Basic Rental

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Square

 

Per Square

 

Monthly Basic

 

Annual Basic

 

Months

 

Feet

 

Foot

 

Rental

 

Rental

 

FFPCD-02/29/12

 

14,780

 

$

21.29

 

$

26,222.18

 

$

314,666.20

*

03/01/12-02/28/13

 

14,780

 

$

21.93

 

$

27,010.45

 

$

324,125.40

 

03/01/13-02/28/14

 

14,780

 

$

22.59

 

$

27,823.35

 

$

333,880.20

 

03/01/14-02/28/15

 

14,780

 

$

23.26

 

$

28,648.57

 

$

343,782.80

 

03/01/15-02/29/16

 

14,780

 

$

23.96

 

$

29,510.73

 

$

354,128.80

 

03/01/16-02/28/17

 

14,780

 

$

24.68

 

$

30,397.53

 

$

364,770.40

 

 


*Annualized

 

2



 

3.                                       Improvements to Suite 110 and 190 Premises . Client shall accept the Suite 110 and Suite 190 Premises in their “as is” condition as of June 1, 2010, except that Landlord agrees to provide the improvements set forth in Exhibit A hereto (“Landlord’s Work”).

 

4.                                       Brokers . Each of Landlord and Client warrants to the other that it has had no dealings with any broker or agent in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Fourth Amendment except for CB Richard Ellis, Client’s agent, and Cushman & Wakefield of Maryland, Inc., Landlord’s agent (the “ Brokers ”), and each agrees to indemnify the other against all costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees or other liability for commissions or other compensation or charges claimed by any broker or agent other than Brokers claiming the same by, through or under the indemnifying party. Landlord shall pay a fee or commission on account of this Amendment to both Brokers pursuant to separate written agreements.

 

5.                                       Defined Terms . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all defined terms shall have the same meanings as provided in the Lease.

 

6.                                       Headings . Headings contained in this Fourth Amendment are for convenience only and are not substantive to the provisions of this Fourth Amendment.

 

7.                                       Lease Terms Ratified . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, and unless inconsistent with the terms hereof, all other terms, conditions and covenants of the Lease are hereby ratified and confirmed. Client certifies to Landlord that the Lease is in full force and effect, that Landlord is not in default or breach of any of Landlord’s obligations under the Lease, and that Client is unaware of any condition or circumstance which, but for the passage of time or delivery of notice, would constitute a default under the Lease.

 

[Signatures on Following Page]

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Fourth Amendment by affixing their hands and seals as of the date noted above.

 

 

 

Landlord:

 

 

 

WITNESS/ATTEST:

 

MPLX-LANDOVER CO LLC, a Maryland limited liability company

 

 

 

 

 

By:

MPLX Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its sole member

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Natalia Maselli

 

 

By:

Metroplex MM Co. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its managing member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Arthur DellaSalla

 

 

 

 

 

Arthur DellaSalla

 

 

 

 

 

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Client:

 

 

 

WITNESS/ATTEST:

 

2TOR, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

By:

/s/ Jason Zocks

[SEAL]

 

 

 

Name: Jason Zocks

 

 

 

Title: V.P. Admissors

 

4



 

EXHIBIT A

 

WORK LETTER

 

1. Suite 110 Premises . Tenant acknowledges that it is temporarily vacating the Suite 110 Premises so that Landlord may perform improvements thereto. Landlord shall deliver the Suite 110 Expansion Premises to Client, with the improvements shown on the space plan attached hereto as Exhibit A-1, using reasonable quantities of Building Standard materials (a list of which are attached hereto as Exhibit B ). Improvements shall include new lights; new ceiling tiles throughout the Premises, paint; carpet (carpet to be consistent with Client’s 4 th  floor selection); electrical work, as required, for client’s modular work stations; fabric wall/demo replacement; white board walls with level 5 skim; PLAM countertop; pendant lights; blocking and television outlets; window film, and oversight/general conditions/rush services. Landlord shall deliver the Suite 110 Premises Substantially Complete, best effort to deliver by 4/5/10. Client may elect to use “above standard” materials, at Client’s cost (after crediting Client for the cost of Building Standard materials).

 

2. Suite 190 Premises . Tenant acknowledges that it is temporarily vacating the Suite 190 Premises so that Landlord may perform improvements thereto. Landlord shall deliver the Suite 190 Expansion Premises to Client, with the improvements shown on the space plan attached hereto as Exhibit A-2, using reasonable quantities of Building Standard materials (a list of which are attached hereto as Exhibit B ). Improvements shall include white board walls with level 5 skim. Landlord shall deliver the Suite 190 Premises Substantially Complete, best effort to deliver by 4/5/10. Client may elect to use “above standard” materials, at Client’s cost (after crediting Client for the cost of Building Standard materials).

 

3. Contractor Warranties . Landlord shall obtain one (1) year warranties from its Contractor and its subcontractors with respect to defects in material and/or construction within the Suite 110 and Suite 190 Premises, which warranties shall state that the benefit thereof may be assigned by Landlord to Client, and Landlord agrees to assign such warranties to Client, together with any manufacturers’ warranties that Landlord may receive.

 

4. Landlord’s Warranty. Upon delivery to Client of any portion of the Premises Substantially Complete, Landlord warrants, to the best of its knowledge, that all utilities and systems serving such portion of the Premises shall be in good working order and not in violation of any applicable laws, codes and regulations, including the Americans with Disabilities Act.

 

A


 

EXHIBIT A-1

SUITE 110 PREMISES

 

 

A-1



 

EXHIBIT A-2

SUITE 190 PREMISES

 

 

A-2



 

EXHIBIT B

 

Metroplex I and II

Building Standard Materials

 

Partitions:

 

Partitions within the tenant suite shall be constructed using 2 1 / 2 ” 22 ga. Steel studs at 24” on center and 1 / 2 ” gypsum board, floor to ceiling. Demising Partitions between suites will be slab-to-slab using 2 1 / 2 ” 22 ga. Steel studs at 16” on center with 1 / 2 ” type X gypsum board and sound batt insulation.

 

Door Frames:

 

Painted Hollow Metal Doorframe, Full height in most corridors verify in field,

 

Suite Entry Doors:

 

3’-0” W x 8’0” rated solid core wood, stain grade

 

Tenant Doors:

 

3’- 0”x 7’-0” rated solid core wood, paint grade.

 

 

Hardware:

 

Suite Entry doors to have Schlage L9453 STYLE 06 in bright Stainless Steel Finish with ADA closer mounted on the tenant side of the doorframe.

 

 

Tenant doors to have Lever Office Function Lockset, Corbin Russwin Newport, CL3800 series. Finish to be satin chrome. Locks to be keyed by building Master by Lock Technologies. Contact Ron 301-345-8300. Metroplex II has a D4 Keyway.

 

B



 

 

Suite Entry Glass Doors:

 

Landlord to approve all glass doors. Sidelights to be integral.

 

Ceiling Grid:

 

Repainted ceiling grid to be painted with Duron Ceiling White or equal. 15/16” flat grid.

 

Ceiling Tile:

 

Ceiling tiles to be USG  562 rated, 48” x 24” x 3 / 4 ” Armstrong Fine Fissured Second Look

 

 

Vinyl Composite Tile:

 

12” x 12” x 1/8” standard commercial grade vinyl composite tile in standard colors as selected by tenant. Armstrong Standard Excelon Imperial Texture

 

 

Vinyl Wall Base:

 

4” high vinyl straight base for carpet. 4” high vinyl cove base for VCT flooring. Standard colors as selected by tenant Johnsonite Standard. Carpet base is also acceptable. www.johnsonite.com

 

 

Carpet:

 

Carpet shall be a minimum of commercial grade28 oz. cut pile made of 100% nylon with a ten year warranty. Installation is direct glue. Colors and patterns as selected by tenant from Patcraft PDQ books from Architect or equal. www.patcraftdesignweave.com

 

B-1


 

Paint:

 

Two (2) coats as selected by Tenant (includes prime coat and two coats of Latex, eggshell finish). All wood and metal surfaces will receive a primer coat and two (2) coats of semi-gloss paint.

 

Window Blinds:

 

Bali 1” horizontal aluminum blinds (or equal); Color to match existing perimeter window blinds.

 

Tenant Suite Signage:

 

Building standard tenant suite identification signage will be provided by the Landlord.

 

Sprinkler Piping:

 

Black steel piping manufactured to satisfy ASTM Standards A53 or A135. For ASTM Standard A53, use schedule 40 piping for sizes up to 8” and schedule 30 for sizes 8” and greater. For ASTM Standard A135, use schedule 10 piping for sizes through 5”. For 6” through 10” sizes, use NRPA specified wall thickness. Fittings to be class 250 threaded cast iron or grooved-end type iron fittings, style 77, as manufactured by Victaulic Corporation or accepted equal.

 

Sprinkler heads:

 

Fully or Semi-recessed Victaulic V38 heads rated at 155 0  F with Chrome escutcheon plates. All sprinkler heads to be center of tile in acoustical tile ceilings.

 

Ceiling Diffusers:

 

Supply ceiling diffusers to be 2’ x 2’ prototype TITUS PAS

Return Grille to be 2’ x 2’ Prototype TITUS P X P

 

VAV Boxes:

 

Air terminal Boxes are single Damper Design. New DDC controls are Siemens Apogee Brand. Bottom of thermostats to be 60” AFF typical.

 

Fire Alarm System:

 

The base building Fire Alarm System is comprised of Strobes with audible speakers. (not horns) The fire control panels are of Siemens design and Cerberus system 3. Fire alarm devices to have white housings with red lettering. The Landlords alarm contractor must perform any connections to base building fire alarm panels (expander panels excluded)

 

Light Fixtures:

 

2’ x 4’ Fluorescent 277V fixtures with 3” deep 18 cell parabolic lenses with a low iridescent anodized diffuse silver finish. Fixtures shall include high efficiency electronic ballasts, T841 lamps, and air supply/return slots. Purchased from Capital Building Supply. Public corridor light fixtures shall be 2’ x 2’ Fluorescent 277V fixtures with 3” deep 9 cell parabolic lenses with a low iridescent anodized diffuse silver finish. Fixture shall include high efficiency electronic ballasts, two 31 watt 3500K T8 U-lamps (6” leg), and air supply/return slots.

 

 

Exit Lights:

 

LED exit lights with white plastic faces, white housing and red letters to match existing base building exit lights.

 

Electrical Devices:

 

Typical Electrical Devices and cover plates to be white Leviton Decora Plus style receptacles and switches. Electrical receptacles are to be 18” AFF typical. Light switches are to be 44” AFF typical.

 

B-2



 

Electrical Meters:

 

Tenant to provide electrical sub-meters for supplemental HVAC systems over 1 ton capacity within the tenant suite. Sub-meters shall be National Meters Industries, or Emon Demon Design. Model and Specifications of meter to be done during the design stage of equipment chosen for load requirements.

 

B-3



 

FIFTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

This Fifth Amendment to Lease (the “Fifth Amendment”) is made as of the 29 th  day of October, 2010, between MPLX-LANDOVER CO LLC (“Landlord”) and 2TOR, INC. (“Client”).

 

WHEREAS, Landlord and Client entered into a Lease Agreement dated June 30, 2008, as amended by a First Amendment to Lease dated March 20, 2009, a Second Amendment to Lease dated November 15, 2009, a Third Amendment to Lease dated February 5, 2010, and a Fourth Amendment to Lease dated March 17, 2010 (collectively, the “Lease”) for premises which contain approximately Four Thousand Four Hundred Forty-six (4,446) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 190 (the “Suite 190 Premises”), One Thousand Three Hundred Thirty-nine (1,339) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 110 (the “Suite 110 Premises”) on the first (1 st ) floor, approximately Four Thousand One Hundred Forty-seven rentable square feet of space known as Suite 400 (the “Suite 400 Premises”), and Four Thousand Nine Hundred Eighty (4,980) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 450 (the “Suite 450 Premises”) on the fourth (4 th ) floor (collectively, the “Original Premises”, containing an aggregate of approximately 14,912 rentable square feet) in the office building located at 8201 Corporate Drive, Landover, Maryland (the “Building”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Lease is scheduled to expire February 28, 2017; and

 

WHEREAS, Landlord and Client wish, among other matters, to amend the Lease to further expand the leased premises, and to extend the term, all on the terms hereinafter contained.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is acknowledged by the parties, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.             Suite 950 Expansion Premises. Commencing upon full execution of this Amendment, Landlord shall remove the existing partitions within the Suite 950 Expansion Premises (hereinafter defined), patch and apply touch-up paint as necessary, patch the drop ceiling where damaged or incomplete and install new carpeting of the same make, color and pattern as that presently installed in the portions of the Premises located on the fourth (4 th ) floor of the Building (the “Temporary Work”) at Landlord’s sole expense and in a good and workmanlike manner. Commencing on the earlier of (i) the date on which the Temporary Work in the Suite 950 Expansion Premises is Substantially Complete (as defined in Exhibit D, attached hereto), or (ii) the date Client takes occupancy of the Suite 950 Expansion Premises to conduct its business therefrom, which is anticipated to be November 1, 2010 (the “Suite 950 Expansion Premises Commencement Date”), Landlord hereby demises and leases to Client, and Client hereby leases and accepts from Landlord, for a term and upon the conditions hereinafter provided, approximately Three Thousand Two Hundred Forty (3,240) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 950, on the ninth (9 th ) floor of the Building, outlined on the floor plan attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit A (the “Suite 950 Expansion Premises”). At either party’s request, the parties shall jointly execute and deliver to one another a memorandum in reasonable form prepared by Landlord confirming the Suite 950 Expansion Premises Commencement Date.

 



 

2.             Suite 950 Expansion Premises Term.

 

2.1             The term of Client’s lease of the Suite 950 Expansion Premises shall commence on the Suite 950 Expansion Premises Commencement Date and shall end on July 31, 2018. If, for any reason whatsoever, Landlord cannot deliver possession of the Suite 950 Expansion Premises to Client on or before the anticipated Suite 950 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, the Lease, as amended by this Fifth Amendment, shall not be void or voidable, nor shall Landlord, or Landlord’s agents, advisors, employees, partners, shareholders, directors, invitees, or independent contractors be liable to Client for any loss or damage resulting therefrom. Client shall not be liable for Annual Basic Rental with respect to the Suite 950 Expansion Premises until Landlord delivers possession of the Suite 950 Expansion Premises to Client. Commencing on the Suite 950 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, all references to the “Premises” in the Lease shall refer to the Original Premises and the Suite 950 Expansion Premises, a total of approximately Eighteen Thousand One Hundred Fifty-two (18,152) rentable square feet of space.

 

2.2             After the Suite 900 Expansion Premises Commencement Date (as defined in Section 3) has occurred, Landlord shall undertake Landlord’s Work (defined in Section 12 hereof) within the Suite 950 Expansion Premises. If reasonably deemed necessary by Client to accommodate Landlord’s Work, Client shall temporarily vacate the Suite 950 Expansion Premises and, in such event, provided Client is not in default under the Lease, Landlord shall abate the Basic Rental for the Suite 950 Expansion Premises from the date of Client’s vacation of such space until the earlier of (i) the date on which Landlord’s Work in the Suite 950 Expansion Premises is Substantially Complete, or (ii) the date Client resumes occupancy of the Suite 950 Expansion Premises to conduct its business therefrom.

 

3.             Suite 900 Expansion Premises. Commencing on the earlier of (i) the date on which Landlord’s Work (defined in Section 12 hereof) in the Suite 900 Expansion Premises (hereinafter defined) is Substantially Complete (as defined in Exhibit D, attached hereto) by Landlord, or (ii) the date Client takes occupancy of the Suite 900 Expansion Premises to conduct its business therefrom, which is anticipated to be December 1, 2010 (the “Suite 900 Expansion Premises Commencement Date”), Landlord hereby demises and leases to Client, and Client hereby leases and accepts from Landlord, for a term and upon the conditions hereinafter provided, approximately Eleven Thousand Three Hundred Eighty-nine (11,389) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 900, on the ninth (9 th ) floor of the Building, also designated on the floor plan attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit A (the “Suite 900 Expansion Premises”). At either party’s request, the parties shall jointly execute and deliver to one another a memorandum in reasonable form prepared by Landlord confirming the Suite 900 Expansion Premises Commencement Date.

 

4.              Suite 900 Expansion Premises Term. The term of Client’s lease of the Suite 900 Expansion Premises shall commence on the Suite 900 Expansion Premises Commencement Date and shall end on July 31, 2018. If, for any reason whatsoever, Landlord cannot deliver possession of the Suite 900 Expansion Premises to Client on or before the anticipated Suite 900 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, the Lease, as amended by this Fifth Amendment, shall not be void or voidable, nor shall Landlord, or Landlord’s agents, advisors, employees, partners, shareholders, directors, invitees, or independent contractors be liable to Client for any loss or damage resulting therefrom except as expressly provided herein. Client shall not be liable for Annual Basic Rental with respect to the Suite 900 Expansion Premises until Landlord delivers possession of the Suite 900 Expansion Premises to Client. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord agrees that (i) if the Suite 900 Expansion Premises Commencement Date has not occurred by February 1, 2011, then for every day elapsed between that date and the date on which the Suite 900 Expansion Premises Commencement

 

2



 

Date occurs Client shall receive one day’s abatement of Basic Rental with regard to the Suite 900 Expansion Premises commencing on the Suite 900 Expansion Premises Commencement Date (solely by way of example and not limitation, if the Suite 900 Expansion Premises Commencement Date occurs on February 16, 2011, Client shall receive fifteen (15) days’ abatement of Basic Rental on account of such delay); and (ii) if the Suite 900 Expansion Premises Commencement Date has not occurred by May 1, 2011, Client may elect, by written notice to Landlord, to terminate Client’s lease of the Suite 900 Expansion Premises effective as of June 1, 2011, in which event Client’s lease of all other space in the Building in effect at that time shall continue in effect without termination through the Lease Expiration Date at the rates of Basic Rental per rentable square foot stated in Sections 10 and 11 hereof, exclusive of Section 11(b); provided further, that if Landlord has Substantially Completed Landlord’s Work within the Suite 900 Expansion Premises prior to June 1, 2011, Client’s termination right set forth above shall be null and void and of no force or effect and Client’s sole remedy for such delay shall be the Basic Rental abatement. If the Suite 900 Expansion Premises Commencement Date has not occurred by July 1, 2011 for reasons set forth in Section 31 of the Lease, Landlord may elect, by written notice to Client, to terminate Client’s lease of the Suite 900 Expansion Premises effective as of the date of such notice. Commencing on the Suite 900 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, all references to the “Premises” in the Lease shall refer to the Original Premises, the Suite 950 Expansion Premises and the Suite 900 Expansion Premises, a total of approximately Twenty-Nine Thousand Five Hundred Forty-one (29,541) rentable square feet of space.

 

5.             Suite 350 Expansion Premises. Commencing on the earlier of (i) the date on which Landlord’s Work (defined in Section 12 hereof) in the Suite 350 Expansion Premises (hereinafter defined) is Substantially Complete (as defined in Exhibit D, attached hereto) by Landlord, or (ii) the date Client takes occupancy of the Suite 350 Expansion Premises to conduct its business therefrom, which is anticipated to be April 1, 2011 (the “Suite 350 Expansion Premises Commencement Date”), Landlord hereby demises and leases to Client, and Client hereby leases and accepts from Landlord, for a term and upon the conditions hereinafter provided, approximately Five Thousand Eight Hundred Fifteen (5,815) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 350, on the third (3 rd ) floor of the Building, outlined on the floor plan attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit B (the “Suite 350 Expansion Premises”). At either party’s request, the parties shall jointly execute and deliver to one another a memorandum in reasonable form prepared by Landlord confirming the Suite 350 Expansion Premises Commencement Date.

 

6.             Suite 350 Expansion Premises Term. The term of Client’s lease of the Suite 350 Expansion Premises shall commence on the Suite 350 Expansion Premises Commencement Date and shall end on July 31, 2018. If, for any reason whatsoever, Landlord cannot deliver possession of the Suite 350 Expansion Premises to Client on or before the anticipated Suite 350 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, the Lease, as amended by this Fifth Amendment, shall not be void or voidable, nor shall Landlord, or Landlord’s agents, advisors, employees, partners, shareholders, directors, invitees, or independent contractors be liable to Client for any loss or damage resulting therefrom. Client shall not be liable for Annual Basic Rental with respect to the Suite 350 Expansion Premises until Landlord delivers possession of the Suite 350 Expansion Premises to Client. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord agrees that (i) if the Suite 350 Expansion Premises Commencement Date has not occurred by August 1, 2011, then for every day elapsed between that date and the date on which the Suite 350 Expansion Premises Commencement Date occurs Client shall receive one day’s abatement of Basic Rental with regard to the Suite 350 Expansion Premises commencing on the Suite 350 Expansion Premises Commencement Date (solely by way of example and not

 

3



 

limitation, if the Suite 350 Expansion Premises Commencement Date occurs on August 16, 2011, Client shall receive fifteen (15) days’ abatement of Basic Rental on account of such delay); and (ii) if the Suite 350 Expansion Premises Commencement Date has not occurred by November 1, 2011, Client may elect, by written notice to Landlord, to terminate Client’s lease of the Suite 350 Expansion Premises effective as of December 1, 2011, in which event Client’s lease of all other space in the Building in effect at that time shall continue in effect without termination through the Lease Expiration Date at the rates of Basic Rental per rentable square foot stated in Sections 10 and 11 hereof, exclusive of Section 11(c); provided further, that if Landlord has Substantially Completed Landlord’s Work within the Suite 350 Expansion Premises prior to December 1, 2011, Client’s termination right set forth above shall be null and void and of no force or effect and Client’s sole remedy for such delay shall be the Basic Rental abatement. If the Suite 350 Expansion Premises Commencement Date has not occurred by January 1, 2012 for reasons set forth in Section 31 of the Lease, Landlord may elect, by written notice to Client, to terminate Client’s lease of the Suite 350 Expansion Premises effective as of the date of such notice. Commencing on the Suite 350 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, all references to the “Premises” in the Lease shall refer to the Original Premises, the Suite 950 Expansion Premises, the Suite 900 Expansion Premises and the Suite 350 Expansion Premises, a total of approximately Thirty-Five Thousand Three Hundred Fifty-Six (35,356) rentable square feet of space.

 

7.             Suite 410 Expansion Premises. Commencing on the earlier of (i) the date on which Landlord’s Work (defined in Section 12 hereof) in the Suite 410 Expansion Premises (as hereinafter defined) is Substantially Complete (as defined in Exhibit D, attached hereto) by Landlord, or (ii) the date Client takes occupancy of the Suite 410 Expansion Premises to conduct its business therefrom, which is anticipated to be September 1, 2013 (the “Suite 410 Expansion Premises Commencement Date”), Landlord hereby demises and leases to Client, and Client hereby leases and accepts from Landlord, for a term and upon the conditions hereinafter provided, approximately Five Thousand Six Hundred Fifty-three (5,653) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 410, on the fourth (4 th ) floor of the Building, as outlined on the floor plan attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit C (the “Suite 410 Expansion Premises”). At either party’s request, the parties shall jointly execute and deliver to one another a memorandum in reasonable form prepared by Landlord confirming the Suite 410 Expansion Premises Commencement Date.

 

8.             Suite 410 Expansion Premises Term. The term of Client’s lease of the Suite 410 Expansion Premises shall commence on the Suite 410 Expansion Premises Commencement Date and shall end on July 31, 2018. If, for any reason whatsoever, Landlord cannot deliver possession of the Suite 410 Expansion Premises to Client on or before the anticipated Suite 410 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, the Lease, as amended by this Fifth Amendment, shall not be void or voidable, nor shall Landlord, or Landlord’s agents, advisors, employees, partners, shareholders, directors, invitees, or independent contractors be liable to Client for any loss or damage resulting therefrom. Client shall not be liable for Annual Basic Rental with respect to the Suite 410 Expansion Premises until Landlord delivers possession of the Suite 410 Expansion Premises to Client. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord agrees that (i) if the Suite 410 Expansion Premises Commencement Date has not occurred by October 1, 2013, then for every day elapsed between that date and the date on which the Suite 410 Expansion Premises Commencement Date occurs Client shall receive one day’s abatement of Basic Rental with regard to the Suite 410 Expansion Premises commencing on the Suite 410 Expansion Premises Commencement Date (solely by way of example and not limitation, if the Suite 410 Expansion Premises Commencement Date occurs on October 16, 2013, Client shall receive fifteen (15) days’ abatement of Basic Rental on account of such

 

4


 

delay); and (ii) if the Suite 410 Expansion Premises Commencement Date has not occurred by January 1, 2014, Client may elect, by written notice to Landlord, to terminate Client’s lease of the Suite 410 Expansion Premises effective as of February 1, 2014, in which event Client’s lease of all other space in the Building in effect at that time shall continue in effect without termination through the Lease Expiration Date at the rates of Basic Rental per rentable square foot stated in Sections 10 and 11 hereof, exclusive of Section 11(d); provided further, that if Landlord has Substantially Completed Landlord’s Work within the Suite 410 Expansion Premises prior to February 1, 2014, Client’s termination right set forth above shall be null and void and of no force or effect and Client’s sole remedy for such delay shall be the Basic Rental abatement. If the Suite 410 Expansion Premises Commencement Date has not occurred by March 1, 2014, for reasons set forth in Section 31 of the Lease, Landlord may elect, by written notice to Client, to terminate Client’s lease of the Suite 410 Expansion Premises effective as of the date of such notice. Commencing on the Suite 410 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, all references to the “Premises” in the Lease shall refer to the Original Premises, the Suite 950 Expansion Premises, the Suite 900 Expansion Premises, the Suite 350 Expansion Premises and the Suite 410 Expansion Premises, a total of approximately Forty-One Thousand Nine (41,009) rentable square feet of space.

 

9.                                Extension Term for Original Premises. The Term of the Lease with respect to the Original Premises shall be extended to be coterminous with the Term for the Expansion Premises (i.e., through July 31, 2018).

 

10.                         Basic Rental for Original Premises During Expansion Premises Term. Client shall continue to pay Basic Rental for the Original Premises in accordance with the provisions of Section 3 of the Lease and the Fourth Amendment (with three percent escalations each March 1 st ) through July 31, 2018, payable as follows:

 

 

 

Rentable

 

Basic Rental

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Square

 

Per Square

 

Monthly Basic

 

Annual Basic

 

Months

 

Feet

 

Foot

 

Rental

 

Rental*

 

10/01/10-02/29/12

 

14,912

 

$

21.29

 

$

26,456.37

 

$

317,476.48

 

03/01/12-02/28/13

 

14,912

 

$

21.93

 

$

27,251.68

 

$

327,020.16

 

03/01/13-02/28/14

 

14,912

 

$

22.59

 

$

28,071.84

 

$

336,862.08

 

03/01/14-02/28/15

 

14,912

 

$

23.26

 

$

28,904.43

 

$

346,853.12

 

03/01/15-02/29/16

 

14,912

 

$

23.96

 

$

29,774.29

 

$

357,291.52

 

03/01/16-02/28/17

 

14,912

 

$

24.68

 

$

30,669.01

 

$

368,028.16

 

03/01/17-02/28/18

 

14,912

 

$

25.42

 

$

31,588.59

 

$

379,063.04

 

03/01/18-07/31/18

 

14,912

 

$

26.18

 

$

32,533.01

 

$

390,396.16

 

 

11 .                         Basic Rental for Expansion Premises During Expansion Premises Term. During the Expansion Premises Term, Client shall pay Basic Rental for the Expansion Premises pursuant to the following schedule, all payments to be made in legal tender, at Landlord’s office, as more fully provided in Section 3 of the Lease:

 

(a)  For the Suite 950 Expansion Premises, commencing thirty (30) days after the Suite 950 Expansion Premises Commencement Date (herein abbreviated as “S950EPCD”):

 

5



 

 

 

Rentable
Square

 

Basic Rental
Per Square

 

Monthly Basic 

 

Annual Basic

 

Months

 

Feet

 

Foot

 

Rental

 

Rental*

 

30 days after
S950EPCD-02/29/12

 

3,240

 

$

22.00

 

$

5,940.00

 

$

71,280.00

 

03/01/12-02/28/13

 

3,240

 

$

22.66

 

$

6,118.20

 

$

73,418.40

 

03/01/13-02/28/14

 

3,240

 

$

23.34

 

$

6,301.80

 

$

75,621.60

 

03/01/14-02/28/15

 

3,240

 

$

24.04

 

$

6,490.80

 

$

77,889.60

 

03/01/15-02/29/16

 

3,240

 

$

24.76

 

$

6,685.20

 

$

80,222.40

 

03/01/16-02/28/17

 

3,240

 

$

25.50

 

$

6,885.00

 

$

82,620.00

 

03/01/17-02/28/18

 

3,240

 

$

26.27

 

$

7,092.90

 

$

85,114.80

 

03/01/18-07/31/18

 

3,240

 

$

27.06

 

$

7,306.20

 

$

87,674.40

 

 


*Annualized

 

(b)  For the Suite 900 Expansion Premises, commencing thirty (30) days after the Suite 900 Expansion Premises Commencement Date (herein abbreviated as “S900EPCD”):

 

 

 

Rentable

 

Basic Rental

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Square

 

Per Square

 

Monthly Basic

 

Annual Basic

 

Months

 

Feet

 

Foot

 

Rental

 

Rental*

 

30 days after
S900EPCD-02/29/12

 

11,389

 

$

22.00

 

$

20,879.83

 

$

250,558.00

 

03/01/12-02/28/13

 

11,389

 

$

22.66

 

$

21,506.23

 

$

258,074.74

 

03/01/13-02/28/14

 

11,389

 

$

23.34

 

$

22,151.61

 

$

265,819.26

 

03/01/14-02/28/15

 

11,389

 

$

24.04

 

$

22,815.96

 

$

273,791.56

 

03/01/15-02/29/16

 

11,389

 

$

24.76

 

$

23,499.30

 

$

281,991.64

 

03/01/16-02/28/17

 

11,389

 

$

25.50

 

$

24,201.63

 

$

290,419.50

 

03/01/17-02/28/18

 

11,389

 

$

26.27

 

$

24,932.42

 

$

299,189.03

 

03/01/18-07/31/18

 

11,389

 

$

27.06

 

$

25,682.20

 

$

308,185.34

 

 


*Annualized

 

(c)  For the Suite 350 Expansion Premises, commencing thirty (30) days after the Suite 350 Expansion Premises Commencement Date (herein abbreviated as “S350EPCD”):

 

 

 

Rentable

 

Basic Rental

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Square

 

Per Square

 

Monthly Basic

 

Annual Basic

 

Months

 

Feet

 

Foot

 

Rental

 

Rental*

 

30 days after
S350EPCD-02/29/12

 

5,815

 

$

22.00

 

$

10,660.83

 

$

127,930.00

 

03/01/12-02/28/13

 

5,815

 

$

22.66

 

$

10,980.66

 

$

131,767.90

 

03/01/13-02/28/14

 

5,815

 

$

23.34

 

$

11,310.18

 

$

135,722.10

 

03/01/14-02/28/15

 

5,815

 

$

24.04

 

$

11,649.38

 

$

139,792.60

 

03/01/15-02/29/16

 

5,815

 

$

24.76

 

$

11,998.28

 

$

143,979.40

 

03/01/16-02/28/17

 

5,815

 

$

25.50

 

$

12,356.88

 

$

148,282.50

 

03/01/17-02/28/18

 

5,815

 

$

26.27

 

$

12,730.00

 

$

152,760.05

 

03/01/18-07/31/18

 

5,815

 

$

27.06

 

$

13,112.83

 

$

157,353.90

 

 


*Annualized

 

(d)  For the Suite 410 Expansion Premises, commencing thirty (30) days after the Suite 410 Expansion Premises Commencement Date (herein abbreviated as “S410EPCD”):

 

6



 

 

 

Rentable

 

Basic Rental

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Square

 

Per Square

 

Monthly Basic

 

Annual Basic

 

Months

 

Feet

 

Foot

 

Rental

 

Rental*

 

30 days after
S410EPCD-02/29/12

 

5,653

 

$

21.29

 

$

10,029.36

 

$

120,352.37

*

03/01/12-02/28/13

 

5,653

 

$

21.93

 

$

10,330.86

 

$

123,970.29

 

03/01/13-02/28/14

 

5,653

 

$

22.59

 

$

10,641.77

 

$

127,701.27

 

03/01/14-02/28/15

 

5,653

 

$

23.26

 

$

10,957.40

 

$

131,488.78

 

03/01/15-02/29/16

 

5,653

 

$

23.96

 

$

11,287.16

 

$

135,445.88

 

03/01/16-02/28/17

 

5,653

 

$

24.68

 

$

11,626.34

 

$

139,516.04

 

03/01/17-02/28/18

 

5,653

 

$

25.42

 

$

11,974.94

 

$

143,699.26

 

03/01/18-07/31/18

 

5,653

 

$

26.18

 

$

12,332.96

 

$

147,995.54

 

 


*Annualized

 

12.                         Improvements to Expansion Premises . Client shall accept the Suite 950 Expansion Premises, Suite 350 Expansion Premises, Suite 900 Expansion Premises and the Suite 410 Expansion Premises in their “as is” condition as of their applicable Commencement Dates, except that Landlord agrees to provide the improvements set forth in and subject to the provisions of Exhibit D hereto (“Landlord’s Work”).

 

13.                         Insurance . In accordance with the provisions of Section 26 of the Lease, Client shall deliver to Landlord, (i) on or before the Suite 950 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, a revised certificate of insurance reflecting the Suite 950 Expansion Premises as an additional insured location; (ii) on or before the Suite 350 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, a revised certificate of insurance reflecting the Suite 350 Expansion Premises as an additional insured location; (iii) on or before the Suite 900 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, a revised certificate of insurance reflecting the Suite 900 Expansion Premises as an additional insured location; and (iv) on or before the Suite 410 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, a revised certificate of insurance reflecting the Suite 410 Expansion Premises as an additional insured location.

 

14.                         Security Deposit. Within seven (7) business days after the execution of this Fifth Amendment by Client, Client shall deposit an additional $57,470.89 with Landlord to increase the existing Security Deposit from $16,495.50 to $73,966.39. The increased Security Deposit will be held by Landlord in accordance with the terms of Section 5 of the Lease.

 

15.                         Payment of Additional Rent for Premises During Expansion Premises Term. During the Expansion Premises Term, Client shall continue to pay Client’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses and Client’s Proportionate Share of Taxes (the “Additional Rent”) with respect to the Original Premises in accordance with the provisions of Section 8 and 19 of the Lease. Commencing on their applicable Commencement Dates, Client shall pay the Additional Rent with respect to each of the Expansion Premises in accordance with the provisions of Section 8 and Section 19 of the Lease. Client’s Proportionate Shares and Base Year Stops with respect to each of the Expansion Premises shall be defined as follows:

 

Suite

 

Rentable
Square
Feet of
Suite

 

Rentable
Square
Feet of
Building

 

Proportionate
Share

 

Base Year
Stop

 

Suite 950 Expansion Premises

 

3,240

 

182,923

 

1.77

%

2011

 

Suite 900 Expansion Premises

 

11,389

 

182,923

 

6.23

%

2011

 

Suite 350 Expansion Premises

 

5,815

 

182,923

 

3.18

%

2011

 

Suite 410 Expansion Premises

 

5,653

 

182,923

 

3.09

%

2013

 

 

7



 

16.                         Second Floor Expansion Options.

 

Beginning on the date of the full execution of this Fifth Amendment by both parties, and subject to the provisions of this Section 16, Client shall have the option to lease any or all of the following Suites (the Suites that Client elects to lease being the “Second Floor Expansion Premises”, Suites 200, 220 and 250 being the Second Floor Expansion Premises (1), Suite 280 being the Second Floor Expansion Premises (2), and Suite 260 being the Second Floor Expansion Premises (3)) on the Second Floor of the Building, outlined on the floor plan attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit E for terms that are coterminous with the Term for the Expansion Premises (i.e., through July 31, 2018):

 

PREMISES

 

RSF

 

DATE AVAILABLE

 

RENT START

Suite 200 (1)

 

3,130 RSF

 

12/1/2011

 

30-days from Delivery

Suite 220 (1)

 

3,996 RSF

 

12/1/2011

 

30-days from Delivery

Suite 250 (1)

 

1,948 RSF

 

12/1/2011

 

30-days from Delivery

Suite 260 (3)

 

1,351 RSF

 

4/30/2013*

 

30-days from Delivery

Suite 280 (2)

 

4.360 RSF

 

2/1/2012**

 

30-days from Delivery

 


* Subject to relocation of Suite 260 Existing Tenant, per Section 16(f).

**Subject to renewal by Suite 280 Existing Tenant, per Section 16(g).

 

Client may exercise the option pursuant to this Section 16 provided the following conditions are satisfied:

 

(a)                        Client is not in default under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure periods, either at the time Client delivers notice exercising this option or at the time Client is to take occupancy of the Second Floor Expansion Premises;

 

(b)                        Client has not previously assigned the Lease, except in connection with a reorganization, merger or sale of all or substantially all of Client’s assets, and is not subleasing more than 25% of the Premises being leased by Client at the time it exercises this option;

 

(c)                         Client must lease all of a given Suite of the Second Floor Expansion Premises at the time it exercises this option with respect thereto; and

 

(d)                        Client exercises its option as provided in this Section by delivering to Landlord written notice of its intention to lease the (i) Second Floor Expansion Premises (1) on or before January 31, 2011; (ii) Second Floor Expansion Premises (2) on or before April 15, 2011; and (iii) Second Floor Expansion Premises (3) on or before April 15, 2011.

 

(e)                              The lease of the Second Floor Expansion Premises shall be under the same terms and conditions as for the Expansion Premises (including the Basic Rental pursuant to Section 11 of this Fifth Amendment). The term of Client’s lease of a given portion of the Second Floor Expansion Premises shall commence on the earlier of (i) the date on which Landlord’s Work (defined in Section 12 hereof) in such space is Substantially Complete (as defined in Exhibit D, attached hereto) by Landlord, or (ii) the date Client takes occupancy of such space to conduct its business therefrom (the “Second Floor Expansion Premises Commencement Date”). The respective Second Floor Expansion Premises Commencement Dates for each

 

8



 

portion of the Second Floor Expansion Premises are anticipated to be respective dates in the “Date Available” column set forth in the above chart, unless the parties otherwise agree in writing (each an “Anticipated Second Floor Commencement Date”). The Basic Rental for a given portion of the Second Floor Expansion Premises shall be payable by Client commencing thirty (30) days after delivery by Landlord of such portion of the Second Floor Expansion Premises to Client. Delivery shall be the date that Landlord tenders a given part of Second Floor Expansion Premises to Client, Substantially Complete (as defined in Exhibit D, attached hereto). The improvements to the Second Floor Expansion Premises shall be consistent with Client’s existing space on the fourth (4 th ) floor of the Building and will be constructed by Landlord in accordance with and subject to the provisions of Exhibit D hereto. If, for any reason whatsoever, Landlord cannot deliver possession of any part of the Second Floor Expansion Premises to Client on or before the Anticipated Second Floor Commencement Date for that space, the Lease, as amended by this Fifth Amendment, shall not be void or voidable, nor shall Landlord, or Landlord’s agents, advisors, employees, partners, shareholders, directors, invitees, or independent contractors be liable to Client for any loss or damage resulting therefrom. Client shall not be liable for Annual Basic Rental with respect to that part of the Second Floor Expansion Premises until Landlord delivers possession of that part of the Second Floor Expansion Premises to Client. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord agrees that (i) if the Second Floor Expansion Premises Commencement Date for a given part of the Second Floor Expansion Premises has not occurred on or before thirty (30) days after the Anticipated Second Floor Commencement Date for that part, then for every day elapsed between that date and the date on which the Second Floor Expansion Premises Commencement Date for that part occurs Client shall receive one day’s abatement of Basic Rental with regard to that part of the Second Floor Expansion Premises, commencing on the Second Floor Expansion Premises Commencement Date for that part (solely by way of example and not limitation, if Client elects to lease Suite 200 in accordance with this Section 16 and the Second Floor Expansion Premises Commencement Date for such part occurs on January 16, 2012, Client shall receive fifteen (15) days’ abatement of Basic Rental on account of such delay); and (ii) if the Second Floor Expansion Premises Commencement Date for a given part of the Second Floor Expansion Premises has not occurred within ninety (90) days after the Anticipated Second Floor Commencement Date for such part, Client may elect, by written notice to Landlord, to terminate Client’s lease of such part of the Second Floor Expansion Premises effective as of the thirtieth (30 th ) day thereafter, in which event Client’s lease of all other space in the Building in effect at that time shall continue in effect without termination through the Lease Expiration Date at the rates of Basic Rental per rentable square foot stated in Sections 10 and 11 hereof); provided further, that if Landlord has Substantially Completed Landlord’s Work within the Second Floor Expansion Premises prior to the scheduled effective date of such termination, Client’s termination right set forth above shall be null and void and of no force or effect and Client’s sole remedy for such delay shall be the Basic Rental abatement. If the Second Floor Expansion Premises Commencement Date has not occurred with respect to a given part of the Second Floor Expansion Premises within ninety (90) days after the Anticipated Second Floor Commencement Date for that part, for reasons set forth in Section 31 of the Lease, Landlord may elect, by written notice to Client, to terminate Client’s lease of that part of the Second Floor Expansion Premises effective as of the date of such notice.

 

(f)                          Client understands that the existing tenant in Suite 260 (the “Suite 260 Existing Tenan”) has a lease termination date of April 30, 2013. Provided that Client (i) is not in default; (ii) has exercised its right to lease Suites 200, 220, and 250; and (ii) indicates that it wishes to lease Suite 260 prior to May 1, 2013, Landlord shall use good faith efforts to relocate the Suite 260 Existing Tenant prior to April 30, 2013.

 

9



 

(g)                         Client understands that the existing tenant in Suite 280 (the “Suite 280 Existing Tenant”) has the right to renew its lease through February 1, 2015, which renewal option must be exercised on or before April 5, 2011. Upon request, after April 5, 2011, Landlord shall notify Client whether or not the Suite 280 Existing Tenant has exercised such option. If the Suite 280 Existing Tenant exercises its renewal option and Client indicates that it wishes to lease Suite 280 prior to February 1, 2015, Landlord will make a reasonable estimate of the costs to relocate the Suite 280 Existing Tenant and will give Client written notice containing a written, reasonably detailed estimate of such costs. Client shall have 30 days after receipt of Landlord’s notice within which to notify Landlord whether it requests that Landlord attempt to relocate the Suite 280 Existing Tenant. If Client notifies Landlord that it wants to proceed, Landlord shall use good faith efforts to relocate the Suite 280 Existing Tenant and, if successful, Client shall bear the lesser of one half (1/2) of (i) the estimated costs, or (ii) the actual costs incurred by Landlord, in relocating the Suite 280 Existing Tenant set forth in Landlord’s notice (Client’s portion thereof being Additional Rent under the Lease).

 

(h)                        This Option to lease the Second Floor Expansion Premises is personal to Client and is non-transferable, except to Client’s successor resulting from a reorganization, merger or sale of all or substantially all of Client’s assets.

 

(i)                            Notwithstanding anything to the foregoing contained herein, Landlord reserves the right to substitute any full floor of the Building for the Second Floor Expansion Premises by delivering written notice of such substitution to Client not later than April 30, 2011. Such notice shall identify when each portion of such floor will be available during calendar year 2011. The space provided to Client on any such substitute floor shall (i) include all rentable area contained on such floor; and (ii) be divided into portions substantially equivalent in size and number to the several portions of the Second Floor Expansion Premises, which portions will be available for delivery to Client at or about the same times as the several portions of the Second Floor Expansion Premises are anticipated to be available for delivery to Client, unless Client otherwise agrees in Client’s sole discretion (Landlord’s notice shall contain a floor plan of the substituted floor identifying the several portions and shall state the anticipated delivery date for each). All of the above terms of this Section 16 shall apply to such replacement space, and the parties shall execute an amendment of the Lease confirming such substitution and the dates on which the respective portions of such replacement floor are anticipated to be available for delivery to Client.

 

17.                 Right of First Offer.   Beginning on the date of the full execution of this Fifth Amendment, Client shall have a continuing first right of offer to lease additional available space in the Building containing more than 4,000 rentable square feet of space (the “Additional Space”), provided:

 

(a)                        This right of first offer is subordinate to the rights of (i) the current tenant in the Additional Space to renew, extend or otherwise negotiate a new lease or extension for the Additional Space; (ii) all future tenants in such space, to renew or extend their leases; and (iii) existing tenants in the Building which may have rights to the Additional Space as of the date of execution of this Lease;

 

(b)                        Client is not in default under this Lease beyond any applicable notice and cure periods, either at the time the Additional Space becomes available or at the time Client is to take occupancy of the Additional Space;

 

(c)                        Client has not previously assigned the Lease, except in connection with a

 

10



 

reorganization, merger or safe of all or substantially all of Client’s assets, and is not subleasing more than 25% of the Premises being leased by Client at the time it exercises this option;

 

(d)                        Landlord has made a good faith determination that Client remains creditworthy;

 

(e)                         Client must lease all of any given Additional Space offered, and may not elect to lease a portion of such offered space;

 

(f)                          Client exercises its option as provided in this Section by delivering to Landlord written notice of its intention within five (5) business days after Landlord has notified Client that the Additional Space is available;

 

(g)                         All terms of the Lease of the Additional Space shall be the same as in this Lease, except that the Basic Rental and any construction allowance shall be based upon fair market rental rates and construction concessions as of the commencement date of the lease for the Additional Space;

 

(h)                        Client executes an addendum or a new lease for the Additional Space with reasonable promptness after Landlord’s receipt of Client’s notice to lease the Additional Space; and

 

(i)                            The right of first offer expires on July 31, 2014.

 

If Client fails to comply with each of the above conditions within the time specified, all time periods herein for Client being of the essence, then this right of first offer will lapse and be of no further force and effect with respect to the offered Additional Space, and Landlord shall have the right to lease all or any part of the offered Additional Space to a third party under the same or any other terms and conditions, whether or not such terms and conditions are more or less favorable than those offered to Client.

 

18.                 Lease Terms Modified or Deleted.

 

(a)                        Section 1 (“Definitions”) of the Lease and the portion of the Lease titled “Data Sheet” are hereby amended to reflect the terms and conditions of this Fifth Amendment, and to the extent there are any conflicts between the Lease, as amended by this Fifth Amendment, the provisions of this Fifth Amendment shall control.

 

(b)                        The following sentences are added to the end of Section 3(b) (Basic Rental): “Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord agrees that any non-recurring items of Additional Rent (such as overtime HVAC charges or actual Operating Expenses and Taxes reconciliations), shall be due thirty (30) days after Landlord delivers an invoice to Client. Recurring items of Additional Rent (such as estimated Operating Expenses and Taxes payments) shall be due on the first (1 st ) of each month, along with Client’s installment of Basic Rental. Landlord agrees to accept an electronic funds transfer from Client with respect to the payment of Basic Rental and Additional Rent, and shall provide Client the information necessary to establish and maintain such transfer.”

 

(c)                         Section 7 (“Full Floor Premises”) of the Third Amendment is hereby deleted in its entirety.

 

19.                 Brokers . Each of Landlord and Client warrants to the other that it has had

 

11



 

no dealings with any broker or agent in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Fifth Amendment except for Cushman & Wakefield of Maryland, Inc., Landlord’s agent (the “Broker” ), and each agrees to indemnify the other against all costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees or other liability for commissions or other compensation or charges claimed by any broker or agent other than Broker claiming the same by, through or under the indemnifying party. Landlord shall pay a fee or commission on account of this Amendment to Broker pursuant to a separate written agreement.

 

20.                 Defined Terms .   Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all defined terms shall have the same meanings as provided in the Lease.

 

21.                 Headings .   Headings contained in this Fifth Amendment are for convenience only and are not substantive to the provisions of this Fifth Amendment.

 

22.                 Lease Terms Ratified .   Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, and unless inconsistent with the terms hereof, all other terms, conditions and covenants of the Lease are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall apply to each Expansion Premises. Client certifies to Landlord that the Lease is in full force and effect, that Landlord is not in default or breach of any of Landlord’s obligations under the Lease, and that Client is unaware of any condition or circumstance which, but for the passage of time or delivery of notice, would constitute a default by Landlord under the Lease.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Fifth Amendment by affixing their hands and seals as of the date noted above.

 

 

 

 

Landlord:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WITNESS/ATTEST:

 

 

MPLX-LANDOVER CO LLC, a Maryland limited liability company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

MPLX Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its sole member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Metroplex MM Co. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its managing member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Natalia Maselli

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Arthur DellaSalla

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Arthur DellaSalla

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Client:

 

 

 

 

12



 

WITNESS/ATTEST:

 

 

2TOR, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

By:

/s/ Chip Paucek

[SEAL]

 

 

 

 

Name:

Chip Paucek

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

President & CEO

 

 

13


 

EXHIBIT A

 

OUTLINE OF SUITE 950 AND SUITE 900 EXPANSION PREMISES

 

 

A-1



 

EXHIBIT B

 

OUTLINE OF SUITE 350 EXPANSION PREMISES

 

B-1



 

EXHIBIT C

 

OUTLINE OF SUITE 410 EXPANSION PREMISES

 

 

C-1


 

EXHIBIT D

 

WORK LETTER

 

1.                                                 Improvements to Expansion Premises . Landlord shall deliver the Suite 950 Expansion Premises, Suite 350 Expansion Premises, Suite 900 Expansion Premises and Suite 410 Expansion Premises, and also each portion of the Second Floor Expansion Premises and each Additional Space that is leased by Client (collectively, the “Expansion Premises”), to Client, with comparable improvements to those shown on the space plan for the fourth floor attached hereto as Schedule D-1, using reasonable quantities of Building Standard materials (a list of which is attached hereto as Schedule D-2). Client may elect to use “above standard” materials, at Client’s cost (after crediting Client for the cost of Building Standard materials). Landlord acknowledges and agrees that all materials that are incorporated in the portion of Client’s existing Premises located on the fourth (4 th ) floor of the Building (“Client’s fourth (4 th ) floor space”) as of the date of this Amendment are Building Standard materials even if not listed on Schedule D-2 hereto. The improvements for each of the Expansion Premises shall be consistent with the improvements in Client’s fourth (4 th ) floor space and will include the following:

 

(a)                        Installation of new lights and new ceiling tiles, as required to be consistent with Client’s fourth (4 th ) floor space;

 

(b)                        Painting the entire Expansion Premises consistent with Client’s fourth (4 th ) floor space;

 

(c)                         Installing new carpet throughout the Expansion Premises consistent with Client’s fourth (4 th ) floor space;

 

(d)                        Electrical work, as necessary to accommodate Client’s modular work stations in the Expansion Premises;

 

(e)                         Build-out and portioning similar in layout to Client’s fourth (4 th ) floor space, using materials consistent with Client’s fourth (4 th ) floor space; and

 

(f)                          Delivery of each portion of the Expansion Premises Substantially Complete on the applicable Commencement Date for such portion, in good working order and repair, in “move-in” condition.

 

2.                                                 (a)                        Landlord shall prepare and deliver to Client detailed floor plan layouts, together with working drawings and written instructions sufficiently detailed to enable Landlord to enter into contracts (herein called “Construction Documents”) with respect to and reflecting the partitions and improvements in the Expansion Premises. Client shall fully and completely cooperate with Landlord in the preparation of the Construction Documents, shall promptly respond to Landlord’s requests for information within three (3) business days after inquiry, and shall use its best efforts to assist Landlord to complete the Construction Documents as soon as possible. Client agrees to deliver to Landlord, not later than five (5) business days after delivery of the initial Construction Documents to Client (or three (3) business days after delivery with respect to any revised Construction Documents), an original executed copy of the Construction Documents approved by Client; provided, however, if Client, in good faith, reasonably objects to any aspect of the Construction Documents submitted by Landlord, Client shall specify in detail any objection to such Construction Documents as submitted to Client in a written notice to

 

D-1



 

Landlord within such 5- or 3-day period, as the case may be. Landlord shall, if applicable, modify such Construction Documents to address Client’s written objections, and submit new Construction Documents to Client for approval within five (5) business days after its receipt of Client’s objection. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Construction Documents shall remain subject to Landlord’s review and approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. If Client fails to timely deliver the Construction Documents as required herein or makes modifications to the Construction Documents after the deadlines provided in this subsection, Client shall (1) pay to Landlord all reasonable expenses incurred by Landlord due to Client’s modifications and/or delay in delivering the Construction Documents; and (2) pay to Landlord as Additional Rent a per diem Basic Rental charge for each day beyond the initially projected Commencement Date that occupancy is delayed due to Client’s failure to timely comply with the requirements in this Section.

 

(b)                        Time is of the essence as to all dates provided in this Section 2.

 

(c)                         Any changes to any approved Construction Documents desired by Client shall be submitted in writing and in detail to Landlord and shall be subject to Landlord’s consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

(d)                        Landlord shall, in a good and workmanlike manner, and in compliance with applicable laws, improve and complete the Expansion Premises substantially in accordance with the Construction Documents by a general contractor or construction manager (“the Contractor”), determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion. Landlord reserves the right however, (i) to make substitutions of material of substantially equivalent grade and quality when and if any specified material shall not be readily and reasonably available, and (ii) to make changes necessitated by conditions met in the course of construction, provided that (A) Client’s approval of any substantial change shall first be obtained (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed so long as there shall be general conformity with Construction Documents); and (B) any such Landlord change or substitution made under this clause 2(d) shall not be considered a “Change Order.”

 

(e)                         In the completion and preparation of the Expansion Premises in accordance with the Construction Documents, Landlord agrees to perform at its own expense those items of work set forth on the applicable Space Plan (all work shown in an applicable Space Plan for any portion of the space being leased by Client pursuant to this Fifth Amendment is herein referred to as “Standard Client Work”). All work which Landlord performs at Client’s request in addition to or in substitution for Standard Client Work is hereinafter referred to as “Change Order Work.” All Change Order Work shall be furnished, installed and performed by Contractor for and on behalf of Client and at Client’s sole expense, based on Landlord’s out-of-pocket cost, including, without limit, any reasonable contractor’s fee for overhead and profit and charges for cutting, patching, cleaning up and removal of waste and debris, plus reasonable, out of pocket architects’ and engineers’ fees, plus the product obtained by multiplying all of the foregoing (as reduced by appropriate credits for substituted Standard Client Work) by fifteen percent (15%) for Landlord’s administrative expenses and profit in handling the substitution.

 

(f)                          Client shall pay Landlord as Additional Rent for all Change Order Work from time to time during the progress of the work, within five (5) days after Landlord shall have given Client an invoice or invoices therefor, in amounts representing Landlord’s cost of such Change Order Work performed (including, for this purpose, material for Change Order Work purchased and delivered to the Building to the date of the invoice), less the amounts paid by Client on account. Any failure by Client to pay for all Change Order Work shall constitute failure to pay

 

D-2



 

rent when due and an Event of Default by Client hereunder, giving rise to all remedies available to Landlord under this Lease and at law or equity for non-payment of rent.

 

3.                                       Certificate of Occupancy . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the parties recognize and agree that, while Landlord and Landlord’s contractor will coordinate with Client to obtain the use and occupancy permit, it is the Client’s sole responsibility to obtain such use and occupancy permit for the Expansion Premises. Within five (5) days of receipt of such use and occupancy permit, Client shall deliver a copy thereof to Landlord.

 

4.                                       Substantial Completion (or “Substantially Complete”) shall be the date when the work to be performed by Landlord in the Expansion Premises in material accordance with this Fifth Amendment (i) shall have been substantially completed notwithstanding that certain details of construction, mechanical adjustment or decoration remain to be performed, the noncompletion of which would not materially interfere with the Client’s use of or access to the Expansion Premises; and (ii) Client may legally occupy the Expansion Premises to conduct its Permitted Use therefrom. Landlord agrees that as of Substantial Completion the Expansion Premises shall be in material compliance with all applicable laws and codes, and the Building systems servicing same shall be in good working order and condition.

 

For purposes of determining the date of Substantial Completion, the Commencement Date shall be accelerated by the number of days due to any delay which is caused by: (i) changes in the work to be completed by Landlord in readying the Expansion Premises for Client’s occupancy, which changes have been requested by Client after the approval by Landlord and Client of the Construction Documents; (ii) delay caused by Client, in furnishing materials or procuring labor required by Client for installations or work in the Expansion Premises which are not encompassed within the Construction Documents, if any; (iii) any failure by Client, to furnish any required plan, information, approval or consent (including, without limitation, the Construction Documents) within the required period of time, or any failure to fully and completely cooperate with Landlord in the preparation of the Construction Documents; or (iv) the performance of any work or activity in the Expansion Premises by Client or any of its employees, agents or contractors. The decision of Landlord’s architect shall be finally determinative of the date of Substantial Completion.

 

On or about the date on which Landlord’s Work is substantially completed, Landlord and Client shall jointly inspect the Expansion Premises to confirm that the construction and installation of the Landlord’s Work has been substantially completed in accordance with the Space Plan, and/or Construction Documents and to prepare a “Punch-List” of work requiring correction or completion by Landlord. Landlord shall use commercially reasonable efforts to correct or complete all Punch-List items within thirty (30) days after substantial completion.

 

5.                                       Contractor Warranties. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 12 of this Fifth Amendment, Landlord shall obtain one (1) year warranties from its Contractor and its subcontractors with respect to defects in material and/or construction within the Expansion Premises, which warranties shall state that the benefit thereof may be assigned by Landlord to Client, and Landlord agrees to assign such warranties to Client, together with any manufacturers’ warranties that Landlord may receive.

 

6.                                       Landlord’s Warranty. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 12 of this Fifth Amendment, upon delivery to Client of any portion of the Premises Substantially Complete, Landlord warrants, to the best of its knowledge, that all utilities and systems serving such portion of the Premises shall be in good working order and not in violation of any

 

D-3



 

applicable laws, codes and regulations, including the Americans with Disabilities Act.

 

D-4


 

SCHEDULE D-1

 

 

D-5



 

SCHEDULE D-2

 

Metroplex I and II

Building Standard Materials

 

Partitions:

 

Partitions within the tenant suite shall be constructed using 2 1 / 2 ” 22 ga. Steel studs at 24” on center and 1 / 2 ” gypsum board, floor to ceiling.

 

Demising Partitions between suites will be slab-to-slab using 1 / 2 ” 22 ga. Steel studs at 16” on center with 1 / 2 ” type X gypsum board and sound batt insulation.

 

Door Frames:

 

Painted Hollow Metal Doorframe, Full height in most corridors verify in field,

 

Suite Entry Doors:

 

3’-0” W x 8’0” rated solid core wood, stain grade

 

Client Doors:

 

3’- 0”x 7’-0” rated solid core wood, paint grade.

 

 

Hardware:

 

Suite Entry doors to have Schlage L9453 STYLE 06 in bright Stainless Steel Finish with ADA closer mounted on the tenant side of the doorframe.

 

 

Client doors to have Lever Office Function Lockset, Corbin Russwin Newport, CL3800 series. Finish to be satin chrome. Locks to be keyed by building Master by Lock Technologies. Contact Ron 301-345-8300. Metroplex II has a D4 Keyway.

 

D-1



 

 

Suite Entry Glass Doors:

 

Landlord to approve all glass doors. Sidelights to be integral.

 

Ceiling Grid:

 

Repainted ceiling grid to be painted with Duron Ceiling White or equal. 15/16” flat grid.

 

Ceiling Tile:

 

Ceiling tiles to be USG 562 rated, 48” x 24” x 3 / 4 ” Armstrong Fine Fissured Second Look

 

 

Vinyl Composite Tile:

 

12” x 12” x 1/8” standard commercial grade vinyl composite tile in standard colors as selected by tenant. Armstrong Standard Excelon Imperial Texture

 

 

Vinyl Wall Base:

 

4” high vinyl straight base for carpet. 4” high vinyl cove base for VCT flooring. Standard colors as selected by tenant. Johnsonite Standard. Carpet base is also acceptable. www.johnsonite.com

 

 

Carpet:

 

Carpet shall be a minimum of commercial grade28 oz. cut pile made of 100% nylon with a ten year warranty. Installation is direct glue. Colors and patterns as selected by tenant from Patcraft PDQ books from Architect or equal. www.patcraftdesignweave.com

 

D-2


 

Paint:

 

Two (2) coats as selected by Client (includes prime coat and two coats of Latex, eggshell finish). All wood and metal surfaces will receive a primer coat and two (2) coats of semi-gloss paint.

 

Window Blinds:

 

Bali 1” horizontal aluminum blinds (or equal); Color to match existing perimeter window blinds.

 

Client Suite Signage:

 

Building standard tenant suite identification signage will be provided by the Landlord.

 

Sprinkler Piping:

 

Black steel piping manufactured to satisfy ASTM Standards A53 or A135. For ASTM Standard A53, use schedule 40 piping for sizes up to 8” and schedule 30 for sizes 8” and greater. For ASTM Standard A135, use schedule 10 piping for sizes through 5”. For 6” through 10” sizes, use NRPA specified wall thickness.

 

Fittings to be class 250 threaded cast iron or grooved-end type iron fittings, style 77, as manufactured by Victaulic Corporation or accepted equal.

 

Sprinkler heads:

 

Fully or Semi-recessed Victaulic V38 heads rated at 155’F with Chrome escutcheon plates. All sprinkler heads to be center of tile in acoustical tile ceilings.

 

Ceiling Diffusers:

 

Supply ceiling diffusers to be 2’ X 2’ prototype TITUS PAS

 

Return Grille to be 2’ X 2’ Prototype TITUS P X P

 

VAV Boxes:

 

Air terminal Boxes are single Damper Design. New DDC controls are Siemens Apogee Brand. Bottom of thermostats to be 60” AFF typical.

 

Fire Alarm System:

 

The base building Fire Alarm System is comprised of Strobes with audible speakers, (not horns) The fire control panels are of Siemens design and Cerberus system 3. Fire alarm devices to have white housings with red lettering. The Landlords alarm contractor must perform any connections to base building fire alarm panels ( expander panels excluded)

 

Light Fixtures:

 

2’ X 4’ Fluorescent 277V fixtures with 3” deep 18 cell parabolic lenses with a low iridescent anodized diffuse silver finish. Fixtures shall include high efficiency electronic ballasts, T841 lamps, and air supply/return slots. Purchased from Capital Building Supply.

 

Public corridor light fixtures shall be 2’ x 2’ Fluorescent 277V fixtures with 3” deep 9 cell parabolic lenses with a low iridescent anodized diffuse silver finish. Fixture shall include high efficiency electronic ballasts, two 31 watt 3500K T8 U-lamps (6” leg), and air supply/return slots.

 

 

Exit Lights:

 

LED exit lights with white plastic faces, white housing and red letters to match existing base building exit lights.

 

D-3



 

Electrical Devices:

 

Typical Electrical Devices and cover plates to be white Leviton Decora Plus style receptacles and switches. Electrical receptacles are to be 18” AFF typical. Light switches are to be 44” AFF typical.

 

Electrical Meters:

 

Client to provide electrical sub-meters for supplemental HVAC systems over 1 ton capacity within the tenant suite. Sub-meters shall be National Meters Industries, or Emon Demon Design. Model and Specifications of meter to be done during the design stage of equipment chosen for load requirements.

 

D-4


 

EXHIBIT E

 

OUTLINE OF SECOND FLOOR EXPANSION PREMISES

 

E-1


 

SIXTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

This Sixth Amendment to Lease (the “Sixth Amendment”) is made as of the 22 nd  day of June, 2011, between MPLX-LANDOVER CO LLC (“Landlord”) and 2TOR, INC. (“Client”).

 

WHEREAS, Landlord and Client entered into a Lease Agreement dated June 30, 2008, as amended by a First Amendment to Lease dated March 20, 2009, a Second Amendment to Lease dated November 15, 2009, a Third Amendment to Lease dated February 5, 2010, a Fourth Amendment to Lease dated March 17, 2010, and a Fifth Amendment to Lease dated October 29, 2010 (the “Fifth Amendment”; collectively, the “Lease”) for premises which contain approximately Four Thousand Four Hundred Forty-six (4,446) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 190 (the “Suite 190 Premises”) and One Thousand Three Hundred Thirty-nine (1,339) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 110 (the “Suite 110 Premises”) on the first (1 st ) floor; approximately Four Thousand One Hundred Forty-seven rentable square feet of space known as Suite 400 (the “Suite 400 Premises”), Five Thousand One Hundred Sixty-two (5,162) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 410 (the “Suite 410 Expansion Premises”) and Four Thousand Nine Hundred Eighty (4,980) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 450 (the “Suite 450 Premises”) on the fourth (4 th ) floor; and approximately Three Thousand Two Hundred Forty (3,240) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 950 (the “Suite 950 Expansion Premises”) and Eleven Thousand Three Hundred Eighty-nine (11,389) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 900 (the “Suite 900 Expansion Premises”) on the ninth (9 th ) floor (collectively, the “Original Premises”, containing an aggregate of approximately Thirty-Four Thousand Seven Hundred Three (34,703) rentable square feet) in the office building located at 8201 Corporate Drive, Landover, Maryland (the “Building”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Lease is scheduled to expire July 31, 2018; and

 

WHEREAS, Client has timely exercised its right, pursuant to Section 16 of the Fifth Amendment, to lease certain space on the second (2 nd ) floor of the Building; and

 

WHEREAS, Landlord has exercised its right to substitute other space on the sixth (6 th ) floor of the Building for the space on the second (2 nd ) floor; and

 

WHEREAS, Landlord and Client wish, among other matters, to amend the Lease to further expand the leased premises, all on the terms hereinafter contained.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is acknowledged by the parties, the parties agree as follows:

 

1. Sixth Floor Expansion Premises. Commencing on the earlier of (i) the date on which Landlord’s Work (as defined in Section 12 of the Fifth Amendment) in the Sixth Floor Expansion Premises (hereinafter defined) is Substantially Complete (as defined in Exhibit D to the Fifth Amendment) by Landlord, or (ii) the date Client takes occupancy of same to conduct its business therefrom, anticipated to be June 1, 2012 (the “Sixth Floor Expansion Premises Commencement Date”), Landlord hereby demises and leases to Client, and Client hereby leases and accepts from Landlord, for a term and upon the conditions hereinafter provided, approximately Fourteen Thousand Six Hundred Eighty-six (14,686) rentable square feet of space, consisting of the entire sixth (6 th ) floor of the Building, also designated on the floor plan attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit A (the “Sixth Floor Expansion Premises”). At either party’s request, the parties shall jointly execute and deliver to one another a memorandum in reasonable form prepared by Landlord

 



 

confirming the Sixth Floor Expansion Premises Commencement Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, provided that any delay in Substantially Completing the Premises is not attributable to (a) any Tenant delay detailed in Exhibit D to the Fifth Amendment as hereby amended, (b) the requirements of any Change Order Work, or (c) the contingencies in the force majeure provisions of Section 31 of the Lease, Landlord agrees that (i) if the Sixth Floor Expansion Premises Commencement Date has not occurred by July 15, 2012, then for every day elapsed between that date and the date on which the Sixth Floor Expansion Premises Commencement Date occurs Client shall receive one day’s abatement of Basic Rental with regard to the Sixth Floor Expansion Premises commencing on the Sixth Floor Expansion Premises Commencement Date (solely by way of example and not limitation, if the Sixth Floor Expansion Premises Commencement Date occurs on August 15, 2012, Client shall receive thirty-one (31) days’ abatement of Basic Rental on account of such delay); and (ii) if the Sixth Floor Expansion Premises Commencement Date has not occurred by September 1, 2012, Client may elect, by written notice to Landlord, to terminate Client’s lease of the Sixth Floor Expansion Premises effective as of October 1, 2012, in which event Client’s lease of all other space in the Building in effect at that time shall continue in effect without termination through the Lease Expiration Date at the rates of Basic Rental per rentable square foot stated in the Lease; provided further, that if Landlord has Substantially Completed Landlord’s Work within the Sixth Floor Expansion Premises prior to October 1, 2012, Client’s termination right set forth above shall be null and void and of no force or effect and Client’s sole remedy for such delay shall be the Basic Rental abatement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Sixth Amendment or the Fifth Amendment, Tenant shall have no obligation to lease any portion of the Second Floor Expansion Premises, as defined in the Fifth Amendment (i.e., Suite 200, Suite 220, Suite 250 Suite 260 and Suite 280).

 

2. Sixth Floor Expansion Premises Term. The term of Client’s lease of the Sixth Floor Expansion Premises shall commence on the Sixth Floor Expansion Premises Commencement Date and shall expire on July 31, 2018. If, for any reason whatsoever, Landlord cannot deliver possession of the Sixth Floor Expansion Premises to Client on or before June 1, 2012, the Lease, as amended by this Sixth Amendment, shall not be void or voidable, nor shall Landlord, or Landlord’s agents, advisors, employees, partners, shareholders, directors, invitees, or independent contractors be liable to Client for any loss or damage resulting therefrom except as expressly provided herein. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and provided that any delay in Substantially Completing the Premises is not attributable to (i) any Tenant delay detailed in Exhibit D to the Fifth Amendment, or (ii) the requirements of any Change Order Work, Client shall not be liable for Annual Basic Rental with respect to the Sixth Floor Expansion Premises until Landlord delivers possession of same to Client. Commencing on the Sixth Floor Expansion Premises Commencement Date, all references to the “Premises” in the Lease shall refer to the Original Premises and the Sixth Floor Expansion Premises, a total of approximately Forty-Nine Thousand Three Hundred Eighty-nine (49,389) rentable square feet of space.

 

3. Basic Rental for Sixth Floor Expansion Premises .

 

Commencing (i) ninety (90) days after the Sixth Floor Expansion Premises Commencement Date (which shall not occur prior to June 1, 2012; abbreviated as “6FEPCD” below) with respect to Nine Thousand Seventy-four (9,074) rentable square feet of the Sixth Floor Expansion Premises; and (ii) two hundred ten (210) days after the 6FEPCD with respect to the remaining Five Thousand Six Hundred Twelve (5,612) rentable square feet in the Sixth Floor Expansion Premises, Client shall pay Basic Rental for the Sixth Floor Expansion Premises at the same rate per square foot as for the Expansion Premises, as defined in the Fifth Amendment. All payments shall be made in legal tender, at Landlord’s office, as more fully provided in Section 3 of the Lease, payable as follows:

 

2



 

 

 

Rentable

 

Basic Rental

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Square

 

Per Square

 

Monthly Basic

 

Annual Basic

 

Months

 

Feet

 

Foot

 

Rental

 

Rental*

 

90 days after 6FEPCD -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

209 days after 6FEPCD

 

9,074

 

$

22.66

 

$

17,134.74

 

$

205,616.84

 

210 days after 6FEPCD -

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

02/28/13

 

14,686

 

$

22.66

 

$

27,732.06

 

$

332,784.76

 

03/01/13-02/28/14

 

14,686

 

$

23.34

 

$

28,564.27

 

$

342,771.24

 

03/01/14-02/28/15

 

14,686

 

$

24.04

 

$

29,420.95

 

$

353,051.44

 

03/01/15-02/29/16

 

14,686

 

$

24.76

 

$

30,302.11

 

$

363,625.36

 

03/01/16-02/28/17

 

14,686

 

$

25.50

 

$

31,207.75

 

$

374,493.00

 

03/01/17-02/28/18

 

14,686

 

$

26.27

 

$

32,150.10

 

$

385,801.22

 

03/01/18-07/31/18

 

14,686

 

$

27.06

 

$

33,116.93

 

$

397,403.16

 

 


*Annualized

 

4. Payment of Additional Rent for Sixth Floor Expansion Premises. Commencing on the 6FEPCD and during the Sixth Floor Expansion Premises Term, Client shall pay Client’s Proportionate Share of Operating Expenses and Client’s Proportionate Share of Taxes (the “Additional Rent”) with respect to the Sixth Floor Expansion Premises in accordance with the provisions of Section 8 and 19 of the Lease, except that the Base Year Stop with respect to the Sixth Floor Expansion Premises shall mean the Basic Cost incurred during calendar year 2011, and the Base Year Real Estate Taxes with respect to the Sixth Floor Expansion Premises shall mean Real Estate Taxes applicable to the Real Estate Tax year commencing on July 1, 2010 and expiring on June 30, 2011.

 

5. Option to Terminate Suite 410 Expansion Premises . Client shall have the option of terminating the Lease with respect to the Suite 410 Expansion Premises, which Client leased from Landlord pursuant to Section 7 and Section 8 of the Fifth Amendment, provided Client is not then in default under the Lease and delivers written notice to Landlord that it wishes to exercise this option on or before March 31, 2012.

 

6. Insurance . In accordance with the provisions of Section 26 of the Lease, Client shall deliver to Landlord, on or before the Sixth Floor Expansion Premises Commencement Date a revised certificate of insurance reflecting the Sixth Floor Expansion Premises as an additional insured location.

 

7. Security Deposit. Landlord shall deliver written notice to Client requesting payment under this Section 7 approximately thirty (30) days prior to the Sixth Floor Expansion Premises Commencement Date and within ten (10) days after receipt of such notice Client shall deposit an additional $27,732.06 with Landlord to increase the existing Security Deposit from $73,966.39 to $101,698.45. The increased Security Deposit will be held by Landlord in accordance with the terms of Section 5 of the Lease.

 

8. Amendment of Fifth Amendment . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the Fifth Amendment, the parties agree as follows:

 

(a) Commencing on the Suite 950 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, the Base Year Stop with respect to the Suite 950 Expansion Premises shall mean the Basic Cost incurred during calendar year 2010, and the Base Year Real Estate Taxes with respect to the Suite

 

3



 

950 Expansion Premises shall mean Real Estate Taxes applicable to the Real Estate Tax year commencing on July 1, 2009 and expiring on June 30, 2010.

 

(b) Commencing on the Suite 900 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, the Base Year Stop with respect to the Suite 900 Expansion Premises shall mean the Basic Cost incurred during calendar year 2010, and the Base Year Real Estate Taxes with respect to the Suite 900 Expansion Premises shall mean Real Estate Taxes applicable to the Real Estate Tax year commencing on July 1, 2009 and expiring on June 30, 2010.

 

(c) Commencing on the Suite 350 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, the Base Year Stop with respect to the Suite 350 Expansion Premises shall mean the Basic Cost incurred during calendar year 2011, and the Base Year Real Estate Taxes with respect to the Suite 350 Expansion Premises shall mean Real Estate Taxes applicable to the Real Estate Tax year commencing on July 1, 2010 and expiring on June 30, 2011.

 

(d) Commencing on the Suite 410 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, the Base Year Stop with respect to the Suite 410 Expansion Premises shall mean the Basic Cost incurred during calendar year 2013, and the Base Year Real Estate Taxes with respect to the Suite 410 Expansion Premises shall mean Real Estate Taxes applicable to the Real Estate Tax year commencing on July 1, 2012 and expiring on June 30, 2013.

 

(e) With respect to any delay in the delivery to Tenant of possession of the Suite 350 Expansion Premises or the Suite 410 Expansion Premises, Tenant shall be required to pay Basic Rental, and shall not be entitled to an abatement thereof, if such delay is attributable to (i) Tenant delay as defined in Exhibit D to the Fifth Amendment as hereby amended, (ii) the requirements of any Change Order Work; or (iii) with respect to abatement of Basic Rental only, the contingencies in the force majeure provisions of Section 31 of the Lease.

 

(f) The following is added to the end of the second paragraph of Section 4 of Exhibit D to the Fifth Amendment (“Substantial Completion”):

 

“Tenant delay shall also include any actual delay directly attributable to the action or inaction of Tenant.”

 

9. Brokers . Each of Landlord and Client warrants to the other that it has had no dealings with any broker or agent in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Sixth Amendment except for Cushman & Wakefield of Maryland, Inc., Landlord’s agent (the “ Broker ”), and each agrees to indemnify the other against all costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees or other liability for commissions or other compensation or charges claimed by any broker or agent other than Broker claiming the same by, through or under the indemnifying party. Landlord shall pay a fee or commission on account of this Amendment to Broker pursuant to a separate written agreement.

 

10. Defined Terms . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all defined terms shall have the same meanings as provided in the Lease.

 

11. Headings . Headings contained in this Sixth Amendment are for convenience only and are not substantive to the provisions of this Sixth Amendment.

 

12. Lease Terms Ratified . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, and unless inconsistent with the terms hereof, all other terms, conditions and covenants of the Lease are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall apply to the Second Floor Expansion Premises or the Sixth Floor Expansion Premises, as the case may be. Client certifies to Landlord that the Lease is in full force and effect, that Landlord is not in default or breach of any of Landlord’s obligations under the

 

4



 

Lease, and that Client is unaware of any condition or circumstance which, but for the passage of time or delivery of notice, would constitute a default by Landlord under the Lease.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Sixth Amendment by affixing their hands and seals as of the date noted above.

 

 

 

Landlord:

 

 

 

WITNESS/ATTEST:

 

MPLX-LANDOVER CO LLC, a Maryland limited liability company

 

 

 

 

 

By:

MPLX Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its sole member

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Natalia Maselli

 

 

By:  Metroplex MM Co. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its managing member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Arthur DellaSalla

 

 

 

 

 

Arthur DellaSalla

 

 

 

 

 

Vice President

 

 

 

 

Client:

 

 

 

WITNESS/ATTEST:

 

2TOR, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jean-Marie-Hainn

 

By:

/s/ David A. Leimenstoll

[SEAL]

 

 

 

Name:

David A. Leimenstoll

 

 

 

Title:

VP of Finance

 

5


 

EXHIBIT A

 

OUTLINE OF SIXTH FLOOR EXPANSION PREMISES

 



 

 


 

SEVENTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

This Seventh Amendment to Lease (the “Seventh Amendment”) is made as of the 31 day of October, 2012 between MPLX-LANDOVER CO LLC (“Landlord”) and 2TOR, INC. (“Client”).

 

WHEREAS, Landlord and Client entered into a Lease Agreement dated June 30, 2008, as amended by a First Amendment to Lease dated March 20, 2009, a Second Amendment to Lease dated November 15, 2009, a Third Amendment to Lease dated February 5, 2010, a Fourth Amendment to Lease dated March 17, 2010, a Fifth Amendment to Lease dated October 29, 2010 (the “Fifth Amendment”), and a Sixth Amendment to Lease dated June 22, 2011 (collectively, the “Lease”) for premises which contain approximately Four Thousand Four Hundred Forty-six (4,446) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 190 (the “Suite 190 Premises”) and One Thousand Three Hundred Thirty-nine (1,339) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 110 (the “Suite 110 Premises”) on the first (1 st ) floor; approximately Five Thousand Eight Hundred Fifteen (5,815) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 350 (the “Suite 350 Premises”) on the third (3 rd ) floor; approximately Four Thousand One Hundred Forty-seven (4,147) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 400 (the “Suite 400 Premises”), Five Thousand One Hundred Sixty-two (5,162) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 410 (the “Suite 410 Expansion Premises”) and Four Thousand Nine Hundred Eighty (4,980) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 450 (the “Suite 450 Premises”) on the fourth (4 th ) floor; approximately Fourteen Thousand Six Hundred Eighty-six (14,686) rentable square feet of space, consisting of the entire sixth (6 th ) floor; and approximately Three Thousand Two Hundred Forty (3,240) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 950 (the “Suite 950 Expansion Premises”) and Eleven Thousand Three Hundred Eighty-nine (11,389) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 900 (the “Suite 900 Expansion Premises”) on the ninth (9 th ) floor (collectively, the “Original Premises”, containing an aggregate of approximately Fifty-Five Thousand Two Hundred Four (55,204) rentable square feet) in the office building located at 8201 Corporate Drive, Landover, Maryland (the “Building”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Lease is scheduled to expire July 31, 2018 (“Lease Expiration Date”); and

 

WHEREAS, Landlord and Client wish, among other matters, to amend the Lease to further expand the leased premises, all on the terms hereinafter contained.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is acknowledged by the parties, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                              Suite 120 Expansion Premises. Commencing on the later of (i) the date on which Landlord’s Work (as defined in Section 5 below) is Substantially Complete (as defined in Exhibit D to the Fifth Amendment and subject to the provisions of Section 4 of said Exhibit D regarding Client delays) by Landlord, or (ii) the date on which Client takes occupancy of the Suite 120 Expansion Premises to conduct its business therefrom, anticipated to be February 1, 2013 (the “Suite 120 Expansion Premises Commencement Date”), Landlord hereby demises and leases to Client, and Client hereby leases and accepts from Landlord, for a term and upon the conditions hereinafter provided, approximately Three Thousand Five Hundred Ninety-nine (3,599) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 120 on the first (1 st ) floor of the Building, as depicted on the “key plan” (“Space Plan”) attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit A (the “Suite 120 Expansion Premises”). At either party’s request, the parties shall jointly execute and deliver to one another a

 



 

memorandum in reasonable form prepared by Landlord confirming the Suite 120 Expansion Premises Commencement Date.

 

2.                                               Suite 120 Expansion Premises Term. The term of Client’s lease of the Suite 120 Expansion Premises shall commence on the Suite 120 Expansion Premises Commencement Date and shall expire on July 31, 2018.

 

3.                                               Basic Rental for Suite 120 Expansion Premises. Commencing on the Suite 120 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Client shall pay Basic Rental for the Suite 120 Expansion Premises in accordance with the following schedule:

 

 

 

Basic Rental

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Per Square

 

Monthly Basic

 

Annual Basic

 

Months

 

Foot

 

Rental

 

Rental*

 

S120EPCD**-02/28/13

 

$

22.66

 

$

6,796.11

 

$

81,553.34

 

03/01/13-02/28/14

 

$

23.34

 

$

7,000.06

 

$

84,000.66

 

03/01/14-02/28/15

 

$

24.04

 

$

7,210.00

 

$

86,519.96

 

03/01/15-02/29/16

 

$

24.76

 

$

7,425.94

 

$

89,111.24

 

03/01/16-02/28/17

 

$

25.50

 

$

7,647.88

 

$

91,774.50

 

03/01/17-02/28/18

 

$

26.27

 

$

7,878.81

 

$

94,545.73

 

03/01/18-07/31/18

 

$

27.06

 

$

8,115.75

 

$

97,388.94

 

 


*Annualized

**Suite 120 Expansion Premises Commencement Date.

 

The Basic Rental set forth in the above table is the Basic Rental payable for the Suite 120 Expansion Premises only, and is in addition to the Basic Rental payable for the Original Premises. All payments of Basic Rental for the Suite 120 Expansion Premises shall be made in legal tender, at Landlord’s office, as more fully provided in Section 3 of the Lease,

 

4.                                               Payment of Additional Rent for Suite 120 Expansion Premises. Commencing on January 1, 2014 with respect to increases in Basic Cost (Client shall not be responsible for the payment of Client’s Proportionate Share of increases in Basic Cost with respect to the Suite 120 Expansion Premises from the Suite 120 Expansion Premises Commencement Date through December 31, 2013) and on the Suite 120 Expansion Premises Commencement Date with respect to increases in Real Estate Taxes, Client shall pay Client’s Proportionate Share of increases in Basic Cost and Client’s Proportionate Share of increases in Real Estate Taxes with respect to the Suite 120 Expansion Premises in accordance with the provisions of Section 8 and 19 of the Lease, except that the Base Year Stop with respect to the Suite 120 Expansion Premises shall mean the Basic Cost incurred during calendar year 2013, and the Base Year Real Estate Taxes with respect to the Suite 120 Expansion Premises shall mean Real Estate Taxes applicable to the Real Estate Tax year commencing on July 1, 2012 and expiring on June 30, 2013.

 

5.                                               Improvements to Suite 120 Expansion Premises. Client agrees to accept the Suite 120 Expansion Premises in its “as is” condition as of the Suite 120 Expansion Premises Commencement Date; provided, however, that Landlord shall provide Client with an allowance (the “Improvement Allowance”) of up to $24.00 per square foot of the Suite 120 Expansion Premises (i.e., $86,376.00), to be applied toward Landlord’s costs (including a three percent (3%) construction management fee) to construct (i) those improvements noted on the Space Plan (“Landlord’s Work”) and/or, at Client’s option, (ii) improvements to the Suite 110 Premises, Suite 190 Premises or Suite 350

 

2



 

Premises. Any costs in excess of the Improvement Allowance shall be paid by Client within ten (10) days after receipt of an invoice therefore from Landlord and shall be considered additional rent under the terms of the Lease.

 

6.                                               Insurance. In accordance with the provisions of Section 26 of the Lease, Client shall deliver to Landlord, on or before the Suite 120 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, a revised certificate of insurance reflecting the Suite 120 Expansion Premises as an additional insured location.

 

7.                                               Security Deposit. Upon Client’s execution of this Seventh Amendment, Client shall deposit an additional $6,796.11 with Landlord to increase the existing Security Deposit from $101,698.45 to $108,494.56. The increased Security Deposit will be held by Landlord in accordance with the terms of Section 5 of the Lease.

 

8.                                               Brokers. Each of Landlord and Client warrants to the other that it has had no dealings with any broker or agent in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Seventh Amendment except for Cushman & Wakefield of Maryland, Inc., Landlord’s agent (the “Broker”), and each agrees to indemnify the other against all costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees or other liability for commissions or other compensation or charges claimed by any broker or agent other than Broker claiming the same by, through or under the indemnifying party. Landlord shall pay a fee or commission on account of this Seventh Amendment to Broker pursuant to a separate written agreement.

 

9.                                               Defined Terms. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all defined terms shall have the same meanings as provided in the Lease.

 

10.                                        Headings. Headings contained in this Seventh Amendment are for convenience only and are not substantive to the provisions of this Seventh Amendment.

 

11.                                        Lease Terms Ratified. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, and unless inconsistent with the terms hereof, all other terms, conditions and covenants of the Lease are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall apply to the Suite 120 Expansion Premises. Client certifies to Landlord that the Lease is in full force and effect, that Landlord is not in default or breach of any of Landlord’s obligations under the Lease, and that Client is unaware of any condition or circumstance which, but for the passage of time or delivery of notice, would constitute a default by Landlord under the Lease.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

3



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Seventh Amendment by affixing their hands and seals as of the date noted above.

 

 

 

 

Landlord:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WITNESS/ATTEST:

 

 

MPLX-LANDOVER CO LLC, a Maryland limited liability company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:                             MPLX Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its sole member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Natalia Maselli

 

 

 

By:                             Metroplex MM Co. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its managing member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Arthur DellaSalla

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Arthur DellaSalla

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Client:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

WITNESS/ATTEST:

 

 

2TOR, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

By:

/s/ Catherine Graham

[SEAL]

[ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

 

Name:

Catherine Graham

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

CFO

 

 

4


 

EXHIBIT A

 

OUTLINE OF SUITE 120 EXPANSION PREMISES

 

 


 

EIGHTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

This Eighth Amendment to Lease (the “Eighth Amendment”) is made as of the 31 st  day of August, 2013, between MPLX-LANDOVER CO LLC (“Landlord”) and 2U, INC., f/k/a 2TOR, INC. (as fully addressed below) (“Client”).

 

WHEREAS, Landlord and Client entered into a Lease Agreement dated June 20, 2008, as amended by a First Amendment to Lease dated March 20, 2009, a Second Amendment to Lease dated November 15, 2009, a Third Amendment to Lease dated February 5, 2010, a Fourth Amendment to Lease dated March 17, 2010, a Fifth Amendment to Lease dated October 29, 2010, a Sixth Amendment to Lease dated June 22, 2011, and a Seventh Amendment to Lease dated October 31, 2012 (collectively, the “Lease”) for premises which contain approximately Four Thousand Four Hundred Forty-six (4,446) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 190 (the “Suite 190 Premises”), One Thousand Three Hundred Thirty-nine (1,339) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 110 (the “Suite 110 Premises”), and Three Thousand Five Hundred Ninety-nine (3,599) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 120, on the first (1 st ) floor; approximately Five Thousand Eight Hundred Fifteen (5,815) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 350 (the “Suite 350 Premises”) on the third (3 rd ) floor; approximately Four Thousand One Hundred Forty-seven (4,147) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 400 (the “Suite 400 Premises”), Five Thousand Six Hundred Fifty-three (5,653) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 410 (the “Suite 410 Expansion Premises”), which Client has yet to occupy, and Four Thousand Nine Hundred Eighty (4,980) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 450 (the “Suite 450 Premises”) on the fourth (4 th ) floor; approximately Fourteen Thousand Six Hundred Eighty-six (14,686) rentable square feet of space, consisting of the entire sixth (6 th ) floor; and approximately Three Thousand Two Hundred Forty (3,240) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 950 (the “Suite 950 Expansion Premises”) and Eleven Thousand Three Hundred Eighty-nine (11,389) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 900 (the “Suite 900 Expansion Premises”) on the ninth (9 th ) floor (collectively, the “Original Premises”, containing an aggregate of approximately Fifty-Nine Thousand Two Hundred Ninety-four (59,294) rentable square feet), subject to the occurrence of the Suite 410 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, per the terms and conditions of the 5 th  Amendment to the Lease, in the office building located at 8201 Corporate Drive, Landover, Maryland (the “Building”); and

 

WHEREAS, Client has filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware a Certificate of Amendment of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of 2tor, Inc., changing its name from “2tor, Inc.” to “2U, Inc.”, a true and correct copy of which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference as Exhibit A ; and

 

WHEREAS, Landlord and Client wish, among other matters, to amend the Lease to reflect Client’s name change from “2tor, Inc.” to “2U, Inc.”, all on the terms hereinafter contained.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is acknowledged by the parties, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                Name Change of Client. Commencing upon full execution of this Amendment, Client’s name is changed from “2tor, Inc.” to “2U, Inc.” wherever occurring in the Lease.

 

1



 

2.                Defined Terms . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all defined terms shall have the same meanings as provided in the Lease.

 

3.                Headings . Headings contained in this Eighth Amendment are for convenience only and are not substantive to the provisions of this Eighth Amendment.

 

4.                Lease Terms Ratified . Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, and unless inconsistent with the terms hereof, all other terms, conditions and covenants of the Lease are hereby ratified and confirmed. Client certifies to Landlord that the Lease is in full force and effect, that Landlord is not in default or breach of any of Landlord’s obligations under the Lease, and that Client is unaware of any condition or circumstance which, but for the passage of time or delivery of notice, would constitute a default by Landlord under the Lease.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Eighth Amendment by affixing their hands and seals as of the date noted above.

 

 

Landlord:

 

 

WITNESS/ATTEST:

MPLX-LANDOVER CO LLC, a Maryland limited liability company

 

 

 

By:

MPLX Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its sole member

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Metroplex MM Co. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its managing member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Arthur Dellasalla

 

 

 

 

Arthur Dellasalla

 

 

 

 

Vice President

 

 

Client:

 

 

WITNESS/ATTEST:

2U, INC., (f/k/a 2TOR, INC.)

 

 

/s/ Reed Talada

 

By:

/s/ Catherine Graham

[SEAL]

 

 

Name: Catherine Graham

 

 

Title:   CFO

 

2


 

 

 

 

 

NINTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE

 

This Ninth Amendment to Lease (the “ Ninth Amendment ”) is made as of the 17 th  day of September, 2013 (the “ Effective Date ”), between MPLX-LANDOVER CO LLC (“Landlord”) and 2U, INC., f/k/a 2TOR, INC. (as fully addressed below) (“ Client ”).

 

WHEREAS, Landlord and Client entered into a Lease Agreement dated June 20, 2008, as amended by a First Amendment to Lease dated March 20, 2009, a Second Amendment to Lease dated November 15, 2009, a Third Amendment to Lease dated February 5, 2010, a Fourth Amendment to Lease dated March 17, 2010, a Fifth Amendment to Lease dated October 29, 2010, a Sixth Amendment to Lease dated June 22, 2011, a Seventh Amendment to Lease dated October 31, 2012, and an Eighth Amendment dated January   , 2013 (collectively, the “ Lease ”) for premises which contain approximately Four Thousand Four Hundred Forty-six (4,446) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 190 (the “ Suite 190 Premises ”), One Thousand Three Hundred Thirty-nine (1,339) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 110 (the “ Suite 110 Premises ”), and Three Thousand Five Hundred Ninety-nine (3,599) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 120, on the first (1 st ) floor; approximately Five Thousand Eight Hundred Fifteen (5,815) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 350 (the “ Suite 350 Premises ”) on the third (3 rd ) floor; approximately Four Thousand One Hundred Forty-seven (4,147) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 400 (the “ Suite 400 Premises ”), Five Thousand Six Hundred Fifty-three (5,653) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 410 (the “ Suite 410 Expansion Premises ”), which Client has yet to occupy, and Four Thousand Nine Hundred Eighty (4,980) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 450 (the “ Suite 450 Premises ”) on the fourth (4 th ) floor; approximately Fourteen Thousand Six Hundred Eighty-six (14,686) rentable square feet of space, consisting of the entire sixth (6 th ) floor; and approximately Three Thousand Two Hundred Forty (3,240) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 950 (the “ Suite 950 Expansion Premises ”) and Eleven Thousand Three Hundred Eighty-nine (11,389) rentable square feet of space known as Suite 900 (the “Suite 900 Expansion Premises”) on the ninth (9 th ) floor (collectively, the “ Original Premises ”, containing an aggregate of approximately Fifty-Nine Thousand Two Hundred Ninety-four (59,294) rentable square feet), subject to the occurrence of the Suite 410 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, per the terms and conditions of the 5 th  Amendment to the Lease, in the office building located at 8201 Corporate Drive, Landover, Maryland (the “ Building ”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Lease is scheduled to expire July 31, 2018 (“ Lease Expiration Date ”); and

 

WHEREAS, Landlord and Client wish, among other matters, to amend the Lease to further expand the leased premises, all on the terms hereinafter contained.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is acknowledged by the parties, the parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                               Suite LL-20 Expansion Premises. Commencing on the earlier of (i) ninety (90) days after the Effective Date; or (ii) the date on which Client takes occupancy of the Suite LL-20 Expansion Premises to conduct its business therefrom (the “ Suite LL-20 Expansion Premises Commencement Date ”), Landlord hereby demises and leases to Client, and Client hereby leases and accepts from Landlord, for a term and upon the conditions hereinafter provided, approximately Three Thousand Four Hundred Thirty-one (3,431) rentable square feet of space known as Suite LL-20 on the lower level of the Building, as outlined on the attached Exhibit A-1 (the “ Suite LL-20 Expansion Premises ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Landlord performs the improvements to the Suite LL-20 Expansion Premises, the Suite LL-20 Expansion Premises Commencement Date shall

 



 

be the earlier of (i) the date on which the improvements to the Suite LL-20 Expansion Premises are Substantially Complete (as defined in Exhibit D to the Fifth Amendment and subject to the provisions of Section 4 of said Exhibit D regarding Client delays); or (ii) the date on which Client takes occupancy of the Suite LL-20 Expansion Premises to conduct its business therefrom, anticipated to be November 1, 2013. At either party’s request, the parties shall jointly execute and deliver to one another a memorandum in reasonable form prepared by Landlord and reasonably acceptable to Client confirming the Suite LL-20 Expansion Premises Commencement Date.

 

2.                                               Suite LL-10 Expansion Premises. Commencing on the earlier of (i) sixty (60) days after Landlord’s delivery of possession of the Suite LL-10 Expansion Premises (defined below) to Client (such delivery date anticipated to be on or about December 1, 2013); or (ii) the date on which Client takes occupancy of the Suite LL-10 Expansion Premises to conduct its business therefrom (the “ Suite LL-10 Expansion Premises Commencement Date ”), Landlord hereby demises and leases to Client, and Client hereby leases and accepts from Landlord, for a term and upon the conditions hereinafter provided, approximately Two Thousand Nine Hundred Fifty-six (2,956) rentable square feet of space known as Suite LL-10 on the lower level of the Building, as outlined on the attached Exhibit A-2 (the “ Suite LL-10 Expansion Premises ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that Landlord performs the improvements to the Suite LL-10 Expansion Premises, the Suite LL-10 Expansion Premises Commencement Date shall be the earlier of (i) the date on which the improvements to the Suite LL-10 Expansion Premises are Substantially Complete (as defined in Exhibit D to the Fifth Amendment and subject to the provisions of Section 4 of said Exhibit D regarding Client delays); or (ii) the date on which Client takes occupancy of the Suite LL-10 Expansion Premises to conduct its business therefrom, anticipated to be February 1, 2014. At either party’s request, the parties shall jointly execute and deliver to one another a memorandum in reasonable form prepared by Landlord and reasonably acceptable to Client confirming the Suite LL-10 Expansion Premises Commencement Date. Together, the Suite LL-10 Expansion Premises and Suite LL-20 Expansion Premises shall be referred to herein as the “ Lower Level Expansion Premises ” (as outlined on the attached Exhibit A-3 ), totaling approximately Six Thousand Three Hundred Eighty-seven (6,387) rentable square feet of space, and, as of the Suite LL-10 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, the Premises shall contain a total of approximately Sixty-Five Thousand Six Hundred Eighty-one (65,681) rentable square feet of space, subject to the occurrence of the Suite 410 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, per the terms and conditions of the 5 th  Amendment to the Lease.

 

3.                                               Lower Level Expansion Premises Term. The term of Client’s lease of the Lower Level Expansion Premises shall commence on their respective commencement dates, as set forth in Sections 1 and 2 above, and shall expire on the Lease Expiration Date.

 

4.                                               Basic Rental for Lower Level Expansion Premises. Commencing on their respective commencement dates, Client shall pay Basic Rental for the Lower Level Expansion Premises in accordance with the following schedule (reflecting annual 3% increases):

 

 

 

 

 

Basic Rental

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rentable

 

Per Square

 

Monthly Basic

 

Annual Basic

 

Months

 

Square Feet

 

Foot

 

Rental

 

Rental*

 

SLL20EPCD**- Day before
SLL10EPCD***

 

3,431

 

$

22.00

 

$

6,290.17

 

$

75,482.00

 

SLL10EPCD***-02/28/14

 

6,387

 

$

22.00

 

$

11,709.50

 

$

140,514.00

 

03/01/14-02/28/15

 

6,387

 

$

22.66

 

$

12,060.79

 

$

144,729.42

 

03/01/15-02/28/16

 

6,387

 

$

23.34

 

$

12,422.72

 

$

149,072.58

 

03/01/16-02/29/17

 

6,387

 

$

24.04

 

$

12,795.29

 

$

153,543.48

 

03/01/17-02/28/18

 

6,387

 

$

24.76

 

$

13,178.51

 

$

158,142.12

 

03/01/18-07/31/18

 

6,387

 

$

25.50

 

$

13,572.38

 

$

162,868.50

 

 

2



 


*Annualized

**Suite LL-20 Expansion Premises Commencement Date

***Suite LL-10 Expansion Premises Commencement Date

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in the above table, provided that Client is not then in an Event of Default, Landlord shall abate the Basic Rental payable for (i) the Suite LL-20 Expansion Premises for the first three (3) months of the Suite LL-20 Expansion Premises Term; and (ii) the Suite LL-10 Expansion Premises for the first three (3) months of the Suite LL-10 Expansion Premises Term. The Basic Rental set forth in the above table is the Basic Rental payable for the Lower Level Expansion Premises only, and is in addition to the Basic Rental payable for the Original Premises as set forth in the Lease. All payments of Basic Rental for the Lower Level Expansion Premises shall be made in legal tender, at Landlord’s office, as more fully provided in Section 3 of the Lease,

 

4.                                               Payment of Additional Rent for Lower Level Expansion Premises. Commencing on the first (1 st ) anniversary of the Suite LL-10 Expansion Premises Commencement Date, Client shall pay Client’s Proportionate Share of increases in Basic Cost and Client’s Proportionate Share of increases in Real Estate Taxes with respect to the Lower Level Expansion Premises in accordance with the provisions of Section 8 and 19 of the Lease, except that (i) the Base Year Stop with respect to the Lower Level Expansion Premises shall mean the Basic Cost incurred during calendar year 2014, (ii) the Base Year Real Estate Taxes with respect to the Lower Level Expansion Premises shall mean the Real Estate Taxes applicable to the Real Estate Tax year commencing on July 1, 2013 and expiring on June 30, 2014, and (iii) Client’s Share with respect to the Lower Level Expansion Premises shall mean 3.49%.

 

5 .                                               Improvements to Lower Level Expansion Premises.

 

(a) Client agrees to accept the Lower Level Expansion Premises in its “as is” condition as of their respective Lower Level Expansion Premises commencement dates; provided, however, that, as of the Effective Date, Landlord shall make available to Client an allowance (the “ Improvement Allowance ”) of up to Twenty-five and 00/100 Dollars ($25.00) per square foot of the Lower Level Expansion Premises (i.e., $159,675.00), to be applied toward the costs of Client’s design and construction of improvements (including architectural, engineering, construction management, permit fees, and the costs of demolition, materials, labor, and cabling) to any portion of the Premises, to include the Lower Level Expansion Premises and any Premises currently occupied by Client (“ Client’s Work ”), and from which Client shall be charged (i) a construction supervision fee of one percent (1%) of the hard costs of Client’s Work if Client performs the construction; or (ii) a construction management fee of three percent (3%) of the hard costs of Client’s Work if Landlord performs the construction. Landlord also shall provide Client with a non-contingent allowance for test-fitting the Lower Level Expansion Premises in the amount of Twelve Cents ($0.12) per rentable square foot therein (i.e., $766.44).

 

(b) If Landlord performs the improvements to the Premises, the provisions of Section 5(a) and this Section 5(b) shall apply. Landlord shall perform all improvements and modifications in the Lower Level Expansion Premises in accordance with a plan mutually agreeable to both Landlord and Client, and shall credit Client from the Improvement Allowance for the cost of improvements made to the Premises provided that (i) Tenant is not then in an Event of Default, and (ii) such credit (plus Landlord’s construction management fee) shall not exceed, in the aggregate, the Improvement Allowance. Any costs in excess of the Improvement Allowance shall be paid by Client within ten (10)

 

3



 

business days after receipt of a valid invoice therefore from Landlord and shall be considered Additional Rent under the terms of the Lease. Client shall forfeit any right it may have to any portion of the Improvement Allowance which is not used by Client to modify any existing Premises, as amended hereby, within twenty-four (24) months after the Effective Date.

 

(c) If Client performs the improvements to the Premises, the provisions of Section 5(a) and this Section 5(c) shall apply. Client shall perform Client’s Work in accordance with and subject to the provisions of the Lease, including, without limitation, Section 10 and Exhibit E (“ Rules and Regulations for Alterations ”). So long as Client is not then in an Event of Default Landlord shall reimburse Client from the Improvement Allowance for the cost of improvements made to the Premises, provided that such reimbursement shall not exceed, in the aggregate, the Improvement Allowance. Disbursements from the Improvement Allowance shall be made to Client (or, at Client’s option, directly to Client’s contractors) upon timely submission of Client’s statement (“ Statement ”) with all required lien waivers and certificates as provided below as construction of the improvements to the Premises progresses and Client incurs expenses toward which the Improvement Allowance may be applied. Each Statement delivered by Client shall show, in reasonable detail, all costs incurred and shall be accompanied by invoices of each contractor, subcontractor, supplier or vendor for which reimbursement is sought, and a lien waiver and a certificate, from each contractor and subcontractor whose contract has an aggregate value equal to or greater than $2,500, certifying that all payments then due such contractor or subcontractor and to laborers, materialmen and subcontractors under it have been made, except the amounts then being requisitioned. All contract documents and requisitions submitted by Client for reimbursement from the Improvement Allowance relating to design and construction shall be in the then current AIA format. Disbursement shall be made from the Improvement Allowance on or before thirty (30) days after Landlord receives Client’s complete and correct Statements with all required supporting documentation. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Client shall forfeit any amount of the Improvement Allowance for which, within twenty-four (24) months after the Effective Date, Client has not submitted complete Statements with all required supporting documentation. Any costs in excess of the Improvement Allowance shall be paid by Client within ten (10) days after receipt of an invoice therefore from Landlord and shall be considered Additional Rent under the terms of the Lease.

 

(d) Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, shall, prior to the respective commencement dates, (i) balance the HVAC system serving the respective Lower Level Expansion Premises; and (ii) deliver the Lower Level Expansion Premises with said HVAC equipment in good working order and condition, and within six (6) months after the Effective Date, (iii) ensure that the common areas of the Building are in compliance with all applicable laws, codes and regulations, including the Americans with Disabilities Act and all fire, life and safety codes (collectively, “ Laws ”), as all such Laws exist as of the Suite LL-10 Expansion Premises Commencement Date; and (iv) perform the following improvements to the common areas on the lower level of the Building:

 

·                   Repaint the walls and doors

·                   Install new “VCT” flooring

·                   Replace all ceiling tiles, paint grid and upgrade nine (9) light fixtures in the hallways

·                   Repaint the common area restrooms

 

All of the foregoing common area improvements shall be performed using reasonable quantities of Building standard materials and paint; provided, however, the Building standard paint color shall be mutually agreed to by the parties.

 

6.                                               Insurance. In accordance with the provisions of Section 26 of the Lease, Client shall deliver to Landlord, on or before each of the Lower Level Expansion Premises commencement

 

4



 

dates, a revised certificate of insurance reflecting the applicable Lower Level Expansion Premises as an additional insured location.

 

7.                                               Security Deposit. Upon Client’s execution of this Ninth Amendment, Client shall deposit with Landlord an additional $11,709.50, to be held by Landlord as an additional Security Deposit in accordance with the terms of Section 5 of the Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Client shall be allowed to provide Landlord with a letter of credit in the same amount as the Security Deposit in lieu of a cash Security Deposit. If the Security Deposit is paid in the form of a letter of credit, such letter of credit shall be transferable to a successor-in-interest of Landlord, shall be posted upon execution of this Lease (provided, however, Client shall not be in default if Client posts the additional Security Deposit within two (2) weeks thereafter provided acceptable documentation has been submitted evidencing that the letter of credit process has been initiated and the delays are attributable to banking delays), must be drawn upon a federally insured banking institution, be in a form satisfactory to Landlord in its reasonable discretion and be in effect for thirty (30) days beyond the full term of this Lease.

 

8.                                               Brokers. Each of Landlord and Client warrants to the other that it has had no dealings with any broker or agent in connection with the negotiation or execution of this Ninth Amendment except for Cushman & Wakefield of Maryland, Inc., Landlord’s agent, and The Ezra Company, Client’s agent (the “ Brokers ”), and each agrees to indemnify the other against all costs, expenses, attorneys’ fees or other liability for commissions or other compensation or charges claimed by any broker or agent other than Brokers claiming the same by, through or under the indemnifying party. Landlord shall pay a fee or commission on account of this Ninth Amendment to the Brokers pursuant to a separate written agreement.

 

9.                                               Defined Terms. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, all defined terms shall have the same meanings as provided in the Lease.

 

10.                                        Headings. Headings contained in this Ninth Amendment are for convenience only and are not substantive to the provisions of this Ninth Amendment.

 

11 .                                        Lease Terms Ratified. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, and unless inconsistent with the terms hereof, all other terms, conditions and covenants of the Lease are hereby ratified and confirmed and shall apply to the Lower Level Expansion Premises. Client certifies to Landlord that the Lease is in full force and effect, that Landlord is not in default or breach of any of Landlord’s obligations under the Lease, and that Client is unaware of any condition or circumstance which, but for the passage of time or delivery of notice, would constitute a default by Landlord under the Lease.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

5



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Ninth Amendment by affixing their hands and seals as of the date noted above.

 

 

Landlord:

 

 

WITNESS/ATTEST:

MPLX-LANDOVER CO LLC, a Maryland limited liability company

 

 

 

By:      MPLX Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its sole member

 

 

 

 

By:      Metroplex MM Co. LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, its managing member

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Andrew Nathan

 

 

 

 

Andrew Nathan

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

Client:

 

 

WITNESS/ATTEST:

2 U, INC.

 

 

 

 

/s/ Reed Talada

 

By:

/s/ Catherine Graham

[SEAL]

 

 

Name: Catherine Graham

 

 

Title: CFO

 

6


 

EXHIBIT A-1

 

OUTLINE OF SUITE LL-20 EXPANSION PREMISES

 

 



 

EXHIBIT A-2

 

OUTLINE OF SUITE LL-10 EXPANSION PREMISES

 

 

E-2



 

EXHIBIT A-3

 

OUTLINE OF LOWER LEVEL EXPANSION PREMISES

 

 

E-3




Exhibit 10.4

 

Execution Copy

 

 

 

2U, INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

DATED AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2013

 

 

COMERICA BANK
AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, SOLE LEAD ARRANGER AND SOLE BOOKRUNNER

 

 

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

DEFINITIONS

1

 

1.1

Certain Defined Terms

1

 

 

 

2.

REVOLVING CREDIT

29

 

2.1

Commitment

29

 

2.2

Accrual of Interest and Maturity; Evidence of Indebtedness

29

 

2.3

Requests for and Refundings and Conversions of Advances

30

 

2.4

Disbursement of Advances

32

 

2.5

Swing Line

34

 

2.6

Interest Payments; Default Interest

40

 

2.7

Optional Prepayments

41

 

2.8

Base Rate Advance in Absence of Election or Upon Default

41

 

2.9

Revolving Credit Facility Fee

42

 

2.10

Mandatory Repayment of Revolving Credit Advances

42

 

2.11

Optional Reduction or Termination of Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment

44

 

2.12

Use of Proceeds of Advances

45

 

2.13

Optional Increase in Revolving Credit

45

 

 

 

3.

LETTERS OF CREDIT

47

 

3.1

Letters of Credit

47

 

3.2

Conditions to Issuance

47

 

3.3

Notice

49

 

3.4

Letter of Credit Fees; Increased Costs

49

 

3.5

Other Fees

51

 

3.6

Participation Interests in and Drawings and Demands for Payment Under Letters of Credit

51

 

3.7

Obligations Irrevocable

53

 

3.8

Risk Under Letters of Credit

54

 

3.9

Indemnification

55

 

3.10

Right of Reimbursement

56

 

 

 

4.

[RESERVED]

56

 

 

 

5.

CONDITIONS

56

 

5.1

Conditions of Initial Advances

56

 

5.2

Continuing Conditions

60

 

 

 

6.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

60

 

6.1

Corporate Authority

60

 

6.2

Due Authorization

60

 

6.3

Good Title; Leases; Assets; No Liens

61

 

6.4

Taxes

61

 

i

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

 

6.5

No Defaults

62

 

6.6

Enforceability of Agreement and Loan Documents

62

 

6.7

Compliance with Laws

62

 

6.8

Non-contravention

62

 

6.9

Litigation

63

 

6.10

Consents, Approvals and Filings, Etc.

63

 

6.11

Agreements Affecting Financial Condition

63

 

6.12

No Investment Company or Margin Stock

63

 

6.13

ERISA

63

 

6.14

Conditions Affecting Business or Properties

64

 

6.15

Environmental and Safety Matters

64

 

6.16

Subsidiaries

65

 

6.17

Management Agreements

65

 

6.18

Material Contracts

65

 

6.19

Franchises, Patents, Copyrights, Tradenames, etc.

65

 

6.20

Capital Structure

65

 

6.21

Accuracy of Information

65

 

6.22

Solvency

66

 

6.23

Employee Matters

66

 

6.24

No Misrepresentation

66

 

6.25

Corporate Documents and Corporate Existence

66

 

6.26

Intellectual Property Collateral

66

 

6.27

Inbound Licenses

67

 

 

 

7.

AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS

67

 

7.1

Financial Statements

67

 

7.2

Certificates; Other Information

68

 

7.3

Payment of Obligations

70

 

7.4

Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence; Compliance with Laws

70

 

7.5

Maintenance of Property; Insurance

71

 

7.6

Inspection of Property; Books and Records, Discussions

71

 

7.7

Notices

72

 

7.8

Hazardous Material Laws

73

 

7.9

Financial Covenants

73

 

7.10

Governmental and Other Approvals

75

 

7.11

Compliance with ERISA; ERISA Notices

75

 

7.12

Defense of Collateral

76

 

7.13

Future Subsidiaries; Additional Collateral

76

 

7.14

Accounts

77

 

7.15

Use of Proceeds

77

 

7.16

[Reserved]

77

 

7.17

Further Assurances and Information

77

 

7.18

Registration of Intellectual Property Rights

78

 

7.19

Consent of Inbound Licensors

79

 

 

 

8.

NEGATIVE COVENANTS

80

 

ii

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

 

8.1

Limitation on Debt

80

 

8.2

Limitation on Liens

82

 

8.3

Acquisitions

82

 

8.4

Limitation on Mergers, Dissolution or Sale of Assets

83

 

8.5

Restricted Payments

84

 

8.6

Limitation on Capital Expenditures

85

 

8.7

Limitation on Investments, Loans and Advances

85

 

8.8

Transactions with Affiliates

86

 

8.9

Sale-Leaseback Transactions

87

 

8.10

Limitations on Other Restrictions

87

 

8.11

Prepayment of Debt

88

 

8.12

Amendment of Subordinated Debt Documents

88

 

8.13

Modification of Certain Agreements

88

 

8.14

Management Fees

88

 

8.15

Fiscal Year

88

 

 

 

9.

DEFAULTS

88

 

9.1

Events of Default

88

 

9.2

Exercise of Remedies

91

 

9.3

Rights Cumulative

92

 

9.4

Waiver by the Borrower of Certain Laws

92

 

9.5

Waiver of Defaults

92

 

9.6

Set Off

92

 

 

 

10.

PAYMENTS, RECOVERIES AND COLLECTIONS

93

 

10.1

Payment Procedure

93

 

10.2

Application of Proceeds of Collateral

94

 

10.3

Pro-rata Recovery

95

 

10.4

Treatment of a Defaulting Lender; Reallocation of Defaulting Lender’s Fronting Exposure

95

 

 

 

11.

CHANGES IN LAW OR CIRCUMSTANCES; INCREASED COSTS

97

 

11.1

Reimbursement of Prepayment Costs

97

 

11.2

Eurodollar Lending Office

98

 

11.3

Circumstances Affecting LIBOR Rate Availability

98

 

11.4

Laws Affecting LIBOR Rate Availability

98

 

11.5

Increased Cost of Advances Carried at the LIBOR Rate

99

 

11.6

Capital Adequacy and Other Increased Costs

100

 

11.7

Right of Lenders to Fund through Branches and Affiliates

100

 

11.8

Delay in Requests

100

 

 

 

12.

AGENT

100

 

12.1

Appointment of the Agent

100

 

12.2

Deposit Account with the Agent or any Lender

101

 

12.3

Scope of the Agent’s Duties

101

 

12.4

Successor Agent

101

 

12.5

Credit Decisions

102

 

iii

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

 

12.6

Authority of the Agent to Enforce This Agreement

102

 

12.7

Indemnification of the Agent

102

 

12.8

Knowledge of Default

103

 

12.9

The Agent’s Authorization; Action by Lenders

103

 

12.10

Enforcement Actions by the Agent

104

 

12.11

Collateral Matters

104

 

12.12

The Agents in their Individual Capacities

105

 

12.13

The Agent’s Fees

105

 

12.14

Documentation Agent or other Titles

105

 

12.15

Subordination Agreements

105

 

12.16

Indebtedness in respect of Lender Products and Hedging Agreements

105

 

12.17

No Reliance on the Agent’s Customer Identification Program

106

 

 

 

13.

MISCELLANEOUS

106

 

13.1

Accounting Principles

106

 

13.2

Consent to Jurisdiction

106

 

13.3

Governing Law

107

 

13.4

Interest

107

 

13.5

Closing Costs and Other Costs; Indemnification

107

 

13.6

Notices

108

 

13.7

Further Action

109

 

13.8

Successors and Assigns; Participations; Assignments

110

 

13.9

Counterparts

113

 

13.10

Amendment and Waiver

113

 

13.11

Confidentiality

116

 

13.12

Substitution or Removal of Lenders

116

 

13.13

Withholding Taxes

118

 

13.14

Taxes and Fees

119

 

13.15

WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL/JUDICIAL REFERENCE

119

 

13.16

USA Patriot Act Notice

122

 

13.17

Complete Agreement; Conflicts

122

 

13.18

Severability

122

 

13.19

Table of Contents and Headings; Section References

122

 

13.20

Construction of Certain Provisions

122

 

13.21

Independence of Covenants

123

 

13.22

Electronic Transmissions

123

 

13.23

Advertisements

123

 

13.24

Reliance on and Survival of Provisions

124

 

13.25

Effect of this Agreement

124

 

iv

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

EXHIBITS

 

 

 

 

 

A FORM OF REQUEST FOR REVOLVING CREDIT ADVANCE

B FORM OF REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE

 

 

C FORM OF SWING LINE NOTE

 

 

D FORM OF REQUEST FOR SWING LINE ADVANCE

 

 

E FORM OF NOTICE OF LETTERS OF CREDIT

 

 

F FORM OF SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

 

G FORM OF BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

 

 

H FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

 

 

I FORM OF GUARANTY

 

 

J FORM OF COVENANT COMPLIANCE REPORT

 

 

K FORM OF SWING LINE PARTICIPATION CERTIFICATE

 

 

L FORM OF NEW LENDER ADDENDUM

 

 

 

ANNEXES

 

I

Applicable Margin Grid

II

Percentages and Allocations

III

Notices

 

SCHEDULES

 

1.1

Compliance Information

1.2

Core 4 Programs

5.1(c)

List of Jurisdictions in which to file financing statements

5.2

Jurisdictions of Incorporation or Formation of Credit Parties

6.3(b)

Owned and Leased Real Property

6.4

Taxes

6.7

Compliance with Laws

6.9

Litigation

6.10

Consents, Approvals, Filings

6.13

ERISA

6.15

Environmental Matters

6.16

Subsidiaries

6.17

Management and Employment Agreements

6.18

Material Contracts

6.19

Tradenames

6.20

Capital Structure

6.23

Union Contracts or Agreements

6.26

Intellectual Property Collateral

6.27

Inbound Licenses

8.1

Existing Debt

8.2

Existing Liens

8.7

Existing Investments

 

v

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

8.8

Transactions with Affiliates

8.10

Limitations on Other Restrictions

 

vi

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


 

AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

This Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of the 31st day of December, 2013, by and among the financial institutions from time to time signatory hereto (individually a “Lender,” and any and all such financial institutions collectively the “Lenders”), Comerica Bank, as the Administrative Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Agent”), Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner, and 2U, Inc. (“Borrower”).

 

RECITALS

 

A.                                     The Borrower and Comerica Bank entered into the Existing Credit Agreement.

 

B.                                     The Borrower and Comerica Bank desire to amend and replace the Existing Credit Agreement with an amended and restated agreement evidenced by this Agreement and the Security Agreement.

 

C.                                     The Borrower has requested that the Lenders extend to it credit and letters of credit on the terms and conditions set forth herein.

 

D.                                     The Lenders are prepared to extend such credit as aforesaid, but only on the terms and conditions set forth in this Agreement.

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the covenants contained herein, the Borrower, the Lenders, and the Agent agree as follows:

 

1.                                       DEFINITIONS.

 

1.1                                Certain Defined Terms .  For the purposes of this Agreement the following terms will have the following meanings:

 

“Account(s)” shall mean any account or account receivable as defined under the UCC, including without limitation, with respect to any Person, any right of such Person to payment for goods sold or leased or for services rendered.

 

“Account Control Agreement(s)” shall mean those certain account control agreements, or similar agreements that are delivered pursuant to Section 7.16 of this Agreement or otherwise, as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

“Account Debtor” shall mean the party who is obligated on or under any Account.

 

“Advance(s)” shall mean, as the context may indicate, a borrowing requested by the Borrower, and made by the Revolving Credit Lenders under Section 2.1 hereof, or the Swing Line Lender under Section 2.5 hereof, including without limitation any readvance, refunding or conversion of such borrowing pursuant to Section 2.3 or 2.5 hereof, and any advance deemed to have been made in respect of a Letter of Credit under Section 3.6(c) hereof, and shall include, as applicable, a Eurodollar-based Advance, a Base Rate Advance and a Quoted Rate Advance.

 

1

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

“Affected Lender” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.12 hereof.

 

“Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling (including but not limited to all directors and officers of such Person), controlled by, or under direct or indirect common control with such Person. A Person shall be deemed to control another Person for the purposes of this definition if such Person possesses, directly or indirectly, the power (i) to vote 10% or more of the Equity Interests having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or managers of such other Person or (ii) to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such other Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

 

“Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble, and include any successor agents appointed in accordance with Section 12.4 hereof.

 

“Agent’s Correspondent” shall mean for Eurodollar-based Advances, the Agent’s Grand Cayman Branch (or for the account of said branch office, at the Agent’s main office in Detroit, Michigan, United States).

 

“Applicable Fee Percentage” shall mean, as of any date of determination thereof, the applicable percentage used to calculate certain of the fees due and payable hereunder, determined by reference to attached Annex I.

 

“Applicable Interest Rate” shall mean, (i) with respect to each Revolving Credit Advance, the Eurodollar-based Rate or the Base Rate, and (ii) with respect to each Swing Line Advance, the Base Rate or, if made available to the Borrower by the Swing Line Lender at its option, the Quoted Rate, in each case as selected by the Borrower from time to time subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement.

 

“Applicable Margin” shall mean, as of any date of determination thereof, the applicable interest rate margin, determined by reference to attached Annex I.

 

“Applicable Measuring Period” shall mean the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on the applicable date of determination.

 

“Asset Sale” shall mean the sale, transfer or other disposition by any Credit Party of any asset (other than the sale or transfer of less than one hundred percent (100%) of the stock or other ownership interests of any Subsidiary) to any Person (other than to the Borrower or a Guarantor).

 

“Assignment Agreement” shall mean an Assignment Agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit H hereto.

 

“Authorized Signer” shall mean each person who has been authorized by the Borrower to execute and deliver any requests for Advances hereunder pursuant to a written authorization delivered to the Agent and whose signature card or incumbency certificate has been received by the Agent.

 

“Bankruptcy Code” shall mean Title 11 of the United States Code and the rules promulgated thereunder.

 

2

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

“Base Rate” shall mean for any day, that rate of interest which is equal to the sum of the Applicable Margin plus the greatest of (a) the Prime Rate for such day, (b) the Federal Funds Effective Rate in effect on such day, plus one percent (1.0%), and (c) the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate plus one percent (1.0%); provided, however, for purposes of determining the Base Rate during any period that LIBOR Rate is unavailable as determined under Sections 11.3 or 11.4 hereof, the Base Rate shall be determined using, for clause (c) hereof, the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate in effect immediately prior to the LIBOR Rate becoming unavailable pursuant to Sections 11.3 or 11.4.

 

“Base Rate Advance” shall mean an Advance which bears interest at the Base Rate.

 

“Borrower” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.

 

“Borrowing Base” means an amount equal to the sum of (a) seventy-five percent (75%) of Eligible Tuition for Returning Students enrolled in Mature Programs (net of Borrower’s student attrition calculations, which must be acceptable to Agent, to the extent cash has not already been received by Borrower for those students), plus (b) seventy-five percent (75%) of Eligible Tuition for Returning Students enrolled in New Programs (net of Borrower’s student attrition calculations, which must be acceptable to Agent, to the extent cash has not already been received by Borrower for those students), plus (c) twenty-five percent (25%) of Eligible Tuition for New Students (net of Borrower’s expected registration and student attrition calculations, both of which must be acceptable to Agent, to the extent cash has not already been received by Borrower for those students), as determined by Bank with references to the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate delivered by Borrower.

 

“Borrowing Base Certificate” shall mean a borrowing base certificate, in substantially the form of Exhibit G attached hereto, executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower.

 

“Borrowing Base Obligors” shall mean the Borrower and any Guarantors approved by the Agent as Borrowing Base Obligors, and “Borrowing Base Obligor” shall mean any of them, as the context shall indicate.

 

“Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday or a Sunday on which commercial banks are open for domestic and international business (including dealings in foreign exchange) in Detroit, Michigan and New York, New York, and in the case of a Business Day which relates to a Eurodollar-based Advance, on which dealings are carried on in the London interbank eurodollar market.

 

“Capital Expenditures” shall mean, for any period, with respect to any Person (without duplication), the aggregate of all expenditures incurred by such Person and its Subsidiaries during such period for (a) the acquisition or leasing (pursuant to a Capitalized Lease) of fixed or capital assets or additions to equipment, plant and property, and (b) software costs (including, without limitation, the direct labor costs associated with creating such software) and production development costs (including, without limitation, the direct labor costs associated with creating such content), that should be capitalized under GAAP on a consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Subsidiaries, but excluding expenditures made in connection with the

 

3

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Reinvestment of Insurance Proceeds, Condemnation Proceeds or the Net Cash Proceeds of Asset Sales.

 

“Capitalized Lease” shall mean, as applied to any Person, any lease of any property (whether real, personal or mixed) with respect to which the discounted present value of the rental obligations of such Person as lessee thereunder, in conformity with GAAP, is required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of that Person.

 

“Cash” shall mean unrestricted cash and cash equivalents which are not subject to any Lien (other than a Lien in favor of Agent).

 

“Change in Law” shall mean the occurrence, after the Effective Date, of any of the following: (i) the adoption or introduction of, or any change in any applicable law, treaty, rule or regulation (whether domestic or foreign) now or hereafter in effect and whether or not applicable to any Lender or Agent on such date, or (ii) any change in interpretation, administration or implementation of any such law, treaty, rule or regulation by any Governmental Authority, or (iii) the issuance, making or implementation by any Governmental Authority of any interpretation, administration, request, regulation, guideline, or directive (whether or not having the force of law), including any risk-based capital guidelines.  For purposes of this definition, (x) a change in law, treaty, rule, regulation, interpretation, administration or implementation shall include, without limitation, any change made or which becomes effective on the basis of a law, treaty, rule, regulation, interpretation administration or implementation then in force, the effective date of which change is delayed by the terms of such law, treaty, rule, regulation, interpretation, administration or implementation, (y) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Pub. L. 111-203, H.R. 4173) and all requests, rules, regulations, guidelines, interpretations or directives promulgated thereunder or issued in connection therewith shall be deemed to be a “Change in “Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted, issued or promulgated, and (z) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall each be deemed to be a “Change in Law”, regardless of the date enacted, adopted, issued or implemented.

 

“Change of Control” shall mean

 

(a)                                  at any time prior to the creation of a Public Market, the existing stockholders and their respective Affiliates shall cease to own and control legally and beneficially (free and clear of all Liens), either directly or indirectly, equity securities in Borrower representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of all of equity securities entitled to vote for members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of Borrower on a fully-diluted basis; or

 

(b)                                  at any time after the creation of a Public Market, any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such person or its subsidiaries, and any person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary or administrator of any such plan) other than the existing stockholders becomes the “beneficial owner” (as defined in Rules 13d 3 and 13d 5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except that a person or group shall be deemed to have

 

4

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

“beneficial ownership” of all securities that such person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time (such right, an “option right”)), directly or indirectly, of 35% or more of the equity securities of Borrower entitled to vote for members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of Borrower on a fully-diluted basis (and taking into account all such securities that such “person” or “group” has the right to acquire pursuant to any option right).

 

“Collateral” shall mean all property or rights in which a security interest, mortgage, lien or other encumbrance for the benefit of the Lenders is or has been granted or arises or has arisen, under or in connection with this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, or otherwise to secure the Indebtedness.

 

“Collateral Access Agreement” shall mean an agreement in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent in its sole discretion, pursuant to which a mortgagee or lessor of real property on which Collateral is stored or otherwise located, or a warehouseman, processor or other bailee of inventory or other property owned by any Credit Party, that acknowledges the Liens under the Collateral Documents and subordinates or waives any Liens held by such Person on such property and, includes such other agreements with respect to the Collateral as the Agent may require in its sole discretion, as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

“Collateral Documents” shall mean the Security Agreement, the Account Control Agreements, the Collateral Access Agreements, and all other security documents (and any joinders thereto) executed by any Credit Party in favor of the Agent on or after the Effective Date, in connection with any of the foregoing collateral documents, in each case, as such collateral documents may be amended or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

“Comerica Bank” shall mean Comerica Bank, its successors or assigns.

 

“Commitments” shall mean the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment.

 

“Condemnation Proceeds” shall mean the cash proceeds received by any Credit Party in respect of any condemnation proceeding net of reasonable fees and expenses (including without limitation attorneys’ fees and expenses) incurred in connection with the collection thereof.

 

“Consolidated” (or “consolidated”) or “Consolidating” (or “consolidating”) shall mean, when used with reference to any financial term in this Agreement, the aggregate for two or more Persons of the amounts signified by such term for all such Persons determined on a consolidated (or consolidating) basis in accordance with GAAP, applied on a consistent basis. Unless otherwise specified herein, “Consolidated” and “Consolidating” shall refer to the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, determined on a Consolidated or Consolidating basis.

 

“Contractual Obligation” shall mean, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such Person or of any material agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

 

“Core 4 Programs” shall mean the online degree programs under the contracts listed in attached Schedule 1.2.

 

5

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

“Core 4 Program Profitability” shall mean as of any date of determination thereof program revenues from Borrower’s Core 4 Programs for the six months then ending minus direct costs attributable to such Core 4 Programs, all as determined in a manner acceptable to Agent.

 

“Covenant Compliance Report” shall mean the report to be furnished by the Borrower to the Agent pursuant to Section 7.2(a) hereof, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit J and certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower, in which report the Borrower shall set forth the information specified therein and which shall include a statement of then applicable level for the Applicable Margin and Applicable Fee Percentages as specified in Annex I attached to this Agreement.

 

“Credit Parties” shall mean the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and “Credit Party” shall mean any one of them, as the context indicates or otherwise requires.

 

“Current Liabilities” means, as of any applicable date, all amounts that should, in accordance with GAAP, be included as current liabilities on the consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries, as at such date, plus, to the extent not already included therein, undrawn Letters of Credit.

 

“Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate” shall mean for any day a per annum interest rate which is equal to the quotient of the following:

 

(a)                                  the LIBOR Rate;

 

divided by

 

(b)                                  a percentage (expressed as a decimal) equal to 1.00 minus the maximum rate on such date at which Agent is required to maintain reserves on “Euro-currency Liabilities” as defined in and pursuant to Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or, if such regulation or definition is modified, and as long as Agent is required to maintain reserves against a category of liabilities which includes eurodollar deposits or includes a category of assets which includes eurodollar loans, the rate at which such reserves are required to be maintained on such category;

 

such sum to be rounded upward, if necessary, in the discretion of the Agent, to the seventh decimal place.

 

“Debt” shall mean as to any Person, without duplication (a) all Funded Debt of a Person, (b) all Guarantee Obligations of such Person, (c) all obligations of such Person under conditional sale or other title retention agreements relating to property or assets purchased by such Person, (d) all indebtedness of such Person arising in connection with any Hedging Transaction entered into by such Person, (e) all recourse Debt of any partnership of which such Person is the general partner, and (f) any Off Balance Sheet Liabilities.

 

“Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code, and all other liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium, rearrangement,

 

6

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect.

 

“Default” shall mean any event that with the giving of notice or the passage of time, or both, would constitute an Event of Default under this Agreement.

 

“Defaulting Lender” shall mean any Lender that (a) has failed to (i) fund all or any portion of its Advances within two (2) Business Days of the date such Advances were required to be funded hereunder unless such Lender notifies the Agent and the Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, or (ii) pay to the Agent, any Issuing Lender, any Swing Line Lender or any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder (including in respect of its participation in Letters of Credit or Swing Line Advances) within two (2) Business Days of the date when due, (b) has notified the Borrower, the Agent or any Issuing Lender or Swing Line Lender in writing that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations hereunder, or has made a public statement to that effect (unless such writing or public statement is based on such Lender’s good faith determination that a condition precedent to funding (which condition precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically identified in such writing or public statement) has not been satisfied), (c) has failed, within three Business Days after written request by the Agent or the Borrower, to confirm in writing to the Agent and the Borrower that it will comply with its prospective funding obligations hereunder ( provided that such Lender shall cease to be a Defaulting Lender pursuant to this clause (c) upon receipt of such written confirmation by the Agent and the Borrower), or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or (ii) had appointed for it a receiver, custodian, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or assets, including the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or any other state or federal regulatory authority acting in such a capacity; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a Governmental Authority, so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such Governmental Authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender.  Any determination by the Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any one or more of clauses (a) through (d) above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender upon delivery of written notice of such determination to the Borrower, each Issuing Lender, each Swing Line Lender and each Lender.

 

“Distribution” is defined in Section 8.5 hereof.

 

“Dollars” and the sign “$” shall mean lawful money of the United States of America.

 

“Domestic Subsidiary” shall mean any Subsidiary of the Borrower incorporated or organized under the laws of the United States of America, or any state or other political subdivision thereof or which is considered to be a “disregarded entity” for United States federal

 

7

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

income tax purposes and which is not a “controlled foreign corporation” as defined under Section 957 of the Internal Revenue Code, in each case provided such Subsidiary is owned by the Borrower or a Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower, and “Domestic Subsidiaries” shall mean any or all of them.

 

“Effective Date” shall mean the date on which all the conditions precedent set forth in Sections 5.1 and 5.2 have been satisfied.

 

“Electronic Transmission” shall mean each document, instruction, authorization, file, information and any other communication transmitted, posted or otherwise made or communicated by e-mail or E-Fax, or otherwise to or from an E-System or other equivalent service.

 

“Eligible Assignee” shall mean (a) a Lender; (b) an Affiliate of a Lender; (c) any Person (other than a natural person) that is or will be engaged in the business of making, purchasing, holding or otherwise investing in commercial loans or similar extensions of credit in the ordinary course of its business, provided that such Person is administered or managed by a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or an entity or Affiliate of an entity that administers or manages a Lender; or (d) any other Person (other than a natural person) approved by the (i) the Agent (and in the case of an assignment of a commitment under the Revolving Credit, the Issuing Lender and Swing Line Lender), and (ii) unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower (each such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), provided that the Borrower shall be deemed to have consented to any such assignment unless it shall object thereto by written notice to the Agent within five (5) Business Days after having received notice thereof; provided further that (x) notwithstanding the foregoing, “Eligible Assignee” shall not include the Borrower, or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries; and (y) no assignment shall be made (A) to a Defaulting Lender (or any Person who would be a Defaulting Lender if such Person was a Lender hereunder) without the consent of the Agent, and in the case of an assignment of a commitment under the Revolving Credit, the Issuing Lender and the Swing Line Lender, or (B) unless an Event of Default has been continuing for at least fifteen (15) Business Days, to a competitor of any Credit Party.

 

“Eligible Tuition” is the share of the tuition payment required to be paid to the Borrower under terms of a contract with an academic institution up to 120 days prior to and 30 days after the Required Payment Date for Returning Students in New Programs, up to 150 days prior to and 30 days after the Required Payment Date for Returning Students in Mature Programs, and up to 90 days prior to and 30 days after the Required Payment Date for New Students, less any Student Bad Debt claims made by an academic institution to the extent they have not already been applied against tuition payments to Borrower, that comply with all of Borrower’s representations and warranties set forth in Section 6.3; provided, that Agent may change the standards of eligibility by giving Borrower thirty (30) days prior written notice.  Tuition which constitutes Eligible Tuition but which subsequently fails to meet any of the requirements to be Eligible Tuition shall forthwith cease to be Eligible Tuition.  Unless otherwise agreed to by Agent, Eligible Tuition shall not include the following:

 

(a)                                  Amounts due that are beyond thirty (30) days from their Required Payment Date;

 

8

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

(b)                                  All amounts due from an institution where 25% or more of the total amounts due from that institution are beyond thirty (30) days their Required Payment Dates;

 

(c)                                   Amounts where the Borrower is liable in cash to the Account Debtor or institution for goods or services, but only to the extent of amounts for which Borrower is liable;

 

(d)                                  Amounts due from foreign institutions;

 

(e)                                   Amounts due to Borrower arising in connection with any semester online undergraduate program;

 

(f)                                    Amounts that are disputed or that the Agent deems as doubtful;

 

(g)                                   Amounts with respect to which the Agent does not have a first priority perfected security interest in such amount;

 

(h)                                  Amounts subject to any Lien other than a Lien in favor of Agent; or

 

(i)                                      Amounts represented by any note or other negotiable instrument.

 

“Equity Interest” shall mean (i) in the case of any corporation, all capital stock and any securities exchangeable for or convertible into capital stock, (ii) in the case of an association or business entity, any and all shares, interests, participations, rights or other equivalents of corporate stock (however designated) in or to such association or entity, (iii) in the case of a partnership or limited liability company, partnership or membership interests (whether general or limited) and (iv) any other interest or participation that confers on a Person the right to receive a share of the profits and losses of, or distribution of assets of, the issuing Person, and including, in all of the foregoing cases described in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) or (iv), any warrants, rights or other options to purchase or otherwise acquire any of the interests described in any of the foregoing cases.

 

“ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or any successor act or code and the regulations in effect from time to time thereunder.

 

“E-System” shall mean any electronic system and any other Internet or extranet-based site, whether such electronic system is owned, operated, hosted or utilized by the Agent, any of its Affiliates or any other Person, providing for access to data protected by passcodes or other security system.

 

“Eurodollar-based Advance” shall mean any Advance which bears interest at the Eurodollar-based Rate.

 

“Eurodollar-based Rate” shall mean a per annum interest rate which is equal to the sum of the Applicable Margin, plus the quotient of :

 

(a)                                  the LIBOR Rate, divided by

 

9

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

(b)                                  a percentage equal to 100% minus the maximum rate on such date at which the Agent is required to maintain reserves on ‘Eurocurrency Liabilities’ as defined in and pursuant to Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or, if such regulation or definition is modified, and as long as the Agent is required to maintain reserves against a category of liabilities which includes eurocurrency deposits or includes a category of assets which includes eurocurrency loans, the rate at which such reserves are required to be maintained on such category,

 

such sum to be rounded upward, if necessary, in the discretion of the Agent, to the seventh decimal place.

 

“Eurodollar-Interest Period” shall mean, for any Eurodollar-based Advance, an Interest Period of one, two or three months (or any shorter or longer periods agreed to in advance by the Borrower, the Agent and the Lenders) as selected by the Borrower, for such Eurodollar-based Advance pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof, as the case may be.

 

“Eurodollar Lending Office” shall mean, (a) with respect to the Agent, the Agent’s office located at its Grand Caymans Branch or such other branch of the Agent, domestic or foreign, as it may hereafter designate as its Eurodollar Lending Office by written notice to the Borrower and the Lenders and (b) as to each of the Lenders, its office, branch or affiliate located at its address set forth on the signature pages hereof (or identified thereon as its Eurodollar Lending Office), or at such other office, branch or affiliate of such Lender as it may hereafter designate as its Eurodollar Lending Office by written notice to the Borrower and the Agent.

 

“Event of Default” shall mean each of the Events of Default specified in Section 9.1 hereof.

 

“Excluded Taxes” shall mean, with respect to any Lender or Agent, (a) taxes measured by net income (including branch profit taxes) and franchise taxes imposed in lieu of net income taxes, in each case imposed on any Lender or Agent as a result of a present or former connection between such Lender or Agent and the jurisdiction of the Governmental Authority imposing such tax or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or therein (other than such connection arising solely from any Lender or Agent having executed, delivered or performed its obligations or received a payment under, or enforced, any Loan Document); (b) in the case of any Non-U.S. Lender, any U.S. withholding taxes to the extent that the obligation to withhold amounts existed on the date that such Person became a “Lender” under this Agreement in the capacity under which such Person makes a claim under Section 10.1(d) or designates a new lending office, except in each case to the extent such Person is a direct or indirect assignee of any other Lender that was entitled, at the time the assignment to such Person became effective, to receive additional amounts under Section 10.1(d); (c) backup withholding or other withholding taxes that are directly attributable to the failure by any Lender to deliver the documentation required to be delivered pursuant to Section 13.13; and (d) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender, any United States federal withholding taxes imposed on amounts payable to such Non-U.S. Lender as a result of such Non-U.S. Lender’s failure to comply with the applicable requirements set forth in FATCA after December 31, 2012.

 

10

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


 

“Existing Agreement” shall mean the Loan and Security Agreement dated April 5, 2012 between Comerica Bank and Borrower, as amended.

 

“FATCA” shall mean sections 1471 through 1474 of the Internal Revenue Code as of the date of this Agreement, and the United States Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder (or any amended or successor provisions substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with).

 

“Federal Funds Effective Rate” shall mean, for any day, a fluctuating interest rate per annum equal to the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by the Agent from three Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by the Agent, all as conclusively determined by the Agent, such sum to be rounded upward, if necessary, in the discretion of the Agent, to the nearest whole multiple of 1/100th of 1%.

 

“Fee Letter” shall mean the fee letter by and between the Borrower and Comerica Bank dated as of October 9, 2013 relating to the Indebtedness hereunder, as amended, restated, replaced or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

“Fees” shall mean the Revolving Credit Facility Fee, the Letter of Credit Fees and the other fees and charges (including any agency fees) payable by the Borrower to the Lenders, the Issuing Lender or the Agent hereunder or under the Fee Letter.

 

“Final Maturity Date” shall mean the Revolving Credit Maturity Date.

 

“Fiscal Year” shall mean the twelve-month period ending on each December 31.

 

“Foreign Subsidiary” shall mean any Subsidiary, other than a Domestic Subsidiary, and “Foreign Subsidiaries” shall mean any or all of them.

 

“Fronting Exposure” shall mean, at any time there is an Defaulting Lender, (a) with respect to the Issuing Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s Percentage of the outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations with respect to Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Lender, and (b) with respect to the Swing Line Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s Percentage of outstanding Swing Line Advances made by the Swing Line Lender.

 

“Funded Debt” of any Person shall mean, without duplication, (a) all indebtedness of such Person for borrowed money or for the deferred purchase price of property or services as of such date (other than operating leases and trade liabilities incurred in the ordinary course of business and payable in accordance with customary practices) or which is evidenced by a note, bond, debenture or similar instrument, (b) the principal component of all obligations of such Person under Capitalized Leases, (c) all reimbursement obligations (actual, contingent or otherwise) of such Person in respect of letters of credit, bankers acceptances or similar obligations issued or created for the account of such Person up to the maximum amount available to be drawn, (d) all liabilities of the type described in (a), (b) and (c) above that are secured by

 

11

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

any Liens on any property owned by such Person as of such date even though such Person has not assumed or otherwise become liable for the payment thereof, the amount of which is determined in accordance with GAAP; provided however that so long as such Person is not personally liable for any such liability, the amount of such liability shall be deemed to be the lesser of the fair market value at such date of the property subject to the Lien securing such liability and the amount of the liability secured, and (e) all Guarantee Obligations in respect of any liability which constitutes Funded Debt; provided, however that Funded Debt shall not include any indebtedness under any Hedging Transaction prior to the occurrence of a termination event with respect thereto.

 

“GAAP” shall mean, as of any applicable date of determination, generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America, as applicable on such date, consistently applied, as in effect from time to time.

 

“Governmental Authority” shall mean the government of the United States of America or any other nation, or of any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government (including without limitation any supranational bodies such as the European Union or the European Central Bank) and any group or body charged with setting financial accounting or regulatory capital rules or standards (including, without limitation, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the Bank for International Settlements or the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision or any successor or similar authority to any of the foregoing).

 

“Governmental Obligations” shall mean noncallable direct general obligations of the United States of America or obligations the payment of principal of and interest on which is unconditionally guaranteed by the United States of America.

 

“Guarantee Obligation” shall mean as to any Person (the “guaranteeing person”) any obligation of the guaranteeing Person in respect of any obligation of another Person (the “primary obligor”) (including, without limitation, any bank under any letter of credit), the creation of which was induced by a reimbursement agreement, guaranty agreement, keepwell agreement, purchase agreement, counterindemnity or similar obligation issued by the guaranteeing person, in either case guaranteeing or in effect guaranteeing any Debt, leases, dividends or other obligations (the “primary obligations”) of the primary obligor in any manner, whether directly or indirectly, including, without limitation, any obligation of the guaranteeing person, whether or not contingent, (i) to purchase any such primary obligation or any property constituting direct or indirect security therefor, (ii) to advance or supply funds (1) for the purchase or payment of any such primary obligation or (2) to maintain working capital or equity capital of the primary obligor or otherwise to maintain the net worth or solvency of the primary obligor, (iii) to purchase property, securities or services primarily for the purpose of assuring the owner of any such primary obligation of the ability of the primary obligor to make payment of such primary obligation or (iv) otherwise to assure or hold harmless the owner of any such primary obligation against loss in respect thereof; provided, however, that the term Guarantee Obligation shall not include endorsements of instruments for deposit or collection in the ordinary course of business. The amount of any Guarantee Obligation of any guaranteeing person shall be

 

12

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

deemed to be the lower of (a) an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the primary obligation in respect of which such Guarantee Obligation is made and (b) the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable pursuant to the terms of the instrument embodying such Guarantee Obligation, unless such primary obligation and the maximum amount for which such guaranteeing person may be liable are not stated or determinable, in which case the amount of such Guarantee Obligation shall be such guaranteeing person’s maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as determined by the applicable Person in good faith.

 

“Guarantor(s)” shall mean each Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower which has executed and delivered to the Agent a Guaranty (or a joinder to a Guaranty), and a Security Agreement (or a joinder to the Security Agreement).

 

“Guaranty” shall mean, collectively, the guaranty agreements executed and delivered by the applicable Guarantors on the Effective Date pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof and those guaranty agreements executed and delivered from time to time after the Effective Date (whether by execution of joinder agreements or otherwise) pursuant to Section 7.13 hereof or otherwise, in each case in the form attached hereto as Exhibit I, as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

“Hazardous Material” shall mean any hazardous or toxic waste, substance or material defined or regulated as such in or for purposes of the Hazardous Material Laws.

 

“Hazardous Material Law(s)” shall mean all laws, codes, ordinances, rules, regulations and other governmental restrictions and requirements issued by any federal, state, local or other governmental or quasi-governmental authority or body (or any agency, instrumentality or political subdivision thereof) pertaining to any Hazardous Materials and which is present or alleged to be present on or about or used in any facilities owned, leased or operated by any Credit Party, or any portion thereof including, without limitation, those relating to soil, surface, subsurface ground water conditions and the condition of the indoor and outdoor ambient air; any so-called “superfund” or “superlien” law; and any other United States federal, state or local statute, law, ordinance, code, rule, regulation, order or decree regulating, relating to, or imposing liability or standards of conduct concerning, any Hazardous Material, as now or at any time during the term of the Agreement in effect.

 

“Hedging Agreement” shall mean any agreement relating to a Hedging Transaction entered into between the Borrower and any Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender.

 

“Hedging Transaction” means each interest rate swap transaction, basis swap transaction, forward rate transaction, equity transaction, equity index transaction, foreign exchange transaction (including currency hedges), cap transaction, floor transaction (including any option with respect to any of these transactions and any combination of any of the foregoing).

 

“Hereof”, “hereto”, “hereunder” and similar terms shall refer to this Agreement and not to any particular paragraph or provision of this Agreement.

 

“Income Taxes” shall mean for any period the aggregate amount of taxes based on income or profits for such period with respect to the operations of the Borrower and its

 

13

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, all corporate franchise, capital stock, net worth and value-added taxes assessed by state and local governments) determined in accordance with GAAP on a Consolidated basis (to the extent such income and profits were included in computing Consolidated Net Income).

 

“Indebtedness” shall mean all indebtedness and liabilities (including without limitation principal, interest (including without limitation interest accruing at the then applicable rate provided in this Agreement or any other applicable Loan Document after an applicable maturity date and interest accruing at the then applicable rate provided in this Agreement or any other applicable Loan Document after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding, relating to the Credit Parties whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such proceeding), fees, expenses and other charges) arising under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, of any Credit Party to any of the Lenders or Affiliates thereof or to the Agent, in any manner and at any time, whether arising under this Agreement, the Guaranty or any of the other Loan Documents (including without limitation, payment obligations under Hedging Transactions evidenced by Hedging Agreements), due or hereafter to become due, now owing or that may hereafter be incurred by any Credit Party to any of the Lenders or Affiliates thereof or to the Agent, and which shall be deemed to include protective advances made by the Agent with respect to the Collateral under or pursuant to the terms of any Loan Document and any liabilities of any Credit Party to the Agent or any Lender arising in connection with any Lender Products, in each case whether or not reduced to judgment, with interest according to the rates and terms specified, and any and all consolidations, amendments, renewals, replacements, substitutions or extensions of any of the foregoing; provided, however that for purposes of calculating the Indebtedness outstanding under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, the direct and indirect and absolute and contingent obligations of the Credit Parties (whether direct or contingent) shall be determined without duplication.

 

“Initial Reinvestment Period” shall mean a 180-day period during which Reinvestment must be commenced under Section 2.10(b) and (d) of this Agreement.

 

“Insolvency Proceeding” means any proceeding commenced by or against any Person or entity under any provision of the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or under any other bankruptcy or insolvency law, including assignments for the benefit of creditors, formal or informal moratoria, compositions, extension generally with its creditors, or proceedings seeking reorganization, arrangement, or other relief.

 

“Insurance Proceeds” shall mean the cash proceeds received by any Credit Party from any insurer in respect of any damage or destruction of any property or asset net of reasonable fees and expenses (including without limitation attorneys fees and expenses) incurred solely in connection with the recovery thereof.

 

“Intercompany Note” shall mean any promissory note issued or to be issued by any Credit Party to evidence an intercompany loan in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

 

14

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

“Interest Period” shall mean (a) with respect to a Eurodollar-based Advance, a Eurodollar-Interest Period, commencing on the day a Eurodollar-based Advance is made, or on the effective date of an election of the Eurodollar-based Rate made under Section 2.3 hereof, and (b) with respect to a Swing Line Advance carried at the Quoted Rate, an interest period of 30 days (or any lesser number of days agreed to in advance by the Borrower, the Agent and the Swing Line Lender); provided, however that (i) any Interest Period which would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day shall end on the next succeeding Business Day, except that as to an Interest Period in respect of a Eurodollar-based Advance, if the next succeeding Business Day falls in another calendar month, such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day, (ii) when an Interest Period in respect of a Eurodollar-based Advance begins on a day which has no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month during which such Interest Period is to end, it shall end on the last Business Day of such calendar month, and (iii) no Interest Period in respect of any Advance shall extend beyond the Revolving Credit Maturity Date.

 

“Internal Revenue Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 of the United States of America, as amended from time to time, and the regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

“Inventory” shall mean any inventory as defined under the UCC.

 

“Investment” shall mean, when used with respect to any Person, (a) any loan, investment or advance made by such Person to any other Person (including, without limitation, any Guarantee Obligation) in respect of any Equity Interest, Debt, obligation or liability of such other Person and (b) any other investment made by such Person (however acquired) in Equity Interests in any other Person, including, without limitation, any investment made in exchange for the issuance of Equity Interest of such Person and any investment made as a capital contribution to such other Person.

 

“IPO” shall mean an initial Public Offering.

 

“Issuing Lender” shall mean Comerica Bank in its capacity as issuer of one or more Letters of Credit hereunder, or another Lender designated as its successor designated by the Borrower and the Revolving Credit Lenders.

 

“Issuing Office” shall mean such office as Issuing Lender shall designate as its Issuing Office.

 

“Lender Products” shall mean any one or more of the following types of services or facilities extended to the Credit Parties by any Lender: (i) credit cards, (ii) credit card processing services, (iii) debit cards, (iv) purchase cards, (v) Automated Clearing House (ACH) transactions, (vi) cash management, including controlled disbursement services, and (vii) establishing and maintaining deposit accounts.

 

“Lenders” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble, and shall include the Revolving Credit Lenders, the Swing Line Lender and any assignee which becomes a Lender pursuant to Section 13.8 hereof.

 

15

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

“Letter of Credit Agreement” shall mean, collectively, the letter of credit application and related documentation executed and/or delivered by the Borrower in respect of each Letter of Credit, in each case satisfactory to the Issuing Lender, as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

“Letter of Credit Documents” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3.7(a) hereof.

 

“Letter of Credit Fees” shall mean the fees payable in connection with Letters of Credit pursuant to Section 3.4(a) and (b) hereof.

 

“Letter of Credit Maximum Amount” shall mean Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000).

 

“Letter of Credit Obligations” shall mean at any date of determination, the sum of (a) the aggregate undrawn amount of all Letters of Credit then outstanding, and (b) the aggregate amount of Reimbursement Obligations which remain unpaid as of such date.

 

“Letter of Credit Payment” shall mean any amount paid or required to be paid by the Issuing Lender in its capacity hereunder as issuer of a Letter of Credit as a result of a draft or other demand for payment under any Letter of Credit.

 

“Letter(s) of Credit” shall mean any standby letters of credit issued by Issuing Lender at the request of or for the account of the Borrower pursuant to Article 3 hereof.

 

“LIBOR Rate” shall mean,

 

(a)                                                             with respect to the principal amount of any Eurodollar-based Advance outstanding hereunder, the per annum rate of interest determined on the basis of the rate for deposits in United States Dollars for a period equal to the relevant Eurodollar-Interest Period, commencing on the first day of such Eurodollar-Interest Period, appearing on Page BBAM of the Bloomberg Financial Markets Information Service as of 11:00 a.m. (Detroit, Michigan time) (or soon thereafter as practical), two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Eurodollar-Interest Period.  In the event that such rate does not appear on Page BBAM of the Bloomberg Financial Markets Information Service (or otherwise on such Service), the “LIBOR Rate” shall be determined by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying LIBOR rates as may be agreed upon by the Agent and the Borrower, or, in the absence of such agreement, the “LIBOR Rate” shall, instead, be the per annum rate equal to the average (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest one-sixteenth of one percent (1/16%)) of the rate at which the Agent is offered dollar deposits at or about 11:00 a.m. (Detroit, Michigan time) (or soon thereafter as practical), two (2) Business Days prior to the first day of such Eurodollar-Interest Period in the interbank LIBOR market in an amount comparable to the principal amount of the relevant Eurodollar-based Advance which is to bear interest at such Eurodollar-based Rate and for a period equal to the relevant Eurodollar-Interest Period; and

 

16

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

(b)                                                             with respect to the principal amount of any Advance carried at the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate outstanding hereunder, the per annum rate of interest determined on the basis of the rate for deposits in United States Dollars for a period equal to one (1) month appearing on Page BBAM of the Bloomberg Financial Markets Information Service as of 11:00 a.m. (Detroit, Michigan time) (or soon thereafter as practical) on such day, or if such day is not a Business Day, on the immediately preceding Business Day.  In the event that such rate does not appear on Page BBAM of the Bloomberg Financial Markets Information Service (or otherwise on such Service), the “LIBOR Rate” shall be determined by reference to such other publicly available service for displaying eurodollar rates as may be agreed upon by the Agent and the Borrower, or, in the absence of such agreement, the “LIBOR Rate” shall, instead, be the per annum rate equal to the average of the rate at which the Agent is offered dollar deposits at or about 11:00 a.m. (Detroit, Michigan time) (or soon thereafter as practical) on such day in the interbank eurodollar market in an amount comparable to the principal amount of the Indebtedness hereunder which is to bear interest at such “LIBOR Rate” and for a period equal to one (1) month.

 

“Lien” shall mean any security interest in or lien on or against any property arising from any pledge, assignment, hypothecation, mortgage, security interest, deposit arrangement, trust receipt, conditional sale or title retaining contract, sale and leaseback transaction, Capitalized Lease, consignment or bailment for security, or any other type of lien, charge, encumbrance, title exception, preferential or priority arrangement affecting property (including with respect to stock, any stockholder agreements, voting rights agreements, buy-back agreements and all similar arrangements), whether based on common law or statute.

 

“Loan Documents” shall mean, collectively, this Agreement, the Notes (if issued), the Letter of Credit Agreements, the Letters of Credit, the Guaranty, the Subordination Agreements, the Collateral Documents, each Hedging Agreement, and any other documents, certificates or agreements that are executed and required to be delivered pursuant to any of the foregoing documents, as such documents may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

“Majority Lenders” shall mean at any time, Lenders holding more than 50.0% of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment (or, if the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment has been terminated (whether by maturity, acceleration or otherwise), the aggregate principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Credit); provided that, for purposes of determining Majority Lenders hereunder, the Letter of Credit Obligations and principal amount outstanding under the Swing Line shall be allocated among the Revolving Credit Lenders based on their respective Revolving Credit Percentages; provided further that so long as there are fewer than three Lenders, considering any Lender and its Affiliates as a single Lender, “Majority Lenders” shall mean all Lenders. The Commitments of, and portion of the Indebtedness attributable to, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of “Majority Lenders”; provided that the amount of any participation in any Swing Line Advance and any Letter of Credit Obligations that a Defaulting Lender has failed to fund that have not been reallocated to and funded by another Lender shall be deemed to be held by the Lender that is the

 

17

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Swing Line Lender or Issuing Lender, as the case may be, in making a determination under this definition.

 

“Material Adverse Effect” shall mean (i) a material adverse change in Borrower’s business or financial condition, (ii) a material impairment in the prospect of repayment of all or any portion of the Indebtedness or in otherwise performing any Credit Party’s obligations under the Loan Documents, or (iii) a material impairment in the perfection, value or priority of Agent’s security interests in the Collateral.

 

“Material Contract” shall mean (i) each agreement or contract to which any Credit Party is a party or in respect of which any Credit Party has any liability, that by its terms (without reference to any indemnity or reimbursement provision therein) provides for aggregate future guaranteed payments in respect of any such individual agreement or contract of at least $1,000,000 and (ii) any other agreement or contract the loss of which would be reasonably likely to result in a Material Adverse Effect; provided that Material Contracts shall not be deemed to include any Pension Plans, collective bargaining agreements, or casualty or liability or other insurance policies maintained in the ordinary course of business.

 

“Mature Program” shall mean shall mean an on-line distance degree program provided under an agreement between the Borrower and an educational institution which has more than twelve (12) months of operating history, as determined by the Agent in the exercise of its reasonable credit judgment and which has been subject of an audit conducted by Agent which is acceptable to Agent in the exercise of its sole discretion.

 

“Multiemployer Plan” shall mean a Pension Plan which is a multiemployer plan as defined in Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.

 

“Net Cash Proceeds” shall mean the aggregate cash payments received by any Credit Party from any Asset Sale, the issuance of Equity Interests or the issuance of Subordinated Debt, as the case may be, net of the ordinary and customary direct costs incurred in connection with such sale or issuance, as the case may be, such as legal, accounting and investment banking fees, sales commissions, and other third party charges, and net of property taxes, transfer taxes and any other taxes paid or payable by such Credit Party in respect of any sale or issuance.

 

“New Lender Addendum” shall mean an addendum substantially in the form of Exhibit L attached hereto, to be executed and delivered by each Lender becoming a part to this Agreement pursuant to Section 2.13 hereof.

 

“New Program” shall mean an on-line distance degree program provided under an agreement between the Borrower and an educational institution which (a) has less than twelve (12) months of operating history, as determined by the Agent in the exercise of its reasonable credit judgment and which has been subject of an audit conducted by Agent which is acceptable to Agent in the exercise of its sole discretion or (b) has more than twelve (12) months of operating history, as determined by the Agent in the exercise of its reasonable credit judgment, but which has not been subject of an audit conducted by Agent which is acceptable to Agent in the exercise of its sole discretion.

 

18

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


 

“New Revolving Credit Lenders” shall have the meaning given to such term in Section 2.13.

 

“New Student” means a student who has been accepted to a 2U-facilited degree program and has returned an “intent to enroll” and has made a deposit to the academic institution, but who has not previously registered for a class, and who is expected to register for and complete an initial class under a 2U-facilitated degree program in the upcoming/current semester.

 

“Non-Defaulting Lender” shall mean any Lender that is not, as of the date of relevance, a Defaulting Lender

 

“Non-U.S. Lender” is defined in Section 13.13 hereof.

 

“Notes” shall mean the Revolving Credit Notes and the Swing Line Note.

 

“Off Balance Sheet Liability(ies)” of a Person shall mean (i) any repurchase obligation or liability of such Person with respect to accounts or notes receivables sold by such Person, (ii) any liability under any sale and leaseback transaction which is not a Capitalized Lease, (iii) any liability under any so-called “synthetic lease” transaction entered into by such Person, or (iv) any obligation arising with respect to any other transaction which is the functional equivalent of Debt or any of the liabilities set forth in subsections (i)-(iii) of this definition, but which does not constitute a liability on the balance sheets of such Person.

 

“Participant Register” has the meaning specified in Section 13.8(e).

 

“PBGC” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation or any successor thereto.

 

“Pension Plan” shall mean any plan established and maintained by a Credit Party, or contributed to by a Credit Party, which is organized under the laws of the United States, and which is qualified under Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code and subject to the minimum funding standards of Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code.

 

“Percentage” shall mean the Revolving Credit Percentage.

 

“Permitted Acquisition” shall mean any acquisition by the Borrower or any Guarantor of all or substantially all of the assets of another Person, or of a division or line of business of another Person, or any Equity Interests of another Person which satisfies and/or is conducted in accordance with the following requirements:

 

(a)                                  Such Acquisition is of a business or Person engaged in a line of business which is compatible with, or complementary to, the business of the Borrower or such Guarantor;

 

(b)                                  If such acquisition is structured as an acquisition of the Equity Interests of any Person, then the Person so acquired shall (X) become a wholly-owned direct Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower or of a Guarantor and the Borrower or the applicable Guarantor shall cause such acquired Person to comply with Section 7.13 hereof or (Y) provided that the Credit Parties

 

19

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

continue to comply with Section 7.4(a) hereof, be merged with and into the Borrower or such a Guarantor (and, in the case of the Borrower, with the Borrower being the surviving entity);

 

(c)                                   If such acquisition is structured as the acquisition of assets, such assets shall be acquired directly by the Borrower or a Guarantor (subject to compliance with Section 7.4(a) hereof);

 

(d)                                  The Borrower shall have delivered to the Agent not less than ten (10) (or such shorter period of time agreed to by the Agent) nor more than ninety (90) days prior to the date of such acquisition, notice of such acquisition together with Pro Forma Projected Financial Information, copies of all material documents relating to such acquisition (including the acquisition agreement and any related document), and for each acquisition where the acquisition consideration exceed $1,000,000 historical financial information (including income statements, balance sheets and cash flows) covering at least three (3) complete Fiscal Years of the acquisition target, if available, prior to the effective date of the acquisition or the entire credit history of the acquisition target, whichever period is shorter, in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent;

 

(e)                                   Both immediately before and after the consummation of such acquisition and after giving effect to the Pro Forma Projected Financial Information, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

 

(f)                                    The Agent shall have received satisfactory evidence showing that the business or Person being acquired has positive EBITDA;

 

(g)                                   The Agent shall have received satisfactory evidence showing that on and immediately after the date such acquisition is consummated (and taking into account any Advances or Letters of Credit to be made or issued, as the case may be, in connection with the proposed acquisition), Unused Revolving Credit Availability shall be at least $10,000,000;

 

(h)                                  The board of directors (or other Person(s) exercising similar functions) of the seller of the assets or issuer of the Equity Interests being acquired shall not have disapproved such transaction or recommended that such transaction be disapproved;

 

(i)                                      All governmental, quasi-governmental, agency, regulatory or similar licenses, authorizations, exemptions, qualifications, consents and approvals necessary under any laws applicable to the Borrower or Guarantor making the acquisition, or the acquisition target (if applicable) for or in connection with the proposed acquisition and all necessary non-governmental and other third-party approvals which, in each case, are material to such acquisition shall have been obtained, and all necessary or appropriate declarations, registrations or other filings with any court,

 

20

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

governmental or regulatory authority, securities exchange or any other Person, which in each case, are material to the consummation of such acquisition or to the acquisition target, if applicable, have been made, and evidence thereof reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent shall have been delivered, or caused to have been delivered, by the Borrower to the Agent;

 

(j)                                     There shall be no actions, suits or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of any Credit Party threatened against or affecting the acquisition target in any court or before or by any governmental department, agency or instrumentality, which could reasonably be expected to be decided adversely to the acquisition target and which, if decided adversely, could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, operations, properties or financial condition of the acquisition target and its subsidiaries (taken as a whole) or would materially adversely affect the ability of the acquisition target to enter into or perform its obligations in connection with the proposed acquisition, nor shall there be any actions, suits, or proceedings pending, or to the knowledge of any Credit Party threatened against the Credit Party that is making the acquisition which would materially adversely affect the ability of such Credit Party to enter into or perform its obligations in connection with the proposed acquisition; and

 

(k)                                  The purchase price of such proposed new acquisition, computed on the basis of total acquisition consideration paid or incurred, or required to be paid or incurred, with respect thereto, including the amount of Debt (such Debt being otherwise permitted under this Agreement) assumed or to which such assets, businesses or business or Equity Interests, or any Person so acquired is subject and including any portion of the purchase price when added to the purchase price for each other acquisition consummated hereunder as a Permitted Acquisition during the term of this Agreement (not including acquisitions specifically consented to which fall outside of the terms of this definition), does not exceed One Million Dollars ($1,000,000).

 

“Permitted Investments” shall mean with respect to any Person:

 

(a)                                  Governmental Obligations;

 

(b)                                  Obligations of a state or commonwealth of the United States or the obligations of the District of Columbia or any possession of the United States, or any political subdivision of any of the foregoing, which are described in Section 103(a) of the Internal Revenue Code and are graded in any of the highest three (3) major grades as determined by at least one Rating Agency; or secured, as to payments of principal and interest, by a letter of credit provided by a financial institution or insurance provided by a bond insurance company which in each case is itself or its debt is rated

 

21

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

in one of the highest three (3) major grades as determined by at least one Rating Agency;

 

(c)                                   Banker’s acceptances, commercial accounts, demand deposit accounts, certificates of deposit, other time deposits or depository receipts issued by or maintained with any Lender or any Affiliate thereof, or any bank, trust company, savings and loan association, savings bank or other financial institution whose deposits are insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and whose reported capital and surplus equal at least $250,000,000, provided that such minimum capital and surplus requirement shall not apply to demand deposit accounts maintained by any Credit Party in the ordinary course of business;

 

(d)                                  Commercial paper rated at the time of purchase within the two highest classifications established by not less than two Rating Agencies, and which matures within 270 days after the date of issue;

 

(e)                                   Secured repurchase agreements against obligations itemized in paragraph (a) above, and executed by a bank or trust company or by members of the association of primary dealers or other recognized dealers in United States government securities, the market value of which must be maintained at levels at least equal to the amounts advanced;

 

(f)                                    Any fund or other pooling arrangement which exclusively purchases and holds the investments itemized in (a) through (e) above; and

 

(g)                                   Investments made pursuant to the Borrower’s written investment policy as in effect on the Effective Date.

 

“Permitted Liens” shall mean with respect to any Person:

 

(a)                                  Liens for (i) fees, assessments, taxes or governmental assessments, charges or levies or (ii) customs duties in connection with the importation of goods to the extent such Liens attach to the imported goods that are the subject of the duties, in each case (x) to the extent not yet due, (y) as to which the period of grace, if any, related thereto has not expired or (z) which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, provided that in the case of any such contest, any proceedings for the enforcement of such liens have been suspended and adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in conformity with GAAP;

 

(b)                                  carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, processor’s, landlord’s liens or other like liens arising in the ordinary course of business which secure obligations that are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days or which are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings, provided that in the case of any such contest, (x) any proceedings commenced for the enforcement of such Liens have been

 

22

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

suspended and (y) appropriate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of such Person in conformity with GAAP;

 

(c)                                   (i) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business to secure the performance of statutory obligations arising in connection with progress payments or advance payments due under contracts with the United States government or any agency thereof entered into in the ordinary course of business and (ii) Liens incurred or deposits made in the ordinary course of business to secure the performance of statutory obligations (not otherwise permitted under subsection (g) of this definition), bids, leases, fee and expense arrangements with trustees and fiscal agents, trade contracts, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other similar obligations (exclusive of obligations incurred in connection with the borrowing of money, any lease-purchase arrangements or the payment of the deferred purchase price of property), provided, that in each case full provision for the payment of all such obligations has been made on the books of such Person as may be required by GAAP;

 

(d)                                  any attachment or judgment lien that remains unpaid, unvacated, unbonded or unstayed by appeal or otherwise for a period ending on the earlier of (i) thirty (30) consecutive days from the date of its attachment or entry (as applicable) or (ii) the commencement of enforcement steps with respect thereto, other than the filing of notice thereof in the public record;

 

(e)                                   survey exceptions or encumbrances, easements or reservations, or rights of others for rights-of-way, utilities and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or any other non-monetary encumbrance affecting real property, or any interest of any lessor or sublessor under any lease permitted hereunder which, in each case, could not reasonably be expected materially to interfere with the business of such Person;

 

(f)                                    Liens arising in connection with worker’s compensation, unemployment insurance, old age pensions and social security benefits and similar statutory obligations (excluding Liens arising under ERISA), provided that no enforcement proceedings in respect of such Liens are pending and provisions have been made for the payment of such liens on the books of such Person as may be required by GAAP;

 

(g)                                   Deposits to secure performance bonds securing obligations not constituting Debt for borrowed money (including worker’s compensation claims, health benefits and local, state and federal payroll taxes) and capital requirements required by applicable law), in each case provided in the ordinary course of business;

 

(h)                                  continuations of Liens that are permitted under subsections (a)-(g) hereof, provided such continuations do not violate the specific time periods set

 

23

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

forth in subsections (b) and (d) and provided further that such Liens do not extend to any additional property or assets of any Credit Party or secure any additional obligations of any Credit Party.

 

(i)                                      Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provision or granted to banks in the ordinary course of business relating to banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a creditor depository institution;

 

(j)                                     any interest or title of a lessor in the property (and the proceeds, accession or products thereof) subject to any operating lease entered into by a Credit Party in the ordinary course of business;

 

(k)                                  Liens encumbering property or assets under construction (and proceeds or products thereof) arising from progress or partial payments by a customer of a Credit Party relating to such property or assets;

 

(l)                                      precautionary filings in respect of true leases;

 

(m)                              Liens solely on any deposits, advances, contractual payments, including implementation allowances, or escrows made or paid to or with customers or clients or in connection with insurance arrangements, in each case, in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(n)                                  leases, licenses, subleases and sublicenses in the ordinary course of business that do not secure any Debt.

 

Regardless of the language set forth in this definition, no Lien over the Equity Interests of any Credit Party granted to any Person other than to the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders shall be deemed a “Permitted Lien” under the terms of this Agreement.

 

“Person” shall mean a natural person, corporation, limited liability company, partnership, limited liability partnership, trust, incorporated or unincorporated organization, joint venture, joint stock company, firm or association or a government or any agency or political subdivision thereof or other entity of any kind.

 

“Prime Rate” shall mean the per annum rate of interest announced by the Agent, at its main office from time to time as its “prime rate” (it being acknowledged that such announced rate may not necessarily be the lowest rate charged by the Agent to any of its customers), which Prime Rate shall change simultaneously with any change in such announced rate.

 

“Pro Forma Projected Financial Information” shall mean, as to any proposed acquisition, a statement executed by the Borrower (supported by reasonable detail) setting forth the total consideration to be paid or incurred in connection with the proposed acquisition, and pro forma combined projected financial information for the Credit Parties and the acquisition target (if applicable), consisting of projected balance sheets as of the proposed effective date of the acquisition and as of the end of at least the next succeeding three (3) Fiscal Years following the

 

24

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

acquisition and projected statements of income and cash flows for each of those years, including sufficient detail to permit calculation of the ratios described in Section 7.9 hereof, as projected as of the effective date of the acquisition and as of the ends of those Fiscal Years and accompanied by (i) a statement setting forth a calculation of the ratio so described, (ii) a statement in reasonable detail specifying all material assumptions underlying the projections and (iii) such other information as the Agent or the Lenders shall reasonably request.

 

“Prohibited Territory” shall mean any person or country listed by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of Treasury as to which transactions between a United States Person and that territory are prohibited.

 

“Public Market” shall exist if both (a) a Public Offering has been consummated and (b) any Equity Interests of the Borrower have been distributed in accordance with such Public Offering by means of an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

“Public Offering” means a public offering of the Equity Interests of Borrower pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

“Purchasing Lender” is defined in Section 13.12.

 

“Purchasing Lender” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13.12.

 

“Quoted Rate” shall mean the rate of interest per annum offered by the Swing Line Lender in its sole discretion with respect to a Swing Line Advance and accepted by the Borrower.

 

“Quoted Rate Advance” means any Swing Line Advance which bears interest at the Quoted Rate.

 

“Rating Agency” shall mean Moody’s Investor Services, Inc., Standard and Poor’s Ratings Services, their respective successors or any other nationally recognized statistical rating organization which is acceptable to the Agent.

 

“Register” is defined in Section 13.8(h) hereof.

 

“Reimbursement Obligation(s)” shall mean the aggregate amount of all unreimbursed drawings under all Letters of Credit (excluding for the avoidance of doubt, reimbursement obligations that are deemed satisfied pursuant to a deemed disbursement under Section 3.6(c)).

 

“Reinvest” or “Reinvestment” shall mean, with respect to any Net Cash Proceeds, Condemnation Proceeds or Insurance Proceeds received by any Person, the application of such monies to (i) repair, improve or replace any tangible personal (excluding Inventory) or real property of the Credit Parties or any intellectual property reasonably necessary in order to use or benefit from any property or (ii) acquire any such property (excluding Inventory) to be used in the business of such Person.

 

“Reinvestment Certificate” is defined in Section 2.10(b) hereof.

 

25

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

“Reinvestment Period” shall mean a 90-day period during which Reinvestment must be completed under Section 2.10(b) and (d) of this Agreement.

 

“Request for Advance” shall mean a Request for Revolving Credit Advance or a Request for Swing Line Advance, as the context may indicate or otherwise require.

 

“Request for Revolving Credit Advance” shall mean a request for a Revolving Credit Advance issued by the Borrower under Section 2.3 of this Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A.

 

“Request for Swing Line Advance” shall mean a request for a Swing Line Advance issued by the Borrower under Section 2.5(b) of this Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit D.

 

“Required Payment Date” means the contracted due date of a tuition payment required to be paid to the Borrower.

 

“Requirement of Law” shall mean as to any Person, the certificate of incorporation and bylaws, the partnership agreement or other organizational or governing documents of such Person and any law, treaty, rule or regulation or determination of an arbitration or a court or other Governmental Authority, in each case applicable to or binding upon such Person or any of its property or to which such Person or any of its property is subject.

 

“Responsible Officer” shall mean, with respect to any Person, the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, treasurer, president or controller of such Person, or with respect to compliance with financial covenants, the chief financial officer or the treasurer of such Person, or any other officer of such Person having substantially the same authority and responsibility.

 

“Returning Student” means a student who has been accepted to a 2U-facilitated degree program and has registered for a class and either is currently completing or has completed a class under that program, and who is expected to register for and complete a subsequent class under a 2U-facilited degree program in the upcoming/current semester.

 

“Revolving Credit” shall mean the revolving credit loans to be advanced to the Borrower by the applicable Revolving Credit Lenders pursuant to Article 2 hereof, in an aggregate amount (subject to the terms hereof), not to exceed, at any one time outstanding, the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment.

 

“Revolving Credit Advance” shall mean a borrowing requested by the Borrower and made by the Revolving Credit Lenders under Section 2.1 of this Agreement, including without limitation any readvance, refunding or conversion of such borrowing pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof and any deemed disbursement of an Advance in respect of a Letter of Credit under Section 3.6(c) hereof, and may include, subject to the terms hereof, Eurodollar-based Advances and Base Rate Advances.

 

“Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment” shall mean Thirty Seven Million Dollars ($37,000,000), subject to increases pursuant to Section 2.13 by an amount not to exceed the

 

26

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Revolving Credit Optional Increase Amount and subject to reduction or termination under Section 2.11 or 9.2 hereof.

 

“Revolving Credit Commitment Amount” shall mean with respect to any Revolving Credit Lender, (i) if the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment has not been terminated, the amount specified opposite such Revolving Credit Lender’s name in the column entitled “Revolving Credit Commitment Amount” on Annex II, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof; and (ii) if the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment has been terminated (whether by maturity, acceleration or otherwise), the amount equal to its Percentage of the aggregate principal amount outstanding under the Revolving Credit (including the outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations and any outstanding Swing Line Advances).

 

“Revolving Credit Facility Fee” shall mean the fee payable to the Agent for distribution to the Revolving Credit Lenders in accordance with Section 2.9 hereof.

 

“Revolving Credit Lenders” shall mean the financial institutions from time to time parties hereto as lenders of the Revolving Credit.

 

“Revolving Credit Maturity Date” shall mean the earlier to occur of (i) December 31, 2015, and (ii) the date on which the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment shall terminate in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.

 

“Revolving Credit Optional Increase Amount” shall mean an amount equal to Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000), minus the amount of any permanent reductions made to the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment prior to the date a request for such increase is made.

 

“Revolving Credit Notes” shall mean the revolving credit notes described in Section 2.2 hereof, made by the Borrower to each of the Revolving Credit Lenders in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B, as such notes may be amended or supplemented from time to time, and any other notes issued in substitution, replacement or renewal thereof from time to time.

 

“Revolving Credit Percentage” shall mean, with respect to any Revolving Credit Lender, the percentage specified opposite such Revolving Credit Lender’s name in the column entitled “Revolving Credit Percentage” on Annex II, as adjusted from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding to any of its principal functions.

 

“Security Agreement” shall mean, collectively, the security agreement(s) executed and delivered by the Borrower and the Guarantors on the Effective Date pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof, and any such agreements executed and delivered after the Effective Date (whether by execution of a joinder agreement to any existing security agreement or otherwise) pursuant to Section 7.13 hereof or otherwise, in the form of the Security Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit F, as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time.

 

“Subordinated Debt” shall mean any unsecured Funded Debt of any Credit Party and other obligations under the Subordinated Debt Documents and any other Funded Debt of any

 

27

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Credit Party which has been subordinated in right of payment and priority to the Indebtedness, all on terms and conditions satisfactory to the Agent and the Majority Lenders.

 

“Subordinated Debt Documents” shall mean and include any documents evidencing any Subordinated Debt, in each case, as the same may be amended, modified, supplemented or otherwise modified from time to time in compliance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

“Subordination Agreements” shall mean, collectively, any subordination agreements entered into by any Person from time to time in favor of the Agent in connection with any Subordinated Debt, the terms of which are acceptable to the Agent and the Majority Lenders, in each case as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, and “Subordination Agreement” shall mean any one of them.

 

“Subsidiary(ies)” shall mean any other corporation, association, joint stock company, business trust, limited liability company, partnership or any other business entity of which more than fifty percent (50%) of the outstanding voting stock, share capital, membership, partnership or other interests, as the case may be, is owned either directly or indirectly by any Person or one or more of its Subsidiaries, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by any Person and/or its Subsidiaries. Unless otherwise specified to the contrary herein or the context otherwise requires, Subsidiary(ies) shall refer to the Subsidiary(ies) of the Borrower.

 

“Sweep Agreement” means any agreement relating to the “Sweep to Loan” automated system of the Agent or any other cash management arrangement which the Borrower and the Agent have executed for the purposes of effecting the borrowing and repayment of Swing Line Advances.

 

“Swing Line” shall mean the revolving credit loans to be advanced to the Borrower by the Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.5 hereof, in an aggregate amount (subject to the terms hereof), not to exceed, at any one time outstanding, the Swing Line Maximum Amount.

 

“Swing Line Advance” shall mean a borrowing requested by the Borrower and made by Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.5 hereof and may include, subject to the terms hereof, Quoted Rate-Advances and Base Rate Advances.

 

“Swing Line Lender” shall mean Comerica Bank in its capacity as lender of the Swing Line under Section 2.5 of this Agreement, or its successor as subsequently designated hereunder.

 

“Swing Line Maximum Amount” shall mean One Million Dollars ($1,000,000).

 

“Swing Line Note” shall mean the swing line note which may be issued by the Borrower to Swing Line Lender pursuant to Section 2.5(b)(ii) hereof in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C, as such note may be amended or supplemented from time to time, and any note or notes issued in substitution, replacement or renewal thereof from time to time.

 

“Swing Line Participation Certificate” shall mean the Swing Line Participation Certificate delivered by the Agent to each Revolving Credit Lender pursuant to Section 2.5(e)(ii) hereof in the form attached hereto as Exhibit K.

 

28

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


 

“Uniform Commercial Code” or “UCC” shall mean the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in any applicable state; provided that, unless specified otherwise or the context otherwise requires, such terms shall refer to the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of California.

 

“Unused Revolving Credit Availability” shall mean, on any date of determination, the amount equal to the lesser of (i) the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment or (ii) the then applicable Borrowing Base, minus (x) the aggregate outstanding principal amount of all Advances (including Swing Line Advances) and (y) the Letter of Credit Obligations.

 

“U.S. Lender” is defined in Section 13.13 hereof.

 

“USA Patriot Act” is defined in Section 6.7.

 

“Warrant” shall mean the Warrant to Purchase Stock issued on December 31, 2013 by Borrower to Comerica Bank.

 

“Withdrawal Liability” shall mean liability to a Multiemployer Plan as a result of a complete or partial withdrawal from such Multiemployer Plan, as such terms are defined in Part I of Subtitle E of Title IV of ERISA.

 

2.              REVOLVING CREDIT.

 

2.1          Commitment .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement (including without limitation Section 2.3 hereof), each Revolving Credit Lender severally and for itself alone agrees to make Advances of the Revolving Credit in Dollars to the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Effective Date hereof until (but excluding) the Revolving Credit Maturity Date in an aggregate amount, not to exceed at any one time outstanding such Lender’s Revolving Credit Percentage of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, advances, repayments and readvances may be made under the Revolving Credit.

 

2.2          Accrual of Interest and Maturity; Evidence of Indebtedness.

 

(a)            The Borrower hereby unconditionally promises to pay to the Agent for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender the then unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Credit Advance (plus all accrued and unpaid interest) of such Revolving Credit Lender to the Borrower on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date and on such other dates and in such other amounts as may be required from time to time pursuant to this Agreement. Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Revolving Credit Advance shall, from time to time from and after the date of such Advance (until paid), bear interest at its Applicable Interest Rate.

 

(b)            Each Revolving Credit Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing indebtedness of the Borrower to the appropriate lending office of such Revolving Credit Lender resulting from each Revolving Credit Advance made by such lending

 

29

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

office of such Revolving Credit Lender from time to time, including the amounts of principal and interest payable thereon and paid to such Revolving Credit Lender from time to time under this Agreement.

 

(c)            The Agent shall maintain the Register pursuant to Section 13.8(h), and a subaccount therein for each Revolving Credit Lender, in which Register and subaccounts (taken together) shall be recorded (i) the amount of each Revolving Credit Advance made hereunder, the type thereof and each Eurodollar-Interest Period applicable to any Eurodollar-based Advance, (ii) the amount of any principal or interest due and payable or to become due and payable from the Borrower to each Revolving Credit Lender hereunder in respect of the Revolving Credit Advances and (iii) both the amount of any sum received by the Agent hereunder from the Borrower in respect of the Revolving Credit Advances and each Revolving Credit Lender’s share thereof.

 

(d)            The entries made in the Register maintained pursuant to paragraph (c) of this Section 2.2 and Section 13.8(h) shall, absent manifest error, to the extent permitted by applicable law, be prima facie evidence of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrower therein recorded; provided , however , that the failure of any Revolving Credit Lender or the Agent to maintain the Register or any account, as applicable, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Revolving Credit Advances (and all other amounts owing with respect thereto) made to the Borrower by the Revolving Credit Lenders in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(e)            The Borrower agrees that, upon written request to the Agent by any Revolving Credit Lender, the Borrower will execute and deliver, to such Revolving Credit Lender, at the Borrower’s own expense, a Revolving Credit Note evidencing the outstanding Revolving Credit Advances owing to such Revolving Credit Lender.

 

2.3          Requests for and Refundings and Conversions of Advances .  The Borrower may request an Advance of the Revolving Credit, a refund of any Revolving Credit Advance in the same type of Advance or to convert any Revolving Credit Advance to any other type of Revolving Credit Advance only by delivery to the Agent of a Request for Revolving Credit Advance executed by an Authorized Signer for the Borrower, subject to the following:

 

(a)            each such Request for Revolving Credit Advance shall set forth the information required on the Request for Revolving Credit Advance, including without limitation:

 

(i)             the proposed date of such Revolving Credit Advance (or the refunding or conversion of an outstanding Revolving Credit Advance), which must be a Business Day;

 

30

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

(ii)            whether such Advance is a new Revolving Credit Advance or a refunding or conversion of an outstanding Revolving Credit Advance; and

 

(iii)           whether such Revolving Credit Advance is to be a Base Rate Advance or a Eurodollar-based Advance, and, except in the case of a Base Rate Advance, the first Eurodollar-Interest Period applicable thereto, provided, however, that the initial Revolving Credit Advance made under this Agreement shall be a Base Rate Advance, which may then be converted into a Eurodollar-based Advance in compliance with this Agreement.

 

(b)            each such Request for Revolving Credit Advance shall be delivered to the Agent by 12:00 p.m. (Detroit time) three (3) Business Days prior to the proposed date of the Revolving Credit Advance, except in the case of a Base Rate Advance, for which the Request for Revolving Credit Advance must be delivered by 12:00 p.m. (Detroit time) on the proposed date for such Revolving Credit Advance;

 

(c)            on the proposed date of such Revolving Credit Advance, the sum of (x) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances outstanding on such date (including, without duplication) the Advances that are deemed to be disbursed by the Agent under Section 3.6(c) hereof in respect of the Borrower’s Reimbursement Obligations hereunder), plus (y) the Letter of Credit Obligations as of such date, in each case after giving effect to all outstanding requests for Revolving Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances and for the issuance of any Letters of Credit, shall not exceed the lesser of (i) the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment and (ii) the then applicable Borrowing Base;

 

(d)            in the case of a Base Rate Advance, the principal amount of the initial funding of such Advance, as opposed to any refunding or conversion thereof, shall be at least $500,000 or the remainder available under the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment if less than $500,000;

 

(e)            in the case of a Eurodollar-based Advance, the principal amount of such Advance, plus the amount of any other outstanding Revolving Credit Advance to be then combined therewith having the same Eurodollar-Interest Period, if any, shall be at least $750,000 (or a larger integral multiple of $100,000) or the remainder available under the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment if less than $750,000 and at any one time there shall not be in effect more than five (5) different Eurodollar-Interest Periods;

 

31

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

(f)             a Request for Revolving Credit Advance, once delivered to the Agent, shall not be revocable by the Borrower and shall constitute a certification by the Borrower as of the date thereof that:

 

(i)             all conditions to the making of Revolving Credit Advances set forth in this Agreement have been satisfied (including, without limitation, the delivery of the Borrowing Base Certificate as required in accordance with Section 7.2(b) hereof), and shall remain satisfied to the date of such Revolving Credit Advance (both before and immediately after giving effect to such Revolving Credit Advance);

 

(ii)            there is no Default or Event of Default in existence, and none will exist upon the making of such Revolving Credit Advance (both before and immediately after giving effect to such Revolving Credit Advance); and

 

(iii)           the representations and warranties of the Credit Parties contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects and shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date of the making of such Revolving Credit Advance (both before and immediately after giving effect to such Revolving Credit Advance), other than any representation or warranty that expressly speaks only as of a different date;

 

The Agent, acting on behalf of the Revolving Credit Lenders, may also, at its option, lend under this Section 2.3 upon the telephone or email request of an Authorized Signer of the Borrower to make such requests and, in the event the Agent, acting on behalf of the Revolving Credit Lenders, makes any such Advance upon a telephone or email request, an Authorized Signer shall fax or deliver by electronic file to the Agent, on the same day as such telephone or email request, an executed Request for Revolving Credit Advance. The Borrower hereby authorizes the Agent to disburse Advances under this Section 2.3 pursuant to the telephone or email instructions of any person purporting to be an Authorized Signer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Borrower acknowledges that the Borrower shall bear all risk of loss resulting from disbursements made upon any telephone or email request. Each telephone or email request for an Advance from an Authorized Signer for the Borrower shall constitute a certification of the matters set forth in the Request for Revolving Credit Advance form as of the date of such requested Advance.

 

2.4          Disbursement of Advances.

 

(a)           Upon receiving any Request for Revolving Credit Advance from the Borrower under Section 2.3 hereof, the Agent shall promptly notify each Revolving Credit Lender by wire, telex or telephone (confirmed by wire, telecopy or telex) of the amount of such Advance being requested and the date such Revolving Credit Advance is to be made by each Revolving Credit Lender in an amount equal to its Revolving Credit Percentage of such Advance. Unless such Revolving Credit Lender’s commitment to make Revolving Credit Advances hereunder shall have been suspended or terminated in accordance with this Agreement, each such Revolving

 

32

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Credit Lender shall make available the amount of its Revolving Credit Percentage of each Revolving Credit Advance in immediately available funds to the Agent, as follows:

 

(i)             for Base Rate Advances, at the office of the Agent located at 411 West Lafayette, 7 th  Floor, MC 3289, Detroit, Michigan 48226, not later than 1:00 p.m. (Detroit time) on the date of such Advance; and

 

(ii)            for Eurodollar-based Advances, at the Agent’s Correspondent for the account of the Eurodollar Lending Office of the Agent, not later than 12:00 p.m. (the time of the Agent’s Correspondent) on the date of such Advance.

 

(b)           Subject to submission of an executed Request for Revolving Credit Advance by the Borrower without exceptions noted in the compliance certification therein, the Agent shall make available to the Borrower the aggregate of the amounts so received by it from the Revolving Credit Lenders in like funds and currencies:

 

(iii)           for Base Rate Advances, not later than 4:00 p.m. (Detroit time) on the date of such Revolving Credit Advance, by credit to an account of the Borrower maintained with the Agent or to such other account or third party as the Borrower may reasonably direct in writing, provided such direction is timely given; and

 

(iv)           for Eurodollar-based Advances, not later than 4:00 p.m. (the time of the Agent’s Correspondent) on the date of such Revolving Credit Advance, by credit to an account of the Borrower maintained with the Agent’s Correspondent or to such other account or third party as the Borrower may direct, provided such direction is timely given.

 

(c)           The Agent shall deliver the documents and papers received by it for the account of each Revolving Credit Lender to such Revolving Credit Lender. Unless the Agent shall have been notified by any Revolving Credit Lender prior to the date of any proposed Revolving Credit Advance that such Revolving Credit Lender does not intend to make available to the Agent such Revolving Credit Lender’s Percentage of such Advance, the Agent may assume that such Revolving Credit Lender has made such amount available to the Agent on such date, as aforesaid.  The Agent may, but shall not be obligated to, make available to the Borrower the amount of such payment in reliance on such assumption. If such amount is not in fact made available to the Agent by such Revolving Credit Lender, as aforesaid, the Agent shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Revolving Credit Lender. If such Revolving Credit Lender does not pay such amount forthwith upon the Agent’s demand therefor and the Agent has in fact made a corresponding amount available to the Borrower, the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower and the Borrower shall pay such amount to the Agent, if such notice is delivered to the Borrower prior to 1:00 p.m. (Detroit time) on a Business Day, on the day such notice is received, and otherwise on the next Business Day, and such amount paid by the Borrower shall be applied as a prepayment of the Revolving Credit (without any corresponding reduction in the

 

33

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment), reimbursing the Agent for having funded said amounts on behalf of such Revolving Credit Lender.  The Borrower shall retain its claim against such Revolving Credit Lender with respect to the amounts repaid by it to the Agent and, if such Revolving Credit Lender subsequently makes such amounts available to the Agent, the Agent shall promptly make such amounts available to the Borrower as a Revolving Credit Advance. The Agent shall also be entitled to recover from such Revolving Credit Lender or the Borrower, as the case may be, but without duplication, interest on such amount in respect of each day from the date such amount was made available by the Agent to the Borrower, to the date such amount is recovered by the Agent, at a rate per annum equal to:

 

(i)             in the case of such Revolving Credit Lender, for the first two (2) Business Days such amount remains unpaid, the Federal Funds Effective Rate, and thereafter, at the rate of interest then applicable to such Revolving Credit Advances; and

 

(ii)            in the case of the Borrower, the rate of interest then applicable to such Advance of the Revolving Credit.

 

Until such Revolving Credit Lender has paid the Agent such amount, such Revolving Credit Lender shall have no interest in or rights with respect to such Advance for any purpose whatsoever.  The obligation of any Revolving Credit Lender to make any Revolving Credit Advance hereunder shall not be affected by the failure of any other Revolving Credit Lender to make any Advance hereunder, and no Revolving Credit Lender shall have any liability to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, the Agent, any other Revolving Credit Lender, or any other party for another Revolving Credit Lender’s failure to make any loan or Advance hereunder.

 

2.5          Swing Line.

 

(a)           Swing Line Advances . The Swing Line Lender may, on the terms and subject to the conditions hereinafter set forth (including without limitation Section 2.5(c) hereof), but shall not be required to, make one or more Advances (each such advance being a “Swing Line Advance”) to the Borrower from time to time on any Business Day during the period from the Effective Date hereof until (but excluding) the Revolving Credit Maturity Date in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any one time outstanding the Swing Line Maximum Amount. Subject to the terms set forth herein, advances, repayments and readvances may be made under the Swing Line.

 

(b)           Accrual of Interest and Maturity; Evidence of Indebtedness .

 

(i)             Swing Line Lender shall maintain in accordance with its usual practice an account or accounts evidencing indebtedness of the Borrower to Swing Line Lender resulting from each Swing Line Advance from time to time, including the amount and date of each Swing Line Advance, its Applicable Interest Rate, its Interest Period, if any, and the amount and date of any repayment made on any Swing Line Advance from time to time. The entries made in such account or accounts of Swing Line Lender shall be prima

 

34

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

facie evidence, absent manifest error, of the existence and amounts of the obligations of the Borrower therein recorded; provided, however, that the failure of Swing Line Lender to maintain such account, as applicable, or any error therein, shall not in any manner affect the obligation of the Borrower to repay the Swing Line Advances (and all other amounts owing with respect thereto) in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

(ii)            The Borrower agrees that, upon the written request of Swing Line Lender, the Borrower will execute and deliver to Swing Line Lender a Swing Line Note.

 

(iii)           The Borrower unconditionally promises to pay to the Swing Line Lender the then unpaid principal amount of such Swing Line Advance (plus all accrued and unpaid interest) on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date and on such other dates and in such other amounts as may be required from time to time pursuant to this Agreement.  Subject to the terms and conditions hereof, each Swing Line Advance shall, from time to time after the date of such Advance (until paid), bear interest at its Applicable Interest Rate.

 

(c)           Requests for Swing Line Advances .  The Borrower may request a Swing Line Advance by the delivery to Swing Line Lender of a Request for Swing Line Advance executed by an Authorized Signer for the Borrower, subject to the following:

 

(i)             each such Request for Swing Line Advance shall set forth the information required on the Request for Advance, including without limitation, (A) the proposed date of such Swing Line Advance, which must be a Business Day, (B) whether such Swing Line Advance is to be a Base Rate Advance or a Quoted Rate Advance, and (C) in the case of a Quoted Rate Advance, the duration of the Interest Period applicable thereto;

 

(ii)            on the proposed date of such Swing Line Advance, after giving effect to all outstanding requests for Swing Line Advances made by the Borrower as of the date of determination, the aggregate principal amount of all Swing Line Advances outstanding on such date shall not exceed the Swing Line Maximum Amount;

 

(iii)           on the proposed date of such Swing Line Advance, after giving effect to all outstanding requests for Revolving Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances and Letters of Credit requested by the Borrower on such date of determination (including, without duplication, Advances that are deemed disbursed pursuant to Section 3.6(c) hereof in respect of the Borrower’s Reimbursement Obligations hereunder), the sum of (x) the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Credit Advances and the Swing Line

 

35

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Advances outstanding on such date plus (y) the Letter of Credit Obligations on such date shall not exceed the lesser of (A) the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment and (B) the then applicable Borrowing Base;

 

(iv)           (A) in the case of a Swing Line Advance that is a Base Rate Advance, the principal amount of the initial funding of such Advance, as opposed to any refunding or conversion thereof, shall be at least Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) or such lesser amount as may be agreed to by the Swing Line Lender, and (B) in the case of a Swing Line Advance that is a Quoted Rate Advance, the principal amount of such Advance, plus any other outstanding Swing Line Advances to be then combined therewith having the same Interest Period, if any, shall be at least Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) or such lesser amount as may be agreed to by the Swing Line Lender, and at any time there shall not be in effect more than two (2) Interest Rates and Interest Periods;

 

(v)            each such Request for Swing Line Advance shall be delivered to the Swing Line Lender by 3:00 p.m. (Detroit time) on the proposed date of the Swing Line Advance;

 

(vi)           each Request for Swing Line Advance, once delivered to Swing Line Lender, shall not be revocable by the Borrower, and shall constitute and include a certification by the Borrower as of the date thereof that:

 

(A)           all conditions to the making of Swing Line Advances set forth in this Agreement shall have been satisfied (including, without limitation, the delivery of the Borrowing Base Certificate as required in accordance with Section 7.2(b) hereof) and shall remain satisfied to the date of such Swing Line Advance (both before and immediately after giving effect to such Swing Line Advance);

 

(B)           there is no Default or Event of Default in existence, and none will exist upon the making of such Swing Line Advance (both before and immediately after giving effect to such Swing Line Advance); and

 

(C)           the representations and warranties of the Credit Parties contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects and shall be true and correct in all material respect as of the date of the making of such Swing Line Advance (both before and immediately after giving effect to such Swing Line

 

36

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Advance), other than any representation or warranty that expressly speaks only as of a different date;

 

(vii)          At the option of the Agent, subject to revocation by the Agent at any time and from time to time and so long as the Agent is the Swing Line Lender, the Borrower may utilize the Agent’s “Sweep to Loan” automated system for obtaining Swing Line Advances and making periodic repayments. At any time during which the “Sweep to Loan” system is in effect, Swing Line Advances shall be advanced to fund borrowing needs pursuant to the terms of the Sweep Agreement. Each time a Swing Line Advance is made using the “Sweep to Loan” system, the Borrower shall be deemed to have certified to the Agent and the Lenders each of the matters set forth in clause (vi) of this Section 2.5(b).  Principal and interest on Swing Line Advances requested, or deemed requested, pursuant to this Section shall be paid pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Sweep Agreement without any deduction, setoff or counterclaim whatsoever.  Unless sooner paid pursuant to the provisions hereof or the provisions of the Sweep Agreement, the principal amount of the Swing Loans shall be paid in full, together with accrued interest thereon, on the Revolving Credit Maturity Date.  The Agent may suspend or revoke the Borrower’s privilege to use the “Sweep to Loan” system at any time and from time to time for any reason and, immediately upon any such revocation, the “Sweep to Loan” system shall no longer be available to the Borrower for the funding of Swing Line Advances hereunder (or otherwise), and the regular procedures set forth in this Section 2.5 for the making of Swing Line Advances shall be deemed immediately to apply. The Agent may, at its option, also elect to make Swing Line Advances upon the Borrower’s telephone requests on the basis set forth in the last paragraph of Section 2.3, provided that the Borrower complies with the provisions set forth in this Section 2.5.

 

(d)           Disbursement of Swing Line Advances .  Upon receiving any executed Request for Swing Line Advance from the Borrower and the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Section 2.5(c) hereof, Swing Line Lender shall, at its option, make available to the Borrower the amount so requested in Dollars not later than 4:00 p.m. (Detroit time) on the date of such Advance, by credit to an account of the Borrower maintained with the Agent or to such other account or third party as the Borrower may reasonably direct in writing, subject to applicable law, provided such direction is timely given. Swing Line Lender shall promptly notify the Agent of any Swing Line Advance by telephone, telex or telecopier.

 

(e)           Refunding of or Participation Interest in Swing Line Advances .

 

(i)             The Agent, at any time in its sole and absolute discretion, may, in each case on behalf of the Borrower (which hereby irrevocably

 

37

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

directs the Agent to act on their behalf) request each of the Revolving Credit Lenders (including the Swing Line Lender in its capacity as a Revolving Credit Lender) to make an Advance of the Revolving Credit to the Borrower, in an amount equal to such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Percentage of the aggregate principal amount of the Swing Line Advances outstanding on the date such notice is given (the “Refunded Swing Line Advances”); provided however that the Swing Line Advances carried at the Quoted Rate which are refunded with Revolving Credit Advances at the request of the Swing Line Lender at a time when no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing shall not be subject to Section 11.1 and no losses, costs or expenses may be assessed by the Swing Line Lender against the Borrower or the Revolving Credit Lenders as a consequence of such refunding. The applicable Revolving Credit Advances used to refund any Swing Line Advances shall be Base Rate Advances. In connection with the making of any such Refunded Swing Line Advances or the purchase of a participation interest in Swing Line Advances under Section 2.5(e)(ii) hereof, the Swing Line Lender shall retain its claim against the Borrower for any unpaid interest or fees in respect thereof accrued to the date of such refunding. Unless any of the events described in Section 9.1(i) hereof shall have occurred (in which event the procedures of Section 2.5(e)(ii) shall apply) and regardless of whether the conditions precedent set forth in this Agreement to the making of a Revolving Credit Advance are then satisfied (but subject to Section 2.5(e)(iii)), each Revolving Credit Lender shall make the proceeds of its Revolving Credit Advance available to the Agent for the benefit of the Swing Line Lender at the office of the Agent specified in Section 2.4(a) hereof prior to 11:00 a.m. Detroit time on the Business Day next succeeding the date such notice is given, in immediately available funds. The proceeds of such Revolving Credit Advances shall be immediately applied to repay the Refunded Swing Line Advances, subject to Section 11.1 hereof .

 

(ii)            If, prior to the making of an Advance of the Revolving Credit pursuant to Section 2.5(e)(i) hereof, one of the events described in Section 9.1(i) hereof shall have occurred, each Revolving Credit Lender will, on the date such Advance of the Revolving Credit was to have been made, purchase from the Swing Line Lender an undivided participating interest in each Swing Line Advance that was to have been refunded in an amount equal to its Revolving Credit Percentage of such Swing Line Advance. Each Revolving Credit Lender within the time periods specified in Section 2.5(e)(i) hereof, as applicable, shall immediately transfer to the Agent, for the benefit of the Swing Line Lender, in immediately available funds, an amount equal to its Revolving Credit Percentage of the

 

38

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

aggregate principal amount of all Swing Line Advances outstanding as of such date.  Upon receipt thereof, the Agent will deliver to such Revolving Credit Lender a Swing Line Participation Certificate evidencing such participation.

 

(iii)           Each Revolving Credit Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Credit Advances to refund Swing Line Advances, and to purchase participation interests, in accordance with Section 2.5(e)(i) and (ii), respectively, shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including, without limitation, (A) any set-off, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Revolving Credit Lender may have against Swing Line Lender, the Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of any Default or Event of Default; (C) any adverse change in the condition (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower or any other Person; (D) any breach of this Agreement or any other Loan Document by the Borrower or any other Person; (E) any inability of the Borrower to satisfy the conditions precedent to borrowing set forth in this Agreement on the date upon which such Revolving Credit Advance is to be made or such participating interest is to be purchased; (F) the termination of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment hereunder; or (G) any other circumstance, happening or event whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing. If any Revolving Credit Lender does not make available to the Agent the amount required pursuant to Section 2.5(e)(i) or (ii) hereof, as the case may be, the Agent on behalf of the Swing Line Lender, shall be entitled to recover such amount on demand from such Revolving Credit Lender, together with interest thereon for each day from the date of non-payment until such amount is paid in full (x) for the first two (2) Business Days such amount remains unpaid, at the Federal Funds Effective Rate and (y) thereafter, at the rate of interest then applicable to such Swing Line Advances. The obligation of any Revolving Credit Lender to make available its pro rata portion of the amounts required pursuant to Section 2.5(e)(i) or (ii) hereof shall not be affected by the failure of any other Revolving Credit Lender to make such amounts available, and no Revolving Credit Lender shall have any liability to any Credit Party, the Agent, the Swing Line Lender, or any other Revolving Credit Lender or any other party for another Revolving Credit Lender’s failure to make available the amounts required under Section 2.5(e)(i) or (ii) hereof.

 

(iv)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Revolving Credit Lender shall be required to make any Revolving Credit Advance to refund a Swing Line Advance or to purchase a participation in a Swing Line Advance if at least two (2) Business Days prior to the making of

 

39

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


 

such Swing Line Advance by the Swing Line Lender, the officers of the Swing Line Lender immediately responsible for matters concerning this Agreement shall have received written notice from the Agent or any Lender that Swing Line Advances should be suspended based on the occurrence and continuance of a Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”; provided, however that the obligation of  the Revolving Credit Lenders to make or refund such Swing Line Advance or purchase a participation in such Swing Line Advance) shall be reinstated upon the date on which such Default or Event of Default has been waived by the requisite Lenders.

 

2.6          Interest Payments; Default Interest.

 

(a)           Interest on the unpaid balance of all Base Rate Advances of the Revolving Credit and the Swing Line from time to time outstanding shall accrue from the date of such Advance to the date repaid, at a per annum interest rate equal to the Base Rate, and shall be payable in immediately available funds quarterly in arrears commencing on April 1, 2014 and on the first day of each July, October, January and April thereafter. Whenever any payment under this Section 2.6(a) shall become due on a day which is not a Business Day, the date for payment thereof shall be extended to the next Business Day. Interest accruing at the Base Rate shall be computed on the basis of a 360 day year and assessed for the actual number of days elapsed, and in such computation effect shall be given to any change in the interest rate resulting from a change in the Base Rate on the date of such change in the Base Rate.

 

(b)           Interest on each Eurodollar-based Advance of the Revolving Credit shall accrue at its Eurodollar-based Rate and shall be payable in immediately available funds on the last day of the Eurodollar-Interest Period applicable thereto (and, if any Eurodollar-Interest Period shall exceed three months, then on the last Business Day of the third month of such Eurodollar-Interest Period, and at three month intervals thereafter). Interest accruing at the Eurodollar-based Rate shall be computed on the basis of a 360 day year and assessed for the actual number of days elapsed from the first day of the Eurodollar-Interest Period applicable thereto to but not including the last day thereof.

 

(c)           Interest on each Quoted Rate Advance of the Swing Line shall accrue at its Quoted Rate and shall be payable in immediately available funds on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto. Interest accruing at the Quoted Rate shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year and assessed for the actual number of days elapsed from the first day of the Interest Period applicable thereto to, but not including, the last day thereof.

 

(d)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the preceding sections, all accrued and unpaid interest on any Revolving Credit Advance refunded or converted pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof and any Swing Line Advance refunded pursuant to Section 2.5(e) hereof, shall be due and payable in full on the date such Advance is refunded or converted.

 

(e)           In the case of any Event of Default under Section 9.1(i), immediately upon the occurrence thereof, and in the case of any other Event of Default, immediately upon receipt by

 

40

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

the Agent of notice from the Majority Lenders, interest shall be payable on demand on all Revolving Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances from time to time outstanding at a per annum rate equal to the Applicable Interest Rate in respect of each such Advance plus, in the case of Eurodollar-based Advances and Quoted Rate Advances, two percent (2%) for the remainder of the then existing Interest Period, if any, and at all other such times, and for all Base Rate Advances from time to time outstanding, at a per annum rate equal to the Base Rate plus two percent (2%).

 

2.7          Optional Prepayments.

 

(a)           (i) The Borrower may prepay all or part of the outstanding principal of any Base Rate Advance(s) of the Revolving Credit at any time, provided that, unless the “Sweep to Loan” system shall be in effect in respect of the Revolving Credit, after giving effect to any partial prepayment, the aggregate balance of Base Rate Advance(s) of the Revolving Credit remaining outstanding shall be at least Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000), and (ii) subject to Section 2.10(f) hereof, the Borrower may prepay all or part of the outstanding principal of any Eurodollar-based Advance of the Revolving Credit at any time (subject to not less than five (5) Business Day’s notice to the Agent) provided that, after giving effect to any partial prepayment, the unpaid portion of such Advance which is to be refunded or converted under Section 2.3 hereof shall be at least Seven Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($750,000).

 

(b)           (i) The Borrower may prepay all or part of the outstanding principal of any Swing Line Advance carried at the Base Rate at any time, provided that after giving effect to any partial prepayment, the aggregate balance of such Base Rate Advances remaining outstanding shall be at least Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000) and (ii) subject to Section 2.10(f) hereof, the Borrower may prepay all or part of the outstanding principal of any Swing Line Advance carried at the Quoted Rate at any time (subject to not less than one (1) day’s notice to the Swing Line Lender) provided that after giving effect to any partial prepayment, the aggregate balance of such Quoted Rate Swing Line Advances remaining outstanding shall be at least Two Hundred Fifty Thousand Dollars ($250,000).

 

(c)           Any prepayment of a Base Rate Advance made in accordance with this Section shall be without premium or penalty and any prepayment of any other type of Advance shall be subject to the provisions of Section 11.1 hereof, but otherwise without premium or penalty.

 

2.8          Base Rate Advance in Absence of Election or Upon Default .  If, (a) as to any outstanding Eurodollar-based Advance of the Revolving Credit or any outstanding Quoted Rate Advance of the Swing Line, the Agent has not received payment of all outstanding principal and accrued interest on the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto, or does not receive a timely Request for Advance meeting the requirements of Section 2.3 or 2.5 hereof with respect to the refunding or conversion of such Advance, or (b) if on the last day of the applicable Interest Period a Default or an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, then, on the last day of the applicable Interest Period the principal amount of any Eurodollar-based Advance or Quoted Rate Advance, as the case may be, which has not been prepaid shall, absent a contrary election of the Majority Lenders, be converted automatically to a Base Rate Advance and the Agent shall thereafter promptly notify the Borrower of said action.  All accrued and unpaid

 

41

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

interest on any Advance converted to a Base Rate Advance under this Section 2.8 shall be due and payable in full on the date such Advance is converted.

 

2.9          Revolving Credit Facility Fee .  From the Effective Date to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, the Borrower shall pay to the Agent for distribution to the Revolving Credit Lenders pro-rata in accordance with their respective Revolving Credit Percentages, a Revolving Credit Facility Fee quarterly in arrears commencing April 1, 2014, and on the first day of each July, October, January and April thereafter (in respect of the prior three months or any portion thereof). The Revolving Credit Facility Fee payable to each Revolving Credit Lender shall be determined by multiplying the Applicable Fee Percentage times the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment then in effect (whether used or unused). The Revolving Credit Facility Fee shall be computed on the basis of a year of three hundred sixty (360) days and assessed for the actual number of days elapsed. Whenever any payment of the Revolving Credit Facility Fee shall be due on a day which is not a Business Day, the date for payment thereof shall be extended to the next Business Day. Upon receipt of such payment, the Agent shall make prompt payment to each Revolving Credit Lender of its share of the Revolving Credit Facility Fee based upon its respective Revolving Credit Percentage. It is expressly understood that the Revolving Credit Facility Fees described in this Section are not refundable.

 

2.10        Mandatory Repayment of Revolving Credit Advances.

 

(a)           If at any time and for any reason the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Revolving Credit Advances plus Swing Line Advances, plus the outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations, shall exceed the lesser of (i) the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment and (ii) the then applicable Borrowing Base, the Borrower shall immediately reduce any pending request for a Revolving Credit Advance on such day by the amount of such excess and, to the extent any excess remains thereafter, repay any Revolving Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances in an amount equal to the lesser of the outstanding amount of such Advances and the amount of such remaining excess, with such amounts to be applied between the Revolving Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances as determined by the Agent and then, to the extent that any excess remains after payment in full of all Revolving Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances, to provide cash collateral in support of any Letter of Credit Obligations in an amount equal to the lesser of (x) 105% of the amount of such Letter of Credit Obligations and (y) the amount of such remaining excess, with such cash collateral to be provided on terms satisfactory to the Agent. The Borrower acknowledges that, in connection with any repayment required hereunder, it shall also be responsible for the reimbursement of any prepayment or other costs required under Section 11.1 hereof.  Any payments made pursuant to this Section shall be applied first to outstanding Base Rate Advances under the Revolving Credit, next to Swing Line Advances carried at the Base Rate and then to Eurodollar-based Advances of the Revolving Credit, and then to Swing Line Advances carried at the Quoted Rate.

 

(b)           Subject to clause (f) hereof, immediately upon receipt by any Credit Party of any Net Cash Proceeds from any Asset Sales (other than sales or other dispositions of the types described in clauses (a) and (h) of Section 8.4 hereof) which are not Reinvested as described in this sentence, the Borrower shall prepay the Advances by an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of such Net Cash Proceeds provided, however that the Borrower shall not be obligated to prepay the Advances with such Net Cash Proceeds if the following conditions are

 

42

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

satisfied: (i) promptly following the sale, the Borrower provides to the Agent a certificate executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower (“Reinvestment Certificate”) stating (x) that the sale has occurred, (y) that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing either as of the date of the sale or as of the date of the Reinvestment Certificate, and (z) a description of the planned Reinvestment of the proceeds thereof, (ii) the Reinvestment of such Net Cash Proceeds is commenced within the Initial Reinvestment Period and completed within the Reinvestment Period, and (iii) no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of the sale and at the time of the application of such proceeds to Reinvestment.  If any such proceeds have not been Reinvested at the end of the Reinvestment Period, the Borrower shall promptly pay such proceeds to the Agent, to be applied to repay the Advances in accordance with clause (e) and (f) hereof. All Net Cash Proceeds pending reinvestment shall be held by the Agent (subject to the Lien of the Agent).

 

(c)           Subject to clauses (e) and (f) hereof, immediately upon receipt by any Credit Party of Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance of any Equity Interests of such Person (other than any issuance in connection with an IPO or issuance Equity Interests under any stock option or employee incentive plans listed on Schedule 6.13 hereto (or any successor plans)) or Net Cash Proceeds from the issuance of any Subordinated Debt after the Effective Date, the Borrower shall prepay the Advances by an amount equal to fifty percent (50%) of such Net Cash Proceeds in the case of issuances of Equity Interests and one hundred percent (100%) of such Net Cash Proceeds in the case of issuance of any Subordinated Debt.

 

(d)           Subject to clauses (e) and (f) hereof, immediately upon receipt by any Credit Party of any Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation Proceeds, the Borrower shall be obligated to prepay the Advances by an amount equal to one hundred percent (100%) of such Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation Proceeds, as the case may be; provided, however, that any Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation Proceeds may be Reinvested by the applicable Credit Party if the following conditions are satisfied: (i) promptly following the receipt of such Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation Proceeds, as the case may be, the Borrower provide to the Agent a Reinvestment Certificate stating (x) that no Default or Event of Default  has occurred and is continuing either as of the date of the receipt of such proceeds or as of the date of the Reinvestment Certificate, (y) that such Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation Proceeds have been received, and (z) a description of the planned Reinvestment of such Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation Proceeds, (ii) the Reinvestment of such proceeds is commenced within the Initial Reinvestment Period and completed within the Reinvestment Period, and (iii) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing at the time of the receipt of such proceeds and at the time of the application of such proceeds to Reinvestment. If any such proceeds have not been Reinvested at the end of the Reinvestment Period, the Borrower shall promptly pay such proceeds to the Agent, to be applied to repay the Advances in accordance with clauses (e) and (f) hereof. All Insurance Proceeds and Condemnation Proceeds pending reinvestment shall be held by the Agent (subject to the Lien of the Agent).

 

(e)           Any prepayments required to be made pursuant to subsections (b), (c) and (d) of this Section 2.10 shall be applied to prepay any amounts outstanding under the Revolving Credit, without resulting in a permanent reduction in the Revolving Credit Agreement Commitment. Subject to Section 10.2 hereof, any payments made pursuant to this Section shall be applied first to outstanding Base Rate Advances under the Revolving Credit, next to Swing Line Advances

 

43

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

carried at the Base Rate, next to Eurodollar-based Advances under the Revolving Credit, and then to Swing Line Advances carried at the Quoted Rate.  If any amounts remain thereafter, a portion of such prepayment equivalent to the undrawn amount of any outstanding Letters of Credit shall be held by Lender as cash collateral for the Reimbursement Obligations, with any additional prepayment monies being applied to any Fees, costs or expenses due and outstanding under this Agreement, and with the remainder of such prepayment thereafter being returned to the Borrower.

 

(f)            To the extent that, on the date any mandatory repayment of the Revolving Credit Advances under this Section 2.10 or payment pursuant to the terms of any of the Loan Documents is due, the Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit or any other Indebtedness to be prepaid is being carried, in whole or in part, at the Eurodollar-based Rate and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower may deposit the amount of such mandatory prepayment in a cash collateral account to be held by the Agent, for and on behalf of the Revolving Credit Lenders, on such terms and conditions as are reasonably acceptable to the Agent and upon such deposit the obligation of the Borrower to make such mandatory prepayment shall be deemed satisfied. Subject to the terms and conditions of said cash collateral account, sums on deposit in said cash collateral account shall be applied (until exhausted) to reduce the principal balance of the Revolving Credit on the last day of each Eurodollar-Interest Period attributable to the Eurodollar-based Advances of such Revolving Advance, thereby avoiding breakage costs under Section 11.1 hereof; provided, however, that if a Default or Event of Default shall have occurred at any time while sums are on deposit in the cash collateral account, the Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to apply such sums to reduce the principal balance of such Eurodollar-based Advances prior to the last day of the applicable Eurodollar-Interest Period, and the Borrower will be obligated to pay any resulting breakage costs under Section 11.1.

 

2.11        Optional Reduction or Termination of Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment .  The Borrower may, upon at least five (5) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Agent, permanently reduce the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment in whole at any time, or in part from time to time, without premium or penalty, provided that: (i) each partial reduction of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment shall be in an aggregate amount equal to Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) or a larger integral multiple of One Hundred Thousand Dollars ($100,000); (ii) each reduction shall be accompanied by the payment of the Revolving Credit Facility Fee, if any, accrued and unpaid to the date of such reduction; (iii) the Borrower shall prepay in accordance with the terms hereof the amount, if any, by which the aggregate unpaid principal amount of Revolving Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances (including, without duplication, any deemed Advances made under Section 3.6 hereof) outstanding hereunder, plus the Letter of Credit Obligations, exceeds the amount of the then applicable Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment as so reduced, together with interest thereon to the date of prepayment; (iv) no reduction shall reduce the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment to an amount which is less than the aggregate undrawn amount of any Letters of Credit outstanding at such time; and (v) no such reduction shall reduce the Swing Line Maximum Amount unless the Borrower so elects, provided that the Swing Line Maximum Amount shall at no time be greater than the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment; provided, however that if the termination or reduction of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment requires the prepayment of a Eurodollar-based Advance or a Quoted Rate Advance and such termination or reduction is made on a day other

 

44

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

than the last Business Day of the then current Interest Period applicable to such Eurodollar-based Advance or such Quoted Rate Advance, then, pursuant to Section 11.1, the Borrower shall compensate the Revolving Credit Lenders and/or the Swing Line Lender for any losses or, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Borrower may deposit the amount of such prepayment in a collateral account as provided in Section 2.10(f). Reductions of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment and any accompanying prepayments of Advances of the Revolving Credit shall be distributed by the Agent to each Revolving Credit Lender in accordance with such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Percentage thereof, and will not be available for reinstatement by or readvance to the Borrower, and any accompanying prepayments of Advances of the Swing Line shall be distributed by the Agent to the Swing Line Lender and will not be available for reinstatement by or readvance to the Borrower. Any reductions of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment hereunder shall reduce each Revolving Credit Lender’s portion thereof proportionately (based on the applicable Percentages), and shall be permanent and irrevocable. Any payments made pursuant to this Section shall be applied first to outstanding Base Rate Advances under the Revolving Credit, next to Swing Line Advances carried at the Base Rate and then to Eurodollar-based Advances of the Revolving Credit, and then to Swing Line Advances carried at the Quoted Rate.

 

2.12        Use of Proceeds of Advances .  Advances of the Revolving Credit shall be used for working capital and other lawful corporate purposes.

 

2.13        Optional Increase in Revolving Credit .  Borrower may request that the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment be increased in an aggregate amount (for all such requests under this Section 2.13) not to exceed the Revolving Credit Optional Increase Amount, subject, in each case, to Section 11.1 hereof and to the satisfaction concurrently with or prior to the date of each such request of the following conditions:

 

(a)           Borrower shall have delivered to the Agent a written request for such increase, specifying the amount of the requested increase (each such request, a “Request for Revolving Credit Increase”); provided, however, that in the event Borrower previously delivered a Request for Revolving Credit Increase pursuant to this Section 2.13, Borrower may not deliver a subsequent Request for Revolving Credit Increase until all the conditions to effectiveness of such first Request for Revolving Credit Increase have been fully satisfied (or such Request for Revolving Credit Increase has been withdrawn); and provided further that Borrower may make no more than two (2) Requests for Revolving Credit Increase and no Request for Increase may be made after June 30, 2015.

 

(b)           within three (3) Business Days after the Agent’s receipt of the Request for Revolving Credit Increase, the Agent shall inform each Revolving Credit Lender of the requested increase in the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment, offer each Revolving Credit Lender the opportunity to increase its Commitment in an amount equal to its applicable Revolving Credit Percentage of the requested increase in the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment, and request each such Revolving Credit Lender to notify the Agent in writing whether such Revolving Credit Lender desires to increase its applicable commitment by the requested amount.  Each Revolving Credit Lender approving an increase in its applicable commitment by the requested amount shall deliver its written consent thereto no later than ten (10) Business Days of the Agent’s informing such Revolving Credit Lender of the Request for Revolving Credit

 

45

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Increase; if the Agent shall not have received a written consent from a Revolving Credit Lender within such time period, such Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to have elected not to increase its applicable Commitment.  If any one or more Revolving Credit Lenders shall elect not to increase its commitment, then the Agent may offer the remaining increase amount to each other Revolving Credit Lender hereunder on a non-pro rata basis, or to (A) any other Lender hereunder, or (B) any other Person meeting the requirements of Section 13.8 hereof (including, for the purposes of this Section 2.13 any existing Revolving Credit Lender which agrees to increase its commitment hereunder, the “New Revolving Credit Lender(s)”), to increase their respective applicable commitments (or to provide a commitment);

 

(c)           the New Revolving Credit Lenders shall have become a party to this Agreement by executing and delivering a New Lender Addendum for a minimum amount for each such New Revolving Credit Lender that was not an existing Revolving Credit Lender of $3,000,000 and an aggregate amount for all such New Revolving Credit Lenders of that portion of the Revolving Credit Optional Increase Amount, taking into account the amount of any prior increase in the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment (pursuant to this Section 2.13) covered by the applicable Request; provided, however, that each New Revolving Credit Lender shall remit to the Agent funds in an amount equal to its Percentage (after giving effect to this Section 2.13) of all Advances of the Revolving Credit then outstanding, such sums to be reallocated among and paid to the existing Revolving Credit Lenders based upon the new Percentages as determined below;

 

(d)           no New Revolving Credit Lender shall receive compensation (whether in the form of a fee, original issue discount or interest rate pricing) for its commitment under the Revolving Credit, except as set forth in this Agreement;

 

(e)           Borrower shall have paid to the Agent for distribution to the existing Revolving Credit Lenders, as applicable, all interest, fees (including the Revolving Credit Facility Fee, which shall not be duplicative) and other amounts, if any, accrued to the effective date of such increase and any breakage fees attributable to the reduction (prior to the last day of the applicable Interest Period) of any outstanding Eurocurrency-based Advances, calculated on the basis set forth in Section 11.1 hereof as though Borrower had prepaid such Advances;

 

(f)            if requested, Borrower shall have executed and delivered to the Agent new Revolving Credit Notes payable to each of the New Revolving Credit Lenders in the face amount of each such New Revolving Credit Lender’s Percentage of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment (after giving effect to this Section 2.13) and, if applicable, renewal and replacement Revolving Credit Notes payable to each of the existing Revolving Credit Lenders in the face amount of each such Revolving Credit Lender’s Revolving Credit Percentage of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment (after giving effect to this Section 2.13), dated as of the effective date of such increase (with appropriate insertions relevant to such Notes and acceptable to the applicable Revolving Credit Lenders, including the New Revolving Credit Lenders);

 

(g)           prior to the date the increased commitment becomes available, the Borrower shall have delivered to the Agent, in each case dated as of the date of the applicable increase:

 

46

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

(1)                                  a pro forma Covenant Compliance Report demonstrating that, upon giving effect to the applicable increase, all financial covenants set forth in Section 7.9 would be satisfied on a pro forma basis on such date and for the most recent determination period for which the Borrower has delivered or is required to have delivered financial statements pursuant to Section 7.1(a) or (b);

 

(2)                                  a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower (A) certifying and attaching the resolutions adopted by Borrower approving or consenting to such increase, and (B) certifying that, before and after giving effect to such increase, (1) the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects on and as of the date such increase becomes available, except to the extent that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they are true and correct in all material respects as of such earlier date, and (2) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

 

(h)           such amendments, acknowledgments, consents, documents, instruments, any registrations, if any, shall have been executed and delivered and/or obtained by Borrower as required by the Agent, in its reasonable discretion.

 

3.                                       LETTERS OF CREDIT.

 

3.1          Letters of Credit .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Issuing Lender may, but shall not be required to, through the Issuing Office, at any time and from time to time from and after the date hereof until thirty (30) days prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, upon the written request of the Borrower accompanied by a duly executed Letter of Credit Agreement and such other documentation related to the requested Letter of Credit as the Issuing Lender may require, issue Letters of Credit in Dollars for the account of the Borrower, in an aggregate amount for all Letters of Credit issued hereunder at any one time outstanding not to exceed the Letter of Credit Maximum Amount. Each Letter of Credit shall be in a minimum face amount of Five Thousand Dollars ($5,000) (or such lesser amount as may be agreed to by Issuing Lender) and each Letter of Credit (including any renewal thereof) shall expire not later than the first to occur of (i) twelve (12) months after the date of issuance thereof and (ii) ten (10) Business Days prior to the Revolving Credit Maturity Date in effect on the date of issuance thereof. The submission of all applications in respect of and the issuance of each Letter of Credit hereunder shall be subject in all respects to such industry rules and governing law as are acceptable to the Issuing Lender. In the event of any conflict between this Agreement and any Letter of Credit Document other than any Letter of Credit, this Agreement shall control.

 

3.2          Conditions to Issuance .  No Letter of Credit shall be issued (including the renewal or extension of any Letter of Credit previously issued) at the request and for the account of the Borrower unless, as of the date of issuance (or renewal or extension) of such Letter of Credit:

 

47

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

(a)                                  (i) after giving effect to the Letter of Credit requested, the Letter of Credit Obligations do not exceed the Letter of Credit Maximum Amount; and (ii) after giving effect to the Letter of Credit requested, the Letter of Credit Obligations on such date plus the aggregate amount of all Revolving Credit Advances and Swing Line Advances (including all Advances deemed disbursed by the Agent under Section 3.6(c) hereof in respect of the Borrower Reimbursement Obligations) hereunder requested or outstanding on such date do not exceed the lesser of (A) the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment and (B) the then applicable Borrowing Base;

 

(b)                                  the representations and warranties of the Credit Parties contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects and shall be true and correct in all material respects as of date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit (both before and immediately after the issuance of such Letter of Credit), other than any representation or warranty that expressly speaks only as of a different date;

 

(c)                                   there is no Default or Event of Default in existence, and none will exist upon the issuance of such Letter of Credit;

 

(d)                                  the Borrower shall have delivered to Issuing Lender at its Issuing Office, not less than three (3) Business Days prior to the requested date for issuance (or such shorter time as the Issuing Lender, in its sole discretion, may permit), the Letter of Credit Agreement related thereto, together with such other documents and materials as may be required pursuant to the terms thereof, and the terms of the proposed Letter of Credit shall be reasonably satisfactory to Issuing Lender;

 

(e)                                   no order, judgment or decree of any court, arbitrator or Governmental Authority shall purport by its terms to enjoin or restrain Issuing Lender from issuing the Letter of Credit requested, or any Revolving Credit Lender from taking an assignment of its Revolving Credit Percentage thereof pursuant to Section 3.6 hereof, and no law, rule, regulation, request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) shall prohibit the Issuing Lender from issuing, or any Revolving Credit Lender from taking an assignment of its Revolving Credit Percentage of, the Letter of Credit requested or letters of credit generally;

 

(f)                                    there shall have been (i) no introduction of or change in the interpretation of any law or regulation, (ii) no declaration of a general banking moratorium by banking authorities in the United States, California or the respective jurisdictions in which the Revolving Credit Lenders, the Borrower and the beneficiary of the requested Letter of Credit are located, and (iii) no establishment of any new restrictions by any central bank or other governmental agency or authority on transactions involving letters of credit or on banks generally that, in any case described in this clause (e),

 

48

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

would make it unlawful or unduly burdensome for the Issuing Lender to issue or any Revolving Credit Lender to take an assignment of its Revolving Credit Percentage of the requested Letter of Credit or letters of credit generally;

 

(g)                                   if any Revolving Credit Lender is a Defaulting Lender, the Issuing Lender has entered into arrangements satisfactory to it to eliminate the Fronting Exposure with respect to the participation in the Letter of Credit Obligations by such Defaulting Lender, including creation of a cash collateral account on terms satisfactory to the Agent or delivery of other security to assure payment of such Defaulting Lender’s Percentage of all outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations; and

 

(h)                                  Issuing Lender shall have received the issuance fees required in connection with the issuance of such Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 3.4 hereof.

 

Each Letter of Credit Agreement submitted to Issuing Lender pursuant hereto shall constitute the certification by the Borrower of the matters set forth in Sections 5.2 hereof. The Agent shall be entitled to rely on such certification without any duty of inquiry.

 

3.3          Notice .  The Issuing Lender shall deliver to the Agent, concurrently with or promptly following its issuance of any Letter of Credit, a true and complete copy of each Letter of Credit. Promptly upon its receipt thereof, the Agent shall give notice, substantially in the form attached as Exhibit E, to each Revolving Credit Lender of the issuance of each Letter of Credit, specifying the amount thereof and the amount of such Revolving Credit Lender’s Percentage thereof.

 

3.4          Letter of Credit Fees; Increased Costs .  (a)  The Borrower shall pay letter of credit fees as follows:

 

(i)                                      A per annum letter of credit fee with respect to the undrawn amount of each Letter of Credit issued pursuant hereto (based on the amount of each Letter of Credit) in the amount of the Applicable Fee Percentage (determined with reference to Annex I to this Agreement) shall be paid to the Agent for distribution to the Revolving Credit Lenders in accordance with their Revolving Credit Percentages.

 

(ii)                                   A letter of credit facing fee on the face amount of each Letter of Credit shall be paid to the Agent for distribution to the Issuing Lender for its own account, in accordance with the terms of the applicable Fee Letter.

 

(b)                                  All payments by the Borrower to the Agent for distribution to the Issuing Lender or the Revolving Credit Lenders under this Section 3.4 shall be made in Dollars in immediately available funds at the Issuing Office or such other office of the Agent as may be designated from time to time by

 

49

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

written notice to the Borrower by the Agent. The fees described in clauses (a)(i) and (ii) above (i) shall be nonrefundable under all circumstances, (ii) in the case of fees due under clause (a)(i) above, shall be payable quarterly in advance on the first day of each April, July, October and January, and (iii) in the case of fees due under clause (a)(ii) above, shall be payable upon the issuance of such Letter of Credit and quarterly in advance thereafter. The fees due under clause (a)(i) above shall be determined by multiplying the Applicable Fee Percentage times the undrawn amount of the face amount of each such Letter of Credit on the date of determination, and shall be calculated on the basis of a 360 day year and assessed for the actual number of days from the date of the issuance thereof to the stated expiration thereof. The parties hereto acknowledge that, unless the Issuing Lender otherwise agrees, any material amendment and any extension to a Letter of Credit issued hereunder shall be treated as a new Letter of Credit for the purposes of the letter of credit facing fee.

 

(c)                                   If any Change in Law shall either (i) impose, modify or cause to be deemed applicable any reserve, special deposit, limitation or similar requirement against letters of credit issued or participated in by, or assets held by, or deposits in or for the account of, Issuing Lender or any Revolving Credit Lender or (ii) impose on Issuing Lender or any Revolving Credit Lender any other condition regarding this Agreement, the Letters of Credit or any participations in such Letters of Credit, and the result of any event referred to in clause (i) or (ii) above shall be to increase the cost or expense to Issuing Lender or such Revolving Credit Lender of issuing or maintaining or participating in any of the Letters of Credit (which increase in cost or expense shall be determined by the Issuing Lender’s or such Revolving Credit Lender’s reasonable allocation of the aggregate of such cost increases and expenses resulting from such events), then, upon demand by the Issuing Lender or such Revolving Credit Lender, as the case may be, the Borrower shall, within thirty (30) days following demand for payment, pay to Issuing Lender or such Revolving Credit Lender, as the case may be, from time to time as specified by the Issuing Lender or such Revolving Credit Lender, additional amounts which shall be sufficient to compensate the Issuing Lender or such Revolving Credit Lender for such increased cost and expense (together with interest on each such amount from ten days after the date such payment is due until payment in full thereof at the Base Rate), provided that if the Issuing Lender or such Revolving Credit Lender could take any reasonable action, without cost or administrative or other burden or restriction to such Lender, to mitigate or eliminate such cost or expense, it agrees to do so within a reasonable time after becoming aware of the foregoing matters. Each demand for payment under this Section 3.4(c) shall be accompanied by a certificate of Issuing Lender or the applicable Revolving Credit Lender setting forth the amount of such increased cost or expense incurred by the Issuing Lender or such Revolving Credit Lender, as the case may be, as a result of any event mentioned in clause (i) or (ii)

 

50

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

above, and in reasonable detail, the methodology for calculating and the calculation of such amount, which certificate shall be prepared in good faith and shall be conclusive evidence, absent manifest error, as to the amount thereof.

 

3.5          Other Fees .  In connection with the Letters of Credit, and in addition to the Letter of Credit Fees, the Borrower shall pay, for the sole account of the Issuing Lender, standard documentation, administration, payment and cancellation charges assessed by Issuing Lender or the Issuing Office, at the times, in the amounts and on the terms set forth or to be set forth from time to time in the standard fee schedule of the Issuing Office in effect from time to time.

 

3.6          Participation Interests in and Drawings and Demands for Payment Under Letters of Credit.

 

(a)           Upon issuance by the Issuing Lender of each Letter of Credit hereunder (and on the Effective Date with respect to each Existing Letter of Credit), each Revolving Credit Lender shall automatically acquire a pro rata participation interest in such Letter of Credit and each related Letter of Credit Payment based on its respective Revolving Credit Percentage.

 

(b)           If the Issuing Lender shall honor a draft or other demand for payment presented or made under any Letter of Credit, the Borrower agrees to pay to the Issuing Lender an amount equal to the amount paid by the Issuing Lender in respect of such draft or other demand under such Letter of Credit and all reasonable expenses paid or incurred by the Agent relative thereto not later than 1:00 p.m. (Detroit time), in Dollars, on (i) the Business Day that  the Borrower received notice of such presentment and honor, if such notice is received prior to 11:00 a.m. (Detroit time) or (ii) the Business Day immediately following the day that the Borrower received such notice, if such notice is received after 11:00 a.m. (Detroit time).

 

(c)           If the Issuing Lender shall honor a draft or other demand for payment presented or made under any Letter of Credit, but the Borrower does not reimburse the Issuing Lender as required under clause (b) above and the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment has not been terminated (whether by maturity, acceleration or otherwise), the Borrower shall be deemed to have immediately requested that the Revolving Credit Lenders make a Base Rate Advance of the Revolving Credit (which Advance may be subsequently converted at any time into a Eurodollar-based Advance pursuant to Section 2.3 hereof) in the principal amount equal to the amount paid by the Issuing Lender in respect of such draft or other demand under such Letter of Credit and all reasonable expenses paid or incurred by the Agent relative thereto.  The Agent will promptly notify the Revolving Credit Lenders of such deemed request, and each such Lender shall make available to the Agent an amount equal to its pro rata share (based on its Revolving Credit Percentage) of the amount of such Advance.

 

(d)           If the Issuing Lender shall honor a draft or other demand for payment presented or made under any Letter of Credit, but the Borrower does not reimburse the Issuing Lender as required under clause (b) above, and (i) the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment has been terminated (whether by maturity, acceleration or otherwise), or (ii) any reimbursement received by the Issuing Lender from the Borrower is or must be returned or rescinded upon or during any bankruptcy or reorganization of any Credit Party or otherwise, then the Agent shall notify each

 

51

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Revolving Credit Lender, and each Revolving Credit Lender will be obligated to pay the Agent for the account of the Issuing Lender its pro rata share (based on its Revolving Credit Percentage) of the amount paid by the Issuing Lender in respect of such draft or other demand under such Letter of Credit and all reasonable expenses paid or incurred by the Agent relative thereto (but no such payment shall diminish the obligations of the Borrower hereunder). Upon receipt thereof, the Agent will deliver to such Revolving Credit Lender a participation certificate evidencing its participation interest in respect of such payment and expenses.  To the extent that a Revolving Credit Lender fails to make such amount available to the Agent by 11:00 am Detroit time on the Business Day next succeeding the date such notice is given, such Revolving Credit Lender shall pay interest on such amount in respect of each day from the date such amount was required to be paid, to the date paid to the Agent, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Effective Rate.  The failure of any Revolving Credit Lender to make its pro rata portion of any such amount available under to the Agent shall not relieve any other Revolving Credit Lender of its obligation to make available its pro rata portion of such amount, but no Revolving Credit Lender shall be responsible for failure of any other Revolving Credit Lender to make such pro rata portion available to the Agent.

 

(e)           In the case of any Advance made under this Section 3.6, each such Advance shall be disbursed notwithstanding any failure to satisfy any conditions for disbursement of any Advance set forth in Article 2 hereof or Article 5 hereof, and, to the extent of the Advance so disbursed, the Reimbursement Obligation of the Borrower to the Agent under this Section 3.6 shall be deemed satisfied (unless, in each case, taking into account any such deemed Advances, the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Advances of the Revolving Credit and the Swing Line, plus the Letter of Credit Obligations (other than the Reimbursement Obligations to be reimbursed by this Advance) on such date exceed the lesser of the Borrowing Base or the then applicable Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment).

 

(f)            If the Issuing Lender shall honor a draft or other demand for payment presented or made under any Letter of Credit, the Issuing Lender shall provide notice thereof to the Borrower on the date such draft or demand is honored, and to each Revolving Credit Lender on such date unless the Borrower shall have satisfied its reimbursement obligations by payment to the Agent (for the benefit of the Issuing Lender) as required under this Section 3.6.  The Issuing Lender shall further use reasonable efforts to provide notice to the Borrower prior to honoring any such draft or other demand for payment, but such notice, or the failure to provide such notice, shall not affect the rights or obligations of the Issuing Lender with respect to any Letter of Credit or the rights and obligations of the parties hereto, including without limitation the obligations of the Borrower under this Section 3.6.

 

(g)           Notwithstanding the foregoing however no Revolving Credit Lender shall be deemed to have acquired a participation in a Letter of Credit if the officers of the Issuing Lender immediately responsible for matters concerning this Agreement shall have received written notice from the Agent or any Lender at least two (2) Business Days prior to the date of the issuance or extension of such Letter of Credit or, with respect to any Letter of Credit subject to automatic extension, at least five (5) Business Days prior to the date that the beneficiary under such Letter of Credit must be notified that such Letter of Credit will not be renewed, that the issuance or extension of Letters of Credit should be suspended based on the occurrence and continuance of a Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”;

 

52

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

provided, however that the Revolving Credit Lenders shall be deemed to have acquired such a participation upon the date on which such Default or Event of Default has been waived by the requisite Revolving Credit Lenders, as applicable.

 

(h)           Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed to require or authorize any Revolving Credit Lender to issue any Letter of Credit, it being recognized that the Issuing Lender shall be the sole issuer of Letters of Credit under this Agreement.

 

(i)            In the event that any Revolving Credit Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, the Issuing Lender may, at its option, require that the Borrower enter into arrangements satisfactory to Issuing Lender to eliminate the Fronting Exposure with respect to the participation in the Letter of Credit Obligations by such Defaulting Lender, including creation of a cash collateral account on terms satisfactory to the Agent or delivery of other security to assure payment of such Defaulting Lender’s Percentage of all outstanding Letter of Credit Obligations.

 

3.7          Obligations Irrevocable .  The obligations of the Borrower to make payments to the Agent for the account of Issuing Lender or the Revolving Credit Lenders with respect to Letter of Credit Obligations under Section 3.6 hereof, shall be unconditional and irrevocable and not subject to any qualification or exception whatsoever, including, without limitation:

 

(a)                                  Any lack of validity or enforceability of any Letter of Credit, any Letter of Credit Agreement, any other documentation relating to any Letter of Credit, this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents (the “Letter of Credit Documents”);

 

(b)                                  Any amendment, modification, waiver, consent, or any substitution, exchange or release of or failure to perfect any interest in collateral or security, with respect to or under any Letter of Credit Document;

 

(c)                                   The existence of any claim, setoff, defense or other right which the Borrower may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of any Letter of Credit (or any persons or entities for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), the Agent, the Issuing Lender or any Revolving Credit Lender or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, any of the Letter of Credit Documents, the transactions contemplated herein or therein or any unrelated transactions;

 

(d)                                  Any draft or other statement or document presented under any Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect;

 

(e)                                   Payment by the Issuing Lender to the beneficiary under any Letter of Credit against presentation of documents which do not comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit, including failure of any documents to bear any reference or adequate reference to such Letter of Credit;

 

53

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


 

(f)                                    Any failure, omission, delay or lack on the part of the Agent, Issuing Lender or any Revolving Credit Lender or any party to any of the Letter of Credit Documents or any other Loan Document to enforce, assert or exercise any right, power or remedy conferred upon the Agent, Issuing Lender, any Revolving Credit Lender or any such party under this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or any of the Letter of Credit Documents, or any other acts or omissions on the part of the Agent, Issuing Lender, any Revolving Credit Lender or any such party; or

 

(g)                                   Any other event or circumstance that would, in the absence of this Section 3.7, result in the release or discharge by operation of law or otherwise of the Borrower from the performance or observance of any obligation, covenant or agreement contained in Section 3.6 hereof.

 

No setoff, counterclaim, reduction or diminution of any obligation or any defense of any kind or nature which the Borrower has or may have against the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit shall be available hereunder to the Borrower against the Agent, Issuing Lender or any Revolving Credit Lender. With respect to any Letter of Credit, nothing contained in this Section 3.7 shall be deemed to prevent the Borrower, after satisfaction in full of the absolute and unconditional obligations of the Borrower hereunder with respect to such Letter of Credit, from asserting in a separate action any claim, defense, set off or other right which they (or any of them) may have against the Agent, Issuing Lender or any Revolving Credit Lender in connection with such Letter of Credit.

 

3.8          Risk Under Letters of Credit.

 

(a)           In the administration and handling of Letters of Credit and any security therefor, or any documents or instruments given in connection therewith, Issuing Lender shall have the sole right to take or refrain from taking any and all actions under or upon the Letters of Credit.

 

(b)           Subject to other terms and conditions of this Agreement, Issuing Lender shall issue the Letters of Credit and shall hold the documents related thereto in its own name and shall make all collections thereunder and otherwise administer the Letters of Credit in accordance with Issuing Lender’s regularly established practices and procedures and will have no further obligation with respect thereto. In the administration of Letters of Credit, Issuing Lender shall not be liable for any action taken or omitted on the advice of counsel, accountants, appraisers or other experts selected by Issuing Lender with due care and Issuing Lender may rely upon any notice, communication, certificate or other statement from the Borrower, beneficiaries of Letters of Credit, or any other Person which Issuing Lender believes to be authentic. Issuing Lender will, upon request, furnish the Revolving Credit Lenders with copies of Letter of Credit Documents related thereto.

 

(c)           In connection with the issuance and administration of Letters of Credit and the assignments hereunder, Issuing Lender makes no representation and shall have no responsibility with respect to (i) the obligations of the Borrower or the validity, sufficiency or enforceability of any document or instrument given in connection therewith, or the taking of any action with respect to same, (ii) the financial condition of, any representations made by, or any act or

 

54

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

omission of the Borrower or any other Person, or (iii) any failure or delay in exercising any rights or powers possessed by Issuing Lender in its capacity as issuer of Letters of Credit in the absence of its gross negligence or willful misconduct. Each of the Revolving Credit Lenders expressly acknowledges that it has made and will continue to make its own evaluations of the Borrower’s creditworthiness without reliance on any representation of Issuing Lender or Issuing Lender’s officers, agents and employees.

 

(d)           If at any time Issuing Lender shall recover any part of any unreimbursed amount for any draw or other demand for payment under a Letter of Credit, or any interest thereon, the Agent or Issuing Lender, as the case may be, shall receive same for the pro rata benefit of the Revolving Credit Lenders in accordance with their respective Percentages and shall promptly deliver to each Revolving Credit Lender its share thereof, less such Revolving Credit Lender’s pro rata share of the costs of such recovery, including court costs and attorney’s fees. If at any time any Revolving Credit Lender shall receive from any source whatsoever any payment on any such unreimbursed amount or interest thereon in excess of such Revolving Credit Lender’s Percentage of such payment, such Revolving Credit Lender will promptly pay over such excess to the Agent, for redistribution in accordance with this Agreement.

 

3.9          Indemnification .  The Borrower hereby indemnifies and agrees to hold harmless the Revolving Credit Lenders, the Issuing Lender and the Agent and their respective Affiliates, and the respective officers, directors, employees and agents of such Persons (each an “L/C Indemnified Person”), from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities, costs or expenses of any kind or nature whatsoever which the Revolving Credit Lenders, the Issuing Lender or the Agent or any such Person may incur or which may be claimed against any of them by reason of or in connection with any Letter of Credit (collectively, the “L/C Indemnified Amounts”), and none of the Issuing Lender, any Revolving Credit Lender or the Agent or any of their respective officers, directors, employees or agents shall be liable or responsible for:

 

(a)                                  the use which may be made of any Letter of Credit or for any acts or omissions of any beneficiary in connection therewith;

 

(b)                                  the validity, sufficiency or genuineness of documents or of any endorsement thereon, even if such documents should in fact prove to be in any or all respects invalid, insufficient, fraudulent or forged;

 

(c)                                   payment by the Issuing Lender to the beneficiary under any Letter of Credit against presentation of documents which do not strictly comply with the terms of any Letter of Credit (unless such payment resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Lender), including failure of any documents to bear any reference or adequate reference to such Letter of Credit;

 

(d)                                  any error, omission, interruption or delay in transmission, dispatch or delivery of any message or advice, however transmitted, in connection with any Letter of Credit; or

 

55

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

(e)                                   any other event or circumstance whatsoever arising in connection with any Letter of Credit.

 

It is understood that in making any payment under a Letter of Credit the Issuing Lender will rely on documents presented to it under such Letter of Credit as to any and all matters set forth therein without further investigation and regardless of any notice or information to the contrary.

 

With respect to subparagraphs (a) through (e) hereof, (i) no Borrower shall be required to indemnify any L/C Indemnified Person for any L/C Indemnified Amounts to the extent such amounts result from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such L/C Indemnified Person or any officer, director, employee or agent of such L/C Indemnified Person and (ii) the Agent and the Issuing Lender shall be liable to the Borrower to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or incidental, damages suffered by the Borrower which were caused by the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Issuing Lender or any officer, director, employee or agent of the Issuing Lender or by the Issuing Lender’s wrongful dishonor of any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary thereunder of a draft or other demand for payment and other documentation strictly complying with the terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit.

 

3.10        Right of Reimbursement .  Each Revolving Credit Lender agrees to reimburse the Issuing Lender on demand, pro rata in accordance with its respective Revolving Credit Percentage, for (i) the reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Issuing Lender to be reimbursed by the Borrower pursuant to any Letter of Credit Agreement or any Letter of Credit, to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower or any other Credit Party and (ii) any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, fees, reasonable out-of-pocket expenses or disbursements of any kind and nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against Issuing Lender in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement (including Section 3.6(c) hereof), any Letter of Credit, any documentation or any transaction relating thereto, or any Letter of Credit Agreement, to the extent not reimbursed by the Borrower, except to the extent that such liabilities, losses, costs or expenses were incurred by Issuing Lender as a result of Issuing Lender’s gross negligence or willful misconduct or by the Issuing Lender’s wrongful dishonor of any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary thereunder of a draft or other demand for payment and other documentation strictly complying with the terms and conditions of such Letter of Credit.

 

4.                                       [RESERVED].

 

5.                                       CONDITIONS.

 

The obligations of the Lenders to make Advances or loans pursuant to this Agreement and the obligation of the Issuing Lender to issue Letters of Credit are subject to the following conditions:

 

5.1          Conditions of Initial Advances .  The obligations of the Lenders to make initial Advances or loans pursuant to this Agreement and the obligation of the Issuing Lender to issue initial Letters of Credit, in each case, on the Effective Date only, are subject to the following conditions:

 

56

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

(a)           Notes, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents .  The Borrower shall have executed and delivered to the Agent for the account of each Lender requesting Notes, the Swing Line Note and/or the Revolving Credit Notes, as applicable; the Borrower shall have executed and delivered this Agreement; and each Credit Party shall have executed and delivered the other Loan Documents to which such Credit Party is required to be a party (including all schedules and other documents to be delivered pursuant hereto); and such Notes (if any), this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be in full force and effect; and Comerica Bank shall have received the Warrant;

 

(b)           Corporate Authority .  The Agent shall have received, with a counterpart thereof for each Lender, from each Credit Party, a certificate of its Secretary or Assistant Secretary dated as of the Effective Date as to:

 

(i)                                      corporate resolutions (or the equivalent) of each Credit Party authorizing the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents approval of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, in each case to which such Credit Party is party, and authorizing the execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and in the case of the Borrower, authorizing the execution and delivery of requests for Advances and the issuance of Letters of Credit hereunder,

 

(ii)                                   the incumbency and signature of the officers or other authorized persons of such Credit Party executing any Loan Document and in the case of the Borrower, the officers who are authorized to execute any Requests for Advance, or requests for the issuance of Letters of Credit,

 

(iii)                                a certificate of good standing or continued existence (or the equivalent thereof) from the state of its incorporation or formation, which jurisdictions are listed on Schedule 5.2 attached hereto, and

 

(iv)                               copies of such Credit Party’s articles of incorporation and bylaws or other constitutional documents, as in effect on the Effective Date.

 

(c)           Collateral Documents, Guaranties and other Loan Documents.   The Agent shall have received the following documents, each in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent and fully executed by each party thereto:

 

(i)                                      The following Collateral Documents, each in form and substance acceptable to the Agent and fully executed by each party thereto and dated as of the Effective Date:

 

(A)                                the Security Agreement, executed and delivered by the Credit Parties; and

 

(B)                                the Guaranty, executed and delivered by the Guarantors.

 

57

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

(ii)            Subject to the provisions of Section 7.17(c), for each real property location (including each warehouse or other storage location) leased by any Credit Party as a lessee (such locations being disclosed and identified as such on Schedule 6.3(b) hereto), (i) a true, complete and accurate copy of the fully executed applicable lease bailment or warehouse agreement, as the case may be; and (ii) a Collateral Access Agreement with respect to each location; provided that this requirement shall only apply to locations where material business records or material equipment or other Collateral is kept (and a location where equipment or other Collateral with a value in excess of $100,000 shall be considered to have material equipment and Collateral located there);

 

(iii)           (A) Certified copies of uniform commercial code requests for information, or a similar search report certified by a party acceptable to the Agent, dated a date reasonably prior to the Effective Date, listing all effective financing statements in the jurisdiction noted on Schedule 5.1(c) which name any Credit Party (under their present names or under any previous names used within five (5) years prior to the date hereof) as debtors, together with (x) copies of such financing statements, and (y) authorized Uniform Commercial Code (Form UCC-3) Termination Statements, if any, necessary to release all Liens and other rights of any Person in any Collateral described in the Collateral Documents previously granted by any Person (other than Liens permitted by Section 8.2 of this Agreement) and (B) intellectual property search reports results from the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office for the Credit Parties dated a date reasonably prior to the Effective Date.

 

(iv)           Any documents (including, without limitation, financing statements, amendments to financing statements and assignments of financing statements, stock powers executed in blank and any endorsements) requested by the Agent and reasonably required to be provided in connection with the Collateral Documents to create, in favor of the Agent (for and on behalf of the Lenders), a first priority perfected security interest in the Collateral thereunder shall have been filed, registered or recorded, or shall have been delivered to the Agent in proper form for filing, registration or recordation.

 

(d)           Insurance .  The Agent shall have received evidence reasonably satisfactory to it that the Credit Parties have obtained the insurance policies required by Section 7.5 hereof and that such insurance policies are in full force and effect.

 

(e)           Compliance with Certain Documents and Agreements .  Each Credit Party shall have each performed and complied in all material respects with all agreements and conditions

 

58

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

contained in this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, to the extent required to be performed or complied with by such Credit Party. No Person (other than the Agent, Lenders and Issuing Lender) party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be in material default in the performance or compliance with any of the terms or provisions of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or shall be in material default in the performance or compliance with any of the material terms or material provisions of, in each case to which such Person is a party.

 

(f)            Opinions of Counsel .  The Credit Parties shall furnish the Agent prior to the initial Advance under this Agreement, with signed copies for each Lender, opinions of counsel to the Credit Parties, dated the Effective Date and covering such matters as reasonably required by and otherwise reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Agent and each of the Lenders.

 

(g)           Payment of Fees .  The Borrower shall have paid to Comerica Bank any fees due under the terms of the Fee Letter, along with any other fees, costs or expenses due and outstanding to the Agent or the Lenders as of the Effective Date (including reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel to the Agent and Square 1 Bank (provided that fees of counsel to Square 1 Bank as of the Effective Date shall not exceed $7,500)).

 

(h)           Financial Statements .  The Borrower shall have delivered to the Lenders and the Agent, in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent: (a) audited financial statements of the Borrower for the Fiscal Year ending December 31, 2012, and presented in accordance with GAAP, and the monthly financial statements prepared by the Borrower for October 31, 2013 and (b) monthly projections of the Borrower for the 2014 calendar year and quarterly projections of the Borrower for the 2015 calendar year, in form acceptable to the Agent.

 

(i)            Due Diligence .  The Agent and Lenders shall have received, in each case in form and substance satisfactory to the Agent, (a) an audit of all accounts receivable of the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, (b) such other reports or due diligence materials as the Agent and the Majority Lenders may reasonably request, (c) an enrollment and program profitability breakdown model and (d) a monthly cash collection model which corresponds to Borrower’s projected Borrowing Base Certificates.

 

(j)            Management Agreement and Employment Agreements .  The Agent shall have received copies of the Management Agreement and all employment agreements of the Credit Parties which shall remain in effect following the Effective Date as set forth on Schedule 6.17 hereof, the terms of which are reasonably acceptable to the Agent and the Majority Lenders.

 

(k)           [Reserved] .

 

(l)            Governmental and Other Approvals .  The Agent shall have received copies of all authorizations, consents, approvals, licenses, qualifications or formal exemptions, filings, declarations and registrations with, any court, governmental agency or regulatory authority or any securities exchange or any other person or party (whether or not governmental) received by any Credit Party in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents to occur on the Effective Date.

 

(m)          Closing Certificate .  The Agent shall have received, with a signed counterpart for each Lender, a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower dated the Effective Date (or,

 

59

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

if different, the date of the initial Advance hereunder), stating that to the best of his or her respective knowledge after due inquiry, (a) the conditions set forth in this Section 5 have been satisfied to the extent required to be satisfied by any Credit Party; (b) the representations and warranties made by the Credit Parties in this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, as applicable, are true and correct in all material respects; (c) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing and  (d) since December 31, 2012, nothing shall have occurred which has had, or could reasonably be expected to have, a material adverse change on the business, results of operations, conditions or property (financial or otherwise) of the Borrower and the Credit Parties (taken as a whole).

 

(n)           Customer Identification Forms .  The Agent shall have received completed customer identification forms (forms to be provided by the Agent to the Borrower) from the Borrower and each Guarantor.

 

(o)           Unused Revolving Credit Availability.  The Agent shall have received satisfactory evidence that Unused Revolving Credit Availability as of the Effective Date is at least $5,000,000 (after giving effect to payment of all expenses required to be paid by the Borrower on the Effective Date).

 

5.2          Continuing Conditions .  The obligations of each Lender to make Advances (including the initial Advance) to provide other credit accommodations and the obligation of the Issuing Lender to issue any Letters of Credit shall be subject to the continuing conditions that:

 

(a)           No Default or Event of Default shall exist as of the date of the Advance or the request for the Letter of Credit, as the case may be; and

 

(b)           Each of the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement and in each of the other Loan Documents shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the date of the Advance or Letter of Credit (as the case may be) as if made on and as of such date (other than any representation or warranty that expressly speaks only as of a different date).

 

6.                                       REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES.

 

The Borrower represents and warrants to the Agent, the Lenders, the Swing Line Lender and the Issuing Lender as follows:

 

6.1          Corporate Authority .  Each Credit Party is a corporation (or other business entity) duly organized and existing in good standing under the laws of the state or jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation, as applicable, and each Credit Party is duly qualified and authorized to do business as a foreign corporation in each jurisdiction where the character of its assets or the nature of its activities makes such qualification and authorization necessary except where failure to be so qualified or be in good standing could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. Each Credit Party has all requisite corporate, limited liability or partnership power and authority to own all its property (whether real, personal, tangible or intangible or of any kind whatsoever) and to carry on its business.

 

6.2          Due Authorization .  Execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, and the other Loan Documents, to which each Credit Party is party, and the issuance of the Notes by

 

60

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

the Borrower (if requested) are within such Person’s corporate, limited liability or partnership power, have been duly authorized, are not in contravention of any law applicable to such Credit Party or the terms of such Credit Party’s organizational documents and, except as have been previously obtained or as referred to in Section 6.10, below, do not require the consent or approval of any governmental body, agency or authority or any other third party except to the extent that such consent or approval is not material to the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents.

 

6.3          Good Title; Leases; Assets; No Liens.

 

(a)                              Each Credit Party, to the extent applicable, has good and valid title (or, in the case of real property, good and marketable title) to all assets owned by it that are material to the operation of its business, subject only to the Liens permitted under section 8.2 hereof, and each Credit Party has a valid leasehold or interest as a lessee or a licensee in all of its leased real property;

 

(b)                                  Schedule 6.3(b) hereof identifies all of the real property owned or leased, as lessee thereunder, by the Credit Parties on the Effective Date, including all warehouse or bailee locations;

 

(c)                                   The Credit Parties will collectively own or collectively have a valid leasehold interest in all assets that were owned or leased (as lessee) by the Credit Parties immediately prior to the Effective Date to the extent that such assets are necessary for the continued operation of the Credit Parties’ businesses in substantially the manner as such businesses were operated immediately prior to the Effective Date;

 

(d)                                  Each Credit Party owns or has a valid leasehold interest in all real property necessary for its continued operations and, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, no material condemnation, eminent domain or expropriation action has been commenced or threatened against any such owned or leased real property; and

 

(e)                                   There are no Liens on and no financing statements on file with respect to any of the assets owned by the Credit Parties, except for the Liens permitted pursuant to Section 8.2 of this Agreement.

 

(f)                                    Borrower has not received notice of actual or imminent Insolvency Proceeding of any Account Debtor whose accounts are included in any Borrowing Base Certificate as Eligible Tuition.

 

(g)                                   To the Borrower’s knowledge, no license or agreement giving rise to Eligible Tuition is with any Prohibited Territory or with any Person organized under or doing business in a Prohibited Territory.

 

6.4          Taxes .  Except as set forth on Schedule 6.4 hereof, each Credit Party has filed on or before their respective due dates or within the applicable grace periods, all United States

 

61

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

federal, state, local and other tax returns which are required to be filed or has obtained extensions for filing such tax returns and is not delinquent in filing such returns in accordance with such extensions and has paid all material taxes which have become due pursuant to those returns or pursuant to any assessments received by any such Credit Party, as the case may be, to the extent such taxes have become due, except to the extent such taxes are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and with respect to which adequate provision has been made on the books of such Credit Party as may be required by GAAP.

 

6.5          No Defaults .  No Credit Party is in default under or with respect to any agreement, instrument or undertaking to which is a party or by which it or any of its property is bound which would cause or would reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.6          Enforceability of Agreement and Loan Documents .  This Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents to which any Credit Party is a party (including without limitation, each Request for Advance), have each been duly executed and delivered by its duly authorized officers and constitute the valid and binding obligations of such Credit Party, enforceable against such Credit Party in accordance with their respective terms, except as enforcement thereof may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditor’s rights, generally and by general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in law or equity).

 

6.7          Compliance with Laws .  (a) Except as disclosed on Schedule 6.7, each Credit Party has complied with all applicable federal, state and local laws, ordinances, codes, rules, regulations and guidelines (including consent decrees and administrative orders) including but not limited to applicable Hazardous Material Laws, the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act, the Incentive Compensation Rule under 34 CFR § 668(b)(22), the federal Truth-In-Lending Act, 15 U.S.C. § 1601 et seq (to the extent applicable to the Borrower), and Section 495 of the Higher Education Opportunity Act,  and is in compliance with any applicable Requirement of Law, in each case, except to the extent that failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (b) neither the extension of credit made pursuant to this Agreement or the use of the proceeds thereof by the Credit Parties will violate, to the extent applicable to any such Credit Party in each case, the Trading with the Enemy Act, as amended, or any of the foreign assets control regulations of the United States Treasury Department (31 CFR, Subtitle B, Chapter V, as amended) or any enabling legislation or executive order relating thereto, or The United and Strengthening America by providing appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism (“USA Patriot Act”) Act of 2001, Public Law 10756, October 26, 2001 or  Executive Order 13224 of September 23, 2001 issued by the President of the United States (66 Fed. Reg. 49049 (2001)).

 

6.8          Non-contravention .  The execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including each Request for Advance) to which each Credit Party is a party are not in contravention of the terms of any indenture, agreement or undertaking to which such Credit Party is a party or by which it or its properties are bound where such violation could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

62

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


 

6.9          Litigation .  Except as set forth on Schedule 6.9 hereof, there is no suit, action, proceeding, including, without limitation, any bankruptcy proceeding or governmental investigation pending against or to the knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against any Credit Party (other than any suit, action or proceeding in which a Credit Party is the plaintiff and in which no counterclaim or cross-claim against such Credit Party has been filed), or any judgment, decree, injunction, rule, or order of any court, government, department, commission, agency, instrumentality or arbitrator outstanding against any Credit Party, nor is any Credit Party in violation of any applicable law, regulation, ordinance, order, injunction, decree or requirement of any governmental body or court which could in any of the foregoing events reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.10        Consents, Approvals and Filings, Etc .  Except as set forth on Schedule 6.10 hereof, no material authorization, consent, approval, license, qualification or formal exemption from, nor any filing, declaration or registration with, any court, governmental agency or regulatory authority or any securities exchange or any other Person (whether or not governmental) is required in connection with (a) the execution, delivery and performance: (i) by any Credit Party of this Agreement and any of the other Loan Documents to which such Credit Party is a party or (ii) by the Credit Parties of the grant of Liens granted, conveyed or otherwise established (or to be granted, conveyed or otherwise established) by or under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, as applicable, and (b) otherwise necessary to the operation of its business, except in each case for (x) such matters which have been previously obtained, and (y) such filings to be made concurrently herewith or promptly following the Effective Date as are required by the Collateral Documents to perfect Liens in favor of the Agent. All such material authorizations, consents, approvals, licenses, qualifications, exemptions, filings, declarations and registrations which have previously been obtained or made, as the case may be, are in full force and effect and, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, are not the subject of any attack or threatened attack (in each case in any material respect) by appeal or direct proceeding or otherwise.

 

6.11        Agreements Affecting Financial Condition .  No Credit Party is party to any agreement or instrument or subject to any charter or other corporate restriction which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.12        No Investment Company or Margin Stock .  No Credit Party is an “investment company” within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. No Credit Party is engaged principally, or as one of its important activities, directly or indirectly, in the business of extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying margin stock. None of the proceeds of any of the Advances will be used by any Credit Party to purchase or carry margin stock. Terms for which meanings are provided in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System or any regulations substituted therefore, as from time to time in effect, are used in this paragraph with such meanings.

 

6.13        ERISA .  No Credit Party organized in the United States maintains or contributes to any Pension Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA, except as set forth on Schedule 6.13 hereto or otherwise disclosed to the Agent in writing.  There is no accumulated funding deficiency within the meaning of Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 302 of ERISA, or any outstanding liability with respect to any Pension Plans owed to the PBGC other than future

 

63

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

premiums due and owing pursuant to Section 4007 of ERISA, and no “reportable event” as defined in Section 4043(c) of ERISA has occurred with respect to any Pension Plan other than an event for which the notice requirement has been waived by the PBGC.  None of the Credit Parties organized in the United States has engaged in a prohibited transaction with respect to any Pension Plan, other than a prohibited transaction for which an exemption is available and has been obtained, which could subject such Credit Parties to a material tax or penalty imposed by Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 502(i) of ERISA.  Each Pension Plan is being maintained and funded in accordance with its terms and is in material compliance with the requirements of the Internal Revenue Code and ERISA.  No Credit Party organized in the United States has had a complete or partial withdrawal from any Multiemployer Plan that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to have resulted in any Withdrawal Liability and, except as notified to the Agent in writing following the Effective Date, no such Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization (within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA) or insolvent (within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA).

 

6.14        Conditions Affecting Business or Properties .  Neither the respective businesses nor the properties of any Credit Party is affected by any fire, explosion, accident, strike, lockout or other dispute, drought, storm, hail, earthquake, embargo, Act of God, or other casualty (except to the extent such event is covered by insurance sufficient to ensure that upon application of the proceeds thereof, no Material Adverse Effect could reasonably be expected to occur) which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.15        Environmental and Safety Matters .  Except as set forth in Schedules 6.9, 6.10 and 6.15 or as could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect:

 

(a)                                  to the knowledge of the Borrower, all facilities and property owned or leased by the Credit Parties are in compliance with all applicable Hazardous Material Laws;

 

(b)                                  to the best knowledge of the Borrower, there have been no unresolved and outstanding past, and there are no pending or threatened in writing:

 

(i)                                      claims, complaints, notices or requests for information received by any Credit Party with respect to any alleged violation of any applicable Hazardous Material Law, or

 

(ii)                                   written complaints, notices or inquiries to any Credit Party regarding potential liability of any Credit Parties under any applicable Hazardous Material Law; and

 

(c)                                   to the knowledge of the Borrower, no conditions exist at, on or under any property now or previously owned or leased by any Credit Party which, with the passage of time, or the giving of notice or both, are reasonably likely to give rise to liability under any applicable Hazardous Material Law or create a significant adverse effect on the value of the property.

 

64

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

6.16        Subsidiaries .  Except as disclosed on Schedule 6.16 hereto as of the Effective Date, and thereafter, except as disclosed to the Agent in writing from time to time, no Credit Party has any Subsidiaries.

 

6.17        Management Agreements .  Schedule 6.17 attached hereto is an accurate and complete list of all management and significant employment agreements in effect on or as of the Effective Date to which any Credit Party is a party or is bound.

 

6.18        Material Contracts .  Schedule 6.18 attached hereto is an accurate and complete list of all Material Contracts in effect on or as of the Effective Date to which any Credit Party is a party or is bound.

 

6.19        Franchises, Patents, Copyrights, Tradenames, etc The Credit Parties possess all franchises, patents, copyrights, trademarks, trade names, licenses and permits, and rights in respect of the foregoing, adequate for the conduct of their business substantially as now conducted without known conflict with any rights of others.  Schedule 6.19 contains a true and accurate list of all trade names and any and all other names used by any Credit Party during the five-year period ending as of the Effective Date.

 

6.20        Capital Structure .  Schedule 6.20 attached hereto sets forth all issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each Credit Party, including the number of authorized, issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each Credit Party, the par value of such Equity Interests and the holders of such Equity Interests, all on and as of the Effective Date. All issued and outstanding Equity Interests of each Credit Party are duly authorized and validly issued, fully paid, nonassessable, free and clear of all Liens (except for the benefit of the Agent) and such Equity Interests were issued in compliance with all applicable state, federal and foreign laws concerning the issuance of securities.  Except as disclosed on Schedule 6.20, on and as of the Effective Date, there are no preemptive or other outstanding rights, options, warrants, conversion rights or similar agreements or understandings for the purchase or acquisition from any Credit Party, of any Equity Interests of any Credit Party.

 

6.21        Accuracy of Information .  (a)  The audited financial statements for the Fiscal Year ended December 31, 2012, furnished to the Agent and the Lenders prior to the Effective Date fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Borrower and its respective Subsidiaries and the results of their operations for the periods covered thereby, and have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The projections, the Pro Forma Balance Sheet and the other pro forma financial information delivered to the Agent prior to the Effective Date are based upon good faith estimates and assumptions believed by management of the Borrower to be accurate and reasonable at the time made, it being recognized by the Lenders that such financial information as it relates to future events is not to be viewed as fact and that actual results during the period or periods covered by such financial information may differ from the projected results set forth therein.

 

(b)           Since December 31, 2012, there has been no material adverse change in the business, operations, condition or property (financial or otherwise) of the Credit Parties, taken as a whole.

 

65

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

(c)           To the best knowledge of the Credit Parties, as of the Effective Date, (i) the Credit Parties do not have any material contingent obligations (including any liability for taxes) not disclosed by or reserved against in the opening balance sheet to be delivered hereunder and (ii) there are no unrealized or anticipated losses from any present commitment of the Credit Parties which contingent obligations and losses in the aggregate could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

6.22        Solvency .  After giving effect to the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and other Loan Documents, each Credit Party will be solvent, able to pay its indebtedness as it matures and will have capital sufficient to carry on its businesses and all business in which it is about to engage. This Agreement is being executed and delivered by the Borrower to the Agent and the Lenders in good faith and in exchange for fair, equivalent consideration. The Credit Parties do not intend to nor does management of the Credit Parties believe the Credit Parties will incur debts beyond their ability to pay as they mature. The Credit Parties do not contemplate filing a petition in bankruptcy or for an arrangement or reorganization under the Bankruptcy Code or any similar law of any jurisdiction now or hereafter in effect relating to any Credit Party, nor does any Credit Party have any knowledge of any threatened bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against a Credit Party.

 

6.23        Employee Matters .  There are no strikes, slowdowns, work stoppages, unfair labor practice complaints, grievances, arbitration proceedings or controversies pending or, to the best knowledge of the Borrower, threatened against any Credit Party by any employees of any Credit Party, other than non-material employee grievances or controversies arising in the ordinary course of business. Set forth on Schedule 6.23 are all union contracts or agreements to which any Credit Party is party as of the Effective Date and the related expiration dates of each such contract.

 

6.24        No Misrepresentation .  Neither this Agreement nor any other Loan Document, certificate, information or report furnished or to be furnished by or on behalf of a Credit Party to the Agent or any Lender in connection with any of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, contains a misstatement of material fact, or omits to state a material fact required to be stated in order to make the statements contained herein or therein, taken as a whole, not misleading in the light of the circumstances under which such statements were made.  There is no fact, other than information known to the public generally, known to any Credit Party after diligent inquiry, that could reasonably be expect to have a Material Adverse Effect that has not expressly been disclosed to the Agent in writing.

 

6.25        Corporate Documents and Corporate Existence .  As to each Credit Party, (a) it is an organization as described on Schedule 1.1 hereto and has provided the Agent and the Lenders with complete and correct copies of its articles of incorporation, by-laws and all other applicable charter and other organizational documents, and, if applicable, a good standing certificate and (b) its correct legal name, business address, type of organization and jurisdiction of organization, tax identification number and other relevant identification numbers are set forth on Schedule 1.1 hereto.

 

6.26        Intellectual Property Collateral .  Borrower and its Subsidiaries are the sole owners of the Intellectual Property Collateral (as defined in the Security Agreement), except for non-

 

66

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

exclusive licenses granted by Borrower to its university partners in the ordinary course of business.  To the best of Borrower’s knowledge, none of the Borrower’s nor any of its Subsidiaries’ Copyrights, Trademarks and Patents (as defined in the Security Agreement) has been judged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and no claim has been in writing made to Borrower or any Subsidiary that the technology owned by Borrower or such Subsidiary violates the rights of any third party except to the extent such claim could not reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect.  Except as set forth in Schedule 6.26, Borrower’s rights as a licensee of intellectual property do not give rise to more than five percent (5%) of its gross revenue in any given month, including without limitation revenue derived from the sale, licensing, rendering or disposition of any product or service.

 

6.27        Inbound Licenses .  Except as disclosed on Schedule 6.27, neither Borrower nor any Subsidiary is party to, nor is it bound by, any inbound license or other agreement, the failure, breach, or termination of which could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect, or that prohibits or otherwise restricts Borrower or any Subsidiary from granting a security interest in Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s interest in license or agreement or any other property.

 

7.                                       AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS.

 

The Borrower covenants and agrees, so long as any Lender has any commitment to extend credit hereunder, or any of the Indebtedness remains outstanding and unpaid, that it will, and, as applicable, it will cause each of its Subsidiaries to:

 

7.1          Financial Statements .  Furnish to the Agent, in form and detail satisfactory to the Agent, with sufficient copies for each Lender, the following documents:

 

(a)                                  as soon as available, but in any event within one hundred fifty (150) days after the end of each Fiscal Year, a copy of the audited Consolidated and unaudited Consolidating financial statements of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such Fiscal Year and the related audited Consolidated and unaudited Consolidating balance sheets and statements of income, stockholders equity, and cash flows of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year or partial Fiscal Year and underlying assumptions, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous Fiscal Year, certified as being fairly stated in all material respects by an independent, nationally recognized certified public accounting firm reasonably satisfactory to the Agent; provided however, that such financial statements shall be delivered within ninety (90) days after the end of each Fiscal Year commencing with the first Fiscal Year after consummation of an IPO;

 

(b)                                  as soon as available, but in any event within thirty (30) days after the end of each month (except for the last month of each fiscal quarter which shall be delivered within forty five (45) days) (including the last month of each Fiscal Year, which, for such month, shall be a Borrower-prepared draft subject to standard audit adjustments), commencing with the first full

 

67

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

month after the Effective Date, the Borrower prepared unaudited Consolidated and Consolidating balance sheets of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries as at the end of such month and for the year to date period and the related unaudited statements of income, stockholders equity and cash flows of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries for the portion of the Fiscal Year through the end of such fiscal month, setting forth in each case in comparative form (i) the figures for the corresponding periods in the previous year and (ii) the figures for the relevant period set forth in the projections delivered for such year pursuant to Section 7.2(e), and certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as being fairly stated in all material respects; provided, however, that such financial statements shall be delivered within forty five (45) days after the end of each month commencing with the first full month after consummation of an IPO; and

 

all such financial statements to fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Borrower and its Consolidated Subsidiaries and to be prepared in reasonable detail and in accordance with GAAP throughout the periods reflected therein and with prior periods (except as approved by a Responsible Officer and disclosed therein), provided however that the financial statements delivered pursuant to clause (b) hereof will not be required to include footnotes and will be subject to change from audit and year-end adjustments.

 

7.2          Certificates; Other Information .  Furnish to the Agent, in form and detail acceptable to the Agent, with sufficient copies for each Lender, the following documents:

 

(a)                                  Concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements described in Sections 7.1(a) for each fiscal year end, and 7.1(b) for each month end, a Covenant Compliance Report (or, in the case of the Borrower prepared financial statements for the last fiscal month of each fiscal year, a draft Covenant Compliance Certificate) duly executed by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower;

 

(b)                                  Calculated as of the last day of each month and due within twenty (20) days of the end of such month, a Borrowing Base Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer in substantially the form of Exhibit G hereto, together with an Eligible Tuition Calculation worksheet, a New and Returning Student revenue backlog supporting detail (including enrollment and intent to enroll supporting data) (the “Borrowing Base Reporting”); provided, however, when any Advances are outstanding, Borrower shall provide an intramonth updated report due within seven (7) days of Borrower’s receipt of a payment from an institution that does not pay Borrower on a regular monthly basis; provided that if Borrower provides an intramonth updated report, the next subsequent monthly Borrower Base Reporting that becomes due shall take into account the intramonth payments that have occurred since the month end calculation date for that monthly Borrower Base Reporting; provided, further, if collection terms for institutions materially vary from the collection terms existing as of the

 

68

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Effective Date, Agent and Borrower shall agree to modify such Borrower Base Reporting as is reasonably acceptable to Agent and Borrower;

 

(c)                                   Within thirty (30) days after and as of the end of each fiscal quarter, a student bad debt payable liability report and a Core 4 Program profitability report, each in form and substance acceptable to Agent, containing the most recent information secured from its University partners;

 

(d)                                  Promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of the final versions of all significant reports submitted by the Credit Parties’ firm(s) of certified public accountants in connection with each annual, interim or special audit or review of any type of the financial statements or related internal control systems of the Credit Parties made by such accountants, including any comment letter submitted by such accountants to management in connection with their services;

 

(e)                                   Any financial reports, statements, press releases, other material information or written notices delivered to the holders of the Subordinated Debt pursuant to any applicable Subordinated Debt Documents (to the extent not otherwise required hereunder), as and when delivered to such Persons;

 

(f)                                    Within thirty (30) days after the end of each Fiscal Year, projections (including an income statement, balance sheet and statement of cash flow and a board approved budget, which must be acceptable to the Agent and the Majority Lenders in the exercise of their reasonable credit judgment) for Borrower and its Subsidiaries for such Fiscal Year, on a monthly basis and for the following Fiscal Year on a quarterly basis, including a balance sheet, as at the end of each relevant period and for the period commencing at the beginning of the Fiscal Year and ending on the last day of such relevant period, such projections and other information certified by a Responsible Officer of Borrower as being based on reasonable estimates and assumptions taking into account all facts and information known (or reasonably available to any Credit Party) by a Responsible Officer of Borrower;

 

(g)                                   Within thirty (30) days after and as of the end of each month, including the last month of each Fiscal Year, or more frequently as requested by the Agent or the Majority Lenders the monthly aging of the accounts receivable and accounts payable of the Credit Parties;

 

(h)                                  As soon as available, and in any event within forty five (45) days after the end of each fiscal quarter of the Borrower (except the last quarter of each Fiscal Year), a copy of the 10-Q of the Borrower filed with the SEC, (ii) as soon as available, and in any event within ninety (90) days after the end of each Fiscal Year of the Borrower, a copy of the 10-K of the Borrower filed with the SEC, (iii) as soon as available following the filing thereof, a

 

69

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

copy of any 8-K of the Borrower filed with the SEC, and (iv) as soon as available following the filing thereof, any proxy or registration statements filed with the SEC;

 

(i)                                      Any additional information as required by any Loan Document, and such additional schedules, certificates and reports respecting all or any of the Collateral, the items or amounts received by the Credit Parties in full or partial payment thereof, and any goods (the sale or lease of which shall have given rise to any of the Collateral) possession of which has been obtained by the Credit Parties, all to such extent as the Agent may reasonably request from time to time, any such schedule, certificate or report to be certified as true and correct in all material respects by a Responsible Officer of the applicable Credit Party and shall be in such form and detail as the Agent may reasonably specify;

 

(j)                                     Within thirty (30) days of the last day of each fiscal quarter, a report signed by Borrower, in form reasonably acceptable to Agent, listing any applications or registrations that Borrower or any Subsidiary has made or filed in respect of any Patents, Copyrights or Trademarks and a current list of Borrower’s and each Subsidiary’s Intellectual Property Collateral, including but not limited to any subsequent ownership right of Borrower or any Subsidiary in or to any Trademark, Patent or Copyright not specified in the schedules to the Security Agreement; and

 

(k)                                  Such additional financial and/or other information (including without limitation sales projections, budgets and operating plans) as the Agent or any Lender may from time to time reasonably request, promptly following such request.

 

7.3          Payment of Obligations .  Pay, discharge or otherwise satisfy, at or before maturity or before they become delinquent, as the case may be, all of its material obligations of whatever nature, including without limitation all assessments, governmental charges, claims for labor, supplies, rent or other obligations, except where the amount or validity thereof is currently being appropriately contested in good faith and reserves in conformity with GAAP with respect thereto have been provided on the books of the Credit Parties.

 

7.4          Conduct of Business and Maintenance of Existence; Compliance with Laws.

 

(a)           Continue to engage in their respective business and operations substantially as conducted immediately prior to the Effective Date;

 

(b)           Preserve, renew and keep in full force and effect its existence and maintain its qualifications to do business in each jurisdiction where such qualifications are necessary for its operations, except as otherwise permitted pursuant to Section 8.4 and where failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(c)           Take all action it deems necessary in its reasonable business judgment to maintain all rights, privileges, licenses and franchises necessary for the normal conduct of its business

 

70

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

except where the failure to so maintain such rights, privileges or franchises could not, either singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(d)           Comply with all Contractual Obligations and Requirements of Law, except to the extent that failure to comply therewith could not, either singly or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or to result in the breach of a Material Contract; and

 

(e)           (i) Continue to be a Person whose property or interests in property is not blocked or subject to blocking pursuant to Section 1 of Executive Order 13224 of September 23, 2001 Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit or Support Terrorism (66 Fed. Reg. 49079 (2001)) (the “Order”), (ii) not engage in the transactions prohibited by Section 2 of that Order or become associated with Persons such that a violation of Section 2 of the Order would arise, and (iii) not become a Person on the list of Specially Designated National and Blocked Persons, or (iv) otherwise not become subject to the limitation of any OFAC regulation or executive order.

 

7.5          Maintenance of Property; Insurance .  (a)  Keep all material property it deems, in its reasonable business judgment, useful and necessary in its business in working order (ordinary wear and tear excepted); (b) maintain insurance coverage with financially sound and reputable insurance companies on physical assets and against other business risks in such amounts and of such types as are customarily carried by companies similar in size and nature (including without limitation casualty and public liability and property damage insurance), and in the event of acquisition of additional property, real or personal, or of the incurrence of additional risks of any nature, increase such insurance coverage in such manner and to such extent as prudent business judgment and present practice or any applicable Requirements of Law would dictate; (c) in the case of all insurance policies covering any Collateral, such insurance policies shall provide that the loss payable thereunder shall be payable to the applicable Credit Party, and to the Agent (as mortgagee, or, in the case of personal property interests, lender loss payee) as their respective interests may appear; (d) in the case of all  public liability insurance policies, such policies shall list the Agent as an additional insured, as the Agent may reasonably request; and (e) if requested by the Agent, certificates evidencing such policies, including all endorsements thereto, to be deposited with the Agent, such certificates being in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent.

 

7.6          Inspection of Property; Books and Records, Discussions .  Permit the Agent and each Lender, through their authorized attorneys, accountants and representatives (a) at all reasonable times during normal business hours, upon the request of the Agent or such Lender, to examine each Credit Party’s books, accounts, records, ledgers and assets and properties; (b) from time to time, during normal business hours, upon the request of the Agent, to conduct full or partial collateral audits of the Accounts and Inventory and working capital audits of the Credit Parties and appraisals of all or a portion of the fixed assets (including real property) of the Credit Parties, such audits and appraisals to be completed by an appraiser as may be selected by the Agent, with all reasonable costs and expenses of such audits to be reimbursed by the Credit Parties, provided that so long as no Event of Default or Default exists, the Borrower shall not be required to reimburse the Agent for such audits or appraisals more frequently than two (2) times during any period of twelve (12) consecutive months; (c) during normal business hours and at their own risk, to enter onto the real property owned or leased by any Credit Party to conduct

 

71

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

inspections, investigations or other reviews of such real property; and (d) at reasonable times during normal business hours and at reasonable intervals, to visit all of the Credit Parties’ offices, discuss each Credit Party’s respective financial matters with their respective officers, as applicable, and, by this provision, the Borrower authorizes, and will cause each of its respective Subsidiaries to authorize, its independent certified or chartered public accountants to discuss the finances and affairs of any Credit Party and examine any of such Credit Party’s books, reports or records held by such accountants.

 

7.7          Notices .  Promptly give written notice to the Agent of:

 

(a)                                  the occurrence of any Default or Event of Default of which any Credit Party has knowledge;

 

(b)                                  any (i) litigation or proceeding existing at any time between any Credit Party and any Governmental Authority or other third party, or any investigation of any Credit Party conducted by any Governmental Authority, which in any case if adversely determined would have a Material Adverse Effect or (ii) any material adverse change in the financial condition of any Credit Party since the date of the last audited financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 7.1(a) hereof;

 

(c)                                   the occurrence of any event which any Credit Party believes could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, promptly after concluding that such event could reasonably be expected to have such a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(d)                                  promptly after becoming aware thereof, the taking by the Internal Revenue Service or any foreign taxing jurisdiction of a written tax position (or any such tax position taken by any Credit Party in a filing with the Internal Revenue Service or any foreign taxing jurisdiction) which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect, setting forth the details of such position and the financial impact thereof;

 

(e)                                   (i) the acquisition or creation of any new Subsidiaries or (ii) any material change after the Effective Date in the authorized and issued Equity Interests of any Credit Party or any other material amendment to any Credit Party’s charter, by-laws or other organizational documents, such notice, in each case, to identify the applicable jurisdictions, capital structures or amendments as applicable, provided that such notice shall be given not less than ten (10) Business Days prior to the proposed effectiveness of such changes, acquisition or creation, as the case may be (or such shorter period to which the Agent may consent);

 

(f)                                    not less than ten (10) Business Days (or such other shorter period to which the Agent may agree) prior to the proposed effective date thereof, any proposed material amendments, restatements or other modifications to any Subordinated Debt Documents; and

 

72

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


 

(g)                                   any default or event of default by any Person under any Subordinated Debt Document, concurrently with delivery or promptly after receipt (as the case may be) of any notice of default or event of default under the applicable document, as the case may be.

 

Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer of the Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and, in the case of notices referred to in clauses (a), (b), (c), (d) and (g) hereof stating what action the applicable Credit Party has taken or proposes to take with respect thereto.

 

7.8                                Hazardous Material Laws .

 

(a)                                  Use and operate all of its facilities and properties in material compliance with all applicable Hazardous Material Laws, keep all material required permits, approvals, certificates, licenses and other authorizations required under such Hazardous Material Laws in effect and remain in compliance therewith, and handle all Hazardous Materials in material compliance with all applicable Hazardous Material Laws;

 

(b)                                  (i) Promptly notify the Agent and provide copies upon receipt of all written claims, complaints, notices or inquiries received by any Credit Party relating to its facilities and properties or compliance with applicable Hazardous Material Laws which, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect and (ii) promptly cure and have dismissed with prejudice to the reasonable satisfaction of the Agent and the Majority Lenders any material actions and proceedings relating to compliance with applicable Hazardous Material Laws to which any Credit Party is named a party, other than such actions or proceedings being contested in good faith and with the establishment of reasonable reserves;

 

(c)                                   To the extent necessary to comply in all material respects with Hazardous Material Laws, remediate or monitor contamination arising from a release or disposal of Hazardous Material, which solely, or together with other releases or disposals of Hazardous Materials could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(d)                                  Provide such information and certifications which the Agent or any Lender may reasonably request from time to time to evidence compliance with this Section 7.8.

 

7.9                                Financial Covenants.

 

(a)                                  Minimum Revenue .  Tested quarterly, Borrower shall generate trailing three month GAAP Revenues of at least the following:

 

Period

 

Covenant

 

Three months ending 9/30/2013

 

$

[***]

 

Three months ending 12/31/2013

 

$

[***]

 

Three months ending 3/31/2014

 

$

[***]

 

 

73

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Three months ending 6/30/2014

 

$

[***]

 

Three months ending 9/30/2014

 

$

[***]

 

Three months ending 12/31/2014

 

$

[***]

 

 

Thereafter to be reset by Agent (at the direction of the Majority Lenders) no later than February 28 of each year and to be based upon the Borrower’s Board of Directors — approved budgeted financial statements, which must be satisfactory to Agent and the Majority Lenders.  Such reset covenant levels shall be incorporated herein via a written amendment or such other agreement as agreed to by Agent, the Majority Lenders and the Borrower, and the Borrower shall agree to and execute any such amendment or other agreement on or before February 28 of such year; provided that such amendment or other agreement contains only terms that have been mutually agreed to by the parties thereto.  For the sake of clarity, the failure of the Borrower to enter into any such amendment or other agreement resetting covenant levels by February 28 of each year shall be considered a violation of this Section 7.9(a).

 

To the extent any three month period exceeds the required minimum, up to 10% of the excess may be carried forward to the subsequent three month period for the purpose of the calculation of this covenant.

 

(b)                                  Minimum Adjusted Quick Ratio .  At all times, tested monthly, a ratio of (i) Cash plus net trade accounts receivables plus 75% of the sum of Eligible Tuition for New Students and Eligible Tuition for Returning Students per the most recent Borrowing Base Certificate to the extent not included in Borrower’s net accounts receivable to (ii) Current Liabilities minus the current portion of deferred revenue minus accrued bonuses not payable within the upcoming 150 days minus the student bad debt liability that is aged less than twelve months since the last quarterly bad debt statement received from an institution plus all Indebtedness not already included of at least 1.10 to 1.00.

 

(c)                                   Maintain as of the end of each fiscal quarter, Core 4 Program Profitability of at least the following:

 

Period

 

Covenant

 

Six months ending 9/30/2013

 

$

[***]

 

Six months ending 12/31/2013

 

$

[***]

 

Six months ending 3/31/2014

 

$

[***]

 

 

74

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Six months ending 6/30/2014

 

$

[***]

 

Six months ending 9/30/2014

 

$

[***]

 

Six months ending 12/31/2014

 

$

[***]

 

 

Thereafter to be reset by Agent (at the direction of the Majority Lenders) no later than February 28 of each year and to be based upon the Borrower’s Board of Directors — approved budgeted financial statements, which must be satisfactory to Agent and the Majority Lenders.  Such reset covenant levels shall be incorporated herein via a written amendment or such other agreement as agreed to by Agent, the Majority Lenders and the Borrower, and the Borrower shall agree to and execute any such amendment or other agreement on or before February 28 of such year; provided that such amendment or other agreement contains only terms that have been mutually agreed to by the parties thereto.  For the sake of clarity, the failure of the Borrower to enter into any such amendment or other agreement resetting covenant levels by February 28 of each year shall be considered a violation of this Section 7.9(c).

 

7.10                         Governmental and Other Approvals .  Apply for, obtain and/or maintain in effect, as applicable, all authorizations, consents, approvals, licenses, qualifications, exemptions, filings, declarations and registrations (whether with any court, governmental agency, regulatory authority, securities exchange or otherwise) which are necessary or reasonably requested by the Agent in connection with the execution, delivery and performance by any Credit Party of, as applicable, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents, the Subordinated Debt Documents, or any other documents or instruments to be executed and/or delivered by any Credit Party, as applicable in connection therewith or herewith, except where the failure to so apply for, obtain or maintain could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

7.11                         Compliance with ERISA; ERISA Notices .

 

(a)  Comply in all material respects with all applicable material requirements imposed by ERISA and the Internal Revenue Code, including, but not limited to, the minimum funding requirements for any Pension Plan, except to the extent that any noncompliance could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(b)                            Promptly notify the Agent upon the occurrence of any of the following events in writing: (i) the termination, other than a standard termination, as defined in ERISA, of any Pension Plan subject to Subtitle C of Title IV of ERISA by any Credit Party; (ii) the appointment of a trustee by a United States District Court to administer any Pension Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA; (iii) the commencement by the PBGC, of any proceeding to terminate any Pension Plan subject to Title IV

 

75

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

of ERISA; (iv) the failure of any Credit Party to make any payment in respect of any Pension Plan required under Section 412 of the Internal Revenue Code or Section 302 of ERISA; (v) the withdrawal of any Credit Party from any Multiemployer Plan if any Credit Party reasonably believes that such withdrawal would give rise to the imposition of Withdrawal Liability with respect thereto; or (vi) the occurrence of (x) a “reportable event” which is required to be reported by a Credit Party under Section 4043 of ERISA other than any event for which the reporting requirement has been waived by the PBGC or (y) a “prohibited transaction” as defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Internal Revenue Code other than a transaction for which a statutory exemption is available or an administrative exemption has been obtained.

 

7.12                         Defense of Collateral .  Defend the Collateral from any Liens other than Liens permitted by Section 8.2.

 

7.13                         Future Subsidiaries; Additional Collateral.

 

(a)                                  With respect to each Person which becomes a Domestic Subsidiary of the Borrower (directly or indirectly) subsequent to the Effective Date, cause such new Domestic Subsidiary to execute and deliver to the Agent, for and on behalf of each of the Lenders (unless waived by the Agent):

 

(i)                                      within ten (10) days after the date such Person becomes a Domestic Subsidiary (or such longer time period as the Agent may determine), a Guaranty, or in the event that a Guaranty already exists, a joinder agreement to the Guaranty whereby such Domestic Subsidiary becomes obligated as a Guarantor under the Guaranty; and

 

(ii)                                   within ten (10) days after the date such Person becomes a Domestic Subsidiary (or such longer time period as the Agent may determine), a joinder agreement to the Security Agreement whereby such Domestic Subsidiary grants a Lien over its assets (other than Equity Interests which should be governed by (b) of this Section 7.13) as set forth in the Security Agreement, and such Domestic Subsidiary shall take such additional actions as may be necessary to ensure a valid first priority perfected Lien over such assets of such Domestic Subsidiary, subject only to the other Liens permitted pursuant to Section 8.2 of this Agreement;

 

(b)                                  With respect to the Equity Interests of each Person which becomes (i) a Domestic Subsidiary subsequent to the Effective Date, cause the Credit Party that holds such Equity Interests to execute and deliver such Pledge Agreements, and take such actions as may be necessary to ensure a valid first priority perfected Lien over one hundred percent (100%) of the Equity Interests of such Domestic Subsidiary held by a Credit Party, such Pledge Agreements to be executed and delivered (unless waived by the Agent) within thirty (30) days after the date such Person becomes a Domestic Subsidiary (or such longer time period as the Agent may

 

76

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

determine); and (ii) a Foreign Subsidiary subsequent to the Effective Date, the Equity Interests of which is held directly by the Borrower or one of its Domestic Subsidiaries, cause the Credit Party that holds such Equity Interests to execute and deliver such Pledge Agreements and take such actions as may be necessary to ensure a valid first priority perfected Lien over sixty-five percent (65%) of the Equity Interests of such Foreign Subsidiary (or such lesser amount, if applicable, owned by the pledgor), such Pledge Agreements to be executed and delivered (unless waived by the Agent) within thirty (30) days after the date such Person becomes a Foreign Subsidiary (or such longer time period as the Agent may determine); and

 

(c)                                   with respect to the acquisition of any leasehold interest in real property by any Credit Party after the Effective Date, not later than five (5) days after the acquisition is consummated or the owner of the applicable leasehold interest becomes a Domestic Subsidiary (or such longer time period as the Agent may determine), the applicable Credit Party shall deliver to the Agent a copy of the applicable lease agreement and shall execute or cause to be executed, unless otherwise waived by the Agent, a Collateral Access Agreement in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent together with such other documentation as may be reasonably required by the Agent; provided that this requirement shall only apply to locations where material business records or material equipment or other Collateral is kept (and a location where equipment or other Collateral with a value in excess of $100,000 shall be considered to have material equipment and Collateral located there);

 

in each case in form reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, in its reasonable discretion, together with such supporting documentation, including without limitation corporate authority items, certificates and opinions of counsel, as reasonably required by the Agent.  Upon the Agent’s request, Credit Parties shall take, or cause to be taken, such additional steps as are necessary or advisable under applicable law to perfect and ensure the validity and priority of the Liens granted under this Section 7.13.

 

7.14                         Accounts .  Maintain all its depository, transaction, and savings accounts with the Agent and its primary investment accounts with the Agent; provided, however, Borrower may maintain a payroll account with Esquire Bank provided the account balance does not exceed $25,000, and (ii) accounts outside the United States for 2tor Hk LLC without an Account Control Agreement provided such accounts shall not exceed $250,000 at any time.

 

7.15                         Use of Proceeds .  Use all Advances of the Revolving Credit as set forth in Section 2.12 hereof. The Borrower shall not use any portion of the proceeds of any such advances for the purpose of purchasing or carrying any “margin stock” (as defined in Regulation U of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System) in any manner which violates the provisions of Regulation T, U or X of said Board of Governors or for any other purpose in violation of any applicable statute or regulation.

 

7.16                         [Reserved] .

 

7.17                         Further Assurances and Information .

 

(a)  Take such actions as the Agent or Majority Lenders may from time to time reasonably request to establish and maintain first priority perfected security

 

77

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

interests in and Liens on all of the Collateral, subject only to those Liens permitted under Section 8.2 hereof, including executing and delivering such additional pledges, assignments, mortgages, lien instruments or other security instruments covering any or all of the Credit Parties’ assets as the Agent may reasonably require, such documentation to be in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent, and prepared at the expense of the Borrower.

 

(b)                            Execute and deliver or cause to be executed and delivered to the Agent within a reasonable time following the Agent’s request, and at the expense of the Borrower, such other documents or instruments as the Agent may reasonably require to effectuate more fully the purposes of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

 

(c)                                   Provide to the Agent within sixty (60) days (or such longer period as is agreed to by the Agent) Collateral Access Agreements for each leased location for which Collateral Access Agreement were not provided as of the Effective Date.

 

(d)                                  Provide the Agent and the Lenders with any other information required by Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act or necessary for the Agent and the Lenders to verify the identity of any Credit Party as required by Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act.

 

7.18                         Registration of Intellectual Property Rights .

 

(a)                                  The Borrower shall register or cause to be registered on an expedited basis (to the extent not already registered) with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright Office, as the case may be, those registrable intellectual property rights now owned or hereafter developed or acquired by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower, to the extent that the Borrower, in its reasonable business judgment, deems it appropriate to so protect such intellectual property rights and which are material to the Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s business.

 

(b)                                  The Borrower shall promptly give Agent written notice of any applications or registrations of intellectual property rights filed with the United States Patent and Trademark Office, including the date of such filing and the registration or application numbers, if any, unless such information is otherwise provided under Section 7.2(f).

 

(c)                                   The Borrower shall (i) give Agent not less than thirty (30) days prior written notice of the filing of any applications or registrations with the United States Copyright Office, including the title of such intellectual property rights to be registered, as such title will appear on such applications or registrations, and the date such applications or registrations will be filed; (ii) prior to the filing of any such applications or registrations, execute such documents as Agent may reasonably request for Agent to maintain its perfection in such intellectual property rights to be registered by the Borrower; (iii) upon the request of the Agent, either deliver to the Agent or file such documents simultaneously with the filing of any such applications or registrations; (iv) upon filing any such

 

78

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

applications or registrations, promptly provide the Agent with a copy of such applications or registrations together with any exhibits, evidence of the filing of any documents requested by the Agent to be filed for the Agent to maintain the perfection and priority of its security interest in such intellectual property rights, and the date of such filing.

 

(d)                                  The Borrower shall execute and deliver such additional instruments and documents from time to time as the Agent shall reasonably request to perfect and maintain the perfection and priority of the Agent’s security interest in the Intellectual Property Collateral.

 

(e)                                   The Borrower shall use commercially reasonable efforts to, with regard to such intellectual property rights that are owned by the Borrower or any Subsidiary and material to the Borrower’s or such Subsidiary’s business, and in each case, only to the extent consistent with industry and prudent business practices, (i) protect, defend and maintain the validity and enforceability of the Trademarks, Patents, Copyrights, and trade secrets, (ii) notify the Agent in writing of any material infringements of the Trademarks, Patents and Copyrights owned by the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower which could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect and (iii) not allow any material Trademarks, Patents or Copyrights owned by the Borrower to be abandoned, forfeited or dedicated to the public except with regard to such intellectual property rights that the Borrower, in its reasonable business judgment deems no longer material to the Borrower’s or any of its Subsidiary’s financial condition.

 

(f)                                    The Agent may audit the Borrower’s and its Subsidiaries’ Intellectual Property Collateral owned by the Borrower and its Subsidiaries to confirm compliance with this Section 7.18, provided such audit may not occur more often than twice per year, unless an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing.  Agent shall have the right, but not the obligation, to take, at the Borrower’s sole expense, any actions that the Borrower is required under this Section 7.18 to take but which the Borrower fails to take, after fifteen (15) days’ notice to the Borrower.  The Borrower shall reimburse and indemnify the Agent for all reasonable costs and reasonable expenses incurred in the reasonable exercise of its rights under this Section 7.18.

 

7.19                         Consent of Inbound Licensors .  Prior to entering into or becoming bound by any inbound license or agreement (other than over-the-counter software that is commercially available to the public), the failure, breach, or termination of which could reasonably be expected to cause a Material Adverse Effect, Borrower shall use commercially reasonably efforts to obtain the consent of, or waiver by, any Person whose consent or waiver is necessary for (A) Borrower’s interest in such licenses or contract rights to be deemed Collateral and for Agent to have a security interest in it that might otherwise be restricted by the terms of the applicable license or agreement, whether now existing or entered into in the future, and (B) Agent to have the ability in the event of a liquidation of any Collateral to dispose of such Collateral in accordance with Agent’s rights and remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower’s failure to obtain any such consent or

 

79

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

waiver after using commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such consent or waiver shall not result in a breach of this Agreement.

 

8.                                       NEGATIVE COVENANTS.

 

The Borrower covenants and agrees that, so long as any Lender has any commitment to extend credit hereunder, or any of the Indebtedness (other than contingent reimbursement or indemnification obligations as to which no claim has been asserted) remains outstanding and unpaid, it will not, and, as applicable, it will not permit any of its Subsidiaries to:

 

8.1                                Limitation on Debt .  Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Debt, except:

 

(a)                                  Indebtedness of any Credit Party to the Agent and the Lenders under this Agreement and/or the other Loan Documents;

 

(b)                                  any Debt existing on the Effective Date and set forth in Schedule 8.1 attached hereto and any renewals or refinancing of such Debt (provided that (i) the aggregate principal amount of such renewed or refinanced Debt shall not exceed the aggregate principal amount of the original Debt outstanding on the Effective Date (less any principal payments and the amount of any commitment reductions made thereon on or prior to such renewal or refinancing), (ii) the renewal or refinancing of such Debt shall be on substantially the same or better terms as in effect with respect to such Debt on the Effective Date, and shall otherwise be in compliance with this Agreement, and (iii) at the time of such renewal or refinancing no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result from the renewal or refinancing of such Debt;

 

(c)                                   any Debt of the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries incurred to finance the acquisition of fixed or capital assets, whether pursuant to a loan or a Capitalized Lease provided that both at the time of and immediately after giving effect to the incurrence thereof (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and (ii) the aggregate amount of all such Debt at any one time outstanding (including, without limitation, any Debt of the type described in this clause (c) which is set forth on Schedule 8.1 hereof) shall not exceed Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000), and any renewals or refinancings of such Debt on terms substantially the same or better than those in effect at the time of the original incurrence of such Debt;

 

(d)                                  Subordinated Debt;

 

(e)                                   Debt under any Hedging Transactions, provided that such transaction is entered into for risk management purposes and not for speculative purposes;

 

(f)                                    Debt arising from judgments or decrees not deemed to be a Default or Event of Default under subsection (g) of Section 9.1;

 

80

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

(g)                                   Debt owing to a Person that is a Credit Party, but only to the extent permitted under Section 8.7 hereof;

 

(h)                                  existing Debt related to Borrower’s now ended Romer Scholarship in an amount not exceeding $1,635,291;

 

(i)                                      Debt to trade creditors incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(j)                                     Debt relating to premium financing arrangements for directors and officer’s insurance, property and casualty insurance plans and health and welfare benefit plans (including health and workers compensation insurance, employment practices liability insurance and directors and officers insurance);

 

(k)                                  Debt in respect of performance bonds securing obligations not constituting Debt for borrowed money (including worker’s compensation claims, unemployment insurance, health benefits and other social security legislation and local, state and federal payroll taxes) and obligations in connection with self-insurance or similar requirements, in each case provided in the ordinary course of business;

 

(l)                                      working capital adjustments in connection with any Permitted Acquisition to the extent constituting Debt;

 

(m)                              Debt to employees constituting deferred compensation incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(n)                                  Debt arising from agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations in connection with acquisitions or dispositions of any business, assets or Subsidiary of a Borrower otherwise permitted hereunder, other than Debt incurred for the purpose of financing any such acquisition;

 

(o)                                  (i) Guarantee Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business in support of Debt of any Credit Party otherwise permitted hereunder and (ii) so long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result therefrom, Guarantee Obligations incurred in the ordinary course of business to support obligations not constituting Debt for borrowed money of any Credit Party, including, without limitation, obligations of a Credit Party owing to suppliers, customers and licensees; and

 

(p)                                  additional unsecured Debt not otherwise described above, provided that both at the time of and immediately after giving effect to the incurrence thereof (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result therefrom and (ii) the aggregate amount of all such Debt shall not exceed Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) at any one time outstanding.

 

81

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

8.2                                Limitation on Liens .  Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for:

 

(a)                                  Permitted Liens;

 

(b)                                  Liens securing Debt permitted by Section 8.1(c), provided that (i) such Liens are created upon fixed or capital assets acquired by the applicable Credit Party after the date of this Agreement (including without limitation by virtue of a loan or a Capitalized Lease), (ii) any such Lien is created solely for the purpose of securing indebtedness representing or incurred to finance the cost of the acquisition of the item of property subject thereto, (iii) the principal amount of the Debt secured by any such Lien shall at no time exceed 100% of the sum of the purchase price or cost of the applicable property, equipment or improvements and the related costs and charges imposed by the vendors thereof and (iv) the Lien does not cover any property other than the fixed or capital asset acquired; provided, however, that no such Lien shall be created over any owned real property of any Credit Party for which the Agent has received a Mortgage or for which such Credit Party is required to execute a Mortgage pursuant to the terms of this Agreement;

 

(c)                                   Liens created pursuant to the Loan Documents; and

 

(d)                                  any Lien securing third-party indebtedness assumed pursuant to any Permitted Acquisition conducted in compliance with this Agreement; provided that such Lien is limited to the property so acquired, was not entered into, extended or renewed in contemplation of such acquisition and is of a type of Lien permitted under this Agreement;

 

(e)                                   Liens on unearned premiums under insurance policies to secure the Debt permitted under Section 8.1(j); and

 

(f)                                    other Liens, existing on the Effective Date, set forth on Schedule 8.2 and renewals, refinancings and extensions thereof on substantially the same or better terms as in effect on the Effective Date and otherwise in compliance with this Agreement.

 

Regardless of the provisions of this Section 8.2, no Lien over the Equity Interests of the Borrower or any Subsidiary of the Borrower (except for those Liens for the benefit of the Agent and the Lenders) shall be permitted under the terms of this Agreement.

 

8.3                                Acquisitions .  Except for Permitted Acquisitions and acquisitions permitted under Section 8.7, purchase or otherwise acquire or become obligated for the purchase of all or substantially all or any material portion of the assets or business interests or a division or other business unit of any Person, or any Equity Interest of any Person, or any business or going concern.

 

82

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


 

8.4                                Limitation on Mergers, Dissolution or Sale of Assets .  Enter into any merger or consolidation or convey, sell, lease, assign, transfer or otherwise dispose of any of its property, business or assets (including, without limitation, Equity Interests, receivables and leasehold interests), whether now owned or hereafter acquired or liquidate, wind up or dissolve, except:

 

(a)                                  Inventory leased or sold in the ordinary course of business;

 

(b)                                  obsolete, damaged, uneconomic or worn out machinery, property or equipment, or machinery, property or equipment no longer used or useful in the conduct of the applicable Credit Party’s business;

 

(c)                                   mergers or consolidations of any Subsidiary of the Borrower with or into the Borrower or any Guarantor so long as the Borrower or such Guarantor shall be the continuing or surviving entity; provided that at the time of each such merger or consolidation, both before and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or result from such merger or consolidation;

 

(d)                                  any Subsidiary of the Borrower may liquidate or dissolve into the Borrower or a Guarantor if the Borrower determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution is in the best interests of the Borrower, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom;

 

(e)                                   sales or transfers, including without limitation upon voluntary liquidation from any Credit Party to the Borrower or a Guarantor, provided that the Borrower or Guarantor takes such actions as the Agent may reasonably request to ensure the perfection and priority of the Liens in favor of the Lenders over such transferred assets;

 

(f)                                    subject to Section 2.10(b) hereof, (i) Asset Sales (exclusive of asset sales permitted pursuant to all other subsections of this Section 8.4) in which the sales price is at least equal to the fair market value of the assets sold and the consideration received is cash or cash equivalents or Debt of any Credit Party being assumed by the purchaser, provided that the aggregate amount of such Asset Sales does not exceed Three Hundred Thousand Dollars ($300,000) in any Fiscal Year and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of each such sale (both before and after giving effect to such Asset Sale), and (ii) other Asset Sales approved by the Majority Lenders in their sole discretion;

 

(g)                                   the sale or disposition of Permitted Investments and other cash equivalents in the ordinary course of business; and

 

(h)                                  any Subsidiary of the Borrower or any Credit Party that is not a Guarantor or whose Equity Interest are not pledged to the Agent under the Collateral Documents may liquidate or dissolve if the Borrower determines in good faith that such liquidation or dissolution in the best interest of the

 

83

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Borrower in order to reduce costs and administrative burden, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would result therefrom; and

 

(i)                                      dispositions of owned or leased vehicles in the ordinary course of business.

 

The Lenders hereby consent and agree to the release by the Agent of any and all Liens on the property sold or otherwise disposed of in compliance with this Section 8.4.

 

8.5                                Restricted Payments .  Declare or make any distributions, dividend, payment or other distribution of assets, properties, cash, rights, obligations or securities (collectively, “Distributions”) on account of any of its Equity Interests, as applicable, or purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire for value any of its Equity Interests, as applicable, or any warrants, rights or options to acquire any of its Equity Interests, now or hereafter outstanding (collectively, “Purchases”), except that:

 

(a)                                  each Credit Party may pay cash Distributions to the Borrower; and

 

(b)                                  repurchases of Equity Interests from (i) former or current employees, officers, consultants or directors of the Borrower under the terms of applicable repurchase agreements or plans (x) in an aggregate amount not to exceed Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) in any fiscal year, provided that no Event of Default has occurred, is continuing or would exist after giving effect to the repurchases, or (y) in any amount where the consideration for the repurchase is the cancellation of indebtedness owed by such former or current employees, officers, consultants or directors to the Borrower regardless of whether an Event of Default exists, or (ii) current equity investors in the Borrower provided that the funds to make such repurchase are provided from the proceeds of one or more equity financings made for such purpose;

 

(c)                                   each Credit Party may declare and make Distributions payable in the Equity Interests of such Credit Party, provided that the issuance of such Equity Interests does not otherwise violate the terms of this Agreement and no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of making such Distribution or would result from the making of such Distribution;

 

(d)                                  the Borrower may distribute securities to employees, officers or directors upon exercise of their options;

 

(e)                                   each Credit Party may redeem, prepay or convert Subordinated Debt into Equity Interests in accordance with the terms of the documents and instruments evidencing such Subordinated Debt; and

 

84

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

(f)                                    the Borrower may convert convertible equity securities of Borrower (including warrants) into other equity interests of the Borrower pursuant to the terms of such equity securities.

 

8.6                                Limitation on Capital Expenditures .  Make or commit to make (by way of the acquisition of securities of a Person or otherwise) any expenditure in respect of the purchase or other acquisition of fixed or capital assets (excluding any such asset acquired in connection with normal replacement and maintenance programs properly charged to current operations) except for (a) Reinvestments of Net Proceeds from Asset Sales, Insurance Proceeds or Condemnation Proceeds to the extent permitted under Section 2.10 hereof and (b) Capital Expenditures, the amount of which in any Fiscal Year shall not exceed Thirteen Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($13,500,000).

 

8.7                                Limitation on Investments, Loans and Advances .  Make or allow to remain outstanding any Investment (whether such investment shall be of the character of investment in shares of stock, evidences of indebtedness or other securities or otherwise) in, or any loans or advances to, any Person other than:

 

(a)                                  Permitted Investments;

 

(b)                                  Investments existing on the Effective Date and listed on Schedule 8.7 hereof;

 

(c)                                   sales on open account in the ordinary course of business;

 

(d)                                  Investments of Subsidiaries in or to other Subsidiaries or the Borrower and Investments by the Borrower in Subsidiaries not to exceed Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year; provided that investments by Borrower in 2tor HK LLC may not exceed Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

 

(e)                                   joint ventures or strategic alliances in the ordinary course of Borrower’s business consisting of the non-exclusive licensing of technology, the development of technology or the providing of technical support, provided that any cash investments by the Borrower do not exceed Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) in the aggregate in any fiscal year;

 

(f)                                    Investments in respect of Hedging Transactions provided that such transaction is entered into for risk management purposes and not for speculative purposes;

 

(g)                                   loans and advances to employees, officers and directors of any Credit Party for moving, entertainment, travel and other similar expenses in the ordinary course of business not to exceed Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) in the aggregate at any time outstanding;

 

(h)                                  Permitted Acquisitions and Investments in any Person acquired pursuant to a Permitted Acquisitions;

 

85

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

(i)                                      Investments constituting deposits made in connection with the purchase of goods or services in the ordinary course of business in an aggregate amount for such deposits not to exceed Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) at any one time outstanding;

 

(j)                                     Investments accepted in connection with permitted transfers under Section 8.4;

 

(k)                                  Investments consisting of (i) other employee loans and advances in the ordinary course of business, and (ii) loans to employees, officers or directors relating to the purchase of Equity Interests of the Borrower or its Subsidiaries pursuant to employee stock purchase plan agreements approved by the Borrower’s Board of Directors;

 

(l)                                      Investments consisting of notes receivable of, or prepaid royalties and other credit extensions, to customers and suppliers who are not Affiliates, in the ordinary course of business; provided that this subparagraph shall not apply to Investments of the Borrower in any Subsidiary;

 

(m)                              Investments (including debt obligations) received in connection with the bankruptcy or reorganization of customers or suppliers and in settlement of delinquent obligations of, and other disputes with, customers or suppliers arising in the ordinary course of business;

 

(n)                                  Investments made prior to the consummation of any Permitted Acquisition consisting of reasonable earnest money deposits, working fees or other similar prepaid consideration or similar amounts that would be applied toward consideration upon consummation of such Permitted Acquisition (in each case whether or not refundable under any circumstances); and

 

(o)                                  other Investments not described above provided that both at the time of and immediately after giving effect to any such Investment (i) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing or shall result from the making of such Investment and (ii) the aggregate amount of all such Investments shall not exceed Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) at any time outstanding.

 

In valuing any Investments for the purpose of applying the limitations set forth in this Section 8.7 (except as otherwise expressly provided herein), such Investment shall be taken at the original cost thereof, without allowance for any subsequent write-offs or appreciation or depreciation, but less any amount repaid or recovered on account of capital or principal.

 

8.8                                Transactions with Affiliates .  Except as set forth in Schedule 8.8, enter into any transaction, including, without limitation, any purchase, sale, lease or exchange of property or the rendering of any service, with any Affiliates of the Credit Parties except: (a) transactions with Affiliates that are the Borrower or Guarantors; (b) transactions otherwise permitted under this Agreement; (c) transactions in the ordinary course of a Credit Party’s business and upon fair and reasonable terms no less favorable to such Credit Party than it would obtain in a comparable

 

86

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

arms length transaction from unrelated third parties; and (d) Section 8.8 shall not prohibit, to the extent otherwise permitted under this Agreement and so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing or would occur as a result, (i) any issuance of securities, or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities or otherwise pursuant to, or the funding of, employment arrangements, stock options and other benefit plans, (ii) loans or advances to employees, officers or other directors of the Credit Parties, (iii) the payment of fees and indemnities to directors, officers, employees and consultants of the Credit Parties in the ordinary course of business, (iv) any agreements with employees, officers and directors entered into by the Credit Parties in the ordinary course of business, (v) sales of equity interest to Affiliates, (vii) reasonable and customary fees paid to directors of the Credit Parties, (viii) raising of new equity for the Credit Parties with respect to the pricing of such equity, and (ix) any payments or other transactions pursuant to any tax sharing agreements or transfer pricing agreement.

 

8.9                                Sale-Leaseback Transactions .  Enter into any arrangement with any Person providing for the leasing by a Credit Party of real or personal property which has been or is to be sold or transferred by such Credit Party to such Person or to any other Person to whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such Person on the security of such property or rental obligations of such Credit Party, as the case may be, provided that if, at the time that a Credit Party acquires fixed or capital assets, such Credit Party intends to sell to and then lease such assets from another Person pursuant to a financing arrangement that would be permitted under Section 8.1(c), such transaction will not constitute a violation of this Section 8.9 so long as such transaction is consummated within sixty (60) days following the acquisition of such assets.

 

8.10                         Limitations on Other Restrictions .  Except for this Agreement or any other Loan Document, enter into any agreement, document or instrument which would (i) restrict the ability of any Subsidiary of the Borrower to pay or make dividends or distributions in cash or kind to the Borrower or any Guarantor, to make loans, advances or other payments of whatever nature to any Credit Party, or to make transfers or distributions of all or any part of its assets to any Credit Party; or (ii) restrict or prevent any Credit Party from granting the Agent on behalf of Lenders Liens upon, security interests in and pledges of their respective assets, except to the extent such restrictions exist in documents creating Liens permitted by Section 8.2(b) hereunder except: (a) negative pledges incurred or provided in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under Section 8.1(c) solely to the extent any such negative pledge relates to the property financed by or the subject of such Indebtedness; (b) restrictions and conditions imposed by any Governmental Authority; (c) restrictions and conditions existing on the date hereof identified on Schedule 8.10 to the Disclosure Letter and any extension or renewal of, or any amendment or modification of, any such restriction or condition; (d) customary restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Subsidiary pending such sale, provided that (x) such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Subsidiary that is to be sold and (y) such sale is permitted hereunder, (e) customary provisions in leases, licenses, subleases, sublicenses and other contracts restricting the assignment thereof; (f) customary restrictions imposed on the transfer of copyrighted or patented materials or other intellectual property and customary provisions in agreements that restrict the assignment of such agreements or any rights thereunder; (g) any restrictions imposed by contracts or leases entered into in the ordinary course of business by the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with such Person’s customers, lessors or suppliers; (h) restrictions or conditions imposed by any agreement relating to Debt and Liens permitted by this Agreement if such restrictions or conditions apply only to the property or assets

 

87

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

securing such Indebtedness; and (i) any restrictions imposed by contracts or leases entered into in the ordinary course of business by any Person acquired by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries with such Person’s customers, lessors or suppliers and not in connection with or in contemplation of the acquisition such Person by the Borrower or such Subsidiary, which restrictions are not applicable to any Person, or the property or assets of any Person, other than the property or assets of the Person so acquired.

 

8.11                         Prepayment of Debt .  Make any prepayment (whether optional or mandatory), repurchase, redemption, defeasance or any other payment in respect of any Subordinated Debt; provided, however, that the applicable Credit Party may make certain payments as permitted under any Subordination Agreement.

 

8.12                         Amendment of Subordinated Debt Documents .  Amend, modify or otherwise alter (or suffer to be amended, modified or altered) the Subordinated Debt Documents except as permitted in the applicable Subordinated Debt Documents and Subordination Agreements, or if no such restrictions exist in the applicable Subordinated Debt Documents or Subordination Agreements, without the prior written consent of the Agent.

 

8.13                         Modification of Certain Agreements .  Make, permit or consent to any amendment or other modification to the constitutional documents of any Credit Party or any Material Contract except to the extent that any such amendment or modification (i) does not violate the terms and conditions of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, (ii) does not materially adversely affect the interest of the Lenders as creditors and/or secured parties under any Loan Document and (iii) could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

8.14                         Management Fees .  Pay or otherwise advance, directly or indirectly, any management, consulting or other fees to an Affiliate.

 

8.15                         Fiscal Year .  Permit the Fiscal Year of any Credit Party to end on a day other than December 31.

 

9.                                       DEFAULTS.

 

9.1                                Events of Default .  The occurrence of any of the following events shall constitute an Event of Default hereunder:

 

(a)                                  non-payment when due of (i) the principal or interest on the Indebtedness under the Revolving Credit (including the Swing Line) or (ii) any Reimbursement Obligation or (iii) any Fees and solely in the case of interest and Fees, the continuation thereof for a period of three (3) Business Days;

 

(b)                                  non-payment of any other amounts due and owing by the Borrower under this Agreement or by any Credit Party under any of the other Loan Documents to which it is a party, other than as set forth in subsection (a) above, within three (3) Business Days after the same is due and payable;

 

88

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


 

(c)                                   default in the observance or performance of any of the conditions, covenants or agreements of the Borrower set forth in Sections 7.1, 7.2, 7.4(a) and (e), 7.5, 7.6, 7.7, 7.9, 7.13, 7.14, 7.15, 7.17 or Article 8 in its entirety, provided that an Event of Default arising from a breach of Sections 7.1 or 7.2 shall be deemed to have been cured upon delivery of the required item; and provided further that any Event of Default arising solely due to a breach of Section 7.7(a) shall be deemed cured upon the earlier of (x) the giving of the notice required by Section 7.7(a) and (y) the date upon which the Default or Event of Default giving rise to the notice obligation is cured or waived;

 

(d)                                  default in the observance or performance of any of the other conditions, covenants or agreements set forth in this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents by any Credit Party and continuance thereof for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days after the earlier to occur of (i) the Borrower receives notice thereof from Agent and (ii) any officer of the Borrower becomes aware thereof;

 

(e)                                   any representation or warranty made by any Credit Party herein or in any certificate, instrument or other document submitted pursuant hereto proves untrue or misleading in any material adverse respect when made;

 

(f)                                    (i) default by any Credit Party in the payment of any indebtedness for borrowed money, whether under a direct obligation or guaranty (other than Indebtedness hereunder) of any Credit Party in excess of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) (or the equivalent thereof in any currency other than Dollars) individually or in the aggregate when due and continuance thereof beyond any applicable period of cure and or (ii) failure to comply with the terms of any other obligation of any Credit Party with respect to any indebtedness for borrowed money (other than Indebtedness hereunder) in excess of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) (or the equivalent thereof in any currency other than Dollars) individually or in the aggregate, which continues beyond any applicable period of cure and which would permit the holder or holders thereto to accelerate such other indebtedness for borrowed money, or require the prepayment, repurchase, redemption or defeasance of such indebtedness;

 

(g)                                   if one or more (a) judgments, orders, decrees or arbitration awards (not covered by adequate insurance from a solvent carrier which is defending such action without reservation of rights) requiring the Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries to pay an aggregate amount of Two Hundred Thousand Dollars ($200,000) (or the equivalent thereof in any currency other than Dollars) or greater shall be rendered against Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries and the same shall remain unpaid, unvacated, unbonded or unstayed by appeal or otherwise for a period of thirty (30) consecutive days thereafter (provided that no Advances or will be made prior or Letters of Credit issued to such matter being vacated or stayed); or (b)

 

89

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

settlements is agreed upon by Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries for the payment by Borrower and/or its Subsidiaries of an aggregate amount of Two Hundred Thousand ($200,000) (or the equivalent thereof in any currency other than Dollars) or greater or that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(h)                                  the occurrence of (i) a “reportable event”, as defined in ERISA, which is determined by the PBGC to constitute grounds for a distress termination of any Pension Plan subject to Title IV of ERISA maintained or contributed to by or on behalf of any Credit Party for the benefit of any of its employees or for the appointment by the appropriate United States District Court of a trustee to administer such Pension Plan and such reportable event is not corrected and such determination is not revoked within sixty (60) days after notice thereof has been given to the plan administrator of such Pension Plan (without limiting any of the Agent’s or any Lender’s other rights or remedies hereunder), or (ii) the termination or the institution of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate any such Pension Plan, or (iii) the appointment of a trustee by the appropriate United States District Court to administer any such Pension Plan, or (iv) the reorganization (within the meaning of Section 4241 of ERISA) or insolvency (within the meaning of Section 4245 of ERISA) of any Multiemployer Plan, or receipt of notice from any Multiemployer Plan that it is in reorganization or insolvency, or the complete or partial withdrawal by any Credit Party from any Multiemployer Plan, which in the case of any of the foregoing, could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect;

 

(i)                                      except as expressly permitted under this Agreement, any Credit Party shall be dissolved (other than a dissolution of a Subsidiary of the Borrower which is not a Guarantor or the Borrower) or liquidated (or any judgment, order or decree therefor shall be entered) except as otherwise permitted herein; or if a creditors’ committee shall have been appointed for the business of any Credit Party; or if any Credit Party shall have made a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or shall have been adjudicated bankrupt and if not an adjudication based on a filing by a Credit Party, it shall not have been dismissed within sixty (60) days, or shall have filed a voluntary petition in bankruptcy or for reorganization or to effect a plan or arrangement with creditors or shall fail to pay its debts generally as such debts become due in the ordinary course of business (except as contested in good faith and for which adequate reserves are made in such party’s financial statements); or shall file an answer to a creditor’s petition or other petition filed against it, admitting the material allegations thereof for an adjudication in bankruptcy or for reorganization; or shall have applied for or permitted the appointment of a receiver or trustee or custodian for any of its property or assets; or such receiver, trustee or custodian shall have been appointed for any of its property or assets (otherwise than upon application or consent of a Credit Party ) and

 

90

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

shall not have been removed within sixty (60) days; or if an order shall be entered approving any petition for reorganization of any Credit Party and shall not have been reversed or dismissed within sixty (60) days;

 

(j)                                     a Change of Control;

 

(k)                                  the validity, binding effect or enforceability of any subordination provisions relating to any Subordinated Debt shall be contested by any Person party thereto (other than any Lender, the Agent, Issuing Lender or Swing Line Lender), or such subordination provisions shall fail to be enforceable by the Agent and the Lenders in accordance with the terms thereof, or the Indebtedness shall for any reason not have the priority contemplated by this Agreement or such subordination provisions and such failure or lack of priority shall continue for more than five (5 ) days;

 

(l)                                      any Loan Document shall at any time for any reason cease to be in full force and effect (other than in accordance with the terms thereof or the terms of any other Loan Document), as applicable, or the validity, binding effect or enforceability thereof shall be contested by any party thereto (other than any Lender, the Agent, Issuing Lender or Swing Line Lender), or any Person shall deny that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Loan Document, or any such Loan Document shall be terminated (other than in accordance with the terms thereof or the terms of any other Loan Document), invalidated, revoked or set aside or in any way cease to give or provide to the Lenders and the Agent the benefits purported to be created thereby, or any Loan Document purporting to grant a Lien to secure any Indebtedness shall, at any time after the delivery of such Loan Document, fail to create a valid and enforceable Lien on any Collateral purported to be covered thereby or such Lien shall fail to cease to be a perfected Lien with the priority required in the relevant Loan Document; or

 

(m)                              if there occurs any circumstance or circumstances that could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

9.2                                Exercise of Remedies .  If an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing hereunder: (a) the Agent may, and shall, upon being directed to do so by the Majority Lenders, declare the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment terminated; (b) the Agent may, and shall, upon being directed to do so by the Majority Lenders, declare the entire unpaid principal Indebtedness, including the Notes, immediately due and payable, without presentment, notice or demand, all of which are hereby expressly waived by the Borrower; (c) upon the occurrence of any Event of Default specified in Section 9.1(i) and notwithstanding the lack of any declaration by the Agent under preceding clauses (a) or (b), the entire unpaid principal Indebtedness shall become automatically and immediately due and payable, and the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment shall be automatically and immediately terminated; (d) the Agent shall, upon being directed to do so by the Majority Lenders, demand immediate delivery of cash collateral, and the Borrower agrees to deliver such cash collateral upon demand, in an amount equal to 105% of the

 

91

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

maximum amount that may be available to be drawn at any time prior to the stated expiry of all outstanding Letters of Credit, for deposit into an account controlled by the Agent; (e) the Agent may, and shall, upon being directed to do so by the Majority Lenders, notify the Borrower or any Credit Party that interest shall be payable on demand on all Indebtedness (other than Revolving Credit Advances, Swing Line Advances with respect to which Section 2.6 hereof shall govern) owing from time to time to the Agent or any Lender, at a per annum rate equal to the then applicable Base Rate plus two percent (2%); and (f) the Agent may, and shall, upon being directed to do so by the Majority Lenders or the Lenders, as applicable (subject to the terms hereof), exercise any remedy permitted by this Agreement, the other Loan Documents or law.

 

9.3                                Rights Cumulative .  No delay or failure of the Agent and/or Lenders in exercising any right, power or privilege hereunder shall affect such right, power or privilege, nor shall any single or partial exercise thereof preclude any further exercise thereof, or the exercise of any other power, right or privilege. The rights of the Agent and Lenders under this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any right or remedies which Lenders would otherwise have.

 

9.4                                Waiver by the Borrower of Certain Laws .  To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Borrower hereby agrees to waive, and does hereby absolutely and irrevocably waive and relinquish the benefit and advantage of any valuation, stay, appraisement, extension or redemption laws now existing or which may hereafter exist, which, but for this provision, might be applicable to any sale made under the judgment, order or decree of any court, on any claim for interest on the Notes, or any security interest or mortgage contemplated by or granted under or in connection with this Agreement. These waivers have been voluntarily given, with full knowledge of the consequences thereof.

 

9.5                                Waiver of Defaults .  No Event of Default shall be waived by the Lenders except in a writing signed by an officer of the Agent in accordance with Section 13.10 hereof. No single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege hereunder, nor any delay in the exercise thereof, shall preclude other or further exercise of their rights by the Agent or the Lenders. No waiver of any Event of Default shall extend to any other or further Event of Default. No forbearance on the part of the Agent or the Lenders in enforcing any of their rights shall constitute a waiver of any of their rights. The Borrower expressly agrees that this Section may not be waived or modified by the Lenders or the Agent by course of performance, estoppel or otherwise.

 

9.6                                Set Off .  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default, each Lender may at any time and from time to time, without notice to the Borrower but subject to the provisions of Section 10.3 hereof (any requirement for such notice being expressly waived by the Borrower), setoff and apply against any and all of the obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement, whether owing to such Lender, any Affiliate of such Lender or any other Lender or the Agent, any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final) at any time held and other indebtedness at any time owing by such Lender to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower and any property of the Borrower from time to time in possession of such Lender, irrespective of whether or not such deposits held or indebtedness owing by such Lender may be contingent and unmatured and regardless of whether any Collateral then held by the Agent or any Lender is adequate to cover the Indebtedness. Promptly following any such setoff, such Lender shall give written notice to the Agent and the

 

92

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Borrower of the occurrence thereof; provided that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.4 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held for the benefit of the Agent, the Issuing Lender and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Indebtedness owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. The Borrower hereby grants to the Lenders and the Agent a lien on and security interest in all such deposits, indebtedness and property as collateral security for the payment and performance of all of the obligations of the Borrower under this Agreement. The rights of each Lender under this Section 9.6 are in addition to the other rights and remedies (including, without limitation, other rights of setoff) which such Lender may have.

 

10.                                PAYMENTS, RECOVERIES AND COLLECTIONS.

 

10.1                         Payment Procedure .

 

(a)                                  All payments to be made by the Borrower shall be made without condition or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff.  Except as otherwise provided herein, all payments made by the Borrower of principal, interest or fees hereunder shall be made without setoff or counterclaim on the date specified for payment under this Agreement and must be received by the Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. (Detroit time) on the date such payment is required or intended to be made in Dollars in immediately available funds to the Agent at the Agent’s office located at 411 West Lafayette, 7 th  Floor, MC 3289, Detroit, Michigan 48226-3289, for the ratable benefit of the Revolving Credit Lenders. Any payment received by the Agent after 1:00 p.m. (Detroit time) shall be deemed received on the next succeeding Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue.  Upon receipt of each such payment, the Agent shall make prompt payment to each applicable Lender, or, in respect of Eurodollar-based Advances, such Lender’s Eurodollar Lending Office, in like funds and currencies, of all amounts received by it for the account of such Lender.

 

(b)                                  Unless the Agent shall have been notified in writing by the Borrower at least two (2) Business Days prior to the date on which any payment to be made by the Borrower is due that the Borrower does not intend to remit such payment, the Agent may, in its sole discretion and without obligation to do so, assume that the Borrower has remitted such payment when so due and the Agent may, in reliance upon such assumption, make available to each Revolving Credit Lender on such payment date an amount equal to such Lender’s share of such assumed payment. If the Borrower has not in fact remitted such payment to the Agent, each Lender shall forthwith on demand repay to the Agent the amount of such assumed payment made available or transferred to such Lender, together with the interest thereon, in respect of each day from and including the date such amount was made available by the Agent to such Lender to the date such amount is repaid to the Agent at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Effective Rate for the first two (2) Business Days that such amount remains unpaid, and thereafter at a rate of interest then applicable to such Revolving Credit Advances.

 

(c)                                   Subject to the definition of “Interest Period” in Section 1 of this Agreement, whenever any payment to be made hereunder shall otherwise be due on a day which is not a

 

93

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Business Day, such payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and such extension of time shall be included in computing interest, if any, in connection with such payment.

 

(d)                                  All payments to be made by the Borrower under this Agreement or any of the Notes (including without limitation payments under the Swing Line and/or Swing Line Note) shall be made without setoff or counterclaim, as aforesaid, and, subject to full compliance by each Lender (and each assignee and participant pursuant to Section 13.8) with Section 13.13, without deduction for or on account of any present or future withholding or other taxes of any nature imposed by any Governmental Authority or of any political subdivision thereof or any federation or organization of which such Governmental Authority may at the time of payment be a member (other than any Excluded Taxes), unless the Borrower is compelled by law to make payment subject to such tax. In such event, the Borrower shall:

 

(i)                                      pay to the Agent for the Agent’s own account and/or, as the case may be, for the account of the Lenders such additional amounts as may be necessary to ensure that the Agent and/or such Lender or Lenders (including the Swing Line Lender) receive a net amount equal to the full amount which would have been receivable had payment not been made subject to such tax; and

 

(ii)                                   remit such tax to the relevant taxing authorities according to applicable law, and send to the Agent or the applicable Lender or Lenders (including the Swing Line Lender), as the case may be, such certificates or certified copy receipts as the Agent or such Lender or Lenders shall reasonably require as proof of the payment by the Borrower of any such taxes payable by the Borrower.

 

As used herein, the terms “tax”, “taxes” and “taxation” include all taxes, levies, imposts, duties, fees, deductions and withholdings or similar charges together with interest (and any taxes payable upon the amounts paid or payable pursuant to this Section 10.1(d)) thereon.

 

The Borrower shall be reimbursed by the applicable Lender for any payment made by the Borrower under this Section 10.1(d) if the applicable Lender is not in compliance with its obligations under Section 13.13 at the time of the Borrower’s payment.

 

10.2                         Application of Proceeds of Collateral .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, in the case of any Event of Default under Section 9.1(i), immediately following the occurrence thereof, and in the case of any other Event of Default: (a) upon the termination of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment, (b) the acceleration of any Indebtedness arising under this Agreement, (c) at the Agent’s option, or (d) upon the request of the Majority Lenders after the commencement of any remedies hereunder, the Agent shall apply the proceeds of any Collateral, together with any offsets, voluntary payments by any Credit Party or others and any other sums received or collected in respect of the Indebtedness first, to pay all incurred and unpaid fees and expenses of the Agent under the Loan Documents and any protective advances made by the Agent with respect to the Collateral under or pursuant to the terms of any Loan Document, next, to pay any fees and expenses owed to the Issuing Lender

 

94

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

hereunder, next, to pay principal and interest due under the Revolving Credit (including the Swing Line and any Reimbursement Obligations), obligations owing by any Credit Party with respect to Lender Products and to cash collateralize all outstanding Letters of Credit in an amount equal to 105% of the maximum amount that may be available to be drawn at any time prior to the stated expiry of all outstanding Letters of Credit, on a pro rata basis, next to pay any obligations owing by any Credit Party under any Hedging Agreements on a pro rata basis, next, to pay any other Indebtedness on a pro rata basis, and then, if there is any excess, to the Credit Parties, as the case may be.

 

10.3                         Pro-rata Recovery .  If any Lender shall obtain any payment or other recovery (whether voluntary, involuntary, by application of setoff or otherwise) on account of principal of, or interest on, any of the Advances made by it, or the participations in Letter of Credit Obligations or Swing Line Advances held by it in excess of its pro rata share of payments then or thereafter obtained by all Lenders upon principal of and interest on all such Indebtedness, such Lender shall purchase from the other Lenders such participations in the Revolving Credit and/or the Letter of Credit Obligation held by them as shall be necessary to cause such purchasing Lender to share the excess payment or other recovery ratably in accordance with the applicable Percentages of the Lenders; provided, however, that if all or any portion of the excess payment or other recovery is thereafter recovered from such purchasing holder, the purchase shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, but without interest.

 

10.4                         Treatment of a Defaulting Lender; Reallocation of Defaulting Lender’s Fronting Exposure.

 

(a)                                  The obligation of any Lender to make any Advance hereunder shall not be affected by the failure of any other Lender to make any Advance under this Agreement, and no Lender shall have any liability to the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, the Agent, any other Lender, or any other Person for another Lender’s failure to make any loan or Advance hereunder.

 

(b)                                  If any Lender shall become a Defaulting Lender, then such Defaulting Lender’s right to vote in respect of any amendment, consent or waiver of the terms of this Agreement or such other Loan Documents, or to direct or approve any action or inaction by the Agent shall be subject to the restrictions set forth in Section 13.10.

 

(c)                                   Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Agent for the account of such Defaulting Lender (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article 9 or otherwise) or received by the Agent from a Defaulting Lender pursuant to Section 9.6 shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Agent as follows: first , to the payment of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Agent hereunder; second , to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by such Defaulting Lender to any Issuing Lender or Swing Line Lender hereunder; third , to cash collateralize the Issuing Lenders’ Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender in accordance with clause (g) below; fourth , as the Borrower may request (so long as no Default or Event of Default exists), to the funding of any Advance in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Agent; fifth , if so determined by the Agent and the Borrower, to be held in a deposit account and released pro rata in order to (x) satisfy such Defaulting Lender’s potential future funding obligations with respect

 

95

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

to Advances under this Agreement and (y) cash collateralize the Issuing Lenders’ future Fronting Exposure with respect to such Defaulting Lender with respect to future Letters of Credit issued under this Agreement, in accordance with clause (g) below; sixth , to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, the Issuing Lenders or Swing Line Lenders as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender, the Issuing Lenders or Swing Line Lenders against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; seventh , so long as no Default or Event of Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Borrower as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Borrower against such Defaulting Lender as a result of such Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and eighth , to such Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Advances or Letter of Credit Obligations in respect of which such Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share, and (y) such Advances were made or the related Letters of Credit were issued at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 4.2 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Advances of, and Letter of Credit Obligations to, all Non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Advances of, or Letter of Credit Obligations owed to, such Defaulting Lender until such time as all Advances and funded and unfunded participations in Letter of Credit Obligations and Swing Line Advances are held by the Lenders pro rata in accordance with their respective Revolving Credit Percentages without giving effect to Section clause (d) below.  Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post cash collateral pursuant to this clause (c) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by such Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

 

(d)                                  Each Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive a Revolving Credit Facility Fee for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender only to extent allocable to the sum of (1) the outstanding principal amount of the Revolving Credit Advances funded by it, and (2) its Revolving Credit Percentage of the stated amount of Letters of Credit for which it has provided cash collateral pursuant to clause (g) below).

 

(e)                                   Each Defaulting Lender shall be entitled to receive the Letter of Credit Fees described in Section 3.4(a) for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender only to the extent allocable to its Revolving Credit Percentage of the stated amount of Letters of Credit for which it has provided cash collateral in accordance with clause (g) below).  With respect to any Revolving Credit Facility Fee or Letter of Credit Fee not required to be paid to any Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (A) or (B) above, the Borrower shall (x) pay to each Non-Defaulting Lender that portion of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender with respect to such Defaulting Lender’s participation in Letter of Credit Obligations or Swing Line Advances that has been reallocated to such Non-Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause f below, (y) pay to each Issuing Lender and Swing Line Lender, as applicable, the amount of any such fee otherwise payable to such Defaulting Lender to the extent allocable to such Issuing Lender’s and Swing Line Lender’s Fronting Exposure to such Defaulting Lender, and (z) not be required to pay the remaining amount of any such fee.

 

(f)                                    If any Lender shall become a Defaulting Lender, then, for so long as such Lender remains a Defaulting Lender, any Fronting Exposure shall be reallocated by the Agent at the

 

96

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

request of the Swing Line Lender and/or the Issuing Lender among the Non-Defaulting Lenders in accordance with their respective Percentages of the Revolving Credit, but only to the extent that the sum of the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Credit Advances made by each Non-Defaulting Lender, plus such Non-Defaulting Lender’s Percentage of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Swing Line Advances and Letter of Credit Obligations prior to giving effect to such reallocation plus such Non-Defaulting Lender’s Percentage of the Fronting Exposure to be reallocated does not exceed such Non- Defaulting Lender’s Percentage of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment, and only so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of such reallocation.

 

(g)                                   At any time that there shall exist a Defaulting Lender, within one (1) Business Day following the written request of the Agent, the Swing Line Lender or the Issuing Lender (with a copy to the Agent), the Borrower shall cash collateralize the Swing Line Lender’s and Issuing Lender’s Fronting Exposure, as applicable, with respect to such Defaulting Lender (determined after giving effect to any cash collateral provided by such Defaulting Lender) in an amount not less than an amount determined by the Agent, the Swing Line Lender and the Issuing Lender in their sole discretion, by depositing such amounts into an account controlled by the Agent.

 

11.                                CHANGES IN LAW OR CIRCUMSTANCES; INCREASED COSTS.

 

11.1                         Reimbursement of Prepayment Costs .  If (i) the Borrower makes any payment of principal with respect to any Eurodollar-based Advance or Quoted Rate Advance on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto (whether voluntarily, pursuant to any mandatory provisions hereof, by acceleration, or otherwise); (ii) the Borrower converts or refunds (or attempts to convert or refund) any such Advance on any day other than the last day of the Interest Period applicable thereto (except as described in Section 2.5(e)); (iii) the Borrower fails to borrow, refund or convert any Eurodollar-based Advance or Quoted Rate Advance after notice has been given by the Borrower to the Agent in accordance with the terms hereof requesting such Advance; or (iv) or if the Borrower fails to make any payment of principal in respect of a Eurodollar-based Advance or Quoted Rate Advance when due, the Borrower shall reimburse the Agent for itself and/or on behalf of any Lender, as the case may be, within ten (10) Business Days of written demand therefor for any resulting loss, cost or expense incurred (excluding the loss of any Applicable Margin) by the Agent and Lenders, as the case may be, as a result thereof, including, without limitation, any such loss, cost or expense incurred in obtaining, liquidating, employing or redeploying deposits from third parties, whether or not the Agent and Lenders, as the case may be, shall have funded or committed to fund such Advance. The amount payable hereunder by the Borrower to the Agent for itself and/or on behalf of any Lender, as the case may be, shall be deemed to equal an amount equal to the excess, if any, of (a) the amount of interest which would have accrued on the amount so prepaid, or not so borrowed, refunded or converted, for the period from the date of such prepayment or of such failure to borrow, refund or convert, through the last day of the relevant Interest Period, at the applicable rate of interest for said Advance(s) provided under this Agreement, over (b) the amount of interest (as reasonably determined by the Agent and Lenders, as the case may be) which would have accrued to the Agent and Lenders, as the case may be, on such amount by placing such amount on deposit for a comparable period with leading banks in the interbank eurocurrency market. Calculation of any amounts payable to any Lender under this paragraph shall be made as

 

97

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

though such Lender shall have actually funded or committed to fund the relevant Advance through the purchase of an underlying deposit in an amount equal to the amount of such Advance and having a maturity comparable to the relevant Interest Period; provided, however, that any Lender may fund any Eurodollar-based Advance or Quoted Rate Advance, as the case may be, in any manner it deems fit and the foregoing assumptions shall be utilized only for the purpose of the calculation of amounts payable under this paragraph. Upon the written request of the Borrower, the Agent and Lenders shall deliver to the Borrower a certificate setting forth the basis for determining such losses, costs and expenses, which certificate shall be conclusively presumed correct, absent manifest error.

 

11.2                         Eurodollar Lending Office .  For any Eurodollar Advance, if the Agent or a Lender, as applicable, shall designate a Eurodollar Lending Office which maintains books separate from those of the rest of the Agent or such Lender, the Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, shall have the option of maintaining and carrying the relevant Advance on the books of such Eurodollar Lending Office.

 

11.3                         Circumstances Affecting LIBOR Rate Availability .  If the Agent or the Majority Lenders (after consultation with the Agent) shall determine in good faith that, by reason of circumstances affecting the foreign exchange and interbank markets generally, deposits in eurodollars in the applicable amounts are not being offered to the Agent or such Lenders at the applicable LIBOR Rate, then the Agent shall forthwith give notice thereof to the Borrower. Thereafter, until the Agent notifies the Borrower that such circumstances no longer exist, (i) the obligation of Lenders to make Advances which bear interest at or by reference to the LIBOR Rate, and the right of the Borrower to convert an Advance to or refund an Advance as an Advance which bear interest at or by reference to the LIBOR Rate shall be suspended, (ii) effective upon the last day of each Eurodollar-Interest Period related to any existing Eurodollar-based Advance, each such Eurodollar-based Advance shall automatically be converted into an Advance which bears interest at or by reference to the Base Rate (without regard to the satisfaction of any conditions to conversion contained elsewhere herein), and (iii) effective immediately following such notice, each Advance which bears interest at or by reference to the Daily Adjusting LIBOR Rate shall automatically be converted into an Advance which bears interest at or by reference to the Base Rate (without regard to the satisfaction of any conditions to conversion contained elsewhere herein).

 

11.4                         Laws Affecting LIBOR Rate Availability .  If, after the date of this Agreement, the adoption or introduction of, or any change in, any applicable law, rule or regulation or in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any of the Lenders (or any of their respective Eurodollar Lending Offices) with any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, shall make it unlawful or impossible for any of the Lenders (or any of their respective Eurodollar Lending Offices) to honor its obligations hereunder to make or maintain any Advance which bears interest at or by reference to the LIBOR Rate, such Lender shall forthwith give notice thereof to the Borrower and to the Agent.  Thereafter, (a) the obligations of the applicable Lenders to make Advances which bear interest at or by reference to the LIBOR Rate and the right of the Borrower to convert an Advance into or refund an Advance as an Advance which bears interest at or by reference to the LIBOR Rate shall be suspended and thereafter only the Base Rate shall be available, and (b) if any of the Lenders may not lawfully

 

98

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

continue to maintain an Advance which bears interest at or by reference to the LIBOR Rate, the applicable Advance shall immediately be converted to an Advance which bears interest at or by reference to the Base Rate.

 

11.5                         Increased Cost of Advances Carried at the LIBOR Rate .  If any Change in Law shall:

 

(a)                                  subject any of the Lenders (or any of their respective Eurodollar Lending Offices) to any tax, duty or other charge with respect to any Advance (except for any withholding taxes which are covered by Section 10.1(d) hereof) or shall change the basis of taxation of payments to any of the Lenders (or any of their respective Eurodollar Lending Offices) of the principal of or interest on any Advance or any other amounts due under this Agreement in respect thereof (except for changes in any Excluded Taxes); or

 

(b)                                  impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve (including, without limitation, any imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System), special deposit or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or credit extended by, any of the Lenders (or any of their respective Eurodollar Lending Offices) or shall impose on any of the Lenders (or any of their respective Eurodollar Lending Offices) or the foreign exchange and interbank markets any other condition affecting any Advance;

 

and the result of any of the foregoing matters is to increase the costs to any of the Lenders of maintaining any part of the Indebtedness hereunder as an Advance which bears interest at or by reference to the LIBOR Rate or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by any of the Lenders under this Agreement in respect of an Advance which bears interest at or by reference to the LIBOR Rate, then such Lender shall promptly notify the Agent, and the Agent shall promptly notify the Borrower of such fact and demand compensation therefor and, within ten (10) Business Days after such notice, the Borrower agrees to pay to such Lender or Lenders such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or Lenders for such increased cost or reduction, provided that each Lender agrees to take any reasonable action, to the extent such action could be taken without cost or administrative or other burden or restriction to such Lender, to mitigate or eliminate such cost or reduction, within a reasonable time after becoming aware of the foregoing matters. The Agent will promptly notify the Borrower of any event of which it has knowledge which will entitle Lenders to compensation pursuant to this Section, or which will cause the Borrower to incur additional liability under Section 11.1 hereof, provided that the Agent shall incur no liability whatsoever to the Lenders or the Borrower in the event it fails to do so. A certificate of the Agent (or such Lender, if applicable) setting forth the basis for determining such additional amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or Lenders shall accompany such demand and shall be conclusively presumed to be correct absent manifest error.

 

99

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


 

11.6                         Capital Adequacy and Other Increased Costs .

 

If any Change in Law affects or would affect the amount of capital required to be maintained by such Lender or the Agent (or any corporation controlling such Lender or the Agent) and such Lender or the Agent, as the case may be, determines that the amount of such capital is increased by, or based upon the existence of such Lender’s or the Agent’s obligations or Advances hereunder, the effect of such Change in Law is to result in such an increase, and such increase has the effect of reducing the rate of return on such Lender’s or the Agent’s (or such controlling corporation’s) capital as a consequence of such obligations or Advances hereunder to a level below that which such Lender or the Agent (or such controlling corporation) could have achieved but for such circumstances (taking into consideration its policies with respect to capital adequacy) by an amount deemed by such Lender or the Agent to be material (collectively, “Increased Costs”), then the Agent or such Lender shall notify the Borrower, and thereafter the Borrower shall pay to such Lender or the Agent, as the case may be, within ten (10) Business Days of written demand therefor from such Lender or the Agent, additional amounts sufficient to compensate such Lender or the Agent (or such controlling corporation) for any increase in the amount of capital and reduced rate of return which such Lender or the Agent reasonably determines to be allocable to the existence of such Lender’s or the Agent’s obligations or Advances hereunder. A statement setting forth the amount of such compensation, the methodology for the calculation and the calculation thereof which shall also be prepared in good faith and in reasonable detail by such Lender or the Agent, as the case may be, shall be submitted by such Lender or by the Agent to the Borrower, reasonably promptly after becoming aware of any event described in this Section 11.6(a) and shall be conclusively presumed to be correct, absent manifest error.

 

11.7                         Right of Lenders to Fund through Branches and Affiliates .  Each Lender (including without limitation the Swing Line Lender) may, if it so elects, fulfill its commitment as to any Advance hereunder by designating a branch or Affiliate of such Lender to make such Advance; provided that (a) such Lender shall remain solely responsible for the performances of its obligations hereunder and (b) no such designation shall result in any material increased costs to the Borrower.

 

11.8                         Delay in Requests .  Failure or delay on the part of any Lender or the Issuing Lender to demand compensation pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 11.8 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s or the Issuing Lender’s right to demand such compensation, provided that the Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender or the Issuing Lender pursuant to Sections 11.4, 11.5, 11.6 or 3.4(c), for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than 180 days prior to the date that such Lender or the L/C Issuer, as the case may be, notifies the Borrower of the Change in Law (provided that this provision will not apply to any Change in Law of the type referred to in clauses (x), (y) or (z) of the definition thereof) giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s or the Issuing Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the 180 day period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

 

12.                                AGENT.

 

12.1                         Appointment of the Agent .  Each Lender and the holder of each Note (if issued) irrevocably appoints and authorizes the Agent to act on behalf of such Lender or holder under

 

100

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and to exercise such powers hereunder and thereunder as are specifically delegated to the Agent by the terms hereof and thereof, together with such powers as may be reasonably incidental thereto, including without limitation the power to execute or authorize the execution of financing or similar statements or notices, and other documents. In performing its functions and duties under this Agreement, the Agent shall act solely as agent of the Lenders and does not assume and shall not be deemed to have assumed any obligation towards or relationship of agency or trust with or for any Credit Party.

 

12.2                         Deposit Account with the Agent or any Lender .  The Borrower authorizes the Agent and each Lender, in the Agent’s or such Lender’s sole discretion, upon notice to the Borrower to charge its general deposit account(s), if any, maintained with the Agent or such Lender for the amount of any principal, interest, or other amounts or costs due under this Agreement when the same become due and payable under the terms of this Agreement or the Notes.  Upon written request of the Borrower, the Agent shall promptly provide to Borrower a statement prepared in good faith and in reasonable detail, setting forth the amount of such charges, the methodology of the calculation thereof and the calculation thereof.

 

12.3                         Scope of the Agent’s Duties .  The Agent shall have no duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth herein, and shall not, by reason of this Agreement or otherwise, have a fiduciary relationship with any Lender (and no implied covenants or other obligations shall be read into this Agreement against the Agent). None of the Agent, its Affiliates nor any of their respective directors, officers, employees or agents shall be liable to any Lender for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it or them under this Agreement or any document executed pursuant hereto, or in connection herewith or therewith with the consent or at the request of the Majority Lenders (or all of the Lenders for those acts requiring consent of all of the Lenders) (except for its or their own willful misconduct or gross negligence), nor be responsible for or have any duties to ascertain, inquire into or verify (a) any recitals or warranties made by the Credit Parties or any Affiliate of the Credit Parties, or any officer thereof contained herein or therein, (b) the effectiveness, enforceability, validity or due execution of this Agreement or any document executed pursuant hereto or any security thereunder, (c) the performance by the Credit Parties of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder, or (d) the satisfaction of any condition hereunder or thereunder, including without limitation in connection with the making of any Advance or the issuance of any Letter of Credit. The Agent and its Affiliates shall be entitled to rely upon any certificate, notice, document or other communication (including any cable, telegraph, telex, facsimile transmission or oral communication) believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been sent or given by or on behalf of a proper person. The Agent may treat the payee of any Note as the holder thereof. The Agent may employ agents and may consult with legal counsel, independent public accountants and other experts selected by it and shall not be liable to the Lenders (except as to money or property received by them or their authorized agents), for the negligence or misconduct of any such agent selected by it with reasonable care or for any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in accordance with the advice of such counsel, accountants or experts.

 

12.4                         Successor Agent .  The Agent may resign as such at any time upon at least thirty (30) days prior notice to the Borrower and each of the Lenders. If the Agent at any time shall resign or if the office of the Agent shall become vacant for any other reason, Majority Lenders shall, by written instrument,  appoint successor agent(s) (“Successor Agent”) satisfactory to such

 

101

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Majority Lenders and, so long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, to the Borrower (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed); provided, however that any such successor Agent shall be a bank or a trust company or other financial institution which maintains an office in the United States, or a commercial bank organized under the laws of the United States or any state thereof, or any Affiliate of such bank or trust company or other financial institution which is engaged in the banking business, and shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $500,000,000. Such Successor Agent shall thereupon become the Agent hereunder, as applicable, and the Agent shall deliver or cause to be delivered to any successor agent such documents of transfer and assignment as such Successor Agent may reasonably request. If a Successor Agent is not so appointed or does not accept such appointment before the resigning Agent’s resignation becomes effective, the resigning Agent may appoint a temporary successor to act until such appointment by the Majority Lenders and, if applicable, the Borrower, is made and accepted, or if no such temporary successor is appointed as provided above by the resigning the Agent, the Majority Lenders shall thereafter perform all of the duties of the resigning the Agent hereunder until such appointment by the Majority Lenders and, if applicable, the Borrower, is made and accepted. Such Successor Agent shall succeed to all of the rights and obligations of the resigning Agent as if originally named. The resigning Agent shall duly assign, transfer and deliver to such Successor Agent all moneys at the time held by the resigning Agent hereunder after deducting therefrom its expenses for which it is entitled to be reimbursed hereunder. Upon such succession of any such Successor Agent, the resigning Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations, in its capacity as the Agent hereunder, except for its gross negligence or willful misconduct arising prior to its resignation hereunder, and the provisions of this Article 12 shall continue in effect for the benefit of the resigning Agent in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by it while it was acting as the Agent.

 

12.5                         Credit Decisions .  Each Lender acknowledges that it has, independently of the Agent and each other Lender and based on the financial statements of the Borrower and such other documents, information and investigations as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit decision to extend credit hereunder from time to time. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will, independently of the Agent and each other Lender and based on such other documents, information and investigations as it shall deem appropriate at any time, continue to make its own credit decisions as to exercising or not exercising from time to time any rights and privileges available to it under this Agreement, any Loan Document or any other document executed pursuant hereto.

 

12.6                         Authority of the Agent to Enforce This Agreement .  Each Lender, subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, grants the Agent full power and authority as attorney-in-fact to institute and maintain actions, suits or proceedings for the collection and enforcement of any Indebtedness outstanding under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and to file such proofs of debt or other documents as may be necessary to have the claims of the Lenders allowed in any proceeding relative to any Credit Party, or their respective creditors or affecting their respective properties, and to take such other actions which the Agent considers to be necessary or desirable for the protection, collection and enforcement of the Notes, this Agreement or the other Loan Documents.

 

12.7                         Indemnification of the Agent .  The Lenders agree (which agreement shall survive the expiration or termination of this Agreement) to indemnify the Agent and its Affiliates (to the

 

102

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

extent not reimbursed by the Borrower, but without limiting any obligation of the Borrower to make such reimbursement), ratably according to their respective Percentages, from and against any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities, costs or expenses of any kind or nature whatsoever (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of house and outside counsel) which may be imposed on, incurred by, or asserted against the Agent and its Affiliates in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement, any of the other Loan Documents or the transactions contemplated hereby or any action taken or omitted by the Agent and its Affiliates under this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents; provided, however, that no Lender shall be liable for any portion of such claims, damages, losses, liabilities, costs or expenses resulting from the Agent’s or its Affiliate’s gross negligence or willful misconduct. Without limitation of the foregoing, each Lender agrees to reimburse the Agent and its Affiliates promptly upon demand for its ratable share of any reasonable out-of-pocket expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable fees and expenses of house and outside counsel) incurred by the Agent and its Affiliates in connection with the preparation, execution, delivery, administration, modification, amendment or enforcement (whether through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise) of, or legal advice in respect of rights or responsibilities under, this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, to the extent that the Agent and its Affiliates are not reimbursed for such expenses by the Borrower, but without limiting the obligation of the Borrower to make such reimbursement. Each Lender agrees to reimburse the Agent and its Affiliates promptly upon demand for its ratable share of any amounts owing to the Agent and its Affiliates by the Lenders pursuant to this Section, provided that, if the Agent or its Affiliates are subsequently reimbursed by the Borrower for such amounts, they shall refund to the Lenders on a pro rata basis the amount of any excess reimbursement. If the indemnity furnished to the Agent and its Affiliates under this Section shall become impaired as determined in the Agent’s reasonable judgment or the Agent shall elect in its sole discretion to have such indemnity confirmed by the Lenders (as to specific matters or otherwise), the Agent shall give notice thereof to each Lender and, until such additional indemnity is provided or such existing indemnity is confirmed, the Agent may cease, or not commence, to take any action. Any amounts paid by the Lenders hereunder to the Agent or its Affiliates shall be deemed to constitute part of the Indebtedness hereunder.

 

12.8                         Knowledge of Default .  It is expressly understood and agreed that the Agent shall be entitled to assume that no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, unless the officers of the Agent immediately responsible for matters concerning this Agreement shall have received a written notice from a Lender or the Borrower specifying such Default or Event of Default and stating that such notice is a “notice of default”. Upon receiving such a notice, the Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of such Default or Event of Default and provide each Lender with a copy of such notice and shall endeavor to provide such notice to the Lenders within three (3) Business Days (but without any liability whatsoever in the event of its failure to do so). The Agent shall also furnish the Lenders, promptly upon receipt, with copies of all other notices or other information required to be provided by the Borrower hereunder.

 

12.9                         The Agent’s Authorization; Action by Lenders .  Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, whenever the Agent is authorized and empowered hereunder on behalf of the Lenders to give any approval or consent, or to make any request, or to take any other action on behalf of the Lenders (including without limitation the exercise of any right or remedy hereunder or under the other Loan Documents), the Agent shall be required to give such approval or consent, or to make such request or to take such other action only when so requested in writing

 

103

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

by the Majority Lenders or the Lenders, as applicable hereunder. Action that may be taken by the Majority Lenders, any other specified Percentage of the Lenders or all of the Lenders, as the case may be (as provided for hereunder) may be taken (i) pursuant to a vote of the requisite percentages of the Lenders as required hereunder at a meeting (which may be held by telephone conference call), provided that the Agent exercises good faith, diligent efforts to give all of the Lenders reasonable advance notice of the meeting, or (ii) pursuant to the written consent of the requisite percentages of the Lenders as required hereunder, provided that all of the Lenders are given reasonable advance notice of the requests for such consent.

 

12.10                  Enforcement Actions by the Agent .  Except as otherwise expressly provided under this Agreement or in any of the other Loan Documents and subject to the terms hereof, the Agent will take such action, assert such rights and pursue such remedies under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents as the Majority Lenders or all of the Lenders, as the case may be (as provided for hereunder), shall direct; provided, however, that the Agent shall not be required to act or omit to act if, in the reasonable judgment of the Agent, such action or omission may expose the Agent to personal liability for which the Agent has not been satisfactorily indemnified hereunder or is contrary to this Agreement, any of the Loan Documents or applicable law. Except as expressly provided above or elsewhere in this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, no Lender (other than the Agent, acting in its capacity as agent) shall be entitled to take any enforcement action of any kind under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents.

 

12.11                  Collateral Matters.

 

(a)                                  The Agent is authorized on behalf of all the Lenders, without the necessity of any notice to or further consent from the Lenders, from time to time to take any action with respect to any Collateral or the Collateral Documents which may be necessary to perfect and maintain a perfected security interest in and Liens upon the Collateral granted pursuant to the Loan Documents.

 

(b)                                  The Lenders irrevocably authorize the Agent, in its reasonable discretion, to the full extent set forth in Section 13.10(d) hereof, (1) to release or terminate any Lien granted to or held by the Agent upon any Collateral (a) upon termination of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment and payment in full of all Indebtedness payable under this Agreement and under any other Loan Document; (b) constituting property (including, without limitation, Equity Interests in any Person) sold or to be sold or disposed of as part of or in connection with any disposition (whether by sale, by merger or by any other form of transaction and including the property of any Subsidiary that is disposed of as permitted hereby) permitted in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; (c) constituting property in which a Credit Party owned no interest at the time the Lien was granted or at any time thereafter; or (d) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Majority Lenders, or all the Lenders, as the case may be, as provided in Section 13.10; (2) to subordinate the Lien granted to or held by the Agent on any Collateral to any other holder of a Lien on such Collateral which is permitted by Section 8.2(b) hereof; and (3) if all of the Equity Interests held by the Credit Parties in any Person are sold or otherwise transferred to any transferee other than the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower as part of or in connection with any disposition (whether by sale, by merger or by any other form of transaction) permitted in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, to release such Person

 

104

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

from all of its obligations under the Loan Documents (including, without limitation, under any Guaranty). Upon request by the Agent at any time, the Lenders will confirm in writing the Agent’s authority to release particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this Section 12.11(b).

 

12.12                  The Agents in their Individual Capacities .  Comerica Bank and its Affiliates, successors and assigns shall each have the same rights and powers hereunder as any other Lender and may exercise or refrain from exercising the same as though such Lender were not the Agent. Comerica Bank and its Affiliates may (without having to account therefor to any Lender) accept deposits from, lend money to, and generally engage in any kind of banking, trust, financial advisory or other business with the Credit Parties as if such Lender were not acting as the Agent hereunder, and may accept fees and other consideration therefor without having to account for the same to the Lenders.

 

12.13                  The Agent’s Fees .  Until the Indebtedness has been repaid and discharged in full and no commitment to extend any credit hereunder is outstanding, the Borrower shall pay to the Agent, as applicable, any agency or other fee(s) set forth (or to be set forth from time to time) in the applicable Fee Letter on the terms set forth therein. The agency fees referred to in this Section 12.13 shall not be refundable under any circumstances.

 

12.14                  Documentation Agent or other Titles .  Any Lender identified on the facing page or signature page of this Agreement or in any amendment hereto or as designated with consent of the Agent in any assignment agreement as Lead Arranger, Documentation Agent, Syndications Agent or any similar titles, shall not have any right, power, obligation, liability, responsibility or duty under this Agreement as a result of such title other than those applicable to all Lenders as such. Without limiting the foregoing, the Lenders so identified shall not have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender as a result of such title. Each Lender acknowledges that it has not relied, and will not rely, on the Lender so identified in deciding to enter into this Agreement or in taking or not taking action hereunder.

 

12.15                  [ Reserved .]

 

12.16                  Indebtedness in respect of Lender Products and Hedging Agreements .  Except as otherwise expressly set forth herein, no Lender that obtains the benefits of the provisions of Section 10.2, any Guaranty or any Collateral by virtue of the provisions hereof or of any Guaranty or any Collateral Document shall have any right to notice of any action or to consent to, direct or object to any action hereunder or under any other Loan Document or otherwise in respect of the Collateral (including the release or impairment of any Collateral) (or to notice of or to consent to any amendment, waiver or modification of the provisions hereof or of the Guaranty or any Collateral Document) other than in its capacity as a Lender and, in such case, only to the extent expressly provided in the Loan Documents.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Article 12 to the contrary, the Agent shall not be required to verify the payment of, or that other satisfactory arrangements have been made with respect to, Indebtedness arising under Lender Products and Hedging Agreements unless the Agent has received written notice of such Indebtedness, together with such supporting documentation as the Agent may request, from the applicable Lender.

 

105

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

12.17                  No Reliance on the Agent’s Customer Identification Program.

 

(a)                                  Each Lender acknowledges and agrees that neither such Lender, nor any of its Affiliates, participants or assignees, may rely on the Agent to carry out such Lender’s, Affiliate’s, participant’s or assignee’s customer identification program, or other obligations required or imposed under or pursuant to the USA Patriot Act or the regulations thereunder, including the regulations contained in 31 CFR 103.121 (as hereafter amended or replaced, the “CIP Regulations”), or any other Anti-Terrorism Law, including any programs involving any of the following items relating to or in connection with the Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries, any of their respective Affiliates or agents, the Loan Documents or the transactions hereunder: (i) any identify verification procedures, (ii) any record keeping, (iii) any comparisons with government lists, (iv) any customer notices or (v) any other procedures required under the CIP Regulations or such other laws.

 

(b)                                  Each Lender or assignee or participant of a Lender that is not organized under the laws of the United States or a state thereof (and is not excepted from the certification requirement contained in Section 313 of the USA Patriot Act and the applicable regulations because it is both (i) an affiliate of a depository institution or foreign bank that maintains a physical presence in the United States or foreign country, and (ii) subject to supervision by a banking authority regulating such affiliated depository institution or foreign bank) shall deliver to the Agent the certification, or, if applicable, recertification, certifying that such Lender is not a “shell” and certifying to other matters as required by Section 313 of the USA Patriot Act and the applicable regulations: (x) within 10 days after the Effective Date, and (y) at such other times as are required under the USA Patriot Act.

 

13.                                MISCELLANEOUS.

 

13.1                         Accounting Principles .  Where the character or amount of any asset or liability or item of income or expense is required to be determined or any consolidation or other accounting computation is required to be made for the purposes of this Agreement, it shall be done, unless otherwise specified herein, in accordance with GAAP.

 

13.2                         Consent to Jurisdiction THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS SHALL BE TRIED AND LITIGATED ONLY IN THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT ANY SUIT SEEKING ENFORCEMENT AGAINST ANY COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE BROUGHT, AT AGENT’S OPTION, IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION WHERE AGENT ELECTS TO BRING SUCH ACTION OR WHERE SUCH COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE FOUND.  THE BORROWER, THE AGENT AND THE LENDERS WAIVE, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT EACH MAY HAVE TO ASSERT THE DOCTRINE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS OR TO OBJECT TO VENUE TO THE EXTENT ANY PROCEEDING IS BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION 13.2.

 

106

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


 

13.3                         Governing Law THE VALIDITY OF THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS (UNLESS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED TO THE CONTRARY IN ANOTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN RESPECT OF SUCH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT), THE CONSTRUCTION, INTERPRETATION, AND ENFORCEMENT HEREOF AND THEREOF, AND THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THERETO WITH RESPECT TO ALL MATTERS ARISING HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER OR RELATED HERETO OR THERETO SHALL BE DETERMINED UNDER, GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, WITHOUT REGARD FOR PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

 

13.4                         Interest .  In the event the obligation of the Borrower to pay interest on the principal balance of the Notes or on any other amounts outstanding hereunder or under the other Loan Documents is or becomes in excess of the maximum interest rate which the Borrower is permitted by law to contract or agree to pay, giving due consideration to the execution date of this Agreement, then, in that event, the rate of interest applicable thereto with respect to such Lender’s applicable Percentages shall be deemed to be immediately reduced to such maximum rate and all previous payments in excess of the maximum rate shall be deemed to have been payments in reduction of principal and not of interest.

 

13.5                         Closing Costs and Other Costs; Indemnification.

 

(a)                                  The Borrower shall pay or reimburse (a) the Agent and its Affiliates for payment of, on demand, all reasonable costs and expenses, including, by way of description and not limitation, reasonable in-house and outside attorney fees and advances, appraisal and accounting fees, lien search fees, and required travel costs, incurred by (i) the Agent and its Affiliates, and (ii) Square 1 Bank, in connection with the commitment, consummation and closing of the loans contemplated hereby (provided that costs and expenses payable to Square 1 Bank as of the Effective Date shall not exceed $7,500), or in connection with the administration or enforcement of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents (including the obtaining of legal advice regarding the rights and responsibilities of the parties hereto) or any refinancing or restructuring of the loans or Advances provided under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, or any amendment or modification thereof requested by the Borrower, and (b) the Agent and its Affiliates and each of the Lenders, as the case may be, for all stamp and other taxes and duties payable or determined to be payable in connection with the execution, delivery, filing or recording of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and any and all liabilities with respect to or resulting from any delay in paying or omitting to pay such taxes or duties. Furthermore, all reasonable costs and expenses, including without limitation attorney fees, incurred by the Agent and its Affiliates and, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, by the Lenders in revising, preserving, protecting, exercising or enforcing any of its or any of the Lenders’ rights against the Borrower or any other Credit Party, or otherwise incurred by the Agent and its Affiliates and the Lenders in connection with any Event of Default or the enforcement of the loans (whether incurred through negotiations, legal proceedings or otherwise), including by way of description and not limitation, such charges in any court or bankruptcy proceedings or arising out of any claim or action by any person against the Agent, its Affiliates, or any Lender which would not have been asserted were it not for the Agent’s or such Affiliate’s or Lender’s

 

107

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

relationship with the Borrower hereunder or otherwise, shall also be paid by the Borrower. All of said amounts required to be paid by the Borrower hereunder and not paid forthwith upon demand, as aforesaid, shall bear interest, from the date incurred to the date payment is received by the Agent, at the Base Rate, plus three percent (3%).

 

(b)                                  The Borrower agrees to indemnify and hold the Agent and each of the Lenders (and their respective Affiliates) harmless from all loss, cost, damage, liability or expenses, including reasonable house and outside attorneys’ fees and disbursements (but without duplication of such fees and disbursements for the same services), incurred by the Agent and each of the Lenders by reason of an Event of Default, or enforcing the obligations of any Credit Party under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, as applicable, or in the prosecution or defense of any action or proceeding concerning any matter growing out of or connected with this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents, excluding, however, any loss, cost, damage, liability or expenses to the extent arising as a result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the party seeking to be indemnified under this Section 13.5(b).

 

(c)                                   The Borrower agrees to defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Agent and each Lender (and their respective Affiliates), and their respective employees, agents, officers and directors from and against any and all claims, demands, penalties, fines, liabilities, settlements, damages, costs or expenses of whatever kind or nature (including without limitation, reasonable attorneys and consultants fees, investigation and laboratory fees, environmental studies required by the Agent or any Lender in connection with the violation of Hazardous Material Laws), court costs and litigation expenses, arising out of or related to (i) the presence, use, disposal, release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials on, from or affecting any premises owned or occupied by any Credit Party in violation of or the non-compliance with applicable Hazardous Material Laws, (ii) any personal injury (including wrongful death) or property damage (real or personal) arising out of or related to such Hazardous Materials, (iii) any lawsuit or other proceeding brought or threatened, settlement reached or governmental order or decree relating to such Hazardous Materials, and/or (iv) complying or coming into compliance with all Hazardous Material Laws (including the cost of any remediation or monitoring required in connection therewith) or any other Requirement of Law; provided, however, that the Borrower shall have no obligations under this Section 13.5(c) with respect to claims, demands, penalties, fines, liabilities, settlements, damages, costs or expenses to the extent arising as a result of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Agent or such Lender, as the case may be. The obligations of the Borrower under this Section 13.5(c) shall be in addition to any and all other obligations and liabilities the Borrower may have to the Agent or any of the Lenders at common law or pursuant to any other agreement.

 

13.6                         Notices.

 

(a)                                  Except as expressly provided otherwise in this Agreement (and except as provided in clause (b) below), all notices and other communications provided to any party hereto under this Agreement or any other Loan Document shall be in writing and shall be given by personal delivery, by mail, by reputable overnight courier or by facsimile and addressed or delivered to it at its address set forth on Annex III or at such other address as may be designated by such party in a notice to the other parties that

 

108

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

complies as to delivery with the terms of this Section 13.6 or posted to an E-System set up by or at the direction of the Agent (as set forth below). Any notice, if personally delivered or if mailed and properly addressed with postage prepaid and sent by registered or certified mail, shall be deemed given when received or when delivery is refused; any notice, if given to a reputable overnight courier and properly addressed, shall be deemed given two (2) Business Days after the date on which it was sent, unless it is actually received sooner by the named addressee; and any notice, if transmitted by facsimile, shall be deemed given when received. The Agent may, but, except as specifically provided herein, shall not be required to, take any action on the basis of any notice given to it by telephone, but the giver of any such notice shall promptly confirm such notice in writing or by facsimile, and such notice will not be deemed to have been received until such confirmation is deemed received in accordance with the provisions of this Section set forth above. If such telephonic notice conflicts with any such confirmation, the terms of such telephonic notice shall control. Any notice given by the Agent or any Lender to the Borrower shall be deemed to be a notice to all of the Credit Parties.

 

(b)                                  Notices and other communications provided to the Agent and the Lenders party hereto under this Agreement or any other Loan Document may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including email and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Agent.  The Agent or the Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications (including email and any E-System) pursuant to procedures approved by it.  Unless otherwise agreed to in a writing by and among the parties to a particular communication, (i) notices and other communications sent to an email address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgment from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, return email, or other written acknowledgment) and (ii) notices and other communications posted to any E-System shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its email address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or other communication is available and identifying the website address therefore.

 

13.7                         Further Action .  The Borrower, from time to time, upon written request of the Agent will make, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be made, executed, acknowledged and delivered, all such further and additional instruments, and take all such further action as may reasonably be required to carry out the intent and purpose of this Agreement or the Loan Documents, and to provide for Advances under and payment of the Notes, according to the intent and purpose herein and therein expressed.

 

109

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

13.8                         Successors and Assigns; Participations; Assignments.

 

(a)                                  This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Borrower and the Lenders and their respective successors and assigns.

 

(b)                                  The foregoing shall not authorize any assignment by the Borrower of its rights or duties hereunder, and, except as otherwise provided herein, no such assignment shall be made (or be effective) without the prior written approval of the Lenders.

 

(c)                                   No Lenders may at any time assign or grant participations in such Lender’s rights and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents except (i) by way of assignment to any Eligible Assignee in accordance with clause (d) of this Section, (ii) by way of a participation in accordance with the provisions of clause (e) of this Section 13.8 or (iii) by way of a pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of clause (g) of this Section 13.8 (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any Lender shall be deemed to be null and void).

 

(d)                                  Each assignment by a Lender of all or any portion of its rights and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, shall be subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

(i)                                      each such assignment shall be made on a pro rata basis, and shall be in a minimum amount of the lesser of (x) Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) or such lesser amount as the Agent shall agree and (y) the entire remaining amount of assigning Lender’s aggregate interest in the Revolving Credit (and participations in any outstanding Letters of Credit); provided however that, after giving effect to such assignment, in no event shall the entire remaining amount (if any) of assigning Lender’s aggregate interest in the Revolving Credit (and participations in any outstanding Letters of Credit) be less than $5,000,000; and

 

(ii)                                   the parties to any assignment shall execute and deliver to the Agent an Assignment Agreement substantially (as determined by the Agent) in the form attached hereto as Exhibit H (with appropriate insertions acceptable to the Agent), together with a processing and recordation fee in the amount, if any, required as set forth in the Assignment Agreement.

 

Until the Assignment Agreement becomes effective in accordance with its terms and is recorded in the Register maintained by the Agent under clause (h) of this Section 13.8, and the Agent has confirmed that the assignment satisfies the requirements of this Section 13.8, the Borrower and the Agent shall be entitled to continue to deal solely and directly with the assigning Lender in connection with the interest so assigned.  From and after the effective date of each Assignment Agreement that satisfies the requirements of this Section 13.8, the assignee thereunder shall be deemed to be a party to this Agreement, such assignee shall have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including without limitation the right to receive fees payable hereunder in respect of the period following such assignment) and

 

110

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

the assigning Lender shall relinquish its rights and be released from its obligations under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

Upon request, the Borrower shall execute and deliver to the Agent, new Note(s) payable to the order of the assignee in an amount equal to the amount assigned to the assigning Lender pursuant to such Assignment Agreement, and with respect to the portion of the Indebtedness retained by the assigning Lender, to the extent applicable, new Note(s) payable to the order of the assigning Lender in an amount equal to the amount retained by such Lender hereunder. The Agent, the Lenders and the Borrower acknowledges and agrees that any such new Note(s) shall be given in renewal and replacement of the Notes issued to the assigning lender prior to such assignment and shall not effect or constitute a novation or discharge of the Indebtedness evidenced by such prior Note, and each such new Note may contain a provision confirming such agreement.

 

(e)                                   The Borrower and the Agent acknowledge that each of the Lenders may at any time and from time to time, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, grant participations in such Lender’s rights and obligations hereunder (on a pro rata basis only) and under the other Loan Documents to any Person (other than a natural person or to the Borrower or any of the Borrower’s Affiliates or Subsidiaries); provided that any participation permitted hereunder shall comply with all applicable laws and shall be subject to a participation agreement that incorporates the following restrictions:

 

(i)                                      such Lender shall remain the holder of its Notes hereunder (if such Notes are issued), notwithstanding any such participation;

 

(ii)                                   a participant shall not reassign or transfer, or grant any sub-participations in its participation interest hereunder or any part thereof;

 

(iii)                                such Lender shall retain the sole right and responsibility to enforce the obligations of the Credit Parties relating to the Notes and the other Loan Documents, including, without limitation, the right to proceed against any Guarantors, or cause the Agent to do so (subject to the terms and conditions hereof), and the right to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement without the consent of the participant (unless such participant is an Affiliate of such Lender), except for those matters requiring the consent of each of the Lenders under Section 13.10(b) (provided that a participant may exercise approval rights over such matters only on an indirect basis, acting through such Lender and the Credit Parties, the Agent and the other Lenders may continue to deal directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and duties hereunder). Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, in the case of any participation granted by any Lender hereunder, the participant shall not have any rights under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents against the Agent, any other Lender or any Credit Party; provided, however

 

111

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

that the participant may have rights against such Lender in respect of such participation as may be set forth in the applicable participation agreement and all amounts payable by the Credit Parties hereunder shall be determined as if such Lender had not sold such participation.  Each such participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Article 11 of this Agreement to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to clause (d) of this Section, provided that no participant shall be entitled to receive any greater amount pursuant to such the provisions of Article 11 than the issuing Lender would have been entitled to receive in respect of the amount of the participation transferred by such issuing Lender to such participant had no such transfer occurred and each such participant shall also be entitled to the benefits of Section 9.6 hereof as though it were a Lender, provided that such participant agrees to be subject to Section 10.3 hereof as though it were a Lender; and

 

(iv)                               each participant shall provide the relevant tax form required under Section 13.11.

 

(f)                                    Each Lender that sells a participation shall, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Borrower, maintain a register on which it enters the name and address of each participant and the principal amounts (and stated interest) of each participant’s interest in the Loans or other obligations under the Loan Documents (the “Participant Register”); provided that no Lender shall have any obligation to disclose all or any portion of the Participant Register (including the identity of any participant or any information relating to a participant’s interest in any commitments, loans, letters of credit or its other obligations under any Loan Document) to any Person except to the extent that such disclosure is necessary to establish that such commitment, loan, letter of credit or other obligation is in registered form under Section 5f.103-1(c) of the United States Treasury Regulations.  The entries in the Participant Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and such Lender shall treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Participant Register as the owner of such participation for all purposes of this Agreement notwithstanding any notice to the contrary.  For the avoidance of doubt, the Agent (in its capacity as Agent) shall have no responsibility for maintaining a Participant Register.

 

(g)                                   Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including its Notes, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledge or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

 

(h)                                  The Borrower hereby designate the Agent, and Agent agrees to serve, as the Borrower’s non-fiduciary agent solely for purposes of this Section 13.8(h) to maintain at its principal office in the United States a copy of each Assignment Agreement delivered to it and a register (the “Register”) for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, the Percentages of such Lenders and the principal amount of each type of Advance owing to each such Lender from time to time. The entries in the Register shall be conclusive evidence, absent

 

112

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

manifest error, and the Borrower, the Agent, and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register as the owner of the Advances recorded therein for all purposes of this Agreement. The Register shall be available for inspection by the Borrower or any Lender (but only with respect to any entry relating to such Lender’s Percentages and the principal amounts owing to such Lender) upon reasonable notice to the Agent and a copy of such information shall be provided to any such party on their prior written request. The Agent shall give prompt written notice to the Borrower of the making of any entry in the Register or any change in such entry.

 

(i)                                      The Borrower authorizes each Lender to disclose to any prospective assignee or participant which has satisfied the requirements hereunder, any and all financial information in such Lender’s possession concerning the Credit Parties which has been delivered to such Lender pursuant to this Agreement, provided that each such prospective assignee or participant shall execute a confidentiality agreement consistent with the terms of Section 13.11 hereof or shall otherwise agree to be bound by the terms thereof.

 

(j)                                     Nothing in this Agreement, the Notes or the other Loan Documents, expressed or implied, is intended to or shall confer on any Person other than the respective parties hereto and thereto and their successors and assignees and participants permitted hereunder and thereunder any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or other claim under this Agreement, the Notes or the other Loan Documents.

 

13.9                         Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, and each executed copy shall constitute an original instrument, but such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

 

13.10                  Amendment and Waiver.

 

(a)                                  No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other Loan Document, nor consent to any departure by any Credit Party therefrom, shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be in writing and signed by the Agent and the Majority Lenders (or by the Agent at the written request of the Majority Lenders) or, if this Agreement expressly so requires with respect to the subject matter thereof, by all Lenders (and, with respect to any amendments to this Agreement or the other Loan Documents, by any Credit Party or the Guarantors that are signatories thereto), and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given.  All references in this Agreement to “Lenders” or “the Lenders” shall refer to all Lenders, unless expressly stated to refer to Majority Lenders (or the like).

 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein,

 

(i)                                      no amendment, waiver or consent shall increase the stated amount of any Lender’s commitment hereunder without such Lender’s consent;

 

(ii)                                   no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Lender or Lenders holding Indebtedness directly affected thereby, do any of the following:

 

113

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

(A)                                reduce the principal of, or interest on, any outstanding Indebtedness or any Fees or other amounts payable hereunder,

 

(B)                                postpone any date fixed for any payment of principal of, or interest on, any outstanding Indebtedness or any Fees or other amounts payable hereunder (except with respect to the payments required under Section 2.10(b)),

 

(C)                                change any of the provisions of this Section 13.10 or the definitions of “Majority Lenders”, or any other provision of any Loan Document specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to waive, amend or modify any rights thereunder or make any determination or grant any consent thereunder, without the written consent of each Lender; provided that changes to the definition of “Majority Lenders” may be made with the consent of only the Majority Lenders to include the Lenders holding any additional credit facilities that are added to this Agreement with the approval of the appropriate Lenders, and,

 

(D)                                any modifications to the definitions of “Borrowing Base” or “Eligible Tuition”;

 

(iii)                                no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by all Lenders, do any of the following:

 

(A)                                except as expressly permitted hereunder or under the Collateral Documents, release all or substantially all of the Collateral (provided that neither the Agent nor any Lender shall be prohibited thereby from proposing or participating in a consensual or nonconsensual debtor-in-possession or similar financing), or release any material guaranty provided by any Person in favor of the Agent and the Lenders, provided however that the Agent shall be entitled, without notice to or any further action or consent of the Lenders, to release any Collateral which any Credit Party is permitted to sell, assign or otherwise transfer in compliance with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or release any guaranty to the extent expressly permitted in this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents (whether in connection with the sale, transfer or other disposition of the applicable Guarantor or otherwise),

 

(B)                                increase the maximum duration of Interest Periods permitted hereunder; or

 

(C)                                modify Sections 10.2 or 10.3 hereof;

 

(iv)                               any amendment, waiver or consent that will (A) reduce the principal of, or interest on, the Swing Line Note, (B) postpone any date fixed for any payment of principal of, or interest on, the Swing Line Note or (C) otherwise affect the rights and duties of the Swing Line Lender under this Agreement or any

 

114

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

other Loan Document, shall require the written concurrence of the Swing Line Lender;

 

(v)                                  any amendment, waiver or consent that will affect the rights or duties of Issuing Lender under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, shall require the written concurrence of the Issuing Lender; and

 

(vi)                               any amendment, waiver, or consent that will affect the rights or duties of the Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, shall require the written concurrence of the Agent.

 

(c)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove of any amendment, consent, waiver or any other modification to any Loan Document (and all amendments, consents, waivers and other modifications may be effected without the consent of the Defaulting Lenders), except that the foregoing shall not permit, in each case without such Defaulting Lender’s consent, (i) an increase in such Defaulting Lender’s stated commitment amounts, (ii) the waiver, forgiveness or reduction of the principal amount of any Indebtedness owing to such Defaulting Lender (unless all other Lenders affected thereby are treated similarly), (iii) the extension of the final maturity date(s) of such Defaulting Lenders’ portion of any of the Indebtedness or the extension of any commitment to extend credit of such Defaulting Lender, or (iv) any other modification which requires the consent of all Lenders or the Lender(s) affected thereby which affects such Defaulting Lender more adversely than the other affected Lenders (other than a modification which results in a reduction of such Defaulting Lender’s Percentage of any Commitments or repayment of any amounts owing to such Defaulting Lender on a non pro-rata basis).

 

(d)                                  The Agent shall, upon the written request of the Borrower, execute and deliver to the Credit Parties such documents as may be necessary to evidence (1) the release of any Lien granted to or held by the Agent upon any Collateral: (a) upon termination of the Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment and payment in full of all Indebtedness payable under this Agreement and under any other Loan Document; (b) which constitutes property (including, without limitation, Equity Interests in any Person) sold or to be sold or disposed of as part of or in connection with any disposition (whether by sale, by merger or by any other form of transaction and including the property of any Subsidiary that is disposed of as permitted hereby) permitted in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; (c) which constitutes property in which a Credit Party owned no interest at the time the Lien was granted or at any time thereafter; or (d) if approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Majority Lenders, or all the Lenders, as the case may be, as provided in this Section 13.10; or (2) the release of any Person from its obligations under the Loan Documents (including without limitation the Guaranty) if all of the Equity Interests of such Person that were held by a Credit Party are sold or otherwise transferred to any transferee other than the Borrower or a Subsidiary of the Borrower as part of or in connection with any disposition (whether by sale, by merger or by any other form of transaction) permitted in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; provided that (i) the Agent shall not be required to execute any such release or subordination agreement under clauses (1) or (2) above on terms which, in the Agent’s opinion, would expose the Agent to liability or create any obligation or entail any consequence other than the release of such Liens without recourse or warranty or such release shall not in any manner discharge, affect or impair the Indebtedness or

 

115

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

any Liens upon any Collateral retained by any Credit Party, including (without limitation) the proceeds of the sale or other disposition, all of which shall constitute and remain part of the Collateral.

 

(e)                                   Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein the Agent may, with the consent of the Borrower only, amend, modify or supplement this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents to cure any ambiguity, omission, mistake, defect or inconsistency.

 

(f)                                    Notwithstanding the foregoing, no amendment and restatement of this Agreement which is in all other respects approved by the Lenders in accordance with this Section 13.10 shall require the consent or approval of any Lender (i) which immediately after giving effect to such amendment and restatement, shall have no commitment or other obligation to maintain or extend credit under this Agreement (as so amended and restated), including, without limitation, any obligation to participate in any Letter of Credit and (ii) which, substantially contemporaneously with the effectiveness of such amendment and restatement, shall have received payment in full of all Indebtedness owing to such Lender under the Loan Documents (other than any Indebtedness owing to such Lender in connection with Lender Products or under any Hedging Agreements).  From and after the effectiveness of any such amendment and restatement, any such Lender shall be deemed to no longer be a “Lender” hereunder or a party hereto, except that any such Lender shall retain the benefits of indemnification provisions hereof which, by the terms hereof would survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

13.11                  Confidentiality .  Each Lender agrees that it will not disclose without the prior consent of the Borrower (other than to its employees, its Subsidiaries, another Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender or to its auditors, counsel or representatives) any information with respect to the Credit Parties which is furnished pursuant to this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents; provided that any Lender may disclose any such information (a) as has become generally available to the public or has been lawfully obtained by such Lender from any third party under no duty of confidentiality to any Credit Party, (b) as may be required or appropriate in any report, statement or testimony submitted to, or in respect to any inquiry, by, any municipal, state or federal regulatory body having or claiming to have jurisdiction over such Lender, including the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or similar organizations (whether in the United States or elsewhere) or their successors, (c) as may be required or appropriate in respect to any summons or subpoena or in connection with any litigation, (d) in order to comply with any law, order, regulation, ruling or other requirement of law applicable to such Lender, and (e) to any prospective assignee or participant in accordance with Section 13.8(f) hereof.

 

13.12                  Substitution or Removal of Lenders.

 

(a)                                  With respect to any Lender (i) whose obligation to make Eurodollar-based Advances has been suspended pursuant to Section 11.3 or 11.4, (ii) that has demanded compensation under Sections 3.4(c), 11.5 or 11.6, (iii) that has become a Defaulting Lender or (iv) that has failed to consent to a requested amendment, waiver or modification to any Loan Document as to which the Majority Lenders have already consented (in each case, an “Affected

 

116

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Lender”), then the Agent or the Borrower may, at the Borrower’s sole expense, require the Affected Lender to sell and assign all of its interests, rights and obligations under this Agreement, including, without limitation, its Commitments, to an assignee (which may be one or more of the Lenders) (such assignee shall be referred to herein as the “Purchasing Lender” or “Purchasing Lenders”) within two (2) Business Days after receiving notice from the Borrower requiring it to do so, for an aggregate price equal to the sum of the portion of all Advances made by it, interest and fees accrued for its account through but excluding the date of such payment, and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the Purchasing Lender(s) (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Borrower (in the case of all other amounts, including without limitation, if demanded by the Affected Lender, the amount of any compensation that due to the Affected Lender under Sections 3.4(c), 11.1, 11.5 and 11.6 to but excluding said date), payable (in immediately available funds) in cash.  The Affected Lender, as assignor, such Purchasing Lender, as assignee, the Borrower and the Agent, shall enter into an Assignment Agreement pursuant to Section 13.8 hereof, whereupon such Purchasing Lender shall be a Lender party to this Agreement, shall be deemed to be an assignee hereunder and shall have all the rights and obligations of a Lender with a Revolving Credit Percentage equal to its ratable share of the then applicable Revolving Credit Aggregate Commitment of the Affected Lender, provided, however, that if the Affected Lender does not execute such Assignment Agreement within (2) Business Days of receipt thereof, the Agent may execute the Assignment Agreement as the Affected Lender’s attorney-in-fact. Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Agent and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full power and authority in the name of such Lender or in its own name to execute and deliver the Assignment Agreement while such Lender is an Affected Lender hereunder (such power of attorney to be deemed coupled with an interest and irrevocable). In connection with any assignment pursuant to this Section 13.12, the Borrower or the Purchasing Lender shall pay to the Agent the administrative fee for processing such assignment referred to in Section 13.8.

 

(b)                                  If any Lender is an Affected Lender of the type described in Section 13.12(a)(iii) and (iv) (any such Lender, a “Non-Compliant Lender”), the Borrower may, with the prior written consent of the Agent, and notwithstanding Section 10.3 of this Agreement or any other provisions requiring pro rata payments to the Lenders, elect to reduce any Commitments by an amount equal to the Non-Compliant Lender’s Percentage of the Commitment of such Non-Compliant Lender and repay such Non-Compliant Lender an amount equal the principal amount of all Advances owing to it, all interest and fees accrued for its account through but excluding the date of such repayment, and all other amounts payable to it hereunder (including without limitation, if demanded by the Non-Compliant Lender, the amount of any compensation that due to the Non-Compliant Lender under Sections 3.4(c), 11.1, 11.5 and 11.6 to but excluding said date), payable (in immediately available funds) in cash, so long as, after giving effect to the termination of Commitments and the repayments described in this clause (b), any Fronting Exposure of such Non-Compliant Lender shall be reallocated among the Lenders that are not Non-Compliant Lenders in accordance with their respective Revolving Credit Percentages, but only to the extent that the sum of the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Credit Advances made by each such Lender, plus such Lender’s Percentage of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Swing Line Advances and Letter of Credit Obligations prior to giving effect to such reallocation plus such Lender’s Percentage of the Fronting Exposure to be reallocated does not exceed such Lender’s Percentage of the Revolving Credit Aggregate

 

117

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Commitment, and with respect to any portion of the Fronting Exposure that may not be reallocated, the Borrower shall deliver to the Agent, for the benefit of the Issuing Lender and/or Swing Line Lender, as applicable, cash collateral or other security satisfactory to the Agent, with respect any such remaining Fronting Exposure.

 

13.13                  Withholding Taxes.

 

(a)                                  Each Lender that is not a “United States person,” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Internal Revenue Code (each, a “Non-U.S. Lender”) that, at any of the following times, is entitled to an exemption from United States withholding tax or, after a change in any Requirement of Law, is subject to such withholding tax at a reduced rate under an applicable tax treaty, shall (w) on or prior to the date such Lender becomes a Non-U.S. Lender hereunder, (x) on or prior to the date on which any such form or certification expires or becomes obsolete (to the extent such Lender has actual knowledge thereof, or is so advised in writing by the Borrower), (y) after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent form of certification previously delivered by it pursuant to this clause (a) (to the extent such Lender has actual knowledge thereof, or is so advised in writing by the Borrower) and (z) from time to time if reasonably requested by the Borrower or Agent, provide Agent and the Borrower with such properly completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable law as will permit payments to such Lender to be made without withholding, or at a reduced rate of withholding, as the case may be.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each Non-U.S. Lender shall deliver originals of the following (in such number as shall be reasonably requested by the recipient), as applicable:  (A) Forms W-8ECI (claiming exemption from U.S. withholding tax because the income is effectively connected with a U.S. trade or business), W-8BEN (claiming exemption from, or a reduction of, U.S. withholding tax under an income tax treaty) and/or W-8IMY or any successor forms, (B) in the case of a Non-U.S. Lender claiming exemption under Sections 871(h) or 881(c) of the Internal Revenue Code, Form W-8BEN (claiming exemption from U.S. withholding tax under the portfolio interest exemption) or any successor form and a certificate that such Non-U.S. Lender is not (1) a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Internal Revenue Code, (2) a “10 percent shareholder” of the Borrower within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code or (3) a “controlled foreign corporation” described in Section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code or (C) any other applicable document prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service certifying as to the entitlement of such Non-U.S. Lender to such exemption from United States withholding tax or such reduced rate with respect to all payments to be made to such Non-U.S. Lender under the Loan Documents, all as reasonably requested by the Borrower or the Agent.  Unless the Borrower and the Agent have received forms or other documents satisfactory to them indicating that payments under any Loan Document to or for a Non-U.S. Lender are not subject to United States withholding tax or are subject to such tax at a rate reduced by an applicable tax treaty, the Agent may (and shall, if directed to do so by the Borrower) withhold amounts required to be withheld by applicable requirements of law from such payments at the applicable statutory rate.

 

(b)                                  Each Lender that is a “United States person,” within the meaning of Section 7701(a)(30) of the Code (each a “U.S. Lender”) shall (A) on or prior to the date such Lender becomes a “U.S. Lender” hereunder, (B) on or prior to the date on which any such form or certification expires or becomes obsolete (to the extent such Lender has actual knowledge thereof, or is so advised in writing by Borrower), (C) after the occurrence of any event requiring

 

118

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

a change in the most recent form or certification previously delivered by it pursuant to this clause (b) (to the extent such Lender has actual knowledge thereof, or is so advised in writing by the Borrower) and (D) from time to time if requested by the Borrower or Agent, provide Agent and the Borrower with two completed originals of Form W-9 (certifying that such U.S. Lender Party is entitled to an exemption from U.S. backup withholding tax) or any successor form.

 

(c)                                   If a payment made to a Non-U.S. Lender would be subject to United States federal withholding tax imposed by FATCA if such Non-U.S. Lender fails to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA, such Non-U.S. Lender shall deliver to the Agent and the Borrower any documentation under any requirement of law or reasonably requested by any Agent or the Borrower sufficient for the Agent or the Borrower to comply with their obligations under FATCA and to determine that such Non-U.S. Lender has complied with such applicable reporting requirements.

 

(d)                                  Promptly upon notice from the Agent of any determination by the Internal Revenue Service that any payments previously made to such Lender hereunder were subject to United States income tax withholding when made (or subject to withholding at a higher rate than that applied to such payments), such Lender shall pay to the Agent the excess of the aggregate amount required to be withheld from such payments over the aggregate amount (if any) actually withheld by the Agent, provided that, following any such payment, such Lender shall retain all of its rights and remedies against the Borrower with respect thereto.

 

13.14                  Taxes and Fees .  Should any stamp, documentary or other tax (other than any tax resulting from a Lender’s failure to comply with Section 13.13 or any Excluded Taxes), or recording or filing fee become payable in respect of this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents or any amendment, modification or supplement hereof or thereof, the Borrower agrees to pay the same, together with any interest or penalties thereon arising from the Borrower’s actions or omissions, and agrees to hold the Agent and the Lenders harmless with respect thereto provided, however, that the Borrower shall not be responsible for any such interest or penalties which were incurred prior to the date that notice is given to the Credit Parties of such tax, fees or other charges.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing contained in this Section 13.14 shall affect or reduce the rights of any Lender or the Agent under Section 11.5 hereof.

 

13.15                  WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL/JUDICIAL REFERENCE . (a) JURY TRIAL WAIVER.  TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, THE BORROWER, THE LENDERS AND THE AGENT HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE LOAN DOCUMENTS OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN OR THEREIN, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS.  THE BORROWER, THE LENDERS AND THE AGENT REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER AND EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.  IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

 

119

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


 

(b)                                  Judicial Reference.

 

(i)                                      In the event the jury trial waiver set forth above is not enforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this judicial reference provision.

 

(ii)                                   With the exception of the items specified in clause (iii), below, any controversy, dispute or claim (each, a “Claim”) between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Notes or the other Loan Documents, any other will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California in accordance with the provisions of Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure (“CCP”), or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to the reference proceeding. Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the Notes or the other Loan Documents, venue for the reference proceeding will be in the state or federal court in the county or district where the real property involved in the action, if any, is located or in the state or federal court in the county or district where venue is otherwise appropriate under applicable law (the “Court”).

 

(iii)                                The matters that shall not be subject to a reference are the following: (a) foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (b) exercise of self-help remedies (including, without limitation, set-off), (c) appointment of a receiver and (d) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including, without limitation, writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). This reference provision does not limit the right of any party to exercise or oppose any of the rights and remedies described in clauses (a) and (b) or to seek or oppose from a court of competent jurisdiction any of the items described in clauses (c) and (d). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of those items does not waive the right of any party to a reference pursuant to this reference provision as provided herein.

 

(iv)                               The referee shall be a retired judge or justice selected by mutual written agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree within ten (10) days of a written request to do so by any party, then, upon request of any party, the referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative). A request for appointment of a referee may be heard on an ex parte or expedited basis, and the parties agree that irreparable harm would result if ex parte relief is not granted.  Pursuant to CCP § 170.6, each party shall have one peremptory challenge to the referee selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative).

 

(v)                                  The parties agree that time is of the essence in conducting the reference proceedings. Accordingly, the referee shall be requested, subject to change in the time periods specified herein for good cause shown, to (a) set the matter for a status and trial-setting conference within fifteen (15) days after the date of selection of the referee, (b) if practicable, try all issues of law or fact within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the conference and (c) report a statement of decision within twenty (20) days after the matter has been submitted for decision.

 

120

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

(vi)                               The referee will have power to expand or limit the amount and duration of discovery.  The referee may set or extend discovery deadlines or cutoffs for good cause, including a party’s failure to provide requested discovery for any reason whatsoever. Unless otherwise ordered based upon good cause shown, no party shall be entitled to “priority” in conducting discovery, depositions may be taken by either party upon seven (7) days written notice, and all other discovery shall be responded to within fifteen (15) days after service. All disputes relating to discovery which cannot be resolved by the parties shall be submitted to the referee whose decision shall be final and binding.

 

(vii)                            Except as expressly set forth herein, the referee shall determine the manner in which the reference proceeding is conducted including the time and place of hearings, the order of presentation of evidence, and all other questions that arise with respect to the course of the reference proceeding.  All proceedings and hearings conducted before the referee, except for trial, shall be conducted without a court reporter, except that when any party so requests, a court reporter will be used at any hearing conducted before the referee, and the referee will be provided a courtesy copy of the transcript. The party making such a request shall have the obligation to arrange for and pay the court reporter. Subject to the referee’s power to award costs to the prevailing party, the parties will equally share the cost of the referee and the court reporter at trial.

 

(viii)                         The referee shall be required to determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and the statutory laws of the State of California. The rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law in the State of California will be applicable to the reference proceeding. The referee shall be empowered to enter equitable as well as legal relief, enter equitable orders that will be binding on the parties and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision at the close of the reference proceeding which disposes of all claims of the parties that are the subject of the reference.  Pursuant to CCP § 644, such decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or an order in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the Court and any such decision will be final, binding and conclusive.  The parties reserve the right to appeal from the final judgment or order or from any appealable decision or order entered by the referee.  The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of laws, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial, if granted, is also to be a reference proceeding under this provision.

 

(ix)                               If the enabling legislation which provides for appointment of a referee is repealed (and no successor statute is enacted), any dispute between the parties that would otherwise be determined by reference procedure will be resolved and determined by arbitration.  The arbitration will be conducted by a retired judge or justice, in accordance with the California Arbitration Act §1280 through §1294.2 of the CCP as amended from time to time. The limitations with respect to discovery set forth above shall apply to any such arbitration proceeding.

 

(x)                                  THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE AND AGREE THAT ALL CONTROVERSIES, DISPUTES AND CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS

 

121

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT BY A JURY. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS, HIS OR HER OWN CHOICE, EACH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, AGREES THAT THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL APPLY TO ANY CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CLAIM BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, THIS AGREEMENT, THE NOTES OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

 

13.16                  USA Patriot Act Notice .  Pursuant to Section 326 of the USA Patriot Act, the Agent and the Lenders hereby notify the Credit Parties that if they or any of their Subsidiaries open an account, including any loan, deposit account, treasury management account, or other extension of credit with the Agent or any Lender, the Agent or the applicable Lender will request the applicable Person’s name, tax identification number, business address and other information necessary to identify such Person (and may request such Person’s organizational documents or other identifying documents) to the extent necessary for the Agent and the applicable Lender to comply with the USA Patriot Act.

 

13.17                  Complete Agreement; Conflicts .  This Agreement, the Notes (if issued), any Requests for Revolving Credit Advance and Requests for Swing Line Advance, and the Loan Documents contain the entire agreement of the parties hereto, superseding all prior agreements, discussions and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof, and none of the parties shall be bound by anything not expressed in writing. In the event of any conflict between the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, this Agreement shall govern.

 

13.18                  Severability .  In case any one or more of the obligations of the Credit Parties under this Agreement, the Notes or any of the other Loan Documents shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining obligations of the Credit Parties shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, and such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability in one jurisdiction shall not affect the validity, legality or enforceability of the obligations of the Credit Parties under this Agreement, the Notes or any of the other Loan Documents in any other jurisdiction.

 

13.19                  Table of Contents and Headings; Section References .  The table of contents and the headings of the various subdivisions hereof are for convenience of reference only and shall in no way modify or affect any of the terms or provisions hereof and references herein to “sections,” “subsections,” “clauses,” “paragraphs,” “subparagraphs,” “exhibits” and “schedules” shall be to sections, subsections, clauses, paragraphs, subparagraphs, exhibits and schedules, respectively, of this Agreement unless otherwise specifically provided herein or unless the context otherwise clearly indicates.

 

13.20                  Construction of Certain Provisions .  If any provision of this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents refers to any action to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking, such provision shall be applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly by such Person, whether or not expressly specified in such provision.

 

122

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

13.21                  Independence of Covenants .  Each covenant hereunder shall be given independent effect (subject to any exceptions stated in such covenant) so that if a particular action or condition is not permitted by any such covenant (taking into account any such stated exception), the fact that it would be permitted by an exception to, or would be otherwise within the limitations of, another covenant shall not avoid the occurrence of a Default or an Event of Default.

 

13.22                  Electronic Transmissions.

 

(a)                                  Each of the Agent, the Credit Parties, the Lenders, and each of their Affiliates is authorized (but not required) to transmit, post or otherwise make or communicate, in its sole discretion, Electronic Transmissions in connection with any Loan Document and the transactions contemplated therein.  The Borrower and each other Credit Party hereby acknowledges and agrees that the use of Electronic Transmissions is not necessarily secure and that there are risks associated with such use, including risks of interception, disclosure and abuse and each indicates it assumes and accepts such risks by hereby authorizing the transmission of Electronic Transmissions.

 

(b)                                  All uses of an E-System shall be governed by and subject to, in addition to Section 13.6 and this Section 13.22, separate terms and conditions posted or referenced in such E-System and related contractual obligations executed by the Agent, the Credit Parties and the Lenders in connection with the use of such E-System.

 

(c)                                   All E-Systems and Electronic Transmissions shall be provided “as is” and “as available”.  None of the Agent or any of its Affiliates, nor the Borrower or any of its respective Affiliates warrants the accuracy, adequacy or completeness of any E-Systems or Electronic Transmission, and each disclaims all liability for errors or omissions therein.  No warranty of any kind is made by the Agent or any of its Affiliates, or the Borrower or any of its respective Affiliates in connection with any E-Systems or Electronic Transmission, including any warranty of merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose, non-infringement of third-party rights or freedom from viruses or other code defects.  The Agent, the Borrower and its Subsidiaries, and the Lenders agree that the Agent has no responsibility for maintaining or providing any equipment, software, services or any testing required in connection with any Electronic Transmission or otherwise required for any E-System.  The Agent and the Lenders agree that the Borrower has no responsibility for maintaining or providing any equipment, software, services or any testing required in connection with any Electronic Transmission or otherwise required for any E-System.

 

13.23                  Advertisements .  The Agent and the Lenders may disclose the names of the Credit Parties and the existence of the Indebtedness in general advertisements and trade publications.

 

123

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

13.24                  Reliance on and Survival of Provisions .  All terms, covenants, agreements, representations and warranties of the Credit Parties to any of the Loan Documents made herein or in any of the Loan Documents or in any certificate, report, financial statement or other document furnished by or on behalf of any Credit Party in connection with this Agreement or any of the Loan Documents shall be deemed to have been relied upon by the Lenders, notwithstanding any investigation heretofore or hereafter made by any Lender or on such Lender’s behalf, and those covenants and agreements of the Borrower set forth in Section 13.5 hereof (together with any other indemnities of any Credit Party contained elsewhere in this Agreement or in any of the other Loan Documents) and of Lenders set forth in Section 12.7 hereof shall survive the repayment in full of the Indebtedness and the termination of any commitment to extend credit.

 

13.25                  Effect of this Agreement .  This Agreement shall amend and restate in its entirety the Existing Credit Agreement.  Upon the effectiveness of this Agreement and the Security Agreement, any and all obligations under the Existing Credit Agreement and the other agreements or documents entered into and/or delivered in connection therewith shall be deemed performed and paid in full and such documents shall be deemed terminated.

 

[Signatures Follow On Succeeding Page]

 

124

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

WITNESS the due execution hereof as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

COMERICA BANK ,

 

2U, INC.

as Administrative Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Illegible

 

By:

Catherine Graham

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

SVP

 

Its:

CFO

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMERICA BANK ,

 

 

as a Lender, as Issuing Lender

 

 

and as Swing Line Lender

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Illegible

 

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

SVP

 

 

 

125

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

SQUARE 1 BANK , as a Lender

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Zack Robbins

 

 

 

 

Its:

AVP

 

 

1

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Annex I
Applicable Margin Grid
Revolving Credit Facility
(basis points per annum)

 

Revolving Credit Eurodollar Margin

 

250

Revolving Credit Base Rate Margin

 

150

Revolving Credit Facility Fee

 

50

Letter of Credit Fees (exclusive of facing fees)

 

250

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Annex II
Percentages and Allocations

Revolving Credit Facility

 

 

LENDERS

 

REVOLVING
CREDIT

PERCENTAGE

 

REVOLVING
CREDIT
ALLOCATIONS

 

Comerica Bank

 

67.567568

%

$

25,000,000

 

Square 1 Bank

 

32.432432

%

$

12,000,000

 

TOTALS

 

100

%

$

37,000,000

 

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Annex III

 

Notices

 

Borrower and its subsidiaries :

2U, Inc.

8201 Corporate Drive

Suite 900

Landover, MD 20785

Telephone: (301) 892-4361

Facsimile: (202) 478-1660

Attention: Catherine Graham

 

Comerica Bank, As Agent :

Comerica Bank Center

Attn: Corporate Finance - MC 3289

411 W. Lafayette St.

Detroit, Michigan  48226

 

Telephone: (313) 222-4280

Facsimile: (313) 222-9434

 

For Advance Requests and/or Pay-Downs:

corpfinadmin@comerica.com

 

 

For Reporting Requirements:

reportingcorpfin@comerica.com

 

Comerica Bank, As Lender :

Comerica Bank

11921 Freedom Drive, Suite 920

Reston, VA 20190

Telephone: 703-464-7234

Attn: Kevin Johnson

 

Agents Counsel :

Larry R. Shulman

6 th  Floor at Ford Field

1901 St. Antoine Street

Detroit, Michigan 48226

Telephone: 313-259-7777

Facsimile: 313-393-7579

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Schedule 1.1

 

Compliance Information

 

Correct Legal Name

 

Address

 

Type of
Organization

 

Jurisdiction of
Organization

 

Tax identification
number and other
identification numbers

2U, Inc.

 

8201 Corporate Drive, Suite 900, Landover, MD 20785

 

Corporation

 

Delaware

 

TIN: 26-2335939

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2tor Hk LLC

 

8201 Corporate Drive, Suite 900, Landover, MD 20785

 

Limited liability company

 

Delaware

 

Certificate No.: 59094660-000-10-12-3

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


 

SCHEDULES TO AMENDED AND RESTATED REVOLVING CREDIT AGREEMENT

 

among

 

2U, INC.,

 

The Several Lenders
from Time to Time Parties Hereto,

 

COMERICA BANK,
as Administrative Agent, Sole Lead Arranger and Sole Bookrunner

 

Dated as of December 31, 2013

 

2U, Inc. hereby delivers these Disclosure Schedules to 2U, Inc.’s representations and warranties given in the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement. The section numbers in these Disclosure Schedules correspond to the section numbers in the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement; provided, however, that any information disclosed herein under any section number shall be deemed to be disclosed and incorporated in any other section of the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement where such disclosure would be appropriate and reasonably apparent.  Disclosure of any information or document herein is not a statement or admission that it is material or required to be disclosed herein.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the same meanings given them in the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement.

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Schedule 1.1

Compliance Information

 

Correct Legal Name

 

Address

 

Type of
Organization

 

Jurisdiction of
Organization

 

Tax identification
number and other
identification numbers

2U, Inc.

 

8201 Corporate Drive, Suite 900, Landover, MD 20785

 

Corporation

 

Delaware

 

TIN: 26-2335939

2tor Hk LLC

 

8201 Corporate Drive, Suite 900, Landover, MD 20785

 

Limited liability company

 

Delaware

 

Certificate No.: 59094660-000-10-12-3

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Schedule 1.2

Core 4 Programs

 

1.               Services Agreement, dated October 29, 2008, by and between University of Southern California, a California nonprofit educational institution, on behalf of the USC Rossier School of Education, and 2U, Inc.

 

2.               Master Services Agreement, dated April 12, 2010, by and between University of Southern California, a California nonprofit educational institution, on behalf of the USC School of Social Work, and 2U, Inc.

 

3.               Services Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2010, by and between Georgetown University and 2U, Inc.

 

4.               Services Agreement, dated November 1, 2010, by and between The University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, a nonprofit educational institution, on behalf of the UNC Kenan-Flagler Business School, and 2U, Inc.

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Schedule 5.1(c)

Collateral Documents, Guaranties and other Loan Documents

 

Delaware

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Schedule 5.2

Corporate Authority

 

Credit Party

 

State of Incorporate or Formation

2U, Inc.

 

Delaware

2tor Hk LLC

 

Delaware

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Schedule 6.3(b)

Good Title; Leases; Assets; No Liens

 

1.               8201 Corporate Drive, Suite 900, Landover, MD 20785

 

2.               60 Chelsea Piers, Suite 6020, New York, New York 10011

 

3.               1000 Environ Way, Chapel Hill, NC 27517

 

4.               1150 South Olive Street, Los Angeles, CA 90015

 

5.               Seigle Hall #302, Washington University in St. Louis, St. Louis, Missouri 63130

 

6.               Unit 06 on Fifth Floor of Energy Plaza, At No. 92 Granville Road, Tsimshatsui East, Kowloon

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Schedule 6.4

Taxes

 

None.

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Schedule 6.7

Compliance with Laws

 

None.

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Schedule 6.9

Litigation

 

None.

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Schedule 6.10

Consents, Approvals and Filings, Etc.

 

None.

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


 

Schedule 6.13

ERISA

 

None.

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Schedule 6.15

Environmental and Safety Matters

 

None.

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Schedule 6.16

Subsidiaries

 

2tor Hk LLC

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Schedule 6.17

Management Agreements

 

1.               Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, Work For Hire, NonCompete and No Solicit/Hire Hire Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2009, by and between 2U, Inc. and Robert Cohen.

 

2.               Confidential Information, Invention Assignment, Work For Hire, NonCompete and No Solicit/Hire Hire Agreement, dated as of February 28, 2009, by and between 2U, Inc. and Chip Paucek.

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Schedule 6.18

Material Contracts

 

1.               Services Agreement, by and between the Company and University of Southern California, on behalf of the USC Rossier School of Education, dated as of October 29, 2008, as amended to date.

 

2.               Master Services Agreement, by and between the Company and University of Southern California, on behalf of School of Social Work, dated as of April 12, 2010, as amended to date.

 

3.               Lease Agreement, by and between the Company and MPLX-Landover Co LLC, dated as of June 20, 2008, as amended to date.

 

4.               Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of March 27, 2012, by and among the Company and certain of its stockholders.

 

5.               Master Subscription Agreement, dated January 31, 2013, by and between salesforce.com and 2U, Inc.

 

6.               Professional Services Agreement, between 2U, Inc. and 360i LLC, dated as of November 1, 2013.

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Schedule 6.19

Franchises, Patents, Copyrights, Tradenames, etc.

 

2U

2Tor

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Schedule 6.20

Capital Structure

 

Preemptive rights, options, warrants, etc .:

 

1.               Amended and Restated Investor Rights Agreement, dated March 27, 2012, by and among 2U, Inc. and certain of its stockholders.

2.               Amended and Restated Voting Agreement, dated March 27, 2012, by and among 2U, Inc. and certain of its stockholders.

3.               Amended and Restated Right of First Refusal and Co-Sale Agreement, dated March 27, 2012, by and among 2U, Inc. and certain of its stockholders.

 

As of September 30, 2013, the Borrower had outstanding stock options to purchase an aggregate of 5,483,948 shares of common stock at a weighted-average exercise price of $2.92 per share and an outstanding warrant issued to Comerica to purchase 12,797 shares of our common stock, at an exercise price of $7.81 per share.

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Schedule 6.23

Employee Matters

 

None.

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Schedule 6.26

Intellectual Property Collateral

 

None.

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Schedule 6.27

Inbound Licenses

 

1.               Services Agreement, dated October 29, 2008, by and between University of Southern California, a California nonprofit educational institution, on behalf of the USC Rossier School of Education, and 2U, Inc.

 

2.               Master Services Agreement, dated April 12, 2010, by and between University of Southern California, a California nonprofit educational institution, on behalf of the USC School of Social Work, and 2U, Inc.

 

3.               Services Agreement, dated November 1, 2010, by and between The University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, on behalf of the UNC Kenan-Flager Business School, and 2U, Inc.

 

4.               Services Agreement, dated November 10, 2010, by and between Georgetown University, on behalf of its Georgetown University Medical Center and its School of Nursing and Health Studies at Georgetown University, and 2U, Inc.

 

5.               Services Agreement, dated January 30, 2012, by and between the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, on behalf of University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill School of Government, and 2U, Inc.

 

6.               Services Agreement, dated November 30, 2011 between The Washington University, on behalf of its School of Law, and 2U, Inc.

 

7.               Master Services Agreement, dated May 8, 2012, by and between American University, a nonprofit educational institution, on behalf of its School of International Service, and 2U, Inc.

 

8.               Master Services Agreement, dated Decmeber 14, 2012, by and between Simmons College and 2U, Inc.

 

9.               Master Services Agreement, dated January 18, 2013, by and between The Regents of the University of California, a nonprofit educational institution, on behalf of the School of Information at University of California, Berkeley, and 2U, Inc.

 

10.        Master Services Agreement, dated October 19, 2013, by and between The George Washington University, on behalf of the George Washington University School of Public Health and Health Services, and 2U, Inc.

 

11.        Master Services Agreement, dated October 28, 2013, by and between The George Washington University, on behalf of the George Washington University School of Public Health and Health Services, and 2U, Inc.

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


 

Schedule 8.1

Limitation on Debt

 

The Borrower maintains a corporate account with American Express with a secured line of credit in the amount of approximately $880,000.

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Schedule 8.2

Limitation on Liens

 

The Borrower has leased furniture and equipment from Winmark Capital, and the Borrower currently owes $90,171.60 on the lease to be made in monthly payments.

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Schedule 8.7

Limitation on Investments, Loans and Advances

 

Borrower has 100% ownership of the membership interest in 2tor HK LLC, a Delaware limited liability company.

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Schedule 8.8

Transactions with Affiliates

 

Pursuant to a sublease agreement dated November 2011, the Borrower subleases approximately 5,300 square feet of office space in its headquarters facility to an entity that is partially owned by John Katzman. Mr. Katzman is a beneficial owner of more than five percent of the Borrower’s common stock and was also an executive officer of the Borrower until August 2012 and was a director of the Borrower company until December 2012. The sublease requires the subtenant to reimburse Borrower for the allocated cost of the subleased space. For the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2012 and the nine months ended September 30, 2013, the Borrower received $16,000, $191,000 and $143,000, respectively, under this sublease.

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Schedule 8.10

Limitations on Other Restrictions

 

None.

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


 

EXHIBIT A

 

FORM OF REQUEST FOR REVOLVING CREDIT ADVANCE

 

No.                                          

Dated:                 , 20       

 

TO:         Comerica Bank (“Agent”)

 

RE:                            Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Loan Agreement made as of the 31st day of December, 2013 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among the financial institutions from time to time signatory thereto (individually a “Lender,” and any and all such financial institutions collectively the “Lenders”), Comerica Bank, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Agent”),  and 2U, Inc. (“Borrower”).

 

Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, Borrower hereby requests an Advance from Lenders, as described herein:

 

(A)                                Date of Advance:                                           

 

(B)                                o   (check if applicable)

 

This Advance is or includes a whole or partial refunding/conversion of:

 

Advance No(s).                                          

 

(C)                                Type of Advance (check only one):

 

o   Base Rate Advance

o   Eurodollar-based Advance

 

(D)                                Amount of Advance:

 

$                                          

 

(E)                                 Interest Period (applicable to Eurodollar-based Advances)

 

                 months

 

(F)                                  Disbursement Instructions

 

o   Comerica Bank Account No.                                   

o   Other:                                          

                                                                         

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Borrower certifies to the matters specified in Section 2.3(f) of the Credit Agreement.

 

Capitalized terms used herein, except as defined to the contrary, have the meanings given them in the Credit Agreement.

 

 

 

 

2U, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Agent Approval:

 

 

 

 

2

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

FORM OF REVOLVING CREDIT NOTE

 

$                                          

                , 20       

 

On or before the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, FOR VALUE RECEIVED, 2U, Inc. (“Borrower”) promises to pay to the order of [insert name of applicable financial institution] (“Payee”) at Detroit, Michigan, care of Agent, in lawful money of the United States of America, so much of the sum of [ Insert Amount derived from Percentages ] Dollars ($                  ), as may from time to time have been advanced by Payee and then be outstanding hereunder pursuant to the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement made as of the 31st day of December, 2013 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among the financial institutions from time to time signatory thereto (individually a “Lender,” and any and all such financial institutions collectively the “Lenders”), Comerica Bank, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Agent”), and Borrower.  Each of the Revolving Credit Advances made hereunder shall bear interest at the Applicable Interest Rate from time to time applicable thereto under the Credit Agreement or as otherwise determined thereunder, and interest shall be computed, assessed and payable on the unpaid principal amount of each Revolving Credit Advance made by the Payee from the date of such Revolving Credit Advance until paid at the rate and at the times set forth in the Credit Agreement.

 

This Note is a note under which Revolving Credit Advances (including refundings and conversions), repayments and readvances may be made from time to time, but only in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement. This Note evidences borrowings under, is subject to, is secured in accordance with, and may be accelerated or matured under, the terms of the Credit Agreement, to which reference is hereby made. Capitalized terms used herein, except as defined to the contrary, shall have the meanings given them in the Credit Agreement.

 

This Note shall be interpreted and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be determined under the laws of, and enforceable in, the State of California.

 

The Borrower hereby waives presentment for payment, demand, protest and notice of dishonor and nonpayment of this Note and agree that no obligation hereunder shall be discharged by reason of any extension, indulgence, release, or forbearance granted by any holder of this Note to any party now or hereafter liable hereon or any present or subsequent owner of any property, real or personal, which is now or hereafter security for this Note.

 

*     *     *

 

[SIGNATURES FOLLOW ON SUCCEEDING PAGE]

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Nothing herein shall limit any right granted Payee by any other instrument or by law.

 

 

2U, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

2

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

EXHIBIT C

 

FORM OF SWING LINE NOTE

 

$                                          

                , 20       

 

On or before the Revolving Credit Maturity Date, FOR VALUE RECEIVED, 2U, Inc. (“Borrower”) promises to pay to the order of Comerica Bank (“Swing Line Lender”) at Detroit, Michigan, in lawful money of the United States of America, so much of the sum of [ Insert Amount derived from Percentages ] Dollars ($                  ), as may from time to time have been advanced to the Borrower by the Swing Line Lender and then be outstanding hereunder pursuant to the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement made as of the 31st day of December, 2013 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among the financial institutions from time to time signatory thereto (individually a “Lender,” and any and all such financial institutions collectively the “Lenders”), Comerica Bank, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Agent”), and Borrower, together with interest thereon as hereinafter set forth.

 

Each of the Swing Line Advances made hereunder shall bear interest at the Applicable Interest Rate from time to time applicable thereto under the Credit Agreement or as otherwise determined thereunder, and interest shall be computed, assessed and payable on the unpaid principal amount of each Swing Line Advance made by the Swing Line Lender from the date of such Swing Line Advance until paid at the rates and at the times set forth in the Credit Agreement.

 

This Note is a Swing Line Note under which Swing Line Advances (including  refundings and conversions), repayments and readvances may be made from time to time by the Swing Line Lender, but only in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement (including any applicable sublimits).  This Note evidences borrowings under, is subject to, is secured in accordance with, and may be accelerated or matured under, the terms of the Credit Agreement to which reference is hereby made. Capitalized terms used herein, except as defined to the contrary, shall have the meanings given them in the Credit Agreement.

 

This Note shall be interpreted and the rights of the parties hereunder shall be determined under the laws of, and enforceable in, the State of California.

 

The Borrower hereby waives presentment for payment, demand, protest and notice of dishonor and nonpayment of this Note and agree that no obligation hereunder shall be discharged by reason of any extension, indulgence, release, or forbearance granted by any holder of this Note to any party now or hereafter liable hereon or any present or subsequent owner of any property, real or personal, which is now or hereafter security for this Note.

 

*     *     *

 

[SIGNATURES FOLLOW ON SUCCEEDING PAGE]

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Nothing herein shall limit any right granted Swing Line Lender by any other instrument or by law.

 

 

2U, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

2

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

EXHIBIT D

 

FORM OF REQUEST FOR SWING LINE ADVANCE

 

 

No.                                          

Dated:                 

 

TO:         Comerica Bank (“Swing Line Lender”)

 

RE:                            Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement made as of the 31st day of December, 2013 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among the financial institutions from time to time signatory thereto (individually a “Lender,” and any and all such financial institutions collectively the “Lenders”), Comerica Bank, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Agent”), and 2U, Inc. (“Borrower”).

 

Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, Borrower hereby requests an Advance from the Swing Line Lender, as described herein:

 

(A)                                Date of Advance:

 

(B)                                o   (check if applicable)

 

This Advance is or includes a whole or partial refunding/conversion of:

 

Advance No(s).

 

(C)                                Type of Advance (check only one):—

 

o   Base Rate Advance

o   Quoted Rate Advance

 

(D)                                Amount of Advance:

 

$                                            

 

(E)                                 Interest Period (applicable to Quoted Rate Advances)

 

                 months

 

(F)                                  Disbursement Instructions

 

o   Comerica Bank Account No.

o   Other:

                                                            

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Borrower certifies to the matters specified in Section 2.5(c)(vi) of the Credit Agreement.

 

Capitalized terms used herein, except as defined to the contrary, have the meanings given them in the Credit Agreement.

 

 

2U, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

2

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

EXHIBIT E

 

FORM OF NOTICE OF ISSUANCE OF LETTER OF CREDIT

 

TO:         Lenders

 

RE:                            Issuance of Letter of Credit pursuant to Article 3 of the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement made as of the 31st day of December, 2013 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among the financial institutions from time to time signatory thereto (individually a “Lender,” and any and all such financial institutions collectively the “Lenders”), Comerica Bank, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Agent”), and 2U, Inc. (“Borrower”).

 

On                                           , 20    ,(1) Agent, in accordance with Article 3 of the Credit Agreement, issued its Letter of Credit number                  , in favor of                                           (2) for the account of                                                                                                         .(3)  The face amount of such Letter of Credit is $                                       . The amount of each Lender’s participation in such Letter of Credit is as follows:(4)

 

                               [Lender]

 

$                              

 

                               [Lender]

 

$                              

 

                               [Lender]

 

$                              

 

                               [Lender]

 

$                              

 

 

This notification is delivered this            day of                         , 20      , pursuant to Section 3.3 of the Credit Agreement. Except as otherwise defined, capitalized terms used herein have the meanings given them in the Credit Agreement.

 

 

Signed:

 

 

 

COMERICA BANK , as Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 


(1)  Date of Issuance

 

(2)  Beneficiary

 

(3)  Name of applicable Borrower

 

(4)  Amounts based on Percentages

 

[This form of Letter of Credit Notice (including footnotes) is subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement which shall govern in the event of any inconsistencies or omissions.]

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

EXHIBIT F

 

FORM OF SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED SECURITY AGREEMENT (the “ Agreement ”) dated as of December 31, 2013, is entered into by and among the Borrower (as defined below), such other entities which from time to time become parties hereto (collectively, including the Borrower, the “ Debtors ” and each individually a “ Debtor ”) and Comerica Bank (“ Comerica ”), as Administrative Agent for and on behalf of the Lenders (as defined below) (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”).  The addresses for the Debtors and the Agent, as of the date hereof, are set forth on the signature pages attached hereto.

 

R E C I T A L S :

 

A.                                     2U, Inc. (the “ Borrower ”) has entered into that certain Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of December 31, 2013 (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time the “ Credit Agreement ”) with each of the financial institutions party thereto (collectively, including their respective successors and assigns, the “ Lenders ”) and the Agent pursuant to which the Lenders have agreed, subject to the satisfaction of certain terms and conditions, to extend or to continue to extend financial accommodations to the Borrower, as provided therein.

B.                                     Pursuant to the Credit Agreement, the Lenders have required that each of the Debtors grant (or cause to be granted) certain Liens to the Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, all to secure the obligations of the Borrower or any Debtor under the Credit Agreement or any related Loan Document (including any Guaranty).

 

C.                                     The Debtors have directly and indirectly benefited and will directly and indirectly benefit from the transactions evidenced by and contemplated in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

D.                                     Borrower and Comerica Bank entered into the Existing Security Agreement and Borrower and Comerica Bank desire to replace the Existing Security Agreement with an amended and restated agreement evidenced by this Agreement and the Credit Agreement.

 

E.                                      The Agent is acting as Agent for the Lenders pursuant to the terms and conditions Section 12 of the Credit Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , in consideration of the premises and for other good and valuable consideration, the adequacy, receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto hereby agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE 1

Definitions

 

Section 1.1                                    Definitions .  As used in this Agreement, capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings provided for such terms in the Credit Agreement.  References

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

to “Sections,” “subsections,” “Exhibits” and “Schedules” shall be to Sections, subsections, Exhibits and Schedules, respectively, of this Agreement unless otherwise specifically provided.  All references to statutes and regulations shall include any amendments of the same and any successor statutes and regulations.  References to particular sections of the UCC should be read to refer also to parallel sections of the Uniform Commercial Code as enacted in each state or other jurisdiction which may be applicable to the grant and perfection of the Liens held by the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders pursuant to this Agreement.

 

The following terms have the meanings indicated below, all such definitions to be equally applicable to the singular and plural forms of the terms defined:

 

Account ” means any “account,” as such term is defined in Article or Chapter 9 of the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by a Debtor, and, in any event, shall include, without limitation, each of the following, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by such Debtor: (a) all rights of such Debtor to payment for goods sold or leased or services rendered, whether or not earned by performance, (b) all accounts receivable of such Debtor, (c) all rights of such Debtor to receive any payment of money or other form of consideration, (d) all security pledged, assigned or granted to or held by such Debtor to secure any of the foregoing, (e) all guaranties of, or indemnifications with respect to, any of the foregoing, and (f) all rights of such Debtor as an unpaid seller of goods or services, including, but not limited to, all rights of stoppage in transit, replevin, reclamation and resale.

 

Chattel Paper ” means any “chattel paper,” as such term is defined in Article or Chapter 9 of the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by a Debtor, and shall include both electronic Chattel Paper and tangible Chattel Paper.

 

Collateral ” has the meaning specified in Section 2.1 of this Agreement.

 

Collateral Compliance Report ” shall mean a report in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

 

Computer Records ” means any computer records now owned or hereafter acquired by any Debtor.

 

Copyright Collateral ” shall mean all Copyrights and Copyright Licenses of the Debtors.

 

Copyright Licenses ” shall mean all license agreements with any other Person in connection with any of the Copyrights or such other Person’s copyrights, whether a Debtor is a licensor or a licensee under any such license agreement, including, without limitation, the license agreements listed on Schedule 1.1 hereto and made a part hereof, subject, in each case, to the terms of such license agreements and the right to prepare for sale, sell and advertise for sale, all inventory now or hereafter covered by such licenses.

 

Copyrights ” shall mean all copyrights and mask works, whether or not registered, and all applications for registration of all copyrights and mask works, including, but not limited to all copyrights and mask works, and all applications for registration of all copyrights and mask works identified on Schedule 1.1 attached hereto and made a part hereof, and including without

 

2

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

limitation (a) the right to sue or otherwise recover for any and all past, present and future infringements and misappropriations thereof; (b) all income, royalties, damages and other payments now and hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto (including, without limitation, payments under all Copyright Licenses entered into in connection therewith, and damages and payments for past or future infringements thereof); and (c) all rights corresponding thereto and all modifications, adaptations, translations, enhancements and derivative works, renewals thereof, and all other rights of any kind whatsoever of a Debtor accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto.

 

Deposit Account ” shall mean a demand, time, savings, passbook, or similar account maintained with a bank.  The term does not include investment property, investment accounts or accounts evidenced by an instrument.

 

Document ” means any “document,” as such term is defined in Article or Chapter 9 of the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by any Debtor, including, without limitation, all documents of title and all receipts covering, evidencing or representing goods now owned or hereafter acquired by a Debtor.

 

Equipment ” means any “equipment,” as such term is defined in Article or Chapter 9 of the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by a Debtor and, in any event, shall include, without limitation, all machinery, equipment, furniture, trade fixtures, tractors, trailers, rolling stock, vessels, aircraft and Vehicles now owned or hereafter acquired by such Debtor and any and all additions, substitutions and replacements of any of the foregoing, wherever located, together with all attachments, components, parts, equipment and accessories installed thereon or affixed thereto.

 

Existing Security Agreement shall mean the Loan and Security Agreement dated April 5, 2012 between Borrower and Comerica Bank (as heretofore) amended, supplemented or otherwise modified).

 

General Intangibles ” means any “general intangibles,” as such term is defined in Article or Chapter 9 of the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by a Debtor and, in any event, shall include, without limitation, each of the following, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by such Debtor: (a) all of such Debtor’s Intellectual Property Collateral; (b) all of such Debtor’s books, records, data, plans, manuals, computer software, computer tapes, computer disks, computer programs, source codes, object codes and all rights of such Debtor to retrieve data and other information from third parties; (c) all of such Debtor’s contract rights, commercial tort claims, partnership interests, membership interests, joint venture interests, securities, deposit accounts, investment accounts and certificates of deposit; (d) all rights of such Debtor to payment under chattel paper, documents, instruments and similar agreements; (e) letters of credit, letters of credit rights supporting obligations and rights to payment for money or funds advanced or sold of such Debtor; (f) all tax refunds and tax refund claims of such Debtor; (g) all choses in action and causes of action of such Debtor (whether arising in contract, tort or otherwise and whether or not currently in litigation) and all judgments in favor of such Debtor; (h) all rights and claims of such Debtor under warranties and indemnities, (i) all health care receivables; and (j) all rights of such Debtor under any insurance, surety or similar contract or arrangement.

 

3

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Governmental Authority ” shall mean any nation or government, any state, province or other political subdivision thereof, any central bank (or similar monetary or regulatory authority) thereof, any entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, regulatory or administrative functions of or pertaining to government, and any corporation or other entity owned or controlled, through stock or capital ownership or otherwise, by any of the foregoing.

 

Instrument ” shall mean any “instrument,” as such term is defined in Article or Chapter 9 of the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by any Debtor, and, in any event, shall include all promissory notes (including without limitation, any Intercompany Notes held by such Debtor), drafts, bills of exchange and trade acceptances, whether now owned or hereafter acquired.

 

Insurance Proceeds ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.4 of this Agreement.

 

Intellectual Property Collateral ” shall mean Patents, Patent Licenses, Copyrights, Copyright Licenses, Trademarks, Trademark Licenses, trade secrets, registrations, goodwill, franchises, permits, proprietary information, customer lists, designs, inventions and all other intellectual property and proprietary rights, including without limitation those described on Schedule 1.1 attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference.

 

Inventory ” means any “inventory,” as such term is defined in Article or Chapter 9 of the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by a Debtor, and, in any event, shall include, without limitation, each of the following, whether now owned or hereafter acquired by such Debtor: (a) all goods and other Personal property of such Debtor that are held for sale or lease or to be furnished under any contract of service; (b) all raw materials, work-in-process, finished goods, supplies and materials of such Debtor; (c) all wrapping, packaging, advertising and shipping materials of such Debtor; (d) all goods that have been returned to, repossessed by or stopped in transit by such Debtor; and (e) all Documents evidencing any of the foregoing.

 

Investment Property ” means any “investment property” as such term is defined in Article or Chapter 9 of the UCC, now owned or hereafter acquired by a Debtor, and in any event, shall include without limitation all shares of stock and other equity, partnership or membership interests constituting securities, of the Domestic Subsidiaries of such Debtor from time to time owned or acquired by such Debtor in any manner (including, without limitation, the Pledged Shares), and the certificates and all dividends, cash, instruments, rights and other property from time to time received, receivable or otherwise distributed or distributable in respect of or in exchange for any or all of such shares, but excluding any shares of stock or other equity, partnership or membership interests in any Foreign Subsidiaries of such Debtor.

 

Patent Collateral ” shall mean all Patents and Patent Licenses of the Debtors.

 

Patent Licenses ” shall mean all license agreements with any other Person in connection with any of the Patents or such other Person’s patents, whether a Debtor is a licensor or a licensee under any such license agreement, including, without limitation, the license agreements listed on Schedule 1.1 hereto and made a part hereof, subject, in each case, to the terms of such license agreements and the right to prepare for sale, sell and advertise for sale, all inventory now or hereafter covered by such licenses.

 

4

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Patents ” shall mean all letters patent, patent applications and patentable inventions, including, without limitation, all patents and patent applications identified on Schedule 1.1 attached hereto and made a part hereof, and including without limitation, (a) all inventions and improvements described and claimed therein, and patentable inventions, (b) the right to sue or otherwise recover for any and all past, present and future infringements and misappropriations thereof, (c) all income, royalties, damages and other payments now and hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto (including, without limitation, payments under all Patent Licenses entered into in connection therewith, and damages and payments for past or future infringements thereof), and (d) all rights corresponding thereto and all reissues, divisions, continuations, continuations-in-part, substitutes, renewals, and extensions thereof, all improvements thereon, and all other rights of any kind whatsoever of a Debtor accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto.

 

Pledged Shares ” means the shares of capital stock or other equity, partnership or membership interests described on Schedule 1.2 attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference, and all other shares of capital stock or other equity, partnership or membership interests (other than in an entity which is a Foreign Subsidiary) acquired by any Debtor after the date hereof.

 

Proceeds ” means any “proceeds,” as such term is defined in Article or Chapter 9 of the UCC and, in any event, shall include, but not be limited to, (a) any and all proceeds of any insurance, indemnity, warranty or guaranty payable to a Debtor from time to time with respect to any of the Collateral, (b) any and all payments (in any form whatsoever) made or due and payable to a Debtor from time to time in connection with any requisition, confiscation, condemnation, seizure or forfeiture of all or any part of the Collateral by any Governmental Authority (or any Person acting, or purporting to act, for or on behalf of any Governmental Authority), and (c) any and all other amounts from time to time paid or payable under or in connection with any of the Collateral.

 

Records ” are defined in Section 3.2 of this Agreement.

 

Software ” means all (i) computer programs and supporting information provided in connection with a transaction relating to the program, and (ii) computer programs embedded in goods and any supporting information provided in connection with a transaction relating to the program whether or not the program is associated with the goods in such a manner that it customarily is considered part of the goods, and whether or not, by becoming the owner of the goods, a Person acquires a right to use the program in connection with the goods, and whether or not the program is embedded in goods that consist solely of the medium in which the program is embedded.

 

Trademark Collateral ” shall mean all Trademarks and Trademark Licenses of the Debtors.

 

Trademark Licenses ” shall mean all license agreements with any other Person in connection with any of the Trademarks or such other Person’s names or trademarks, whether a Debtor is a licensor or a licensee under any such license agreement, including, without limitation, the license agreements listed on Schedule 1.1 hereto and made a part hereof, subject,

 

5

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

in each case, to the terms of such license agreements, and the right to prepare for sale, and to sell and advertise for sale, all inventory now or hereafter covered by such licenses.

 

Trademarks ” shall mean all trademarks, service marks, trade names, trade dress or other indicia of trade origin, trademark and service mark registrations, and applications for trademark or service mark registrations (except for “intent to use” applications for trademark or service mark registrations filed pursuant to Section 1(b) of the Lanham Act, unless and until an Amendment to Allege Use or a Statement of Use under Sections 1(c) and 1(d) of said Act has been filed), and any renewals thereof, including, without limitation, each registration and application identified on Schedule 1.1 attached hereto and made a part hereof, and including without limitation (a) the right to sue or otherwise recover for any and all past, present and future infringements and misappropriations thereof, (b) all income, royalties, damages and other payments now and hereafter due and/or payable with respect thereto (including, without limitation, payments under all Trademark Licenses entered into in connection therewith, and damages and payments for past or future infringements thereof) and (c) all rights corresponding thereto and all other rights of any kind whatsoever of a Debtor accruing thereunder or pertaining thereto, together in each case with the goodwill of the business connected with the use of, and symbolized by, each such trademark, service mark, trade name, trade dress or other indicia of trade origin.

 

UCC ” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of California; provided , that if, by applicable law, the perfection or effect of perfection or non-perfection of the security interest created hereunder in any Collateral is governed by the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on or after the date hereof in any other jurisdiction, “UCC” means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in such other jurisdiction for purposes of the provisions hereof relating to such perfection or the effect of perfection or non-perfection.

 

Vehicles means all cars, trucks, trailers, construction and earth moving equipment and other vehicles covered by a certificate of title law of any state and all tires and other appurtenances to any of the foregoing.

 

ARTICLE 2

Security Interest

 

Section 2.1                                    Grant of Security Interest .  As collateral security for the prompt payment and performance in full when due of the Indebtedness (whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise), each Debtor hereby pledges, assigns, transfers and conveys to the Agent as collateral, and grants the Agent a continuing Lien on and security interest in, all of such Debtor’s right, title and interest in and to the following, whether now owned or hereafter arising or acquired and wherever located (collectively, the “ Collateral ”):

 

(a)                                  all Accounts;

 

(b)                                  all Chattel Paper;

 

(c)                                   all General Intangibles;

 

(d)                                  all Equipment;

 

6

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

(e)                                   all Inventory;

 

(f)                                    all Documents;

 

(g)                                  all Instruments;

 

(h)                                  all Deposit Accounts and any other cash collateral, deposit or investment accounts, including all cash collateral, deposit or investment accounts established or maintained pursuant to the terms of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents;

 

(i)                                     all Computer Records and Software, whether relating to the foregoing Collateral or otherwise, but in the case of such Software, subject to the rights of any non-affiliated licensee of software;

 

(j)                                     all Investment Property; and

 

(k)                                  the Proceeds, in cash or otherwise, of any of the property described in the foregoing clauses (a) through (j) and all Liens, security, rights, remedies and claims of such Debtor with respect thereto (provided that the grant of a security interest in Proceeds set forth is in this subsection (k) shall not be deemed to give the applicable Debtor any right to dispose of any of the Collateral, except as may otherwise be permitted pursuant to the terms of the Credit Agreement);

 

provided , however , that “Collateral” shall not include rights under or with respect to any General Intangible, license, permit or authorization to the extent the assignment of any such General Intangible, license, permit or authorization, by law or by its terms is prohibited or the granting of a Lien over the rights of a grantor thereunder is prohibited or which would be invalid or unenforceable upon any such assignment or grant (the “ Restricted Assets ”), provided that (A) the Proceeds of any Restricted Asset shall be continue to be deemed to be “Collateral”, and (B) this provision shall not limit the grant of any Lien on or assignment of any Restricted Asset to the extent that the UCC or any other applicable law provides that such grant of Lien or assignment is effective irrespective of any prohibitions to such grant provided in any Restricted Asset (or the underlying documents related thereto).  Concurrently with any such Restricted Asset being entered into or arising after the date hereof, the applicable Debtor shall be obligated to use commercially reasonable efforts to obtain any waiver or consent (in form and substance acceptable to the Agent) necessary to allow such Restricted Asset to constitute Collateral hereunder if the failure of such Debtor to have such Restricted Asset would have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 2.2                                    Debtors Remain Liable .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, (a) the Debtors shall remain liable under the contracts, agreements, documents and instruments included in the Collateral to the extent set forth therein to perform all of its duties and obligations thereunder to the same extent as if this Agreement had not been executed, (b) the exercise by the Agent or any Lender of any of their respective rights or remedies hereunder shall not release the Debtors from any of their duties or obligations under the contracts, agreements, documents and instruments included in the Collateral, and (c) neither the Agent nor any of the Lenders shall have any indebtedness, liability or obligation (by assumption

 

7

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

or otherwise) under any of the contracts, agreements, documents and instruments included in the Collateral by reason of this Agreement, and none of them shall be obligated to perform any of the obligations or duties of the Debtors thereunder or to take any action to collect or enforce any claim for payment assigned hereunder.

 

ARTICLE 3

Representations and Warranties

 

To induce the Agent to enter into this Agreement and the Agent and the Lenders to enter into the Credit Agreement, each Debtor represents and warrants to the Agent and to each Lender as follows, each such representation and warranty being a continuing representation and warranty, surviving until termination of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.12 of this Agreement:

 

Section 3.1                                    Title .  Such Debtor is, and with respect to Collateral acquired after the date hereof such Debtor will be, the legal and beneficial owner of the Collateral free and clear of any Lien or other encumbrance, except for the Permitted Liens, provided that, other than the Lien established under this Agreement, no Lien on any Pledged Shares shall constitute a Permitted Lien.

 

Section 3.2                                    Change in Form or Jurisdiction; Successor by Merger; Location of Books and Records .  As of the date hereof, each Debtor (a) is duly organized and validly existing as a corporation (or other business organization) under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization; (b) is formed in the jurisdiction of organization and has the registration number and tax identification number set forth on Schedule 3.2 attached hereto; (c) has not changed its respective corporate form or its jurisdiction of organization at any time during the five years immediately prior to the date hereof, except as set forth on such Schedule 3.2 ; (d) except as set forth on such Schedule 3.2 attached hereto, no Debtor has, at any time during the five years immediately prior to the date hereof, become the successor by merger, consolidation, acquisition, change in form, nature or jurisdiction of organization or otherwise of any other Person, and (e) keeps true and accurate books and records regarding the Collateral (the “ Records ”) in the office indicated on such Schedule 3.2 .

 

Section 3.3                                    Representations and Warranties Regarding Certain Types of Collateral .

 

(a)                                  Location of Inventory and Equipment.   As of the date hereof, (i) all Inventory (except Inventory in transit) and Equipment (except trailers, rolling stock, vessels, aircraft and Vehicles) of each Debtor are located at the places specified on Schedule 3.3(a)  attached hereto, (ii) the name and address of the landlord leasing any location to any Debtor is identified on such Schedule 3.3(a) , and (iii) the name of and address of each bailee or warehouseman which holds any Collateral and the location of such Collateral is identified on such Schedule 3.3(a) .

 

(b)                                  Account Information.   As of the date hereof, all Deposit Accounts, cash collateral account or investment accounts of each Debtor (except for those Deposit Accounts located with the Agent) are located at the banks specified on

 

8

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Schedule 3.3(b)  attached hereto which Schedule sets forth the true and correct name of each bank where such accounts are located, such bank’s address, the type of account and the account number.

 

(c)                                   Documents.   As of the date hereof, except as set forth on Schedule 3.3(c) , none of the Inventory or Equipment of such Debtor (other than trailers, rolling stock, vessels, aircraft and Vehicles) is evidenced by a Document (including, without limitation, a negotiable document of title).

 

(d)                                  Intellectual Property.   Set forth on Schedule 1.1 (the same may be amended from time to time) is a true and correct list of the registered Patents, Patent Licenses, registered Trademarks, Trademark Licenses, registered Copyrights and Copyright Licenses owned by the Debtors (including, in the case of the Patents, Trademarks and Copyrights, the applicable name, date of registration (or of application if registration not completed) and application or registration number).

 

Section 3.4                                    Pledged Shares .

 

(a)                                  Duly Authorized and Validly Issued .  The Pledged Shares that are shares of a corporation have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable, and the Pledged Shares that are membership interests or partnership units (if any) have been validly granted, under the laws of the jurisdiction of organization of the issuers thereof, and, to the extent applicable, are fully paid and nonassessable. No such membership or partnership interests constitute “securities” within the meaning of Article 8 of the UCC, and each Debtor covenants and agrees not to allow any such membership or partnership interest to become “securities” for purposes of Article 8 of the UCC.

 

(b)                                  Valid Title; No Liens; No Restrictions.   Each Debtor is the legal and beneficial owner of the Pledged Shares, free and clear of any Lien (other than the Liens created by this Agreement), and such Debtor has not sold, granted any option with respect to, assigned, transferred or otherwise disposed of any of its rights or interest in or to the Pledged Shares.  None of the Pledged Shares are subject to any contractual or other restrictions upon the pledge or other transfer of such Pledged Shares, other than those imposed by securities laws generally.  No issuer of Pledged Shares is party to any agreement granting “control” (as defined in Section 8-106 of the UCC) of such Debtor’s Pledged Shares to any third party.  All such Pledged Shares are held by each Debtor directly and not through any securities intermediary.

 

(c)                                   Description of Pledged Shares; Ownership.   The Pledged Shares constitute the percentage of the issued and outstanding shares of stock, partnership units or membership interests of the issuers thereof indicated on Schedule 1.2 (as the same may be amended from time to time) and such Schedule contains a description of all shares of capital stock, membership interests and other equity interests of or in any Subsidiaries owned by such Debtor.

 

9

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


 

Section 3.5                                    Intellectual Property.

 

(a)                                  Filings and Recordation.   Each Debtor has made all necessary filings and recordations to protect and maintain its interest in the Trademarks, Patents and Copyrights set forth on Schedule 1.1 (as the same may be amended from time to time), including, without limitation, all necessary filings and recordings, and payments of all maintenance fees, in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and United States Copyright Office to the extent such Trademarks, Patents and Copyrights are material to such Debtor’s business. Also set forth on Schedule 1.1 (as the same may be amended from time to time) is a complete and accurate list of all of the material Trademark Licenses, Patent Licenses and Copyright Licenses owned by the Debtors as of the date hereof.

 

(b)                                  Trademarks and Trademark Licenses Valid.   (i) Each Trademark of the Debtors set forth on Schedule 1.1 (as the same may be amended from time to time) is subsisting and has not been adjudged invalid, unregisterable or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and, to the Debtors’ knowledge, is valid, registrable and enforceable, (ii) each of the Trademark Licenses set forth on Schedule 1.1 (as the same may be amended from time to time) is validly subsisting and has not been adjudged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and, to the Debtors’ knowledge, is valid and enforceable, and (iii) the Debtors have notified the Agent in writing of all uses of any material item of Trademark Collateral of which any Debtor is aware which could reasonably be expected to lead to such item becoming invalid or unenforceable, including unauthorized uses by third parties and uses which were not supported by the goodwill of the business connected with such Collateral.

 

(c)                                   Patents and Patent Licenses Valid.   (i) Each Patent of the Debtors set forth on Schedule 1.1 (as the same may be amended from time to time) is subsisting and has not been adjudged invalid, unpatentable or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and, to the Debtors’ knowledge, is valid, patentable and enforceable except as otherwise set forth on Schedule 1.1 (as the same may be amended from time to time), (ii) each of the Patent Licenses set forth on Schedule 1.1 (as the same may be amended from time to time) is validly subsisting and has not been adjudged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and, to the Debtors’ knowledge, is valid and enforceable, and (iii) the Debtors have notified the Agent in writing of all uses of any item of Patent Collateral material to any Debtor’s business of which any Debtor is aware which could reasonably be expected to lead to such item becoming invalid or unenforceable.

 

(d)                                  Copyright and Copyright Licenses Valid.   (i) Each Copyright of the Debtors set forth on Schedule 1.1 (as the same may be amended from time to time) is subsisting and has not been adjudged invalid, uncopyrightable or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and, to the Debtors’ knowledge, is valid, copyrightable and enforceable, (ii) each of the Copyright Licenses set forth on Schedule 1.1 (as the same may be amended from time to time) is validly subsisting and has not been adjudged invalid or unenforceable, in whole or in part, and, to the Debtors’ knowledge, is valid and enforceable, and (iii) the Debtors have notified the Agent in writing of all uses of any item of Copyright Collateral material to any Debtor’s

 

10

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

business of which any Debtor is aware which could reasonably be expected to lead to such item becoming invalid or unenforceable.

 

(e)                                   No Assignment.   The Debtors have not made a previous assignment, sale, transfer or agreement constituting a present or future assignment, sale, transfer or encumbrance of any of the Intellectual Property Collateral, except with respect to non-exclusive licenses granted in the ordinary course of business or as permitted by this Agreement or the Loan Documents.  No Debtor has granted any license, shop right, release, covenant not to sue, or non-assertion assurance to any Person with respect to any part of the Intellectual Property Collateral, except as set forth on Schedule 1.1 or as otherwise disclosed to the Agent in writing.

 

(f)                                    Products Marked.   Each Debtor has marked its products with the trademark registration symbol, copyright notices, the numbers of all appropriate patents, the common law trademark symbol or the designation “patent pending,” as the case may be, to the extent that Debtor, in good faith, believes is reasonably and commercially practicable.

 

(g)                                  Other Rights.   Except for the Trademark Licenses, Patent Licenses and Copyright Licenses listed on Schedule 1.1 hereto under which a Debtor is a licensee, no Debtor has knowledge of the existence of any right or any claim (other than as provided by this Agreement) that is likely to be made under or against any item of Intellectual Property Collateral contained on Schedule 1.1 to the extent such claim could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(h)                                  No Claims.   Except as set forth on Schedule 1.1 or as otherwise disclosed to the Agent in writing, no claim has been made and is continuing or, to any Debtor’s knowledge, threatened that the use by any Debtor of any item of Intellectual Property Collateral is invalid or unenforceable or that the use by any Debtor of any Intellectual Property Collateral does or may violate the rights of any Person. To the Debtors’ knowledge, there is no infringement or unauthorized use of any item of Intellectual Property Collateral contained on Schedule 1.1 or as otherwise disclosed to the Agent in writing.

 

(i)                                     No Consent.   No consent of any party (other than such Debtor) to any Patent License, Copyright License or Trademark License constituting Intellectual Property Collateral is required, or purports to be required, to be obtained by or on behalf of such Debtor in connection with the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement that has not been obtained. Each Patent License, Copyright License and Trademark License constituting Intellectual Property Collateral is in full force and effect and constitutes a valid and legally enforceable obligation of the applicable Debtor and (to the knowledge of the Debtors) each other party thereto except as enforceability may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting the enforcement of creditor’s rights generally and by general equitable principles (whether enforcement is sought by proceedings in equity or at law). No consent or authorization of, filing

 

11

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

with or other act by or in respect of any Governmental Authority is required in connection with the execution, delivery, performance, validity or enforceability of any of the Patent Licenses, Copyright Licenses or Trademark Licenses by any party thereto other than those which have been duly obtained, made or performed and are in full force and effect. Neither the Debtors nor (to the knowledge of any Debtor) any other party to any Patent License, Copyright License or Trademark License constituting Collateral is in default in the performance or observance of any of the terms thereof, except for such defaults as would not reasonably be expected, in the aggregate, to have a material adverse effect on the value of the Intellectual Property Collateral. To the knowledge of such Debtor, the right, title and interest of the applicable Debtor in, to and under each Patent License, Copyright License and Trademark License constituting Intellectual Property Collateral is not subject to any defense, offset, counterclaim or claim.

 

Section 3.6                                    Priority .  No financing statement, security agreement or other Lien instrument covering all or any part of the Collateral is on file in any public office with respect to any outstanding obligation of such Debtor except (i) as may have been filed in favor of the Agent pursuant to this Agreement and the other Loan Documents and (ii) financing statements filed to perfect Permitted Liens (which shall not, in any event, grant a Lien over the Pledged Shares).

 

Section 3.7                                    Perfection .  Upon (a) the filing of Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in the jurisdictions listed on Schedule 3.7 attached hereto, (b) the recording of this Agreement in the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office, (c) in the case of Investment Property consisting of certificated securities or evidenced by instruments, in addition to filing of such UCC financing statements, delivery of the certificates representing such certificated securities and delivery of such instruments or to Agent (and in the case of securities issued by a foreign issuer, any actions required under foreign law to perfect a security interest in such securities), in each case duly endorsed or accompanied by duly executed instruments of assignment or transfer in blank, and (d) executing and delivering with the applicable depository institution, securities intermediary, commodity intermediary or issuer or nominated party under a letter of credit to execute and deliver a collateral control agreement with respect to any Deposit Account, securities account or commodity account or Letter-of-Credit Right in or to which any Debtor has any right or interest, the security interest in favor of the Agent created herein will constitute a valid and perfected Lien upon and security interest in the Collateral which may be created and perfected either under the UCC by filing financing statements or by a filing with the United States Patent and Trademark Office and the United States Copyright Office.

 

ARTICLE 4

Covenants

 

Each Debtor covenants and agrees with the Agent, until termination of this Agreement in accordance with the provisions of Section 7.12 hereof, as follows:

 

12

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Section 4.1                                    Covenants Regarding Certain Kinds of Collateral

 

(a)                                  Promissory Notes and Tangible Chattel Paper If Debtors, now or at any time hereafter, collectively hold or acquire any promissory notes or tangible Chattel Paper for which the principal amount thereof or the obligations evidenced thereunder are, in the aggregate, in excess of $100,000, the applicable Debtors shall promptly notify the Agent in writing thereof and forthwith endorse, assign and deliver the same to the Agent, accompanied by such instruments of transfer or assignment duly executed in blank as the Agent may from time to time reasonably specify, and cause all such Chattel Paper to bear a legend reasonably acceptable to the Agent indicating that the Agent has a security interest in such Chattel Paper.

 

(b)                                  Electronic Chattel Paper and Transferable Records .  If Debtors, now or at any time hereafter, collectively hold or acquire an interest in any electronic Chattel Paper or any “transferable record,” as that term is defined in the federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, or in the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act as in effect in any relevant jurisdiction, worth, in the aggregate, in excess of $100,000, the applicable Debtors shall promptly notify the Agent thereof and, at the request and option of the Agent, shall take such action as the Agent may reasonably request to vest in the Agent control, under Section 9-105 of the UCC, of such electronic chattel paper or control under the federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act, or the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, as so in effect in such jurisdiction, of such transferable record.

 

(c)                                   Letter-of-Credit Rights .  If Debtors, now or at any time hereafter, collectively are or become beneficiaries under letters of credit, with an aggregate face amount in excess of $100,000, the applicable Debtors shall promptly notify the Agent thereof and, at the request of the Agent, the applicable Debtors shall, pursuant to an agreement in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent either arrange (i) for the issuer and any confirmer of such letters of credit to consent to an assignment to the Agent of the proceeds of the letters of credit or (ii) for the Agent to become the transferee beneficiary of the letters of credit, together with, in each case, any such other actions as reasonably requested by the Agent to perfect its first priority Lien in such letter of credit rights.  The applicable Debtor shall retain the proceeds of the applicable letters of credit until a Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing whereupon the proceeds are to be delivered to the Agent and applied as set forth in the Credit Agreement.

 

(d)                                  Commercial Tort Claims .  If Debtors, now or at any time hereafter, collectively hold or acquire any commercial tort claims, which, the reasonably estimated value of which are in aggregate excess of $100,000, the applicable Debtors shall immediately notify the Agent in a writing signed by such Debtors of the particulars thereof and grant to the Agent in such writing a security interest therein and in the proceeds thereof, all upon the terms of this Agreement, with such writing to be in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent.

 

(e)                                   Pledged Shares .   All certificates or instruments representing or evidencing the Pledged Shares or any Debtor’s rights therein shall be delivered to the Agent promptly upon Debtor gaining any rights therein, in suitable form for transfer by delivery or accompanied by duly executed stock powers or instruments of transfer or assignments in blank, all in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Agent.

 

13

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

(f)                                    Equipment and Inventory

 

(i)                                     Location.   Each Debtor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Equipment (other than Vehicles) and Inventory (other than Inventory in transit) which is in such Debtor’s possession or in the possession of any bailee or warehouseman at any of the locations specified on Schedule 3.3(a)  attached hereto or as otherwise disclosed in writing to the Agent from time to time, subject to compliance with the other provisions of this Agreement, including subsection (ii) below.

 

(ii)                                 Landlord Consents and Bailee’s Waivers Each Debtor shall provide, as applicable, a bailee’s waiver or landlord consent, in form and substance acceptable to the Agent, for each non-Debtor owned location of Collateral disclosed on Schedule 3.3(a)  or otherwise disclosed to the Agent in writing, to the extent required under Sections 7.13 or 7.19 of the Credit Agreement, and shall take all other actions required by the Agent to perfect the Agent’s security interest in the Equipment and Inventory with the priority required by this Agreement.

 

(iii)                             Maintenance.   Each Debtor shall maintain the Equipment and Inventory in such condition as may be specified by the terms of the Credit Agreement.

 

(g)                                  Intellectual Property .

 

(i)                                     Trademarks .   Each Debtor agrees to take all necessary steps, including, without limitation, in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in any court, to (x) defend, enforce, preserve the validity and ownership of, and maintain each Trademark registration and each Trademark License identified on Schedule 1.1 hereto, and (y) pursue each trademark application now or hereafter identified on Schedule 1.1 hereto, including, without limitation, the filing of responses to office actions issued by the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the filing of applications for renewal, the filing of affidavits under Sections 8 and 15 of the United States Trademark Act, and the participation in opposition, cancellation, infringement and misappropriation proceedings, except, in each case in which the Debtors have determined, using their commercially reasonable judgment, that any of the foregoing is not of material economic value to them. Each Debtor agrees to take corresponding steps with respect to each new or acquired Trademark registration, Trademark application or any rights obtained under any Trademark License, in each case, which it is now or later becomes entitled, except in each case in which such Debtor has determined, using its commercially reasonable judgment, that any of the foregoing is not of material economic value to it. Any expenses incurred in connection with such activities shall be borne by the Debtors.

 

(ii)                                 Patents Each Debtor to take all necessary steps, including, without limitation, in the United States Patent and Trademark Office or in any

 

14

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

court, to (x) defend, enforce, preserve the validity and ownership of, and maintain each Patent and each Patent License identified on Schedule 1.1 hereto, and (y) pursue each patent application, now or hereafter identified on Schedule 1.1 hereto, including, without limitation, the filing of divisional, continuation, continuation-in-part and substitute applications, the filing of applications for reissue, renewal or extensions, the payment of maintenance fees, and the participation in interference, reexamination, opposition, infringement and misappropriation proceedings, except in each case in which the Debtors have determined, using their commercially reasonable judgment, that any of the foregoing is not of material economic value to them. Each Debtor agrees to take corresponding steps with respect to each new or acquired Patent, patent application, or any rights obtained under any Patent License, in each case, which it is now or later becomes entitled, except in each case in which the Debtors have determined, using their commercially reasonable judgment, that any of the foregoing is not of material economic value to them. Any expenses incurred in connection with such activities shall be borne by the Debtors.

 

(iii)                             Copyrights Each Debtor agrees to take all necessary steps, including, without limitation, in the United States Copyright Office or in any court, to (x) defend, enforce, and preserve the validity and ownership of each Copyright and each Copyright License identified on Schedule 1.1 hereto, and (y) pursue each Copyright and mask work application, now or hereafter identified on Schedule 1.1 hereto, including, without limitation, the payment of applicable fees, and the participation in infringement and misappropriation proceedings, except in each case in which the Debtors have determined, using their commercially reasonable judgment, that any of the foregoing is not of material economic value to them. Each Debtor agrees to take corresponding steps with respect to each new or acquired Copyright, Copyright and mask work application, or any rights obtained under any Copyright License, in each case, which it is now or later becomes entitled, except in each case in which the Debtors have determined, using their commercially reasonable judgment, that any of the foregoing is not of material economic value to them. Any expenses incurred in connection with such activities shall be borne by the Debtors.

 

(iv)                              No Abandonment The Debtors shall not abandon any Trademark, Patent, Copyright or any pending Trademark, Copyright, mask work or Patent application, without the written consent of the Agent, unless the Debtors shall have previously determined, using their commercially reasonable judgment, that such use or the pursuit or maintenance of such Trademark registration, Patent, Copyright registration or pending Trademark, Copyright, mask work or Patent application is not of material economic value to it, in which case, the Debtors shall give notice of any such abandonment to the Agent promptly in writing after the determination to abandon such Intellectual Property Collateral is made.

 

15

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

(v)                                  No Infringement In the event that a Debtor becomes aware that any item of the Intellectual Property Collateral which such Debtor has determined, using its commercially reasonable judgment, to be material to its business is infringed or misappropriated by a third party, such Debtor shall promptly notify the Agent promptly and in writing, in reasonable detail, and shall take such actions as such Debtor or the Agent deems reasonably appropriate under the circumstances to protect such Intellectual Property Collateral, including, without limitation, suing for infringement or misappropriation and for an injunction against such infringement or misappropriation. Any expense incurred in connection with such activities shall be borne by the Debtors. Each Debtor will advise the Agent promptly and in writing, in reasonable detail, of any adverse determination or the institution of any proceeding (including, without limitation, the institution of any proceeding in the United States Patent and Trademark Office, the United States Copyright Office or any court) regarding any material item of the Intellectual Property Collateral.

 

(h)                                  Accounts and Contracts .   Each Debtor shall, in accordance with its usual business practices in effect from time to time, endeavor to collect or cause to be collected from each account debtor under its Accounts, as and when due, any and all amounts owing under such Accounts.  So long as no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing and except as otherwise provided in Section 6.3 , each Debtor shall have the right to collect and receive payments on its Accounts, and to use and expend the same in its operations in each case in compliance with the terms of each of the Credit Agreement.

 

(i)                                     Vehicles; Aircraft and Vessels .   Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, no Debtor shall be required to make any filings as may be necessary to perfect the Agent’s Lien on its Vehicles, aircraft and vessels, unless (i) a Default or an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, whereupon the Agent may require such filings be made or (ii) such Debtor, either singly, or together with the other Debtors, owns Vehicles, aircraft and vessels (other than Vehicles provided for use by such Debtor’s executive employees) which have a fair market value of at least $100,000, in aggregate amount, whereupon the applicable Debtors shall provide prompt notice to the Agent, and the Agent, at its option, may require the applicable Debtors to execute such agreements and make such filings as may be necessary to perfect the Agent’s Lien for the benefit of the Lenders and ensure the priority thereof on the applicable Vehicles, aircraft and vessels.

 

(j)                                     Life Insurance Policies.   If any Debtor, now or any time hereafter, is the beneficiary of a “key man life insurance policy”, it shall promptly notify the Agent thereof, provide the Agent with a true and correct list of the Persons insured, the name and address of the insurance company providing the coverage, the amount of such insurance and the policy number, and, unless otherwise waived by the Agent in writing, take such actions as Agent may deem necessary

 

16

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

or the Agent shall deem reasonably desirable to collaterally assign policy to the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders.

 

(k)                                  Deposit Accounts .   Each Debtor agrees to promptly notify the Agent in writing of all Deposit Accounts, cash collateral accounts or investments accounts opened after the date hereof (except with Agent), and such Debtor shall take such actions to grant the Agent a perfected, first priority Lien over each of the Deposit Accounts, cash collateral accounts or investment accounts disclosed on Schedule 3.3(b)  and over each of the additional accounts disclosed pursuant to this Section 4.1(k) .

 

Section 4.2                                    Encumbrances .  Each Debtor shall not create, permit or suffer to exist, and shall defend the Collateral against any Lien (other than the Permitted Liens, provided that no Lien, other than the Lien created hereunder, shall exist over the Pledged Shares) or any restriction upon the pledge or other transfer thereof (other than as specifically permitted in the Credit Agreement), and shall defend such Debtor’s title to and other rights in the Collateral and the Agent’s pledge and collateral assignment of and security interest in the Collateral against the claims and demands of all Persons.  Except to the extent permitted by the Credit Agreement or in connection with any release of Collateral under Section 7.13 hereof (but only to the extent of any Collateral so released), such Debtor shall do nothing to impair the rights of the Agent in the Collateral.

 

Section 4.3                                    Disposition of Collateral . Except as otherwise permitted under the Credit Agreement, no Debtor shall enter into or consummate any transfer or other disposition of Collateral.

 

Section 4.4                                    Insurance .  The Collateral pledged by such Debtor or the Debtors will be insured (to the extent such Collateral is insurable) with insurance coverage in such amounts and of such types as are required by the terms of the Credit Agreement.  In the case of all such insurance policies, each such Debtor shall designate the Agent, as mortgagee or lender loss payee and such policies shall provide that any loss be payable to the Agent, as mortgagee or lender loss payee, as its interests may appear. Further, upon the request of the Agent, each such Debtor shall deliver certificates evidencing such policies, including all endorsements thereon and those required hereunder, to the Agent; and each such Debtor assigns to the Agent, as additional security hereunder, all its rights to receive proceeds of insurance with respect to the Collateral. All such insurance shall, by its terms, provide that the applicable carrier shall, prior to any cancellation before the expiration date thereof, mail thirty (30) days’ prior written notice to the Agent of such cancellation. Each Debtor further shall provide the Agent upon request with evidence reasonably satisfactory to the Agent that each such Debtor is at all times in compliance with this paragraph.  Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default or an Event of Default, the Agent may, at its option, act as each such Debtor’s attorney-in-fact in obtaining, adjusting, settling and compromising such insurance and endorsing any drafts. Upon such Debtor’s failure to insure the Collateral as required in this covenant, the Agent may, at its option, procure such insurance and its costs therefor shall be charged to such Debtor, payable on demand, with interest at the highest rate set forth in the Credit Agreement and added to the Indebtedness secured hereby. The Insurance Proceeds (as defined in the Credit

 

17

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Agreement) shall be applied to the Indebtedness to the extent required and in accordance with the Credit Agreement.

 

Section 4.5                                    Corporate Changes; Books and Records; Inspection Rights .  (a) Each Debtor shall not change its respective name, identity, corporate structure or jurisdiction of organization, or identification number in any manner that might make any financing statement filed in connection with this Agreement seriously misleading within the meaning of Section 9-506 of the UCC unless such Debtor shall have given the Agent thirty (30) days prior written notice with respect to any change in such Debtor’s corporate structure, jurisdiction of organization, name or identity and shall have taken all action deemed reasonably necessary by the Agent under the circumstances to protect its Liens and the perfection and priority thereof, (b) each Debtor shall keep the Records at the location specified on Schedule 3.2 as the location of such books and records or as otherwise specified in writing to the Agent and (c) the Debtors shall permit the Agent, the Lenders, and their respective agents and representatives to conduct inspections, discussion and audits of the Collateral in accordance with the terms of the Credit Agreement.

 

Section 4.6                                    Notification of Lien; Continuing Disclosure .  (a)  Each Debtor shall promptly notify the Agent in writing of any Lien, encumbrance or claim (other than a Permitted Lien, to the extent not otherwise subject to any notice requirements under the Credit Agreement) that has attached to or been made or asserted against any of the Collateral upon becoming aware of the existence of such Lien, encumbrance or claim; and (b) concurrently with delivery of the Covenant Compliance Report for each fiscal quarter, Debtors shall execute and deliver to the Agent a Collateral Compliance Report in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .

 

Section 4.7                                    Covenants Regarding Pledged Shares

 

(a)                                  Voting Rights and Distributions .

 

(i)                                     So long as no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing (both before and after giving effect to any of the actions or other matters described in clauses (A) or (B) of this subparagraph):

 

(A)                                Each Debtor shall be entitled to exercise any and all voting and other consensual rights (including, without limitation, the right to give consents, waivers and ratifications) pertaining to any of the Pledged Shares or any part thereof; provided , however , that no vote shall be cast or consent, waiver or ratification given or action taken without the prior written consent of the Agent which would violate any provision of this Agreement or the Credit Agreement; and

 

(B)                                Except as otherwise provided by the Credit Agreement, such Debtor shall be entitled to receive and retain any and all dividends, distributions and interest paid in respect to any of the Pledged Shares.

 

18

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

(ii)                                 Upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default or an Event of Default:

 

(A)                                The Agent may, without notice to such Debtor, transfer or register in the name of the Agent or any of its nominees, for the equal and ratable benefit of the Lenders, any or all of the Pledged Shares and the Proceeds thereof (in cash or otherwise) held by the Agent hereunder, and the Agent or its nominee may thereafter, after delivery of notice to such Debtor, exercise all voting and corporate rights at any meeting of any corporation issuing any of the Pledged Shares and any and all rights of conversion, exchange, subscription or any other rights, privileges or options pertaining to any of the Pledged Shares as if the Agent were the absolute owner thereof, including, without limitation, the right to exchange, at its discretion, any and all of the Pledged Shares upon the merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other readjustment of any corporation issuing any of such Pledged Shares or upon the exercise by any such issuer or the Agent of any right, privilege or option pertaining to any of the Pledged Shares, and in connection therewith, to deposit and deliver any and all of the Pledged Shares with any committee, depositary, transfer agent, registrar or other designated agency upon such terms and conditions as the Agent may determine, all without liability except to account for property actually received by it, but the Agent shall have no duty to exercise any of the aforesaid rights, privileges or options, and the Agent shall not be responsible for any failure to do so or delay in so doing.

 

(B)                                All rights of such Debtor to exercise the voting and other consensual rights which it would otherwise be entitled to exercise pursuant to S ection  4.7(a)(i)(A)   and to receive the dividends, interest and other distributions which it would otherwise be authorized to receive and retain pursuant to S ection  4.7(a)(i)(B)   shall be suspended until such Default or Event of Default shall no longer exist, and all such rights shall, until such Default or Event of Default shall no longer exist, thereupon become vested in the Agent which shall thereupon have the sole right to exercise such voting and other consensual rights and to receive, hold and dispose of as Pledged Shares such dividends, interest and other distributions.

 

(C)                                All dividends, interest and other distributions which are received by such Debtor contrary to the provisions of this Section 4.7(a)(ii)   shall be received in trust for the benefit of the Agent, shall be segregated from other funds of such Debtor and shall be forthwith paid over to the Agent as Collateral in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement).

 

19

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


 

(D)                                Each Debtor shall execute and deliver (or cause to be executed and delivered) to the Agent all such proxies and other instruments as the Agent may reasonably request for the purpose of enabling the Agent to exercise the voting and other rights which it is entitled to exercise pursuant to this Section 4.7(a)(ii)   and to receive the dividends, interest and other distributions which it is entitled to receive and retain pursuant to this Section 4.7(a)(ii) . The foregoing shall not in any way limit the Agent’s power and authority granted pursuant to the other provisions of this Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Possession; Reasonable Care .   Regardless of whether a Default or an Event of Default has occurred or is continuing, the Agent shall have the right to hold in its possession all Pledged Shares pledged, assigned or transferred hereunder and from time to time constituting a portion of the Collateral.  The Agent may appoint one or more agents (which in no case shall be a Debtor or an affiliate of a Debtor) to hold physical custody, for the account of the Agent, of any or all of the Collateral.  The Agent shall be deemed to have exercised reasonable care in the custody and preservation of the Collateral in its possession if the Collateral is accorded treatment substantially equal to that which the Agent accords its own property, it being understood that the Agent shall not have any responsibility for (i) ascertaining or taking action with respect to calls, conversions, exchanges, maturities, tenders or other matters relative to any Collateral, whether or not the Agent has or is deemed to have knowledge of such matters, or (ii) taking any necessary steps to preserve rights against any parties with respect to any Collateral, except, subject to the terms hereof, upon the written instructions of the Lenders.  Following the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, the Agent shall be entitled to take ownership of the Collateral in accordance with the UCC.

 

Section 4.8                                          New Subsidiaries; Additional Collateral

 

(a)                                  With respect to each Person which becomes a Subsidiary of a Debtor subsequent to the date hereof, execute and deliver such joinders or security agreements or other pledge documents as are required by the Credit Agreement, within the time periods set forth therein.

 

(b)                                  Each Debtor agrees that, (i) except with the written consent of the Agent, it will not permit any Domestic Subsidiary (whether now existing or formed after the date hereof) to issue to such Debtor or any of such Debtor’s other Subsidiaries any shares of stock, membership interests, partnership units, notes or other securities or instruments (including without limitation the Pledged Shares) in addition to or in substitution for any of the Collateral, unless, concurrently with each issuance thereof, any and all such shares of stock, membership interests, partnership units, notes or instruments are encumbered in favor of the Agent under this Agreement or otherwise (it being understood and agreed that all such shares of stock, membership interests, partnership units, notes or instruments issued to such Debtor shall, without further action by such Debtor or the Agent, be automatically encumbered by this Agreement as Pledged Shares) and (ii) it will promptly following the issuance thereof deliver to the Agent (A) an amendment, duly executed by such Debtor, in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto in

 

20

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

respect of such shares of stock, membership interests, partnership units, notes or instruments issued to Debtor or (B) if reasonably required by the Lenders, a new stock pledge, duly executed by the applicable Debtor, in substantially the form of this Agreement (a “ New Pledge ”), in respect of such shares of stock, membership interests, partnership units, notes or instruments issued to any Debtor granting to the Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a first priority security interest, pledge and Lien thereon, together in each case with all certificates, notes or other instruments representing or evidencing the same, together with such other documentation as the Agent may reasonably request. Such Debtor hereby (x) authorizes the Agent to attach each such amendment to this Agreement, (y) agrees that all such shares of stock, membership interests, partnership units, notes or instruments listed in any such amendment delivered to the Agent shall for all purposes hereunder constitute Pledged Shares, and (z) is deemed to have made, upon the delivery of each such amendment, the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.4 of this Agreement with respect to the Collateral covered thereby.

 

(c)                                   With respect to any Intellectual Property Collateral owned, licensed or otherwise acquired by any Debtor after the date hereof, and with respect to any Patent, Trademark or Copyright which is not registered or filed with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and/or the U.S. Copyright Office at the time such Collateral is pledged by a Debtor to the Agent pursuant to this Security Agreement, and which is subsequently registered or filed by such Debtor in the appropriate office, such Debtor shall promptly after the acquisition or registration thereof execute or cause to be executed and delivered to the Agent, (i) an amendment, duly executed by such Debtor, in substantially the form of Exhibit A hereto, in respect of such additional or newly registered collateral or (ii) at the Agent’s option, a new security agreement, duly executed by the applicable Debtor, in substantially the form of this Agreement, in respect of such additional or newly registered collateral, granting to the Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders, a first priority security interest, pledge and Lien thereon (subject only to the Permitted Liens), together in each case with all certificates, notes or other instruments representing or evidencing the same, and shall, upon the Agent’s request, execute or cause to be executed any financing statement or other document (including without limitation, filings required by the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and/or the U.S. Copyright Office in connection with any such additional or newly registered collateral) granting or otherwise evidencing a Lien over such new Intellectual Property Collateral.  Each Debtor hereby (x) authorizes the Agent to attach each amendment to this Agreement, (y) agrees that all such additional collateral listed in any amendment delivered to the Agent shall for all purposes hereunder constitute Collateral, and (z) is deemed to have made, upon the delivery of each such Amendment, the representations and warranties contained in Section 3.3(d)   and Section 3.5 of this Agreement with respect to the Collateral covered thereby.

 

Section 4.9                                    Further Assurances    (a)  At any time and from time to time, upon the request of the Agent, and at the sole expense of the Debtors, each Debtor shall promptly execute and deliver all such further agreements, documents and instruments and take such further action

 

21

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

as the Agent may reasonably deem necessary or appropriate to (i) preserve, ensure the priority, effectiveness and validity of and perfect the Agent’s security interest in and pledge and collateral assignment of the Collateral (including causing the Agent’s name to be noted as secured party on any certificate of title for a titled good if such notation is a condition of the Agent’s ability to enforce its security interest in such Collateral), unless such actions are specifically waived under the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, (ii) carry out the provisions and purposes of this Agreement and (iii) to enable the Agent to exercise and enforce its rights and remedies hereunder with respect to any of the Collateral.  Except as otherwise expressly permitted by the terms of the Credit Agreement relating to disposition of assets and except for Permitted Liens (except for Pledged Shares, over which the only Lien shall be that Lien established under this Agreement), each Debtor agrees to maintain and preserve the Agent’s security interest in and pledge and collateral assignment of the Collateral hereunder and the priority thereof.

 

(b)                            Each Debtor hereby irrevocably authorizes the Agent at any time and from time to time to file in any filing office in any jurisdiction any initial financing statements and amendments thereto that (i) indicate any or all of the Collateral upon which the Debtors have granted a Lien, and (ii) provide any other information required by Part 5 of Article 9 of the UCC, including organizational information and in the case of a fixture filing or a filing for Collateral consisting of as-extracted collateral or timber to be cut, a sufficient description of real property to which the Collateral relates.  Each Debtor agrees to furnish any such information required by the preceding paragraph to the Agent promptly upon request.

 

Section 4.10                             Establishment of Cash Collateral Account; and Lock Box.

 

(a)                                  There shall be established by each Debtor with the Agent, for the benefit of the Lenders in the name of the Agent, a segregated non-interest bearing cash collateral account (the “ Cash Collateral Account ”) bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Agent and the Lenders; provided, however, that the Cash Collateral Account may be an interest-bearing account if determined by the Agent, in its reasonable discretion, to be practicable, invested by the Agent in its sole discretion, but without any liability for losses or the failure to achieve any particular rate of return.  Furthermore, in connection with the establishment of a Cash Collateral Account, (i) each Debtor agrees to establish and maintain (and the Agent, acting at the request of the Lenders, may establish and maintain) at Debtor’s sole expense a United States Post Office lock box (the “ Lock Box ”), to which the Agent shall have exclusive access and control.  Each Debtor expressly authorizes the Agent, from time to time, to remove the contents from the Lock Box for disposition in accordance with this Agreement; and (ii) each Debtor shall notify all account debtors that all payments made to Debtor (a) other than by electronic funds transfer, shall be remitted, for the credit of Debtor, to the Lock Box, and Debtor shall include a like statement on all invoices, and (b) by electronic funds transfer, shall be remitted to the Cash Collateral Account, and Debtor shall include a like statement on all invoices. Each Debtor agrees to execute all documents and authorizations as reasonably required by the Agent to establish and maintain the Lock Box and the Cash Collateral Account.

 

22

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

(b)                                  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any and all cash (including amounts received by electronic funds transfer), checks, drafts and other instruments for the payment of money received by each Debtor at any time, in full or partial payment of any of the Collateral consisting of Accounts or Inventory, shall forthwith upon receipt be transmitted and delivered to the Agent, properly endorsed, where required, so that such items may be collected by the Agent. Any such amounts and other items received by a Debtor shall not be commingled with any other of such Debtor’s funds or property, but will be held separate and apart from such Debtor’s own funds or property, and upon express trust for the benefit of the Agent until delivery is made to the Agent.  All items or amounts which are remitted to a Lock Box or otherwise delivered by or for the benefit of a Debtor to the Agent on account of partial or full payment of, or any other amount payable with respect to, any of the Collateral shall, at the Agent’s option, be applied to any of the Indebtedness, whether then due or not, in the order and manner set forth in the Credit Agreement; provided that, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, collected funds in the Cash Collateral Account shall be transferred each Business Day to the Borrower’s operating account maintained with the Agent. No Debtor shall have any right whatsoever to withdraw any funds so deposited. Each Debtor further grants to the Agent a first security interest in and Lien on all funds on deposit in such account. Each Debtor hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs the Agent to endorse all items received for deposit to the Cash Collateral Account, notwithstanding the inclusion on any such item of a restrictive notation, e.g., “paid in full”, “balance of account”, or other restriction.

 

ARTICLE 5

Rights of the Agent

 

Section 5.1                                    Power of Attorney .  Each Debtor hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints the Agent and any officer or agent thereof, with full power of substitution, as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact with full irrevocable power and authority in the name of such Debtor or in its own name, to take, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, any and all actions, and to execute any and all documents and instruments which the Agent at any time and from time to time deems necessary, to accomplish the purposes of this Agreement and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, such Debtor hereby gives the Agent the power and right on behalf of such Debtor and in its own name to do any of the following after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, without notice to or the consent of such Debtor:

 

(a)                                  to demand, sue for, collect or receive, in the name of such Debtor or in its own name, any money or property at any time payable or receivable on account of or in exchange for any of the Collateral and, in connection therewith, endorse checks, notes, drafts, acceptances, money orders, documents of title or any other instruments for the payment of money under the Collateral or any policy of insurance;

 

(b)                                  to pay or discharge taxes, Liens (other than Permitted Liens) or other encumbrances levied or placed on or threatened against the Collateral;

 

23

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

(c)                                   (i) to direct account debtors and any other parties liable for any payment under any of the Collateral to make payment of any and all monies due and to become due thereunder directly to the Agent or as the Agent shall direct; (ii) to receive payment of and receipt for any and all monies, claims and other amounts due and to become due at any time in respect of or arising out of any Collateral; (iii) to sign and endorse any invoices, freight or express bills, bills of lading, storage or warehouse receipts, drafts against debtors, assignments, proxies, stock powers, verifications and notices in connection with accounts and other documents relating to the Collateral; (iv) to commence and prosecute any suit, action or proceeding at law or in equity in any court of competent jurisdiction to collect the Collateral or any part thereof and to enforce any other right in respect of any Collateral; (v) to defend any suit, action or proceeding brought against such Debtor with respect to any Collateral; (vi) to settle, compromise or adjust any suit, action or proceeding described above and, in connection therewith, to give such discharges or releases as the Agent may deem appropriate; (vii) to exchange any of the Collateral for other property upon any merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization or other readjustment of the issuer thereof and, in connection therewith, deposit any of the Collateral with any committee, depositary, transfer agent, registrar or other designated agency upon such terms as the Agent may determine; (viii) to add or release any guarantor, indorser, surety or other party to any of the Collateral; (ix) to renew, extend or otherwise change the terms and conditions of any of the Collateral; (x) to make, settle, compromise or adjust any claim under or pertaining to any of the Collateral (including claims under any policy of insurance); (xi) subject to any pre-existing rights or licenses, to assign any Patent, Copyright or Trademark constituting Intellectual Property Collateral (along with the goodwill of the business to which any such Patent, Copyright or Trademark pertains), for such term or terms, on such conditions and in such manner, as the Agent shall in its sole discretion determine, and (xii) to sell, transfer, pledge, convey, make any agreement with respect to, or otherwise deal with, any of the Collateral as fully and completely as though the Agent were the absolute owner thereof for all purposes, and to do, at the Agent’s option and such Debtor’s expense, at any time, or from time to time, all acts and things which the Agent deems necessary to protect, preserve, maintain, or realize upon the Collateral and the Agent’s security interest therein.

 

This power of attorney is a power coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable.  The Agent shall be under no duty to exercise or withhold the exercise of any of the rights, powers, privileges and options expressly or implicitly granted to the Agent in this Agreement, and shall not be liable for any failure to do so or any delay in doing so.  This power of attorney is conferred on the Agent solely to protect, preserve, maintain and realize upon its security interest in the Collateral.  The Agent shall not be responsible for any decline in the value of the Collateral and shall not be required to take any steps to preserve rights against prior parties or to protect, preserve or maintain any Lien given to secure the Collateral.

 

Section 5.2                                    Setoff .  In addition to and not in limitation of any rights of any Lenders under applicable law, the Agent and each Lender shall, upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default, without notice or demand of any kind, have the right to appropriate and

 

24

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

apply to the payment of the Indebtedness owing to it (whether or not then due) any and all balances, credits, deposits, accounts or moneys of Debtors then or thereafter on deposit with such Lenders; provided, however, that any such amount so applied by any Lender on any of the Indebtedness owing to it shall be subject to the provisions of the Credit Agreement.

 

Section 5.3                                    Assignment by the Agent .  The Agent may at any time assign or otherwise transfer all or any portion of its rights and obligations as Agent under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, the Indebtedness) to any other Person, to the extent permitted by, and upon the conditions contained in, the Credit Agreement and such Person shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits and obligations thereof granted to the Agent herein or otherwise.

 

Section 5.4                                    Performance by the Agent . If any Debtor shall fail to perform any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement, the Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) perform or attempt to perform such covenant or agreement on behalf of the Debtors, in which case Agent shall exercise good faith and make diligent efforts to give Debtors prompt prior written notice of such performance or attempted performance.  In such event, the Debtors shall, at the request of the Agent, promptly pay any reasonable amount expended by the Agent in connection with such performance or attempted performance to the Agent, together with interest thereon at the interest rate set forth in the Credit Agreement, from and including the date of such expenditure to but excluding the date such expenditure is paid in full.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, it is expressly agreed that the Agent shall not have any liability or responsibility for the performance (or non-performance) of any obligation of the Debtors under this Agreement.

 

Section 5.5                                    Certain Costs and Expenses .  The Debtors shall pay or reimburse the Agent within five (5) Business Days after demand for all reasonable costs and expenses (including reasonable attorney’s and paralegal fees) incurred by it in connection with the enforcement, attempted enforcement, or preservation of any rights or remedies under this Agreement or any other Loan Document during the existence of an Event of Default or after acceleration of any of the Indebtedness (including in connection with any “workout” or restructuring regarding the Indebtedness, and including in any insolvency proceeding or appellate proceeding).  The agreements in this Section 5.5 shall survive the payment in full of the Indebtedness.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the reimbursement of any fees and expenses incurred by the Lenders shall be governed by the terms and conditions of the applicable Credit Agreement.

 

Section 5.6                                    Indemnification .  The Debtors shall indemnify, defend and hold the Agent, and each Lender and each of their respective officers, directors, employees, counsel, agents and attorneys-in-fact (each, an “ Indemnified Person ”) harmless from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, charges, expenses and disbursements (including reasonable attorneys’ and paralegals’ fees) of any kind or nature whatsoever which may at any time (including at any time following repayment of the Indebtedness and the termination, resignation or replacement of the Agent or replacement of any Lender) be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against any such Indemnified Person in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any document relating to or arising out of or referred to in this Agreement or any

 

25

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

other Loan Document, or the transactions contemplated hereby, or any action taken or omitted by any such Indemnified Person under or in connection with any of the foregoing, including with respect to any investigation, litigation or proceeding (including any bankruptcy proceeding or appellate proceeding) related to or arising out of this Agreement or the Indebtedness or the use of the proceeds thereof, whether or not any Indemnified Person is a party thereto (all the foregoing, collectively, the “ Indemnified Liabilities ”); provided , that the Debtors shall have no obligation under this Section 5.6 to any Indemnified Person with respect to Indemnified Liabilities to the extent resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnified Person.  The agreements in this Section 5.6 shall survive payment of all other Indebtedness.

 

ARTICLE 6

Default

 

Section 6.1                                    Rights and Remedies .  If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Agent shall have the following rights and remedies subject to the direction and/or consent of the Lenders as required under the Credit Agreement:

 

(a)                                  The Agent may exercise any of the rights and remedies set forth in this Agreement (including, without limitation, Article 5 hereof), in the Credit Agreement, or in any other Loan Document, or by applicable law.

 

(b)                                  In addition to all other rights and remedies granted to the Agent in this Agreement, the Credit Agreement or by applicable law, the Agent shall have all of the rights and remedies of a secured party under the UCC (whether or not the UCC applies to the affected Collateral) and the Agent may also, without previous demand or notice except as specified below or in the Credit Agreement, sell the Collateral or any part thereof in one or more parcels at public or private sale, at any exchange, broker’s board or at any of the Agent’s offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, and upon such other terms as the Agent may, in its reasonable discretion, deem commercially reasonable or otherwise as may be permitted by law.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Agent may (i) without demand or notice to the Debtors (except as required under the Credit Agreement or applicable law), collect, receive or take possession of the Collateral or any part thereof, and for that purpose the Agent (and/or its Agents, servicers or other independent contractors) may enter upon any premises on which the Collateral is located and remove the Collateral therefrom or render it inoperable, and/or (ii) sell, lease or otherwise dispose of the Collateral, or any part thereof, in one or more parcels at public or private sale or sales, at the Agent’s offices or elsewhere, for cash, on credit or for future delivery, and upon such other terms as the Agent may, in its reasonable discretion, deem commercially reasonable or otherwise as may be permitted by law.  The Agent and, subject to the terms of the Credit Agreement, each of the Lenders shall have the right at any public sale or sales, and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, at any private sale or sales, to bid (which bid may be, in whole or in part, in the form of cancellation of indebtedness) and become a purchaser of the Collateral or any part thereof free of any right of redemption on the part of the Debtors, which right of

 

26

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

redemption is hereby expressly waived and released by the Debtors to the extent permitted by applicable law.  The Agent may require the Debtors to assemble the Collateral and make it available to the Agent at any place designated by the Agent to allow the Agent to take possession or dispose of such Collateral.  The Debtors agree that the Agent shall not be obligated to give more than five (5) days prior written notice of the time and place of any public sale or of the time after which any private sale may take place and that such notice shall constitute reasonable notice of such matters.  The foregoing shall not require notice if none is required by applicable law.  The Agent shall not be obligated to make any sale of Collateral if, in the exercise of its reasonable discretion, it shall determine not to do so, regardless of the fact that notice of sale of Collateral may have been given.  The Agent may, without notice or publication (except as required by applicable law), adjourn any public or private sale or cause the same to be adjourned from time to time by announcement at the time and place fixed for sale, and such sale may, without further notice, be made at the time and place to which the same was so adjourned.  The Debtors shall be liable for all reasonable expenses of retaking, holding, preparing for sale or the like, and all reasonable attorneys’ fees, legal expenses and other costs and expenses incurred by the Agent in connection with the collection of the Indebtedness and the enforcement of the Agent’s rights under this Agreement and the Credit Agreement.  The Debtors shall, to the extent permitted by applicable law, remain liable for any deficiency if the proceeds of any such sale or other disposition of the Collateral (conducted in conformity with this clause (ii) and applicable law) applied to the Indebtedness are insufficient to pay the Indebtedness in full.  The Agent shall apply the proceeds from the sale of the Collateral hereunder against the Indebtedness in such order and manner as provided in the Credit Agreement.

 

(c)                                   The Agent may cause any or all of the Collateral held by it to be transferred into the name of the Agent or the name or names of the Agent’s nominee or nominees.

 

(d)                                  The Agent may exercise any and all rights and remedies of the Debtors under or in respect of the Collateral, including, without limitation, any and all rights of the Debtors to demand or otherwise require payment of any amount under, or performance of any provision of any of the Collateral and any and all voting rights and corporate powers in respect of the Collateral.

 

(e)                                   On any sale of the Collateral, the Agent is hereby authorized to comply with any limitation or restriction with which compliance is necessary (based on a reasoned opinion of the Agent’s counsel) in order to avoid any violation of applicable law or in order to obtain any required approval of the purchaser or purchasers by any applicable Governmental Authority.

 

(f)                                    The Agent may direct account debtors and any other parties liable for any payment under any of the Collateral to make payment of any and all monies due and to become due thereunder directly to the Agent or as the Agent shall direct.

 

27

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

(g)                                  In the event of any sale, assignment or other disposition of the Intellectual Property Collateral, the goodwill of the business connected with and symbolized by any Collateral subject to such disposition shall be included, and the Debtors shall supply to the Agent or its designee the Debtors’ know-how and expertise related to the Intellectual Property Collateral subject to such disposition, and the Debtors’ notebooks, studies, reports, records, documents and things embodying the same or relating to the inventions, processes or ideas covered by and to the manufacture of any products under or in connection with the Intellectual Property Collateral subject to such disposition.

 

(h)                                  For purposes of enabling the Agent to exercise its rights and remedies under this Section 6.1 and enabling the Agent and its successors and assigns to enjoy the full benefits of the Collateral, the Debtors hereby grant to the Agent an irrevocable, nonexclusive license (exercisable without payment of royalty or other compensation to the Debtors) to use, assign, license or sublicense any of the Intellectual Property Collateral, Computer Records or Software (including in such license reasonable access to all media in which any of the licensed items may be recorded or stored and all computer programs used for the completion or printout thereof), exercisable upon the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default or an Event of Default (and thereafter if Agent succeeds to any of the Collateral pursuant to an enforcement proceeding or voluntary arrangement with Debtor), except as may be prohibited by any licensing agreement relating to such Computer Records or Software.  This license shall also inure to the benefit of all successors, assigns, transferees of and purchasers from the Agent.

 

Section 6.2                                    Private Sales.

 

(a)                                  In view of the fact that applicable securities laws may impose certain restrictions on the method by which a sale of the Pledged Shares may be effected after an Event of Default, Debtors agree that upon the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Agent may from time to time attempt to sell all or any part of the Pledged Shares by a private sale in the nature of a private placement, restricting the bidders and prospective purchasers to those who will represent and agree that they are “accredited investors” within the meaning of Regulation D promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and are purchasing for investment only and not for distribution. In so doing, the Agent may solicit offers for the Pledged Shares, or any part thereof, from a limited number of investors who might be interested in purchasing the Pledged Shares. Without limiting the methods or manner of disposition which could be determined to be commercially reasonable, if the Agent hires a firm of regional or national reputation that is engaged in the business of rendering investment banking and brokerage services to solicit such offers and facilitate the sale of the Pledged Shares, then the Agent’s acceptance of the highest offer (including its own offer, or the offer of any of the Lenders at any such sale) obtained through such efforts of such firm shall be deemed to be a commercially reasonable method of disposition of such Pledged Shares.  The Agent shall not be under any obligation to delay a sale of any of the Pledged

 

28

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Shares for the period of time necessary to permit the issuer of such securities to register such securities under the laws of any jurisdiction outside the United States, under the Securities Act or under any applicable state securities laws, even if such issuer would agree to do so.

 

(b)                                  The Debtors further agree to do or cause to be done, to the extent that the Debtors may do so under applicable law, all such other reasonable acts and things as may be necessary to make such sales or resales of any portion or all of the Collateral valid and binding and in compliance with any and all applicable laws, regulations, orders, writs, injunctions, decrees or awards of any and all courts, arbitrators or governmental instrumentalities, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over any such sale or sales, all at the Debtors’ expense.

 

Section 6.3                                    Default Under Credit Agreement .  Subject to any applicable notice and cure provisions contained in the Credit Agreement, the occurrence of any Event of Default (as defined in the Credit Agreement), including without limit a breach of any of the provisions of this Agreement, shall be deemed to be an Event of Default under this Agreement.  This Section 6.4 shall not limit the Events of Default set forth in the Credit Agreement.

 

ARTICLE 7

Miscellaneous

 

Section 7.1                                    No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies .  No failure on the part of the Agent to exercise and no delay in exercising, and no course of dealing with respect to, any right, power or privilege under this Agreement shall operate as a waiver thereof, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under this Agreement preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power, or privilege.  The rights and remedies provided for in this Agreement are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights and remedies provided by law.

 

Section 7.2                                    Successors and Assigns .  Subject to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the Debtors and the Agent and their respective heirs, successors and assigns, except that the Debtors may not assign any of their rights or obligations under this Agreement without the prior written consent of the Agent.

 

Section 7.3                                    AMENDMENT; ENTIRE AGREEMENT .  THIS AGREEMENT AND THE CREDIT AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN EMBODY THE FINAL, ENTIRE AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES HERETO AND SUPERSEDES ANY AND ALL PRIOR COMMITMENTS, AGREEMENTS, REPRESENTATIONS AND UNDERSTANDINGS, WHETHER WRITTEN OR ORAL, RELATING TO THE SUBJECT MATTER HEREOF AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED OR VARIED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS OR SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OR DISCUSSIONS OF THE PARTIES HERETO.  THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS AMONG THE PARTIES HERETO.  The provisions of this Agreement may be amended or waived only by an instrument in writing signed by the parties hereto.

 

29

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


 

Section 7.4                                    Notices .  All notices, requests, consents, approvals, waivers and other communications hereunder shall be in writing (including, by facsimile transmission) and mailed, faxed or delivered to the address or facsimile number specified for notices on signature pages hereto; or, as directed to the Debtors or the Agent, to such other address or number as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other. All such notices, requests and communications shall, when sent by overnight delivery, or faxed, be effective when delivered for overnight (next business day) delivery, or transmitted in legible form by facsimile machine (with electronic confirmation of receipt), respectively, or if mailed, upon the third Business Day after the date deposited into the U.S. mail, or if otherwise delivered, upon delivery; except that notices to the Agent shall not be effective until actually received by the Agent.

 

Section 7.5                                    GOVERNING LAW; SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION; SERVICE OF PROCESS .

 

(a)                                  THE VALIDITY OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE CONSTRUCTION, INTERPRETATION, AND ENFORCEMENT HEREOF AND THEREOF, AND THE RIGHTS OF THE PARTIES HERETO AND THERETO WITH RESPECT TO ALL MATTERS ARISING HEREUNDER OR THEREUNDER OR RELATED HERETO OR THERETO SHALL BE DETERMINED UNDER, GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE INTERNAL LAWS OF THE STATE OF CALIFORNIA, WITHOUT REGARD FOR PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAWS.

 

(b)                                  THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ALL ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE TRIED AND LITIGATED ONLY IN THE STATE AND FEDERAL COURTS LOCATED IN THE COUNTY OF LOS ANGELES, STATE OF CALIFORNIA, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT ANY SUIT SEEKING ENFORCEMENT AGAINST ANY COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE BROUGHT, AT AGENT’S OPTION, IN THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION WHERE AGENT ELECTS TO BRING SUCH ACTION OR WHERE SUCH COLLATERAL OR OTHER PROPERTY MAY BE FOUND.  DEBTORS AND AGENT WAIVE, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT EACH MAY HAVE TO ASSERT THE DOCTRINE OF FORUM NON CONVENIENS OR TO OBJECT TO VENUE TO THE EXTENT ANY PROCEEDING IS BROUGHT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THIS SECTION 7.5.

 

Section 7.6                                    Headings .  The headings, captions, and arrangements used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement.

 

Section 7.7                                    Survival of Representations and Warranties .  All representations and warranties made in this Agreement or in any certificate delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement, and no investigation by the Agent shall affect the representations and warranties or the right of the Agent or the Lenders to rely upon them.

 

30

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Section 7.8                                    Counterparts .  This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

Section 7.9                                    Waiver of Bond .  In the event the Agent seeks to take possession of any or all of the Collateral by judicial process, the Debtors hereby irrevocably waive any bonds and any surety or security relating thereto that may be required by applicable law as an incident to such possession, and waives any demand for possession prior to the commencement of any such suit or action.

 

Section 7.10                             Severability .  Any provision of this Agreement which is determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions of this Agreement, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

 

Section 7.11                             Construction .  Each Debtor and the Agent acknowledge that each of them has had the benefit of legal counsel of its own choice and has been afforded an opportunity to review this Agreement with its legal counsel and that this Agreement shall be construed as if jointly drafted by the Debtors and the Agent.

 

Section 7.12                             Termination; Reinstatement .  If all of the Indebtedness (other than contingent liabilities pursuant to any indemnity, including without limitation Section 5.5 and Section 5.6 hereof, for claims which have not been asserted, or which have not yet accrued) shall have been paid and performed in full (in cash) and all commitments to extend credit or other credit accommodations under the Credit Agreement have been terminated, the Agent shall, upon the written request of the Debtors, execute and deliver to the Debtors a proper instrument or instruments acknowledging the release and termination of the security interests created by this Agreement, and shall duly assign and deliver to the Debtors (without recourse and without any representation or warranty) such of the Collateral as may be in the possession of the Agent and has not previously been sold or otherwise applied pursuant to this Agreement; provided however that, the effectiveness of this Agreement shall continue or be reinstated, as the case may be, in the event: (a) that any payment received or credit given by the Agent or the Lenders, or any of them, is returned, disgorged, rescinded or required to be recontributed to any party as an avoidable preference, impermissible setoff, fraudulent conveyance, restoration of capital or otherwise under any applicable state, federal, or local law of any jurisdiction, including laws pertaining to bankruptcy or insolvency, and this Agreement shall thereafter be enforceable against the Debtors as if such returned, disgorged, recontributed or rescinded payment or credit has not been received or given by the Agent or the Lenders, and whether or not the Agent or any Lender relied upon such payment or credit or changed its position as a consequence thereof or (b) that any liability is imposed, or sought to be imposed against the Agent or the Lenders, or any of them, relating to the environmental condition of any of property mortgaged or pledged to the Agent on behalf of the Lenders by any Debtor, the Borrower or other party as collateral (in whole or part) for any indebtedness or obligation evidenced or secured by this Agreement, whether such condition is known or unknown, now exists or subsequently arises (excluding only conditions which arise after acquisition by the Agent or any

 

31

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Lender of any such property, in lieu of foreclosure or otherwise, due to the wrongful act or omission of the Agent or such Lenders, or any person other than the Borrower, the Subsidiaries, or any Affiliates of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries), and this Agreement shall thereafter be enforceable against the Debtors to the extent of all such liabilities, costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Agent or Lenders as the direct or indirect result of any such environmental condition but only for which the Borrower is obligated to the Agent and the Lenders pursuant to the Credit Agreement. For purposes of this Agreement “environmental condition” includes, without limitation, conditions existing with respect to the surface or ground water, drinking water supply, land surface or subsurface strata and the ambient air.

 

Section 7.13                             Release of Collateral . The Agent shall, upon the written request of the Debtors, execute and deliver to the Debtors a proper instrument or instruments acknowledging the release of the security interest and Liens established hereby on any Collateral (other than the Pledged Shares): (a) if the sale or other disposition of such Collateral is permitted under the terms of the Credit Agreement and, at the time of such proposed release, both before and after giving effect thereto, no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, (b) if the sale or other disposition of such Collateral is not permitted under the terms of the Credit Agreement, provided that the requisite Lenders under such Credit Agreement shall have consented to such sale or disposition in accordance with the terms thereof, or (c) if such release has been approved by the requisite Lenders in accordance with Section 12.11 of the Credit Agreement.

 

Section 7.14                             WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL .  TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, DEBTORS AND AGENT HEREBY WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO A JURY TRIAL OF ANY CLAIM OR CAUSE OF ACTION BASED UPON OR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREIN OR THEREIN, INCLUDING CONTRACT CLAIMS, TORT CLAIMS, BREACH OF DUTY CLAIMS, AND ALL OTHER COMMON LAW OR STATUTORY CLAIMS.  DEBTORS AND AGENT REPRESENT THAT EACH HAS REVIEWED THIS WAIVER AND EACH KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY WAIVES ITS JURY TRIAL RIGHTS FOLLOWING CONSULTATION WITH LEGAL COUNSEL.  IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT MAY BE FILED AS A WRITTEN CONSENT TO A TRIAL BY THE COURT.

 

In the event the jury trial waiver set forth above is not enforceable, the parties elect to proceed under this Judicial Reference Provision.

 

(a)                                  With the exception of the items specified in clause (b), below, any controversy, dispute or claim (each, a “Claim”) between the parties arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other document, instrument or agreement between the undersigned parties (collectively in this Section, the “Loan Documents”), will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California in accordance with the provisions of Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure (“CCP”), or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to the reference proceeding. Except as otherwise provided in the Loan Documents, venue for the reference proceeding will be in the Superior Court in the County where the real property involved in the

 

32

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

action, if any, is located or in a County where venue is otherwise appropriate under applicable law (the “Court”).

 

(b)                                  The matters that shall not be subject to a reference are the following: (i) foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of self-help remedies (including, without limitation, set-off), (iii) appointment of a receiver and (iv) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including, without limitation, writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). This Agreement does not limit the right of any party to exercise or oppose any of the rights and remedies described in clauses (i) and (ii) or to seek or oppose from a court of competent jurisdiction any of the items described in clauses (iii) and (iv). The exercise of, or opposition to, any of those items does not waive the right of any party to a reference pursuant to this Agreement.

 

(c)                                   The referee shall be a retired Judge or Justice selected by mutual written agreement of the parties. If the parties do not agree within ten (10) days of a written request to do so by any party, then, upon request of any party, the referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative). A request for appointment of a referee may be heard on an ex parte or expedited basis, and the parties agree that irreparable harm would result if ex parte relief is not granted.

 

(d)                                  The parties agree that time is of the essence in conducting the reference proceedings. Accordingly, the referee shall be requested, subject to change in the time periods specified herein for good cause shown, to (i) set the matter for a status and trial-setting conference within fifteen (15) days after the date of selection of the referee, (ii) if practicable, try all issues of law or fact within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the conference and (iii) report a statement of decision within twenty (20) days after the matter has been submitted for decision.

 

(e)                                   The referee will have power to expand or limit the amount and duration of discovery.  The referee may set or extend discovery deadlines or cutoffs for good cause, including a party’s failure to provide requested discovery for any reason whatsoever. Unless otherwise ordered based upon good cause shown, no party shall be entitled to “priority” in conducting discovery, depositions may be taken by either party upon seven (7) days written notice, and all other discovery shall be responded to within fifteen (15) days after service. All disputes relating to discovery which cannot be resolved by the parties shall be submitted to the referee whose decision shall be final and binding.

 

(f)                                    Except as expressly set forth in this Agreement, the referee shall determine the manner in which the reference proceeding is conducted including the time and place of hearings, the order of presentation of evidence, and all other questions that arise with respect to the course of the reference proceeding. All proceedings and hearings conducted before the referee, except for trial, shall be conducted without a court reporter, except that when any party so requests, a court reporter will be used at any hearing conducted before the referee, and the referee will be provided a courtesy copy of the transcript. The party making such a request shall have the obligation to arrange for and pay the court reporter. Subject to the referee’s power to award costs to the prevailing party, the parties will equally share the cost of the referee and the court reporter at trial.

 

33

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

(g)                                   The referee shall be required to determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and the statutory laws of the State of California. The rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law in the State of California will be applicable to the reference proceeding. The referee shall be empowered to enter equitable as well as legal relief, enter equitable orders that will be binding on the parties and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication. The referee shall issue a decision at the close of the reference proceeding which disposes of all claims of the parties that are the subject of the reference.  Pursuant to CCP § 644, such decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or an order in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the Court and any such decision will be final, binding and conclusive.  The parties reserve the right to appeal from the final judgment or order or from any appealable decision or order entered by the referee.  The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of laws, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial, if granted, is also to be a reference proceeding under this provision.

 

(h)                                  If the enabling legislation which provides for appointment of a referee is repealed (and no successor statute is enacted), any dispute between the parties that would otherwise be determined by reference procedure will be resolved and determined by arbitration.   The arbitration will be conducted by a retired judge or Justice, in accordance with the California Arbitration Act §1280 through §1294.2 of the CCP as amended from time to time. The limitations with respect to discovery set forth above shall apply to any such arbitration proceeding.

 

(i)                                      THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE AND AGREE THAT ALL CONTROVERSIES, DISPUTES AND CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT BY A JURY. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS, HIS OR HER OWN CHOICE, EACH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, AGREES THAT THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL APPLY TO ANY CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CLAIM BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, THIS AGREEMENT OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

 

Section 7.15                             Consistent Application .  The rights and duties created by this Agreement shall, in all cases, be interpreted consistently with, and shall be in addition to (and not in lieu of), the rights and duties created by the Credit Agreement or the other Loan Documents.  In the event that any provision of this Agreement shall be inconsistent with any provision of the Credit Agreement, such provision of the Credit Agreement shall govern.

 

Section 7.16                             Continuing Lien .  The security interest granted under this Security Agreement shall be a continuing security interest in every respect (whether or not the outstanding balance of the Indebtedness is from time to time temporarily reduced to zero) and the Agent’s security interest in the Collateral as granted herein shall continue in full force and effect for the entire duration that the Credit Agreement remains in effect and until all of the Indebtedness are repaid and discharged in full, and no commitment (whether optional or obligatory) to extend any credit under the Credit Agreement remain outstanding.

 

34

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Section 7.17                             Amendment and Restatement of Existing Security Agreement .  This Agreement and the Credit Agreement amend and restate the Existing Security Agreement it its entirety. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to alter or impair the Liens established by the Existing Security Agreement, which Liens remain in full force and effect with all priorities unchanged.

 

35

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the parties hereto have duly executed this Agreement as of the day and year first written above.

 

 

DEBTORS:

 

 

 

2U, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2TOR HK, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address for Notices:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fax No.:

 

Telephone No.:

 

Attention:

 

 

 

 

AGENT:

 

 

 

 

COMERICA BANK, as Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title

 

 

Address for Notices:

 

Technology & Life Sciences Division

 

Mid-Atlantic Venture Banking

 

Reston Town Center

 

11921 Freedom Drive

 

Suite 920

 

Reston, VA 20190

 

Fax No.: (703) 467-9308

 

Telephone No.: (703) 464-7224

 

Attention: Justin S. Swietlik

 

36

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

EXHIBIT A

TO

SECURITY AGREEMENT

 

FORM OF AMENDMENT

 

This Amendment, dated                               , 20       , is delivered pursuant to Section 4.8[(b)/(c)] of the Security Agreement referred to below.  The undersigned hereby agrees that this Amendment may be attached to the Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated as of December 31, 2013, between the undersigned and Comerica Bank, as the Agent for the benefit of the Lenders referred to therein (the “ Security Agreement ”), and (a) [that the intellectual property listed on Schedule A ]/[that the shares of stock, membership interests, partnership units, notes or other instruments listed on Schedule A ] annexed hereto shall be and become part of the Collateral referred to in the Security Agreement and shall secure payment and performance of all Indebtedness as provided in the Security Agreement and (b) that Schedule A shall be deemed to amend [ Schedule 1.2 / Schedule 1.1 ] by supplementing the information provided on such Schedule with the information set forth on Schedule A .

 

Capitalized terms used herein but not defined herein shall have the meanings therefor provided in the Security Agreement.

 

 

2U, INC. , on behalf of the Debtors

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMERICA BANK , as Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title

 

 

1

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 

JOINDER AGREEMENT

(Security Agreement)

 

THIS JOINDER AGREEMENT (the “ Joinder Agreement ”) is dated as of                           ,        by                                    , a                                    (“ New Debtor ”).

 

WHEREAS , pursuant to Section 7.13 of that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement dated as of December 31, 2013 (as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) by and among 2U, Inc. (the “ Borrower ”), the financial institutions signatory thereto from time to time (the “ Lenders ”) and Comerica Bank, as Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, “ Agent ”), the New Debtor is required to execute and deliver a joinder agreement to the Security Agreement.

 

WHEREAS , in order to comply with the Credit Agreement, New Debtor executes and delivers this Joinder Agreement in accordance therewith.

 

NOW THEREFORE , as a further inducement to Lenders to continue to provide credit accommodations to the Borrower, New Debtor hereby covenants and agrees as follows:

 

A.                                     All capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement unless expressly defined to the contrary.

 

B.                                     New Debtor hereby enters into this Joinder Agreement in order to comply with Section 7.13 of the Credit Agreement and does so in consideration of the Advances made or to be made from time to time under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents.

 

C.                                     Schedule [insert appropriate Schedule] attached to this Joinder Agreement is intended to supplement Schedule [insert appropriate Schedule] of the Security Agreement with the respective information applicable to New Debtor.

 

D.                                     New Debtor shall be considered, and deemed to be, for all purposes of the Credit Agreement, the Security Agreement and the other Loan Documents, a Debtor under the Security Agreement as fully as though New Debtor had executed and delivered the Security Agreement at the time originally executed and delivered under the Credit Agreement and hereby ratifies and confirms its obligations under the Security Agreement, all in accordance with the terms thereof and shall be deemed to have made each representation and warranty set forth in the Security Agreement.

 

E.                                      No Default or Event of Default (each such term being defined in the Credit Agreement) has occurred and is continuing under the Credit Agreement.

 

F.                                       This Joinder Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California and shall be binding upon New Debtor and its successors and assigns.

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned New Debtor has executed and delivered this Joinder Agreement as of                             ,        .

 

 

[NEW DEBTOR]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

Accepted:

 

 

 

COMERICA BANK, as Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

2

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


 

EXHIBIT C

 

FORM OF COLLATERAL COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE

 

To:                              Comerica Bank as Agent (the “ Agent ”) and the Lenders

 

Re:                              Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated as of December 31, 2013 by and among 2U, Inc. (each a “ Debtor ” and collectively, the “ Debtors ”) and Agent, (as the same may be amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Security Agreement ”; capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in the Security Agreement).

 

Reference is made to Section 4.6 of the Security Agreement.  The undersigned hereby represents and warrants to Agent and the Lenders, in consideration of the loans extended to Borrower, as follows:

 

1.                                       Locations .   No Debtor has any leased or owned location, or any Collateral located with a warehousemen or bailee, which has not been previously disclosed in writing to Agent, or is not set forth on Schedule 1 attached hereto, which sets forth the information required by Section 3.3(a)(ii)   and Section 3.3(a)(iii)   of the Security Agreement, as applicable, for all previously undisclosed locations.

 

2.                                       Deposit Accounts .   No Debtor has any Deposit Accounts, cash collateral accounts or investment accounts (other than with Agent) which have not been previously disclosed in writing to Agent, or are not set forth on Schedule 2 attached hereto, which sets forth the information required by Section 3.3(b)   of the Security Agreement as to each previously undisclosed account.

 

3.                                       Intellectual Property .   No Debtor has any registered Patents, Patent Licenses, registered Trademarks, Trademark Licenses, registered Copyrights and Copyright Licenses which have not been previously disclosed in writing to Agent, or are not set forth on Schedule 3 attached hereto, which sets forth the information required by Section 3.3(d)   of the Security Agreement for such previously undisclosed Intellectual Property Collateral.

 

4.                                       Pledged Shares None of the Debtors, singly or collectively, hold any Pledged Shares which have not been previously disclosed to Agent in writing except as set forth on Schedule 4 attached hereto, which sets forth the information required by Section 3.4(c)   of the Security Agreement for such previously undisclosed Pledged Shares.

 

5.                                       Promissory Notes; Tangible Chattel Paper .   None of the Debtors, singly or collectively, have promissory notes or tangible Chattel Paper for which the principal amount or obligations evidenced thereunder are, in aggregate, in excess of $100,000 which promissory notes and/or Chattel Paper have not been previously disclosed to Agent in writing, assigned and delivered to Agent in accordance with Section 4.1(a)   of the Security Agreement, except as set forth on Schedule 5 attached hereto.

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

6.                                       Electronic Chattel Paper .  None of the Debtors, singly or collectively, have electronic Chattel Paper or any “transferable record” evidencing obligations, in the aggregate, in excess of $100,000, which have not previously been disclosed to Agent in writing, and over which Agent has not been granted control in accordance with Section 4.1(b)   of the Security Agreement, except as set forth on Schedule 6 attached hereto.

 

7.                                       Letters of Credit .  None of the Debtors, singly or collectively, are beneficiaries under letters of credit, with an aggregate face amount in excess of $100,000, which have not previously been disclosed to Agent in writing, and over which Agent has not been granted a Lien in compliance with the terms of Section 4.1(c)   of the Security Agreement, except as set forth on Schedule 7 attached hereto.

 

8.                                       Commercial Tort Claims .  None of the Debtors, singly or collectively, have any commercial tort claims which, in the aggregate, are reasonably estimated to have a value in excess of $100,000, which claims have not previously been disclosed to Agent in writing and over which Agent has not been granted a Lien in compliance with Section 4.1(d of the Security Agreement, except as set forth on Schedule 8 attached hereto.

 

9.                                       Vehicles, Aircraft and Vessels .  None of the Debtors, singly or collectively, own Vehicles (other than Vehicles used by executive employees), aircraft or vessels with a fair market value in excess of $100,000 which have not been previously disclosed in writing to Agent, except as set forth on Schedule 9 attached hereto.

 

10.                                Life Insurance .  None of the Debtors are beneficiaries of any key man life insurance policies which have not been previously disclosed in writing to Agent, except as set forth on Schedule 10 attached hereto.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned have executed this Collateral Compliance Report, as of this            day of                                ,           .

 

 

2U, INC., for itself and the other Debtors

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

2

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


 

EXHIBIT G

 

FORM OF BORROWING BASE CERTIFICATE

 

[Form to be provided by the Lender]

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

EXHIBIT H

 

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT

 

Date:                           

 

To:          Borrower

 

and

 

Comerica Bank (“Agent”)

 

Re:                              Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement made as of the 31st day of December, 2013 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among the financial institutions from time to time signatory thereto (individually a “Lender,” and any and all such financial institutions collectively the “Lenders”), Comerica Bank, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Agent”), and 2U, Inc. (“Borrower”).

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Reference is made to Section 13.8 of the Credit Agreement. Unless otherwise defined herein or the context otherwise requires, all initially capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings specified in the Credit Agreement.

 

This Agreement constitutes notice to each of you of the proposed assignment and delegation by  [ insert name of assignor ] (the “Assignor”) to [ insert name of assignee ] (the “Assignee”), and, subject to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, the Assignor hereby sells and assigns to the Assignee, and the Assignee hereby purchases and assumes from the Assignor, effective on the “Effective Date” (as hereafter defined) that undivided interest in each of Assignor’s rights and obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents in the amounts as set forth on the attached Schedule 1, such that, after giving effect to the foregoing assignment and assumption, and the concurrent assignment by Assignor to Assignee on the date hereof, the Assignee’s interest in the Revolving Credit (and participations in any outstanding Letters of Credit and Swing Line Advances),  shall be as set forth in the attached Schedule 2 with respect to the Assignee.

 

The Assignor hereby instructs the Agent to make all payments from and including the Effective Date hereof in respect of the interest assigned hereby, directly to the Assignee. The Assignor and the Assignee agree that all interest and fees accrued up to, but not including, the Effective Date of the assignment and delegation being made hereby are the property of the Assignor, and not the Assignee. The Assignee agrees that, upon receipt of any such interest or fees accrued up to the Effective Date, the Assignee will promptly remit the same to the Assignor.

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

The Assignee hereby confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement and the exhibits and schedules referred to therein, and all other Loan Documents which it considers necessary, together with copies of the other documents which were required to be delivered under the Credit Agreement as a condition to the making of the loans thereunder.  The Assignee acknowledges and agrees that it: (a) has made and will continue to make such inquiries and has taken and will take such care on its own behalf as would have been the case had its Percentage been granted and its loans been made directly by such Assignee to the Borrower without the intervention of the Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender; and (b) has made and will continue to make, independently and without reliance upon the Agent, the Assignor or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, its own credit analysis and decisions relating to the Credit Agreement.  The Assignee further acknowledges and agrees that neither the Agent, nor the Assignor has made any representations or warranties about the creditworthiness of the Borrower or any other party to the Credit Agreement or any other of the Loan Documents, or with respect to the legality, validity, sufficiency or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, or any other of the Loan Documents. This assignment shall be made without recourse to or warranty by the Assignor, except as set forth herein.

 

Assignee represents and warrants that it is a Person to which assignments are permitted pursuant to Section 13.8 of the Credit Agreement.

 

Except as otherwise provided in the Credit Agreement, effective as of the Effective Date:

 

(a)                                  the Assignee: (i) shall be deemed automatically to have become a party to the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, to have assumed all of the Assignor’s obligations thereunder to the extent of the Assignee’s percentage referred to in the second paragraph of this Assignment Agreement, and to have all the rights and obligations of a party to the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as if it were an original signatory thereto to the extent specified in the second paragraph hereof; and (ii) agrees to be bound by the terms and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as if it were an original signatory thereto; and

 

(b)                                  the Assignor’s obligations under the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be reduced by the Percentage referred to in the second paragraph of this Assignment Agreement.

 

As used herein, the term “Effective Date” means the date on which all of the following have occurred or have been completed, as reasonably determined by the Agent:

 

(1)                                  the delivery to the Agent of an original of this Assignment Agreement executed by the Assignor and the Assignee;

 

(2)                                  the payment to the Agent, of all accrued fees, expenses and other items for which reimbursement is then owing under the Credit Agreement;

 

(3)                                  the payment to the Agent of the processing fee referred to in Section 13.8(d)(1) of the Credit Agreement; and

 

2

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

(4)                                  all other restrictions and items noted in Section 13.8 of the Credit Agreement have been completed.

 

The Agent shall notify the Assignor and the Assignee, along with Borrower, of the Effective Date.

 

The Assignee hereby advises each of you of the following administrative details with respect to the assigned loans:

 

(A)          Address for Notices:

 

Institution Name:

 

Address:

 

Attention:

 

Telephone:

 

Facsimile:

 

(B)          Payment Instructions:

 

(C)          Proposed effective date of assignment.

 

The Assignee has delivered to the Agent (or is delivering to the Agent concurrently herewith) the tax forms referred to in Section 13.13 of the Credit Agreement to the extent required thereunder, and other forms reasonably requested by the Agent. The Assignor has delivered to the Agent (or shall promptly deliver to Agent following the execution hereof), the original of each Note held by the Assignor under the Credit Agreement.

 

The laws of the State of California shall govern the validity, interpretation and enforcement of this Agreement.

 

* * *

Signatures Follow on Succeeding Pages

 

3

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Please evidence your consent to and acceptance of the proposed assignment and delegation set forth herein by signing and returning counterparts hereof to the Assignor and the Assignee.

 

 

[ASSIGNOR]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[ASSIGNEE]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

4

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

ASSIGNMENT AGREEMENT ACCEPTED AND CONSENTED TO

this       day of             , 20       BY:

 

COMERICA BANK, as Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2U, INC.*

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

 


[*Borrower’s consent will be required except as specified in Section 13.8 of the Credit Agreement.]

 

[This form of Assignment Agreement (including footnotes) is subject in all respects to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement which shall govern in the event of any inconsistencies or omissions.]

 

5

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

EXHIBIT I

 

FORM OF GUARANTY

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


 

AMENDED AND RESTATED GUARANTY

 

THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED GUARANTY (as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, this “Guaranty”), dated as of December 31, 2013, is made by the undersigned Guarantors (collectively, the “ Guarantors ” and each, individually, a “ Guarantor ”) to Comerica Bank, a Texas banking association (“ Comerica ”), as Administrative Agent for and on behalf of the Lenders (as defined below) (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”).

 

RECITALS :

 

A.                                     2U, Inc. (“ Borrower ”) has entered into that certain Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of December 31, 2013 (as amended, supplemented, amended and restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) with each of the financial institutions party thereto (collectively, including their respective successors and assigns, the “ Lenders ”) and the Agent, pursuant to which the Lenders have agreed, subject to the satisfaction of certain terms and conditions, to extend or to continue to extend financial accommodations to the Borrower, as provided therein.

 

B.                                     As a condition to entering into and performing their respective obligations under the Credit Agreement, the Lenders and the Agent have required that each of the Guarantors provide to the Agent, for and on behalf of the Lenders, this Guaranty.

 

C.                                     Each of the Guarantors desires to see the success of the Borrower.  Furthermore, each of the Guarantors shall receive direct and/or indirect benefits from extensions of credit made or to be made pursuant to the Credit Agreement to the Borrower.

 

D.                                     The business operations of the Borrower and the Guarantors are interrelated and complement one another, and such entities have a common business purpose, with intercompany bookkeeping and accounting adjustments used to separate their respective properties, liabilities, and transactions.  To permit their uninterrupted and continuous operations, such entities now require and will from time to time hereafter require funds and credit accommodations for general business purposes, and the proceeds of advances under the credit facilities extended under the Credit Agreement will directly or indirectly benefit the Borrower and the Guarantors hereunder, severally and jointly.

 

E.                                      2tor HK, LLC entered into that certain Unconditional Guaranty dated April 5, 2012 for the benefit of Comerica Bank (the “ Existing Guaranty ”) and 2tor HK, Inc. and Comerica Bank desire to replace the Existing Guaranty with an amended and restated agreement evidenced by this Guaranty.

 

F.                                       The Agent is acting as agent for the Lenders pursuant to Section 12 of the Credit Agreement.

 

NOW, THEREFORE , to induce each of the Lenders to enter into and perform its obligations under the Credit Agreement, each of the Guarantors has executed and delivered this Guaranty.

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

1.                                       Definitions . As used in this Guaranty, capitalized terms not otherwise defined herein have the meanings provided for such terms in the Credit Agreement.  The term “Lenders” as used herein shall include any successors or permitted assigns of the Lenders in accordance with the Credit Agreement.  In addition, the following term shall have the following meaning:

 

Guaranteed Obligations ” shall mean, collectively, all Indebtedness of the Borrowers (as defined in the Credit Agreement) (including, without limitation, interest accruing at the then applicable rate provided in the Credit Agreement after maturity thereof and accruing on or after the filing of any petition in bankruptcy, or the commencement of any insolvency, reorganization or like proceeding by or against the Borrower, whether or not a claim for post-filing or post-petition interest is allowed in such a proceeding and including, without limitation, interest at the highest allowable per annum rate specified in any document, instrument or agreement applicable to any of the Indebtedness), and all other liabilities and obligations of the Borrower, in each case whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter incurred, which may arise under, out of, or in connection with the Credit Agreement, this Guaranty and the other Loan Documents. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Guaranty, with respect to any Guarantor, the term “Guaranteed Obligations” shall not include any obligation of any Credit Party with respect to a “swap,” as defined in Section 1(a)(47) of the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”), entered into on or after October 12, 2012, if at the time that swap is entered into, such Guarantor is not an “eligible contract participant,” as defined in Section 1(a)(18) of the CEA.

 

2.                                       Guaranty . Each of the Guarantors hereby, jointly and severally, guarantees to the Lenders the due and punctual payment to the Lenders when due, whether by acceleration or otherwise, of the Guaranteed Obligations. Each of such Guarantors further jointly and severally agrees to pay any and all reasonable and invoiced expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees), that may be paid or incurred by the Agent or any Lender in enforcing or preserving rights with respect to or collecting any or all of the Guaranteed Obligations and/or enforcing any rights with respect to, or collecting against the Guarantors under this Guaranty.

 

3.                                       Unconditional Character of Guaranty . The obligations of each of the Guarantors under this Guaranty shall be absolute and unconditional, and shall be a guaranty of payment and not of collection, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, or any provision thereof, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent with respect to or any amendment of any provision thereof (provided that any amendment of this Guaranty shall be in accordance with the terms hereof), the recovery of any judgment against any Person or action to enforce the same, any failure or delay in the enforcement of the obligations of any Credit Party under the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, or any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, limitation, defense or termination whether with or without notice to the Guarantors.  Each of the Guarantors hereby waives diligence, demand for payment, filing of claims with any court, any proceeding to enforce any provision of the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, any right to require a proceeding first against the Borrower or against any other Guarantor or other Person providing collateral, or to exhaust any security for the performance of the obligations of the Borrower, any protest, presentment, notice or demand whatsoever, and

 

2

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

each Guarantor hereby covenants that this Guaranty shall not be terminated, discharged or released until, subject to Section 15 hereof, final payment in full of all of the Guaranteed Obligations due or to become due and the termination of any and all commitments of Agent, Issuing Lender, Swing Line Lender and the other Lenders to extend credit (whether optional or obligatory) under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, and only to the extent of any such payment, performance and discharge.  Each Guarantor hereby further covenants that no security now or subsequently held by the Agent or the Lenders for the payment of the Guaranteed Obligations (including, without limitation, any security for any of the foregoing), whether in the nature of a security interest, pledge, lien, assignment, setoff, suretyship, guaranty, indemnity, insurance or otherwise, and no act, omission or other conduct of the Agent or the Lenders in respect of such security, shall affect in any manner whatsoever the unconditional obligations of this Guaranty, and that the Agent and each of the Lenders in their respective sole discretion and without notice to any of the Guarantors, may release, exchange, enforce, apply the proceeds of and otherwise deal with any such security without affecting in any manner the unconditional obligations of this Guaranty.

 

Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the obligations of the Guarantors under this Guaranty, and the rights of the Agent to enforce the same, on behalf of the Lenders by proceedings, whether by action at law, suit in equity or otherwise, shall not be in any way affected to the extent permitted by applicable law, by (i) any insolvency, bankruptcy, liquidation, reorganization, readjustment, composition, dissolution, winding up or other proceeding involving or affecting the Borrower, any or all of the Guarantors or any other Person or any of their respective Affiliates including any discharge of, or bar or stay against collecting, all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations in or as a result of any such proceeding; (ii) any change in the ownership of any of the capital stock (or other ownership interests) of the Borrower or any or all of the Guarantors, or any other Person providing collateral for any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any of their respective Affiliates; (iii) the election by the Agent or any Lender, in any bankruptcy proceeding of any Person, to apply or not apply Section 1111(b)(2) of the Bankruptcy Code; (iv) any extension of credit or the grant of any security interest or lien under the Bankruptcy Code; (v) any agreement or stipulation with respect to the provision of adequate protection in any bankruptcy proceeding of any Person; (vi) the avoidance of any security interest or lien in favor of the Agent or any Lender for any reason; (vii) any action taken by the Agent or any Lender that is authorized by this paragraph or any other provision of this Guaranty; or (viii) any other principle or provision of law, statutory or otherwise, which is or might be in conflict with the terms hereof.

 

4.                                       Waivers . Each of the Guarantors hereby waives to the fullest extent possible under applicable law:

 

(a)                                  any defense based upon or arising by reason of:

 

(i)                                    the doctrine of marshaling of assets or upon an election of remedies by Agent or the Lenders, including, without limitation, an election to proceed by non-judicial rather than judicial foreclosure;

 

3

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

(ii)                                   any statute or rule of law which provides that the obligation of a surety must be neither larger in amount nor in other respects more burdensome than that of the principal;

 

(iii)                                any disability or other defense of the Borrower or any other Person (other than irrevocable payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations);

 

(iv)                               any lack of authority of any officer, director, partner, agent or any other person acting or purporting to act on behalf of the Borrower or any other Person, or any defect in the formation of the Borrower or any other Person;

 

(v)                                  the application by the Borrower of the proceeds of any Guaranteed Obligations for purposes other than the purposes represented by such Borrower to the Lenders or intended or understood by the Lenders or the Guarantors;

 

(vi)                               any act or omission by the Lenders which directly or indirectly results in or aids the discharge of the Borrower or any Guaranteed Obligations by operation of law or otherwise; or

 

(vii)                            any modification of Guaranteed Obligations, in any form whatsoever including without limit any modification made after effective termination, and including without limit, the renewal, extension, acceleration or other change in time for payment of the Guaranteed Obligations, or other change in the terms of any Guaranteed Obligations, including without limit increase or decrease of the interest rate;

 

(b)                                  any duty on the part of Agent or any of the Lenders to disclose to such Guarantor any facts Agent or the Lenders may now or hereafter know about the Borrower, regardless of whether Agent or any Lender has reason to believe that any such facts materially increase the risk beyond that which such Guarantor intends to assume or has reason to believe that such facts are unknown to such Guarantor or has a reasonable opportunity to communicate such facts to such Guarantor;

 

(c)                                   any other event or action (excluding compliance by such Guarantor with the provisions hereof) that would result in the discharge by operation of law or otherwise of such Guarantor from the performance or observance of any obligation, covenant or agreement contained in this Guaranty; and

 

(d)                                  all rights to participate in any security now or hereafter held by the Agent or any Lender.

 

Each Guarantor understands that, absent this waiver, the Agent’s election of remedies, including but not limited to its decision to proceed to nonjudicial foreclosure on any real property securing the Guaranteed Obligations, could preclude the Agent, on behalf of the

 

4

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Lenders, from obtaining a deficiency judgment against the Borrower and each Guarantor pursuant to California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 580a, 580b, 580d or 726 and could also destroy any subrogation rights which such Guarantor has against the Borrower.  Each Guarantor further understands that, absent this waiver, California law, including without limitation, California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 580a, 580b, 580d or 726, could afford such Guarantor one or more affirmative defenses to any action maintained by the Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, against such Guarantor on this Guaranty.

 

Each Guarantor waives any and all rights and provisions of California Code of Civil Procedure Sections 580a, 580b, 580d and 726, including, but not limited to any provision thereof that:  (i) may limit the time period for the Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, to commence a lawsuit against the Borrower or any Guarantor to collect any of the Guaranteed Obligations owing by the Borrower or any Guarantor to the Lenders; (ii) may entitle the Borrower or any Guarantor to a judicial or nonjudicial determination of any deficiency owed by the Borrower or any Guarantor to the Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, or to otherwise limit the Agent’s right to collect a deficiency based on the fair market value of such real property security; (iii) may limit the Agent’s right to collect a deficiency judgment after a sale of any real property securing the Guaranteed Obligations; (iv) may require the Agent to take only one action to collect the Guaranteed Obligations or that may otherwise limit the remedies available to the Agent to collect the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

Each Guarantor waives all rights and defenses arising out of an election of remedies by the Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, even though that election of remedies, such as a nonjudicial foreclosure with respect to security for a guaranteed obligation, has destroyed the Agent’s and the Lenders’ rights of subrogation and reimbursement against the Borrower by the operation of Section 580d of the California Code of Civil Procedure or otherwise.

 

Without limiting the generality of any other waiver or other provision set forth in this Guaranty, each Guarantor waives all rights and defenses that such Guarantor may have because the Guaranteed Obligations are secured by real property to the extent not explicitly prohibited by applicable law. This means, among other things:

 

(a)                                  The Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, may collect from any Guarantor without first foreclosing on any real or personal property collateral pledged by the Borrower to secure the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

(b)                                  If the Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, forecloses on any real property collateral pledged by the Borrower to secure the Guaranteed Obligations:

 

(i)                                      The amount of the Guaranteed Obligations may be reduced only by the price for which that collateral is sold at the foreclosure sale, even if the collateral is worth more than the sale price.

 

(ii)                                   The Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, may collect from any Guarantor even if the Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, by foreclosing on the real property pledged as collateral, has destroyed any right that the any Guarantor may have to collect from the Borrower.

 

5

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

This is an unconditional and irrevocable waiver of any rights and defenses each Guarantor may have because the Guaranteed Obligations are secured by real property to the fullest extent not explicitly prohibited by applicable law. These rights and defenses include, but are not limited to, any rights or defenses based upon Section 580a, 580b, 580d, or 726 of the California Code of Civil Procedure.

 

WITHOUT LIMITING THE GENERALITY OF ANY OTHER WAIVER OR OTHER PROVISION SET FORTH IN THIS GUARANTY, EACH GUARANTOR HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT SUCH WAIVER IS PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY AND ALL BENEFITS, DEFENSES TO PAYMENT OR PERFORMANCE, OR ANY RIGHT TO PARTIAL OR COMPLETE EXONERATION ARISING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY UNDER ANY ONE OR MORE OF CALIFORNIA CIVIL CODE SECTIONS 2799, 2808, 2809, 2810, 2815, 2819, 2820, 2821, 2822, 2838, 2839, 2845, 2847, 2848, 2849, AND 2850.

 

Each of the Guarantors acknowledges and agrees that this is a knowing and informed waiver of the undersigned’s rights as discussed above and that the Agent and the Lenders are relying on this waiver in extending credit to the Borrower.

 

5.                                       Waiver of Subrogation .  Each Guarantor hereby waives any claim for reimbursement, contribution, exoneration, indemnity or subrogation, or any other similar claim, which such Guarantor may have or obtain against the Borrower, by reason of the existence of this Guaranty, or by reason of the payment by such Guarantor of any of the Guaranteed Obligations or the performance of this Guaranty, the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, until the Guaranteed Obligations have been repaid and discharged in full, no Letters of Credit shall remain outstanding and all commitments to extend credit under the Credit Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents (whether optional or obligatory) have been terminated.  Any amounts paid to such Guarantor on account of any such claim at any time when the obligations of such Guarantor under this Guaranty shall not have been fully and finally paid shall be held by such Guarantor in trust for Agent and the Lenders, segregated from other funds of such Guarantor, and forthwith upon receipt by such Guarantor shall be turned over to Agent in the exact form received by such Guarantor (duly endorsed to Agent by such Guarantor, if required), to be applied to such Guarantor’s obligations under this Guaranty, whether matured or unmatured, in such order and manner as Agent may determine.

 

Each of the Guarantors acknowledges and agrees that this is a knowing and informed waiver of the undersigned’s rights as discussed above and that the Agent and the Lenders are relying on this waiver in extending credit to the Borrower.

 

6.                                       Other Transactions .  The Agent and each of the Lenders may deal with the Borrowers and any security held by them for the obligations of the Borrower in the same manner and as freely as if this Guaranty did not exist and the Agent shall be entitled, on behalf of the Lenders, without notice to any of the Guarantors, among other things, to grant to the Borrower such extension or extensions of time to perform any act or acts as may seem advisable to the Agent (on behalf of the Lenders) at any time and from time to time, and to permit the Borrower to incur additional indebtedness to the Agent, the Lenders, or any of them, without terminating, affecting or impairing the validity or enforceability of this Guaranty or the obligations of the Guarantors hereunder.

 

6

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

7.                                       Remedies; Right to Offset .  The Agent may proceed, either in its own name (on behalf of the Lenders) or in the name of each or any of the Guarantors, or otherwise, to protect and enforce any or all of its rights under this Guaranty by suit in equity, action at law or by other appropriate proceedings, or to take any action authorized or permitted under applicable law, and shall be entitled to require and enforce the performance of all acts and things required to be performed hereunder by the Guarantors.  Each and every remedy of the Agent and of the Lenders shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and shall be in addition to any other remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity.

 

At the option of the Agent, any or all of the Guarantors may be joined in any action or proceeding commenced by the Agent against the Borrower or any of the other parties providing Collateral for any of the Guaranteed Obligations, and recovery may be had against any or all of the Guarantors in such action or proceeding or in any independent action or proceeding against any of them, without any requirement that the Agent or the Lenders first assert, prosecute or exhaust any remedy or claim against the Borrower and/or any of the other parties providing Collateral for any of the Guaranteed Obligations.

 

Each of the Guarantors acknowledges the rights of the Agent and of each of the Lenders, subject to the applicable terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement, to offset against the Guaranteed Obligations of any Guarantor to the Lenders under this Guaranty, any amount owing by the Agent or the Lenders, or either or any of them to such Guarantors, whether represented by any deposit of such Guarantors (or any of them) with the Agent or any of the Lenders or otherwise.

 

8.                                       Borrowers’ Financial Condition .  Each Guarantor delivers this Guaranty based solely on its own independent investigation of (or decision not to investigate) the financial condition of the Borrower and is not relying on any information furnished by Agent or the Lenders.  Each Guarantor assumes full responsibility to keep itself informed concerning the financial condition of the Borrower and all other circumstances bearing upon the risk of nonpayment of the Guaranteed Obligation, the status of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other matter which such Guarantor may deem necessary or appropriate, now or later.

 

9.                                       Representations and Warranties; Covenants .  Each Guarantor (a) ratifies, confirms and, by reference thereto (as fully as though such matters were expressly set forth herein), represents and warrants with respect to itself those matters set forth in Article 6 of the Credit Agreement to the extent applicable to such Guarantor and those matters set forth in the recitals hereto; and (b) agrees to comply with the covenants set forth in Article 7 and Article 8 of the Credit Agreement to the extent applicable to such Guarantor, and (ii) not to otherwise engage in any action or inaction, the result of which would cause a violation of any term or condition of the Credit Agreement.

 

10.                                Governing Law; Severability .  This Guaranty shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California. If any term or provision of this Guaranty or the application thereof to any circumstance shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Guaranty, or the application of such term or provision to circumstances other than those as to which it is held invalid or unenforceable, shall not be

 

7

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

affected thereby, and each term and provision of this Guaranty shall be valid and enforceable to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

11.                                Notices .  All notices, requests, consents, approvals, waivers and other communications hereunder shall be in writing (including, by facsimile transmission) and mailed, faxed or delivered to the address or facsimile number specified for notices on the signature pages to the Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated as of December 31, 2013, by and among the Borrowers, the Guarantors and the Agent (if any Guarantor is not a party to the Security Agreement, such Guarantor shall specify its address and facsimile number for notices on its signature page to this Guaranty); or, as directed to the Guarantors or the Agent, to such other address or number as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to the other. All such notices, requests and communications shall, when sent by overnight delivery, or faxed, be effective when delivered for overnight (next business day) delivery, or transmitted in legible form by facsimile machine (with electronic confirmation of receipt), respectively, or if mailed, upon the third Business Day after the date deposited into the U.S. mail, or if otherwise delivered.

 

12.                                Amendments; Future Subsidiaries .  The terms of this Guaranty may not be altered, modified, amended, supplemented or terminated in any manner whatsoever unless the same shall be in writing and signed by or on behalf of the requisite Lenders as determined pursuant to the Credit Agreement.  Any Person at any time required to become a Guarantor pursuant to Section 7.13 of the Credit Agreement or otherwise shall become obligated as Guarantors hereunder (each as fully as though an original signatory hereto) by executing and delivering to the Agent and the Lenders that certain joinder agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit A .

 

13.                                No Waiver . No waiver or release shall be deemed to have been made by the Agent or any of the Lenders of any of their respective rights hereunder unless the same shall be in writing and signed by or on behalf of the requisite Lenders as determined pursuant to the Credit Agreement, and any such waiver shall be a waiver or release only with respect to the specific matter and Guarantor or Guarantors involved, and shall in no way impair the rights of the Agent or any of the Lenders or the obligations of the Guarantors under this Guaranty in any other respect at any other time.

 

14.                                Joint and Several Obligation, etc .  The obligation of each of the Guarantors under this Guaranty shall be several and also joint, each with all and also each with any one or more of the others, and may be enforced against each severally, any two or more jointly, or some severally and some jointly. Any one or more of the Guarantors may be released from its obligations hereunder with or without consideration for such release and the obligations of the other Guarantors hereunder shall be in no way affected thereby. The Agent, on behalf of Lenders, may fail or elect not to prove a claim against any bankrupt or insolvent Guarantor and thereafter, the Agent and the Lenders may, without notice to any Guarantors, extend or renew any part or all of the obligations of the Borrower under the Credit Agreement or otherwise, and may permit any such Person to incur additional indebtedness, without affecting in any manner the unconditional obligation of each of the Guarantors hereunder. Such action shall not affect any right of contribution among the Guarantors.

 

8

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


 

15.                                Release; Reinstatement .  Upon the final payment and discharge in full of all Guaranteed Obligations (other than inchoate claims) and the termination of any and all commitments of Agent, Issuing Lender, Swing Line Lender and the Lenders to extend credit (whether optional or obligatory) under the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, the Agent shall deliver to such Guarantors, upon written request therefor, (a) a written release of this Guaranty and (b) appropriate discharges of any Collateral provided by the Guarantors for this Guaranty; provided however that, the effectiveness of this Guaranty shall continue or be reinstated, as the case may be, in the event: (x) that any payment received or credit given by the Agent or the Lenders, or any of them, is returned, disgorged, rescinded or required to be recontributed to any party as an avoidable preference, impermissible setoff, fraudulent conveyance, restoration of capital or otherwise under any applicable state, federal, or local law of any jurisdiction, including laws pertaining to bankruptcy or insolvency, and this Guaranty shall thereafter be enforceable against the Guarantors as if such returned, disgorged, recontributed or rescinded payment or credit has not been received or given by the Agent or the Lenders, and whether or not the Agent or any Lender relied upon such payment or credit or changed its position as a consequence thereof or (y) that any liability is imposed, or sought to be imposed against the Agent or the Lenders, or any of them, relating to the environmental condition of any of property mortgaged or pledged to the Agent on behalf of the Lenders by any Guarantor, Borrower or other party as collateral (in whole or part) for any indebtedness or obligation evidenced or secured by this Guaranty, whether such condition is known or unknown, now exists or subsequently arises (excluding only conditions which arise after acquisition by the Agent or any Lender of any such property, in lieu of foreclosure or otherwise, due to the wrongful act or omission of the Agent or such Lenders, or any person other than the Borrower, the Subsidiaries, or Affiliates of the Borrower or the Subsidiaries), and this Guaranty shall thereafter be enforceable against the Guarantors to the extent of all such liabilities, reasonable and out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable and invoiced attorneys’ fees) incurred by the Agent or Lenders as the direct or indirect result of any such environmental condition but only for which the Borrower is obligated to the Agent and the Lenders pursuant to the Credit Agreement. For purposes of this Guaranty “environmental condition” includes, without limitation, conditions existing with respect to the surface or ground water, drinking water supply, land surface or subsurface strata and the ambient air.

 

16.                                Consent to Jurisdiction .  Each of the Guarantors hereby irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any United States federal or California state court sitting in the County of Los Angeles, California in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Guaranty or any of the other Loan Documents and Guarantors hereby irrevocably agree that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such United States federal or California state court. Each of the Guarantors irrevocably consents to the service of any and all process in any such action or proceeding brought in any court in or of the State of California (and to the receipt of any and all notices hereunder) by the delivery of copies of such process to Guarantors at their respective addresses identified in Section 11 hereof in the manner set forth therein.

 

17.                                Headings .  The headings, captions, and arrangements used in this Guaranty are for convenience only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Guaranty.

 

9

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

18.                                Counterparts .  This Guaranty may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

19.                                JURY TRIAL WAIVER .  EACH GUARANTOR AND THE AGENT ACKNOWLEDGE THAT THE RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IS A CONSTITUTIONAL ONE, BUT THAT IT MAY BE WAIVED UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES. TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, EACH GUARANTOR AND THE AGENT, AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF THEIR CHOICE, KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THEIR MUTUAL BENEFIT, WAIVES ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION REGARDING THE PERFORMANCE OR ENFORCEMENT OF, OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO, THIS GUARANTY, THE GUARANTEED OBLIGATIONS, THE NOTES AND ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT.

 

(a)                                  In the event that the jury trial waiver contained in this Section 19 is not enforceable, the parties elect to proceed as follows:

 

(b)                                  With the exception of the items specified in clause (c), below, any controversy, dispute or claim (each, a “Claim”) between the parties arising out of or relating to this Guaranty, the Notes or the other Loan Documents will be resolved by a reference proceeding in California in accordance with the provisions of Sections 638 et seq. of the California Code of Civil Procedure (“CCP”), or their successor sections, which shall constitute the exclusive remedy for the resolution of any Claim, including whether the Claim is subject to the reference proceeding.  Except as otherwise provided in this Guaranty, the Notes or the other Loan Documents venue for the reference proceeding will be in the state or federal court in the county or district the real property involved in the action, if any, is located or in the state or federal court in the county or district where venue is otherwise appropriate under applicable law (the “Court”).

 

(c)                                   The matters that shall not be subject to a reference are the following: (i) foreclosure of any security interests in real or personal property, (ii) exercise of self-help remedies (including, without limitation, set-off), (iii) appointment of a receiver and (iv) temporary, provisional or ancillary remedies (including, without limitation, writs of attachment, writs of possession, temporary restraining orders or preliminary injunctions). This Section does not limit the right of any party to exercise or oppose any of the rights and remedies described in clauses (i) and (ii) or to seek or oppose from a court of competent jurisdiction any of the items described in clauses (iii) and (iv).  The exercise of, or opposition to, any of those items does not waive the right of any party to a reference pursuant to this Section.

 

(d)                                  The referee shall be a retired judge or justice selected by mutual written Guaranty of the parties.  If the parties do not agree within ten (10) days of a written request to do so by any party, then, upon request of any party, the referee shall be selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative).  A request for appointment of a referee may be heard on an ex parte or expedited basis, and the

 

10

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

parties agree that irreparable harm would result if ex parte relief is not granted.  Pursuant to CCP § 170.6, each party shall have one peremptory challenge to the referee selected by the Presiding Judge of the Court (or his or her representative).

 

(e)                                   The parties agree that time is of the essence in conducting the reference proceedings.  Accordingly, the referee shall be requested, subject to change in the time periods specified herein for good cause shown, to (a) set the matter for a status and trial-setting conference within fifteen (15) days after the date of selection of the referee, (b) if practicable, try all issues of law or fact within one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the conference and (c) report a statement of decision within twenty (20) days after the matter has been submitted for decision.

 

(f)                                    The referee will have power to expand or limit the amount and duration of discovery.  The referee may set or extend discovery deadlines or cutoffs for good cause, including a party’s failure to provide requested discovery for any reason whatsoever.  Unless otherwise ordered based upon good cause shown, no party shall be entitled to “priority” in conducting discovery, depositions may be taken by either party upon seven (7) days written notice, and all other discovery shall be responded to within fifteen (15) days after service.  All disputes relating to discovery which cannot be resolved by the parties shall be submitted to the referee whose decision shall be final and binding.

 

(g)                                   Except as expressly set forth in this Section, the referee shall determine the manner in which the reference proceeding is conducted including the time and place of hearings, the order of presentation of evidence, and all other questions that arise with respect to the course of the reference proceeding. All proceedings and hearings conducted before the referee, except for trial, shall be conducted without a court reporter, except that when any party so requests, a court reporter will be used at any hearing conducted before the referee, and the referee will be provided a courtesy copy of the transcript. The party making such a request shall have the obligation to arrange for and pay the court reporter. Subject to the referee’s power to award costs to the prevailing party, the parties will equally share the cost of the referee and the court reporter at trial.

 

(h)                                  The referee shall be required to determine all issues in accordance with existing case law and the statutory laws of the State of California.  The rules of evidence applicable to proceedings at law in the State of California will be applicable to the reference proceeding.  The referee shall be empowered to enter equitable as well as legal relief, enter equitable orders that will be binding on the parties and rule on any motion which would be authorized in a court proceeding, including without limitation motions for summary judgment or summary adjudication.  The referee shall issue a decision at the close of the reference proceeding which disposes of all claims of the parties that are the subject of the reference.  Pursuant to CCP § 644, such decision shall be entered by the Court as a judgment or an order in the same manner as if the action had been tried by the Court and any such decision

 

11

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

will be final, binding and conclusive.  The parties reserve the right to appeal from the final judgment or order or from any appealable decision or order entered by the referee.  The parties reserve the right to findings of fact, conclusions of laws, a written statement of decision, and the right to move for a new trial or a different judgment, which new trial, if granted, is also to be a reference proceeding under this provision.

 

(i)                                      If the enabling legislation which provides for appointment of a referee is repealed (and no successor statute is enacted), any dispute between the parties that would otherwise be determined by reference procedure will be resolved and determined by arbitration. The arbitration will be conducted by a retired judge or Justice, in accordance with the California Arbitration Act § 1280 through § 1294.2 of the CCP as amended from time to time. The limitations with respect to discovery set forth above shall apply to any such arbitration proceeding.

 

THE PARTIES RECOGNIZE AND AGREE THAT ALL CONTROVERSIES, DISPUTES AND CLAIMS RESOLVED UNDER THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL BE DECIDED BY A REFEREE AND NOT BY A JURY. AFTER CONSULTING (OR HAVING HAD THE OPPORTUNITY TO CONSULT) WITH COUNSEL OF ITS, HIS OR HER OWN CHOICE, EACH PARTY KNOWINGLY AND VOLUNTARILY, AND FOR THE MUTUAL BENEFIT OF ALL PARTIES, AGREES THAT THIS REFERENCE PROVISION WILL APPLY TO ANY CONTROVERSY, DISPUTE OR CLAIM BETWEEN OR AMONG THEM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATED TO THIS GUARANTY, THE NOTES OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS.

 

Limitation under Applicable Insolvency Laws .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, it is the intention of the Guarantors, the Agent and the Lenders that the amount of the respective Guarantor’s obligations hereunder shall be in, but not in excess of, the maximum amount thereof not subject to avoidance or recovery by operation of applicable law governing bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, adjustment of debts, relief of debtors, dissolution, insolvency, fraudulent transfers or conveyances or other similar laws (collectively, “ Applicable Insolvency Laws ”).  To that end, but only in the event and to the extent that the Guarantor’s respective obligations hereunder or any payment made pursuant thereto would, but for the operation of the foregoing proviso, be subject to avoidance or recovery under Applicable Insolvency Laws, the amount of the Guarantor’s respective obligations hereunder shall be limited to the largest amount which, after giving effect thereto, would not, under Applicable Insolvency Laws, render the Guarantor’s respective obligations hereunder unenforceable or avoidable or subject to recovery under Applicable Insolvency Laws.  To the extent any payment actually made hereunder exceeds the limitation contained in this Section 20 , then the amount of such excess shall, from and after the time of payment by the Guarantors (or any of them), be reimbursed by the Lenders upon demand by such Guarantors.  The foregoing proviso is intended solely to preserve the rights of the Agent and the Lenders hereunder against the Guarantors to the maximum extent permitted by Applicable Insolvency Laws and neither the Borrower, nor any Guarantor nor any other Person shall have any right or claim under this Section 20 that would not otherwise be available under Applicable Insolvency Laws.

 

12

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

20.                                Amendment and Restatement of Existing Guaranty .  This Guaranty amends and restates the Existing Guaranty in its entirety.

 

[SIGNATURES FOLLOW ON SUCCEEDING PAGES]

 

13

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , each of the undersigned Guarantors have executed this Guaranty as of the date first above written.

 

 

 

GUARANTORS:

 

 

 

2TOR HK, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

14

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

EXHIBIT A

 

JOINDER AGREEMENT

(Guaranty)

 

THIS JOINDER AGREEMENT (the “ Joinder Agreement ”) is dated as of                                ,          by                                                               (“ New Guarantor ”).

 

WHEREAS , pursuant to Section 7.13 of that certain Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated as of December 31, 2013 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Credit Agreement ”) by and among 2U, Inc. (“ Borrower ”), the financial institutions signatory thereto from time to time (the “ Lenders ”) and Comerica Bank, as Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “ Agent ”), the Lenders have agreed to extend credit to the Borrower on the terms set forth in the Credit Agreement and pursuant to Section 12 of that certain Amended and Restated Guaranty dated as of December 31, 2013 (as amended or otherwise modified from time to time, the “ Guaranty ”) executed and delivered by the Guarantors named therein (“ Guarantors ”) in favor of Agent, for and on behalf of the Lenders, the New Guarantor must execute and deliver a Joinder Agreement in accordance with the Credit Agreement and the Guaranty.

 

NOW THEREFORE , as a further inducement to each of the Lenders to continue to provide credit accommodations to the Borrower, New Guarantor hereby covenants and agrees as follows:

 

A.                                     All capitalized terms used herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Credit Agreement unless expressly defined to the contrary.

 

B.                                  New Guarantor hereby enters into this Joinder Agreement in order to comply with Section 7.13 of the Credit Agreement and Section 12 of the Guaranty and does so in consideration of the extension of the Indebtedness, from which New Guarantor shall derive direct and indirect benefit as with the other Guarantors (all as set forth and on the same basis as in the Guaranty).

 

C.                                  New Guarantor shall be considered, and deemed to be, for all purposes of the Credit Agreement, the Guaranty and the other Loan Documents, a Guarantor under the Guaranty and hereby ratifies and confirms its obligations under the Guaranty, all in accordance with the terms thereof.

 

D.                                  No Default or Event of Default (each term being defined in the Credit Agreement) has occurred and is continuing under the Credit Agreement.

 

E.                                      This Joinder Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California and shall be binding upon New Guarantor and its successors and assigns.

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the undersigned New Guarantor has executed and delivered this Joinder Agreement as of                                 ,           .

 

 

[NEW GUARANTOR]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

2

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


 

EXHIBIT J

 

FORM OF COVENANT COMPLIANCE REPORT

 

TO:         Comerica Bank, as Agent

 

RE:                            Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement made as of the 31st day of December, 2013 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among the financial institutions from time to time signatory thereto (individually a “Lender,” and any and all such financial institutions collectively the “Lenders”), Comerica Bank, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Agent”), and 2U, Inc. (“Borrower”).

 

This Covenant Compliance Report (“Report”) is furnished pursuant to Section 7.2(a) of the Credit Agreement and sets forth various information as of                , 20     (the “Computation Date”).

 

REPORTING COVENANTS

 

REQUIRED

 

COMPLIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Company Prepared Monthly F/S

 

Monthly, within 30 days (45 days for last month of each fiscal quarter and each month after an IPO)

 

YES

 

NO

CPA Audited, Unqualified F/S

 

Annually, within 150 days of FYE (90 days after an IPO)

 

YES

 

NO

Borrowing Base Certificate

 

Monthly, within 20 days after the 10 th  of each month

 

YES

 

NO

A/R & A/P Agings

 

Monthly, within 30 days

 

YES

 

NO

Student bad debt payable liability report

 

Quarterly, within 30 days

 

YES

 

NO

Annual Projections

 

Annually, within 30 days of FYE

 

YES

 

NO

Intellectual Property Report

 

Quarterly, within 30 days

 

YES

 

NO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total amount of Borrower’s cash and investments

 

Amount: $                            

 

YES

 

NO

Total amount of Borrower’s cash and investments maintained with Agent

 

Amount: $                            

 

YES

 

NO

 

 

 

DESCRIPTION

 

APPLICABLE

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cross default with other agreements >$200,000 (Section 9.1(f))

 

Notify promptly upon notice                            

 

YES

 

NO

Judgments/Settlements > $200,000 (Section 9.1(j))

 

Notify promptly upon notice                            

 

YES

 

NO

 

FINANCIAL COVENANTS

 

REQUIRED

 

ACTUAL

 

COMPLIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

TO BE TESTED MONTHLY, UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Minimum Revenue (tested quarterly)

 

See Section 7.9(a)

 

$

                            

 

YES

 

NO

 

Minimum Adjusted Quick Ratio

 

1.10:1.00

 

          :1.00

 

YES

 

NO

 

Core Program Profitability

 

$

 

 

$

                            

 

YES

 

NO

 

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

FINANCIAL COVENANTS

 

REQUIRED

 

ACTUAL

 

COMPLIES

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Permitted Debt for financed fixed or capital assets (Section 8.1(c))

 

<$                

 

$

                            

 

YES

 

NO

 

Permitted unsecured Debt (Section 8.1(h))

 

<$                

 

$

                            

 

YES

 

NO

 

Permitted Liens re financed fixed or capital assets (Section 8.2(b))

 

<$                

 

$

                            

 

YES

 

NO

 

Permitted Asset Sales (Section 8.4(f))

 

<$                

 

$

                            

 

YES

 

NO

 

Permitted stock repurchases (Section 8.5(b))

 

<$200,000

 

$

                            

 

YES

 

NO

 

Permitted Capital Expenditures (Section 8.6)

 

<$                

 

$

                            

 

YES

 

NO

 

Permitted Investments of Subsidiaries into Subs/Borrower or Borrower into Subs (Section 8.7(d))

 

<$200,000/<$2,000,000 re Borrower in 2Tor HK LLC

 

$

                            

 

YES

 

NO

 

Permitted joint ventures/strategic alliances (Section 8.7(e))

 

<$200,000

 

$

                            

 

YES

 

NO

 

Permitted loans/advances to employees/officers/directors (Section 8.7(g))

 

<$200,000

 

$

                            

 

YES

 

NO

 

Permitted Investments constituting deposits re the purchase of goods/services (Section 8.7(h))

 

<$                

 

$

                            

 

YES

 

NO

 

Permitted other Investments (Section 8.7(i))

 

<$                

 

$

                            

 

YES

 

NO

 

 

Please Enter Below Comments Regarding Violations:

 

2

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

The Borrower’s Representative hereby certifies that:

 

A.            To the best of my knowledge, all of the information set forth in this Report (and in any Schedule attached hereto) is true and correct in all material respects.

 

B.            To the best of my knowledge, the representation and warranties of the Credit Parties contained in the Credit Agreement and in the Loan Documents are true and correct in all material respects with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made on and at the date hereof, except to the extent that such representations and warranties expressly relate to an earlier specific date, in which case such representations and warranties were true and correct in all material respects as of the date when made.

 

C.            I have reviewed the Credit Agreement and this Report is based on an examination sufficient to assure that this Report is accurate.

 

D.            To the best of my knowledge, except as stated in Schedule 5 hereto (which shall describe any existing Default or Event of Default and the notice and period of existence thereof and any action taken with respect thereto or contemplated to be taken by Borrower or any other Credit Party), no Default or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing on the date of this Report.

 

Capitalized terms used in this Report and in the Schedules hereto, unless specifically defined to the contrary, have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Borrower have caused this Report to be executed and delivered by the Borrower Representative this        day of                   ,     .

 

 

2U, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

3

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 


 

EXHIBIT K

 

FORM OF SWING LINE PARTICIPATION CERTIFICATE

 

                                    ,          

 

[ Name of Lender ]

 

                                                  

 

                                                  

 

Re:                              Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement made as of the 31st day of December, 2013 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among the financial institutions from time to time signatory thereto (individually a “Lender,” and any and all such financial institutions collectively the “Lenders”), Comerica Bank, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Agent”), and 2U, Inc. (“Borrower”).

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

Pursuant to subsection 2.5(e) of the Credit Agreement, the undersigned hereby acknowledges receipt from you of $                                       as payment for a participating interest in the following Swing Line Loan:

 

Date of Swing Line Loan:                                                                

 

Principal Amount of Swing Line Loan:                                              

 

The participation evidenced by this certificate shall be subject to the terms and conditions of the Credit Agreement including without limitation Section 2.5(e) thereof.

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

Comerica Bank , as Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

EXHIBIT L

 

FORM OF NEW LENDER ADDENDUM

 

THIS NEW LENDER ADDENDUM, dated                             ,         , to the Amended and Restated Revolving Credit Agreement dated December 31, 2013 (as amended, restated or otherwise modified from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”), by and among the financial institutions from time to time signatory thereto (each, individually a “Lender,” and any and all such financial institutions, collectively, the “Lenders”), Comerica Bank, as Administrative Agent for the Lenders (in such capacity, the “Agent”), and 2U, Inc. (“Borrower”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, a financial institution, although not originally a party thereto, may become a party to the Credit Agreement pursuant to the terms set forth in Section 2.13 of the Credit Agreement by executing and delivering to the Agent this New Lender Addendum; and

 

WHEREAS, the undersigned New Lender was not an original party to the Credit Agreement but now desires to become a party thereto;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the New Lender hereby agrees as follows:

 

2.                                       The New Lender hereby confirms that it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement and the exhibits and schedules referred to therein, and all other Loan Documents which it considers necessary, together with copies of the other documents which were required to be delivered under the Credit Agreement as a condition to the making of the loans thereunder.  The New Lender acknowledges and agrees that it: (a) has made and will continue to make such inquiries and has taken and will take such care on its own behalf as would have been the case had its commitment been granted and its loans been made directly by such New Lender to the Borrower without the intervention of the Agent or any other Lender; and (b) has made and will continue to make, independently and without reliance upon the Agent or any other Lender, and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, its own credit analysis and decisions relating to the Credit Agreement.  The New Lender further acknowledges and agrees that the Agent has not made any representations or warranties about the creditworthiness of the Borrower or any other party to the Credit Agreement or any other of the Loan Documents, or with respect to the legality, validity, sufficiency or enforceability of the Credit Agreement, or any other of the Loan Documents.

 

3.                                       New Lender represents and warrants that it is a Person to which assignments are permitted pursuant to Section 13.8 of the Credit Agreement.

 

4.                                       Except as otherwise provided in the Credit Agreement, effective as of the Addendum Effective Date (as defined below):

 

(a)                                  the New Lender (i) shall be deemed automatically to have become a party to the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and to have all the rights and

 

2

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

obligations of a Lender as a party to the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents, as if it were an original signatory thereto; and (ii) agrees to be bound by the terms, provisions and conditions set forth in the Credit Agreement and the other Loan Documents as if it were an original signatory thereto; and

 

(b)                                  the New Lender shall be a Lender and its Revolving Credit Percentage (and its risk participation in Letters of Credit and Swing Line Advances) shall be as set forth in the attached revised Annex 1 (Schedule of Commitments and Revolving Credit Percentages); provided any fees paid prior to the Addendum Effective Date, including any Letter of Credit Fees, shall not be recalculated, redistributed or reallocated by Borrower, Agent or the Lenders.

 

5.                                       As used herein, the term “Addendum Effective Date” means the date on which all of the following have occurred or have been completed, as reasonably determined by the Agent:

 

(a)                                  the Borrower shall have paid to the Agent all interest, fees (including the Revolving Credit Facility Fee) and other amounts, if any, accrued to the Addendum Effective Date for which reimbursement is then due and owing under the Credit Agreement;

 

(b)                                  New Lender shall have remitted to the Agent finds in an amount equal to its Revolving Credit  Percentage of all outstanding Revolving Credit Advances outstanding on the Addendum Effective Date; and

 

(c)                                   the Borrower shall have executed and delivered to the Agent for the New Lender, new Revolving Credit Notes payable to such New Lender in the face amount of such New Lender’s Revolving Credit Percentage (after giving effect to this New Lender Addendum, and any other New Lender Addendum executed concurrently herewith).

 

6.                                       The Agent shall notify the New Lender, along with Borrower, of the Addendum Effective Date. The New Lender shall deliver herewith to the Agent administrative details with respect to the funding and distribution of Loans (and, as applicable, Letters of Credit) as requested by Agent.

 

7.                                       Terms defined in the Credit Agreement and not otherwise defined herein shall have their defined meanings when used herein.

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has caused this New Lender Addendum to be executed and delivered by a duly authorized officer on the date first above written.

 

[NEW LENDER]

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Accepted this            day of

                                     ,         .

 

 

2U, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Its:

 

 

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

Accepted this            day of

                                     ,         .

 

 

COMERICA BANK, as Agent

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 



 

ANNEX I

 

Commitments and Revolving Credit Percentages

 

New Lender

 

Revolving Credit
Commitment Amount

 

Revolving Credit
Percentage

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Totals

 

100

%

 

 

 

1

 

Confidential and Proprietary

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT. THE COPY FILED HEREWITH OMITS THE INFORMATION SUBJECT TO A CONFIDENTIALITY REQUEST. OMISSIONS ARE DESIGNATED [***]. A COMPLETE VERSION OF THIS EXHIBIT HAS BEEN FILED SEPARATELY WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.

 




Exhibit 10.5

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Corporation:

2tor, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Number of Shares:

12,797

Class of Stock:

Series D Preferred

Warrant Price:

$7.8146 per share

Issue Date:

April 5, 2012

Expiration Date:

April 5, 2022 (Subject to Section 4.1)

 

THIS WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK (THIS “WARRANT”) CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, COMERICA BANK, a Texas banking association, or its assignee (“Holder”), is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “Shares”) of 2tor, Inc. (the “Company”) at the Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to the terms of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

 

ARTICLE 1
EXERCISE

 

1.1                                Method of Exercise . Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix I to the principal office of the Company (or such other appropriate location as Holder is so instructed by the Company), Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company) or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

 

1.2                                [ Intentionally Omitted .]

 

1.3                                Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant . Within 30 days after Holder exercises this Warrant and the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

 

1.4                                Replacement of Warrants . In the case of loss, theft or destruction of this Warrant, upon delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at its expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

 

1.5                                Acquisition of the Company .

 

1.5.1                      Acquisition .” For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means (a) any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets (including intellectual property) of the Company, or (b) any reorganization, consolidation, merger, sale of the voting securities of the

 

1



 

Company or other transaction or series of related transactions where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction or series of related transactions beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction or series of related transactions.

 

1.5.2                      Treatment of Warrant in the Event of an Acquisition . The Company shall give Holder written notice at least 20 days prior to the closing of any proposed Acquisition. The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause (i) the acquirer of the Company, (ii) successor or surviving entity or (iii) parent entity in an Acquisition (the “Acquirer”) to assume this Warrant as a part of the Acquisition.

 

(a)                                  If the Acquirer assumes this Warrant, then this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing. The Warrant Price shall be adjusted accordingly, and the Warrant Price and number and class of Shares shall continue to be subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof.

 

(b)                                  If the Acquirer refuses to assume this Warrant in connection with the Acquisition, the Company shall give Holder an additional written notice at least ten (10) days prior to the closing of the Acquisition of such fact. In such event, notwithstanding any other provision of this Warrant to the contrary, Holder may immediately exercise this Warrant in the manner specified in this Warrant with such exercise effective immediately prior to closing of the Acquisition. If Holder elects not to exercise this Warrant, then this Warrant will terminate immediately prior to the closing of the Acquisition. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Warrant to the contrary if the Acquirer refuses to assume this Warrant in connection with such Acquisition, other than in connection with an Excluded Acquisition (as defined below), then effective as of the date that is ten (10) days prior to the closing of such Acquisition, the Holder shall have the option to put this Warrant to the Company for a per Share amount equal to the difference between the Acquisition consideration payable for one Share and the Warrant Price. As used herein, an “Excluded Acquisition” means, an Acquisition where the consideration that the holders of the Shares are entitled to receive on account of the Shares consists entirely of cash and/or shares of common stock that are publicly traded on a national exchange and where the shares, if any, receivable by the Holder of this Warrant were the Holder to exercise this Warrant in full immediately prior to the closing of such Acquisition may be publicly re-sold by the Holder in their entirety within the three (3) months following such closing pursuant to Rule 144 or an effective registration statement under the Act.

 

ARTICLE 2
ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES

 

2.1                                Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc . If the Company declares or pays a dividend on its common stock payable in common stock, or other securities, or subdivides the outstanding common stock into a greater amount of common stock, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or subdivision occurred.

 

2.2                                Reclassification, Exchange or Substitution .  Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event. Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the

 

2



 

outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s common stock. The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder a new warrant for such new securities or other property. The new warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall he as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price, the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new warrant and expiration date. The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

 

2.3                                Adjustments for Combinations, Etc . If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification, reverse split or otherwise, into a lesser Number of Shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased. If the outstanding Shares are split or multiplied, by reclassification or otherwise, into a greater Number of Shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased.

 

2.4                                Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . In the event of the issuance (a “Diluting Issuance”) by the Company, after the Issue Date of this Warrant, of securities at a price per share less than the Warrant Price, then the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be adjusted in accordance with those provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A , which apply to Diluting Issuances as if the Shares were outstanding on the date of such Diluting Issuance. The provisions set forth for the Shares in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived, without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to the Holder Under no circumstances shall the aggregate Warrant Price payable by the Holder upon exercise of this Warrant increase as a result of any adjustment arising from a Diluting Issuance.

 

2.5                                No Impairment . The Company shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article 2 against impairment unless such amendment or other action impairs the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment or other action impairs the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to the Holder.

 

2.6                                Certificate as to Adjustments . Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate signed by its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based. The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

 

2.7                                Fractional Shares . No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the Number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share. If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise of this Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share interest by paying Holder an amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors, of a full Share.

 

3



 

ARTICLE 3
REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

 

3.1                                Representations and Warranties . The Company hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

 

3.1.1                      The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the fair market value of the Shares as of the date of this Warrant.

 

3.1.2                      All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

3.1.3                      The Company’s capitalization table delivered to Holder as of the Issue Date is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

 

3.2                                Notice of Certain Events . If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon its stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class or series of its stock any additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of stock; or (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder (1) at least 20 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; and (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 20 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of stock will be entitled to exchange their stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event). Upon request, the Company shall provide Holder with such information reasonably necessary for Holder to evaluate its rights as a holder of this Warrant or Warrant Shares in the case of matters referred to (a), (b), (c) and (d) herein above.

 

3.3                                Information Rights . So long as the Holder holds this Warrant and/or any of the Shares, the Company shall deliver to the Holder (a) promptly after mailing, copies of all communications, information and/or communiqués to the shareholders of the Company, (b) within one hundred and fifty (150) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, the annual audited financial statements of the Company certified by independent public accountants of recognized standing and (c) within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year, the Company’s quarterly, unaudited financial statements. In addition, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, so long as the Holder holds this Warrant and/or any of the Shares, the Company shall afford to the Holder the same access to information concerning the Company and its business and financial condition as would be afforded to a holder of the class of Shares under applicable state law and/or any agreement with any holder of the class of Shares.

 

3.4                                Registration Under the Act . The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock, shall be deemed “Registrable Securities” entitled to the same “piggy back” registration rights (but no other registration rights) as are accorded the other holders of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock; provided that as a condition to the

 

4



 

exercise of this Warrant, the Holder shall execute (a) an amendment to the then applicable Investors’ Rights Agreement granting such piggy-back rights (but no other registration rights) and subjecting Holder to the same conditions to the exercise of such piggy-back rights as are imposed on the other holders of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock, and (b) an amendment to the then applicable Voting Agreement agreeing to the same voting and drag-along obligations as are imposed on other holders of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock. The Company agrees that no amendments will be made to the then applicable Investor Rights’ Agreement which would have an adverse impact on Holder’s registration rights hereunder in a manner which does not have a similar adverse impact on the registration rights of the holders of the class of Shares. Holder shall be deemed to be a party to the Investor Rights’ Agreement solely for the purpose of the above-mentioned registration rights.

 

ARTICLE 4
MISCELLANEOUS

 

4.1                                Term; Exercise Upon Expiration . This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date set forth above; provided, however, that if the Company completes its initial public offering within the three-year period immediately prior to the Expiration Date, the Expiration Date shall automatically be extended until the third anniversary of the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering. The Company shall give Holder written notice of Holder’s right to exercise this Warrant not less than 90 days before the Expiration Date. If the notice is not so given, the Expiration Date shall automatically be extended until 90 days after the date the Company delivers such notice to Holder. The Company agrees that Holder may terminate this Warrant, upon notice to the Company, at any time in its sole discretion.

 

4.2                                Legends . The Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THESE SHARES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

4.3                                Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer . This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee. Upon request, the Company shall receive a customary opinion of counsel and representation letter as a condition to any such transfer; provided, that the Company shall not require Comerica Bank (“Bank”) or a Bank Affiliate (as defined herein) to provide an opinion of counsel or investment representation letter if the transfer is to Bank’s parent company, Comerica Incorporated (“Comerica”), or any other affiliate of Bank (“Bank Affiliate”).

 

4.4                                Transfer Procedure . After receipt of the executed Warrant, Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to Comerica Ventures Incorporated, a non-banking subsidiary of Comerica and a Bank Affiliate (“Ventures”). Subject to the provisions of Section 4.3, Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) by giving the Company notice of the portion of this Warrant being transferred setting forth the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and surrendering this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder, if applicable); provided, however, that Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant to its affiliates, including, without

 

5


 

limitation, Ventures, at any time without notice or the delivery of any other instrument to the Company, and such affiliate shall then be entitled to all the rights of Holder under this Warrant and any related agreements, and the Company shall cooperate fully in ensuring that any stock issued upon exercise of this Warrant is issued in the name of the affiliate that exercises this Warrant. The terms and conditions of this Warrant shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and the holders hereof and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

 

4.5                                Notices . All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or sent via a nationally recognized overnight courier service, fee prepaid, or on the first business day after transmission by facsimile, at such address or facsimile number as may have been furnished to the Company or the Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time. Effective upon the receipt of executed Warrant and initial transfer described in Article 4.4 above, all notices to the Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

 

Comerica Ventures Incorporated

Attn: Warrant Administrator

1717 Main Street, 5 th  Floor, MC 6406
Dallas, Texas 75201

Facsimile No. (214) 462-4459

 

All notices to the Company shall be addressed as follows:

 

2tor, Inc.

8201 Corporate Drive, Suite 190
Landover, MD 20785

 

4.6                                Amendments; Waiver . This Warrant and any term hereof may be amended, changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such amendment, change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

 

4.7                                Attorneys’ Fees . In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

4.8                                Governing Law . This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

 

6



 

4.9                                Confidentiality . The Company hereby agrees to keep the terms and conditions of this Warrant confidential. Notwithstanding the foregoing confidentiality obligation, the Company may disclose information relating to this Warrant to its securities holders and prospective securities holders, directors, officers and employees, accountants, attorneys, investment bankers and other representatives and as required by law, rule, regulation, court order or other legal authority.

 

 

2TOR, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Robert Cohen

 

 

 

 

Name:

Robert Cohen

 

 

 

 

Title:

CFO / COO

 

7



 

APPENDIX I

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

1.                                  The undersigned hereby elects to purchase                                               shares of the                    stock of 2tor, Inc. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such shares in full.

 

2.                                  Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

Comerica Ventures Incorporated

Attn: Warrant Administrator

1717 Main Street, 5 th  Floor, MC 6406
Dallas, Texas 75201

Facsimile No. (214) 462-4459

 

3.                                  The undersigned represents it is acquiring the shares solely for its own account and not as a nominee for any other party and not with a view toward the resale or distribution thereof except in compliance with applicable securities laws.

 

COMERICA VENTURES INCORPORATED or

 

Assignee

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

(Name and Title)

 

 

 

 

 

(Date)

 

 



 

Exhibit A

 

Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including all amendments thereto)

 



 

Exhibit B
Registration Rights

 

Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (including all amendments thereto)

 




Exhibit 10.6

 

EXECUTION COPY

 

2TOR, INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED
INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

March 27, 2012

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

REGISTRATION RIGHTS

1

 

 

 

 

1.1

Definitions

1

 

 

 

 

 

1.2

Request for Registration

3

 

 

 

 

 

1.3

Company Registration

5

 

 

 

 

 

1.4

Form S-3 Registration

5

 

 

 

 

 

1.5

Obligations of the Company

6

 

 

 

 

 

1.6

Furnish Information

7

 

 

 

 

 

1.7

Expenses of Registration

8

 

 

 

 

 

1.8

Underwriting Requirements

9

 

 

 

 

 

1.9

Delay of Registration

9

 

 

 

 

 

1.10

Indemnification

9

 

 

 

 

 

1.11

Reports Under the Exchange Act

11

 

 

 

 

 

1.12

Assignment of Registration Rights

12

 

 

 

 

 

1.13

Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights

13

 

 

 

 

 

1.14

Lock-Up Agreement

13

 

 

 

 

 

1.15

Termination of Registration Rights

13

 

 

 

2.

COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

14

 

 

 

 

2.1

Delivery of Financial Statements

14

 

 

 

 

 

2.2

Inspection

15

 

 

 

 

 

2.3

Right of First Offer

15

 

 

 

 

 

2.4

Observer Rights

17

 

 

 

 

 

2.5

Stock Plan

17

 

 

 

 

 

2.6

Rights, Preferences and Privileges of the Preferred Stock

17

 

 

 

 

 

2.7

Termination of Certain Covenants

18

 

 

 

3.

TERMINATION OF AGREEMENT

18

 

 

 

 

3.1

Termination Events

18

 

 

 

 

4.

MISCELLANEOUS

18

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

Entire Agreement

18

 

 

 

 

 

4.2

Successors and Assigns; Third Party Beneficiaries

18

 

 

 

 

 

4.3

Amendments and Waivers

18

 

i



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

(continued)

 

 

 

Page

 

4.4

Notices

19

 

 

 

 

 

4.5

Aggregation of Stock

19

 

 

 

 

 

4.6

Severability

19

 

 

 

 

 

4.7

Governing Law

19

 

 

 

 

 

4.8

Dispute Resolution

20

 

 

 

 

 

4.9

Counterparts

20

 

 

 

 

 

4.10

Titles and Subtitles

20

 

ii



 

2TOR, INC.

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT

 

This Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of March 27, 2012, by and among 2tor, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the holders of Series A Preferred Stock of the Company listed on Schedule 1 hereto (the “ Initial Series A  Investors ”), the holders of Series B Preferred Stock of the Company listed on Schedule 1 hereto (the “ Series B Investors ”), the holders of Series C Preferred Stock of the Company listed on Schedule 1 hereto (the “ Series C Investors ”), the purchasers of Series D Preferred Stock of the Company listed on Schedule 1 hereto (the “ Series D Investors ”), Signal Hill Capital Group LLC and Henry W. Sage (the “ Subsequent Series A Investors ” and together with the Initial Series A Investors, the Series B Investors, the Series C Investors and the Series D Investors, the “ Investors ”), John Katzman individually and as custodian for Lyra Katzman and Daniel Katzman, and the Katzman Family 2008 Dynasty Trust, dated December 31, 2008, amends and restates in its entirety the Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement, dated as of March 4, 2011, by and among the Company and the other parties thereto (the “ Antecedent IR  Agreement ”).

 

RECITALS

 

The Company and the Series D Investors have entered into a Series D Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) dated as of the date hereof, pursuant to which the Company desires to sell to the Series D Investors and the Series D Investors desire to purchase from the Company shares of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock (the “ Series D  Preferred Stock ”). A condition to the Series D Investors’ obligations under the Purchase Agreement is that the Company, the Series D Investors and certain other parties amend the Antecedent IR Agreement in order to provide the Series D Investors (i) certain rights to register shares of the Company’s common stock (the “ Common Stock ”) issuable upon conversion of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock held by the Series D Investors, (ii) certain rights to receive or inspect information pertaining to the Company and (iii) a right of first offer with respect to certain issuances by the Company of its securities. The Company, the Initial Series A Investors, John Katzman individually and as custodian for Lyra Katzman and Daniel Katzman, the Katzman Family 2008 Dynasty Trust, dated December 31, 2008, the Series B Investors, the Series C Investors and the Subsequent Series A Investors desire to induce the Series D Investors to purchase shares of Series D Preferred Stock pursuant to the Purchase Agreement by agreeing to the amended terms and conditions set forth below.

 

AGREEMENT

 

The parties agree as follows:

 

1.                                       Registration Rights.

 

1.1                                Definitions. For purposes of this Section 1:

 



 

(a)                                       The term “ Closing ” means the Closing as defined in the Purchase Agreement.

 

(b)                                       The term “ Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (and any successor thereto) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(c)                                        The term “ Form S-3 ” means such form under the Securities Act as in effect on the date hereof or any successor form under the Securities Act that permits significant incorporation by reference of the Company’s subsequent public filings under the Exchange Act.

 

(d)                                       The term “ Holder ” means any person owning or having the right to acquire Registrable Securities or any assignee thereof in accordance with Section 1.12 of this Agreement.

 

(e)                                        The term “ Katzman Registrable Securities ” means (i) the shares of Common Stock held by John Katzman individually and as custodian for Lyra Katzman and Daniel Katzman, or the Katzman Family 2008 Dynasty Trust (collectively, the “ Katzman  Affiliates ) as of the date hereof, (ii) any shares of Common Stock issued to a Katzman Affiliate upon conversion or exercise of Common Stock Equivalents, as such term is defined in the Company’s Fifth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “ Restated  Certificate ”), and (iii) any Common Stock issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right, or other security that is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of such shares, excluding in all cases, however, any Katzman Registrable Securities sold by a Katzman Affiliate in a transaction in which the rights under this Agreement are not assigned in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, and excluding Katzman Registrable Securities for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Section 1.15 hereof.

 

(f)                                         The term “ Preferred Stock ” means the Company’s Series A Preferred Stock, Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock, each with a par value of $0.00 1 per share.

 

(g)                                        The terms “ register ,” “ registered ,” and “ registration ” refer to a registration effected by preparing and filing a registration statement or similar document in compliance with the Securities Act, and the declaration or ordering of effectiveness of such registration statement or document.

 

(h)                                       The term “ Registrable Securities ” means (i) the shares of Common Stock issuable or issued upon conversion of the Preferred Stock, other than the shares (the “ Signal Hill Shares ”) of Common Stock issued or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock held by a Subsequent Series A Investor as of the date hereof (provided the Signal Hill Shares shall be deemed to be Registrable Securities for purposes of Sections 1.3, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7(b), 1.8, 1.10 through 1.12, 1.14 and 1.15 only) and shares for which registration rights have terminated pursuant to Section 1.15 hereof, (ii) the Katzman Registrable Securities, provided, however, that for the purposes of Section 4.3, the Katzman Registrable Securities shall not be deemed Registrable Securities and the Katzman Affiliates shall not be deemed a Holder, (iii) any other shares of Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise

 

2


 

of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the shares listed in (i) or (ii), and (iv) for purposes of Section 1.3, 1.5, 1.6, 1.7(b), 1.8, 1.10 through 1.12, 1.14 and 1.15 only, any other shares of Common Stock of the Company issued as (or issuable upon the conversion or exercise of any warrant, right or other security which is issued as) a dividend or other distribution with respect to, or in exchange for or in replacement of, the Signal Hill Shares; provided, however, that the foregoing definition shall exclude in all cases any Registrable Securities sold by a person in a transaction in which such person’s rights under this Agreement are not assigned. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Common Stock or other securities shall only be treated as Registrable Securities if and so long as (A) they have not been sold to or through a broker or dealer or underwriter in a public distribution or a public securities transaction, (B) they have not been sold in a transaction exempt from the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act under Section 4(1) thereof so that all transfer restrictions, and restrictive legends with respect thereto, if any, are removed upon the consummation of such sale, or (C) if the Common Stock or other securities have been transferred after the date hereof, the Holder thereof is entitled to exercise any right provided in Section 1 in accordance with Section 1.12 below.

 

(i)            The number of shares of “ Registrable Securities then outstanding ” shall be determined by the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding which are, and the number of shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to then exercisable or convertible securities which are, Registrable Securities.

 

(j)             The term “ SEC ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

(k)            The term “ Securities Act ” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (and any successor thereto) and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

1.2           Request for Registration .

 

(a)            If the Company shall receive at any time after the earlier of (i) March 4, 2016, or (ii) six months after the effective date of the first registration statement for a public offering of securities of the Company (other than a registration statement relating either to the sale of securities to employees of the Company pursuant to a stock option, stock purchase or similar plan or an SEC Rule 145 transaction), a written request from the Holders of at least a majority of the Registrable Securities then outstanding that the Company file a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the registration of at least such number of the Registrable Securities having an anticipated aggregate offering price, net of underwriting discounts and commissions, of at least $15,000,000, then the Company shall, within 10 days of the receipt thereof, give written notice of such request to all Holders and shall, subject to the limitations of subsection 1.2(b), use its best efforts to file as soon as practicable, and in any event within 90 days of the receipt of such request, a registration statement under the Securities Act covering all Registrable Securities which the Holders request to be registered within 20 days of the mailing of such notice by the Company.

 

(b)            If the Holders initiating the registration request hereunder (“ Initiating Holders ”) intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an

 

3



 

underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to this Section 1.2 and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in subsection 1.2(a). The underwriter will be selected by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company. In such event, the right of any Holder to include its Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in subsection 1.5(e)) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.2, if the underwriter advises the Initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the Initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among all participating Holders thereof, including the Initiating Holders, in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the amount of Registrable Securities of the Company owned by each participating Holder; provided, however, that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting.

 

(c)            Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Company shall furnish to Holders requesting a registration statement pursuant to this Section 1.2, a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its holders of capital stock for such registration statement to be filed and it is therefore essential to defer the filing of such registration statement, the Company shall have the right to defer such filing for a period of not more than 120 days after receipt of the request of the Initiating Holders; provided, however, that the Company may not utilize this right more than once in any twelve-month period.

 

(d)            In addition, the Company shall not be obligated to effect, or to take any action to effect, any registration pursuant to this Section 1.2:

 

(i)             after the Company has effected 2 registrations pursuant to this Section 1.2 and such registrations have been declared or ordered effective;

 

(ii)            during the period starting with the date 90 days prior to the Company’s good faith estimate of the date of filing of, and ending on a date 90 days after the effective date of, a registration subject to Section 1.3 unless such offering is the initial public offering of the Company’s securities, in which case, ending on a date 180 days after the effective date of such registration subject to Section 1.3; provided that the Company is actively employing in good faith all reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective; or

 

(iii)           if the Initiating Holders propose to dispose of shares of Registrable Securities that may be immediately registered on Form S-3 pursuant to a request made pursuant to Section 1.4.

 

4



 

1.3           Company Registration . If (but without any obligation to do so) the Company proposes to register (including for this purpose a registration effected by the Company for holders of capital stock other than the Holders) any of its stock under the Securities Act in connection with the public offering of such securities solely for cash (other than a registration relating solely to the sale of securities to participants in a Company stock plan or a transaction covered by Rule 145 under the Securities Act, a registration in which the only stock being registered is Common Stock issuable upon conversion of debt securities which are also being registered, or any registration on any form which does not include substantially the same information as would be required to be included in a registration statement covering the sale of the Registrable Securities), the Company shall, at such time, promptly give each Holder written notice of such registration. Upon the written request of each Holder given within 20 days after mailing of such notice by the Company in accordance with Section 4.4, the Company shall, subject to the cut back provisions of Section 1.8 cause to be registered under the Securities Act all of the Registrable Securities that each such Holder has requested to be registered. The Company shall have the right to terminate or withdraw any registration initiated by it under this Section 1.3 before the effective date of such registration, whether or not any Holder has elected to include Registrable Securities in such registration.

 

1.4           Form S-3 Registration .

 

(a)            In case the Company shall receive from any Holder or Holders of at least 10% of the Registrable Securities then outstanding a written request or requests that the Company effect a registration on Form S-3 and any related qualification or compliance with respect to all or a part of the Registrable Securities owned by such Holder or Holders, the Company will promptly give written notice of the proposed registration, and any related qualification or compliance, to all other Holders and will, as soon as practicable and subject to the limitations of Section 1.4(c), effect such registration and all such qualifications and compliances as may be so requested and as would permit or facilitate the sale and distribution of all or such portion of such Holder’s or Holders’ Registrable Securities as are specified in such request, together with all or such portion of the Registrable Securities of any other Holder or Holders joining in such request as are specified in a written request given within 15 days after receipt of such written notice from the Company

 

(b)            If the Initiating Holders intend to distribute the Registrable Securities covered by their request by means of an underwriting, they shall so advise the Company as a part of their request made pursuant to Section 1.4(a) and the Company shall include such information in the written notice referred to in Section 1.4(a). The underwriter will be selected by a majority in interest of the initiating Holders and shall be reasonably acceptable to the Company. In such event, the right of any Holder to include its Registrable Securities in such registration shall be conditioned upon such Holder’s participation in such underwriting and the inclusion of such Holder’s Registrable Securities in the underwriting (unless otherwise mutually agreed by a majority in interest of the Initiating Holders and such Holder) to the extent provided herein. All Holders proposing to distribute their securities through such underwriting shall (together with the Company as provided in subsection 1.5(e)) enter into an underwriting agreement in customary form with the underwriter or underwriters selected for such underwriting. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 1.4, if the underwriter advises the initiating Holders in writing that marketing factors require a limitation of the number of shares to be underwritten, then the

 

5



 

initiating Holders shall so advise all Holders of Registrable Securities that would otherwise be underwritten pursuant hereto, and the number of shares of Registrable Securities that may be included in the underwriting shall be allocated among the participating Holders of Registrable Securities in proportion (as nearly as practicable) to the number of such Registrable Securities of the Company owned by each participating Holder; provided, however, that the number of shares of Registrable Securities to be included in such underwriting shall not be reduced unless all other securities are first entirely excluded from the underwriting.

 

(c)            The Company shall not be obligated to effect any such registration, qualification or compliance, pursuant to Section 1.4(a): (i) if Form S-3 is not available for such offering by the Holders; (ii) if the Holders, together with the holders of any other securities of the Company entitled to inclusion in such registration, propose to sell Registrable Securities and such other securities (if any) at an aggregate price to the public (net of any underwriters’ discounts or commissions) of less than $2,000,000; (iii) if the Company shall furnish to the Holders a certificate signed by the President of the Company stating that in the good faith judgment of the Board of Directors of the Company, it would be seriously detrimental to the Company and its holders of capital stock for such Form S-3 registration to be effected at such time, in which event the Company shall have the right to defer the filing of the Form S-3 registration statement for a period of not more than 120 days after receipt of the request of the Holder or Holders under this Section 1.4; provided, however, that the Company shall not utilize this right more than once in any 12-month period; (iv) if the Company has, within the 12-month period preceding the date of such request, already effected two registrations on Form S-3 for the Holders pursuant to this Section 1.4; (v) in any particular jurisdiction in which the Company would be required to qualify to do business or to execute a general consent to service of process in effecting such registration, qualification or compliance; or (vi) during the period ending 180 days after the effective date of a registration statement subject to Section 1.3.

 

(d)            Subject to the foregoing, the Company shall file a registration statement covering the Registrable Securities and other securities so requested to be registered as soon as practicable after receipt of the request or requests of the Holders. Registrations effected pursuant to this Section 1.4 shall not be counted as demands for registration or registrations effected pursuant to Sections 1.2 or 1.3, respectively.

 

1.5           Obligations of the Company . Whenever required under this Section 1 to effect the registration of any Registrable Securities, the Company shall, as expeditiously as reasonably possible:

 

(a)            Prepare and file with the SEC a registration statement with respect to such Registrable Securities and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective, and, upon the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities registered thereunder, keep such registration statement effective for up to 120 days, or until the distribution described in such registration statement is completed, if earlier.

 

(b)            Prepare and file with the SEC such amendments and supplements to such registration statement and the prospectus used in connection with such registration statement as may be necessary to comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the

 

6



 

disposition of all securities covered by such registration statement for up to 120 days, or until the distribution described in such registration statement is completed, if earlier.

 

(c)            Furnish to the Holders such number of copies of a prospectus, including a preliminary prospectus, in conformity with the requirements of the Securities Act, and such other documents as they may reasonably request in order to facilitate the disposition of Registrable Securities owned by them.

 

(d)            Use its commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the securities covered by such registration statement under such other securities or Blue Sky laws of such jurisdictions as shall be reasonably requested by the Holders, provided that the Company shall not be required in connection therewith or as a condition thereto to qualify to do business or to file a general consent to service of process in any such states or jurisdictions.

 

(e)            In the event of any underwritten public offering, enter into and perform its obligations under an underwriting agreement, in usual and customary form, with the managing underwriter of such offering. Each Holder participating in such underwriting shall also enter into and perform its obligations under such an agreement.

 

(f)             Notify each Holder of Registrable Securities covered by such registration statement at any time when a prospectus relating thereto is required to be delivered under the Securities Act of the happening of any event as a result of which the prospectus included in such registration statement, as then in effect, includes an untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances then existing, such obligation to continue for 120 days.

 

(g)            Use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause all such Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder to be listed on each securities exchange on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed.

 

(h)            Provide a transfer agent and registrar for all Registrable Securities registered pursuant hereunder and a CUSIP number for all such Registrable Securities, in each case not later than the effective date of such registration.

 

(i)             Use its commercially reasonable efforts to furnish, at the request of any Holder requesting registration of Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1, on the date that such Registrable Securities are delivered to the underwriters for sale in connection with a registration pursuant to this Section 1, if such securities are being sold through underwriters, (i) an opinion, dated such date, of the counsel representing the Company for the purposes of such registration, in form and substance as is customarily given to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters and (ii) a letter dated such date, from the independent certified public accountants of the Company, in form and substance as is customarily given by independent certified public accountants to underwriters in an underwritten public offering, addressed to the underwriters.

 

1.6           Furnish Information . It shall be a condition precedent to the obligations of the Company to take any action pursuant to this Section 1 with respect to the Registrable Securities

 

7



 

of any selling Holder that such Holder shall furnish to the Company such information regarding itself, the Registrable Securities held by it, and the intended method of disposition of such securities as shall be required to effect the registration of such Holder’s Registrable Securities. The Company shall have no obligation with respect to any registration requested pursuant to Section 1.2 or Section 1.4 of this Agreement if, as a result of the application of the preceding sentence, the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price of the Registrable Securities to be included in the registration does not equal or exceed the number of shares or the anticipated aggregate offering price required to originally trigger the Company’s obligation to initiate such registration as specified in subsection 1.2(a) or subsection 1.4(c), whichever is applicable.

 

1.7           Expenses of Registration .

 

(a)            Demand Registration . All expenses other than underwriting discounts and commissions incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications pursuant to Section 1.2, including (without limitation) all registration, filing and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, and the reasonable fees and disbursements, not to exceed $30,000, of one counsel for the selling Holder or Holders selected by them with the approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, shall be borne by the Company; provided, however, that the Company shall not be required to pay for any expenses of any registration proceeding begun pursuant to Section 1.2 if the registration request is subsequently withdrawn at the request of the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities to be registered (in which case all participating Holders shall bear such expenses), unless the Holders of a majority of the Registrable Securities agree to forfeit their right to one demand registration pursuant to Section 1.2 ; provided further, however, that if at the time of such withdrawal, the Holders (i) have learned of a material adverse change in the condition, business, or prospects of the Company that was not known to the Holders at the time of their request and (ii) have withdrawn the request with reasonable promptness following disclosure by the Company of such material adverse change, then the Holders shall not be required to pay any of such expenses and shall not forfeit their rights pursuant to Section 1.2.

 

(b)            Company Registration . All expenses other than underwriting discounts and commissions incurred in connection with registrations, filings or qualifications of Registrable Securities pursuant to Section 1.3 for each Holder (which right may be assigned as provided in Section 1.12), including (without limitation) all registration, filing, and qualification fees, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the reasonable fees and disbursements, not to exceed $30,000, of one counsel for the selling Holder or Holders selected by them with the approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, shall be borne by the Company.

 

(c)            Registration on Form S-3 . All expenses incurred in connection with a registration requested pursuant to Section 1.4, including (without limitation) all registration, filing, qualification, printers’ and accounting fees, fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company and the reasonable fees and disbursements, not to exceed $30,000, of one counsel for the selling Holder or Holders selected by them with the approval of the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, and counsel for the Company, and any

 

8



 

underwriters’ discounts or commissions associated with Registrable Securities, shall be borne pro rata by the Holder or Holders participating in the Form S-3 registration.

 

1.8           Underwriting Requirements . In connection with any offering involving an underwriting of shares of the Company’s capital stock, the Company shall not be required under Section 1.3 to include any of the Holders’ securities in such underwriting unless they accept the terms of the underwriting as agreed upon between the Company and the underwriters selected by it (or by other persons entitled to select the underwriters), and then only in such quantity as the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering by the Company. If the total amount of securities, including Registrable Securities, requested by holders of capital stock to be included in such offering exceeds the amount of securities sold other than by the Company that the underwriters determine in their sole discretion is compatible with the success of the offering, then the Company shall be required to include in the offering only that number of such securities, including Registrable Securities, which the underwriters determine in their sole discretion will not jeopardize the success of the offering (the securities so included to be apportioned pro rata among the selling security holders according to the total amount of securities entitled to be included therein owned by each selling security holder or in such other proportions as shall mutually be agreed to by such selling security holders) but in no event shall (a) the amount of securities of the selling Holders included in the offering be reduced below 30% of the total amount of securities included in such offering, unless such offering is the initial public offering of the Company’s securities, in which case, the selling security holders may be excluded if the underwriters make the determination described above and no other holder’s securities are included or (b) any other then-outstanding securities of the Company be included if any securities held by any selling Holder are excluded. For purposes of the preceding parenthetical concerning apportionment, for any selling security holder which is a holder of Registrable Securities and which is a partnership, limited liability company or corporation, the partners, members, retired partners, retired members and holders of capital stock of such holder, or the estates and family members of any such partners, members, retired partners and retired members and any trusts for the benefit of any of the foregoing persons shall be deemed to be a single “ selling security holder, ” and any pro-rata reduction with respect to such “selling security holder” shall be based upon the aggregate amount of shares carrying registration rights owned by all entities and individuals included in such “selling security holder,” as defined in this sentence.

 

1.9           Delay of Registration . No Holder shall have any right to obtain or seek an injunction restraining or otherwise delaying any such registration as the result of any controversy that might arise with respect to the interpretation or implementation of this Section 1.

 

1.10         Indemnification . In the event any Registrable Securities are included in a registration statement under this Section 1:

 

(a)            To the maximum extent permitted by law, the Company will indemnify and hold harmless each Holder, the partners, officers, directors and security holders of each Holder, legal counsel and accountants for each Holder, any underwriter (as defined in the Securities Act) for such Holder and each person, if any, who controls such Holder or underwriter within the meaning of the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which they may become subject under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or

 

9



 

liabilities (or actions in respect thereof) arise out of or are based upon any of the following statements, omissions or violations (collectively a “ Violation ”): (i) any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in such registration statement, including any preliminary prospectus or final prospectus contained therein or any amendments or supplements thereto, (ii) the omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein, or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading, or (iii) any violation or alleged violation by the Company of the Securities Act, the Exchange Act, any state securities law or any rule or regulation promulgated under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or any state securities law; and the Company will pay to each such Holder, underwriter or controlling person, as incurred, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by them in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 1.10(a) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Company (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld), nor shall the Company be liable to any Holder, underwriter or controlling person for any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action to the extent that it arises out of or is based upon a Violation which occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished expressly for use in connection with such registration by any such Holder, underwriter or controlling person.

 

(b)            To the maximum extent permitted by law, each selling Holder will indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each of its directors, each of its officers who has signed the registration statement, each person, if any, who controls the Company within the meaning of the Securities Act, any underwriter, any other Holder selling securities in such registration statement and any controlling person of any such underwriter or other Holder, against any losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (joint or several) to which any of the foregoing persons may become subject, under the Securities Act, the Exchange Act or other federal or state law, insofar as such losses, claims, damages, or liabilities (or actions in respect thereto) arise out of or are based upon any Violation, in each case to the extent (and only to the extent) that such Violation occurs in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished by such Holder expressly for use in connection with such registration; and each such Holder will pay, as incurred, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by any person intended to be indemnified pursuant to this subsection 1.10(b), in connection with investigating or defending any such loss, claim, damage, liability, or action; provided, however, that the indemnity agreement contained in this subsection 1.10(b) shall not apply to amounts paid in settlement of any such loss, claim, damage, liability or action if such settlement is effected without the consent of the Holder, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld; provided that in no event shall any indemnity under this subsection 1.10(b) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, except in the case of willful fraud by such Holder.

 

(c)            Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section 1.10 of notice of the commencement of any action (including any governmental action), such indemnified party will, if a claim in respect thereof is to be made against any indemnifying party under this Section 1.10, deliver to the indemnifying party a written notice of the commencement thereof and the indemnifying party shall have the right to participate in, and, to the extent the indemnifying party so desires, jointly with any other indemnifying party similarly noticed, to assume the defense thereof with counsel mutually satisfactory to the parties; provided, however, that an indemnified party (together with all other indemnified parties which may be represented

 

10


 

without conflict by one counsel) shall have the right to retain one separate counsel, with the reasonable fees and expenses to be paid by the indemnifying party, if representation of such indemnified party by the counsel retained by the indemnifying party would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between such indemnified party and any other party represented by such counsel in such proceeding. The failure to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party within a reasonable time of the commencement of any such action, if prejudicial to its ability to defend such action, shall relieve such indemnifying party of any liability to the indemnified party under this Section 1.10, but the omission so to deliver written notice to the indemnifying party will not relieve it of any liability that it may have to any indemnified party otherwise than under this Section 1.10.

 

(d)                                  If the indemnification provided for in this Section 1.10 is held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unavailable to an indemnified party with respect to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense referred to therein, then the indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party hereunder, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such loss, liability, claim, damage, or expense in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative fault of the indemnifying party on the one hand and of the indemnified party on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such loss, liability, claim, damage or expense as well as any other relevant equitable considerations; provided that in no event shall any contribution by a Holder under this Subsection 1.10(d) exceed the net proceeds from the offering received by such Holder, except in the case of willful fraud by such Holder. The relative fault of the indemnifying party and of the indemnified party shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or the omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the indemnifying party or by the indemnified party and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information, and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

(e)                                   The obligations of the Company and Holders under this Section 1.10 shall survive the completion of any offering of Registrable Securities in a registration statement under this Section 1, and otherwise.

 

1.11                         Reports Under the Exchange Act . With a view to making available to the Holders the benefits of Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act and any other rule or regulation of the SEC that may at any time permit a Holder to sell securities of the Company to the public without registration or pursuant to a registration on Form S-3, the Company agrees to:

 

(a)                                  make and keep public information available, as those terms are understood and defined in SEC Rule 144, at all times after 90 days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public so long as the Company remains subject to the periodic reporting requirements under Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act;

 

(b)                                  take such action, including the voluntary registration of its Common Stock under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, as is necessary to enable the Holders to utilize Form S-3 for the sale of their Registrable Securities, such action to be taken as soon as practicable after the

 

11



 

end of the fiscal year in which the first registration statement filed by the Company for the offering of its securities to the general public is declared effective;

 

(c)                                   file with the SEC in a timely manner all reports and other documents required of the Company under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act; and

 

(d)                                  furnish to any Holder, so long as the Holder owns any Registrable Securities, forthwith upon request (i) a written statement by the Company that it has complied with the reporting requirements of SEC Rule 144 (at any time after 90 days after the effective date of the first registration statement filed by the Company), the Securities Act and the Exchange Act (at any time after it has become subject to such reporting requirements), or that it qualifies as a registrant whose securities may be resold pursuant to Form S-3 (at any time after it so qualifies), (ii) a copy of the most recent annual or quarterly report of the Company and such other reports and documents so filed by the Company, and (iii) such other information as may be reasonably requested in availing any Holder of any rule or regulation of the SEC which permits the selling of any such securities without registration or pursuant to such form.

 

1.12                         Assignment of Registration Rights . The rights to cause the Company to register Registrable Securities pursuant to this Section 1 may be assigned (but only with all related obligations) by a Holder to a transferee or assignee (a) of at least 10% of the transferring Holder’s aggregate Registrable Securities originally obtained from the Company (or if the transferring Holder then owns less than 10% of such originally acquired securities, then all remaining Registrable Securities then held by the transferring Holder), (b) that is a subsidiary, parent, partner, limited partner, retired partner, member, retired member or holder of capital stock of a Holder, (c) that is an affiliated fund or entity of the Holder, which means with respect to a limited liability company or a limited liability partnership, a fund or entity managed by the same manager or managing member or general partner or management company or by an entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with such manager or managing member or general partner or management company (such a fund or entity, an “ Affiliated Fund ”), (d) who is a Holder’s child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother- in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law (such a relation, a Holder’s “ Immediate Family Member ”, which term shall include adoptive relationships), or (e) that is a trust for the benefit of an individual Holder or such Holder’s Immediate Family Member, provided the Company is, within a reasonable time after such transfer, furnished with written notice of the name and address of such transferee or assignee and the securities with respect to which such registration rights are being assigned; and provided, further, that such assignment shall be effective only if the transferee agrees to be bound by this Agreement and immediately following such transfer the further disposition of such securities by the transferee or assignee is restricted under the Securities Act. For the purposes of determining the number of shares of Registrable Securities held by a transferee or assignee, the holdings of transferees and assignees of (i) a partnership who are partners or retired partners of such partnership or (ii) a limited liability company who are members or retired members of such limited liability company (including Immediate Family Members of such partners or members who acquire Registrable Securities by gift, will or intestate succession) shall be aggregated together and with the partnership or limited liability company; provided that all assignees and transferees who would not qualify individually for assignment of registration rights shall have a

 

12



 

single attorney-in-fact for the purpose of exercising any rights, receiving notices or taking any action under Section 1.

 

1.13                         Limitations on Subsequent Registration Rights . From and after the date of this Agreement, the Company shall not, without the prior written consent of the Holders of at least 66-2/3% of the outstanding Registrable Securities, enter into any agreement with any holder or prospective holder of any securities of the Company which would allow such holder or prospective holder (a) to include such securities in any registration filed under Section 1.2 hereof, unless under the terms of such agreement, such holder or prospective holder may include such securities in any such registration only to the extent that the inclusion of such securities will not reduce the amount of the Registrable Securities of the Holders which is included or (b) to make a demand registration which could result in such registration statement being declared effective prior to the earlier of either of the dates set forth in subsection 1.2(a) or within 120 days of the effective date of any registration effected pursuant to Section 1.2.

 

1.14                         Lock-Up Agreement .

 

(a)                                  Lock-Up Period; Agreement . In connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing such offering of the Company’s securities, Holder hereby agrees not to sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the Company’s initial public offering.

 

(b)                                  Limitations . The obligations described in Section 1.14(a) shall apply only if all officers, directors and 1% security-holders of the Company enter into similar agreements, and shall not apply to a registration relating solely to employee benefit plans, or to a registration relating solely to a transaction pursuant to Rule 145 under the Securities Act. Any discretionary waiver or termination of the restrictions of any or all lock-up agreements by the Company or the underwriters shall apply pro rata to all Holders subject to such agreements, based on the number of shares subject to such agreements.

 

(c)                                   Stop-Transfer Instructions . In order to enforce the foregoing covenants, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to the securities of each Holder (and the securities of every other person subject to the restrictions in Section 1.14(a)).

 

(d)                                  Transferees Bound . Each Holder agrees that prior to the Company’s initial public offering it will not transfer securities of the Company unless each transferee agrees in writing to be bound by all of the provisions of this Section 1.14.

 

1.15                         Termination of Registration Rights . No Holder shall be entitled to exercise any right provided for in this Section 1 after the earlier of (a) two years following the consummation of the initial public offering by the Company of shares of its Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which results in the

 

13



 

automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock pursuant to Article IV(B)(4)(b) of the Restated Certificate, (b) such time as Rule 144 or another similar exemption under the Securities Act is available for the sale of all of such Holder’s shares during a three-month period without registration, or (c) upon termination of this Agreement, as provided in Section 3.

 

2.                                       Covenants of the Company .

 

2.1                                Delivery of Financial Statements . Upon the request by a Qualified Investor (as hereinafter defined), the Company shall deliver to each Qualified Investor (other than a Qualified Investor reasonably determined by the Company to be a competitor of the Company):

 

(a)                                  as soon as practicable, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, an income statement for such fiscal year, a balance sheet of the Company and statement of stockholders’ equity as of the end of such year, and a statement of cash flows for such year, such year-end financial reports to be in reasonable detail, prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles (“ GAAP ”), and, as and to the extent otherwise required by the directors elected by the holders of the Preferred Stock (including the director appointed by Bessemer Venture Partners VII L.P., Bessemer Venture Partners VII Institutional L.P. and BVP VII Special Opportunity Fund L.P. (collectively, “ Bessemer ”), the director appointed by Redpoint Ventures III, L.P. (“ Redpoint ”) and the director appointed by Highland Capital Partners VII Limited Partnership, Highland Capital Partners VII-B Limited Partnership, Highland Capital Partners VII-C Limited Partnership and Highland Entrepreneurs’ Fund VII Limited Partnership (collectively, “ Highland ”), then in office, if any), audited and certified by an independent public accounting firm selected by the Board of Directors of the Company, including the affirmative consent of the director appointed by Bessemer and the director appointed by Redpoint then in office, if any;

 

(b)                                  as soon as practicable, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, an unaudited profit or loss statement, a statement of cash flows for such fiscal quarter and an unaudited balance sheet as of the end of such fiscal quarter;

 

(c)                                   within 30 days of the end of each month, an unaudited income statement and a statement of cash flows and balance sheet for and as of the end of such month, in reasonable detail;

 

(d)                                  as soon as practicable, but in any event 45 days prior to the end of each fiscal year, a budget and business plan for the next fiscal year, prepared on a monthly basis, an updated list of all stockholders of the Company that includes the name of each stockholder and the number and class of shares held by each stockholder, and, as soon as prepared, any other budgets or revised budgets prepared by the Company; and

 

(e)                                   with respect to any unaudited financial statements called for in Section 2.1(b), an instrument executed by the Chief Financial Officer or President of the Company and certifying that such financials were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied (with the exception of footnotes that may be required by GAAP) and fairly

 

14



 

present the financial condition of the Company and its results of operations for the period specified, subject to year-end audit adjustment, provided that the foregoing shall not restrict the right of the Company to change its accounting principles consistent with GAAP, if the Board of Directors determines that it is in the best interest of the Company to do so.

 

Notwithstanding anything else in this Section 2.1 to the contrary, the Company may cease providing the information set forth in this Section 2.1 during the period starting with the date 60 days before the Company’s good-faith estimate of the date of filing of a registration statement if it reasonably concludes it must do so to comply with the SEC rules applicable to such registration statement and related offering; provided that the Company’s covenants under this Section 2.1 shall be reinstated at such time as the Company is no longer actively employing its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective.

 

2.2                                Inspection . The Company shall permit each Qualified Investor (except for a Qualified Investor reasonably determined by the Company to be a competitor of the Company), at such Qualified Investor’s expense, to visit and inspect the Company’s properties, to examine its books of account and records and to discuss the Company’s affairs, finances and accounts with its officers, all at such reasonable times as may be requested by the Qualified Investor; provided, however, that the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to this Section 2.2 to provide access to any information which it reasonably considers to be privileged or a trade secret or similar confidential information.

 

2.3                                Right of First Offer . Subject to the terms and conditions specified in this Section 2.3, the Company hereby grants to each Qualified Investor a right of first offer with respect to future sales by the Company of its Shares (as hereinafter defined). For purposes of this Agreement, a “ Qualified Investor ” shall mean any person who (i) holds (A) at least 1,500,000 shares (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications or the like) of Registrable Securities, (B) Registrable Securities issued or issuable upon the conversion of the Series A Preferred Stock issued pursuant to that certain Series A Preferred Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of June 19, 2009, by and among the Company and the other parties thereto, in exchange for the cancellation of indebtedness outstanding on the date of such agreement, (C) at least 500,000 shares (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications or the like) of Registrable Securities issued or issuable upon the conversion of the Series C Preferred Stock or (D) at least 250,000 shares (subject to adjustment for stock splits, stock dividends, reclassifications or the like) of Registrable Securities issued or issuable upon the conversion of the Series D Preferred Stock issued pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and (ii) has executed a non-disclosure agreement with the Company. For purposes of this Section 2.3, the term “Qualified Investor” includes any general partners, managing members and affiliates of a person that is otherwise a Qualified Investor, including Affiliated Funds. A Qualified Investor who chooses to exercise the right of first offer may designate as purchasers under such right itself or its partners or affiliates, including Affiliated Funds, in such proportions as it deems appropriate. Each time the Company proposes to offer any shares of, or securities convertible into or exercisable for any shares of, any class of its capital stock (“ Shares ”), the Company shall first make an offering of such Shares to each Qualified Investor in accordance with the following provisions:

 

15



 

(a)                                  The Company shall deliver a notice (the “ RFO Notice ”) to the Qualified Investors stating (i) its bona fide intention to offer such Shares, (ii) the number of such Shares to be offered, and (iii) the price and terms, if any, upon which it proposes to offer such Shares.

 

(b)                                  Within 15 calendar days after delivery of the RFO Notice, the Qualified Investor may elect to purchase or obtain, at the price and on the terms specified in the RFO Notice, up to that portion of such Shares which equals the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities then held, by such Qualified Investor bears to the sum of (i) the total number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding (assuming full conversion and exercise of all outstanding convertible or exercisable securities) and (ii) shares of Common Stock issuable to employees, consultants or directors pursuant to (A) the Company’s 2008 Stock Option Plan, as amended from time to time (the “ Plan ”) (provided that issuable shares in excess of the amount available for issuance as of the date hereof under Section 5 of the Plan shall not be included unless the amendment to the Plan increasing such amount is approved by the Board of Directors, including the director appointed by Bessemer, the director appointed by Redpoint and the director appointed by Highland, then in office, if any) or (B) any other stock option plan, restricted stock plan, or other stock plan approved by the Board of Directors, including the director appointed by Bessemer, the director appointed by Redpoint and the director appointed by Highland, then in office, if any. Such purchase shall be completed at the same closing as that of any third party purchasers or at an additional closing thereunder. The Company shall promptly, in writing, inform each Qualified Investor that elects to purchase all the shares available to it (each, a “ Fully-Exercising Investor ”) of any other Qualified Investor’s failure to do likewise. During the 10-day period commencing after receipt of such information, each Fully-Exercising Investor shall be entitled to obtain that portion of the Shares for which Qualified Investors were entitled to subscribe but which were not subscribed for by the Qualified Investors that is equal to the proportion that the number of shares of Common Stock issued and held, or issuable upon conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities then held, by such Fully-Exercising Investor bears to the total number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding (assuming full conversion and exercise of all convertible or exercisable securities) issued and held, or issuable upon conversion of the Preferred Stock then held, by all the Qualified Investors.

 

(c)                                   The Company may, during the 60-day period following the expiration of the period provided in subsection 2.3(b) hereof, offer the remaining unsubscribed portion of the Shares to any person or persons at a price not less than, and upon terms no more favorable to the offeree than those specified in the RFO Notice. If the Company does not enter into an agreement for the sale of the Shares within such period, or if such agreement is not consummated within 60 days of the execution thereof, the right provided hereunder shall be deemed to be revived and such Shares shall not be offered unless first reoffered to the Qualified Investors in accordance herewith.

 

(d)                                  The right of first offer in this Section 2.3 shall not be applicable to the issuance of Exempt Securities (as defined in the Restated Certificate).

 

(e)                                   In addition to the foregoing, the right of first offer in this Section 2.3 shall not be applicable with respect to any Qualified Investor and any subsequent securities issuance,

 

16



 

if (i) at the time of such subsequent securities issuance, the Qualified Investor is not an “accredited investor,” as that term is then defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act, and (ii) such subsequent securities issuance is otherwise being offered only to accredited investors.

 

2.4                                Observer Rights . The Company shall invite the following persons to attend all meetings of its Board of Directors in a nonvoting observer capacity: (i) one (1) representative designated by Impact Ventures II, L.P. (“ Impact Ventures ”) so long as Impact Ventures owns shares of the Company’s capital stock, (ii) one (1) representative designated by Novak Biddle Venture Partners V, LP (“ Novak Biddle ”) so long as Novak Biddle owns shares of the Company’s capital stock and (iii) one (1) representative designated by WSI Investments, Inc. (“ WSII ”) so long as WSII owns shares of the Company’s capital stock. The Company shall give such representatives copies of all notices, minutes, consents, and other materials that it provides to its directors at the same time and in the same manner as provided to such directors; provided, however, that such representatives shall agree to hold in confidence and trust and to act in a fiduciary manner with respect to all information so provided; and provided further, that the Company reserves the right to withhold any information and to exclude such representatives from any meeting or portion thereof if access to such information or attendance at such meeting could adversely affect the attorney-client privilege between the Company and its counsel or result in disclosure of trade secrets or a conflict of interest.

 

2.5                                Stock Plan . Except as expressly approved by the Board of Directors, including a majority of the directors designated by the holders of Preferred Stock, stock options issued after the date hereof pursuant to the Plan shall be granted with four-year vesting, with 25% of the options vesting on the first anniversary of the date services were first provided to the Company, the remainder vesting in equal monthly installments after the first anniversary until fully vested and no acceleration of vesting shall be permitted except as explicitly set forth in the Plan in effect on the date of this Agreement. Except as expressly approved by the Board of Directors, shares and options issued after the date hereof pursuant to the Plan shall be made pursuant to the Company’s standard forms of option agreement and stock purchase agreement containing market standoff provisions no less restrictive than Section 1.14(a) hereof.

 

2.6                                Rights, Preferences and Privileges of the Preferred Stock . The Company and the Investors each covenants and agrees to take all actions reasonably necessary, including without limitation amending and/or restating the Restated Certificate and Bylaws and executing stockholder consents and any agreements or amendments necessary or desirable in furtherance of this covenant, to cause the Preferred Stock to possess any senior rights, preferences or privileges of any other equity security of the Company currently or hereafter authorized or issued by the Company (other than (i) with respect to the Series A Preferred Stock, the senior rights, preferences or privileges of the Series B Preferred Stock, Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock, (ii) with respect to the Series B Preferred Stock, the senior rights, preferences or privileges of the Series C Preferred Stock and Series D Preferred Stock and (iii) with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock, the senior rights, preferences or privileges of the Series D Preferred Stock), including any security convertible into or exercisable for such equity security, having a preference over the Preferred Stock with respect to voting, dividends, redemption, conversion or upon liquidation.

 

17



 

2.7                                Termination of Certain Covenants .

 

(a)                                  Each of the covenants set forth in this Section 2 shall terminate as to each Holder and be of no further force or effect (i) immediately prior to the consummation of the initial public offering by the Company of shares of its Common Stock pursuant to a registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which results in the automatic conversion of all outstanding shares of Preferred Stock into Common Stock pursuant to Article IV(B)(4)(b) of the Restated Certificate or (ii) upon termination of this Agreement, as provided in Section 3.

 

(b)                                  The covenants set forth in Sections 2.1 and 2.2 shall terminate as to each Holder and be of no further force or effect when the Company first becomes subject to the periodic reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, if this occurs earlier than the events described in Section 2.7(a).

 

3.                                       Termination of Agreement .

 

3.1                                Termination Events . This Agreement shall terminate and have no further force or effect upon the earlier of:

 

(a)                                  the liquidation, dissolution or indefinite cessation of the business operations of the Company;

 

(b)                                  the execution by the Company of a general assignment for the benefit of creditors or the appointment of a receiver or trustee to take possession of the property and assets of the Company; and

 

(c)                                   the consummation of a transaction or series of related transactions deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Company pursuant to the Restated Certificate.

 

4.                                       Miscellaneous .

 

4.1                                Entire Agreement . This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties hereto pertaining to the subject matter hereof, and supersedes any and all other written or oral agreements relating to the subject matter hereof existing between the parties hereto.

 

4.2                                Successors and Assigns; Third Party Beneficiaries . Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective successors, assigns and legal representatives of the parties. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended to confer upon any party other than the parties hereto or their respective successors, assigns and legal representatives any rights, remedies, obligations, or liabilities under or by reason of this Agreement, except as expressly provided in this Agreement.

 

4.3                                Amendments and Waivers . Any term of this Agreement may be amended or waived only with the written consent of (a) the Company and (b) the holders of at least 75% of the voting power of then outstanding Registrable Securities; provided, that any amendment or waiver of the rights granted to the Qualified Investors in Section 2 above shall require the consent of at least 75% of the voting power of the Registrable Securities then held by the

 

18



 

Qualified Investors; provided, further, that any amendment or waiver of the rights granted to Impact Ventures, Novak Biddle and/or WSII in Section 2.4 above shall require the consent of Impact Ventures, Novak Biddle and/or WSII, as applicable; provided, further, that any amendment or waiver that has the effect of affecting the Katzman Registrable Securities (i) in a manner different than the securities issued to the Investors and (ii) in a manner adverse to the interests of the holders of the Katzman Registrable Securities, then such amendment shall require the consent of the holder or holders of a majority in interest of the Katzman Registrable Securities; and provided further that to the extent the right of first offer in Section 2.3 is waived by the holders of at least 66-2/3% of then outstanding Registrable Securities and, following such waiver, holders of Registrable Securities are permitted to participate in the transaction with respect to which such rights were waived, then all Qualified Investors shall be permitted to participate in the transaction on a pro rata basis to the same extent as participating holders of Registrable Securities. Any amendment or waiver effected in accordance with this Section 4.3 shall be binding upon the Company, the Investors, and each of their respective successors and assigns.

 

4.4                                Notices . Any notice required or permitted by this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient (i) upon delivery, when delivered personally or by overnight courier, (ii) when sent, if sent by email or fax during the recipient’s normal business hours, and if not sent during normal business hours, then on the recipient’s next business day, or (iii) 48 hours after being deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address or fax number as set forth on the signature page or on Schedule 1 hereto, or as subsequently modified by written notice.

 

4.5                                Aggregation of Stock . All shares of capital stock of the Company held or acquired by Affiliated entities or persons shall be aggregated together for the purpose of determining the availability of any rights under this Agreement and such Affiliated persons may apportion such rights as among themselves in any manner they deem appropriate. As used herein, “ Affiliate ” means, with respect to any specified Investor, any other Investor who, directly or indirectly, controls, is controlled by or is under common control with such Investor, including, without limitation, any general partner, managing member, officer or director of such Investor, or any venture capital fund now or hereafter existing which is controlled by one or more general partners or managing members of, or shares the same management company with, such Investor.

 

4.6                                Severability . If one or more provisions of this Agreement are held to be unenforceable under applicable law, the parties agree to renegotiate such provision in good faith. In the event that the parties cannot reach a mutually agreeable and enforceable replacement for such provision, then (a) such provision shall be excluded from this Agreement, (b) the balance of this Agreement shall be interpreted as if such provision were so excluded and (c) the balance of this Agreement shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

4.7                                Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of New York, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law that would result in the application of any law other than that of the State of New York.

 

19



 

4.8                                Dispute Resolution . Each party irrevocably submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of (a) the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County, and (b) the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, for the purposes of any suit, action or other proceeding arising out of this Agreement or any transaction contemplated hereby. Each party agrees to commence any such action, suit or proceeding either in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or if and only if such suit, action or other proceeding may not be brought in such court for jurisdictional reasons, in the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County. Each party further agrees that service of any process, summons, notice or document by U.S. registered mail to such party’s respective address set forth above shall be effective service of process for any action, suit or proceeding in New York with respect to any matters to which it has submitted to jurisdiction in this Section 4.8. Each party irrevocably and unconditionally waives any objection to the laying of venue of any action, suit or proceeding arising out of this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby in (i) the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York or (ii) if and only if such action, suit or proceeding cannot be brought in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York for jurisdictional reasons, the Supreme Court of the State of New York, New York County, and hereby further irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to plead or claim in any such court that any such action, suit or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum.

 

4.9                                Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

4.10                         Titles and Subtitles . The titles and subtitles used in this Agreement are used for convenience only and are not to be considered in construing or interpreting this Agreement.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

20


 

The parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

THE COMPANY:

 

 

 

2TOR, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rob Cohen

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Rob Cohen

 

 

Title:

CFO

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

60 Chelsea Piers, Suite 6020

 

 

New York, New York 10011

 

 

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Fax:

212-504-8365

 

 

email:

rcohen@2tor.com

 

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]

 



 

The parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

/s/ John S. Katzman

 

John S. Katzman

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ John S. Katzman

 

John S. Katzman as custodian under the New York Uniform Transfers to Minors Act for Lyra Katzman

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ John S. Katzman

 

John S. Katzman as custodian under the New York Uniform Transfers to Minors Act for Daniel Katzman

 

 

 

 

 

The Katzman Family 2008 Dynasty Trust, dated December 31, 2008

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Julie Katzman

 

Julie Katzman, as Investment Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

c/o 2tor, Inc.

 

60 Chelsea Piers, Suite 6020

 

New York, New York 10011

 

Fax: 212-656-1109

 

email: jkatzman@2tor.com

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]

 



 

The parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

THE INVESTORS:

 

 

 

WSI INVESTMENTS, INC.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Wanda M. Cook

 

 

Name:

Wanda M. Cook

 

 

Title:

President

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

824 Market Street, Suite 900

 

Wilmington, Delaware 19801

 

Attention: Wanda M. Cook, President

 

Phone: (302) 655-4133

 

Fax: (302) 656-4884

 

Email: wmcook@winvestco.com

 

 

 

 

 

With a copy to:

 

The Hillman Company

 

330 Grant Street, Suite 1900

 

Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15219

 

Attention:

Russell W. Ayres, III,

 

 

Vice President and Associate General

 

 

Counsel

 

Phone: (412) 338-3636

 

Fax: (412) 338-3644

 

Email: rwayres@hillmanco.com

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]

 



 

The parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

THE INVESTORS:

 

 

 

SVB CAPITAL PARTNERS II, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

SVB Capital Partners II, LLC,

 

 

its General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Sulaiman Mamdani

 

 

Name: Sulaiman Mamdani

 

 

Title: Managing Director

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

c/o Silicon Valley Bank

 

2400 Hanover Street

 

Palo Alto, California 94304

 

Attn: Sulu Mamdani

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]

 


 

The parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

THE INVESTORS:

 

 

 

BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS VII L.P.

BESSEMER VENTURE PARTNERS VII INSTITUTIONAL L.P.

 

BVP VII SPECIAL OPPORTUNITY FUND L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By: Deer VII & Co. L.P., their General Partner

 

By: Deer Vll & Co. Ltd., its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

c/o Bessemer Venture Partners
1865 Palmer Avenue
Suite 104

 

Larchmont, NY 10538
Tel. 914-833-5300
Transactions@bvp.com

 

 

 

With a copy to:
Anthony O. Pergola, Esq.
Lowenstein Sandler PC
1251 Avenue of the Americas
New York, New York 10020
Fax: (212) 262.7402

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]

 



 

The parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above,

 

 

THE INVESTORS:

 

 

 

HIGHLAND ENTREPRENEURS’ FUND VII LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

 

 

By: Highland Management Partners VII Limited Partnership, its General Partner

 

 

 

By: Highland Management Partners VII, LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

By:

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

Authorized Manager

 

 

 

 

 

Notice Address for all Highland entities:

 

 

 

c/o Highland Capital Partners
92 Hayden Avenue
Lexington, MA 02421
Fax: 781.861.5499
Attention: Patrick Cammarata

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]

 



 

The parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above,

 

 

THE INVESTORS:

 

 

 

HIGHLAND CAPITAL PARTNERS VII LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

 

 

By: Highland Management Partners VII Limited Partnership, its General Partner

 

 

 

By: Highland Management Partners VII, LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

By:

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

Authorized Manager

 

 

 

 

 

HIGHLAND CAPITAL PARTNERS VII-B LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

 

 

By: Highland Management Partners VII Limited Partnership, its General Partner

 

 

 

By: Highland Management Partners VII, LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

By:

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

Authorized Manager

 

 

 

 

 

HIGHLAND CAPITAL PARTNERS VII-C LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

 

 

 

By: Highland Management Partners VII Limited Partnership, its General Partner

 

 

 

By: Highland Management Partners VII, LLC, its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

Authorized Manager

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]

 



 

The parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above,

 

 

THE INVESTORS:

 

 

 

REDPOINT VENTURES III, L.P., by its General Partner Redpoint Ventures III, LLC

 

 

 

REDPOINT ASSOCIATES III, LLC, as nominee

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Timothy M. Harley

 

 

(Signature)

 

Name: Timothy M. Harley

 

Title: Managing Director

 

 

 

Address:

 

3000 Sand Hill Road, 2-290

 

Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

 

 

Fax:

650.854.5762

 

email:

thaley@redpoint.com

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]

 



 

The parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

THE INVESTORS:

 

 

 

NOVAK BIDDLE VENTURE PARTNERS V, LP

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Edmund R. Novak, Jr.

 

 

(Signature)

 

Name: Edmund R. Novak, Jr.

 

Title: Managing Member

 

 

 

Address:

 

7501 Wisconsin Ave.
East Tower, Suite 1380
Bethesda, MD 20814
Attention: Phil Bronner

 

 

 

Fax:

240.223.0255

 

email:

phil@novakbiddle.com

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]

 


 

The parties have excuted this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

THE INVESTORS:

 

 

 

IMPACT VENTURES II, LP

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Josh Cohen

 

 

(Signature)

 

Name:

Josh Cohen

 

Title:

Managing partner

 

 

 

Address:

 

c/o City Light Capital Management, LLC

 

370 Lexington Avenue, Suite 1704

 

New York, NY 10017

 

 

 

Fax:

 

 

email:

josh@citylightcap.com

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

IMPACT CO-INVEST I, LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Josh Cohen

 

 

(Signature)

 

Name:

Josh Cohen

 

Title:

Managing partner

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

c/o City Light Capital Management, LLC

 

370 Lexington Avenue, Suite 1704

 

New York, NY 10017

 

 

 

Fax:

 

 

email:

josh@citylightcap.com

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]

 



 

The parties have excuted this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

THE INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

TRIUMPH CAPITAL, LLC

 

By Triumph Group, Inc., as Manager

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John M Larson

 

 

(Signature)

 

Name:

John M Larson

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

230 Westfield Way

 

Barrington Hills, IL 60010

 

 

 

Fax:

847-428-0150

 

email:

jmlarson5@comcast.net

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]

 



 

The parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

THE INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

ROBERT COHEN

 

 

 

/s/ Robert Cohen

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

4 Stratford Court

 

Warren, NJ 07059

 

 

 

 

Fax:

212-504-8365

 

email:

rcohen@2tor.com

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]

 



 

The parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

THE INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

EMANUEL STERN

 

 

 

 

/s/ Emanuel Stern

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

Hartz Mountain Industries, Inc.

 

400 Plaza Drive

 

Seacaucus, NJ 07094

 

 

 

 

Fax:

 

 

email:

eman@hartzmountain.com

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]

 



 

The parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

THE INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

ERIC MOSCHLAIDIS

 

 

 

 

/s/ Eric Moschlaidis

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

860 Fifth Avenue

 

New York, NY 10065

 

 

 

 

Fax:

 

 

email:

ericmoseyahoo.com

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]

 



 

The parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

THE INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

PETER COHEN

 

 

 

 

/s/ Peter Cohen

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

2923 Woodvalley Dr.

 

Baltimore, MD 21208

 

 

 

 

Fax:

617-671-2100

 

email:

peterjcohen@gmail.com

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]

 


 

The parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

THE INVESTORS:

 

 

 

SIGNAL HILL CAPITAL GROUP LLC

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Scott A. Wieler

 

 

(Signature)

 

Name:

Scott A. Wieler

 

Titale:

Chairman

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

300 East Lombard Street, Suite 1700

 

Baltimore, MD 21202

 

 

 

Fax:

443-478-2505

 

email:

swieler@signalhill.com

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]

 



 

The parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

THE INVESTORS:

 

 

 

 

 

HENRY SAGE

 

 

 

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

Address:

 

[ILLEGIBLE]

 

[ILLEGIBLE]

 

Fax:

 

 

email:

[ILLEGIBLE]

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]

 



 

The parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

THE INVESTORS:

 

 

 

BLUE WATERS RESEARCH LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

Name:

[ILLEGIBLE]

 

Title:

[ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

 

Address:

 

1755 Correa Way

 

Los Angeles, CA 90049

 

 

 

Fax:

[ILLEGIBLE]

 

email:

[ILLEGIBLE]

 



 

The parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

THE INVESTORS:

 

 

 

M&N 2005 TRUST

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Matthew Coffin

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Name:

Matthew Coffin

 

 

Title:

Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

Coffin Capital & Ventures, LLC

 

 

1776 Park Ave. #4-414

 

 

Park City, UT 84060

 

 

Tel:

(310) 880-8128

 

 

 

(310) 714-3132

 

 

eMail:

matt@mattcoffin.net

 

 

 

halgar9@gmail.com

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]

 



 

The parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

THE INVESTORS:

 

 

 

PASCACK ROAD, LLC

 

 

 

By:

/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]

 

(Signature)

 

Name:

[ILLEGIBLE]

 

Title:

[ILLEGIBLE]

 

 

 

Address:

 

717 Barrister Court

 

Franklin Lakes, NJ 07417

 

Attention: Mark Durfee

 

 

 

Fax:

 

 

email:

[ILLEGIBLE]

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]

 



 

The parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

THE INVESTORS:

 

 

 

QED FUND I, L.P.

 

 

 

By: QED FUND I, L.P.

 

 

 

By: QED Partners LLC, Its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Nigel Morris

 

(Signature)

 

Name:

Nigel Morris

 

Title:

m anaging p artner

 

 

 

Address:

 

311 Cameron Street

 

Alexandria, VA 22314

 

Attention: Michael Harrington

 

Fax:

703-299-8825

 

email:

mharrington@311cameron.com

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]

 



 

The parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

 

THE INVESTORS:

 

 

 

WEST RIVER 2TOR PARTNERS LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

WestRiver Management, LLC,

 

 

its Managing Member

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Erik J. Anderson

 

 

Name:

Erik J. Anderson

 

 

Title:

Managing Member

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

3720 Carillon Point

 

Kirkland, Washington 98033-7455

 

Attention: Erik J. Anderson

 

Telephone: (425) 576-9850

 

Email:  eanderson@westrivercap.com

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO AMENDED AND RESTATED INVESTORS’ RIGHTS AGREEMENT]

 


 

SCHEDULE 1

 

A. Initial Series A Investors

 

 

 

 

 

Name and Address

 

 

 

 

 

Redpoint Ventures III, L.P.

 

Redpoint Associates III, LLC

 

 

 

3000 Sand Hill Road, 2-290

 

3000 Sand Hill Road, 2-290

Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

 

 

Novak Biddle Venture Partners V, LP

 

Blue Waters Research LLC

 

 

 

7501 Wisconsin Ave.

 

1755 Correa Way

East Tower, Suite 1380

 

Los Angeles, CA 90049

Bethesda, MD 20814

 

 

Attention: Phil Bronner

 

 

 

 

 

M&N 2005 Trust

 

Forward Investments, LLC

 

 

 

c/o Lagovent

 

2355 Westwood Blvd.

2121 Avenue of the Stars

 

Suite 408

Suite 1250

 

Los Angeles, CA 90064

Los Angeles, CA 90067

 

Attention: Douglas Shooker

 

 

 

Pascack Road, LLC

 

Impact Ventures II, LP

 

 

 

717 Barrister Court

 

c/o City Light Capital Management, LLC

Franklin Lakes, NJ 07417

 

370 Lexington Avenue, Suite 1704

Attention: Mark Durfee

 

New York, NY 10017

 

 

 

Emanuel Stern

 

 

 

 

 

Hartz Mountain Industries, Inc.

 

 

400 Plaza Drive

 

 

Secaucus, NJ 07094

 

 

 

 

 

with a copy to:

 

 

 

 

 

Tim Terry, Esq.

 

 

Hartz Capital, Inc.

 

 

400 Plaza Drive

 

 

Secaucus, NJ 07094

 

 

 

 

 

Robert Cohen

 

Eric Moscahlaidis

 

 

 

4 Stratford Court

 

860 Fifth Avenue

Warren, NJ 07059

 

New York, NY 10065

 

 

 

Peter Cohen

 

Triumph Capital, LLC

 

 

 

2923 Woodvalley Dr. 

Baltimore, MD 21208

 

230 Westfield Way

Barrington Hills, IL 60010

 



 

SCHEDULE 1 (CONT.)

 

B. Series B Investors

 

 

 

 

 

Name and Address

 

 

 

 

 

Highland Capital Partners VII Limited

Partnership

c/o Highland Capital Partners

One Broadway, 16 th  Fl

Cambridge, MA 02142

Phone: 617-401-4500

 

Highland Capital Partners VII-B Limited

Partnership

c/o Highland Capital Partners

One Broadway, 16 th  Fl

Cambridge, MA 02142

Phone: 617-401-4500

 

 

 

Highland Capital Partners VII-C Limited

Partnership

c/o Highland Capital Partners

One Broadway, 16 th  Fl

Cambridge, MA 02142

Phone: 617-401-4500

 

Highland Entrepreneurs’ Fund VII Limited

Partnership

c/o Highland Capital Partners

One Broadway, 16 th  Fl

Cambridge, MA 02142

Phone: 617-401-4500

 

 

 

Redpoint Ventures III, L.P.

 

3000 Sand Hill Road, 2-290

Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

Redpoint Associates III, LLC

 

3000 Sand Hill Road, 2-290

Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

 

 

Novak Biddle Venture Partners V, LP

 

7501 Wisconsin Ave.

East Tower, Suite 1380

Bethesda, MD 20814

Attention: Phil Bronner

 

Impact Ventures II, LP

 

c/o City Light Capital Management, LLC

370 Lexington Avenue, Suite 1704

New York, NY 10017

 

 

 

Triumph Capital, LLC

 

230 Westfield Way

Barrington Hills, IL 60010

 

Robert Cohen

 

4 Stratford Court

Warren, NJ 07059

 

2



 

SCHEDULE 1 (CONT.)

 

C. Series C Investors

 

 

 

 

 

Name and Address

 

 

 

 

 

Bessemer Venture Partners VII L.P.

c/o Bessemer Venture Partners

1865 Palmer Avenue

Suite 104

Larchmont, NY 10538

Tel. 914-833-5300

Transactions@bvp.com

 

Bessemer Venture Partners VII Institutional

L.P.

c/o Bessemer Venture Partners

1865 Palmer Avenue

Suite 104

Larchmont, NY 10538

Tel. 914-833-5300

Transactions@bvp.com

 

 

 

BVP Special Opportunity Fund L.P.

c/o Bessemer Venture Partners

1865 Palmer Avenue

Suite 104

Larchmont, NY 10538

Tel. 914-833-5300

Transactions@bvp.com

 

Highland Capital Partners VII Limited

Partnership

c/o Highland Capital Partners

One Broadway, 16 th  Fl

Cambridge, MA 02142

Phone: 617-401-4500

 

 

 

Highland Capital Partners VII-B Limited

Partnership

c/o Highland Capital Partners

One Broadway, 16 th  Fl

Cambridge, MA 02142

Phone: 617-401-4500

 

Highland Capital Partners VII-C Limited

Partnership

c/o Highland Capital Partners

One Broadway, 16 th  Fl

Cambridge, MA 02142

Phone: 617-401-4500

 

 

 

Highland Entrepreneurs’ Fund VII Limited

Partnership

c/o Highland Capital Partners

One Broadway, 16 th  Fl

Cambridge, MA 02142

Phone: 617-401-4500

 

Redpoint Ventures III, L.P.

 

3000 Sand Hill Road, 2-290

Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

 

 

Redpoint Associates III, LLC

 

3000 Sand Hill Road, 2-290

Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

Novak Biddle Venture Partners V, LP

 

7501 Wisconsin Ave.

East Tower, Suite 1380

Bethesda, MD 20814

Attention: Phil Bronner

 

 

 

QED Fund I, L.P.

 

311 Cameron Street

Alexandria, VA 22314

Attention: Michael Harrington

 

Triumph Capital LLC

 

230 Westfield Way

Barrington Hills, IL 60010

 

3



 

C. Series C Investors

 

 

 

 

 

Name and Address

 

 

 

 

 

Impact Ventures II, LP

 

c/o City Light Capital Management, LLC

370 Lexington Avenue, Suite 1704

New York, NY 10017

 

Impact Co-invest I, LLC

 

c/o City Light Capital Management, LLC

370 Lexington Avenue, Suite 1704

New York, NY 10017

 

4



 

SCHEDULE 1 (CONT.)

 

D. Series D Investors

 

Name and Address

 

 

 

 

 

WSI Investments, Inc.

824 Market Street, Suite 900

Wilmington, Delaware 19801

Attention: Wanda M. Cook, President

 

SVB Capital Partners II, L.P.

c/o Silicon Valley Bank

2400 Hanover Street

Palo Alto, California 94304

Attn: Sulu Mamdani

 

 

 

Bessemer Venture Partners VII L.P.

 

Bessemer Venture Partners VII Institutional L.P.

c/o Bessemer Venture Partners

 

c/o Bessemer Venture Partners

1865 Palmer Avenue

 

1865 Palmer Avenue

Suite 104

 

Suite 104

Larchmont, NY 10538

 

Larchmont, NY 10538

Tel. 914-833-5300

 

Tel. 914-833-5300

Transactions@bvp.com

 

Transactions@bvp.com

 

 

 

BVP VII Special Opportunity Fund L.P.

 

Highland Capital Partners VII Limited

c/o Bessemer Venture Partners

 

Partnership

1865 Palmer Avenue

 

c/o Highland Capital Partners

Suite 104

 

One Broadway, 16 th  Fl

Larchmont, NY 10538

 

Cambridge, MA 02142

Tel. 914-833-5300

 

Phone: 617-401-4500

Transactions@bvp.com

 

 

 

 

 

Highland Capital Partners VII-B Limited

 

Highland Capital Partners VII-C Limited

Partnership

 

Partnership

c/o Highland Capital Partners

 

c/o Highland Capital Partners

One Broadway, 16 th  Fl

 

One Broadway, 16 th  Fl

Cambridge, MA 02142

 

Cambridge, MA 02142

Phone: 617-401-4500

 

Phone: 617-401-4500

 

 

 

Highland Entrepreneurs’ Fund VII Limited

 

Redpoint Ventures III, L.P.

Partnership

 

3000 Sand Hill Road, 2-290

c/o Highland Capital Partners

 

Menlo Park, CA 94025

One Broadway, 16 th  Fl

 

 

Cambridge, MA 02142

 

 

Phone: 617-401-4500

 

 

 

 

 

Redpoint Associates III, LLC

3000 Sand Hill Road, 2-290

Menlo Park, CA 94025

 

Novak Biddle Venture Partners V, LP

7501 Wisconsin Ave.

East Tower, Suite 1380

Bethesda, MD 20814

Attention: Phil Bronner

 

 

 

Impact Ventures II, LP

c/o City Light Capital Management, LLC

370 Lexington Avenue, Suite 1704

New York, NY 10017

 

 

 

5



 

D. Series D Investors

 

Name and Address

 

 

 

 

 

Triumph Capital LLC

230 Westfield Way

Barrington Hills, IL 60010

 

QED Fund I, L.P.

311 Cameron Street

Alexandria, VA 22314

Attention: Michael Harrington

 

 

 

West River 2tor Partners LLC

3720 Carillon Point

Kirkland, Washington 98033-7455

Attention: Erik J. Anderson

Telephone: (425) 576-9850

Email: eanderson@westrivercap.com

 

 

 

6




Exhibit 10.7

 

THE 2TOR, INC.

FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

2008 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

Section 1. Purpose of the Plan

 

The purpose of the Plan is to enable the Company and any Related Company to attract and retain employees, officers, directors, and consultants who contribute to the Company’s success by their ability, ingenuity and industry, and to enable such individuals to participate in the long-term success and growth of the Company by giving them an equity interest in the Company.

 

Section 2. Definitions

 

Most definitions used in this document may be found in 2tor Glossary, attached. In addition, though, we will use the following terms:

 

2.1.  “ Plan ” shall mean The 2tor, Inc. 2008 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

2.2  “ 10% Shareholder ” shall mean an employee who owns Stock possessing more than 10% of the total voting power of all classes of Stock of the Company (or its parent or subsidiary corporation).

 

2.3    Executive Officer ” shall mean an employee who is covered under the Executive Compensation Policy of the Company.

 

Section 3. Types of Awards

 

Awards under the Plan may be in the form of (a) Non-Qualified Stock Options, (b) Incentive Stock Options, (c) Restricted Stock, and (d) Deferred Stock.

 

Section 4. Administration

 

4.1  Composition of Committee . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee; provided, however, that to the extent determined necessary to satisfy the requirements for exemption from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, with respect to the acquisition or disposition of securities hereunder, action by the Committee may be by a committee composed solely of two or more “non-employee directors,” within the meaning of Rule 16b-3 as promulgated under Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act, appointed by the Board or by the Compensation Committee of the Board, and provided further, that to the extent determined necessary to satisfy the requirements for the exception for “qualified performance- based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, with respect to awards hereunder, action by the Committee may be by a committee comprised solely of two or more “outside directors,” within the meaning of Code

 

1



 

Section 162(m), appointed by the Board or by the Compensation Committee of the Board. Members of the Committee shall serve at the pleasure of the Board.

 

4.2.  Power and Authority of Committee. The Committee shall have the authority to grant awards to eligible employees, directors, and consultants under the Plan; to adopt, alter and repeal such administrative rules, guidelines and practices governing the Plan as it shall deem advisable; to interpret the terms and provisions of the Plan and any award granted under the Plan; and to otherwise supervise the administration of the Plan. In particular, and without limiting its authority and powers, subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee shall have the authority

 

4.2.1.  to determine whether and to what extent any award or combination of awards will be granted hereunder;

 

4.2.2.  to select the employees, directors, and/or consultants to whom awards will be granted;

 

4.2.3.  to determine the number of shares of Stock to be covered by each award granted hereunder

 

4.2.4.  to determine the terms and conditions of any award granted hereunder, including, but not limited to, any vesting or other restrictions based on performance and such other factors as the Committee may determine, and to determine whether the terms and conditions of the award are satisfied;

 

4.2.5.  to determine the treatment of awards upon an employee’s retirement, disability, death, termination for cause or other termination of employment;

 

4.2.6.  to determin e that amounts equal to the amount of any dividends declared with respect to the number of shares covered by an award (including Stock Options) (i) will be paid to the holder of the award currently, (ii) will be deferred and deemed to be reinvested, (iii) will otherwise be credited to the holder of the award, or (iv) that the holder of the award has no rights with respect to such dividends;

 

4.2.7.  to amend the terms of any award, prospectively or retroactively; and

 

4.2.8  to substitute new Stock Options for previously granted Stock Options, or for options or other awards granted under other plans.

 

The Committee may not impair the rights of the award holder without his or her consent.

 

4.3.  Determinations of Committee Final and Binding. All determinations made by the Committee pursuant to the provisions of the Plan shall be final and binding on all persons, including the Company and Plan participants.

 

4.4.  Delegation of Authority. The Committee may from time to time delegate to one or more officers of the Company or any Related Company any or all of the authorities to it granted hereunder except with respect to awards granted to persons subject to Section 16 of the Exchange Act. The Committee shall specify the maximum number of shares that the officer or

 

2



 

officers to whom such authority is delegated may issue pursuant to awards made hereunder.

 

4.5.  Board Approval. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the terms of the grant of awards (and, as applicable, any related disposition to the Company) under the Plan shall be subject to the prior approval of the Board (a) to the extent determined to be necessary to satisfy an exemption under Rule 16b-3 with respect to the grant of an award hereunder (and, as applicable, with respect to the disposition to the Company of Stock hereunder), or (b) as otherwise determined advisable by the Committee. Any prior approval of the Board, as provided in the preceding sentence, shall not otherwise limit or restrict the authority of the Committee to grant awards under the Plan, including, but not limited to, the authority of the Committee to grant awards qualifying for the exception for qualified performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code and the treasury regulations thereunder.

 

Section 5. Stock Subject to Plan; Individual Limit

 

5.1.  Eligibility. Employees, officers, and directors of the Company and Related Companies, and non-employee consultants to the Company and Related Companies, are eligible to be granted awards under the Plan, except that only employees of the Company and Related Companies are eligible to be granted Incentive Stock Options under the Plan. The participants under the Plan shall be selected from time to time by the Committee, in its sole discretion, from among those eligible.

 

5.2.  Shares of Stock Subject to Plan. The total number of shares of Stock reserved and available for distribution under the Plan shall be 5,830,000. The shares of Stock hereunder may consist of authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares. Shares of Stock reserved and available for distribution under the Plan shall be subject to further adjustment as provided below.

 

5.3.  Cancellation, Surrender or Termination of Awards. To the extent a Stock Option is surrendered, canceled or terminated without having been exercised, or an award is surrendered, canceled or terminated without the award holder having received payment of the award, or shares awarded are surrendered, canceled, repurchased at less than Fair Market Value or forfeited, the shares subject to such award shall again be available for distribution in connection with future awards under the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, surrender, cancellation, termination or forfeiture of a Stock Option, to the extent provided under Code Section 162(m) and the treasury regulations thereunder, shall not be disregarded for purposes of applying the individual limit on available shares described in Section 5.4. At no time will the overall number of shares issued under the Plan plus the number of shares covered by outstanding awards under the Plan exceed the aggregate number of shares authorized under the Plan.

 

5.4.  Individual Limit. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary above, the maximum number of shares of Stock that may be subject to Stock Options granted to any one employee under the Plan shall not exceed 1,000,000.

 

5.5.  Capital and Corporate Changes. Subject to the provisions of Section 11.1, in the event of any merger, reorganization, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, recapitalization, stock dividend, stock split, spin-off, split-up, split-off, distribution of assets (including cash) or other change in corporate structure affecting the Stock,

 

3



 

an equitable substitution or adjustment, as may be determined to be appropriate by the Committee in its sole discretion, shall be made to prevent dilution or enlargement of the rights of participants under the Plan with respect to the aggregate number of shares reserved for issuance under the Plan, the maximum number of shares of Stock available under the individual limit described in Section 5.4, the identity of the stock or other securities to be issued under the Plan, the number of shares subject to outstanding awards and the amounts to be paid by award holders, the Company or any Related Company, as the case may be, with respect to outstanding awards. Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the changes in corporate structure affecting the Stock described above shall impair the rights of a then-existing award holder without his or her consent.

 

Section 6. Stock Options

 

6.1.  Types of Stock Options. The Stock Options awarded under the Plan may be of two types: (a) Non-Qualified Stock Options and (b) Incentive Stock Options. To the extent that any Stock Option does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option, it shall constitute a Non-Qualified Stock Option.

 

6.2.  Terms of Stock Options Generally. Subject to the following provisions, Stock Options awarded under the Plan shall be in such form and shall have such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine:

 

6.2.1.  Option Price. The option price per share of Stock purchasable under a Stock Option shall be determined by the Committee.

 

6.2.2.  Option Term. The term of each Stock Option shall be determined by the Committee, but in no case shall the term of a Stock Option exceed ten years and a day.

 

6.2.3.  Exercisability :   Stock Options shall be exercisable at such time or times and subject to such terms and conditions as shall be determined by the Committee. If the Committee provides that any Stock Option is exercisable only in installments, the Committee may waive such installment exercise provisions at any time in whole or in part.

 

6.2.4.  Method of Exercise. Stock Options may be exercised in whole or in part at any time during the option period by giving written notice of exercise to the corporate secretary of the Company specifying the number of shares to be purchased, accompanied by payment of the purchase price. Payment of the purchase price shall be made in such manner as the Committee may provide in the award, which may include cash (including cash equivalents), delivery of unrestricted shares of Stock which have been owned by the optionee for at least six months or which are the subject to awards hereunder, any other manner permitted by law as determined by the Committee, or any combination of the foregoing. The Committee may provide that all or part of the shares received upon the exercise of a Stock Option which are paid for using Restricted Stock or Deferred Stock shall be restricted or deferred in accordance with the original terms of the Restricted Stock or Deferred Stock so used.

 

6.2.5.  No Stockholder Rights. An optionee shall have neither rights to dividends (other than amounts credited in accordance with Section 4.2.6) nor other rights of a

 

4



 

stockholder with respect to shares subject to a Stock Option until the optionee has given written notice of exercise and has paid for such shares.

 

6.2.6.  Surrender Rights. The Committee may provide that options may be surrendered for cash upon any terms and conditions set by the Committee.

 

6.2.7.  Non-Transferability. No Stock Option shall be transferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. During the optionee’s lifetime, all Stock Options shall be exercisable only by the optionee. Notwithstanding the above, the Committee may, in its discretion and subject to such limitations and conditions as the Committee deems appropriate, grant Non-Qualified Stock options on terms that permit the optionee to transfer the option to the optionee’s spouse, children, siblings, parents, or a trust in which these persons have more than fifty percent of the beneficial interest. In addition, Non-Qualified Stock Options shall be transferable pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order as defined by the Code or the Employee Retirement Income Security Act.

 

6.2.8.  Termination of Employment. If an optionee’s employment with the Company or a Related Company terminates by reason of death, disability, retirement, voluntary or involuntary termination or otherwise, the Stock Option shall be exercisable to the extent determined by the Committee in connection with the grant of the Stock Option. The Committee may provide that, notwithstanding the option term determined pursuant to Section 6.2.2, a Stock Option which is outstanding on the date of an optionee’s death shall remain outstanding for an additional period after the date of such death.

 

6.3.  Special Terms for Incentive Stock Options. Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 6.2, no Incentive Stock Option shall:

 

(a) have an option price which is less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date of the award of the Incentive Stock Option, in the case of a 10% Shareholder, have an option price which is less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date of grant);

 

(b) be exercisable more than ten years (or, in the case of a 10% Shareholder, five years) after the date such Incentive Stock Option is awarded; or

 

(c) be awarded more than ten years after the date of the adoption of the Plan.

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan, only employees of the Company or a parent or subsidiary of the Company (as defined in Code Sections 424(e) and 424(f)) shall be eligible to receive awards of Incentive Stock Options. By accepting an Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan, each such optionee agrees that he or she will notify the Company in writing immediately after such optionee makes a disqualifying disposition (as provided in Sections 421, 422 and 424 of the Code and the treasury regulations thereunder) of any Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option granted under the Plan.

 

5



 

Section 7. Restricted Stock Awards

 

7.1  In General . Subject to the following provisions, all awards of Restricted Stock shall be in such form and shall have such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine:

 

7.2.  Award Provisions . The Restricted Stock award shall specify the number of rights to purchase and number of shares of Restricted Stock that may be purchased, the price, if any, to be paid by the recipient of the rights to purchase Restricted Stock (which shall in no event be less than par value), and the date or dates on which, or the conditions upon the satisfaction of which, the Restricted Stock will vest. The vesting of Restricted Stock maybe conditioned upon the completion of a specified period of service with the Company or a Related Company, upon the attainment of specified performance goals, or upon such other criteria as the Committee may determine. These provisions shall be set forth in a Restricted Stock Award agreement between the Company and the grantee.

 

7.3.  Stock Certificates . Stock certificates representing the Restricted Stock awarded to an employee shall be registered in the employee’s name, but the Committee may direct that such certificates be held by the Company on behalf of the employee. Except as may be permitted by the Committee, no share of Restricted Stock may be sold, transferred, assigned, pledged or otherwise encumbered by the employee until such share has vested in accordance with the terms of the Restricted Stock award. At the time Restricted Stock vests, a certificate for such vested shares shall be delivered to the employee (or his or her designated beneficiary in the event of death) free of all restrictions.

 

7.4.  Shareholder Rights . The Committee may provide that the employee shall have the right to vote or receive dividends on Restricted Stock. The Committee may provide that Stock received as a dividend on, or in connection with a stock split of, Restricted Stock shall be subject to the same restrictions as the Restricted Stock

 

7.5.  Forfeiture of Unvested Shares . Except as may otherwise be provided by the Committee, in the event of an employee’s termination of employment before all of his or her Restricted Stock has vested, or in the event any conditions to the vesting of Restricted Stock have not been satisfied prior to any deadline for the satisfaction of such conditions set forth in the award, the shares of Restricted Stock which have not vested shall be forfeited, and the Committee shall provide that (i) the purchase price paid by the employee with respect to such shares shall be returned to the employee or (ii) a cash payment equal to such Restricted Stock’s Fair Market Value on the date of forfeiture, if lower, shall be paid to the employee.

 

7.6.  Waivers . The Committee may waive, in whole or in part, any or all of the conditions to receipt of, or restrictions with respect to, any or all of the employee’s Restricted Stock.

 

Section 8. Deferred Stock Awards

 

8.1  In General . Subject to the following provisions, all awards of Deferred Stock shall be in such form and shall have such terms and conditions as the Committee may determine:

 

8.2.  Award Provisions . The Deferred Stock award shall specify the number of shares of Deferred Stock to be awarded to any employee and the Deferral Period during which, and the

 

6



 

conditions under which, receipt of the Stock will be deferred. The Committee may condition the award of Deferred Stock, or receipt of Stock or cash at the end of the Deferral Period, upon the attainment of specified performance goals or such other criteria as the Committee may determine. These provisions shall be set forth in a Deferred Stock Award agreement between the Company and the grantee.

 

8.3.  No Transfers During Deferral Period . Except as may be permitted by the Committee, Deferred Stock awards may not be sold, assigned, transferred, pledged, or otherwise encumbered during the Deferral Period.

 

8.4.  Transfers at Expiration of Deferral Period . At the expiration of the Deferral Period, the employee (or his or her designated beneficiary in the event of death) shall receive (i) certificates for the number of shares of Stock equal to the number of shares covered by the Deferred Stock award, (ii) cash equal to the Fair Market Value of such Stock, or (iii) a combination of shares and cash, as the Committee may determine.

 

8.5.  Forfeitures . Except as may be provided by the Committee, in the event of an employee’s termination of employment before the end of the Deferral Period, his or her Deferred Stock award shall be forfeited.

 

8.6.  Waivers . The Committee may waive, in whole or in part, any or all of the conditions to receipt of or restrictions with respect to, Stock or cash under a Deferred Stock award.

 

Section 9. Tax Withholding

 

9.1.  Tax Withholding. Each employee shall, no later than the date as of which the value of an award (or portion thereof) first becomes includible in the employee’s income for applicable tax purposes, pay to the Company, or make arrangements satisfactory to the Committee regarding payment of, any federal, state, local or other taxes of any kind required by law to be withheld with respect to the award (or portion thereof). The obligations of the Company under the Plan shall be conditional on such payment or arrangements, and the Company (and, where applicable, any Related Company), shall, to the extent required by law, have the right to deduct any such taxes from any payment of any kind otherwise due to the employee including, but not limited to, the right to withhold shares of stock otherwise deliverable to the employee with respect to any awards hereunder.

 

9.2.  Use of Stock to Satisfy Withholding Obligations. To the extent permitted by the Committee, and subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may provide, an employee may irrevocably elect to have the withholding tax obligation or any additional tax obligation with respect to any awards hereunder satisfied by (a) having the Company withhold shares of Stock otherwise deliverable to the employee with respect to the award, (b) delivering to the Company shares of unrestricted Stock, or (c) through any combination of withheld and delivered shares of Stock, as described in (a) and (b).

 

7



 

Section 10. Amendments and Termination

 

10.1  In General . The Board or the Committee may discontinue the Plan at any time and may amend it from time to time. No amendment or discontinuation of the Plan shall adversely affect any award previously granted without the award holder’s written consent.

 

10.2  Shareholder Approval . No discontinuation or amendment of the Plan by the Board or the Committee shall require the approval of the stockholders of the Company, unless such stockholder approval is (a) required by applicable law or by the rules or regulations of any securities exchange or regulatory agency, or (b) otherwise determined necessary or desirable, in the sole discretion of the Committee, to enable transactions associated with grants of Stock Options, Restricted Stock and Deferred Stock and purchases of Restricted Stock to qualify for an exemption from Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or to qualify for the exception for qualified performance-based compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code. Stockholder approval shall be required for any amendment of the Plan as it relates to Incentive Options if and to the extent that such stockholder approval is required under the Code and application treasury regulations in order for options granted under the Plan after such amendment to qualify as Incentive Stock Options.

 

Section 11. Change in Control

 

11.1.   Vesting or Assumption of Obligations. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant or by amendment (with the holder’s consent) of such grant, in the event of a Change in Control all outstanding Stock Option awards under the Plan shall become fully vested and exercisable, and the restrictions and deferral limitations applicable to all outstanding Restricted Stock and Deferred Stock Awards under the Plan shall lapse and such awards shall be deemed fully vested immediately prior to the effective date of the Change in Control, unless the surviving, continuing, or purchasing corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, as the case may be (the “ Surviving Corporation ”), assumes such awards or substitutes equivalent awards therefor. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any award granted after June 19, 2009 shall limit the extent of the acceleration of vesting upon a Change in Control such that the rights vesting thereon will be no greater than the rights that would have vested as of the date one year after the date of such Change in Control. Any Stock Options which are neither assumed or substituted for by the Surviving Corporation in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the effective date of the Change in Control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding as of the effective date of the Change in Control.

 

11.2.   Termination of Employment. If, in connection with or within one year following a Change in Control, either (a) an employee’s employment is terminated by the successor corporation without Cause or (b) the employee terminates employment after being Reassigned, all awards then held by the employee under the Plan shall become fully vested and exercisable, and the restrictions and deferral limitations applicable to any such awards shall lapse and such awards shall be deemed fully vested. Notwithstanding the preceding sentence, any award granted after June 19, 2009 shall limit the extent of the acceleration of vesting upon any such termination such that the rights vesting thereon will be no greater than the rights that would have vested as of the date one year after the date of such termination.

 

8



 

Section 12. General Provisions

 

12.1.   Additional Requirements. Each award under the Plan shall be subject to the requirement that, if at any time the Committee shall determine that (a) the listing, registration or qualification of the Stock subject or related thereto upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or (b) the consent or approval of any government regulatory body or (c) an agreement by the recipient of an award with respect to the disposition of Stock is necessary or desirable (in connection with any requirement or interpretation of any federal or state securities law, rule or regulation) as a condition of, or in connection with, the granting of such award or the issuance, purchase or delivery of Stock thereunder, such award shall not be granted or exercised, in whole or in part, unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent, approval or agreement shall have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the Committee.

 

12.2.   Plan Not a Contract of Employment. The Plan is not an employment contract and neither the Plan nor any action taken hereunder shall be construed as giving to an optionee, grantee, or other participant in the Plan the right to be retained in the employ of the Company or a Related Company. The Company or, as applicable, the Related Company may terminate the Participant’s employment as freely and with the same effect as if the Plan were not in existence. Nothing set forth in the Plan shall prevent the Company or a Related Company from adopting other or additional compensation arrangements.

 

12.3.   Determinations Not Uniform. Determinations by the Committee under the Plan relating to the form, amount, and terms and conditions of awards need not be uniform, and may be made selectively among persons who receive or are eligible to receive awards under the Plan, whether or not such persons are similarly situated.

 

12.4.   Indemnification. No member of the Board or the Committee, nor any officer or employee of the Company or a Related Company acting on behalf of the Board or the Committee, shall be personally liable for any action, determination or interpretation taken or made with respect to the Plan, and all members of the Board and the Committee, and all officers or employees of the Company and Related Companies acting on their behalf, shall, to the extent permitted by law, be fully indemnified and protected by the Company in respect of any such action, determination or interpretation.

 

12.5.   Awards not Includable for Benefit Purposes. Income recognized by an employee pursuant to the Plan shall not be taken into account in the determination of benefits under any other executive compensation or employee benefit or other compensatory plan of the Company or a Related Company, or any entity controlled by the Company or a Related Company, except as specifically provided in any such other plan or as otherwise provided by the Committee.

 

12.6.   Severability. If any provision of the Plan is held to be void, illegal, unenforceable or otherwise in conflict with the law governing the Plan, such provision shall be deemed to be restated to reflect as nearly as possible the original intentions of the parties in accordance with applicable law, and the other provisions of the Plan shall remain in full force and effect.

 

12.7.   Legal Interpretation/Governing Law. The text of the Plan shall control and the headings to the Sections are for reference purposes only and do not limit or extend the meaning

 

9



 

of any of the Plan’s provisions. Except as to matters of federal law, the Plan and all rights thereunder shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York, without reference to the principles of conflicts of law thereof.

 

12.8   Stockholders Agreement . Except as may otherwise be permitted by the Committee, each optionee, grantee, or other participant in the Plan shall be required to join in the Stockholders Agreement as a condition to receiving any Stock under the Plan.

 

12.9   Lock-Up Agreement . Each award granted after June 19, 2009 under the Plan shall require the optionee, grantee or other participant in the Plan to agree that in connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing such offering of the Company’s securities, such optionee, grantee or other participant will not sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days (or such other period, not to exceed 30 days after the expiration of the market stand-off time period, as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto)) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the Company’s initial public offering.

 

Section 13. Effective Date and Duration of the Plan

 

13.1   Effective Date . The Plan shall be effective on October 28, 2008 (which is the date on which the Plan was approved by the Board), subject, to the extent required by law, to approval by the Company’s stockholder(s).

 

13.2   Duration . No awards of Stock Options, Restricted Stock or Deferred Stock shall be made under the Plan more than ten years after the effective date of the Plan.

 

As Amended and Restated on March 27, 2012.

 

10



 

AMENDMENT TO

2TOR, INC. FOURTH AMENDED AND RESTATED

2008 STOCK INCENTIVE PLAN

 

A.            2TOR, INC.., a corporation organized under the laws of the State of Delaware (the Company ) established the Company’s Fourth Amended and Restated 2008 Stock Incentive Plan (the Plan ) by an original instrument adopted by the Company on October 28, 2008 and amended and restated in March 2012;

 

B.             The Plan currently provides for 6,330,000 shares of Common Stock to be reserved for issuance under the Plan;

 

C.             The Company now wishes to amend the Plan to increase by 650,000 the number of shares of Common Stock reserved for issuance under the Plan, to eliminate Section 5.4 of the Plan and to modify certain vesting provisions related to a Change of Control.

 

AMENDMENT

 

Effective immediately, the Plan is amended as follows:

 

1.     Section 5.2 of the Plan is hereby amended and restated to read in its entirety to provide as follows:

 

“5.2.       Shares of Stock Subject to Plan . The total number of shares of Stock reserved and available for distribution under the Plan shall be 6,980,000. The shares of Stock hereunder may consist of authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares. Shares of Stock reserved and available for distribution under the Plan shall be subject to further adjustment as provided below.”

 

2.     Section 5.4 is hereby stricken from the Plan.

 

3.     Section 11 of the Plan (entitled Change in Control) is amended and restated in its entirety to provide as follows:

 

“Section 11.   Change in Control

 

11.1.       Vesting or Assumption of Obligations. Unless otherwise determined by the Committee at the time of grant or by amendment (with the holder’s consent) of such grant, in the event of a Change in Control all outstanding Stock Option awards under the Plan shall become fully vested and exercisable, and the restrictions and deferral limitations applicable to all outstanding Restricted Stock and Deferred Stock awards under the Plan shall lapse and such awards shall be deemed fully vested immediately prior to the effective date of the Change in Control, unless the surviving, continuing, or purchasing corporation, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, as the case may be (the

 



 

Surviving Corporation ”), assumes or continues such awards or substitutes equivalent awards therefor. Any Stock Options which are neither assumed, continued or substituted for by the Surviving Corporation in connection with the Change in Control nor exercised as of the effective date of the Change in Control shall terminate and cease to be outstanding as of the effective date of the Change in Control.

 

11.2.   Termination of Employment. If, in connection with or within one year following a Change in Control, either (a) an employee’s employment is terminated by the Surviving Corporation without Cause, or (b) the employee terminates employment after being Reassigned, all awards then held by the employee under the Plan that have been assumed, continued or substituted for by the Surviving Corporation shall become fully vested and exercisable, and the restrictions and deferral limitations applicable to any such awards shall lapse and such awards shall be deemed fully vested.

 

For clarity, the provisions of this Section 11 that were in effect before this Amendment and which limited the extent of the acceleration of vesting to no more than the vesting that was otherwise regularly scheduled to occur within one year after the date of such Change in Control, or within one year after the termination of employment, as applicable, are superseded and are no longer effective (including with respect to already outstanding awards as of the date of this Amendment). In the event of any conflict or inconsistency between Section 11 and the provisions of any stock option agreement or other award agreement regarding accelerated vesting of the award upon a Change in Control, then the provisions of this Section 11 will control and be given effect.”

 

4.             Other than as set forth in this amendment, all other terms and conditions of the Plan will continue in full force and effect.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

2



 

I hereby certify that the foregoing amendment to the Plan was duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Company as of May 8, 2013.

 

 

 

/s/ Cathy Graham

 

Cathy Graham

 

Secretary

 

*  *  *  *

 

I hereby certify that the foregoing amendment to the Plan was duly approved by the Stockholders of the Company as of May 8, 2013.

 

 

 

/s/ Cathy Graham

 

Cathy Graham

 

Secretary

 

3


 



Exhibit 10.8

 

INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

2TOR, INC.

 

Granted to :

 

Social Security number :

 

Option number :

 

Date of Grant :

 

Total Shares :

 

Option price per share :  The option price shall be the fair market value per share (“ FMV ”) on the date of the grant as determined by the Company in accordance with Section 14 below.

 

Vesting Period :  See below for vesting schedule.

 

Your Option

 

The definition of any terms used herein may be found in 2tor Glossary.

 

Your option is intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code, except as follows:

 

(1)                                  To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of the Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by you during any calendar year exceeds $100,000, such options shall be treated as options which are not Incentive Stock Options. The Fair Market Value of the Common Stock shall be determined as of the date of the option grant.

 

(2)                                  To the extent that you exercise your option after the three-month period following the termination of your employment with the Company (or its subsidiary or affiliate), your option shall be treated as an option which is not an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(3)                                  To the extent that you dispose of Common Stock purchased pursuant to the option granted hereunder within two years from the date of grant or within one year after the transfer of Common Stock to you as a result of your exercise of the option granted hereunder, such option shall be treated as an option which is not an Incentive Stock Option.  If you make such a disposition or transfer, you agree to promptly (but no later than thirty days following such disposition or transfer) notify the Company in writing of the date and terms of the disposition or transfer, and to provide such other information regarding the transfer or disposition as 2tor may require.

 



 

Vesting

 

          shares of your option shall be vested on                         , 200   , the first anniversary of the date you first provided services to the Company.  The remaining              shares shall vest in 36 equal installments of        shares at the end of each calendar month subsequent to the month of the first vesting date.

 

Payment Methods

 

Payment of the option price shall be made in U.S. dollars or, in the discretion of the Committee, in the Common Stock of the Company valued at its Fair Market Value, a combination of such Common Stock and cash, or any other method as may be approved by the Committee. However, payment may not be made with Common Stock unless stock has been held for at least six months. Payment shall be made to the Company at its corporate office, 30 East 23rd Street, 12th Floor, New York, New York 10010.

 

Conditions of Exercisability

 

The exercise of your option is subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

(1)                                  As a prerequisite to delivery of any stock certificates upon your exercise of an option granted hereunder, you shall give an undertaking and agree (a) to the placing of such legends on your certificates as may be required by the Committee to assure compliance with any federal or state securities laws, and (b) to executing and agreeing to be bound by the terms of the Stockholders Agreement that may be adopted by the Company from time to time. The Common Stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of an option granted hereunder cannot be sold unless it has been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or is subject to an exemption from registration under such Act.

 

(2)                                  Except as provided below, you must be an employee of the Company or one of its subsidiaries at the date of exercise, and that employment must have been continuous from the date hereof.  For the purposes of this Plan, persons on company-authorized leaves of absence are considered employees, but persons absent due to long-term disability are not considered employees.

 

(3)                                  In the event of your death while an active employee, your rights to exercise this option which have vested to and including the date of death may be exercised within one year after death by your estate or by any person who acquires such option by inheritance or devise. Thereafter, such rights shall lapse.

 

(4)                                  In the event of the termination of your employment due to long-term disability, your rights to exercise this option which have vested to and including the date of long-term disability may be exercised within one year after the start of long-term disability by you or, should you die within said one year period, by your estate or any person who acquires this option by inheritance or devise. Thereafter, such rights shall lapse.

 

2



 

(5)                                  In the event of your Retirement from the Company, your rights to exercise this option which have vested to and including the date of your Retirement may be exercised within three years after Retirement by you or, should you die within said three year period, by your estate or any person who acquires this option by inheritance or devise. Thereafter, such rights shall lapse. For purposes of this Grant, the term “Retirement” shall mean the termination of employment after having reached age sixty-five (65).

 

(6)                                  In the event of the termination of your employment other than for Cause, death, disability, or Retirement, or if you are an Executive Officer and terminate your employment with Adequate Notice, your rights to exercise this option which have vested on or before your date of termination may be exercised within three months after such termination or, should you die within said three month period, by your estate or any person who acquires this option by inheritance or devise. Thereafter, such rights shall lapse.

 

(7)                                  [INTENTIONALLY OMITTED.]

 

(8)                                  If your employment is terminated for Cause, or if you are an Executive Officer and terminate your employment without Adequate Notice, the option granted hereunder shall immediately terminate upon the giving of notice of your termination. The Committee shall determine in its sole discretion when notice of termination was given and whether termination was for Cause.

 

(9)                                  This option shall not be transferable by you other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. During your lifetime, this option shall be exercisable only by you.

 

(10)                           This option is not, in any event, exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date of grant.  Provided, however, that if you are a 10% Shareholder on the date of grant, this option is not, in any event, exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant.

 

(11)                           The exercise of this option is subject to all the terms and conditions relating to incentive stock options contained in the 2tor, Inc. Amended and Restated 2008 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), a copy of which has been provided to you, and which is also available upon request from the corporate secretary of the Company.  In accordance with the plan, you agree that in connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing such offering of the Company’s securities, you will not sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days (or such other period, not to exceed 30 days after the expiration of the market stand-off time period, as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto)) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested

 

3



 

by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the Company’s initial public offering.  In the event of a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) in which the Surviving Corporation (as defined in the Plan) does not assume this option or substitute an equivalent award therefor, the number of shares of this option which may vest under Section 11.1 of the Plan shall be no greater than the number of shares that would have vested as of the date one year after the date of such Change in Control.  If, in connection with or within one year following a Change in Control, either (a) your employment is terminated by the successor corporation without Cause or (b) you terminate employment after being Reassigned (as defined in the Plan), the number of shares of this option which may vest under Section 11.2 of the Plan shall be no greater than the number of shares that would have vested as of the date one year after the date of such termination.

 

(12)                           In connection with the exercise of this option, the Company shall have the right to withhold from your salary or other amounts payable to you, or to require you to make arrangements to pay in a manner satisfactory to the Company, the appropriate amount of applicable withholding taxes, if any. Without limiting the scope of the preceding sentence, you shall have the right to elect to pay your withholding taxes to the Company in cash or in such form and manner as the Committee shall prescribe, to have such number of shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable with respect to the exercise of this option reduced by the amount necessary to satisfy all or part, as you may so elect, of your withholding obligation, and to transfer to the Company unrestricted shares of Common Stock already held by you to satisfy all or any part, as you may so elect, of your withholding obligation, provided that no more than the statutory withholding rate shall be withheld.  The obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall be conditional on such payment or arrangements.

 

(13)                           Notwithstanding anything in this option grant agreement to the contrary, the Committee reserves the right at any time to substitute for any unvested portion of this option an alternative equity instrument the fair market value of which is no less than the fair market value of the unvested portion of this option being replaced.  To the extent that a portion of this option is replaced with an alternative equity instrument, such replaced option shall be cancelled immediately.  Any such substitution for the unvested portion of this option shall not affect the vested portion of this option, which shall remain exercisable subject to the terms and conditions contained herein.

 

4



 

(14)                           The Company shall undertake a valuation of the Company’s shares of common stock to determine the FMV for each share of common stock as of the date of grant.  Such valuation will be completed by the Company as soon as commercially practicable and the Company will notify you of such FMV which shall also be the per share exercise price of this Option.

 

Please retain this copy for your files.

 

2TOR, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Employee

 

5




Exhibit 10.9

 

NON-QUALIFIED STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

2TOR, INC.

 

Granted to :

 

Social Security number :

 

Option number :

 

Date of Grant :

 

Total Shares :

 

Option price per share :  The option price shall be the fair market value per share (“ FMV ”) on the date of the grant as determined by the Company in accordance with Section 14 below.

 

Vesting Period :  See below for vesting schedule.

 

Your Option

 

The definition of any terms used herein may be found in 2tor Glossary.

 

Your option is a Non-Qualified Stock Option.  It is not intended to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code.

 

Vesting

 

shares of your option shall be vested on                         , 200   , the first anniversary of the date you first provided services to the Company.  The remaining              shares shall vest in 36 equal installments of        shares at the end of each calendar month subsequent to the month of the first vesting date.

 

Payment Methods

 

Payment of the option price shall be made in U.S. dollars or, in the discretion of the Committee, in the Common Stock of the Company valued at its Fair Market Value, a combination of such Common Stock and cash, or any other method as may be approved by the Committee. However, payment may not be made with Common Stock unless stock has been held for at least six months. Payment shall be made to the Company at its corporate office, 30 East 23rd Street, 12th Floor, New York, New York 10010.

 

1



 

Conditions of Exercisability

 

The exercise of your option is subject to the following terms and conditions:

 

(1)                                  As a prerequisite to delivery of any stock certificates upon your exercise of an option granted hereunder, you shall give an undertaking and agree (a) to the placing of such legends on your certificates as may be required by the Committee to assure compliance with any federal or state securities laws, and (b) to executing and agreeing to be bound by the terms of the Stockholders Agreement that may be adopted by the Company from time to time. The Common Stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of an option granted hereunder cannot be sold unless it has been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or is subject to an exemption from registration under such Act.

 

(2)                                  Except as provided below, you must be an employee, officer, or director of, or consultant to, the Company or one of its subsidiaries at the date of exercise, and that employment, directorship, or consultancy must have been continuous from the date hereof.  For the purposes of this Plan, persons on company-authorized leaves of absence are considered employees, but persons absent due to long-term disability are not considered employees.

 

(3)                                  In the event of your death while an active employee, officer, director, or consultant, your rights to exercise this option which have vested to and including the date of death may be exercised within one year after death by your estate or by any person who acquires such option by inheritance or devise. Thereafter, such rights shall lapse.

 

(4)                                  In the event of the termination of your status as an employee, officer, director or consultant due to long-term disability, your rights to exercise this option which have vested to and including the date of long-term disability may be exercised within one year after the start of long-term disability by you or, should you die within said one year period, by your estate or any person who acquires this option by inheritance or devise. Thereafter, such rights shall lapse.

 

(5)                                  If you are an employee and in the event of your Retirement from the Company, your rights to exercise this option which have vested to and including the date of your Retirement may be exercised within three years after Retirement by you or, should you die within said three year period, by your estate or any person who acquires this option by inheritance or devise. Thereafter, such rights shall lapse. For purposes of this Grant, the term “ Retirement ” shall mean the termination of employment after having reached age sixty-five (65).

 

(6)                                  In the event of the termination of your status as an employee, officer, director, or consultant other than for Cause, death, disability, or Retirement, or if you are an Executive Officer and terminate your employment with Adequate Notice, your rights to exercise this option which have vested on or before your date of termination may be exercised within three months after such termination or, should you die within said three month period, by your estate or any person who acquires this option by inheritance or devise. Thereafter, such rights shall lapse.

 

2



 

(7)                                  Omitted.

 

(8)                                  If your status as an employee, officer, director, of consultant is terminated for Cause, or if you are an Executive Officer and you terminate your employment without Adequate Notice, the option granted hereunder shall immediately terminate upon the giving of notice of your termination. The Committee shall determine in its sole discretion when notice of termination was given and whether termination was for Cause.

 

(9)                                  This option shall be transferable by you to your spouse, children, brother, sister, parents or a trust in which these persons have more than fifty percent of the beneficial interest, or by will or by the laws of descent and distribution. During your lifetime, this option shall be exercisable only by you or any transferee described in the previous sentence.

 

(10)                           This option is not, in any event, exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date of grant.

 

(11)                           The exercise of this option is subject to all the terms and conditions relating to incentive stock options contained in the 2tor, Inc. Amended and Restated 2008 Stock Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), a copy of which has been provided to you, and which is also available upon request from the corporate secretary of the Company.  In accordance with the plan, you agree that in connection with the initial public offering of the Company’s securities and upon request of the Company or the underwriters managing such offering of the Company’s securities, you will not sell, make any short sale of, loan, grant any option for the purchase of, or otherwise dispose of any securities of the Company (other than those included in the registration) without the prior written consent of the Company or such underwriters, as the case may be, for such period of time (not to exceed 180 days (or such other period, not to exceed 30 days after the expiration of the market stand-off time period, as may be requested by the Company or an underwriter to accommodate regulatory restrictions on (i) the publication or other distribution of research reports and (ii) analyst recommendations and opinions, including, but not limited to, the restrictions contained in NASD Rule 2711(f)(4) or NYSE Rule 472(f)(4), or any successor provisions or amendments thereto)) from the effective date of such registration as may be requested by the Company or such managing underwriters and to execute an agreement reflecting the foregoing as may be requested by the underwriters at the time of the Company’s initial public offering.  In the event of a Change in Control (as defined in the Plan) in which the Surviving Corporation (as defined in the Plan) does not assume this option or substitute an equivalent award therefor, the number of shares of this option which may vest under Section 11.1 of the Plan shall be no greater than the number of shares that would have vested as of the date one year after the date of such Change in Control.  If, in connection with or within one year following a Change in Control, either (a) your employment is terminated by the successor corporation without Cause or (b) you terminate employment after being Reassigned (as defined in the Plan), the number of shares of this option which may vest under Section 11.2 of the Plan shall be no greater than the number of shares that would have vested as of the date one year after the date of such termination.

 

3



 

(12)                           In connection with the exercise of this option, the Company shall have the right to withhold from your salary or other amounts payable to you, or to require you to make arrangements to pay in a manner satisfactory to the Company, the appropriate amount of applicable withholding taxes, if any. Without limiting the scope of the preceding sentence, you shall have the right to elect to pay your withholding taxes to the Company in cash or in such form and manner as the Committee shall prescribe, to have such number of shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable with respect to the exercise of this option reduced by the amount necessary to satisfy all or part, as you may so elect, of your withholding obligation, and to transfer to the Company unrestricted shares of Common Stock already held by you to satisfy all or any part, as you may so elect, of your withholding obligation, provided that no more than the statutory withholding rate shall be withheld. The obligations of the Company under this Agreement shall be conditional on such payment or arrangements.

 

(13)                           Notwithstanding anything in this option grant agreement to the contrary, the Committee reserves the right at any time to substitute for any unvested portion of this option an alternative equity instrument the fair market value of which is no less than the fair market value of the unvested portion of this option being replaced.  To the extent that a portion of this option is replaced with an alternative equity instrument, such replaced option shall be cancelled immediately.  Any such substitution for the unvested portion of this option shall not affect the vested portion of this option, which shall remain exercisable subject to the terms and conditions contained herein.

 

(14)                           The Company shall undertake a valuation of the Company’s shares of common stock to determine the FMV for each share of common stock as of the date of grant.  Such valuation will be completed by the Company as soon as commercially practicable and the Company will notify you of such FMV which shall also be the per share exercise price of this Option.

 

Please retain this copy for your files.

 

2TOR, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

Title:

 

 

Social Security No.:

 

 

4




Exhibit 10.10

 

 

2013 2U, Inc. Bonus Plan

 

We know that changing the world, pursuing excellence and working with a great community are what drive you, but a bonus can still be sweet! We tried to keep our methodology for this bonus plan as simple and transparent as possible, but with so many different programs and functions in the company, that wasn’t easy. So bear with us as we walk you through it.

 

First, we think you’re eligible to participate in the bonus plan.

 

We believe your current position and job duties make you eligible for our bonus plan. However, you will become ineligible if your work changes in a way that subjects it to Title IV regulation 34 CFR § 668.14(b)(22) (a/k/a the “Incentive Compensation Rule”).

 

Also, to receive your bonus (except as otherwise required by law), you must be actively employed on a continuous basis through the date on which the bonus is paid. Thus, if you are not employed with 2U, Inc. on the date the 2013 bonus is payable (prior to June 30, 2014), you will not be entitled to any 2013 bonus payment, even if the performance targets that would have applied to you are met for that year.

 

Note that this is a discretionary plan and all payouts are subject to approval by the Board of Directors. We reserve the right to modify or terminate this bonus plan at any time for any reason, with or without prior notice.

 

Here’s what your bonus will be based on.

 

All bonus calculations will be based on performance against three things:

 

·                        Bookings — which determines 25% of your bonus potential,

·                        Revenue — which determines 25% of your bonus potential, and

·                        EBITDA — which determines 50% of your bonus potential.

 

Here’s what we’re measuring:

 

·                        2U Targets are the 2013 budgeted Bookings, Revenue and EBITDA numbers for the whole company as approved by the Board of Directors (which may be changed if they think necessary).

·                        Program Targets are the 2013 budgeted Bookings, Revenue and EBITDA numbers for each Program as approved by the Board of Directors (which may be changed if they think necessary).

·                   There is one exception — because the Simmons Nursing Program is going to have only one cohort this year rather than the two cohorts we budgeted, the Simmons Nursing Program targets will be based on the 1+11 forecast.

·                   And , while we will measure performance for GU Nursing and Simmons Nursing separately against their respective Program targets, bonus-eligible employees in our Nursing vertical will be paid75% on GU results and 25% on Simmons results.

 

The specific targets for Bookings, Revenue and EBITDA will depend on your bonus track.

 

·                        If you are in the Matrix , 75% of your bonus will be based on 2U targets and 25% will be based on Program targets. Programs with targets will be all Programs budgeted to be launched — so with students in classes and generating revenue - before or during 2013. The performance of each of these programs will be weighted equally in the calculation of your bonus.

·                        If you are in a Program or mix of Programs , 75% of your bonus will be based on your Program’s targets and 25% will be based on 2U targets.

 

Here’s how much you could earn.

 

You have a personal bonus target that is stated as a percent of your salary. That percentage multiplied by the base pay you actually earn during 2013 will determine your base bonus potential.

 



 

And here’s how your bonus is calculated.

 

Hitting all financial targets earns you 80% of your bonus. If those financial targets are not hit, or your personal performance is below standard, your bonus could be paid out at a lesser amount or not paid out at all. If those financial targets are exceeded, you could be paid out up to 120% of your base bonus potential.

 

Your bonus moves up or down at various levels of financial performance based on a sliding scale. In prior years, we used the same scale for each program, meaning that larger programs had wide bands for each 5% change in earned bonus while smaller programs had narrow bands. Now that we have programs at such different stages of development, “one size fits all” really doesn’t work anymore. So to create fair and reasonable scales for everyone, we’ve established a scale for the Matrix and grouped Programs together by level of maturity (for revenue and bookings) and level of profitability (for EBITDA).

 

Here are the scales:

 

2U

Bonus decreases 5% for every:

- 1.25% change in revenue

- .94% change in bookings

- .62% change in EBITDA

 

Bonus increases 5% for every:

+1.25% change in revenue

+ .94% change in bookings

+ 1.24% change in EBITDA

 

MAT

Bonus decreases 5% for every:

- 1.25% change in revenue

- .94% change in Bookings

- 1.25% change in EBITDA

 

Bonus increases 5% for every:

+ 1.25% change in revenue

+.94% change in Bookings

+ 2.5% change in EBITDA

 

MSW & MBA

Bonus decreases 5% for every:

- 1.25% change in revenue

- .94% change in Bookings

- .62% change in EBITDA

 

Bonus increases 5% for every:

+ 1.25% change in revenue

+.94% change in Bookings

+ 1.24% change in EBITDA

 

MSN

Bonus decreases 5% for every:

- 1.25% change in revenue

- .94% change in Bookings

 



 

- 1.56% change in EBITDA

 

Bonus increases 5% for every:

+ 1.25% change in revenue

+.94% change in Bookings

+ 3.12% change in EBITDA

 

LLM, MPH, IR

Bonus decreases 5% for every:

- 1.55% change in revenue

- 1.25% change in bookings

- .94% change in EBITDA

 

Bonus increases 5% for every:

+1.55% change in revenue

+1.25% change in bookings

+ 1.88% change in EBITDA

 

MPA

Bonus decreases 5% for every:

- 1.55% change in revenue

- 1.25% change in bookings

- .62% change in EBITDA

 

Bonus increases 5% for every:

+1.55% change in revenue

+1.25% change in bookings

+1.24% change in EBITDA

 

Simmons

Bonus decreases 5% for every:

- 1.55% change in revenue

- 1.25% change in bookings

- 1.25% change in EBITDA

 

Bonus increases 5% for every:

+1.55% change in revenue

+1.25% change in bookings

+2.5% change in EBITDA

 

Semester Online

Bonus decreases 5% for every:

- 1.55% change in bookings & revenue

- .62% change in EBITDA

 

Bonus increases 5% for every:

+ 1.55% change in bookings & revenue

+ 1.24% change in EBITDA

 



 

Personal Performance

 

If in your annual review, your performance is rated as below standard, your bonus, as calculated under this plan, may be reduced by up to 50%.

 

Taking Your Bonus

 

Except as otherwise required by law, no bonus is payable unless the employee is actively employed on a continuous basis with 2U, Inc. through the date on which the bonus amount is paid.

 

Small Print

 

Your employment by 2U is at-will and is for no definite duration. Nothing in this bonus plan, or any other 2U policy or practice, in any way creates an express or implied contract of employment. Nothing in this bonus plan, or any other 2U policy or practice, in any way creates a guarantee of any benefit or bonus payments other than as provided by law.

 

It is within our sole discretion to determine eligibility for bonuses and the amount of any bonuses provided under the bonus plan, including but not limited to the calculation of bonuses or amount upon which the bonus plan, or any portion thereof, is or could be based. We may modify the manner, accounting practice and method of calculating these amounts. Further, you may forfeit the entire amount of your bonus should you be found to have violated any federal, state or local statute or accreditation standard in the performance of your duties.

 

2U may review this bonus plan from time to time and may modify it or terminate it within our sole discretion at any time and for any reason. 2U will try to give you reasonable advance notice of any changes, but that may not be possible in all instances, and 2U is not otherwise obligated to do so. Any modifications, changes or enhancements to this or any other bonus plan must be approved in writing and be signed by 2U’s CEO and/or COO/CFO; no oral modifications are authorized or valid.

 

If you have any questions concerning your bonus plan, please contact 2U’s Human Resources.

 

Yours,

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Cathy Graham

 

Cathy Graham

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 



 

Acknowledgment

 

I,                                                       , have read the 2U 2013 Bonus Plan and fully understand it. I understand that nothing in this bonus plan, or in any other 2U plan, policy or practice, in any way creates an express or implied contract of employment; or creates a guarantee of any benefit or bonus payment except as provided by law. I agree that my employment with 2U is at-will and for no definite duration, and that either I or 2U may terminate my employment at any time, with or without cause.

 

I further acknowledge that 2U may review this bonus plan from time to time and may modify it or terminate it within its sole discretion at any time for any reason, with or without prior notice.

 

I further acknowledge that if my employment with 2U, Inc. terminates for any reason prior to the applicable bonus payment vesting dates, I will not be eligible to receive any 2013 bonus amount otherwise payable on such payment vesting date, unless otherwise required by law.

 

 

 

Employee

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

Sign Name

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Print Name

 




Exhibit 10.11

 

2U, INC.

 

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

ADOPTED BY THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS: JANUARY 30, 2014

APPROVED BY THE STOCKHOLDERS:  FEBRUARY 11, 2014

EFFECTIVE DATE: FEBRUARY 11, 2014

 

1.                                       GENERAL.

 

(a)                                  Successor to and Continuation of Prior Plan.   The Plan is intended as the successor to and continuation of the 2U, Inc. 2008 Fourth Amended and Restated 2008 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended (the “ Prior Plan ”).  From and after 12:01 a.m. Eastern time on the Effective Date, no additional stock awards will be granted under the Prior Plan.  All Awards granted on or after 12:01 a.m. Eastern Time on the Effective Date will be granted under this Plan. All stock awards granted under the Prior Plan will remain subject to the terms of the Prior Plan.

 

(i)                                     Any shares that would otherwise remain available for future grants under the Prior Plan as of 12:01 a.m. Eastern Time on the Effective Date (the “ Prior Plan’s Available Reserve ”) will cease to be available under the Prior Plan at such time.  Instead, that number of shares of Common Stock equal to the Prior Plan’s Available Reserve will be added to the Share Reserve (as further described in Section 3(a) below) and be then immediately available for grants and issuance pursuant to Stock Awards hereunder, up to the maximum number set forth in Section 3(a) below.

 

(ii)                                 In addition, from and after 12:01 a.m. Eastern time on the Effective Date, with respect to the aggregate number of shares subject, at such time, to outstanding stock awards granted under the Prior Plan that (i) expire or terminate for any reason prior to exercise or settlement; (ii) are forfeited because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares or otherwise return to the Company; or (iii) are reacquired, withheld (or not issued) to satisfy a tax withholding obligation in connection with an award or to satisfy the purchase price or exercise price of a stock award (such shares the “ Returning Shares ”) will immediately be added to the Share Reserve (as further described in Section 3(a) below) as and when such a share becomes a Returning Share, up to the maximum number set forth in Section 3(a) below.

 

(b)                                  Eligible Award Recipients.   Employees, Directors and Consultants are eligible to receive Awards.

 

(c)                                   Available Awards.   The Plan provides for the grant of the following Awards: (i) Incentive Stock Options, (ii) Nonstatutory Stock Options, (iii) Stock Appreciation Rights (iv) Restricted Stock Awards, (v) Restricted Stock Unit Awards, (vi) Performance Stock Awards, (vii) Performance Cash Awards, and (viii) Other Stock Awards.

 

1



 

(d)                                  Purpose.   The Plan, through the grant of Awards, is intended to help the Company secure and retain the services of eligible award recipients, provide incentives for such persons to exert maximum efforts for the success of the Company and any Affiliate, and provide a means by which the eligible recipients may benefit from increases in value of the Common Stock.

 

2.                                       ADMINISTRATION.

 

(a)                                  Administration by Board.   The Board will administer the Plan.  The Board may delegate administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees, as provided in Section 2(c).

 

(b)                                  Powers of Board.   The Board will have the power, subject to, and within the limitations of, the express provisions of the Plan:

 

(i)                                     To determine: (A) who will be granted Awards; (B) when and how each Award will be granted; (C) what type of Award will be granted; (D) the provisions of each Award (which need not be identical), including when a person will be permitted to exercise or otherwise receive cash or Common Stock under the Award; (E) the number of shares of Common Stock subject to, or the cash value of, an Award; and (F) the Fair Market Value applicable to a Stock Award.

 

(ii)                                 To construe and interpret the Plan and Awards granted under it, and to establish, amend and revoke rules and regulations for administration of the Plan and Awards.  The Board, in the exercise of these powers, may correct any defect, omission or inconsistency in the Plan or in any Award Agreement or in the written terms of a Performance Cash Award, in a manner and to the extent it will deem necessary or expedient to make the Plan or Award fully effective.

 

(iii)                             To settle all controversies regarding the Plan and Awards granted under it.

 

(iv)                              To accelerate, in whole or in part, the time at which an Award may be exercised or vest (or the time at which cash or shares of Common Stock may be issued in settlement thereof).

 

(v)                                  To suspend or terminate the Plan at any time.  Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or an Award Agreement, suspension or termination of the Plan will not materially impair a Participant’s rights under the Participant’s then-outstanding Award without the Participant’s written consent, except as provided in subsection (viii) below.

 

(vi)                              To amend the Plan in any respect the Board deems necessary or advisable, including, without limitation, by adopting amendments relating to Incentive Stock Options and certain nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code and/or bringing the Plan or Awards granted under the Plan into compliance with the requirements for Incentive Stock Options or ensuring that they are exempt from, or compliant with, the requirements for nonqualified deferred compensation under Section 409A of the Code, subject to the limitations, if any, of applicable law.  If required by applicable law or listing requirements, and except as provided in Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments, the Company will seek stockholder approval of any amendment of the Plan that (A) materially increases the number of

 

2



 

shares of Common Stock available for issuance under the Plan, (B) materially expands the class of individuals eligible to receive Awards under the Plan, (C) materially increases the benefits accruing to Participants under the Plan, (D) materially reduces the price at which shares of Common Stock may be issued or purchased under the Plan, (E) materially extends the term of the Plan, or (F) materially expands the types of Awards available for issuance under the Plan. Except as otherwise provided in the Plan or an Award Agreement, no amendment of the Plan will materially impair a Participant’s rights under an outstanding Award without the Participant’s written consent.

 

(vii)                          To submit any amendment to the Plan for stockholder approval, including, but not limited to, amendments to the Plan intended to satisfy the requirements of (A) Section 162(m) of the Code regarding the exclusion of performance-based compensation from the limit on corporate deductibility of compensation paid to Covered Employees, (B) Section 422 of the Code regarding “incentive stock options” or (C) Rule 16b-3.

 

(viii)                      To approve forms of Award Agreements for use under the Plan and to amend the terms of any one or more Awards, including, but not limited to, amendments to provide terms more favorable to the Participant than previously provided in the Award Agreement, subject to any specified limits in the Plan that are not subject to Board discretion; provided, however, that a Participant’s rights under any Award will not be impaired by any such amendment unless (A) the Company requests the consent of the affected Participant, and (B) such Participant consents in writing.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (1) a Participant’s rights will not be deemed to have been impaired by any such amendment if the Board, in its sole discretion, determines that the amendment, taken as a whole, does not materially impair the Participant’s rights, and (2) subject to the limitations of applicable law, if any, the Board may amend the terms of any one or more Awards without the affected Participant’s consent (A) to maintain the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (B) to change the terms of an Incentive Stock Option, if such change results in impairment of the Award solely because it impairs the qualified status of the Award as an Incentive Stock Option under Section 422 of the Code; (C) to clarify the manner of exemption from, or to bring the Award into compliance with, Section 409A of the Code; or (D) to comply with other applicable laws or listing requirements.

 

(ix)                              Generally, to exercise such powers and to perform such acts as the Board deems necessary or expedient to promote the best interests of the Company and that are not in conflict with the provisions of the Plan or Awards.

 

(x)                                  To adopt such procedures and sub-plans as are necessary or appropriate to permit participation in the Plan by Employees, Directors or Consultants who are foreign nationals or employed outside the United States (provided that Board approval will not be necessary for immaterial modifications to the Plan or any Award Agreement that are required for compliance with the laws of the relevant foreign jurisdiction).

 

(xi)                              To effect, with the consent of any adversely affected Participant, (A) the reduction of the exercise, purchase or strike price of any outstanding Stock Award; (B) the cancellation of any outstanding Stock Award and the grant in substitution therefor of a new (1) Option or SAR, (2)  Restricted Stock Award, (3) Restricted Stock Unit Award, (4) Other Stock

 

3



 

Award, (5) cash and/or (6) other valuable consideration determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, with any such substituted award (x) covering the same or a different number of shares of Common Stock as the cancelled Stock Award and (y) granted under the Plan or another equity or compensatory plan of the Company; or (C) any other action that is treated as a repricing under generally accepted accounting principles.

 

(c)                                   Delegation to Committee.

 

(i)                                     General.   The Board may delegate some or all of the administration of the Plan to a Committee or Committees.  If administration of the Plan is delegated to a Committee, the Committee will have, in connection with the administration of the Plan, the powers theretofore possessed by the Board that have been delegated to the Committee, including the power to delegate to a subcommittee of the Committee any of the administrative powers the Committee is authorized to exercise (and references in this Plan to the Board will thereafter be to the Committee or subcommittee, as applicable).  Any delegation of administrative powers will be reflected in resolutions, not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan, adopted from time to time by the Board or Committee (as applicable).  The Board may retain the authority to concurrently administer the Plan with the Committee and may, at any time, revest in the Board some or all of the powers previously delegated.

 

(ii)                                 Section 162(m) and Rule 16b-3 Compliance.   After the IPO Date, the Committee may consist solely of two or more Outside Directors, in accordance with Section 162(m) of the Code, or solely of two or more Non-Employee Directors, in accordance with Rule 16b-3.

 

(d)                                  Delegation to an Officer.   The Board may delegate to one (1) or more Officers the authority to do one or both of the following (i) designate Employees who are not Officers to be recipients of Options and SARs (and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, other Stock Awards) and, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the terms of such Awards, and (ii) determine the number of shares of Common Stock to be subject to such Stock Awards granted to such Employees; provided, however , that the Board resolutions regarding such delegation will specify the total number of shares of Common Stock that may be subject to the Stock Awards granted by such Officer and that such Officer may not grant a Stock Award to himself or herself.  Any such Stock Awards will be granted on the form of Stock Award Agreement most recently approved for use by the Committee or the Board, unless otherwise provided in the resolutions approving the delegation authority.  The Board may not delegate authority to an Officer who is acting solely in the capacity of an Officer (and not also as a Director) to determine the Fair Market Value pursuant to Section 13(x)(iii) below.

 

(e)                                   Effect of Board’s Decision. All determinations, interpretations and constructions made by the Board in good faith will not be subject to review by any person and will be final, binding and conclusive on all persons.

 

3.                                       SHARES SUBJECT TO THE PLAN.

 

(a)                                  Share Reserve.  Subject to Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments after the Adoption Date, and the following sentence regarding the annual “evergreen” increase,

 

4



 

the aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to Stock Awards will not exceed the sum of (i) 2,800,000 shares, plus , (ii) 256,130 shares subject to the Prior Plan’s Available Reserve, plus (iii) the number of shares that are Returning Shares, as such shares become available from time to time in an amount not to exceed 5,687,218 shares (such aggregate amount, the “ Share Reserve ”).  In addition, after the IPO Date, the Share Reserve will automatically increase on January 1 st  of each year, for a period of not more than ten years, commencing on January 1 st  of the year following the year in which the IPO Date occurs and ending on (and including) January 1, 2024, in an amount equal to 5% of the total number of shares of Capital Stock outstanding on December 31 st  of the preceding calendar year.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board may act prior to January 1 st  of a given year to provide that there will be no January 1 st  increase in the Share Reserve for such year or that the increase in the Share Reserve for such year will be a lesser number of shares of Common Stock than would otherwise occur pursuant to the preceding sentence.  For clarity, the Share Reserve in this Section 3(a) is a limitation on the number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the Plan.  Accordingly, this Section 3(a) does not limit the granting of Stock Awards except as provided in Section 7(a).  After the IPO Date, Shares may be issued in connection with a merger or acquisition as permitted by NASDAQ Listing Rule 5635(c) or, if applicable, NYSE Listed Company Manual Section 303A.08, AMEX Company Guide Section 711 or other applicable rule, and such issuance will not reduce the number of shares available for issuance under the Plan.

 

(b)                                  Reversion of Shares to the Share Reserve.  If a Stock Award or any portion thereof (i) expires or otherwise terminates without all of the shares covered by such Stock Award having been issued or (ii) is settled in cash ( i.e. , the Participant receives cash rather than stock), such expiration, termination or settlement will not reduce (or otherwise offset) the number of shares of Common Stock that may be available for issuance under the Plan.  If any shares of Common Stock issued pursuant to a Stock Award are forfeited back to or repurchased by the Company because of the failure to meet a contingency or condition required to vest such shares in the Participant, then the shares that are forfeited or repurchased will revert to and again become available for issuance under the Plan.  Any shares reacquired by the Company in satisfaction of tax withholding obligations on a Stock Award or as consideration for the exercise or purchase price of a Stock Award will again become available for issuance under the Plan.

 

(c)                                   Incentive Stock Option Limit.  Subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments after the Adoption Date, the aggregate maximum number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options will be 17,486,696 shares of Common Stock.

 

(d)                                  Section 162(m) Limitations .  Subject to the provisions of Section 9(a) relating to Capitalization Adjustments after the Adoption Date, at such time as the Company may be subject to the applicable provisions of Section 162(m) of the Code, the following limitations will apply.

 

(i)                                     A maximum of 3,100,000 shares of Common Stock subject to Options, SARs and Other Stock Awards whose value is determined by reference to an increase over an exercise or strike price of at least 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date the Stock Award is granted may be granted to any one Participant during any one calendar year.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any additional Options, SARs or Other Stock Awards whose value is

 

5



 

determined by reference to an increase over an exercise or strike price of at least 100% of the Fair Market Value on the date the Stock Award are granted to any Participant during any calendar year, compensation attributable to the exercise of such additional Stock Awards will not satisfy the requirements to be considered “qualified performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code unless such additional Stock Award is approved by the Company’s stockholders.

 

(ii)                                 A maximum of 3,100,000 shares of Common Stock subject to Performance Stock Awards may be granted to any one Participant during any one calendar year (whether the grant, vesting or exercise is contingent upon the attainment during the Performance Period of the Performance Goals).

 

(iii)                             A maximum of $3,000,000 may be granted as a Performance Cash Award to any one Participant during any one calendar year.

 

(e)                                   Source of Shares.   The stock issuable under the Plan will be shares of authorized but unissued or reacquired Common Stock, including shares repurchased by the Company on the open market or otherwise.

 

4.                                       ELIGIBILITY.

 

(a)                                  Eligibility for Specific Stock Awards .  Incentive Stock Options may be granted only to employees of the Company or a “parent corporation” or “subsidiary corporation” thereof (as such terms are defined in Sections 424(e) and 424(f) of the Code).  Stock Awards other than Incentive Stock Options may be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants; provided, however , that Stock Awards may not be granted to Employees, Directors and Consultants who are providing Continuous Service only to any “parent” of the Company, as such term is defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act, unless (i) the stock underlying such Stock Awards is treated as “service recipient stock” under Section 409A of the Code (for example, because the Stock Awards are granted pursuant to a corporate transaction such as a spin off transaction), (ii) the Company, in consultation with its legal counsel, has determined that such Stock Awards are otherwise exempt from Section 409A of the Code, or (iii) the Company, in consultation with its legal counsel, has determined that such Stock Awards comply with the distribution requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

 

(b)                                  Ten Percent Stockholders.   A Ten Percent Stockholder will not be granted an Incentive Stock Option unless the exercise price of such Option is at least 110% of the Fair Market Value on the date of grant and the Option is not exercisable after the expiration of five years from the date of grant.

 

5.                                       PROVISIONS RELATING TO OPTIONS AND STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS.

 

Each Option or SAR will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board deems appropriate.  All Options will be separately designated Incentive Stock Options or Nonstatutory Stock Options at the time of grant, and, if certificates are issued, a separate certificate or certificates will be issued for shares of Common Stock purchased on exercise of each type of Option.  If an Option is not specifically designated as an Incentive Stock Option, or if an Option is designated as an Incentive Stock Option but some portion or all of the Option fails

 

6



 

to qualify as an Incentive Stock Option under the applicable rules, then the Option (or portion thereof) will be a Nonstatutory Stock Option. The provisions of separate Options or SARs need not be identical; provided, however , that each Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of provisions of this Plan by reference in the applicable Award Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

 

(a)                                  Term.   Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, no Option or SAR will be exercisable after the expiration of ten years from the date of its grant or such shorter period specified in the Award Agreement.

 

(b)                                  Exercise Price.   Subject to the provisions of Section 4(b) regarding Ten Percent Stockholders, the exercise or strike price of each Option or SAR will be not less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Option or SAR on the date the Award is granted.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Option or SAR may be granted with an exercise or strike price lower than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock subject to the Award if such Award is granted pursuant to an assumption of or substitution for another option or stock appreciation right pursuant to a Corporate Transaction and in a manner consistent with the provisions of Section 409A and, if applicable, Section 424(a) of the Code.  Each SAR will be denominated in shares of Common Stock equivalents.

 

(c)                                   Purchase Price for Options.   The purchase price of Common Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Option may be paid, to the extent permitted by applicable law and as determined by the Board in its sole discretion, by any combination of the methods of payment set forth below.  The Board will have the authority to grant Options that do not permit all of the following methods of payment (or otherwise restrict the ability to use certain methods) and to grant Options that require the consent of the Company to use a particular method of payment.  The permitted methods of payment are as follows:

 

(i)                                     by cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company;

 

(ii)                                 pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board that, prior to the issuance of the stock subject to the Option, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds;

 

(iii)                             by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of shares of Common Stock;

 

(iv)                              if an Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price; provided, however , that the Company will accept a cash or other payment from the Participant to the extent of any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by such reduction in the number of whole shares to be issued.  Shares of Common Stock will no longer be subject to an Option and will not be exercisable thereafter to the extent that (A) shares issuable upon exercise are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to

 

7



 

the “net exercise,” (B) shares are delivered to the Participant as a result of such exercise, and (C) shares are withheld to satisfy tax withholding obligations; or

 

(v)                                  in any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board and specified in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

(d)                                  Exercise and Payment of a SAR.   To exercise any outstanding SAR, the Participant must provide written notice of exercise to the Company in compliance with the provisions of the Stock Appreciation Right Agreement evidencing such SAR.  The appreciation distribution payable on the exercise of a SAR will be not greater than an amount equal to the excess of (A) the aggregate Fair Market Value (on the date of the exercise of the SAR) of a number of shares of Common Stock equal to the number of Common Stock equivalents in which the Participant is vested under such SAR, and with respect to which the Participant is exercising the SAR on such date, over (B) the aggregate strike price of the number of Common Stock equivalents with respect to which the Participant is exercising the SAR on such date.  The appreciation distribution may be paid in Common Stock, in cash, in any combination of the two or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Award Agreement evidencing such SAR.

 

(e)                                   Transferability of Options and SARs.   The Board may, in its sole discretion, impose such limitations on the transferability of Options and SARs as the Board will determine.  In the absence of such a determination by the Board to the contrary, the following restrictions on the transferability of Options and SARs will apply:

 

(i)                                     Restrictions on Transfer.   An Option or SAR will not be transferable except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution (or pursuant to subsections (ii) and (iii) below), and will be exercisable during the lifetime of the Participant only by the Participant.  The Board may permit transfer of the Option or SAR in a manner that is not prohibited by applicable tax and securities laws.  Except as explicitly provided in the Plan, neither an Option nor a SAR may be transferred for consideration.

 

(ii)                                 Domestic Relations Orders.   Subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, an Option or SAR may be transferred pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, official marital settlement agreement or other divorce or separation instrument as permitted by Treasury Regulations Section 1.421-1(b)(2).  If an Option is an Incentive Stock Option, such Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

 

(iii)                             Beneficiary Designation.   Subject to the approval of the Board or a duly authorized Officer, a Participant may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company (or the designated broker), designate a third party who, on the death of the Participant, will thereafter be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise.  In the absence of such a designation, upon the death of the Participant, the executor or administrator of the Participant’s estate will be entitled to exercise the Option or SAR and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise. However, the Company may prohibit designation of a

 

8



 

beneficiary at any time, including due to any conclusion by the Company that such designation would be inconsistent with the provisions of applicable laws.

 

(f)                                    Vesting Generally.   The total number of shares of Common Stock subject to an Option or SAR may vest and become exercisable in periodic installments that may or may not be equal.  The Option or SAR may be subject to such other terms and conditions on the time or times when it may or may not be exercised (which may be based on the satisfaction of Performance Goals or other criteria) as the Board may deem appropriate.  The vesting provisions of individual Options or SARs may vary.  The provisions of this Section 5(f) are subject to any Option or SAR provisions governing the minimum number of shares of Common Stock as to which an Option or SAR may be exercised.

 

(g)                                  Termination of Continuous Service.   Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates (other than for Cause and other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability), the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such Award as of the date of termination of Continuous Service) within the period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date three months following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the applicable Award Agreement), and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement.  If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR (as applicable) within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR will terminate.

 

(h)                                  Extension of Termination Date.   If the exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause and other than upon the Participant’s death or Disability) would be prohibited at any time solely because the issuance of shares of Common Stock would violate the registration requirements under the Securities Act, then the Option or SAR will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a total period of time (that need not be consecutive) equal to the applicable post termination exercise period after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of such registration requirements, and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.  In addition, unless otherwise provided in a Participant’s Award Agreement, if the sale of any Common Stock received on exercise of an Option or SAR following the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service (other than for Cause) would violate the Company’s insider trading policy, then the Option or SAR will terminate on the earlier of (i) the expiration of a period of months (that need not be consecutive) equal to the applicable post-termination exercise period after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service during which the sale of the Common Stock received upon exercise of the Option or SAR would not be in violation of the Company’s insider trading policy, or (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the applicable Award Agreement.

 

(i)                                     Disability of Participant.   Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s Disability, the Participant may exercise his or her Option or SAR (to the extent that the Participant was entitled to exercise such

 

9



 

Option or SAR as of the date of termination of Continuous Service), but only within such period of time ending on the earlier of (i) the date 12 months following such termination of Continuous Service (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Award Agreement), and (ii) the expiration of the term of the Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement.  If, after termination of Continuous Service, the Participant does not exercise his or her Option or SAR within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR (as applicable) will terminate.

 

(j)                                     Death of Participant.   Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Award Agreement or other agreement between the Participant and the Company, if (i) a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates as a result of the Participant’s death, or (ii) the Participant dies within the period (if any) specified in the Award Agreement for exercisability after the termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service for a reason other than death, then the Option or SAR may be exercised (to the extent the Participant was entitled to exercise such Option or SAR as of the date of death) by the Participant’s estate, by a person who acquired the right to exercise the Option or SAR by bequest or inheritance or by a person designated to exercise the Option or SAR upon the Participant’s death, but only within the period ending on the earlier of (i) the date 18 months following the date of death (or such longer or shorter period specified in the Award Agreement), and (ii) the expiration of the term of such Option or SAR as set forth in the Award Agreement.  If, after the Participant’s death, the Option or SAR is not exercised within the applicable time frame, the Option or SAR (as applicable) will terminate.

 

(k)                                  Termination for Cause.   Except as explicitly provided otherwise in a Participant’s Award Agreement or other individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, if a Participant’s Continuous Service is terminated for Cause, the entire vested and unvested Option or SAR will terminate immediately upon such Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and the Participant will be prohibited from exercising his or her Option or SAR from and after the date of such termination of Continuous Service.

 

(l)                                     Non-Exempt Employees .  If an Option or SAR is granted to an Employee who is a non-exempt employee for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended, the Option or SAR will not be first exercisable for any shares of Common Stock until at least six months following the date of grant of the Option or SAR (although the Award may vest prior to such date). Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, (i) if such non-exempt Employee dies or suffers a Disability, (ii) upon a Corporate Transaction in which such Option or SAR is not assumed, continued, or substituted, (iii) upon a Change in Control, or (iv) upon the Participant’s retirement (as such term may be defined in the Participant’s Award Agreement in another agreement between the Participant and the Company, or, if no such definition, in accordance with the Company’s then current employment policies and guidelines), the vested portion of any Options and SARs may be exercised earlier than six months following the date of grant.  The foregoing provision is intended to operate so that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise or vesting of an Option or SAR will be exempt from his or her regular rate of pay.  To the extent permitted and/or required for compliance with the Worker Economic Opportunity Act to ensure that any income derived by a non-exempt employee in connection with the exercise, vesting or issuance of any shares under any other Stock Award will be exempt from the employee’s regular rate of pay, the provisions of

 

10


 

this Section 5(l) will apply to all Stock Awards and are hereby incorporated by reference into such Stock Award Agreements.

 

6.                                       PROVISIONS OF STOCK AWARDS OTHER THAN OPTIONS AND SARS.

 

(a)                                  Restricted Stock Awards.   Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate.  To the extent consistent with the Company’s bylaws, at the Board’s election, shares of Common Stock may be (x) held in book entry form subject to the Company’s instructions until any restrictions relating to the Restricted Stock Award lapse; or (y) evidenced by a certificate, which certificate will be held in such form and manner as determined by the Board.  The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Award Agreements need not be identical.  Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of the provisions of this Plan by reference in the agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

 

(i)                                     Consideration.   A Restricted Stock Award may be awarded in consideration for (A) cash, check, bank draft or money order payable to the Company, (B) past services to the Company or an Affiliate, or (C) any other form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

 

(ii)                                 Vesting.  Shares of Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement may be subject to forfeiture to the Company in accordance with a vesting schedule to be determined by the Board.

 

(iii)                             Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service.   If a Participant’s Continuous Service terminates, the Company may receive through a forfeiture condition or a repurchase right any or all of the shares of Common Stock held by the Participant that have not vested as of the date of termination of Continuous Service under the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

 

(iv)                              Transferability.   Rights to acquire shares of Common Stock under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be transferable by the Participant only upon such terms and conditions as are set forth in the Restricted Stock Award Agreement, as the Board will determine in its sole discretion, so long as Common Stock awarded under the Restricted Stock Award Agreement remains subject to the terms of the Restricted Stock Award Agreement.

 

(v)                                  Dividends.  A Restricted Stock Award Agreement may provide that any dividends paid on Restricted Stock will be subject to the same vesting and forfeiture restrictions as apply to the shares subject to the Restricted Stock Award to which they relate.

 

(b)                                  Restricted Stock Unit Awards.  Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will be in such form and will contain such terms and conditions as the Board will deem appropriate.  The terms and conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements may change from time to time, and the terms and conditions of separate Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreements need not be identical.  Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will conform to (through incorporation of the provisions of this Plan by reference in the Agreement or otherwise) the substance of each of the following provisions:

 

11



 

(i)                                     Consideration.   At the time of grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board will determine the consideration, if any, to be paid by the Participant upon delivery of each share of Common Stock subject to the Restricted Stock Unit Award.  The consideration to be paid (if any) by the Participant for each share of Common Stock subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award may be paid in any form of legal consideration that may be acceptable to the Board, in its sole discretion, and permissible under applicable law.

 

(ii)                                 Vesting.  At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board may impose such restrictions on or conditions to the vesting of the Restricted Stock Unit Award as it, in its sole discretion, deems appropriate.

 

(iii)                             Payment .  A Restricted Stock Unit Award may be settled by the delivery of shares of Common Stock, their cash equivalent, any combination thereof or in any other form of consideration, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.

 

(iv)                              Additional Restrictions.  At the time of the grant of a Restricted Stock Unit Award, the Board, as it deems appropriate, may impose such restrictions or conditions that delay the delivery of the shares of Common Stock (or their cash equivalent) subject to a Restricted Stock Unit Award to a time after the vesting of such Restricted Stock Unit Award.

 

(v)                                  Dividend Equivalents.  Dividend equivalents may be credited in respect of shares of Common Stock covered by a Restricted Stock Unit Award, as determined by the Board and contained in the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement.  At the sole discretion of the Board, such dividend equivalents may be converted into additional shares of Common Stock covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award in such manner as determined by the Board.  Any additional shares covered by the Restricted Stock Unit Award credited by reason of such dividend equivalents will be subject to all of the same terms and conditions of the underlying Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement to which they relate.

 

(vi)                              Termination of Participant’s Continuous Service.  Except as otherwise provided in the applicable Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, such portion of the Restricted Stock Unit Award that has not vested will be forfeited upon the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service.

 

(c)                                   Performance Awards .

 

(i)                                     Performance Stock Awards .  A Performance Stock Award is a Stock Award (covering a number of shares not in excess of that set forth in Section 3(d) above) that is payable (including that may be granted, may vest or may be exercised) contingent upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain Performance Goals.  A Performance Stock Award may, but need not, require the Participant’s completion of a specified period of Continuous Service. The length of any Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period, and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained will be conclusively determined by the Committee (or, if not required for compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code, the Board), in its sole discretion.

 

12



 

In addition, to the extent permitted by applicable law and the applicable Award Agreement, the Board may determine that cash may be used in payment of Performance Stock Awards.

 

(ii)                                 Performance Cash Awards .  A Performance Cash Award is a cash award (for a dollar value not in excess of that set forth in Section 3(d) above) that is payable contingent upon the attainment during a Performance Period of certain Performance Goals.  A Performance Cash Award may also require the completion of a specified period of Continuous Service.  At the time of grant of a Performance Cash Award, the length of any Performance Period, the Performance Goals to be achieved during the Performance Period, and the measure of whether and to what degree such Performance Goals have been attained will be conclusively determined by the Committee (or, if not required for compliance with Section 162(m) of the Code, the Board), in its sole discretion.  The Board may specify the form of payment of Performance Cash Awards, which may be cash or other property, or may provide for a Participant to have the option for his or her Performance Cash Award, or such portion thereof as the Board may specify, to be paid in whole or in part in cash or other property.

 

(iii)                             Board Discretion .  The Board retains the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of Performance Goals and to define the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for a Performance Period.  Partial achievement of the specified criteria may result in the payment or vesting corresponding to the degree of achievement as specified in the Stock Award Agreement or the written terms of a Performance Cash Award.

 

(iv)                              Section 162(m) Compliance .  Unless otherwise permitted in compliance with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code with respect to an Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” thereunder, the Committee will establish the Performance Goals applicable to, and the formula for calculating the amount payable under, the Award no later than the earlier of (a) the date 90 days after the commencement of the applicable Performance Period, and (b) the date on which 25% of the Performance Period has elapsed, and in any event at a time when the achievement of the applicable Performance Goals remains substantially uncertain.  Prior to the payment of any compensation under an Award intended to qualify as “performance-based compensation” under Section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee will certify the extent to which any Performance Goals and any other material terms under such Award have been satisfied (other than in cases where such Performance Goals relate solely to the increase in the value of the Common Stock).  Notwithstanding satisfaction of, or completion of any Performance Goals, the number of shares of Common Stock, Options, cash or other benefits granted, issued, retainable and/or vested under an Award on account of satisfaction of such Performance Goals may be reduced by the Committee on the basis of such further considerations as the Committee, in its sole discretion, will determine.

 

(d)                                  Other Stock Awards .  Other forms of Stock Awards valued in whole or in part by reference to, or otherwise based on, Common Stock, including the appreciation in value thereof (e.g., options or stock rights with an exercise price or strike price less than 100% of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock at the time of grant) may be granted either alone or in addition to Stock Awards provided for under Section 5 and the preceding provisions of this Section 6.  Subject to the provisions of the Plan, the Board will have sole and complete authority to determine the persons to whom and the time or times at which such Other Stock Awards will

 

13



 

be granted, the number of shares of Common Stock (or the cash equivalent thereof) to be granted pursuant to such Other Stock Awards and all other terms and conditions of such Other Stock Awards.

 

7.                                       COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY.

 

(a)                                  Availability of Shares.   The Company will keep available at all times the number of shares of Common Stock reasonably required to satisfy then-outstanding Awards.

 

(b)                                  Securities Law Compliance.   The Company will seek to obtain from each regulatory commission or agency having jurisdiction over the Plan such authority as may be required to grant Stock Awards and to issue and sell shares of Common Stock upon exercise of the Stock Awards; provided, however , that this undertaking will not require the Company to register under the Securities Act the Plan, any Stock Award or any Common Stock issued or issuable pursuant to any such Stock Award.  If, after reasonable efforts and at a reasonable cost, the Company is unable to obtain from any such regulatory commission or agency the authority that counsel for the Company deems necessary for the lawful issuance and sale of Common Stock under the Plan, the Company will be relieved from any liability for failure to issue and sell Common Stock upon exercise of such Stock Awards unless and until such authority is obtained. A Participant will not be eligible for the grant of an Award or the subsequent issuance of cash or Common Stock pursuant to the Award if such grant or issuance would be in violation of any applicable securities law.

 

(c)                                   No Obligation to Notify or Minimize Taxes.  The Company will have no duty or obligation to any Participant to advise such holder as to the time or manner of exercising such Stock Award.  Furthermore, the Company will have no duty or obligation to warn or otherwise advise such holder of a pending termination or expiration of an Award or a possible period in which the Award may not be exercised.  The Company has no duty or obligation to minimize the tax consequences of an Award to the holder of such Award.

 

8.                                       MISCELLANEOUS.

 

(a)                                  Use of Proceeds from Sales of Common Stock.  Proceeds from the sale of shares of Common Stock pursuant to Awards will constitute general funds of the Company.

 

(b)                                  Corporate Action Constituting Grant of Awards.   Corporate action constituting a grant by the Company of an Award to any Participant will be deemed completed as of the date of such corporate action, unless otherwise determined by the Board, regardless of when the instrument, certificate, or letter evidencing the Award is communicated to, or actually received or accepted by, the Participant.  In the event that the corporate records (e.g., Board consents, resolutions or minutes) documenting the corporate action constituting the grant contain terms (e.g., exercise price, vesting schedule or number of shares) that are inconsistent with those in the Award Agreement or related grant documents as a result of a clerical error in the papering of the Award Agreement or related grant documents, the corporate records will control and the Participant will have no legally binding right to the incorrect term in the Award Agreement or related grant documents.

 

14



 

(c)                                   Stockholder Rights.   No Participant will be deemed to be the holder of, or to have any of the rights of a holder with respect to, any shares of Common Stock subject to an Award unless and until (i) such Participant has satisfied all requirements for exercise of, or the issuance of shares of Common Stock under, the Award pursuant to its terms, and (ii) the issuance of the Common Stock subject to such Award has been entered into the books and records of the Company.

 

(d)                                  No Employment or Other Service Rights.   Nothing in the Plan, any Award Agreement or any other instrument executed thereunder or in connection with any Award granted pursuant thereto will confer upon any Participant any right to continue to serve the Company or an Affiliate in the capacity in effect at the time the Award was granted or will affect the right of the Company or an Affiliate to terminate (i) the employment of an Employee with or without notice and with or without cause, (ii) the service of a Consultant pursuant to the terms of such Consultant’s agreement with the Company or an Affiliate, or (iii) the service of a Director pursuant to the bylaws of the Company or an Affiliate, and any applicable provisions of the corporate law of the state in which the Company or the Affiliate is incorporated, as the case may be.

 

(e)                                   Change in Time Commitment.   In the event a Participant’s regular level of time commitment in the performance of his or her services for the Company and any Affiliates is reduced (for example, and without limitation, if the Participant is an Employee of the Company and the Employee has a change in status from a full-time Employee to a part-time Employee or takes an extended leave of absence) after the date of grant of any Award to the Participant, the Board has the right in its sole discretion to (x) make a corresponding reduction in the number of shares or cash amount subject to any portion of such Award that is scheduled to vest or become payable after the date of such change in time commitment, and (y) in lieu of or in combination with such a reduction, extend the vesting or payment schedule applicable to such Award.  In the event of any such reduction, the Participant will have no right with respect to any portion of the Award that is so reduced or extended.

 

(f)                                    Incentive Stock Option Limitations.   To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined at the time of grant) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Optionholder during any calendar year (under all plans of the Company and any Affiliates) exceeds $100,000 (or such other limit established in the Code) or otherwise does not comply with the rules governing Incentive Stock Options, the Options or portions thereof that exceed such limit (according to the order in which they were granted) or otherwise do not comply with such rules will be treated as Nonstatutory Stock Options, notwithstanding any contrary provision of the applicable Option Agreement(s).

 

(g)                                  Investment Assurances.   The Company may require a Participant, as a condition of exercising or acquiring Common Stock under any Award, (i) to give written assurances satisfactory to the Company as to the Participant’s knowledge and experience in financial and business matters and/or to employ a purchaser representative reasonably satisfactory to the Company who is knowledgeable and experienced in financial and business matters and that such Participant is capable of evaluating, alone or together with the purchaser representative, the merits and risks of exercising the Award; and (ii) to give written assurances satisfactory to the

 

15



 

Company stating that the Participant is acquiring Common Stock subject to the Award for the Participant’s own account and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the Common Stock.  The foregoing requirements, and any assurances given pursuant to such requirements, will be inoperative if (A) the issuance of the shares upon the exercise or acquisition of Common Stock under the Award has been registered under a then currently effective registration statement under the Securities Act, or (B) as to any particular requirement, a determination is made by counsel for the Company that such requirement need not be met in the circumstances under the then applicable securities laws.  The Company may, upon advice of counsel to the Company, place legends on stock certificates issued under the Plan as such counsel deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with applicable securities laws, including, but not limited to, legends restricting the transfer of the Common Stock.

 

(h)                                  Withholding Obligations.   Unless prohibited by the terms of an Award Agreement, the Company may, in its sole discretion, satisfy any federal, state or local tax withholding obligation relating to an Award by any of the following means or by a combination of such means: (i) causing the Participant to tender a cash payment; (ii) withholding shares of Common Stock from the shares of Common Stock issued or otherwise issuable to the Participant in connection with the Award; provided, however, that no shares of Common Stock are withheld with a value exceeding the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lesser amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of the Stock Award as a liability for financial accounting purposes); (iii) withholding cash from an Award settled in cash; (iv) withholding payment from any amounts otherwise payable to the Participant; or (v) by such other method as may be set forth in the Award Agreement.

 

(i)                                     Electronic Delivery .  Any reference in this Plan to a “written” agreement or document will include any agreement or document delivered electronically, filed publicly at www.sec.gov (or any successor website thereto) or posted on the Company’s intranet (or other shared electronic medium controlled by the Company to which the Participant has access).

 

(j)                                     Deferrals.   To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Board, in its sole discretion, may determine that the delivery of Common Stock or the payment of cash, upon the exercise, vesting or settlement of all or a portion of any Award may be deferred and may establish programs and procedures for deferral elections to be made by Participants.  Deferrals by Participants will be made in accordance with Section 409A of the Code.  Consistent with Section 409A of the Code, the Board may provide for distributions while a Participant is still an employee or otherwise providing services to the Company.  The Board is authorized to make deferrals of Awards and determine when, and in what annual percentages, Participants may receive payments, including lump sum payments, following the Participant’s termination of Continuous Service, and implement such other terms and conditions consistent with the provisions of the Plan and in accordance with applicable law.

 

(k)                                  Compliance with Section 409A of the Code.  Unless otherwise expressly provided for in an Award Agreement, the Plan and Award Agreements will be interpreted to the greatest extent possible in a manner that makes the Plan and the Awards granted under this Plan exempt from Section 409A of the Code, and, to the extent not so exempt, in compliance with Section 409A of the Code.  If the Board determines that any Award granted under this Plan is not exempt from and is therefore subject to Section 409A of the Code, the Award Agreement

 

16



 

evidencing such Award will incorporate the terms and conditions necessary to avoid the consequences specified in Section 409A(a)(1) of the Code, and to the extent an Award Agreement is silent on terms necessary for compliance, such terms are hereby incorporated by reference into the Award Agreement.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Plan (and unless the Award Agreement specifically provides otherwise), if the shares of Common Stock are publicly traded, and if a Participant holding an Award that constitutes “deferred compensation” under Section 409A of the Code is a “specified employee” for purposes of Section 409A of the Code, no distribution or payment of any amount that is due because of a “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) will be issued or paid before the date that is six months following the date of such Participant’s “separation from service” (as defined in Section 409A of the Code without regard to alternative definitions thereunder) or, if earlier, the date of the Participant’s death, unless such distribution or payment can be made in a manner that complies with Section 409A of the Code, and any amounts so deferred will be paid in a lump sum on the day after such six month period elapses, with the balance paid thereafter on the original schedule.

 

(l)                                     Clawback/Recovery .  All Awards granted under the Plan will be subject to recoupment in accordance with any clawback policy that the Company is required to adopt pursuant to the listing standards of any national securities exchange or association on which the Company’s securities are listed or as is otherwise required by the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act or other applicable law.  In addition, the Board may impose such other clawback, recovery or recoupment provisions in an Award Agreement as the Board determines necessary or appropriate, including but not limited to a reacquisition right in respect of previously acquired shares of Common Stock or other cash or property upon the occurrence of an event constituting Cause.  No recovery of compensation under such a clawback policy will be an event giving rise to a right to resign for “good reason” or “constructive termination” (or similar term) under any agreement with the Company.

 

9.                                       ADJUSTMENTS UPON CHANGES IN COMMON STOCK; OTHER CORPORATE EVENTS.

 

(a)                                  Capitalization Adjustments .  In the event of a Capitalization Adjustment, the Board will appropriately and proportionately adjust: (i) the class(es) and maximum number of securities subject to the Plan pursuant to Section 3(a), (ii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be issued pursuant to the exercise of Incentive Stock Options pursuant to Section 3(c), (iii) the class(es) and maximum number of securities that may be awarded to any person pursuant to Sections 3(d), and (iv) the class(es) and number of securities and price per share of stock subject to outstanding Stock Awards.  The Board will make such adjustments, and its determination will be final, binding and conclusive.

 

(b)                                  Dissolution or Liquidation .  Except as otherwise provided in the Stock Award Agreement, in the event of a dissolution or liquidation of the Company, all outstanding Stock Awards (other than Stock Awards consisting of vested and outstanding shares of Common Stock not subject to a forfeiture condition or the Company’s right of repurchase) will terminate immediately prior to the completion of such dissolution or liquidation, and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Company’s repurchase rights or subject to a forfeiture condition may be repurchased or reacquired by the Company notwithstanding the fact that the holder of such Stock Award is providing Continuous Service; provided, however , that the Board may, in

 

17



 

its sole discretion, cause some or all Stock Awards to become fully vested, exercisable and/or no longer subject to repurchase or forfeiture (to the extent such Stock Awards have not previously expired or terminated) before the dissolution or liquidation is completed but contingent on its completion.

 

(c)                                   Corporate Transaction.   The following provisions will apply to Stock Awards in the event of a Corporate Transaction unless otherwise provided in the instrument evidencing the Stock Award or any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant or unless otherwise expressly provided by the Board at the time of grant of a Stock Award.  In the event of a Corporate Transaction, then, notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Board will take one or more of the following actions with respect to Stock Awards, contingent upon the closing or completion of the Corporate Transaction:

 

(i)                                     arrange for the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company) to assume or continue the Stock Award or to substitute a similar stock award for the Stock Award (including, but not limited to, an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Corporate Transaction);

 

(ii)                                 arrange for the assignment of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company in respect of Common Stock issued pursuant to the Stock Award to the surviving corporation or acquiring corporation (or the surviving or acquiring corporation’s parent company);

 

(iii)                             accelerate the vesting, in whole or in part, of the Stock Award (and, if applicable, the time at which the Stock Award may be exercised) to a date prior to the effective time of such Corporate Transaction as the Board determines (or, if the Board does not determine such a date, to the date that is five days prior to the effective date of the Corporate Transaction), with such Stock Award terminating if not exercised (if applicable) at or prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction;

 

(iv)                              arrange for the lapse, in whole or in part, of any reacquisition or repurchase rights held by the Company with respect to the Stock Award;

 

(v)                                  cancel or arrange for the cancellation of the Stock Award, to the extent not vested or not exercised prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, in exchange for such cash consideration, if any, (and, for clarity, the cash consideration may be zero) as the Board, in its sole discretion, may consider appropriate; and

 

(vi)                              make a payment, in such form as may be determined by the Board equal to the excess, if any, of (A) the value of the property the Participant would have received upon the exercise of the Stock Award immediately prior to the effective time of the Corporate Transaction, over (B) any exercise price payable by such holder in connection with such exercise.

 

The Board need not take the same action or actions with respect to all Stock Awards or portions thereof or with respect to all Participants. The Board may take different actions with respect to the vested and unvested portions of a Stock Award.

 

18



 

(d)                                  Change in Control.   A Stock Award may be subject to additional acceleration of vesting and exercisability upon or after a Change in Control as may be provided in the Stock Award Agreement for such Stock Award or as may be provided in any other written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant, but in the absence of such provision, no such acceleration will occur.

 

10.                                PLAN TERM; EARLIER TERMINATION OR SUSPENSION OF THE PLAN.

 

The Board may suspend or terminate the Plan at any time.  No Incentive Stock Options may be granted after the tenth anniversary of the earlier of (i) the date the Plan is adopted by the Board (the “ Adoption Date ”), or (ii) the date the Plan is approved by the stockholders of the Company. No Awards may be granted under the Plan while the Plan is suspended or after it is terminated.

 

11.                                EXISTENCE OF THE PLAN; TIMING OF FIRST GRANT OR EXERCISE.

 

The Plan will come into existence on the Adoption Date.  No Stock Award will be exercised (or, in the case of a Restricted Stock Award, Restricted Stock Unit Award, Performance Stock Award, or Other Stock Award, no Stock Award will be granted) and no Performance Cash Award will be settled unless and until the Plan has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, which approval will be within 12 months after the date the Plan is adopted by the Board.

 

12.                                CHOICE OF LAW.

 

The law of the State of Delaware will govern all questions concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Plan, without regard to that state’s conflict of laws rules.

 

13.                                DEFINITIONS.  As used in the Plan, the following definitions will apply to the capitalized terms indicated below:

 

(a)                                  Affiliate ” means, at the time of determination, any “parent” or “subsidiary” of the Company as such terms are defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  The Board will have the authority to determine the time or times at which “parent” or “subsidiary” status is determined within the foregoing definition.

 

(b)                                  Award ” means a Stock Award or a Performance Cash Award.

 

(c)                                   Award Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of an Award.

 

(d)                                  Board ” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

(e)                                   Capital Stock ” means each and every class of common stock of the Company, regardless of the number of votes per share.

 

(f)                                    Capitalization Adjustment ” means any change that is made in, or other events that occur with respect to, the Common Stock subject to the Plan or subject to any Stock Award

 

19



 

after the Adoption Date without the receipt of consideration by the Company through merger, consolidation, reorganization, recapitalization, reincorporation, stock dividend, dividend in property other than cash, large nonrecurring cash dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, liquidating dividend, combination of shares, exchange of shares, change in corporate structure or any similar equity restructuring transaction, as that term is used in Statement of Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718 (or any successor thereto).  Notwithstanding the foregoing, the conversion of any convertible securities of the Company will not be treated as a Capitalization Adjustment.

 

(g)                                  Cause ” will have the meaning ascribed to such term in any written agreement between the Participant and the Company defining such term and, in the absence of such agreement, such term means, with respect to a Participant, the occurrence of any of the following events:  (i) such Participant’s commission of any felony or any crime involving fraud, dishonesty or moral turpitude under the laws of the United States or any state thereof; (ii) such Participant’s attempted commission of, or participation in, a fraud or act of dishonesty against the Company; (iii) such Participant’s intentional, material violation of any contract or agreement between the Participant and the Company or of any statutory duty owed to the Company; (iv) such Participant’s unauthorized use or disclosure of the Company’s confidential information or trade secrets; or (v) such Participant’s gross misconduct. The determination that a termination of the Participant’s Continuous Service is either for Cause or without Cause will be made by the Company, in its sole discretion.  Any determination by the Company that the Continuous Service of a Participant was terminated with or without Cause for the purposes of outstanding Awards held by such Participant will have no effect upon any determination of the rights or obligations of the Company or such Participant for any other purpose.

 

(h)                                  Change in Control ” means the occurrence, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

 

(i)                                     any Exchange Act Person becomes the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities other than by virtue of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Change in Control will not be deemed to occur (A) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company directly from the Company, (B) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by an investor, any affiliate thereof or any other Exchange Act Person that acquires the Company’s securities in a transaction or series of related transactions the primary purpose of which is to obtain financing for the Company through the issuance of equity securities, (C) on account of the acquisition of securities of the Company by any individual who is, on the IPO Date, either an executive officer or a Director (either, an “ IPO Investor ”) and/or any entity in which an IPO Investor has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting rights or participation in profits or capital contributions) of more than 50% (collectively, the “ IPO Entities ”) or on account of the IPO Entities continuing to hold shares that come to represent more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities as a result of the conversion of any class of the Company’s securities into another class of the Company’s securities having a different number of votes per share; or (D) solely because the level of Ownership held by any Exchange Act Person (the “ Subject Person ”) exceeds the designated percentage threshold of the outstanding voting securities as a result of a repurchase or other acquisition of voting securities by the

 

20


 

Company reducing the number of shares outstanding, provided that if a Change in Control would occur (but for the operation of this sentence) as a result of the acquisition of voting securities by the Company, and after such share acquisition, the Subject Person becomes the Owner of any additional voting securities that, assuming the repurchase or other acquisition had not occurred, increases the percentage of the then outstanding voting securities Owned by the Subject Person over the designated percentage threshold, then a Change in Control will be deemed to occur;

 

(ii)                                 there is consummated a merger, consolidation or similar transaction involving (directly or indirectly) the Company and, immediately after the consummation of such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, the stockholders of the Company immediately prior thereto do not Own, directly or indirectly, either (A) outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction or (B) more than 50% of the combined outstanding voting power of the parent of the surviving Entity in such merger, consolidation or similar transaction, in each case in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such transaction; provided, however , that a merger, consolidation or similar transaction will not constitute a Change in Control under this prong of the definition if the outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the surviving Entity or its parent are owned by the IPO Entities;

 

(iii)                             there is consummated a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, other than a sale, lease, license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries to an Entity, more than 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are Owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of the outstanding voting securities of the Company immediately prior to such sale, lease, license or other disposition; provided, however , that a sale, lease, exclusive license or other disposition of all or substantially all of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries will not constitute a Change in Control under this prong of the definition if the outstanding voting securities representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the acquiring Entity or its parent are owned by the IPO Entities; or

 

(iv)                              after the IPO Date, individuals who, on the date the Plan is adopted by the Board, are members of the Board (the “ Incumbent Board ”) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board; provided, however , that if the appointment or election (or nomination for election) of any new Board member was approved or recommended by a majority vote of the members of the Incumbent Board then still in office, such new member will, for purposes of this Plan, be considered as a member of the Incumbent Board.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing definition or any other provision of the Plan, the term Change in Control will not include a sale of assets, merger or other transaction effected exclusively for the purpose of changing the domicile of the Company and the definition of Change in Control (or any analogous term) in an individual written agreement between the Company or any Affiliate and the Participant will supersede the foregoing definition with respect to Awards subject to such agreement; provided, however , that if no definition of Change in Control or any analogous term is set forth in such an individual written agreement, the foregoing

 

21



 

definition will apply.  If required for compliance with Section 409A of the Code, in no event will a Change in Control be deemed to have occurred if such transaction is not also a “change in the ownership or effective control of” the Company or “a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of” the Company as determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder).  The Board may, in its sole discretion and without a Participant’s consent, amend the definition of “Change in Control” to conform to the definition of “Change in Control” under Section 409A of the Code, and the regulations thereunder.

 

(i)                                     Code ” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, including any applicable regulations and guidance thereunder.

 

(j)                                     Committee ” means a committee of one or more Directors to whom authority has been delegated by the Board in accordance with Section 2(c).

 

(k)                                  Common Stock ” means the common stock of the Company, having one vote per share.

 

(l)                                     Company ” means 2U, Inc., a Delaware corporation.

 

(m)                              Consultant means any person, including an advisor, who is (i) engaged by the Company or an Affiliate to render consulting or advisory services and is compensated for such services, or (ii) serving as a member of the board of directors of an Affiliate and is compensated for such services.  However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such service, will not cause a Director to be considered a “Consultant” for purposes of the Plan.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a person is treated as a Consultant under this Plan only if a Form S-8 Registration Statement under the Securities Act is available to register either the offer or the sale of the Company’s securities to such person.

 

(n)                                  Continuous Service ” means that the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, whether as an Employee, Director or Consultant, is not interrupted or terminated.  A change in the capacity in which the Participant renders service to the Company or an Affiliate as an Employee, Consultant or Director or a change in the entity for which the Participant renders such service, provided that there is no interruption or termination of the Participant’s service with the Company or an Affiliate, will not terminate a Participant’s Continuous Service; provided, however , that if the Entity for which a Participant is rendering services ceases to qualify as an Affiliate, as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, such Participant’s Continuous Service will be considered to have terminated on the date such Entity ceases to qualify as an Affiliate.  To the extent permitted by law, the Board or the chief executive officer of the Company, in that party’s sole discretion, may determine whether Continuous Service will be considered interrupted in the case of (i) any leave of absence approved by the Board or chief executive officer, including sick leave, military leave or any other personal leave, or (ii) transfers between the Company, an Affiliate, or their successors.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, a leave of absence will be treated as Continuous Service for purposes of vesting in an Award only to such extent as may be provided in the Company’s leave of absence policy, in the written terms of any leave of absence agreement or policy applicable to the Participant, or as otherwise required by law.  In addition, to the extent required for exemption from or compliance with Section 409A

 

22



 

of the Code, the determination of whether there has been a termination of Continuous Service, will be made, and such term will be construed, in a manner that is consistent with the definition of “separation from service” as defined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder).

 

(o)                                  Corporate Transaction ” means the consummation, in a single transaction or in a series of related transactions, of any one or more of the following events:

 

(i)                                     a sale or other disposition of all or substantially all, as determined by the Board, in its sole discretion, of the consolidated assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

 

(ii)                                 a sale or other disposition of at least 50% of the outstanding securities of the Company;

 

(iii)                             a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is not the surviving corporation; or

 

(iv)                              a merger, consolidation or similar transaction following which the Company is the surviving corporation but the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately preceding the merger, consolidation or similar transaction are converted or exchanged by virtue of the merger, consolidation or similar transaction into other property, whether in the form of securities, cash or otherwise.

 

To the extent required for compliance with Section 409A of the Code, in no event will an event be deemed a Corporate Transaction if such transaction is not also a “change in the ownership or effective control of” the Company or “a change in the ownership of a substantial portion of the assets of” the Company as determined under Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5) (without regard to any alternative definition thereunder).

 

(p)                                  Covered Employee ” will have the meaning provided in Section 162(m)(3) of the Code.

 

(q)                                  Director ” means a member of the Board.

 

(r)                                   Disability ” means, with respect to a Participant, the inability of such Participant to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or that has lasted or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, as provided in Sections 22(e)(3) and 409A(a)(2)(c)(i) of the Code, and will be determined by the Board on the basis of such medical evidence as the Board deems warranted under the circumstances.

 

(s)                                    Effective Date ” means the Adoption Date.

 

(t)                                     Employee means any person employed by the Company or an Affiliate.  However, service solely as a Director, or payment of a fee for such services, will not cause a Director to be considered an “Employee” for purposes of the Plan.

 

23



 

(u)                                  Entity ” means a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity.

 

(v)                                  Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(w)                                Exchange Act Person ” means any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act), except that “Exchange Act Person” will not include (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company or any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, (iii) an underwriter temporarily holding securities pursuant to a registered public offering of such securities, (iv) an Entity Owned, directly or indirectly, by the stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their Ownership of stock of the Company; or (v) any natural person, Entity or “group” (within the meaning of Section 13(d) or 14(d) of the Exchange Act) that, as of the Effective Date, is the Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities.

 

(x)                                  Fair Market Value ” means, as of any date, the value of the Common Stock determined as follows:

 

(i)                                     If the Common Stock is listed on any established stock exchange or traded on any established market, the Fair Market Value of a share of Common Stock will be, unless otherwise determined by the Board, the closing sales price for such stock as quoted on such exchange or market (or the exchange or market with the greatest volume of trading in the Common Stock) on the date of determination, as reported in a source the Board deems reliable.

 

(ii)                                 Unless otherwise provided by the Board, if there is no closing sales price for the Common Stock on the date of determination, then the Fair Market Value will be the closing selling price on the last preceding date for which such quotation exists.

 

(iii)                             In the absence of such markets for the Common Stock, the Fair Market Value will be determined by the Board in good faith and in a manner that complies with Sections 409A and 422 of the Code.

 

(y)                                  Good Reason ” will have the meaning ascribed to such term in any written agreement between the Participant and the Company defining such term and, in the absence of such agreement, such term means, with respect to a Participant who is an Employee, the occurrence of any of the following events without the Participant’s express written consent:  (i) the assignment to the Participant of any duties or responsibilities that results in a material diminution in the Participant’s function as in effect immediately prior to the effective date of the Change in Control; provided, however , that a change in the Participant’s title or reporting relationships shall not provide the basis for a voluntary termination with Good Reason; (ii) a material reduction by the Company in the Participant’s annual base salary, as in effect on the effective date of the Change in Control or as increased thereafter; provided, however , that Good Reason shall not be deemed to have occurred in the event of a reduction in the Participant’s

 

24



 

annual base salary that is pursuant to a salary reduction program affecting substantially all of the employees of the Company and that does not adversely affect the Participant to a greater extent than other similarly situated employees; (iii) any failure by the Company to continue in effect any benefit plan or program, including incentive plans or plans with respect to the receipt of securities of the Company, in which the Participant was participating immediately prior to the effective date of the Change in Control (hereinafter referred to as “ Benefit Plans ”), or the taking of any action by the Company that would adversely affect the Participant’s participation in or reduce his or her benefits under the Benefit Plans or deprive the Participant of any fringe benefit that they enjoyed immediately prior to the effective date of the Change in Control; provided, however , that Good Reason shall not be deemed to have occurred if the Company provides for the Participant’s participation in benefit plans and programs that, taken as a whole, are comparable to the Benefit Plans; (iv) a relocation of the Participant’s business office to a location more than fifty (50) miles from the location at which he or she performed their duties as of the effective date of the Change in Control, except for required travel by the Participant on the Company’s business to an extent substantially consistent with the Participant’s business travel obligations prior to the effective date of the Change in Control; or (v) a material breach by the Company of any provision of the Plan or the Option Agreement or any other material agreement between the Participant and the Company concerning the terms and conditions of employment.

 

(z)                                   Incentive Stock Option ” means an option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that is intended to be, and qualifies as, an “incentive stock option” within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

 

(aa)                           IPO Date ” means the date of the underwriting agreement between the Company and the underwriter(s) managing the initial public offering of the Common Stock, pursuant to which the Common Stock is priced for the initial public offering.

 

(bb)                           Non-Employee Director ” means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee or officer of the Company or an Affiliate, does not receive compensation, either directly or indirectly, from the Company or an Affiliate for services rendered as a consultant or in any capacity other than as a Director (except for an amount as to which disclosure would not be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K promulgated pursuant to the Securities Act (“ Regulation S-K ”)), does not possess an interest in any other transaction for which disclosure would be required under Item 404(a) of Regulation S-K, and is not engaged in a business relationship for which disclosure would be required pursuant to Item 404(b) of Regulation S-K; or (ii) is otherwise considered a “non-employee director” for purposes of Rule 16b-3.

 

(cc)                             Nonstatutory Stock Option ” means any Option granted pursuant to Section 5 of the Plan that does not qualify as an Incentive Stock Option.

 

(dd)                           Officer ” means a person who is an officer of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the Exchange Act.

 

(ee)                             Option ” means an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonstatutory Stock Option to purchase shares of Common Stock granted pursuant to the Plan.

 

25



 

(ff)                               Option Agreement ” means a written agreement between the Company and an Optionholder evidencing the terms and conditions of an Option grant.  Each Option Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(gg)                           Optionholder ” means a person to whom an Option is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Option.

 

(hh)                           Other Stock Award means an award based in whole or in part by reference to the Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(d).

 

(ii)                                 Other Stock Award Agreement means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of an Other Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of an Other Stock Award grant.  Each Other Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(jj)                                 Outside Director ” means a Director who either (i) is not a current employee of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” (within the meaning of Treasury Regulations promulgated under Section 162(m) of the Code), is not a former employee of the Company or an “affiliated corporation” who receives compensation for prior services (other than benefits under a tax-qualified retirement plan) during the taxable year, has not been an officer of the Company or an “affiliated corporation,” and does not receive remuneration from the Company or an “affiliated corporation,” either directly or indirectly, in any capacity other than as a Director, or (ii) is otherwise considered an “outside director” for purposes of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

(kk)                           Own, ” “ Owned, ” “ Owner, ” “ Ownership ” means a person or Entity will be deemed to “Own,” to have “Owned,” to be the “Owner” of, or to have acquired “Ownership” of securities if such person or Entity, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship or otherwise, has or shares voting power, which includes the power to vote or to direct the voting, with respect to such securities.

 

(ll)                                 Participant ” means a person to whom an Award is granted pursuant to the Plan or, if applicable, such other person who holds an outstanding Stock Award.

 

(mm)                   Performance Cash Award ” means an award of cash granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(c)(ii).

 

(nn)                           Performance Criteria means the one or more criteria that the Board will select for purposes of establishing the Performance Goals for a Performance Period.  The Performance Criteria that will be used to establish such Performance Goals may be based on any one of, or combination of, the following as determined by the Board: (i) earnings (including earnings per share and net earnings); (ii) earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation; (iii) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization; (iv) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and legal settlements; (v) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements and other income (expense); (vi) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense) and stock-based compensation; (vii) earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization, legal settlements, other income (expense), stock-based compensation and changes in deferred revenue; (viii) total stockholder return; (ix) return on equity or average stockholder’s equity; (x) return on assets, investment, or

 

26



 

capital employed; (xi) stock price; (xii) margin (including gross margin); (xiii) income (before or after taxes); (xiv) operating income; (xv) operating income after taxes; (xvi) pre-tax profit; (xvii) operating cash flow; (xviii) sales or revenue targets; (xix) increases in revenue or product revenue; (xx) expenses and cost reduction goals; (xxi) improvement in or attainment of working capital levels; (xxii) economic value added (or an equivalent metric); (xxiii) market share; (xxiv) cash flow; (xxv) cash flow per share; (xxvi) share price performance; (xxvii) debt reduction; (xxviii) implementation or completion of projects or processes; (xxix) employee retention; (xxx) stockholders’ equity; (xxxi) capital expenditures; (xxxii) debt levels; (xxxiii) operating profit or net operating profit; (xxxiv) workforce diversity; (xxxv) growth of net income or operating income; (xxxvi) billings; (xxxvii) bookings; (xxxviii) the number of users, including but not limited to unique users; (xxxix) employee retention; (xxxx) user satisfaction; and (xxxxi) to the extent that an Award is not intended to comply with Section 162(m) of the Code, other measures of performance selected by the Board.

 

(oo)                           Performance Goals means, for a Performance Period, the one or more goals established by the Board for the Performance Period based upon the Performance Criteria.  Performance Goals may be based on a Company-wide basis, with respect to one or more business units, divisions, Affiliates, or business segments, and in either absolute terms or relative to the performance of one or more comparable companies or the performance of one or more relevant indices.  Unless specified otherwise by the Board (i) in the Award Agreement at the time the Award is granted or (ii) in such other document setting forth the Performance Goals at the time the Performance Goals are established, the Board will appropriately make adjustments in the method of calculating the attainment of Performance Goals for a Performance Period as follows: (1) to exclude restructuring and/or other nonrecurring charges; (2) to exclude exchange rate effects; (3) to exclude the effects of changes to generally accepted accounting principles; (4) to exclude the effects of any statutory adjustments to corporate tax rates; (5) to exclude the effects of any “extraordinary items” as determined under generally accepted accounting principles; (6) to exclude the dilutive effects of acquisitions or joint ventures; (7) to assume that any business divested by the Company achieved performance objectives at targeted levels during the balance of a Performance Period following such divestiture; (8) to exclude the effect of any change in the outstanding shares of common stock of the Company by reason of any stock dividend or split, stock repurchase, reorganization, recapitalization, merger, consolidation, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares or other similar corporate change, or any distributions to common stockholders other than regular cash dividends; (9) to exclude the effects of stock based compensation and the award of bonuses under the Company’s bonus plans; (10) to exclude costs incurred in connection with potential acquisitions or divestitures that are required to be expensed under generally accepted accounting principles; (11) to exclude the goodwill and intangible asset impairment charges that are required to be recorded under generally accepted accounting principles; and (12) to exclude the effect of any other unusual, non-recurring gain or loss or other extraordinary item. In addition, the Board retains the discretion to reduce or eliminate the compensation or economic benefit due upon attainment of Performance Goals and to define the manner of calculating the Performance Criteria it selects to use for such Performance Period. Partial achievement of the specified criteria may result in the payment or vesting corresponding to the degree of achievement as specified in the Stock Award Agreement or the written terms of a Performance Cash Award.

 

27



 

(pp)                           Performance Period means the period of time selected by the Board over which the attainment of one or more Performance Goals will be measured for the purpose of determining a Participant’s right to and the payment of a Stock Award or a Performance Cash Award.  Performance Periods may be of varying and overlapping duration, at the sole discretion of the Board.

 

(qq)                           Performance Stock Award ” means a Stock Award granted under the terms and conditions of Section 6(c)(i).

 

(rr)                             Plan ” means this 2U, Inc. 2014 Equity Incentive Plan.

 

(ss)                               Restricted Stock Award means an award of shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(a).

 

(tt)                                 Restricted Stock Award Agreement means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Award grant.  Each Restricted Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(uu)                           Restricted Stock Unit Award means a right to receive shares of Common Stock which is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 6(b).

 

(vv)                           Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Restricted Stock Unit Award evidencing the terms and conditions of a Restricted Stock Unit Award grant.  Each Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(ww)                       Rule 16b-3 ” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act or any successor to Rule 16b-3, as in effect from time to time.

 

(xx)                           Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

(yy)                           Stock Appreciation Right or “ SAR ” means a right to receive the appreciation on Common Stock that is granted pursuant to the terms and conditions of Section 5.

 

(zz)                             Stock Appreciation Right Agreement means a written agreement between the Company and a holder of a Stock Appreciation Right evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Appreciation Right grant.  Each Stock Appreciation Right Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

(aaa)                    Stock Award means any right to receive Common Stock granted under the Plan, including an Incentive Stock Option, a Nonstatutory Stock Option, a Restricted Stock Award, a Restricted Stock Unit Award, a Stock Appreciation Right, a Performance Stock Award or any Other Stock Award.

 

(bbb)                    Stock Award Agreement means a written agreement between the Company and a Participant evidencing the terms and conditions of a Stock Award grant.  Each Stock Award Agreement will be subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan.

 

28



 

(ccc)                       Subsidiary ” means, with respect to the Company, (i) any corporation of which more than 50% of the outstanding capital stock having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of the board of directors of such corporation (irrespective of whether, at the time, stock of any other class or classes of such corporation will have or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency) is at the time, directly or indirectly, Owned by the Company, and (ii) any partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect interest (whether in the form of voting or participation in profits or capital contribution) of more than 50%.

 

(ddd)                    Ten Percent Stockholder ” means a person who Owns (or is deemed to Own pursuant to Section 424(d) of the Code) stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any Affiliate.

 

29




Exhibit 10.12

 

2U, INC.
STOCK OPTION GRANT NOTICE
(2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN)

 

2U, Inc. (the “ Company ”), pursuant to its 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”), hereby grants to Optionholder an option to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock set forth below (the “ Option ”).  This Option is subject to all of the terms and conditions as set forth in this Stock Option Grant Notice (this “ Notice ”), in the Option Agreement and in the Plan, both of which are attached to this Notice and incorporated in this Notice in their entirety.  Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Notice but defined in the Plan or the Option Agreement will have the same definitions as in the Plan or the Option Agreement, as applicable. If there is any conflict between the terms in this Notice or the Option Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control.

 

Optionholder:

Date of Grant:

Vesting Commencement Date:

Number of Shares Subject to Option:

Exercise Price (Per Share):

Total Exercise Price:

Expiration Date:

 

Type of Grant:                                    o   Incentive Stock Option(1)                                                           o   Nonstatutory Stock Option

 

Exercise Schedule :               Same as Vesting Schedule

 

Vesting Schedule :                      [ TBA]

 

Payment:                                                                   By one or a combination of the following items (described in the Option Agreement):

 

o             By cash or check

o             Pursuant to a Regulation T Program, if the Common Stock is publicly traded

o             By delivery of already-owned shares, if the Common Stock is publicly traded

o             If and only to the extent the option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, and subject to the Company’s consent at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement

 

Additional Terms/Acknowledgements:   Optionholder acknowledges receipt of, and understands and agrees to, this Notice, the Option Agreement, the Plan and any stock plan prospectus for this Plan.  As of the Date of Grant, this Notice, the Option Agreement, and the Plan set forth the entire understanding between Optionholder and the Company regarding the Option and supersede all prior oral and written agreements on the Option, with the exception, if applicable, of any compensation recovery policy that is adopted by the Company or is otherwise required by applicable law.  By accepting the Option, Optionholder consents to receive documents governing the Option by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an online or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 


(1)  If this is an Incentive Stock Option, it (plus other outstanding Incentive Stock Options) cannot be first exercisable for more than $100,000 in value (measured by exercise price) in any calendar year.  Any excess over $100,000 is a Nonstatutory Stock Option.

 

1



 

2U, INC.

 

OPTIONHOLDER:

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

Signature

 

Signature

 

 

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

 

 

ATTACHMENTS :  Option Agreement, 2014 Equity Incentive Plan

 

2



 

ATTACHMENT I

 

OPTION AGREEMENT

 



 

2U, INC.
2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 

OPTION AGREEMENT
(INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION OR NONSTATUTORY STOCK OPTION)

 

Pursuant to your Stock Option Grant Notice (“ Grant Notice ”) and this Option Agreement, 2U, Inc. (the “ Company ”) has granted you an option (the “ Option ”) under its 2014 Equity Incentive Plan (the “ Plan ”) to purchase the number of shares of the Company’s Common Stock indicated in your Grant Notice at the exercise price indicated in your Grant Notice.  The Option is granted to you effective as of the date of grant set forth in the Grant Notice (the “ Date of Grant ”).  If there is any conflict between the terms in this Option Agreement and the Plan, the terms of the Plan will control. Capitalized terms not explicitly defined in this Option Agreement or in the Grant Notice but defined in the Plan will have the same definitions as in the Plan.

 

The details of your Option, in addition to those set forth in the Grant Notice and the Plan, are as follows:

 

1.                                       VESTING.   Your Option will vest as provided in your Grant Notice.  Vesting will cease upon the termination of your Continuous Service.

 

2.                                       NUMBER OF SHARES AND EXERCISE PRICE.   The number of shares of Common Stock subject to your Option and the exercise price per share in your Grant Notice will be adjusted for Capitalization Adjustments as provided in the Plan.

 

3.                                       EXERCISE RESTRICTION FOR NON-EXEMPT EMPLOYEES.   If you are an Employee eligible for overtime compensation under the Fair Labor Standards Act of 1938, as amended (that is, a “ Non-Exempt Employee ”), and except as otherwise provided in the Plan, you may not exercise your Option until you have completed at least six (6) months of Continuous Service measured from the Date of Grant, even if you have already been an employee for more than six (6) months. Consistent with the provisions of the Worker Economic Opportunity Act, you may exercise your Option as to any vested portion prior to such six (6) month anniversary in the case of (i) your death or disability, (ii) a Corporate Transaction in which your Option is not assumed, continued or substituted, (iii) a Change in Control or (iv) your termination of Continuous Service on your “retirement” (as defined in the Company’s benefit plans).

 

4.                                       EXERCISE PRIOR TO VESTING (“EARLY EXERCISE”).   You may not exercise your Option prior to vesting.

 

5.                                       METHOD OF PAYMENT.   You must pay the full amount of the exercise price for the shares you wish to exercise.  You may pay the exercise price in cash or by check or in any other manner permitted by your Grant Notice, which may include one or more of the following:

 

(a)                                  Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve

 

1



 

Board that, prior to the issuance of Common Stock, results in either the receipt of cash (or check) by the Company or the receipt of irrevocable instructions to pay the aggregate exercise price to the Company from the sales proceeds.  This manner of payment is also known as a “broker-assisted exercise,” “same day sale,” or “sell to cover.”

 

(b)                                  Provided that at the time of exercise the Common Stock is publicly traded, by delivery to the Company (either by actual delivery or attestation) of already-owned shares of Common Stock that are owned free and clear of any liens, claims, encumbrances or security interests, and that are valued at Fair Market Value on the date of exercise.  “Delivery” for these purposes, in the sole discretion of the Company at the time you exercise your Option, will include delivery to the Company of your attestation of ownership of such shares of Common Stock in a form approved by the Company.  You may not exercise your Option by delivery to the Company of Common Stock if doing so would violate the provisions of any law, regulation or agreement restricting the redemption of the Company’s stock.

 

(c)                                   If your Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, subject to the consent of the Company at the time of exercise, by a “net exercise” arrangement pursuant to which the Company will reduce the number of shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of your Option by the largest whole number of shares with a Fair Market Value that does not exceed the aggregate exercise price.  You must pay any remaining balance of the aggregate exercise price not satisfied by the “net exercise” in cash or other permitted form of payment.  Shares of Common Stock will no longer be outstanding under your Option and will not be exercisable thereafter if those shares (i) are used to pay the exercise price pursuant to the “net exercise,” (ii) are delivered to you as a result of such exercise, and (iii) are withheld to satisfy your tax withholding obligations.

 

6.                                       WHOLE SHARES.   You may exercise your Option only for whole shares of Common Stock.

 

7.                                       SECURITIES LAW COMPLIANCE.   In no event may you exercise your Option unless the shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise are then registered under the Securities Act or, if not registered, the Company has determined that your exercise and the issuance of the shares would be exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act.  The exercise of your Option also must comply with all other applicable laws and regulations governing your Option, and you may not exercise your Option if the Company determines that such exercise would not be in material compliance with such laws and regulations.

 

8.                                       TERM.   You may not exercise your Option before the Date of Grant or after the expiration of the Option’s term.  The term of your Option expires, subject to the provisions of Section 5(h) of the Plan, upon the earliest of the following:

 

(a)                                  immediately upon the termination of your Continuous Service for Cause;

 

(b)                                  three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason other than Cause, your Disability or your death (except as otherwise provided in Section 8(d) below); provided, however, that if during any part of such three (3) month period your Option is not exercisable solely because doing so would violate the registration requirements

 

2



 

under the Securities Act, your Option will not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it has been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service; provided further, if during any part of such three (3) month period, the sale of any Common Stock received upon exercise of your Option would violate the Company’s insider trading policy, then your Option will not expire until the earlier of the Expiration Date or until it has been exercisable for an aggregate period of three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service during which the sale of the Common Stock received upon exercise of your Option would not be in violation of the Company’s insider trading policy.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (i) you are a Non-Exempt Employee, (ii) your Continuous Service terminates within six (6) months after the Date of Grant, and (iii) you have vested in a portion of your Option at the time of your termination of Continuous Service, your Option will not expire until the earlier of (x) the later of (A) the date that is seven (7) months after the Date of Grant, and (B) the date that is three (3) months after the termination of your Continuous Service, and (y) the Expiration Date;

 

(c)                                   twelve (12) months after the termination of your Continuous Service due to your Disability (except as otherwise provided in Section 8(d)) below;

 

(d)                                  eighteen (18) months after your death if you die either during your Continuous Service or within three (3) months after your Continuous Service terminates for any reason other than Cause;

 

(e)                                   the Expiration Date indicated in your Grant Notice; or

 

(f)                                    the day before the tenth (10th) anniversary of the Date of Grant.

 

If your Option is an Incentive Stock Option, note that to obtain the federal income tax advantages associated with an Incentive Stock Option, the Code requires that at all times beginning on the Date of Grant and ending on the day three (3) months before the date of your Option’s exercise, you must be an employee of the Company or an Affiliate, except in the event of your death or Disability.  The Company has provided for extended exercisability of your Option under certain circumstances for your benefit but cannot guarantee that your Option will necessarily be treated as an Incentive Stock Option if you continue to provide services to the Company or an Affiliate as a Consultant or Director after your employment terminates or if you otherwise exercise your Option more than three (3) months after the date your employment with the Company or an Affiliate terminates.

 

9.                                       EXERCISE.

 

(a)                                  You may exercise the vested portion of your Option during its term by (i) delivering a Notice of Exercise (in a form designated by the Company), or making the required electronic election with the Company’s designated broker, and (ii) paying the exercise price and any applicable withholding taxes to the Company’s stock plan administrator, or such other person as the Company may designate, together with such additional documents as the Company may then require.

 

(b)                                  By exercising your Option you agree that, as a condition to any exercise of your Option, the Company may require you to enter into an arrangement providing for the

 

3



 

payment by you to the Company of any tax withholding obligation of the Company arising by reason of (i) the exercise of your Option, (ii) the lapse of any substantial risk of forfeiture to which the shares of Common Stock are subject at the time of exercise, or (iii) the disposition of shares of Common Stock acquired upon such exercise.

 

(c)                                   If your Option is an Incentive Stock Option, by exercising your Option you agree that you will notify the Company in writing within fifteen (15) days after the date of any disposition of any of the shares of the Common Stock issued upon exercise of your Option that occurs within two (2) years after the Date of Grant or within one (1) year after the effective date of exercise of the Option.

 

10.                                TRANSFERABILITY.   Except as otherwise provided in this Section 10, your Option is not transferable, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and is exercisable during your life only by you.

 

(a)                                  Certain Trusts.   Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may transfer your Option to a trust if you are considered to be the sole beneficial owner (determined under Section 671 of the Code and applicable state law) while the Option is held in the trust.  You and the trustee must enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company.

 

(b)                                  Domestic Relations Orders.   Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, and provided that you and the designated transferee enter into transfer and other agreements required by the Company, you may transfer your Option pursuant to the terms of a domestic relations order, or official marital settlement agreement that contains the information required by the Company to effectuate the transfer.  You are encouraged to discuss the proposed terms of any division of this Option with the Company prior to finalizing the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement to help ensure the required information is contained within the domestic relations order or marital settlement agreement.  If your Option is an Incentive Stock Option, your Option may be deemed to be a Nonstatutory Stock Option as a result of such transfer.

 

(c)                                   Beneficiary Designation.   Upon receiving written permission from the Board or its duly authorized designee, you may, by delivering written notice to the Company, in a form approved by the Company and any broker designated by the Company to handle Option exercises, designate a third party who, on your death, will thereafter be entitled to exercise this Option and receive the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise.  In the absence of such a designation, your executor or administrator of your estate will be entitled to exercise this Option and receive, on behalf of your estate, the Common Stock or other consideration resulting from such exercise.

 

11.                                RESTRICTIONS ON TRANSFER OF COMMON STOCK.

 

(a)                                  Lock-up Period Following an IPO.   If your Option was granted before the IPO Date, you agree that you shall not sell, dispose of, transfer, make any short sale of, grant any option for the purchase of, or enter into any hedging or similar transaction with the same economic effect as a sale, any shares of Common Stock issued upon exercise of this Option, for a

 

4


 

period of one hundred eighty (180) days following the effective date of a registration statement of the Company filed under the Securities Act or such longer period as necessary to permit compliance with NASD Rule 2711 or NYSE Member Rule 472 and similar rules and regulations (the “ Lock-Up Period ”); provided, however , that nothing contained in this section shall prevent the exercise of a repurchase option, if any, in favor of the Company during the Lock-Up Period.  You further agree to execute and deliver such other agreements as may be reasonably requested by the Company and/or the underwriter(s) that are consistent with the foregoing or that are necessary to give further effect thereto.  In order to enforce the foregoing covenant, the Company may impose stop-transfer instructions with respect to your shares of Common Stock until the end of such period.  The underwriters of the Company’s stock are intended third party beneficiaries of this Section 11(a) and shall have the right, power and authority to enforce the provisions hereof as though they were a party hereto.

 

(b)                                  Company Consent to Transfer of Common Stock. In addition to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws or this Agreement, you may not sell, assign, pledge, or in any manner transfer, dispose of or encumber any of the shares of Common Stock (for purposes of this Section 11, the “ Shares ”) that you acquire upon exercise of this Option, or any interest in such Shares (any such sale, assignment, pledge, transfer, disposition or encumbrance, a “ Transfer ”), without the prior written consent of the Company, upon duly authorized action of the Board.  In the event such consent is given, the transferee, assignee, or other recipient will receive and hold the Shares subject to the provisions of this Agreement, and there will be no further Transfer of such Shares except in accordance with this Agreement.  For clarity, the term “ Transfer ” will include any sale, assignment, encumbrance, hypothecation, pledge, conveyance in trust, gift, transfer by bequest, devise or descent, or other transfer or disposition of any kind, including, but not limited to, transfers to receivers, levying creditors, trustees or receivers in bankruptcy proceedings or general assignees for the benefit of creditors, whether voluntary or by operation of law, directly or indirectly, of any Shares.  This requirement to obtain the consent of the Company to Transfer any Shares will terminate upon the IPO Date.

 

(c)                                   Right of First Refusal.   Provided that the Company has consented to a Transfer under Section 11(b) of this Agreement (and subject to any other limitation on transfer created by applicable securities laws or this Agreement), you may not Transfer any Shares except by a Transfer that meets the following requirements:

 

(i)                                     Notice of Proposed Transfer. If you desire to Transfer any of the Shares, then you must first give written notice thereof to the Company. The notice will name the proposed transferee and state the number of Shares to be transferred, the proposed consideration, and all other terms and conditions of the proposed Transfer.

 

(ii)                                 Exercise of Right of First Refusal . For thirty (30) days following receipt of such notice, the Company will have the option to purchase any or all of the Shares specified in the notice at the price (which price shall be calculated based upon the net proceeds received by you after reduction for any fees, commissions or similar payments or charges to any third party in connection with the Transfer, if any) and upon the terms and conditions set forth in such notice.  If the price set forth in such notice includes consideration other than cash, the cash equivalent value of the non-cash consideration will be determined by the Board in good faith. In

 

5



 

the event the Company elects to purchase any or all of the Shares, it will give written notice to you of its election and settlement for said Shares, as provided in Section 11(c)(iv) below.

 

(iii)                             Assignment. The Company may assign its rights under this Section 11(c).

 

(iv)                              Payment . In the event the Company and/or its assignee(s) elect to acquire any of the Shares as specified in the notice, the Company’s Secretary will so notify you and settlement thereof will be made in cash (by check), by cancellation of all or a portion of any outstanding indebtedness, or by any combination thereof within thirty (30) days after receipt of the notice or in the manner and at the times set forth in the notice.

 

(v)                                  Right to Transfer . In the event (i) the Company and/or its assignees(s) do not elect to acquire all of the Shares specified in your notice pursuant to this Section 11(c), and (ii) the Transfer otherwise complies with this Agreement, you may, within the sixty (60) day period following the expiration or waiver of the option rights granted to the Company and/or its assignees(s) herein, Transfer the Shares specified in your notice that were not acquired by the Company and/or its assignees(s) as specified in such notice. In the case of any Transfer, the transferee, assignee, or other recipient will receive and hold the Shares subject to the provisions of this Agreement, and there will be no further Transfer of such Shares except in accordance with this Agreement.

 

(vi)                              Termination of Rights . The foregoing right of first refusal will terminate upon the IPO Date.

 

12.                                RIGHT OF REPURCHASE.

 

(a)                                  The Shares are subject to the right of repurchase described below. The Company’s right of repurchase will expire on the IPO Date .

 

(b)                                  The Company may elect (but is not obligated) to repurchase all or any part of the Shares (the Company’s “ Repurchase Right ”) upon a Repurchase Event.  If, from time to time, there is any stock dividend, stock split or other change in the character or amount of any of the outstanding shares of Common Stock that is subject to the provisions of this Agreement, then in such event any and all new, substituted or additional securities to which you are entitled by reason of your ownership of the Shares will be immediately subject to the Company’s Repurchase Right with the same force and effect as the Shares subject to the Company’s Repurchase Right immediately before such event.

 

(c)                                   The Company’s Repurchase Right will be exercisable only within the six (6) month period following the termination of your Continuous Service for any reason (the “ Repurchase Event ”), or the six (6) month period following your exercise of the Option (if your Option is exercised more than six months after the termination of your Continuous Service), or such longer period as may be necessary to avoid the classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes, as determined by the Company.

 

6



 

(d)                                  The Company will exercise its Repurchase Right only for cash or cancellation of purchase money indebtedness for the Shares and will give you written notice (by registered or certified mail) accompanied by payment for the Shares (if required) within six (6) months after the Repurchase Event or within six (6) months after the date your Option is exercised, as applicable, or within such longer period as may be necessary to avoid the classification of the Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes, as determined by the Company.

 

(e)                                   The repurchase price will be equal to the Shares’ Fair Market Value on the date of repurchase, except in the case of termination of your Continuous Service for Cause, in which case the Shares will be reacquired for no payment to you ( i.e ., the repurchase price is $0).

 

13.                                [CHANGE IN CONTROL.

 

(a)                                  If a Change in Control occurs and your Continuous Service with the Company has not terminated as of, or immediately prior to, the effective time of the Change in Control, and if your Option is not continued, assumed or substituted for in accordance with the provisions of Section 9(c)(i) of the Plan, then, as of the effective time of such Change in Control, the vesting and exercisability of your Option shall be accelerated in full.  For clarity, your Option will be considered to be continued, assumed or substituted for, if the option is replaced with an award to acquire the same consideration paid to the stockholders of the Company pursuant to the Change in Control, which may include a payment of cash.

 

(b)                                  If a Change in Control occurs, your option is continued, assumed or substituted for in accordance with Section 9(c)(i) of the Plan, and as of, or within twelve (12) months after, the effective time of such Change in Control your Continuous Service terminates due to an involuntary termination (not including death or Disability) without Cause or due to a voluntary termination with Good Reason, then, as of the date of termination of Continuous Service, the vesting and exercisability of your option shall be accelerated in full.]

 

14.                                OPTION NOT A SERVICE CONTRACT.

 

(a)                                  Nothing in this Option Agreement (including, but not limited to, the vesting of your Option or the issuance of shares of Common Stock upon exercise of your Option), the Plan or any covenant of good faith and fair dealing that may be found implicit in this Option Agreement or the Plan will: (i) confer upon you any right to continue in the employ of, or affiliation with, the Company or an Affiliate; (ii) constitute any promise or commitment by the Company or an Affiliate regarding the fact or nature of future positions, future work assignments, future compensation or any other term or condition of employment or affiliation; (iii) confer any right or benefit under this Option Agreement or the Plan unless such right or benefit has specifically accrued under the terms of this Option Agreement or Plan; or (iv) deprive the Company of the right to terminate you at will and without regard to any future vesting opportunity that you may have.

 

(b)                                  The Company has the right to reorganize, sell, spin-out or otherwise restructure one or more of its businesses or Affiliates at any time or from time to time, as it deems appropriate (a “ reorganization ”).  Such a reorganization could result in the termination of

 

7



 

your Continuous Service, or the termination of Affiliate status of your employer and the loss of benefits available to you under this Option Agreement, including but not limited to, the termination of the right to continue vesting in your Option. This Option Agreement, the Plan, the transactions contemplated hereunder and the vesting schedule set forth herein or any covenant of good faith and fair dealing that may be found implicit in any of them do not constitute an express or implied promise of continued engagement as an employee or consultant for the term of this Option Agreement, for any period, or at all, and will not interfere in any way with the Company’s right to conduct a reorganization.

 

15.                                WITHHOLDING OBLIGATIONS.

 

(a)                                  At the time you exercise your Option, in whole or in part, and at any time thereafter as the Company requests, you hereby authorize withholding from payroll and any other amounts payable to you, and otherwise agree to make adequate provision for (including by means of a “same day sale” pursuant to a program developed under Regulation T as promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board to the extent permitted by the Company), any sums required to satisfy the federal, state, local and foreign tax withholding obligations of the Company or any Affiliate that arise in connection with the exercise of your Option.

 

(b)                                  If your Option is a Nonstatutory Stock Option, then upon your request and subject to approval by the Company, and compliance with any applicable legal conditions or restrictions, the Company may withhold from fully vested shares of Common Stock otherwise issuable to you upon the exercise of your Option a number of whole shares of Common Stock having a Fair Market Value, determined by the Company as of the date of exercise, not in excess of the minimum amount of tax required to be withheld by law (or such lower amount as may be necessary to avoid classification of your Option as a liability for financial accounting purposes).

 

(c)                                   You may not exercise your Option unless the tax withholding obligations of the Company and any Affiliate are satisfied.  Accordingly, you may not be able to exercise your Option when desired even though your Option is vested, and the Company will have no obligation to issue a certificate for shares of Common Stock unless such obligations are satisfied.

 

16.                                TAX CONSEQUENCES . You hereby agree that the Company does not have a duty to design or administer the Plan or its other compensation programs in a manner that minimizes your tax liabilities. You will not make any claim against the Company, or any of its Officers, Directors, Employees or Affiliates related to tax liabilities arising from your Option or your other compensation. In particular, you acknowledge that your Option is exempt from Section 409A of the Code only if the exercise price per share specified in the Grant Notice is at least equal to the “fair market value” per share of the Common Stock on the Date of Grant and there is no other impermissible deferral of compensation associated with the Option.

 

17.                                NOTICES.   Any notices provided for in your Option or the Plan will be given in writing (including electronically) and will be deemed effectively given upon receipt or, in the case of notices delivered by mail by the Company to you, five (5) days after deposit in the U.S. mail, postage prepaid, addressed to you at the last address you provided to the Company.  The Company may, in its sole discretion, decide to deliver any documents related to participation in the Plan and your Option by electronic means or to request your consent to participate in the Plan

 

8



 

by electronic means.  By accepting your Option, you consent to receive such documents by electronic delivery and to participate in the Plan through an online or electronic system established and maintained by the Company or another third party designated by the Company.

 

18.                                GOVERNING PLAN DOCUMENT.   Your Option is subject to all the provisions of the Plan, the provisions of which are hereby made a part of your Option, and is further subject to all interpretations, amendments, rules and regulations, which may from time to time be promulgated and adopted pursuant to the Plan.  If there is any conflict between the provisions of your Option and those of the Plan, the provisions of the Plan will control.  In addition, after the IPO Date, your Option (and any compensation paid or shares issued under your Option) is subject to recoupment in accordance with The Dodd—Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any implementing regulations thereunder, any clawback policy adopted by the Company and any compensation recovery policy otherwise required by applicable law.  No recovery of compensation under such a clawback policy will be an event giving rise to a right to resign for “good reason” or for a “constructive termination” (or similar term) under any agreement with the Company.

 

19.                                OTHER DOCUMENTS .  After the IPO Date, you hereby acknowledge receipt of and/or the right to receive a document providing the information required by Rule 428(b)(1) promulgated under the Securities Act, which includes the Plan prospectus.  In addition, after the IPO Date, you will be provided the Company’s policy permitting certain individuals to sell shares only during certain “window” periods and the Company’s insider trading policy, in effect from time to time.

 

20.                                EFFECT ON OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS .  The value of your Option will not be included as compensation, earnings, salaries, or other similar terms used when calculating your benefits under any employee benefit plan sponsored by the Company or any Affiliate, except as such plan otherwise expressly provides. The Company expressly reserves its rights to amend, modify, or terminate any of the Company’s or any Affiliate’s employee benefit plans.

 

21.                                VOTING RIGHTS .  You will not have voting or any other rights as a stockholder of the Company with respect to the shares to be issued pursuant to your Option until such shares are issued to you after you have appropriately exercised your Option, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this Option Agreement.  Upon such issuance, you will obtain full voting and other rights as a stockholder of the Company.  Nothing contained in your Option, and no action taken pursuant to its provisions, will create or be construed to create a trust of any kind or a fiduciary relationship between you and the Company or any other person.

 

22.                                SEVERABILITY .  If all or any part of this Option Agreement or the Plan is declared by any court or governmental authority to be unlawful or invalid, such unlawfulness or invalidity will not invalidate any portion of this Option Agreement or the Plan not declared to be unlawful or invalid.  Any Section of this Option Agreement (or part of such a Section) so declared to be unlawful or invalid will, if possible, be construed in a manner which will give effect to the terms of such Section or part of a Section to the fullest extent possible while remaining lawful and valid.

 

9



 

23.                                MISCELLANEOUS .

 

(a)                                  The rights and obligations of the Company under your Option will be transferable to any one or more persons or entities, and all covenants and agreements hereunder will inure to the benefit of, and be enforceable by the Company’s successors and assigns.

 

(b)                                  You agree upon request to execute any further documents or instruments necessary or desirable in the sole determination of the Company to carry out the purposes or intent of your Option.

 

(c)                                   You acknowledge and agree that you have reviewed your Option in its entirety, have had an opportunity to obtain the advice of counsel prior to executing and accepting your Option, and fully understand all provisions of your Option.

 

(d)                                  This Option Agreement will be subject to all applicable laws, rules, and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or national securities exchanges as may be required.

 

(e)                                   All obligations of the Company under the Plan and this Option Agreement will be binding on any successor to the Company, whether the existence of such successor is the result of a direct or indirect purchase, merger, consolidation, or otherwise, of all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company.

 

*                                          *                                          *

 

This Option Agreement will be deemed to be signed by you upon the signing by you of the Stock Option Grant Notice to which it is attached.

 

10



 

ATTACHMENT II

 

2014 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

 




Exhibit 10.15

 

2TOR, INC.

 

INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT

 

This Indemnification Agreement (this “ Agreement ”) is made as of June 19, 2009, by and between 2tor, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ’’), and Philip L. Bronner (“ Indemnitee ”).

 

RECITALS

 

The Company and Indemnitee recognize the increasing difficulty in obtaining liability insurance for directors, officers and key employees, the significant increases in the cost of such insurance and the general reductions in the coverage of such insurance. The Company and Indemnitee further recognize the substantial increase in corporate litigation in general, subjecting directors, officers and key employees to expensive litigation risks at the same time as the availability and coverage of liability insurance has been severely limited. Indemnitee does not regard the current protection available as adequate under the present circumstances, and Indemnitee may not be willing to continue to serve in Indemnitee’s current capacity with the Company witbout additional protection. The Company desires to attract and retain the services of highly qualified individuals, such as Indemnitee, and to indemnify its directors, officers and key employees so as to provide them with the maximum protection permitted by law.

 

AGREEMENT

 

In consideration of the mutual promises made in this Agreement, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the Company and Indemnitee hereby agree as follows:

 

1.                                 Indemnification .

 

(a)                            Third-Party Proceedings . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee, if Indemnitee was, is or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant (as a witness or otherwise) in any Proceeding (other than a Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in the Company’s favor), against all Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement (if such settlement is approved in advance by the Company, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company and, in the case of a criminal Proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful.

 

(b)                            Proceedings By or in the Right of the Company . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee, if Indemnitee was, is or is threatened to be made a party to or a participant (as a witness or otherwise) in any Proceeding by or in the right of the Company to procure a judgment in the Company’s favor, against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not

 



 

opposed to the best interests of the Company, except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which Indemnitee shall have been finally adjudicated by court order or judgment to be liable to the Company unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such Proceeding is or was pending shall determine upon application that, in view of all the circumstances of the case, Indemnitee is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which such court shall deem proper.

 

(c)                             Success on the Merits . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent that Indemnitee has been successful on the merits or otherwise in defense of any Proceeding referred to in Section 1(a) or Section 1(b) or the defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, in whole or in part, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection therewith. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if Indemnitee is successful on the merits or otherwise as to one or more but less than all claims, issues or matters in a Proceeding, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such successfully resolved claims, issues or matters to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law. If any Proceeding is disposed of on the merits or otherwise (including a disposition without prejudice), without (1) the disposition being adverse to Indemnitee, (ii) an adjudication that Indemnitee was liable to the Company, (iii) a plea of guilty by Indemnitee, (iv) an adjudication that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, and (v) with respect to any criminal Proceeding, an adjudication that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful, Indemnitee shall be considered for the purposes hereof to have been wholly successful with respect thereto.

 

(d)                            Witness Expenses . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent that Indemnitee is a witness or otherwise asked to participate in any Proceeding to which Indemnitee is not a party, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding.

 

2.                                 Indemnification Procedure .

 

(a)                            Advancement of Expenses . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company shall advance all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with a Proceeding within thirty (30) days after receipt by the Company of a statement requesting such advances from time to time, whether prior to or after final disposition of any Proceeding. Such advances shall be unsecured and interest free and shall be made without regard to Indemnitee’s ability to repay the Expenses and without regard to Indemnitee’s ultimate entitlement to indemnification under the other provisions of this Agreement. Indemnitee shall be entitled to continue to receive advancement of Expenses pursuant to this Section 2(a) unless and until the matter of lndemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification hereunder has been finally adjudicated by court order or judgment from which no further right of appeal exists. Indemnitee hereby undertakes to repay such amounts advanced only if, and to the extent that, it ultimately is determined that Indemnitee is not entitled to be indemnified by the Company under the other provisions of this Agreement. Indemnitee shall qualify for advances upon the execution and delivery of this Agreement, which shall constitute the requisite undertaking with respect to

 

2



 

repayment of advances made hereunder and no other form of undertaking shall be required to qualify for advances made hereunder other than the execution of this Agreement.

 

(b)                            Notice and Cooperation by Indemnitee . Indemnitee shall promptly notify the Company in writing upon being served with any summons, citation, subpoena, complaint, indictment, information or other document relating to any Proceeding or matter for which indemnification will or could be sought under this Agreement. Such notice to the Company shall include a description of the nature of, and facts underlying, the Proceeding, shall be directed to the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and shall be given in accordance with the provisions of Section 13(d) below. In addition, Indemnitee shall give the Company such additional information and cooperation as the Company may reasonably request. Indemnitee’s failure to so notify, provide information and otherwise cooperate with the Company shall not relieve the Company of any obligation which it may have to Indemnitee under this Agreement, except to the extent that the Company is adversely affected by such failure.

 

(c)                            Determination of Entitlement . Notwithstanding any other provision in this Agreement, no determination as to entitlement to indemnification under this Agreement shall be required to be made prior to the final disposition of the Proceeding. Subject to the foregoing, promptly after receipt of a statement requesting payment with respect to the indemnification rights set forth in Section 1, to the extent required by applicable law, the Company shall take the steps necessary to authorize such payment in the manner set forth in Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware. If a claim under this Agreement, under any statute, or under any provision of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation or Bylaws providing for indemnification or advancement of Expenses, is not paid in full by the Company within thirty (30) days after a written request for payment thereof has first been received by the Company, Indemnitee may, but need not, at any time thereafter bring an action against the Company in the Delaware Court of Chancery to recover the unpaid amount of the claim and, subject to Section 12, Indemnitee shall also be entitled to be paid for all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with bringing such action. It shall be a defense to any such action (other than an action brought to enforce a claim for advancement of Expenses under Section 2(a)) that Indemnitee has not met the standards of conduct which make it permissible under applicable law for the Company to indemnify Indemnitee for the amount claimed. In making a determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder, the person or persons or entity making such determination shall presume that Indemnitee is entitled to indemnification under this Agreement and the Company shall have the burden of proof to overcome that presumption with clear and convincing evidence to the contrary. The termination of any Proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of nolo contendere or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that Indemnitee did not act in good faith and in a manner which Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company, or, in the case of a criminal Proceeding, that Indemnitee had reasonable cause to believe that Indemnitee’s conduct was unlawful. In addition, it is the parties’ intention that if the Company contests Indemnitee’s right to indemnification, the question of Indemnitee’s right to indemnification shall be for the court to decide, and neither the failure of the Company (including its Board of Directors, any committee or subgroup of the Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) to have made a determination that indemnification of Indemnitee is proper in the circumstances because Indemnitee has met the applicable standard

 

3



 

of conduct required by applicable law, nor an actual determination by the Company (including its Board of Directors, any committee or subgroup of the Board of Directors, independent legal counsel, or its stockholders) that Indemnitee has not met such applicable standard of conduct, shall create a presumption that Indemnitee has or has not met the applicable standard of conduct. If any requested determination with respect to entitlement to indemnification hereunder has not been made within ninety (90) days after the final disposition of the Proceeding, the requisite determination that Indemnitee’s entitlement to indemnification shall be deemed to have been made.

 

(d)                           Payment Directions . To the extent payments are required to be made hereunder, the Company shall, in accordance with Indemnitee’s request (but without duplication), (i) pay such Expenses on behalf of Indemnitee, (b) advance to Indemnitee funds in an amount sufficient to pay such Expenses, or (c) reimburse Indemnitee for such Expenses.

 

(e)                             Notice to Insurers . If, at the time of the receipt of a notice of a claim pursuant to Section 2(b) hereof, the Company has director and officer liability insurance in effect, the Company shall give prompt notice of the commencement of such Proceeding to the insurers in accordance with the procedures set forth in the respective policies. The Company shall thereafter take all necessary or desirable action to cause such insurers to pay, on behalf of Indemnitee, all amounts payable as a result of such Proceeding in accordance with the terms of such policies.

 

(f)                             Defense of Claim and Selection of Counsel . In the event the Company shall be obligated under Section 2(a) hereof to advance Expenses with respect to any Proceeding, the Company, if appropriate, shall be entitled to assume the defense of such Proceeding, with counsel reasonably acceptable to Indemnitee, upon the delivery to Indemnitee of written notice of its election so to do. After delivery of such notice, approval of such counsel by Indemnitee and the retention of such counsel by the Company, the Company will not be liable to Indemnitee under this Agreement for any fees of counsel subsequently incurred by Indemnitee with respect to the same Proceeding, provided that (i) Indemnitee shall have the right to employ counsel in any such Proceeding at Indemnitee’s expense; and (ii) if (A) the employment of counsel by Indemnitee has been previously authorized by the Company, (B) Indemnitee shall have reasonably concluded that there may be a conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee in the conduct of any such defense or (C) the Company shall not, in fact, have employed counsel to assume the defense of such Proceeding, then the fees and expenses of Indemnitee’s counsel shall be at the expense of the Company. In addition, if there exists a potential, but not an actual conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee, the actual and reasonable legal fees and expenses incurred by Indemnitee for separate counsel retained by Indemnitee to monitor the Proceeding (so that such counsel may assume Indemnitee’s defense if the conflict of interest between the Company and Indemnitee becomes an actual conflict of interest) shall be deemed to be Expenses that are subject to indemnification hereunder. The existence of an actual or potential conflict of interest, and whether such conflict may be waived, shall be determined pursuant to the rules of attorney professional conduct and applicable law. The Company shall not be required to obtain the consent of Indemnitee for the settlement of any Proceeding the Company has undertaken to defend if the Company assumes full and sole responsibility for each such settlement; provided, however, that the Company shall be required to

 

4



 

obtain Indemnitee’s prior written approval, which shall not be unreasonably withheld, before entering into any settlement which (1)   does not grant Indemnitee a complete release of liability, (2) would impose any penalty or limitation on Indemnitee, or (3) would admit any liability or misconduct by Indemnitee.

 

3.                                 Additional Indemnification Rights .

 

(a)                             Scope . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the Company hereby agrees to indenmify Indemnitee to the fullest extent permitted by law, notwithstanding that such indemnification is not specifically authorized by the other provisions of this Agreement, the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, the Company’s Bylaws or by statute. In the event of any change, after the date of this Agreement, in any applicable law, statute, or rule which expands the right of a Delaware corporation to indemnify a member of its board of directors or an officer, such changes shall be deemed to be within the purview of Indenmitee’s rights and the Company’s obligations under this Agreement. In the event of any change in any applicable law, statute or rule which narrows the right of a Delaware corporation to indemnify a member of its board of directors or an officer, such changes, to the extent not otherwise required by such law, statute or rule to be applied to this Agreement shall have no effect on this Agreement or the parties’ rights and obligations hereunder.

 

(b)                           Nonexclusivity . The indemnification provided by this Agreement shall not be deemed exclusive of any rights to which Indemnitee may be entitled under the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, its Bylaws, any agreement, any vote of stockholders or disinterested members of the Company’s Board of Directors, the General Corporation Law of Delaware, or otherwise, both as to action in Indemnitee’s official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office.

 

(c)                             Interest on Unpaid Amounts . If any payment to be made by the Company to Indemnitee hereunder is delayed by more than ninety (90) days from the date the duly prepared request for such payment is received by the Company, interest shall be paid by the Company to Indemnitee at the legal rate under Delaware law for amounts which the Company indemnifies or is obligated to indemnify for the period commencing with the date on which Indemnitee actually incurs such Expense or pays such judgment, fine or amount in settlement and ending with the date on which such payment is made to Indemnitee by the Company.

 

(d)                            Information Sharing . If Indemnitee is the subject of or is implicated in any way during an investigation, whether formal or informal, the Company shall share with Indemnitee any information the Company has furnished to any third parties concerning the investigation provided that, at the time such information is so furnished to such third party, Indemnitee continues to serve in one or more capacities giving rise to the Company’s indemnification obligations under Section 1.

 

(e)                             Third-Party Indemnification . The Company hereby acknowledges that Indemnitee has or may from time to time obtain certain rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and/or insurance provided by one or more third parties (collectively, the “ Third-Party Indemnitors ”). The Company hereby agrees that it is the indemnitor of first resort (i.e., its obligations to Indemnitee are primary and any obligation of the Third-Party Indemnitors to

 

5



 

advance expenses or to provide indemnification for the same expenses or liabilities incurred by Indemnitee are secondary), and that the Company will not assert that the Indemnitee must seek expense advancement or reimbursement, or indemnification, from any Third-Party Indemnitor before the Company must perform its expense advancement and reimbursement, and indemnification obligations, under this Agreement. No advancement or payment by the Third Party Indemnitors on behalf of Indemnitee with respect to any claim for which Indemnitee has sought indemnification from the Company shall affect the foregoing. The Third-Party Indemnitors shall be subrogated to the extent of such advancement or payment to all of the rights of recovery which Indemnitee would have had against the Company if the Third-Party Indemnitors had not advanced or paid any amount to or on behalf of Indemnitee. If for any reason a court of competent jurisdiction determines that the Third-Party Indemnitors are not entitled to the subrogation rights described in the preceding sentence, the Third-Party Indemnitors shall have a right of contribution by the Company to the Third-Party Indemnitors with respect to any advance or payment by the Third-Party Indemnitors to or on behalf of the Indemnitee.

 

(f)                              Indemnification of Venture Capital Funds . If (i) Indemnitee is or was affiliated with one or more venture capital funds that has invested in the Company (each a “ VC Fund” ), (ii) a VC Fund is, or is threatened to be made, a party to or a participant (including as a witness) in any proceeding, and (iii) the VC Fund’s involvement in the proceeding is related to Indemnitee’s service to the Company as a director of the Company, then the VC Fund shall be entitled to all of the indemnification rights and remedies under this Agreement to the same extent as Indemnitee.

 

4.                                  Partial Indemnification . If lndemnitee is entitled under any provision of this Agreement to indemnification by the Company for some or a portion of the Expenses, judgments, fines or amounts paid in settlement, actually and reasonably incurred in connection with a Proceeding, but not, however, for the total amount thereof, the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee for the portion of such Expenses, judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement to which Indemnitee is entitled.

 

5.                                 Director and Officer Liability Insurance .

 

(a)                            D&O Policy . The Company shall, from time to time, make the good faith determination whether or not it is practicable for the Company to obtain and maintain a policy or policies of insurance with reputable insurance companies providing the directors and officers of the Company with coverage for losses from wrongful acts, or to ensure the Company’s performance of its indemnification obligations under this Agreement. Among other considerations, the Company will weigh the costs of obtaining such insurance coverage against the protection afforded by such coverage. In all policies of director and officer liability insurance, Indemnitee shall be named as an insured in such a manner as to provide Indemnitee the same rights and benefits as are accorded to the most favorably insured of the Company’s directors, if lndemnitee is a director; or of the Company’s officers, if lndemnitee is not a director of the Company but is an officer; or of the Company’s key employees, if lndemnitee is not an officer or director but is a key employee. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have no obligation to obtain or maintain such insurance if the Company determines in good faith

 

6



 

that such insurance is not reasonably available, if the premium costs for such insurance are disproportionate to the amount of coverage provided, if the coverage provided by such insurance is limited by exclusions so as to provide an insufficient benefit, or if Indemnitee is covered by similar insurance maintained by a parent or subsidiary of the Company.

 

(b)                           Tail Coverage . In the event of a Change of Control or the Company’s becoming insolvent (including being placed into receivership or entering the federal bankruptcy process and the like), and to the extent that such coverage is available on commercially reasonable terms, the Company shall maintain in force any and all insurance policies then maintained by the Company in providing insurance (directors’ and officers’ liability, fiduciary, employment practices or otherwise) in respect of Indemnitee, for a period of three years thereafter.

 

6.                                   Severability . Nothing in this Agreement is intended to require or shall be construed as requiring the Company to do or fail to do any act in violation of applicable law. The Company’s inability, pursuant to court order, to perform its obligations under this Agreement shall not constitute a breach of this Agreement. If this Agreement or any portion hereof shall be invalidated on any ground by any court of competent jurisdiction, then the Company shall nevertheless indemnify Indemnitee to the full extent permitted by any applicable portion of this Agreement that shall not have been invalidated, and the balance of this Agreement not so invalidated shall be enforceable in accordance with its terms.

 

7.                                   Exclusions . Any other provision herein to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall not be obligated pursuant to the terms of this Agreement:

 

(a)                             Claims Initiated by Indemnitee . To indemnify or advance Expenses to Indemnitee with respect to Proceedings initiated or brought voluntarily by Indemnitee and not by way of defense, except with respect to Proceedings brought to establish, enforce or interpret a right to indemnification under this Agreement or any other statute or law or otherwise as required under Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, but such indemnification or advancement of Expenses may be provided by the Company in specific cases if the Board of Directors finds it to be appropriate; provided, however, that the exclusion set forth in the first clause of this subsection shall not be deemed to apply to any investigation initiated or brought by Indemnitee to the extent reasonably necessary or advisable in support of Indemnitee’s defense of a Proceeding to which Indemnitee was, is or is threatened to be made, a party;

 

(b)                             Lack of Good Faith . To indemnify Indemnitee for any Expenses incurred by Indemnitee with respect to any Proceeding instituted by Indemnitee to establish, enforce or interpret a right to indemnification under this Agreement or any other statute or law or otherwise as required under Section 145 of the General Corporation Law of Delaware, if a court of competent jurisdiction determines that each of the material assertions made by Indemnitee in such proceeding was not made in good faith or was frivolous;

 

(c)                             Insured Claims . To indemnify Indemnitee for Expenses to the extent such Expenses have been paid directly to Indemnitee by an insurance carrier under an insurance policy maintained by the Company; or

 

7



 

(d)                     Certain Exchange Act Claims . To indemnify Indemnitee in connection with any claim made against Indemnitee for (i) an accounting of profits made from the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) by Indemnitee of securities of the Company within the meaning of Section 16(b) of the Exchange Act or any similar successor statute or any similar provisions of state statutory law or common law, or (ii) any reimbursement of the Company by Indemnitee of any bonus or other incentive-based or equity-based compensation or of any profits realized by Indemnitee from the sale of securities of the Company, as required in each case under the Exchange Act (including any such reimbursements that arise from an accounting restatement of the Company pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “ Sarbanes-Oxley Act” ), or the payment to the Company of profits arising from the purchase and sale by Indemnitee of securities in violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act); provided, however, that to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law and to the extent Indemnitee is successful on the merits or otherwise with respect to any such Proceeding, the Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with any such Proceeding shall be deemed to be Expenses that are subject to indemnification hereunder.

 

8.                                 Contribution Claims .

 

(a)                             If the indemnification provided in Section 1 is unavailable in whole or in part and may not be paid to Indemnitee for any reason other than those set forth in Section 7, then in respect to any Proceeding in which the Company is jointly liable with Indemnitee (or would be if joined in such Proceeding), to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company, in lieu of indemnifying Indemnitee, shall pay, in the first instance, the entire amount incurred by Indemnitee, whether for Expenses, judgments, fines or amounts paid in settlement, in connection with any Proceeding without requiring Indemnitee to contribute to such payment, and the Company hereby waives and relinquishes any right of contribution it may have at any time against Indemnitee.

 

(b)                             With respect to a Proceeding brought against directors, officers, employees or agents of the Company (other than Indemnitee), to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee from any claims for contribution that may be brought by any such directors, officers, employees or agents of the Company (other than Indemnitee) who may be jointly liable with Indemnitee, to the same extent Indemnitee would have been entitled to such indemnification under this Agreement if such Proceeding had been brought against Indemnitee.

 

9.                                  No Imputation . The knowledge and/or actions, or failure to act, of any director, officer, agent or employee of the Company or the Company itself shall not be imputed to Indemnitee for purposes of determining any rights under this Agreement.

 

10.                         Determination of Good Faith . For purposes of any determination of good faith, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in good faith if Indemnitee’s action is based on the records or books of account of the Enterprise, including financial statements, or on information supplied to Indemnitee by the officers of the Enterprise in the course of their duties, or on the advice of legal counsel for the Enterprise or the Board of Directors of the Enterprise or any counsel selected by any committee of the Board of Directors of the Enterprise or on information or records given or reports made to the Enterprise by an independent certified public accountant

 

8



 

or by an appraiser, investment banker, compensation consultant, or other expert selected with reasonable care by the Enterprise or the Board of Directors of the Enterprise or any committee thereof. The provisions of this Section 10 shall not be deemed to be exclusive or to limit in any way the other circumstances in which the Indemnitee may be deemed to have met the applicable standard of conduct. Whether or not the foregoing provisions of this Section are satisfied, it shall in any event be presumed that Indemnitee has at all times acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Company.

 

11.                         Defined Terms and Phrases . For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

(a)                             Beneficial Owner ” and “ Beneficial Ownership ” shall have the meanings set forth in Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act as in effect on the date hereof.

 

(b)                             Change of Control ” shall be deemed to occur upon the earliest of any of the following events:

 

(i)                                 Acquisition of Stock by Third Party . Any Person becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company representing fifteen percent (15%) or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, unless (1) the change in the relative Beneficial Ownership of the Company’s securities by any Person results solely from a reduction in the aggregate number of outstanding shares of securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors, or (2) such acquisition was approved in advance by the Continuing Directors and such acquisition would not constitute a Change of Control under part (iii) of this definition.

 

(ii)                              Change in Board of Directors . Individuals who, as of the date of this Agreement, constitute the Company’s Board of Directors (the “ Board ”), and any new director whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two thirds of the directors then still in office who were directors on the date of this Agreement (collectively, the “ Continuing Directors ”), cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the members of the Board.

 

(iii)                           Corporate Transaction . The effective date of a reorganization, merger, or consolidation of the Company (a “ Business Combination ”), in each case, unless, following such Business Combination: (1) all or substantially all of the individuals and entities who were the Beneficial Owners of securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors immediately prior to such Business Combination beneficially own, directly or indirectly, more than 51% of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors resulting from such Business Combination (including a corporation which as a result of such transaction owns the Company or all or substantially all of the Company’s assets either directly or through one or more subsidiaries) in substantially the same proportions as their ownership, immediately prior to such Business Combination, of the securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors and with the power to elect at least a majority of the Board or other governing body of the surviving entity; (2) no Person (excluding any corporation resulting from such Business Combination) is

 

9



 

the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of 15% or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of such corporation except to the extent that such ownership existed prior to the Business Combination; and (3) at least a majority of the Board of Directors of the corporation resulting from such Business Combination were Continuing Directors at the time of the execution of the initial agreement, or of the action of the Board of Directors, providing for such Business Combination.

 

(iv)                         Liquidation . The approval by the Company’s stockholders of a complete liquidation of the Company or an agreement or series of agreements for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, other than factoring the Company’s current receivables or escrows due (or, if such approval is not required, the decision by the Board to proceed with such a liquidation, sale or disposition in one transaction or a series of related transactions).

 

(v)                             Other Events . There occurs any other event of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or a response to any similar item or any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act whether or not the Company is then subject to such reporting requirement.

 

(c)                             Company ” shall include, in addition to the resulting corporation, any constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had power and authority to indemnify its directors, officers, and employees or agents, so that if Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation, or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a director, officer, trustee, general partner, managing member, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other enterprise, Indemnitee shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Agreement with respect to the resulting or surviving corporation as Indemnitee would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

(d)                       Enterprise ” means the Company and any other enterprise that Indemnitee was or is serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, partner (general, limited or otherwise), member (managing or otherwise), trustee, fiduciary, employee or agent.

 

(e)                             Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

(f)                              Expenses ” shall include all direct and indirect costs, fees and expenses of any type or nature whatsoever, including all attorneys’ fees and costs, retainers, court costs, transcript costs, fees of experts, witness fees, travel expenses, fees of private investigators and professional advisors, duplicating costs, printing and binding costs, telephone charges, postage, delivery service fees, any federal, state, local or foreign taxes imposed on Indemnitee as a result of the actual or deemed receipt of any payment under this Agreement (including taxes that may be imposed upon the actual or deemed receipt of payments under this Agreement with respect to the imposition of federal, state, local or foreign taxes), fax transmission charges, secretarial services and all other disbursements, obligations or expenses in connection with prosecuting, defending, preparing to prosecute or defend, investigating, being or preparing to be a witness in, settlement or appeal of, or otherwise participating in a Proceeding. Expenses also shall include

 

10


 

any of the forgoing expenses incurred in connection with any appeal resulting from any Proceeding, including the principal, premium, security for, and other costs relating to any costs bond, supersedes bond, or other appeal bond or its equivalent. Expenses also shall include any interest, assessment or other charges imposed thereon and costs incurred in preparing statements in support of payment requests hereunder. Expenses, however, shall not include amounts paid in settlement by Indemnitee or the amount of judgments or fines against Indemnitee.

 

(g)                             Person ” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act as in effect on the date hereof; provided, however, that “Person” shall exclude: (i) the Company; (ii) any direct or indirect majority owned subsidiaries of the Company; (iii) any employee benefit plan of the Company or any direct or indirect majority owned subsidiaries of the Company or of any corporation owned, directly or indirectly, by the Company’s stockholders in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of stock of the Company (an “ Employee Benefit Plan ”); and (iv) any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an Employee Benefit Plan.

 

(h)                            Proceeding ” shall include any actual, threatened, pending or completed action, suit, arbitration, mediation, alternate dispute resolution mechanism, investigation, inquiry, administrative hearing or any other actual, threatened or completed proceeding, whether brought by a third party, a government agency, the Company or its Board of Directors or a committee thereof, whether in the right of the Company or otherwise and whether of a civil (including intentional or unintentional tort claims), criminal, administrative, legislative or investigative (formal or informal) nature, including any appeal therefrom, in which Indemnitee was, is, will or might be involved as a party, potential party, non-party witness or otherwise by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, by reason of any action (or failure to act) taken by Indemnitee or of any action (or failure to act) on Indemnitee’s part while acting as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company, or by reason of the fact that Indemnitee is or was serving at the request of the Company as a director, officer, partner (general, limited or otherwise), member (managing or otherwise), trustee, fiduciary, employee or agent of any other enterprise, in each case whether or not serving in such capacity at the time any liability or expense is incurred for which indemnification, reimbursement or advancement of expenses can be provided under this Agreement.

 

(i)                                In addition, references to “ other enterprise ” shall include another corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or any other enterprise; references to “ fines ” shall include any excise taxes assessed on Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan; references to “ serving at the request of the Company ” .shall include any service as a director, officer, employee or agent of the Company which imposes duties on, or involves services by Indemnitee with respect to an employee benefit plan, its participants, or beneficiaries; and if Indemnitee acted in good faith and in a manner Indemnitee reasonably believed to be in the interest of the participants and beneficiaries of an employee benefit plan, Indemnitee shall be deemed to have acted in a manner “ not opposed to the best interests of the Company ” as referred to in this Agreement; references to “ include ” or “ including ” shall mean include or including, without limitation; and references to Sections, paragraphs or clauses are to Sections, paragraphs or clauses in this Agreement unless otherwise specified.

 

11



 

12.                         Attorneys’ Fees . In the event that any Proceeding is instituted by Indemnitee under this Agreement to enforce or interpret any of the terms hereof, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding, unless a court of competent jurisdiction determines that each of the material assertions made by Indemnitee as a basis for such Proceeding were not made in good faith or were frivolous. In the event of a Proceeding instituted by or in the name of the Company under this Agreement or to enforce or interpret any of the terms of this Agreement, the Company shall indemnify Indemnitee against all Expenses actually and reasonably incurred by Indemnitee in connection with such Proceeding (including with respect to Indemnitee’s counterclaims and cross-claims made in such action), unless a court of competent jurisdiction determines that each of Indemnitee’s material defenses to such action were made in bad faith or were frivolous.

 

13.                         Miscellaneous .

 

(a)                             Governing Law . This Agreement and all acts and transactions pursuant hereto and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto shall be governed, construed and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to principles of conflicts of law.

 

(b)                            Entire Agreement; Binding Effect . Without limiting any of the rights of Indemnitee described in Section 3(b), this Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding of the parties relating to the subject matter herein and merges all prior discussions and supersedes any and all previous agreements between them covering the subject matter herein. The indemnification provided under this Agreement applies with respect to events occurring before or after the effective date of this Agreement, and shall continue to apply even after Indemnitee has ceased to serve the Company in any and all indemnified capacities.

 

(c)                             Amendments and Waivers . No modification of or amendment to this Agreement, nor any waiver of any rights under this Agreement, shall be effective unless in writing signed by the parties to this Agreement. The failure by either party to enforce any rights under this Agreement shall not be construed as a waiver of any rights of such party.

 

(d)                            Notices . Any notice, demand or request required or permitted to be given under this Agreement shall be in writing and shall be deemed sufficient when delivered personally or sent by fax or 48 hours after being sent by nationally-recognized courier or deposited in the U.S. mail, as certified or registered mail, with postage prepaid, and addressed to the party to be notified at such party’s address or fax number as set forth below or as subsequently modified by written notice.

 

(e)                              Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original and all of which together shall constitute one instrument.

 

(f)                               Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon the Company and its successors (including any direct or indirect successor by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the

 

12



 

Company) and assigns, and inure to the benefit of lndemnitee and Indemnitee’s heirs, executors, administrators, legal representatives and assigns. The Company shall require and cause any successor (whether direct or indirect by purchase, merger, consolidation or otherwise) to all or substantially all of the business and/or assets of the Company, by written agreement in form and substance satisfactory to Indemnitee, expressly to assume and agree to perform this Agreement in the same manner and to the same extent that the Company would be required to perform if no such succession had taken place.

 

(g)                             No Employment Rights . Nothing contained in this Agreement is intended to create in Indemnitee any right to continued employment.

 

(h)                            Company Position . The Company shall be precluded from asserting, in any Proceeding brought for purposes of establishing, enforcing or interpreting any right to indemnification under this Agreement, that the procedures and presumptions of this Agreement are not valid, binding and enforceable and shall stipulate in any such court that the Company is bound by all the provisions of this Agreement and is precluded from making any assertion to the contrary.

 

(i)                                Subrogation . In the event of payment under this Agreement, the Company shall be subrogated to the extent of such payment to all of the rights of recovery of Indemnitee, who shall execute all documents required and shall do all acts that may be necessary to secure such rights and to enable the Company to effectively bring suit to enforce such rights.

 

[Signature Page Follows]

 

13



 

The parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first set forth above.

 

 

THE COMPANY:

 

 

 

2TOR, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

Address:

 

30 East 23rd Street

 

New York, New York 10010

 

Fax:

 

 

AGREED TO AND ACCEPTED:

 

 

 

INDEMNITEE:

 

 

 

 

 

(PRINT NAME)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

Fax:

 

 

 




Exhibit 10.17

 

SUBLEASE

 

SUBLEASE (“Sublease”) dated as of November 16, 2011 between 2TOR, INC., a Delaware corporation having an office at Suite 6024, Pier 60, Chelsea Piers, New York, NY 10011 (“Sublandlord”), and NOODLE EDUCATION, INC., a New York corporation having an address at Pier 59, Chelsea Piers, New York, NY 10011 (“Subtenant”).

 

BACKGROUND

 

WHEREAS, by Sublease dated as of November 11, 2009, a copy of which together with amendments thereto is annexed hereto as Schedule “A” and made a part hereof (as the same may be amended, restated or supplemented from time to time, the “Primary Sublease”), Sublandlord leased from Chelsea Piers L.P., a New York limited partnership, the interest of which having been subsequently assigned to Waterfront Services I LLC , a Delaware limited liability company (“Primary Sublandlord”), approximately 8,000 rentable square feet on level 2 (the “Primary Subleased Premises”) in the building located at Pier 59 in New York, NY (the “Building”), being part of the project commonly known as Piers 59, 60, 61 and 62 (the “Chelsea Piers”);

 

WHEREAS, by Sublease dated as of November 12, 2009 (the “Quick Sublease”) Sublandlord subleased to Q International Courier, Inc., d/b/a/ Quick International Courier (“Quick”), 37% of the Primary Subleased Premises;

 

WHEREAS, the Primary Sublease and the Q Sublease are subject and subordinate to that certain lease dated as of June 24, 1994 (which lease, as same may now or hereafter be modified, amended or assigned, is hereinafter referred to as the “ Master Lease ”), between the New York State Department of Transportation (the New York State Department of Transportation and any entity that is an assignee or successor, as lessor, is hereinafter referred to as the “Landlord”), as lessor, and Primary Sublandlord, as lessee, under which Primary Sublandlord leased the Chelsea Piers from Landlord; and

 

WHEREAS, Subtenant intends to sublease from Sublandlord a portion of the Primary Subleased Premises agreed to contain approximately 66% of the usable area of the Primary Subleased Premises, being illustrated on the floor plan attached hereto as Exhibit “A” (by the un-cross-hatched areas and the cross-hatched areas marked as “common areas”) and made a part hereof (the “Subleased Premises”), on the terms and conditions set forth in this Sublease (those portions of the Subleased Premises that will be jointly utilized by Quick and Subtenant are cross-hatched and labeled “Common Areas” on Exhibit “A” and are herein referred to as the “Common Areas,” and those portions of the Primary Subleased Premises that are not designated either as the Subleased Premises or as part of the Common Areas on Exhibit  “A” are herein referred to as “Quick’s Exclusive Premises”),

 

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, and in consideration of the mutual agreements hereinafter set forth, and intending to be legally bound, Sublandlord and Subtenant agree as follows:

 

1



 

1.              Definitions/Background. Each capitalized term not otherwise defined herein shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in the Primary Sublease. The Background of this Sublease is incorporated herein as if set forth in full.

 

2.              Subleased Premises; Construction. Sublandlord hereby subleases to Subtenant, on the terms and conditions set forth in this Sublease, the Subleased Premises. Sublandlord represents and warrants to Subtenant that, to the best of Sublandlord’s actual knowledge: (i) the copy of the Master Lease provided by Sublandlord to Subtenant is true, correct and complete, is in full force and effect and has not been amended, (ii) the Master Lease expires on June 24, 2014, (iii) there is no present default on the part of the Sublandlord or Primary Sublandlord under the Primary Sublease, or Primary Sublandlord or Landlord under the Master Lease, and (iv) no consent of Primary Sublandlord (other than the consent contained in the Primary Sublease) or Landlord or Quick is required for this Sublease and the entering into of this Sublease will not violate any provision of the Primary Sublease, the Quick Sublease or the Master Lease. Subtenant acknowledges that Sublandlord has made no representations or warranties concerning the Subleased Premises or the Building or their fitness for Subtenant’s purposes. The taking of possession of the Subleased Premises shall be deemed Subtenant’s acknowledgement that the same have been delivered in the condition required hereunder. Subtenant acknowledges that the sole purpose of any floor plan attached to the Sublease is to identify the location of the area shown on such plan in the Building. Sublandlord makes no representation and warranty as to the usable or rentable square footage of the Subleased Premises or any other area of the Building.

 

3.           Sublease Term.

 

a.             This Sublease shall commence on the earlier of the completion of construction on and Sublandlord’s moving to Sublandlord’s new space (targeted for November 1, 2011) or the date Subtenant’s first occupying any portion of the Subleased Premises for purposes of conducting its business therein (the “Sublease Commencement Date”). Unless sooner terminated pursuant to any provision in this Sublease, this Sublease shall continue until the first to occur of (i) the day immediately preceding the Termination Date, as such term is defined in the Primary Sublease; or (ii) five (5) years and two months from the date hereof (the “Sublease Term”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) the present term of the Master Lease expires on June 30, 2014 (ii) the Primary Sublandlord has stated that it intends to extend the term of the Master Lease, and (iii) if for any reason the term of the Master Lease is not so extended, the Sublease Term shall expire on June 30, 2014 and neither party shall have any liability to the other on account of such fact. To the extent that an estate is conveyed hereunder for a period from and after June 30, 2014, such estate shall be deemed to have been conveyed only if and to the extent that the term of the Master Lease is extended. Within 30 days after the Sublease Commencement Date and upon request of Sublandlord, Sublandlord and Subtenant shall jointly execute a written declaration prepared by Sublandlord specifying the actual Sublease Commencement Date and the last day of the Sublease Term.

 

b.             The Sublease shall automatically terminate at any time that the Primary Sublease terminates for any reason.

 

2



 

4.           Rent.

 

a.             The annual base rent for the Sublease Premises (the “Base Rent”) payable to Sublandlord by Subtenant during the Sublease Term will be paid in monthly installments in accordance with subsection 4(b) hereof and as more particularly set forth below:

 

Sublease
Year

 

Annual Base
Rent

 

Monthly Base
Rent

 

Build Out
per Month

 

Total Monthly
Payment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2011

 

$

158,400.00

 

$

13,200.00

 

$

449.00

 

$

13,649.00

 

2012

 

$

171,600.00

 

$

14,300.00

 

$

449.00

 

$

14,749.00

 

2013

 

$

184,800.00

 

$

15,400.00

 

$

449.00

 

$

15,849.00

 

2014

 

$

184,800.00

 

$

15,400.00

 

$

449.00

 

$

15,849.00

 

2015

 

$

191,268.00

 

$

15,939.00

 

$

449.00

 

$

16,388.00

 

2016

 

$

197,962.38

 

$

16,496.86

 

$

449.00

*

$

16,945.86

 

 


·                        After 60 payments of the Build Out per Month, this payment obligation will be fulfilled and will cease, the chart above notwithstanding. For clarity, any month prior to the Commencement Date or for which the Rent is abated shall not count as a payment of the Build Out per Month.

 

b.             Subtenant shall also pay to Sublandlord in accordance with subsection 4(b) hereof, 66% of the Additional Rent for electric service that is payable by Sublandlord to Primary Sublandlord under Section 12.B(ii) of the Primary Sublease (“Electric Rent”). All charges on account of Additional Rent (as defined in the Primary Sublease), exclusive of Electric Rent, and all of Sublandlord’s maintenance and repair expenses in the Primary Subleased Premises (i) shall be paid by Subtenant if attributable either to the acts or omissions of Subtenant or its employees, agents or contractors or to costs incurred with respect to the Subleased Premises other than by reason of the negligence or willful misconduct of Sublandlord or its employees, agents or contractors, and (ii) shall be paid 66% by Subtenant if incurred with respect to the Common Areas specifically or to the entire Primary Subleased Premises other than by reason of the acts or omissions of Sublandlord, Subtenant, Quick or any of their employees, agents or contractors (the Electric Rent, other items of Additional Rent owing under the Primary Sublease that are payable by Subtenant hereunder, and all other sums payable by Subtenant under this Sublease other than the Base Rent are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Additional Rent”). Additional Rent shall be due within 10 business days after being billed therefor by Primary Sublandlord. Base Rent and Additional Rent shall hereinafter collectively be referred to as “Rent.” Subtenant shall pay Additional Rent from the Sublease Commencement Date. Subtenant’s covenant to pay Rent shall be independent of every other covenant in this Sublease.

 

c.             All payments of Base Rent and Additional Rent, without deduction, offset, counterclaim, notice, or demand, shall be paid to Sublandlord by electronic funds transfer pursuant to wire instructions Sublandlord provides, or at such place as Sublandlord designates from time to time by notice. Monthly Base Rent shall be paid in advance at least three days prior to the first day of the calendar month to which such Monthly Base Rent is attributable. All Rent for any partial month shall be prorated.

 

3



 

d.             If any portion of the Monthly Base Rent, Additional Rent or any other sum payable to Sublandlord hereunder shall be past due and unpaid for more than 10 days, it shall thereafter bear interest at a rate of 1% per month (“Default Rate”), but not more than the maximum legal rate then allowed by law.

 

5.           Permitted Use. Subtenant may use the Subleased Premises only for the Permitted Use as defined in the Primary Sublease, and shall not use same in any way that would cause a breach of the Primary Sublease, without the prior written consent of the Primary Sublandlord and Sublandlord (whose consents shall be granted, withheld or conditioned in their sole and absolute discretion).

 

6.           Insurance.

 

a.             At all times during the Sublease Term, Subtenant shall maintain insurance as are set forth in the Primary Sublease Section 18. All insurance policies shall name as additional insureds Landlord, Primary Sublandlord, Primary Sublandlord’s property manager, if any, Sublandlord and any other parties that Landlord or Primary Sublandlord require to be named and shall contain an endorsement that such policies may not be modified or cancelled without the insurer’s endeavoring to provide at least 30 days prior written notice to Primary Sublandlord, Primary Sublandlord’s property manager, if any, and Sublandlord. Any increase in insurance costs incurred by Primary Sublandlord or Sublandlord as a result of Subtenant’s specific type of use of the Subleased Premises shall be paid by Subtenant. Subtenant shall promptly pay all insurance premiums and shall provide Sublandlord with policies or certificates reasonably acceptable to Sublandlord and Primary Sublandlord evidencing such insurance upon Subtenant’s execution of this Sublease, and thereafter upon replacement or renewal of the respective policies.

 

b.             If that Subtenant sustains a loss by reason of casualty covered by its property insurance policy (or that would have been covered had Subtenant carried the insurance required hereunder), and regardless of whether such casualty is caused in whole or in part by the acts or omissions of Sublandlord or Primary Sublandlord or their agents, servants, employees or invitees, then Subtenant shall look first to the coverage provided by Subtenant’s insurance proceeds, and Subtenant shall have no right of action against Sublandlord, Primary Sublandlord, or their agents, servants, employees or invitees, and no third party shall have any right by way of assignment, subrogation or otherwise against the party causing such loss; provided, however the foregoing release of claims shall only apply to the extent of insurance proceeds actually collected by such party (unless such party failed to maintain the coverage required hereunder in which event it shall be deemed to have recovered the entire policy amount required hereunder). If Sublandlord sustains a loss by reason of casualty covered by its property insurance policy and regardless of whether such casualty is caused in whole or in part by the acts or omissions of Subtenant or its agents, servants, employees or invitees, then Sublandlord shall look first to the coverage provided by Sublandlord’s insurance proceeds, and Sublandlord shall have no right of actions against Subtenant or its agents, servants, employees or invitees, and no third party shall have any right by way of assignment, subrogation or otherwise against Subtenant; provided, however the foregoing release of claims shall only apply to the extent of insurance proceeds actually collected by Sublandlord. The parties hereto agree that each of its policies of property insurance shall include a waiver of subrogation to effectuate the provisions of this provision. In

 

4



 

the event of Casualty Damage not covered by this Section 6, the Sublease will be governed by Section 20 of the Primary Sublease.

 

7.           Security Deposit. Subtenant has deposited with Sublandlord $70,000 (the “Security Deposit”) as security for the faithful performance and observance by Subtenant of this Sublease. All of the terms and provisions of Section 11 of the Primary Sublease shall apply to Sublandlord’s holding, disposition and return of the Security Deposit. Without limiting the foregoing, if Subtenant shall fully and faithfully comply with this Sublease, the Security Deposit (less any spent to cure Subtenant’s default) shall be returned to Subtenant within thirty (30) days after the end of the Term and after Subtenant’s delivery of possession of the entire Subleased Premises to Sublandlord.

 

8.           Assignment and Subletting. Subtenant shall not assign this Sublease or otherwise sublet all or any part of the Subleased Premises or transfer Subtenant’s interest in this Sublease without the prior written consents of Sublandlord and Primary Sublandlord. No subleases of less than all of the rentable area of the Subleased Premises shall be permitted, Sublandlord agrees that its consent to an assignment of this Sublease or a sublease of all of the rentable area of the Subleased Premises shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed (and the consent of Sublandlord shall be deemed given if no written objection thereto is provided to Subtenant within thirty (30) days of a consent requested by Subtenant in writing which is accompanied by reasonably sufficient information on which Sublandlord may base a decision), if Primary Sublandlord shall fail to consent to a sublease proposed by Subtenant and consented to by Sublandlord, and provided that such proposed sublease is on all of the terms of this Sublease and for a term coterminous with the Sublease Term, Sublandlord shall propose to Primary Sublandlord a sublease of the Subleased Premises directly to the sublessee proposed by Subtenant and on such terms, and if Primary Sublandlord consents to such sublease the parties shall terminate this Sublease, conditioned upon the proposed subtenant executing a sublease with Sublandlord on such terms. Subtenant shall not encumber or mortgage its interest under this Sublease or its interest in the Subleased Premises. Notwithstanding any permitted assignment or sublet of all or a portion of the Subleased Premises by Subtenant, Subtenant and any guarantor of Subtenant’s obligations shall remain liable for all of the obligations of Subtenant under this Sublease. Any fee payable to Primary Sublandlord under the terms of the Primary Sublease in connection with a request for Primary Sublandlord’s consent to an assignment or sublease proposed by Subtenant shall be paid by Subtenant when due under the Primary Sublease, as Additional Rent hereunder. Any provision in this Section 8 notwithstanding, any entity majority owned by, owning a majority of, or under common (to the extent of a majority) ownership with, Subtenant may, at Subtenant’s request, share the Subleased Premises with Subtenant.

 

9.           Provision of Services.

 

a.             No services are currently included in Rent except for any provided by Primary Sublandlord to Sublandlord under the Primary Sublease. If Primary Sublandlord furnishes the Subleased Premises or Subtenant with any additional services upon request of Subtenant, then Subtenant shall pay any additional charge billed to Sublandlord by Primary Sublandlord for such services within ten (10) days of billing by Sublandlord. Subtenant shall arrange for its own cleaning services whether through the Primary Sublandlord or otherwise, but

 

5



 

shall initially assume the contract with Sublandlord’s cleaning person at an initial cost of $1,320/mo.

 

b.             Sublandlord shall not be liable for damages or otherwise for failure, stoppage or interruption of any services or utilities or unavailability of access to the Subleased Premises, nor shall the same be construed either as an eviction of Subtenant, or result in an abatement of Rent except to the extent (if any) that Rent payable under the Primary Sublease is abated by reason thereof (in which event Subtenant’s Rent shall be abated concurrently and to the same extent).

 

c.             Subtenant shall repair and maintain the Common Areas (exclusive of any portions thereof that are the responsibility of Primary Sublandlord to repair and maintain under the Primary Sublease), at a minimum, to the extent required in order to keep the Common Areas in good order and repair throughout the Sublease Term, except for such damages and/or repairs necessitated due to Sublandlord’s or Quick’s negligence or willful misconduct.

 

10.         Rules and Regulations. Subtenant shall, and shall cause its servants, employees, agents, invitees, licensees and other visitors to, comply with the Operating Rules under the Primary Sublease, and also any reasonable rules and regulations promulgated by Sublandlord of which Subtenant is given notice from time to time.

 

11.         Condition of Premises;  Trade Fixtures.

 

a.          Subtenant, at Subtenant’s sole cost and expense, shall maintain and repair the Subleased Premises (other than the Common Areas) in good order and condition, except for items that Primary Sublandlord is obligated to repair and maintain and that Landlord is obligated to repair and maintain. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or in the Prime Sublease, Subtenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall be responsible for capital expenditures that relate to repair and maintenance of any and all improvements to the Subleased Premises. Subtenant shall also be responsible for repair and maintenance of any improvements made pursuant to any of the foregoing capital expenditure requirements, any modifications or improvements Subtenant shall have made to the electric or plumbing systems within or servicing the Subleased Premises, and for any repair or maintenance required due to damage caused or work performed by Subtenant or its employees or agents (including independent contractors employed by Subtenant). Sublandlord, Primary Sublandlord and Landlord shall have the right to enter the Subleased Premises in accordance with Section 30 of the Primary Sublease.

 

b.         Sublandlord and Primary Sublandlord shall not be responsible for the loss of or damage to property, or injury to persons, occurring in or about the Subleased Premises, by reason of any existing or future condition, defect, matter or thing in the Subleased Premises or the Building or the property of which the Building is a part, or for the acts, omissions or negligence of other persons or tenants, in and about the Building or the property of which the Building is a part, unless caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Sublandlord or Primary Sublandlord, as applicable.

 

c.         At the termination of this Sublease, Subtenant shall remove its trade

 

6



 

fixtures, and, if Sublandlord gives Subtenant written notice at least three months prior to the end of the Sublease Term requiring removal of permitted Subtenant Improvements (defined below), then also Subtenant Improvements, and restore the Subleased Premises at Subtenant’s sole cost to the state and condition in which they existed on the Sublease Commencement Date, ordinary wear and tear excepted. If Subtenant fails to comply with the provisions of this section, Sublandlord may, but shall not be obligated to, make such repairs or restoration, and the reasonable cost thereof shall be Additional Rent payable by Subtenant on demand. All trade fixtures shall be and remain the property of Subtenant, provided that any such trade fixtures remaining on the Subleased Premises after the expiration or termination of the Sublease Term shall be deemed abandoned by Subtenant and shall, at Sublandlord’s option, become the property of Sublandlord without payment therefor. Subtenant shall not be required to remove standard IT and communications wiring.

 

12.         Alterations and Improvements.

 

a.             Sublandlord shall have no obligation to make any alterations or improvements to the Subleased Premises for Subtenant’s use or occupancy thereof Subtenant shall not make any alterations, additions or improvements (collectively, “Subtenant Improvements”) in the Subleased Premises without in each instance obtaining the prior written consent of both Primary Sublandlord (in accordance with Section 15 of the Primary Sublease) and Sublandlord (Sublandlord’s consent shall not be unreasonably withheld); provided, however, notwithstanding the foregoing, Subtenant need only seek and obtain Sublandlord’s consent if the Subtenant Improvements will involve modification of the structure or utilities systems or will cost more than $50,000.00 to complete, or require filing for a building permit with the NYC Building Department. Any approved Subtenant Improvements must be completed in accordance with plans and specifications previously approved by Sublandlord and Primary Sublandlord. Any costs reimbursable to Primary Sublandlord under the terms of the Primary Sublease in connection with approval of plans and specifications proposed by Subtenant shall be paid by Subtenant when due under the Primary Sublease, as Additional Rent hereunder.

 

b.             If Sublandlord is required by the Primary Sublandlord to carry out any restorations or other work on the Subleased Premises pursuant to the Sublandlord’s obligations to the Primary Sublandlord under the Primary Sublease, Subtenant shall permit same to be performed without being entitled to any reduction in rental or other compensation. Sublandlord shall complete all such work in a manner so as to not unreasonably interfere with the use and occupancy of the Subleased Premises by Subtenant.

 

13.         Quiet Enjoyment . Subtenant, upon paying the Rent and upon observing, keeping and performing all covenants, agreements and conditions of this Sublease on Subtenant’s part to be observed, kept and performed, shall quietly have and enjoy the Subleased Premises throughout the Sublease Term without hindrance or molestation by Sublandlord or by anyone claiming by, through or under Sublandlord, subject to the provisions of Section 15 below.

 

14.         Indemnity.

 

a.             Subtenant for itself and its permitted assigns and successors (collectively,

 

7



 

the “Indemnifying Parties”) shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless Sublandlord, Primary Sublandlord, Landlord and their respective mortgagees, agents, employees, officers, directors, shareholders, partners, personal representatives, executors, administrators, successors and assigns (collectively, the “Indemnified Parties”) from and against all liabilities, obligations, damages, penalties, claims, causes of action, costs, charges and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, court costs, administrative costs, and costs of appeals that may be imposed upon or incurred by or asserted by reason of any of the following occurring during the Sublease Term, or prior to the Sublease Commencement Date when Subtenant shall have had access to or possession of all or any portion of the Subleased Premises: (i) any work or act done in, on or about the Subleased Premises or the Building or any part thereof at the direction of Subtenant, its agents, contractors, employees, licensees or invitees; (ii) any negligence or willful misconduct on the part of Subtenant or any of its agents, contractors, employees, licensees or invitees; (iii) any accident, injury or damage to any persons or property occurring in or about the Primary Subleased Premises (other than the Subleased Premises) caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Subtenant, or its employees, contractors, agents, invitees or licensees; (iv) any accident, injury or damage to any persons or property occurring in or about the Subleased Premises or any part thereof or any accident, injury or damage to Subtenant, its agents, contractors, employees, invitees or licensees, unless caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Sublandlord, Primary Sublandlord, Landlord, or their respective employees, contractors agents, invitees or licensees; (v) any default or breach of Subtenant of this Sublease, or (vi) a default under the Primary Sublease caused by Subtenant, its agents, contractors, employees, subtenants, licensees.

 

b.             Sublandlord shall defend, indemnify and save harmless Subtenant, its mortgagees, agents, employees, officers, directors, shareholders, partners, personal representatives, executors, administrators, successors and assigns, from and against all liabilities, obligations, damages, penalties, claims, causes of action, costs, charges and expenses, including attorneys’ fees, court costs, administrative costs, and costs of appeals which may be imposed upon or incurred by or asserted by reason of any of the following which shall occur during the Sublease Term (i) any work or act done in, on or about the Primary Subleased Premises or the Building or any part thereof at the direction of Sublandlord, its agents, contractors, employees, licensees or invitees; (ii) any negligence or willful misconduct on the part of Sublandlord or any of its agents, contractors, employees, licensees or invitees; (iii) any accident, injury or damage to any persons or property occurring in or about the Primary Subleased Premises (other than the Subleased Premises) unless caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Subtenant, or its employees, contractors, agents, invitees or licensees; (iv) any accident, injury or damage in or about the Subleased Premises caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Sublandlord or its employees, contractors, agents, invitees or licensees; (v) any default or breach on the part of Sublandlord of this Sublease, or (vi) a default under the Primary Sublease or Master Lease caused by Sublandlord, its agents, contractors, employees, subtenants, or licensees.

 

c.             To the fullest extent allowed by applicable law, in the event of any breach of this Sublease by either party, neither party shall be liable to the other for punitive, exemplary or consequential damages, including, without limitation, any business interruption damages or loss of income or profit therefrom, and all such remedies or damages are expressly waived.

 

8



 

15.         Primary Sublease and Master Lease.

 

a.             This Sublease is absolutely subject and subordinate to the Primary Sublease and the Master Lease. Subtenant shall be bound by the Primary Sublease (except to the extent otherwise provided herein) and the Master Lease, as applicable to the Subleased Premises, all of which provisions are hereby incorporated herein and made a part hereof (except that the provisions of the Master Lease deemed deleted for purposes of incorporation by reference by Section 4.C of the Primary Sublease, or deemed not to apply under Section 3.A of the Primary Sublease, will also be deemed deleted or not to apply, as applicable, for purposes of incorporation by reference herein). Subtenant shall attorn and deliver all required estoppels in accordance with the provisions set forth in Section 31.R of the Primary Sublease.

 

b.             Whenever under the Primary Sublease or Master Lease the consent of the Primary Sublandlord or Landlord is required, as to Subtenant the prior written consent of Sublandlord (in all cases not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) also shall be required. Wherever in the Primary Sublease, Primary Sublandlord or Landlord has rights enforceable against Sublandlord, Sublandlord shall have the same rights enforceable against Subtenant, independent of Primary Sublandlord’s or Landlord’s rights and enforceable whether or not Primary Sublandlord or Landlord asserts same. Sublandlord shall remain bound by all of the provisions of the Primary Sublease and Master Lease notwithstanding the subleasing of the Subleased Premises. Subtenant acknowledges receipt of the Primary Sublease and Master Lease.

 

c.             Except as otherwise expressly provided herein or as otherwise inconsistent herewith, Sublandlord, as Sublandlord under this Sublease, shall have the benefit of all rights, waivers, remedies and limitations of liability enjoyed by Primary Sublandlord, as the landlord under the Primary Sublease, but (i) Sublandlord shall have no obligation hereunder to perform obligations of Primary Sublandlord, as landlord under the Primary Sublease, including without limitation any obligation to provide services or maintain insurance; (ii) Sublandlord shall not be bound by any representations or warranties of the Primary Sublandlord under the Primary Sublease; and (iii) Sublandlord shall not be liable for any failure or delay in Primary Sublandlord’s performance of its obligations, as landlord. Notwithstanding the foregoing, upon request of Subtenant, Sublandlord shall use reasonable and diligent efforts to cause Primary Sublandlord to perform its obligations under the Primary Sublease; provided, however, that Subtenant shall reimburse Sublandlord for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs so incurred by Sublandlord within thirty (30) days after billing as Additional Rent hereunder.

 

d.             Subtenant shall not commit or suffer any act or omission that will cause a default under the Primary Sublease, and Sublandlord, as tenant under the Primary Sublease, will not commit or suffer any act or omission that will cause a default under the Primary Sublease. If the Primary Sublease terminates for any reason, this Sublease shall terminate (unless Primary Sublandlord has otherwise agreed) and the parties shall be relieved of any further liability or obligation under this Sublease; provided, however, that Subtenant shall pay to Sublandlord all sums due and accrued under this Sublease as of the date of termination. Sublandlord shall not voluntarily terminate the Primary Sublease before the Termination Date thereof.

 

e.             Notwithstanding the foregoing or anything herein to the contrary, Subtenant shall not be obligated to (i) pay the Rent to be paid by Sublandlord under the Primary

 

9



 

Sublease, (ii) cure any default of Sublandlord under the Primary Sublease which is not caused by Subtenant, or its employees, agents or contractors, (iii) maintain, repair, or rebuild any improvements constructed by Landlord, Primary Sublandlord or Sublandlord at the Primary Subleased Premises other than those portions of the Improvements (as defined in the Primary Sublease) and any Sublessee’s Work (as defined the Primary Sublease) requested by Subtenant that are constructed in the Subleased Premises (provided, however, that Subtenant shall repair and maintain in good condition the Subleased Premises, including Subtenant’s trade fixtures, and any improvements and systems installed in the Subleased Premises by Subtenant, its agents or contractors), (iv) except as expressly provided in this Sublease, maintain any insurance other than as set forth in Section 6 hereof, (v) indemnify Landlord or Primary Sublandlord with respect to any act, omission, negligence or willful misconduct of Sublandlord, its agents, employees or contractors, or (vi) pay late fees, interest or damages due under the Master Lease or Primary Sublease which relate to the acts, omissions, negligence, willful misconduct or default of Sublandlord under the Primary Sublease.

 

f.                 Notwithstanding any contrary provision of this Sublease, (i) in any instances where Landlord, as landlord under the Master Lease, has a certain period of time in which to notify Primary Sublandlord, as tenant under the Master Lease, whether Landlord will or will not take any particular action, Sublandlord, as landlord under this Sublease, shall have an additional five (5) day period after receiving such notice in which to notify Subtenant; (ii) in any instance where Sublandlord, as tenant under the Primary Sublease, has a certain period of time in which to notify Primary Sublandlord as landlord under the Master Lease, whether Sublandlord will or will not take any particular action, Subtenant, as tenant under this Sublease, must notify Sublandlord, as landlord under this Sublease, at least five (5) days before the end of such period, but in no event shall Subtenant have a period of less than five (5) days in which so to notify Sublandlord unless the relevant period under the Primary Sublease is five (5) days or less, in which case the period that Subtenant shall have so to notify Sublandlord under this Sublease shall be the longer of (A) two (2) days less than the period provided to Sublandlord under the Primary Sublease or (B) two (2) days; and (iii) in any instance where a specific grace period is granted to Sublandlord, as tenant under the Primary Sublease, before Sublandlord is considered in default under the Primary Sublease, Subtenant, as tenant under this Sublease, shall be deemed to have a grace period which is five (5) days less than Sublandlord before Subtenant is considered in default tinder this Sublease, but in no event shall any grace period be reduced to less than five (5) days unless the relevant period under the Primary Sublease is six (6) days or less, in which case the period under this Sublease shall be the longer of (A) two (2) days less than the period provided to Sublandlord under the Primary Sublease or (B) two (2) days. In no event shall Landlord, Primary Sublandlord, or Sublandlord be liable for any consequential damages suffered by Subtenant in connection with any breach of this Sublease or otherwise.

 

g.                If any of the express provisions of this Sublease shall conflict with any of the provisions of the Primary Sublease or Master Lease incorporated by reference, such conflict shall be resolved in every instance in favor of the express provisions of this Sublease.

 

16.         Subordination. This Sublease is subject and is hereby subordinated to the Primary Sublease, all present and future mortgages of the Subleased Premises, and all other encumbrances affecting the Subleased Premises or the property or Building of which the

 

10


 

Subleased Premises are a part, Subtenant agrees to execute, at no expense to either Sublandlord or Primary Sublandlord, any commercially reasonable instrument which may be deemed necessary or desirable by Sublandlord or Primary Sublandlord to further effect the subordination of this Sublease to any such mortgage or encumbrance.

 

17.         Casualty and Condemnation. In the event of any damage or destruction of the Subleased Premises or the Building, or the taking of all or any portion thereof by eminent domain, the Subtenant shall be bound by the decisions of Sublandlord, Primary Sublandlord and Landlord made pursuant to the Master Lease and Primary Sublease.

 

18.         Holding Over. In the event that Subtenant shall remain in the Subleased Premises after the expiration of the Sublease Term, such holding over shall not constitute a renewal or extension of this Sublease. Sublandlord may, at its option, elect to treat Subtenant as one who has not removed at the end of its term, and thereupon be entitled to all the remedies against the Subtenant provided by law or in equity in that situation, and shall be entitled to receive and collect from the Subtenant as liquidated damages a sum equal to twice (200%) the Rent (the “Increased Rate”) applicable during the last month of the term hereof, or Sublandlord may elect, at its option, to construe such holding over as a tenancy from month-to-month, subject to all-the terms and conditions of this Sublease, except as to duration thereof, and in that event Subtenant shall pay monthly rent in advance at the Increased Rate.

 

19.         Brokers. Each of Sublandlord and Subtenant represents and warrants to the other that it has had no dealings, negotiations or consultations with respect to the Subleased Premises or this transaction with any broker or finder and that no broker or finder has called the Subleased Premises to its attention.

 

20.         Sublandlord Liability. Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, neither Sublandlord nor any shareholder, member, officer, director or partner of Sublandlord shall have any personal liability in connection with its obligations under this Sublease, and Subtenant agrees to look solely to Sublandlord’s interest in the Subleased Premises (or net proceeds thereof) to enforce any claim for monetary damages it may have against Sublandlord.

 

21.         Default by Subtenant. The following shall be an Event of Default hereunder (“Event of Default”):

 

a.             Subtenant does not pay in full any Rent or any other charge or payment whether or not herein included as Rent when due, and such failure to pay is not cured within five business days following Subtenant’s receipt of notice from Sublandlord thereof; provided, however, that Sublandlord shall only be obligated to give Subtenant notice of failure to pay Rent two (2) times during any period of 12 consecutive calendar months. Thereafter, for the duration of such 12-calendar-month period, Subtenant shall be in default immediately upon Subtenant’s failure to pay in full, when due, any installment or payment of Rent or any other charge or payment whether or not herein included as Rent, without benefit of such notice and grace period;

 

b.             Subtenant uses or occupies the Subleased Premises otherwise than as permitted by Section 5 of this Sublease;

 

11



 

c.             Subtenant violates or fails to perform or otherwise breaks any covenant, agreement or condition herein contained and Subtenant fails to cure such default within twenty (20) days after written notice from Sublandlord, plus such additional time as may be necessary to effect a cure provided that Subtenant promptly commences such cure and diligently pursues it to completion; provided, however, notwithstanding the foregoing, Subtenant’s cure period hereunder shall in no event be longer than the cure period applicable to such violation pursuant to the Primary Sublease or Master Lease;

 

d.             Subtenant commits an act of bankruptcy or files a petition or commences any proceeding under any bankruptcy or insolvency law;

 

e.             A petition is filed or any proceeding is commenced against Subtenant under any bankruptcy or insolvency law and such petition or proceeding is not stayed or dismissed within thirty (30) days;

 

f.             Subtenant is adjudicated a bankrupt;

 

g.             Subtenant by any act indicates its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in, or a court approves, a petition filed or proceeding commenced against Subtenant under any bankruptcy or insolvency law;

 

h.             A receiver or other official is appointed for Subtenant or for a substantial part of Subtenant’s assets or for Subtenant’s interests in this Sublease;

 

i.              Any attachment or execution against a substantial part of Subtenant’s assets or of Subtenant’s interest in this Sublease remains unstayed or undismissed for a period of more than thirty (30) days; or

 

J.             A substantial part of Subtenant’s assets or of Subtenant’s interest in this Sublease is taken by legal process in any action against Subtenant.

 

22.         Remedies. if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, then Sublandlord may exercise any and/or all remedies against Subtenant as are described in this Sublease or for the benefit of Primary Sublandlord under the Primary Sublease and/or any other remedies at law or in equity, and as between Sublandlord and Subtenant the provisions of Section 9 of the Primary Sublease shall apply to this Sublease and the Subleased Premises.

 

23.         Eminent Domain. In the event of exercise of the power of eminent domain this Sublease will be governed by Section 20 of the Primary Sublease.

 

12



 

24.         WAIVER OF JULY TRIAL. SUBLANDLORD AND SUBTENANT WAIVE TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY ACTION, PROCEEDING OR COUNTERCLAIM BROUGHT BY EITHER OF THEM AGAINST THE OTHER ON ANY MATTER WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THIS SUBLEASE, THE RELATIONSHIP OF SUBLANDLORD AND SUBTENANT, SUBTENANT’S USE OR OCCUPANCY OF THE SUBLEASED PREMISES OR CLAIM OF INJURY OR DAMAGE.

 

25.         Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures. This Sublease may be executed by the parties hereto in any number of separate counterparts, all of which, when delivered, shall together constitute one and the same agreement. This Sublease may be executed by facsimile signature, and a facsimile transmission of an executed counterpart of this Sublease shall have the same binding effect upon the signatory as an executed and delivered original.

 

26.         Time. Time is of the essence of all obligations of the Subtenant to pay Rent and other sums owing hereunder.

 

27.         Notices. All notices and demands under this Sublease shall be in writing and shall be effective (except for notices to Primary Sublandlord, which shall be given in accordance with the provisions of the Primary Sublease and for notices to Landlord which shall be given in accordance with the provisions of the Master Lease) upon the earlier of receipt or upon delivery being refused. All such notices or demands shall be sent by registered mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or by a nationally recognized overnight delivery service that provides tracking and proof of delivery. Either party may change its address for notices and demands under this Sublease by ten (10) days’ notice to the other party. The notices shall be provided to the following addresses:

 

If to Subtenant:

Noodle Education, Inc.

 

Pier 59 - Level 2

 

Chelsea Piers

 

New York, NY 10011

 

Att: Robert Ryman

 

 

If to Sublandlord:

2tor, Inc.

 

Suite 6020

Pier 60

 

 

Chelsea Piers

 

New York, NY 10011

 

Attention: Rob Cohen, CFO

 

 

With a copy to:

Seth Akabas, Esq.

 

Akabas  & Sproule

 

488 Madison Avenue-11 th  Floor

 

New York, NY 10022

 

28.         Governing Law. This Sublease shall be governed by the laws of NY State.

 

13



 

29.         Entire Agreement. This Sublease, together with any exhibits and attachments hereto and the Primary Sublease and Master Lease, constitutes the entire agreement between Sublandlord and Subtenant relative to the Subleased Premises, and this Sublease and the exhibits and attachments may be altered, amended or revoked only by an instrument in writing signed by both Sublandlord and Subtenant. All prior or contemporaneous oral discussions, letters or written documents between and among themselves and their agents and representatives relative to the subleasing of the Subleased Premises are merged in or revoked by this Sublease.

 

30.         Successors. This Sublease shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the respective heirs, administrators, executors, successors and assigns of the parties hereto; provided, however, that this provision shall not be construed to allow an assignment or subletting which is otherwise specifically prohibited hereby.

 

31.         Headings. The section and paragraph headings are included only for the convenience of the parties and are not part of this Sublease and shall not be used to interpret the meaning of provisions contained herein or the intent of the parties hereto.

 

32.         No Offer. Submission of this Sublease for examination does not constitute an option or an offer to enter into this Sublease. Neither Sublandlord or Subtenant shall be legally bound hereunder unless and until this Sublease has been executed and delivered by both Sublandlord and Subtenant, and then subject to the conditions hereof.

 

33.         Signage. Subtenant shall have the right to Building standard signage, furnished and installed at Subtenant’s sole cost pursuant to Section 17 of the Primary Sublease, advertising Subtenant’s name adjacent to the entrance door to the Subleased Premises.

 

34.         Fitness Center. Employees of Subtenant may join the Sports Center at Chelsea Piers at discounted and subsidized rates described in Section 31.U of the Primary Sublease, which is currently $25 per employee, per month. Subtenant shall notify Sublandlord to add an employee to the Sports Center membership, and Sublandlord will, at the end of every calendar year, bill those amounts directly to Subtenant as Additional Rent hereunder.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has caused this Sublease to be signed by its duly authorized representatives as of the date first above written.

 

 

NOODLE EDUCATION INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Joseph Morgan

 

 

Name: Joseph Morgan

 

 

Title: CEO

 

 

 

 

2TOR, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rob Cohen

 

 

Name: Rob Cohen

 

 

Title: CFO

 

14



 

EXHIBIT A

 

FLOOR PLAN OF SUBLEASED PREMISES

 

15



 

 



 

SCHEDULE A

 

PRIMARY SUBLEASE

 

16


 

SUBLEASE

between

CHELSEA PIERS L.P., as Sublessor

and

 

2TOR INC., as Sublessee

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

1.

Subleasing of Premises

1

2.

Term

1

3.

Subordinate to Prime Lease and Mortgages

2

4.

Incorporation by Reference

3

5.

Rent

4

6.

Late Payments

4

7.

Use

4

8.

Condition of Premises

5

9.

Events of Default/Termination of Sublease

6

10.

Quiet Use and Enjoyment

6

11.

Security Deposit

7

12.

Additional Rent

7

13.

Repairs and Capital Expenditures

7

14.

Assignment and Subletting

8

15.

Alterations

9

16.

Operating Rules

10

17.

Signage

10

18.

Insurance

10

19.

Security

11

20.

Casualty/Condemnation

11

21.

Exterminating Services

12

22.

Indemnity

12

23.

Releases

13

24.

Right to Cure Sublessee’s Defaults

13

25.

Limitation on Sublessor’s Liability

13

26.

Parking

14

27.

Performance by Sublessor

14

28.

No Breach of Prime Lease

14

29.

Notices

14

30.

Entry to Premises

15

31.

Miscellaneous Provisions

15

 

SCHEDULES AND EXHIBITS

 

Schedule A

Prime Lease

Exhibit A

Premises

Exhibit B

Floor Plan and Work Specification

Exhibit C

Cleaning Specification

Exhibit D

Sports Center Membership Program

 

2



 

SUBLEASE

 

THIS SUBLEASE (this “Sublease”) made as of the 11 th  day of November, 2009 between CHELSEA PIERS L.P., a New York limited partnership having an office at Pier 62, West 23rd Street & Hudson River, New York, New York 10011 (“Sublessor”), and 2tor, INC., a Delaware corporation having an office presently located at 30 East 23rd St, 12th Floor, New York, New York 10010 (“Sublessee”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H :

 

WHEREAS, by agreement of lease dated as of June 24, 1994, a copy of which is annexed hereto as Schedule A and made a part hereof (the lease, as same may now or hereafter be modified, amended or assigned, is hereinafter referred to as the “Prime Lease”), between the New York State Department of Transportation (the New York State Department of Transportation and any entity that is an assignee or successor, as lessor, is hereinafter referred to as the “Prime Lessor”) and Sublessor, as tenant, Prime Lessor leased to Sublessor certain premises (the “Prime Lease Premises”) more particularly described in the Prime Lease and commonly known as Piers 59, 60, 61 and 62 in the Borough of Manhattan, County of New York, City and State of New York (the “Chelsea Piers”); and

 

WHEREAS, Sublessor desires to sublease to Sublessee (i) a portion of the Prime Lease Premises known as Pier 59 — level 2 containing approximately 8,000 rentable square feet as shown on Exhibit A (the “Premises”) on terms and conditions hereinafter set forth. The building situated on Pier 59, in which the Premises is located, is herein sometimes referred to as the “Building”.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants contained herein, it is agreed as follows:

 

1.                              Subleasing of Premises

 

A.                                Sublessor hereby subleases to Sublessee and Sublessee hereby hires from Sublessor the Premises for the Term, as defined in Section 2 hereof.

 

2.                              Term

 

A.                           The term of this Sublease (the “Term”) shall commence on the earlier of (a) the third (3rd) day after the date of Substantial Completion as defined in Section 2.B hereof, or (b) the date Sublessee or anyone claiming under or through Sublessee first occupies or takes possession of the Premises or any portion thereof for purposes of conducting the Permitted Use therein (the “Commencement Date”). The Term shall continue until that date (the “Termination Date”) which is the last day of the fifth (5 th ) Sublease Year, unless extended as herein provided or sooner terminated in accordance with the terms of this Sublease. Sublessor shall inform Sublessee, at least thirty (30) days prior thereto, of the estimated date of Substantial Completion if different from the estimate set forth in Section 2.B hereof. The “First Sublease Year” shall be the twelve (12) month period commencing on the Rent Commencement Date, if the Rent Commencement Date is the first day of a calendar month, or, if the Rent Commencement Date is other than on the first day of a calendar month then the period commencing on the Rent Commencement Date and continuing through the last day of the twelfth full calendar month thereafter. Each “Sublease Year” after the First Sublease Year shall be a consecutive twelve (12) month period commencing on the first day of the calendar month immediately following the preceding Sublease Year.

 

B.                           The terms “Substantial Completion” or “Substantially Complete” shall mean that state of completion of the Improvements (defined in Section 8 hereof) which will, except for any improvements or work to be performed by Sublessee, allow Sublessee to utilize the Premises for its intended purpose without material interference to the customary business activities of Sublessee by reason of the completion of any work being performed by Sublessor, provided Substantial Completion cannot occur unless there is available to the Premises: (1) reasonable quantities of those utility services required to be furnished by Sublessor under the terms of this Sublease, (2) reasonable access through a ground floor entranceway of the Building

 



 

and that portion of the lobby area of the Building leading from such entranceway to the elevators servicing the Premises; and (3) passenger elevator service servicing the Premises during business hours.  Substantial Completion shall be deemed to have occurred notwithstanding that minor or insubstantial details of construction, decoration or mechanical adjustment remain to be performed. The foregoing minor or insubstantial details are referred to in this Sublease as “Punchlist Items”. The parties shall jointly inspect the Premises on or about the date of Substantial Completion and shall jointly prepare and initial a list of all Punchlist Items, all of which Sublessor shall diligently endeavor to complete within thirty (30) days thereafter. Sublessor presently estimates that the date of Substantial Completion will be December 31, 2009.

 

C.                           Anything in Section 3.2 to the contrary notwithstanding, if Substantial Completion does not occur by April 1, 2010, Sublessee may elect to terminate this Sublease by giving Sublessor written notice of termination on or after that date, whereupon this Lease shall be null and void and Sublessor shall immediately refund to Sublessee all prepaid rent, security deposits and other sums prepaid by Sublessee hereunder.

 

D.                           On or about the Commencement Date, Sublessor shall prepare and Sublessor and Sublessee shall each promptly execute, acknowledge and deliver to one another a memorandum in reasonable form confirming the Commencement Date and the Termination Date.

 

3.                              Subordinate to Prime Lease and Mortgages

 

A.                           This Sublease is and shall be subject and subordinate to the Prime Lease and to the matters to which the Prime Lease shall be subject and subordinate. Sublessor warrants to Sublessee that Sublessor has given Prime Lessor at least thirty (30) days prior written notice of this Sublease as required in Section 8.1(a) of the Prime Lease. Sublessor warrants to Sublessee that the Prime Lease has not been amended or assigned prior to the date of this Sublease. To the extent that the Prime Lease is hereafter amended or assigned and, by virtue of such amendment or assignment, contains any provision that materially adversely affects Sublessee’s rights under this Sublease or materially increases Sublessee’s obligations under this Sublease, such provision of the Prime Lease shall not apply to Sublessee to the extent that it has such an effect. While this Sublease shall be subordinated to all other amendments without the requirement of any written instrument, Sublessee shall execute, within 15 days after receiving a request for such execution, any instrument as Sublessor shall reasonably require in order to evidence such subordination. On a termination of the Prime Lease pursuant to Article 22 of said Prime Lease, Sublessee shall attorn to, or enter into a direct lease on terms identical to this Sublease with Prime Lessor for the balance of the unexpired term of this Sublease.

 

B.                           With reference to any assignment by Sublessor of Sublessor’s interest in this Sublease, or the rents payable hereunder, conditional in nature or otherwise, which assignment is made to a Mortgagee or Prime Lessor with respect to property which includes the Premises, Sublessee agrees:

 

(i)                   That the execution thereof by Sublessor, and the acceptance thereof by Mortgagee or Prime Lessor shall never be treated as an assumption by such Mortgagee or the Prime Lessor of any of the obligations of Sublessor hereunder, unless such Mortgagee or Prime Lessor shall, by notice sent to Sublessee, specifically otherwise elect; and

 

(ii)                That except as aforesaid, such Mortgagee or Prime Lessor shall be treated as having assumed Sublessor’s obligations hereunder only upon foreclosure of such Mortgagee’s mortgage and the taking of possession of the Premises, or, in the case of Prime Lessor, the assumption of Sublessor’s position hereunder by Prime Lessor.

 

C.                           Where a party acquires Sublessor’s interest in property (whether land only, or land and buildings) which includes the Premises, and simultaneously leases the same back, such acquisition shall not be treated as an assumption of Sublessor’s position hereunder, and this Sublease shall thereafter be subject and subordinate at all times to such lease.

 

D.                           Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sublessee’s interest under this Sublease shall be subordinate to any ground lease, deed of trust, mortgage or other security instrument

 

2



 

placed on the Building after the date of this Sublease only if the holder of such interest executes a subordination, non-disturbance and attornment agreement in commercially form reasonably acceptable to Sublessee pursuant to which Sublessee’s right of possession shall not be disturbed during the term of the Sublease as long as Sublessee is not in default (an “SNDA”).

 

E.                                 Sublessor agrees to use reasonable and diligent efforts to obtain for Sublessee’s benefit an SNDA from the holder of every mortgage or other security instrument that encumbers the Premises as of the date of this Sublease (other than the Prime Lease).

 

4.                              Incorporation by Reference

 

A.                           Subject to the limitations set forth in Section 4B hereof, all of the terms, covenants and conditions of the Prime Lease, whether or not the same are expressly referred to herein other than those set forth in Section 4C hereof, are incorporated by reference so that (except to the extent that they are inapplicable to, or modified by the provisions of, this Sublease), for the purpose of incorporation by reference, each and every term, covenant and condition of the Prime Lease binding upon or inuring to the benefit of the landlord thereunder shall, in respect of this Sublease, bind or inure to the benefit of Sublessor, and each and every term, covenant and condition of the Prime Lease binding upon or inuring to the benefit of the tenant thereunder other than those set forth in Section 4C hereof shall, in respect of this Sublease, bind or inure to the benefit of Sublessee, with the same force and effect as if such terms, covenants and conditions were completely set forth in this Sublease, and as if the words “Premises”, or words of similar import, wherever the same appear in the Prime Lease, were construed to mean “Premises” in this Sublease, and as if the word “Lease,” or words of similar import, wherever the same appear in the Prime Lease, were construed to mean this “Sublease”, the word “Lessor” was construed to mean “Sublessor”, and the word “Lessee” construed to mean “Sublessee”.

 

B.                           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in Section 4.A hereof, in no event shall Sublessee be required to pay any rent or additional rent (including any interest payment) due under the Prime Lease except as expressly provided in this Sublease, nor shall Sublessee be required (i), except as expressly provided in this Sublease, to maintain, repair, or rebuild all or any portion of the Improvements other than the following, which shall be the responsibility of Sublessee.-: (a) those portions of the Improvements as shall be constructed, rehabilitated or placed upon the Premises by or on behalf of Sublessee including, but not limited to, Sublessee’s trade fixtures and equipment and all alterations and replacements thereof, additions thereto and substitutions thereof (but excluding, for all such purposes, the pier on which the Premises is constructed, all structural portions of the Building, including load bearing walls, columns and footings, and all exterior portions of the base Building) and (b) any mechanical systems installed by or on behalf of Sublessee or which otherwise service the Premises and which are the responsibility of Sublessee to maintain hereunder; or (ii), except as expressly provided in this Sublease, to maintain any insurance other than as set forth in Section 18 hereof. The time limits contained in the Prime Lease for the giving of notices, making of demands or performing of any act, condition or covenant on the part of the tenant thereunder, or for the exercise by the tenant thereunder of any right, remedy or option, are changed for the purposes of incorporation herein by reference by shortening the same in each instance by three days, so that in each instance Sublessee shall have three days less time to observe or perform hereunder than Sublessor has as the tenant under the Prime Lease.

 

C.                           The following provisions of the Prime Lease shall be deemed deleted for the purposes of incorporation by reference in this Sublease: Article 2, Article 3, 4.1, 4.5, 4.6, 5.1, 5.2(a), (c), (d), (f), 5.5, 6.1, 6.2, 6.3, 6.4, 6.5, 6.8(b), 6.9., 6.10., Article 7, 8.1(a) (c) (d) (e), 8.3, 8.6, 8.7, 8.8, 9.1(a)(b), 9.1(c), 9.2(a), 9.2(e), 9.3, 9.4, 9.6, 9.7, 9.9(c), 10.1, 10.2, 10.3, 10.5, 10.7, 11.1, 12.2, 13.1, 13.2, 15.1, 15.2, 15.3, Article 16, 17, 21.1, 22.1(g), 22.4(b), (c), 22.14, 23.1, Article 24, 25, 26, 36.3, 37.1, 37.2, Article 38, 39.4, 39.6, 39.17,39.22, 39.24, 39.25.

 

D.                           If any of the express provisions of this Sublease shall conflict with any of the provisions of the Prime Lease incorporated by reference, such conflict shall be resolved in every instance in favor of the express provisions of this Sublease.

 

3



 

5.                              Rent

 

A.                                Base Rent . During the Term of this Sublease, Sublessee shall pay to Sublessor Base Rent (the “Base Rent”) at the annual rates set forth below:

 

Sublease Year

 

Annual Base Rent

 

Monthly Base Rent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

$

200,000.00

 

$

16,666.67

 

2

 

$

240,000.00

 

$

20,000.00

 

3

 

$

260,000.00

 

$

21,666.67

 

4

 

$

280,000.00

 

$

23,333.33

 

5

 

$

280,000.00

 

$

23,333.33

 

 

B. The Base Rent shall be paid in equal monthly installments in advance on the first day of each month during the Term of this Sublease. The Base Rent and all other amounts payable by Sublessee to Sublessor under this Sublease (such other amounts being the “Additional Rent”) shall be paid promptly when due, without notice or demand therefor (except where billing for Additional Rent is herein expressly provided for), and without deduction, abatement, counterclaim or set off of any amount or for any reason whatsoever, except where abatement is herein expressly permitted. Base Rent and Additional Rent shall be paid by wire transfer, certified check, bank cashier’s check or by check drawn on a bank that is a member of the New York Clearing House Association (or any successor body of similar function) payable to the order of Sublessor at the address of Sublessor set forth at the head of this Sublease or to such other person and/or at such other address as Sublessor may from time to time designate by notice to Sublessee. No payment by Sublessee or receipt by Sublessor of any lesser amount than the amount stipulated to be paid hereunder shall be deemed other than on account of the earliest stipulated Base Rent or Additional Rent; nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or letter be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Sublessor may accept any check or payment without prejudice to Sublessor’s right to recover the balance due or to pursue any other remedy available to Sublessor. For purposes of this Sublease, “Business Day” shall mean all days except Saturdays, Sundays and President’s Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day, Christmas Day, New Year’s Day and all other union holidays of workers employed by Sublessor at the Building.

 

6.                              Late Payments

 

If Sublessee fails to pay Base Rent or Additional Rent, or any part thereof, when due in accordance with the provisions of this Sublease and such failure shall continue for a period of ten (10) days after notice of such failure by Sublessor to Sublessee, such event shall constitute an Event of Default, provided that, such notice by Sublessor of any such failure to pay shall not be required as a condition to an Event of Default more than three (3) times during any twelve (12) month period during the term of this Sublease (with no more than one (1) notice in any one (1) month applying to such three (3) notice cap). In addition, if payment of any Base Rent or Additional Rent shall not have been paid by the fifth (5 th ) Business Day after the day on which such amount was due, a late charge of two (2%) percent per calendar month on the amount overdue shall be payable on the first day of the following month, as Additional Rent. Sublessor shall have (in addition to all other remedies) the same rights as provided in this Sublease (including the provisions incorporated by reference) for non-payment of Base Rent. Nothing contained in this paragraph, and no acceptance of late charges by Sublessor, shall be deemed to extend or change the time for payment of Base Rent or Additional Rent.

 

7.                              Use

 

A.                                Sublessee shall use and occupy the Premises for the sole purpose of general and administrative office use by Sublessee and no other purpose (the “Permitted Use”). Sublessee shall not use or occupy or suffer or permit the use or occupancy of any part of the Premises in any manner which in Sublessor’s reasonable judgment would adversely affect (a) the proper and economical rendition of any service required to be furnished to any tenant in the Chelsea Piers, (b) the use or enjoyment of any part of the Chelsea Piers by any other tenant or (c) the appearance, character or reputation of the Chelsea Piers. Sublessor warrants and represents to Sublessee that as of the date of this Sublease the Premises is zoned for the Permitted Use.

 

4


 

B.                           Sublessee shall comply with any and all laws, statutes, ordinances, orders, rules, regulations and requirements of all federal, state and municipal governments and the appropriate agencies, officers, departments, boards and commissions thereof, and the board of fire underwriters and/or the fire insurance rating organization or similar organization performing the same or similar functions, whether now or hereafter in force, applicable to Sublessee’s specific use of the Premises.

 

C.                           If any governmental license or permit shall be required for the proper and lawful conduct of Sublessee’s business in the Premises or any part thereof which arises from Sublessee’s particular use of the Premises, Sublessee, at its expense, shall procure and thereafter maintain such license or permit and furnish a photostatic copy thereof to Sublessor upon Sublessor’s request. Sublessee shall at all times comply with the terms and conditions of each such license or permit and shall operate such business in compliance with all applicable laws, rules, orders, ordinances, regulations and statutes.

 

8.                              Condition of Premises

 

A.                           Sublessor shall construct within the Premises, at Sublessor’s sole cost and expense, in a good and workmanlike manner and in compliance with all applicable laws, codes, regulations and other governmental requirements, those certain improvements depicted on those certain construction plans and specifications attached hereto as Exhibit B and hereby made a part hereof. Sublessor and Sublessee hereby approve the Construction Documents. All work agreed to be performed by Sublessor pursuant to this Section 8 (including all materials, supplies, components, labor and services required therefor) is herein referred to as the “Improvements”. Sublessor (i) shall cause the contractor that constructs the Improvements to warrant the Improvements against defects in materials or workmanship for a period of one year after the Commencement Date, and (ii) shall enforce such warranty on Sublessee’s behalf, and (ii) shall correct any latent or patent defects in the Premises or the systems serving same that are unrelated to defects or deficiencies in the Improvements, provided that Sublessee gives Sublessor written notice of any latent or patent defects that do not relate to the operation of the air conditioning system during the first 180 days after the Commencement Date, and provided that Tenant gives Landlord written notice of any latent or patent defects that relate to the operation of the air conditioning system during the first 270 days after the Commencement Date.

 

B.                           The Construction Documents shall not be changed without the prior written consent of both parties, provided, however, that Sublessor reserves the right (i) to make substitutions of material of equivalent grade and quality when and if any specified material shall not be readily or reasonably available; and (ii) to make changes necessitated by conditions met in the course of construction, so long as there shall be general conformity with the Construction Documents, provided that Sublessor shall consult with Sublessee as to each such substitution or change and Sublessee’s written approval of any material substitution or change shall first be obtained, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed and shall be deemed given if Sublessee fails to object within one (1) Business Day after Sublessor’s request for such approval. Any changes to the Construction Documents requested by Sublessee shall be submitted as written change orders signed by Sublessee. and if approved by Sublessor (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), shall be signed by Sublessor, Any increase in the costs of construction, including without limitation, architect’s fees, engineering fees, and other design fees, the general contractor’s fees, or any increase in the cost of general conditions, resulting from any change orders requested by Sublessee, shall be the responsibility of Sublessee, and shall be paid by Sublessee to Sublessor within 30 days following receipt of a written estimate therefor.

 

C.                         Sublessee may inspect the progress of the construction of the Improvements from time to time upon reasonable advance notice. Sublessor shall allow the employees and contractors of Sublessee and of Quick International Courier, Inc., Sublessee’s permitted sub-sublessee, to access the Premises at least 2 weeks prior to the date of Substantial Completion to commence any wiring or installations that Sublessee and Quick International Courier, Inc. may desire to undertake prior to moving into the Premises, subject to the reasonable scheduling and coordination of all of such work by Sublessor’s construction manager.

 

5



 

9.                              Events of Default/Termination of Sublease

 

For purposes of this Sublease, an Event of Default shall include, in each case, written notice from Sublessor and a right to cure (i) within a 10-day period following notice of a default in payment or (ii) within a 30-day period following notice of a default other than a default in payment, provided that, with respect to defaults in payments, Sublessor shall not be required to give notice more than three (3) times during any twelve (12) month period during the term of this Sublease (with no more than one (1) notice in any month applying to such three (3) notice cap). If an Event of Default, as that term is defined in Section 22.1 of the Prime Lease, has occurred, Sublessor shall have the right to terminate this Sublease at any time by giving notice to Sublessee stating that this Sublease and the term hereof shall expire and terminate on the date specified in such notice, which date shall be not less than ten (10) Business Days after the giving of such notice, whereupon this Sublease and the term hereof and all rights of Sublessee under this Sublease shall expire and terminate as if the date specified in such notice were the date herein definitely fixed for the expiration of the term and Sublessee immediately shall quit and surrender the Premises. Upon such termination date, Sublessor, without notice to Sublessee, may, as permitted by law, re-enter and repossess the Premises and may dispossess Sublessee by summary proceedings or otherwise. No such termination or re-entry shall relieve Sublessee of any obligation under this Sublease including, without limitation, the payment of Base Rent and Additional Rent, except to the extent that such obligation can only be performed through continued occupancy of the Premises. Upon such re-entry and/or dispossess, (i) the rent shall become due and payable to the time of such re-entry and/or dispossess, together with such expenses as Sublessor may reasonably incur for attorney’s fees, brokerage, and/or putting the Premises in good order or preparing the same for re-rental (provided that, at Sublessor’s option, all such amounts of Base Rent and Additional Rent for the remaining term of the Sublease, discounted to present value at a rate of 6%, shall be immediately due and payable), (ii) Sublessor may re-let the Premises or any part or parts thereof, either in the name of Sublessor or otherwise, for a term or terms, which may at Sublessor’s option be less than or exceed the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the term of this Sublease and may grant concessions of free rent or charge a higher rental than in this Sublease, and/or (iii) Sublessee or Sublessee’s legal representative shall also pay Sublessor, in lieu of the accelerated rent above provided in clause (i) hereof and as liquidated damages for the failure of Sublessee to observe and perform Sublessee’s covenants herein contained, any deficiency between the rent hereby reserved and/or covenanted to be paid and the net amount, if any, of the rents collected on account of the lease or leases of the Premises for each month of the period which would otherwise have constituted the balance of the term of this Sublease. Sublessor shall reasonably endeavor to re-let the Premises or any parts thereof, provided that Sublessor need not favor the leasing of the Premises over the leasing of other space then available for lease in the Project, and further provided that so long as Sublessor has reasonably endeavored to re-let the Premises the failure of Sublessor to re-let the Premises or any part or parts thereof or to collect the rent under any such re-letting shall not release or affect Sublessee’s liability for damages. In no event shall Sublessee be entitled to receive any excess, if any, of such net rents collected over the sums payable by Sublessee to Sublessor hereunder. In computing such liquidated damages there shall be added to said deficiency such expenses as Sublessor may incur in connection with re-letting, such as legal expenses, attorney’s fees, brokerage, advertising and for keeping the Premises in good order or for preparing the Premises for re-letting. For the purpose of this Section 9 , it shall be deemed that the Additional Rent for any period after any such default and re-entry and/or dispossess by Sublessor would have been at the monthly rate thereafter equal to the highest Additional Rent which Sublessee was obligated to pay to Sublessor under this Sublease for any year of the term preceding the date of such re-entry and/or dispossess. Any such liquidated damages shall be paid in monthly installments by Sublessee on the rent day specified in this Sublease, and any suit brought to collect the amount of the deficiency for any month shall not prejudice in any way Sublessor’s right to collect the deficiency for any subsequent month by a similar proceeding.

 

10.                       Quiet Use and Enjoyment

 

Sublessor covenants that so long as Sublessee shall pay the Base Rent and Additional Rent due hereunder and shall duly perform all other terms, covenants and conditions of this Sublease on its part to be performed and observed, Sublessee shall peaceably and quietly have, hold and enjoy the Premises during the term hereof without disturbance by Sublessor or any party claiming by, through or under Sublessor, subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Prime Lease and this Sublease.

 

6



 

11.                       Security Deposit

 

Sublessee has deposited with Sublessor the sum of $60.000.00 (the “Security Deposit”) as security for the faithful performance and observance by Sublessee of the terms, provisions and conditions of this Sublease. The Security Deposit shall not bear interest. In the event Sublessee defaults in respect of any of the terms, provisions or conditions of this Sublease including, but not limited to, the payment of Base Rent or Additional Rent, Sublessor may use, apply or retain the whole or any part of the Security Deposit to the extent required for the payment of any Base Rent or Additional Rent or any other sum as to which Sublessee is in default or for any sum which Sublessor may expend or be required to expend by reason of Sublessee’s default including, but not limited to, any damage or deficiency in the re-letting of the Premises, whether such damage or deficiency accrued before or after summary proceedings or other re-entry by Sublessor. In the event that Sublessee shall fully and faithfully comply with all of the terms, provisions, covenants and conditions of this Sublease, the Security Deposit (less any Base Rent, Additional Rent or any other sum as to which Sublessee is in default or any sum which Sublessor shall have expended by reason of Sublessee’s default) shall be returned to Sublessee within thirty (30) days after the end of the Term and after Sublessee’s delivery of possession of the entire Premises to Sublessor. In the event of a transfer by Sublessor of Sublessor’s rights under the Prime Lease, Sublessor shall have the right to transfer the Security Deposit to the transferee and, upon such transfer of the Security Deposit, Sublessor shall be released by Sublessee from all liability for the return of the Security Deposit and Sublessee shall look solely to said transferee for the return of the Security Deposit. Sublessee shall not assign or encumber or attempt to assign or encumber the monies deposited hereunder as security and neither Sublessor nor its successors or assigns shall be bound by any such assignment, encumbrance, attempted assignment or attempted encumbrance.

 

12.                       Additional Rent

 

A.                                Sublessor shall have the same remedies for Sublessor’s failure to pay Additional Rent as for non-payment of Base Rent.

 

B.                                In addition to the Base Rent described in Section 5 hereof, Sublessee covenants and agrees to pay during the Term the following amounts as Additional Rent within five (5) Business Days after being billed therefor by Sublessor (unless same is to be paid directly by Sublessee to the entity responsible for collection):

 

(i)                   All applicable taxes levied on the operation of Sublessee’s business or use and occupancy of the Premises by Sublessee (including, but not limited to, any personal property taxes and applicable commercial rent and occupancy tax or sales tax):

 

(ii)                Sublessee shall pay for electric service for the Premises based on actual consumption, determined by submeter, at Con Edison SC-4 rates plus a five percent (6%) administrative surcharge. In no event shall Sublessee in any manner tie into or connect with any electrical lines or power sources serving any other party or premises without the express written consent of Sublessor (in Sublessor’s sole discretion); and

 

(iii)             Except as otherwise provided herein, where possible and provided such arrangement is acceptable to Sublessor, Sublessee shall arrange for and promptly pay to the suppliers thereof all other utilities and services required or supplied to the Premises in connection with Sublessee’s use of the Premises, including, but not limited to, telephone, cable and security, together with any taxes thereon.

 

13                          Repairs and Capital Expenditures

 

A.                                Sublessee shall accept the Premises as set forth in Section 8 and that, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Sublease, Sublessor shall have no obligation to (i) render or supply any services to Sublessee; (ii) make any repairs or alterations; or (iii) take any action that Prime Lessor has agreed to provide, make, comply with, or take, or cause to be provided, made, complied with or taken under the Prime Lease. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein. Sublessee, at its sole cost and expense, shall be responsible for capital expenditures that relate to repair and maintenance of any and all improvements to the Premises constructed by Sublessee or on behalf of Sublessee within or servicing the Premises. Sublessee

 

7



 

shall also be responsible for repair and maintenance of any improvements made pursuant to any of the foregoing capital expenditure requirements, any modifications or improvements Sublessee shall have made to the electric or plumbing systems within or servicing the Premises, and for any repair or maintenance required due to damage caused or work performed by Sublessee or its employees or agents (including independent contractors employed by Sublessee).

 

B.                                Except as otherwise provided in Section 13.A hereof, Sublessor shall be responsible for capital expenditures relating to construction and maintenance of the base Building structure and the providing of services to the Premises, including any HVAC units located on the roof and the office heating system connected to the main building boilers. Sublessor shall also be responsible for the repair and maintenance of the Building structure and systems including roof, floors, load-bearing walls and utility systems, except for any repair or maintenance required of Sublessee (as set forth above).

 

14.                  Assignment and Subletting

 

A.                                Sublessee, for itself, its heirs, distributees, executors, administrators, legal representatives, successors and assigns, expressly covenants that it shall not (i) assign, mortgage, or encumber this Sublease or any of its rights or estates hereunder, (ii) sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or (iii) suffer, or permit, the Premises, or any part thereof, to be used or occupied by others, without the prior written consent of Sublessor in each instance, which consent shall not he unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed. Sublessee shall reimburse Sublessor, as Additional Rent upon demand, for the costs and expenses incurred by Sublessor in connection with any proposed assignment or sublease, including, without limitation, reasonable legal costs incurred in connection with the granting of any requested consent. If this Sublease be assigned, or if the Premises or any part thereof be sublet or occupied by anybody other than Sublessee. Sublessor may, after default by Sublessee, collect rent from the assignee, subtenant or occupant, and apply the net amount collected to the Base Rent and Additional Rent herein reserved, but no such assignment, subletting, occupancy or collection shall be deemed a waiver of the provisions hereof, the acceptance of the assignee, subtenant, or occupant as Sublessee, or a release of Sublessee from the further performance by Sublessee of covenants on the part of Sublessee herein contained. Sublessor’s consent to an assignment or subletting shall not, in any way, be construed to relieve Sublessee from obtaining Sublessor’s express written consent to any further assignment or subletting. In no event shall any permitted sublessee assign or encumber its sublease, further sublet all or any portion of its sublet space, or otherwise suffer or permit the sublet space, or an part thereof, to be used or occupied by others, without Sublessor’s prior written consent in each instance.

 

B.                                Notwithstanding the provisions of paragraph 14.A, no prior approval of Sublessor shall be required as a condition to any of the following, and Sublessor shall not have the right to terminate all or any portion of the Sublease or otherwise recapture all or any portion of the Premises in connection with any of the following:

 

(i)                   the subletting of all or a portion of the Premises or assignment of the Sublease to any entity which is a parent or wholly-owned subsidiary of, or under common control with, Sublessee; provided, however, Sublessee shall give Sublessor written notice within 30 days after any such subSublease or assignment and shall furnish to Sublessor such information respecting such transaction as Sublessor may reasonably request, such as, but not limited to, satisfactory evidence as to the relationship as parent, affiliate or subsidiary of the subSublessee or assignee, and evidence as to its legal existence and corporate (or other) authority to enter into the subSublease or assignment; and

 

(ii)                any assignment of the Sublease that would occur as a result of a merger, consolidation or reorganization of Sublessee’s corporate or partnership (or other entity) structure or in connection with a sale of all or substantially all of the equity ownership interests or assets of Sublessee; provided, however, Sublessee shall give Sublessor written notice within 30 days after any such transaction and shall furnish to Sublessor such information respecting such transaction as Sublessor may reasonably request. such as. but not limited to, satisfactory evidence that the assignee is the successor to Sublessee or the purchaser of all or substantially all of Sublessee’s equity ownership interests or assets, and evidence as to the assignee’s legal existence and the assignee’s corporate (or other) authority to enter into the subject transaction; and

 

8



 

(iii)             any sublease of less than one-half (in the aggregate) of the rentable area of the Premises to Quick International Courier provided that the permitted use of the Premises by any such sublessee is solely for executive and administrative offices.

 

15.                       Alterations

 

A.                                Sublessee shall not make or cause, suffer or permit the making of any alteration, addition, change, replacement or installation, whether at the commencement of the term of this Sublease or thereafter, in or to the Premises (hereinafter referred to as “Sublessee’s Work”) without obtaining the prior written consent of Sublessor in each instance, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed: provided, however, notwithstanding the foregoing, Sublessee need only seek and obtain Sublessor’s consent if Sublessee’s Work will involve modification of the structure or utilities systems of the Premises or will cost more than $50,000.00 to complete, or require filing for a building permit with the NYC Building Department. With respect to any Sublessee’s Work. Sublessee shall (i) obtain Sublessor’s prior written consent to Sublessee’s contractors and subcontractors; (ii) submit to Sublessor, for Sublessor’s written approval, detailed plans and specifications (including layout, architectural, mechanical and structural drawings) for Sublessee’s Work. (iii) at Sublessee’s sole cost and expense, obtain all permits, approvals and certificates required by any governmental or quasi-governmental bodies. (iv) perform such Sublessee’s Work in accordance with all applicable laws, the construction procedures set forth in this Sublease, the Prime Lease as incorporated herein or such other procedures and rules and regulations (including the Operating Rules) as Sublessor shall determine; and (v) not allow Sublessee’s contractors and subcontractors to disrupt or materially interfere with Sublessor’s construction of its Lessee Improvements (as defined in the Prime Lease). Sublessee shall reimburse Sublessor for all reasonable out-of-pocket costs incurred by Sublessor in connection with Sublessor’s review of plans, drawings and specifications relating to Sublessee’s Work, Throughout the Term of this Sublease. Sublessee shall provide documentation to Sublessor (in the form of contractor’s invoices or other evidence reasonably satisfactory to Sublessor) evidencing the cost of all construction work performed at the Premises. Sublessee shall, at its expense, discharge any mechanic’s lien filed against the Premises or the Chelsea Piers for work claimed to have been done for, or materials claimed to have been furnished to, Sublessee within thirty (30) days after receipt of notice of the filing thereof, by payment or filing the bond required by law.  Upon completion of Sublessee’s Work, Sublessee, at Sublessee’s sole cost and expense, shall obtain certificates of final approval required by any governmental or quasi-governmental bodies and shall furnish to Sublessor with copies thereof together with copies of final “as-built” plans.

 

B.                                Prior to the commencement of construction of any Sublessee’s Work, Sublessee shall provide, or cause to be provided, and thereafter shall keep in full force and effect until final completion of such Sublessee’s Work, insurance coverage in types and amounts as are reasonably required by Sublessor, as customarily provided with respect to the type of construction being conducted, and which may include, without limitation, the following with respect to the Premises:

 

(i)                        comprehensive general liability insurance, naming the general contractor or construction manager as named insured and, as additional insured. Sublessee, Sublessor and Prime Lessor and its agencies and instrumentalities, such insurance to insure against liability for bodily injury and death and for property damage in such amount as may from time to time be reasonably determined by Sublessor on 30 days notice to Sublessee, such insurance to include operations premises liability, contractor’s protective liability on the operations of all subcontractors, completed operations of all subcontractors, completed operations (to be kept in force for not less than three years after substantial completion of such Sublessee’s Work), broad form contractual liability, a broad form comprehensive general liability endorsement providing blanket automatic contractual coverage including bodily injury to employees or others assumed by the insured under contract and, if the contractor is undertaking foundation, excavation or demolition work, an endorsement that such operations are covered and that the “XCU Exclusions” have been deleted:

 

(ii)                automobile liability insurance for all owned, non-owned, leased, rented and/or hired vehicles insuring against liability for bodily injury and death and for property damage in such amount as may from time to time be reasonably determined by Sublessor on 30

 

9



 

days notice to Sublessee, such insurance to name Sublessee as named insured and, as additional insured, Sublessor, Prime Lessor and its agencies and instrumentalities, and any general contractor or construction manager engaged by Sublessee;

 

(iii)                  workers’ compensation insurance providing statutory New York State benefits for all persons employed in connection with the construction at the Premises; and

 

(iv)                 all-risk builder’s risk insurance written on a 100% of completed value (nonreporting) basis with limits as may from time to time be reasonably determined by Sublessor on 30 days notice to Sublessee, naming, to the extent of their respective insurable interests in the Premises, Sublessee as named insured, and, as additional insured, Sublessor, Prime Lessor and its agencies and instrumentalities.

 

C.                                If, at any time, Sublessor determines that Sublessee’s construction of any Sublessee’s Work or any other construction work at the Premises materially interferes with the progress of Sublessor’s construction of its improvements at the Prime Lease Premises, Sublessee shall, upon its receipt of notice from Sublessor, promptly cause the construction contractor or subcontractor responsible for creating such interference to cease work at the Premises and Sublessee shall cooperate with Sublessor in taking all other actions reasonably necessary to discontinue such interference.

 

16.                  Operating Rules

 

It is acknowledged and agreed that Sublessor has Operating Rules for the Chelsea Piers and that Sublessee has received a copy of said Operating Rules (being the “Building Rules and Regulations” contained in the Building Tenant Manual of Chelsea Piers Management, last revised June 12, 2007, herein called the “Operating Rules”). The Operating Rules (as now or hereafter reasonably created or reasonably amended) are hereby incorporated herein by reference and shall form a part hereof. Sublessor may reasonably revise the Operating Rules from time to time in its sole discretion; provided, however, that no amendments or revisions of the Operating Rules may reduce the level of services provided by Sublessor to the Premises below the level of services contemplated in the Operating Rules in effect on the date of this Sublease. Sublessee shall comply with such rules including, without limitation, with regard to trash and debris removal and vehicle parking. Sublessor shall not enforce the Operating Rules in a discriminatory fashion. In the event of any conflict between Operating Rules and the provisions of this Sublease, the provisions of this Sublease shall control.

 

17.                  Signage

 

Sublessee shall not post or install any signs, advertisement, object, notice or lettering of any kind whatsoever at the Premises or the Prime Lease Premises without the prior written consent of Sublessor, which consent shall be in Sublessor’s sole discretion. All such signage shall be subject to Sublessor’s prior written approval, which approval shall be in Sublessor’s sole discretion, and all applicable laws. Building standard signage advertising Sublessee’s name and including Sublessee’s standard corporate logo will be allowed, at Sublessees’ cost, on the exterior of Pier 59 and adjacent to the entrance door of the Premises. Building standard signage advertising the name and including the standard corporate logo of Quick International Courier Inc. will be allowed, at the cost of Quick International Courier Inc., adjacent to the entrance door of the Premises. Sublessor will coordinate design, fabrication and installation of all of such signage.

 

18.                  Insurance

 

A.                                Sublessee shall provide and maintain in full force and effect during the term of this Sublease insurance coverage in the following types and amounts: (i) commercial general liability insurance in standard form with a combined single limit of Three Million Dollars ($3,000,000) , in favor of Sublessee, with Sublessor and Prime Lessor and its agencies and instrumentalities named as additional insureds, against claims for bodily injury and death and property damage occurring in or upon the Premises; (ii) property damage insurance and contents insurance insuring Sublessee’s furniture, furnishings, fixtures, equipment, improvements or appurtenances removable by Sublessee (hereinafter referred to in the aggregate as “Personalty”); (iii) workers’ compensation insurance providing statutory New York State benefits

 

10


 

as required by law for all persons employed by Sublessee at or in connection with the Premises; (iv) business interruption insurance in an amount not less than one year’s current rent; (v) automobile liability insurance for all owned, non-owned, leased, rented and/or hired vehicles insuring against liability for bodily injury and death and property damage in a minimum limit of One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) combined single limit per occurrence; and (vi) such other insurance against such other insurable hazards as at the time is required to be carried by all other office sublessees at Chelsea Piers under the terms of their subleases with Sublessor. With respect to Sublessee’s insurance of its Personalty, Sublessee acknowledges that Sublessor will not carry insurance on Sublessee’s Personalty and agrees that Sublessor will not be obligated to repair any damage thereto or replace the same for any reason whatsoever. Sublessor and Prime Lessor and its agencies and instrumentalities (and, at Sublessor’s option, any future owner or managing agent of property) shall be named as additional insured under each liability policy required hereunder.

 

B.                                All insurance shall be issued by a reputable insurance carrier rated A-/VIII or better by Best’s Insurance Guide (or a comparable rating under the system of a successor rating service). Prior to the Commencement Date, Sublessee shall provide to Sublessor certificate(s) of insurance demonstrating satisfaction of the requirements of this Section 18. All certificates of insurance shall provide that Owner shall receive 30 days’ prior written notice of cancellation or any change of said policies by certified mail, return receipt requested.

 

19.                  Security

 

Sublessor shall provide security for portions of the Chelsea Piers, including parking lots, as Sublessor in its sole discretion deems adequate.  Notwithstanding Sublessor’s agreement to provide such security services, Sublessee acknowledges and agrees that Sublessor shall have no liability to Sublessee for the safety of Sublessee and its employees, agents, customers, invitees, visitors or licensees, or the care or protection of any personal property (including, but not limited to, any vehicles) of Sublessee or its employees, agents, customers, invitees, visitors, or licensees or for any loss, damage, or destruction of any kind or nature to any such personal property, except to the extent such matters arise from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Sublessor.

 

20.                  Casualty/Condemnation

 

A.                                If the Premises are partially or totally damaged or destroyed by tire or other casualty. Sublessee shall have no right to terminate this Sublease and this Sublease shall not be terminated by reason of such casualty unless the Prime Lease is terminated by Sublessor or Prime Lessor pursuant to the provisions of the Prime Lease. Any termination provided for in this Section 20A shall be effective on a date specified in such notice, which date shall be not less than 3 or more than 30 days after such notice is given.

 

B.                                Notwithstanding the foregoing provision to the contrary, in the event of any of the following, either Sublessor or Sublessee shall have the right to terminate this Sublease effective as of the date of damage by giving written notice thereof to Sublessee no later than 180 days following Sublessor’s first receipt of notification of such damage: (1) substantial damage to or destruction of the Premises by casualty within the last year of the Term (substantial damage herein defined as damage of such a character as to require more than 180 days to repair from the date of the casualty); (2) damage to the Premises or Prime Lease Premises as a result of a risk not covered by Sublessor’s insurance; (3) damage to the Prime Lease Premises equaling or exceeding 50% percent of the monetary value thereof; (4) damage to the Chelsea Piers or any part thereof to the extent that Sublessor shall have the right to elect and does elect to terminate the Prime Lease with respect to the portion of the Prime Lease Premises that includes the Premises. In the event Sublessor elects to repair or restore the damage, Sublessor shall diligently pursue such repair or restoration and, to the extent that such damage was not caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Sublessee, its agents, employees, suppliers, licenses or invitees, then, following application of Sublessee’s business interruption insurance, as required by Section 18, the Base Rent and Additional Rent shall be reduced, during the period commencing with the date of damage and ending with the date of substantial completion of the repairs or restoration work required of Sublessor, based upon the square footage of the Subleased Premises not usable by Sublessee during that period,  as reasonably determined by Sublessor. In addition to the foregoing provisions, if following any damage or destruction of the Premises.  (i) it shall be

 

11



 

determined by an independent professional reasonably satisfactory to both parties that the Premises cannot be restored within one hundred twenty (120) days from the date of the casualty to a condition that would enable Sublessee to operate its business within the Premises, then either party shall have the right to terminate this Sublease by giving notice to the other within 10 Business Days of the date of receipt of such determination; or (ii) it shall be determined by an independent professional reasonably satisfactory to both parties that the Premises can be restored within one hundred eighty (180) days from the date of the casualty to a condition that would enable Sublessee to operate its business within the Premises but, in fact, the Premises is not restored to such condition within such time period, then in either such event either party shall have the right to terminate this Sublease by giving notice to the other within 10 Business Days after the expiration of such one hundred eighty (180) day period.

 

C.                                If the Premises are partially or totally damaged by fire or other casualty and this Sublease does not terminate, then, Sublessor shall promptly and diligently restore the Premises. To the extent that Sublessee is not able to reasonably operate its business at the Premises as a result of any such casualty, Sublessor shall use reasonable efforts to provide Sublessee with reasonably equivalent facilities for such operation at the Prime Lease Premises for Sublessee’s use during any period when Sublessee is not so able to reasonably operate its business at the Premises. If the value of such reasonably equivalent facilities for the operation of Sublessee’s business is less than the value of the Premises for the operation of Sublessee’s business, then the parties shall agree in good faith to an adjustment in the Base Rent. Any dispute as to such value may be submitted by either party to arbitration in accordance with the provisions of Article 32 of the Prime Lease. To the extent that Sublessor shall not provide Sublessee with such reasonably equivalent facilities, then, following application of Sublessee’s business interruption insurance, as required by Section 18, Sublessee shall receive a proportionate abatement of Base Rent and Additional Rent for such casualty, to the extent that Sublessee is no longer able to operate its business at the Premises.

 

D.                                If the Prime Lease is terminated as the result of a taking of all or any portion of the Prime Lease Premises by condemnation (or deed in lieu thereof), this Sublease shall likewise terminate. In such event, Sublessee shall have no claim to any share of the award, except to tile a claim for the value of its fixtures or for moving expenses. In the event Sublessee does not or is unable to claim for trade fixtures, Sublessor may make a claim in the name of Sublessee, as agent for Sublessee, in addition to or as a part of a claim for trade fixtures installed or paid for by Sublessor and Sublessor and Sublessee agree to share in the award or settlement in accordance with the amounts awarded or paid for items installed by each. The foregoing shall be self-operative without the necessity of the execution of any further instruments.

 

E.                                 In case or a taking which does not result in a termination (as provided in Section 20C above), the rights and obligations of the parties shall be determined as set forth in Section 20B above, with condemnation proceeds considered in the same fashion as insurance proceeds.

 

F.                                  Sublessee waives the provisions of Section 227 of the New York Real Property Law, which is superseded by the provisions of this Sublease.

 

21.                       Exterminating Services

 

Sublessee shall, at its expense, provide any necessary exterminating services for the Premises.

 

22.                       Indemnity

 

A.                                Sublessee shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Sublessor, Prime Lessor and its successors and assigns (as lessor) from and against any and all losses, costs, damages, expenses and liabilities, including, without limitation, reasonable attorney’s fees, disbursements and court costs, which Sublessor may incur or pay out by reason of (i) any accidents, damages, losses of life or injuries to persons or property occurring in, on or about the Premises or arising from or out of the occupancy or use by Sublessee of the Premises or Prime Lease Premises to the extent caused by Sublessee or Sublessee’s employees, agents, contractors, invitees or licensees, (except to the extent that the same shall have been caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Sublessor or Prime Lessor or their respective employees, agents or

 

12



 

contractors), (ii) any breach or default hereunder on Sublessee’s part, (iii) any work done in or to the Premises (except for any work done by or for Sublessor) or (iv) any negligent act or omission or negligence on the part of Sublessee and/or its officers, employees, agents, customers or invitees, or any person claiming through or under Sublessee.

 

B.                                Sublessor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless Sublessee and its successors and assigns (as sublessee) from and against any and all losses, costs, damages, expenses and liabilities, including, without limitation, reasonable attorney’s fees, disbursements and court costs, which Sublessee may incur or pay out by reason of the negligence or willful misconduct of Sublessor or its employees, agents or contractors.

 

23.                       Releases

 

A.                                Sublessee hereby releases Prime Lessor under the Prime Lease or anyone claiming through or under Prime Lessor under the Prime Lease by way of subrogation or otherwise to the extent that Sublessor released Prime Lessor under the Prime Lease and/or Prime Lessor under the Prime Lease was relieved of liability or responsibility pursuant to the provisions of the Prime Lease and Sublessee will cause its insurance carriers to include any clauses or endorsements in favor of Prime Lessor under the Prime Lease which Sublessor is required to provide pursuant to the provisions of the Prime Lease.

 

B.                                Sublessor shall include in its insurance policies appropriate clauses pursuant to which the insurance companies (i) waive all right of subrogation against Sublessee with respect to losses payable under such policies and/or (ii) agree that such policy or policies shall not be invalidated should the insured waive in writing prior to a loss any or all right of recovery against any party for losses covered by such policy or policies. To the extent of the waiver included in Sublessor’s insurance policies, Sublessor hereby waives any and all right of recovery which it might otherwise have against Sublessee, its agents and employees.

 

C.                                Sublessee shall include in its insurance policies appropriate clauses pursuant to which the insuring companies (i) waive all right of subrogation against Sublessor with respect to losses payable under such policies and/or (ii) agree that such policy or policies shall not be invalidated should the insured waive in writing or prior to a loss any or all right of recovery against any party for losses covered by such policy or policies. To the extent of the waiver included in Sublessee’s insurance policies, Sublessee hereby waives any and all right of recovery which it might otherwise have against Sublessor, its agents and employees.

 

24.                       Right to Cure Sublessee’s Defaults

 

If Sublessee shall at any time fail to make any payment or perform any other obligation of Sublessee hereunder, and such failure is not cured by Sublessee within the applicable notice and cure period provided under this Sublease with respect to an Event of Default, then Sublessor shall have the right, but not the obligation, alter 10 days’ notice to Sublessee, or without notice to Sublessee in the case of any emergency, and without waiving or releasing Sublessee from any obligations of Sublessee hereunder, to make such payment or perform such other obligation of Sublessee in such manner and to such extent as Sublessor shall deem necessary, and in exercising any such right, to pay reasonable attorneys’ fees, disbursements and court costs, provided that, Sublessor shall not have the right to undertake such cure if the failure, by its nature, requires more than 10 days to cure and Sublessee shall promptly (within such period) commence such cure and diligently proceed to completion. Sublessee shall pay to Sublessor upon demand all sums so paid by Sublessor and all incidental costs and expenses of Sublessor in connection therewith.

 

25.                       Limitation on Sublessor’s Liability

 

Sublessor, its officers, directors, shareholders, members, partners, and principals, shall have no personal liability under this Sublease. Sublessee shall look only to Sublessor’s estate and interest in the Prime Lease (or the net proceeds thereof including, without limitation, insurance proceeds relating thereto) for the satisfaction of Sublessee’s remedies for the collection of a judgment (or other judicial process) requiring the payment of money by Sublessor in the event of any default hereunder by Sublessor and no other property or assets of Sublessor or its partners, officers, directors, shareholders, partners or principals, shall he subject to lien, levy,

 

13



 

execution or other enforcement procedure for the satisfaction of Sublessee’s remedies under or with respect to this Sublease, the relationship of Sublessor and Sublessee hereunder or Sublessee’s use or occupancy of the Premises. If Sublessee shall acquire a lien on such other property or assets by judgment or otherwise, Sublessee shall promptly release such lien by executing and delivering to Sublessor any instrument, prepared by Sublessor, required for such lien to be released.

 

26.                       Parking

 

A.             Except as specifically provided in this Section 26, Sublessee shall not, without obtaining the prior consent of Sublessor, park or permit any of Sublessee’s invitees, employees, agents or contractors to park any vehicles in any location within the Prime Lease Premises. If Sublessee or its invitees, employees, agents or contractors park any vehicles in violation of the preceding sentence. Sublessor shall have the right to tow away any such vehicles, without notice to Sublessee, and at the sole risk and expense of Sublessee. Any costs incurred by Sublessee in connection with or arising from such unauthorized parking and/or the towing away of such vehicles shall be deemed Additional Rent and shall be due and payable within fifteen (15) days after being billed therefore. Open parking shall he available to Sublessee’s invitees, employees, agents and contractors at the prevailing parking facility rates and on a first-come first-served basis along with any other user.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, throughout the Term Sublessee employees may obtain a parking pass through the Chelsea Piers Parking Office at a rate equal to 50% of the regular monthly rate (current regular rate is $400/month) for a 15-hour/day limited monthly parking pass. Discounted parking passes shall only be available for employee commutation. Upon request of Sublessor, Sublessee will verify employment status of employees purchasing discounted parking pass. Sublessee’s employees shall park in the Pier 59 parking area or another parking area designated by Sublessor that is reasonably proximate to the Premises.

 

27.                       Performance By Sublessor

 

Any obligation of Sublessor which is contained in this Sublease by the incorporation by reference of the provisions of the Prime Lease may be observed or performed by Sublessor using its commercially reasonable efforts to cause Prime Lessor under the Prime Lease to observe and/or perform the same, and Sublessor shall have a reasonable time to enforce its rights to cause such observance or performance. Sublessee shall not in any event have any rights in respect of the Premises greater than Sublessor’s rights under the Prime Lease. Notwithstanding any provision of this Sublease to the contrary, as to obligations of the Prime Lessor contained in this Sublease by the incorporation by reference of the provisions of the Prime Lease, Sublessor shall not be required to make any payment or perform any obligation, and Sublessor shall have no liability to Sublessee for any matter whatsoever, except for Sublessor’s obligation to pay the rent and additional rent due under the Prime Lease and for Sublessor’s obligation to use reasonable efforts, upon request of Sublessee, to cause Prime Lessor under the Prime Lease to observe and/or perform its obligations under the Prime Lease. Sublessor shall not be responsible for any failure or interruption, for any reason whatsoever, of the services or facilities supplied at the Premises by Prime Lessor under the Prime Lease or otherwise; and except as herein otherwise expressly provided no failure to furnish, or interruption of, any such services or facilities shall give rise to any (i) abatement, diminution or reduction of Sublessee’s obligations under this Sublease, (ii) constructive eviction, whether in whole or in part or (iii) liability on the party of Sublessor.

 

28.                       No Breach of Prime Lease

 

Sublessee shall not do or permit to be done any act or thing which may constitute a breach or violation of any term, covenant or condition of the Prime Lease by the tenant thereunder, whether or not such act or thing is permitted under the provisions of this Sublease.

 

29.                       Notices

 

Wherever it is provided in this Sublease that a notice, demand, request, consent, approval or other communication shall or may he given to or served upon either of the parties by

 

14



 

the other, and wherever either party wishes to give or serve upon the other any notice, demand, request, consent, approval or other communication with respect hereto or to the Premises, each such notice, demand, request, consent, approval or other communication shall be in writing and, any law or statute to the contrary notwithstanding, shall be effective for any purpose if given or served as follows:

 

(i)                   if by Sublessor, by hand, overnight or carrier or courier delivery, against a receipt, or by mailing the same by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed to Sublessee at the Premises or to any other address as Sublessee may hereafter designate by notice to Sublessor.

 

Before commencement date:

2tor Inc.

30 East 23 rd  Street, 12 th  Floor

New York, NY 10010

 

After commencement date:

2tor Inc.

Pier 59

Chelsea Piers

New York, NY 10011

 

With copy to:

Todd Glassman, Esq.

Obermayer Rebmann Maxwell & Hippel LLP

1617 JFK Blvd., 19 th Floor

Philadelphia, PA 19103

 

(ii)                if by Sublessee, by hand, overnight carrier or courier delivery, against a receipt, or by mailing the same by certified mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, addressed to Sublessor at:

 

Chelsea Piers Management Inc.

Pier 62, Room 300

West 23rd Street & Hudson River

New York, New York 10011

Attention: David A. Tewksbury

 

or to any other address as Sublessor may hereafter designate by notice to Sublessee.

 

30.                                Entry to Premises

 

Sublessor shall have the right to enter the Premises at all reasonable times and, except in the case of emergencies, upon reasonable advance notice for the purposes of: (i) inspecting the same, (ii) making any repairs to the Premises and performing any work therein that may be necessary or desirable, (iii) exhibiting the Premises for the purpose of sale, ground lease, mortgage or other financing or (iv) exhibiting the Premises to prospective tenants. Except as required in the case of emergencies, any such entry to the Premises by Sublessor shall be conducted in a manner that does not unreasonably interfere with Sublessee’s operation at the Premises.

 

31.                                Miscellaneous Provisions

 

A.                           Interpretation .   Irrespective of the place of execution or performance, this Sublease shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York. If any provision of this Sublease or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, for any reason and to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder

 

15


 

of this Sublease and the application of that provision to other persons or circumstances shall not be affected but rather shall be enforced to the extent permitted by law. The table of contents, captions, headings and titles, if any, in this Sublease are solely for convenience of reference and shall not affect its interpretation. This Sublease shall be construed without regard to any presumption or other rule requiring construction against the party causing this Sublease to be drafted. If any words or phrases in this Sublease shall have been stricken out or otherwise eliminated, whether or not any other words or phrases have been added, this Sublease shall be construed as if the words or phrases so stricken out or otherwise eliminated were never included in this Sublease and no implication or inference shall be drawn from the fact that said words or phrases were so stricken out or otherwise eliminated. Each covenant, agreement, obligation or other provision of this Sublease shall be deemed and construed as a separate and independent covenant of the party bound by, undertaking or making same, not dependent on any other provision of this Sublease unless otherwise expressly provided in this Sublease. All terms and words used in this Sublease, regardless of the number or gender in which they are used, shall be deemed to include any other number and any other gender as the context may require. The word “person” as used in this Sublease shall mean a natural person, a partnership, a corporation or any other form of business or legal association or entity.

 

B.                           Holdover

 

(i)                   It is expressly understood by Sublessee that Sublessee’s right to possession of the Premises under this Sublease shall terminate at the expiration or earlier termination of the term, and should Sublessee continue thereafter to remain in possession, Sublessor, should it so elect, shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of law with respect to summary recovery of possession from a holdover tenant. Sublessee shall indemnify and save harmless Sublessor from any claim, damage, expense, cost or loss which Sublessor may incur by reason of such holding over including, without limitation, any claim of a succeeding tenant, or any loss by Sublessor with respect to a lost opportunity to re-let the Premises.

 

(ii)                Should Sublessee continue to occupy the Premises after the expiration or earlier termination of the term with or without the consent of Sublessor, then, unless otherwise agreed by Sublessor, Sublessee, at the option of Sublessor, shall be deemed to be occupying the Premises as a tenant from month to month at a monthly rental equal to the greater of (i) the fair market rental value of the Premises for such month (as reasonably determined by Sublessor) or (ii) one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the sum of (1 ) the monthly installment of Base Rent payable during the last month of the term and (2) one-twelfth (1/12 th ) of any Additional Rent payable during the last year of the term, subject to all of the other terms of this Sublease insofar as the same are applicable to a month-to-month tenancy.

 

C.                           Sublessor’s Changes and Additions . Sublessor hereby reserves the right at any time, and from time to time, (i) to make alterations or additions to the Building in which the Premises are located, (ii) to construct or alter other improvements on and to enlarge the Prime Lease Premises, (iii) to install, maintain, use, repair and replace ducts, wires, pipes and conduits passing though or under the Premises serving other parts (now existing or hereafter added) of the Prime Lease Premises so long as the rentable area and utility of the Premises are not thereby diminished, (iv) to sell or lease any part or Sublessor’s interest in the Prime Lease Premises, and (v) to relocate the various parking areas and other common areas; provided, however, that there shall not he caused thereby any material obstruction of Sublessee’s right of access to the Premises or any material interference with Sublessee’s use of the Premises for the purpose hereinabove set forth, or with Sublessee’s parking privileges contained in this Sublease.

 

D.                           Survival of Sublessee’s Obligations . Any sums due Sublessor from Sublessee that by the terms herein would be payable, or are incapable of calculation, until after the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease shall survive and remain continuing obligations until paid.

 

E.                            Effect of Sublessor’s Notice to Terminate . Any right on the part of Sublessor or Sublessee to terminate this Sublease, as provided for elsewhere in this Sublease, shall, when exercised, require no further act, to the end that at the expiration of the applicable time period, if any, contained in the particular termination provision, this Sublease and the term hereunder shall end and expire as fully and completely as if such termination date was the date

 

16



 

herein definitely fixed for the end and expiration of this Sublease and the term hereof, and upon such date Sublessee shall quit and surrender the Premises to Sublessor.

 

F.                             Sublessee Authorized To Do Business . Sublessee represents, warrants and covenants that it is, upon the date of execution, and throughout the term of this Sublease it shall be, authorized to do business and in good standing in the State of New York. Sublessee agrees to furnish to Sublessor, upon request, evidence of authority for entering into this Sublease.

 

G.                           Execution in Counterparts . This Sublease may be executed in one or more counterparts, any one or all of which shall constitute but one agreement.

 

H.                          Complete Agreement . This Sublease contains and embraces the entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the matters contained herein, and it or any part of it may not be changed, altered, modified, limited, terminated, or extended orally or by any agreement between the parties unless such agreement is in writing and signed by the parties hereto, their legal representatives, successors or assigns. Sublessee acknowledges and agrees that neither Sublessor nor any representative of Sublessor nor any broker has made any representation to or agreement with Sublessee relating to the Premises, this Sublease or the Prime Lease Premises which is not contained in the express terms of this Sublease. Sublessee acknowledges and agrees that Sublessee’s execution and delivery of this Sublease is based upon Sublessee’s independent investigation and analysis of the business potential and expenses represented by this Sublease, and Sublessee hereby expressly waives any and all claims or defenses by Sublessee against the enforcement of this Sublease which are based upon allegations of representations, projections, estimates, understandings or agreements by Sublessor or any representative of Sublessor that are not contained in the express terms of this Sublease.

 

I.                               Arbitration . Any controversy or claim arising from or relative to any matter in connection with this Sublease, with reference to which this Sublease shall expressly provide that this paragraph governs, shall be settled by arbitration in the City of New York, State of New York, in accordance with the rules of the American Arbitration Association or its successor organization, and judgment upon the award rendered by the arbitrator or arbitrators may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof.

 

J.                               Execution of Sublease by Sublessor . The submission of this document for examination and negotiation does not constitute an offer to lease, or a reservation of, or option for, the Premises, and this document shall be effective and binding only upon the execution and delivery hereof by both Sublessor and Sublessee.

 

K.                          Consents and Approvals . In any instance when Sublessor’s consent or approval is required under this Sublease, Sublessor’s refusal to consent to or approve any matter shall be deemed reasonable if such consent or approval is required under the Prime Lease and has not been obtained from Prime Lessor under the Prime Lease. Sublessor shall use reasonable efforts to obtain any such consent or approval under the Prime Lease. If Sublessee shall seek the approval by or consent of Sublessor and Sublessor shall fail or refuse to give such consent or approval, Sublessee shall not be entitled to any damages for any withholding or delay of such approval or consent by Sublessor, it being intended that Sublessee’s sole remedy shall be an action for injunction or specific performance and that said remedy of an action for injunction or specific performance shall be available only in those cases where Sublessor shall have expressly agreed in writing not to unreasonably withhold or delay its consent.

 

L.                            No Privity of Estate . Except as may otherwise expressly be provided in the Prime Lease, nothing contained in this Sublease shall be construed to create privity of estate or of contract between Sublessee and Prime Lessor under the Prime Lease.

 

M.                        Damage by Other Sublessees . Sublessor shall not be responsible to Sublessee or to those claiming by, through or under Sublessee for any damage that may have been occasioned by or through the acts or omissions, negligent or otherwise, of persons occupying adjoining premises or any part of the premises adjacent to or connecting with the Premises or any part of the Chelsea Piers, or otherwise, or for any loss or damage resulting to Sublessee or Sublessee’s agents, employees or invitees or those claiming by, through or under Sublessee, or it or their property, from the bursting, stopping or leaking of sprinklers or of vapor,

 

17



 

gas, sewer or steam pipes, unless caused by the negligence or willful misconduct of Sublessor or its employees, agents or contractors.

 

N.                           Protection of Names and Marks . Sublessor and Sublessee recognize that use of the other’s identifying names, marks, and logos in advertising for the Chelsea Piers, or any part thereof, whether or not required or permitted herein, shall be subject to the prior written approval of the other, shall not create any rights of use in favor of either, other than as specifically permitted herein and shall cease at any time upon either’s direction and, in any event, shall cease upon termination of this Sublease.

 

O .                           Waiver of Trial By Jury . Sublessee and Sublessor each waives trial by jury in any action, proceeding, or counterclaim brought by Sublessor or Sublessee against the other on any matters whatsoever arising out of or connected with this Sublease, the relationship of sublessor and sublessee, Sublessee’s use of or occupancy of the Premises, and any emergency or statutory remedy.

 

P .                             Hazardous Materials . Sublessee shall not cause, direct, suffer or permit Sublessee or any of its agents, contractors, employees, licensees or invitees, to use, handle, manufacture, store or dispose of in or about the Premises or the Chelsea Piers (i) any substance subject to regulation by or under any federal, state or local laws or ordinances relating to the protection of the environment or the storage, use or disposition of environmentally hazardous materials, substances, or wastes, presently in effect or hereafter adopted, all amendments to any of them, and all rules and regulations issued pursuant thereto (collectively “ Environmental Laws ”) or ( ii) any flammables, explosives, radioactive materials, hazardous wastes or materials, toxic wastes or materials, or other similar substances, petroleum products or derivatives ((i) and (ii) collectively “ Hazardous Materials ”); nor shall Sublessee suffer or permit any Hazardous Materials to be used in any manner other than in compliance with Environmental Laws. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and subject to Sublessor’s prior consent, Sublessee may handle, store, use or dispose of products containing small quantities of Hazardous Materials (such as toner for copiers, paints, paint remover and the like) to the extent customary and necessary for the use of the Premises for general office purposes; provided that Sublessee shall always handle, store, use, and dispose of such Hazardous Materials in a safe and lawful manner and shall prevent such Hazardous Materials from contaminating the Premises, the Chelsea Piers and/or appurtenant land or the environment (the foregoing being “Sublessee’s Environmental Covenant”). Sublessee shall indemnify and hold each and all of Sublessor, Sublessor’s manager, officers, directors, agents, affiliates, contractors and employees harmless from and against any and all loss, claims, liability or costs (including court costs and attorney’s fees) incurred by reason of any breach by Sublessee or any of Sublessee’s employees, agents or contractors of Sublessee’s Environmental Covenant. Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) in no event shall Sublessee have any liability hereunder on account of Hazardous Materials that were present in the Premises or the Building prior to the date of this Lease, and (b) Sublessor shall indemnify and hold harmless Sublessee from and against any and all claims, lawsuits, liabilities, losses, damages and expenses (including without limitation cleanup costs and reasonable attorney’s fees) arising out of the presence of Hazardous Materials in, on or under the Premises or the Building unless present as a result of the acts of Sublessee or its contractors, agents, employees or invitees. Sublessor’s warrants that Sublessor has no actual knowledge of the existence of any Hazardous Materials.

 

Q.                           Broker . Each of Sublessor and Sublessee represents and warrants that it has not dealt with no real estate consultant other than CB Richard Ellis (“Broker”), in connection with this Sublease, and that insofar as it knows, no other broker negotiated this Sublease or is entitled to any fee or payment in connection herewith. Each of Sublessor and Sublessee shall indemnify, defend and save the other harmless from and against all claims for tees or brokerage commissions from anyone other than the Broker with whom the indemnifying party has dealt in connection with the Premises or this Sublease. Sublessor agrees to pay Broker a $29,760 consulting fee in accordance with the terms of a separate agreement between Sublessor and Broker. The covenants, representations and agreements of the parties set forth herein shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease.

 

R.                           Estoppel Certificates . From time to time, within 10 Business Days next following Sublessor’s request, Sublessee shall deliver to Sublessor a written statement executed and acknowledged by Sublessee, in form reasonably satisfactory to Sublessor, (a) stating that this Sublease is then in full force and effect and has not been modified (or if modified, setting forth

 

18



 

all modifications), (b) setting forth the date to which the Base Rent, Additional Rent and other charges hereunder have been paid, together with the amount of monthly Base Rent then payable, (c) stating whether or not, to the best knowledge of Sublessee, Sublessor is in default under this Sublease, and, if Sublessor is in default, setting forth the specific nature of all such defaults, (d) stating the amount of the security deposit under this Sublease, (e) stating whether there are any subleases affecting the Premises, (f) stating the address of Sublessee to which all notices and communication under this Sublease shall be sent and (g) certifying as to any other factual matters reasonably requested by Sublessor.

 

S.                                  Sublessor Services . Sublessor shall provide the following services:

 

(i)                             Perimeter Heating . Sublessor shall furnish perimeter heat to the north and south sides of the Premises during business hours on Business Days from November 1 st  until April 30 th .

 

(ii)                          HVAC System . Sublessor shall provide regular service and maintenance (including replacement if required) to the Mitsubishi heating and air conditioning system installed within the Premises at Sublessor’s sole cost and expense. Sublessee shall be responsible for the utility costs associated with operating said heating and air conditioning system and for the cost of any repairs (including replacement if required) or service that are required as a result of Sublessee’s misuse of said systems.

 

(iii)                       Water . Sublessor shall supply reasonable quantities of hot and cold water to a point or points on the floor of which the Premises are a part, for ordinary drinking, cleaning and lavatory purposes. If Sublessee requires, uses or consumes water for any other purpose, Sublessor may install a water meter and measure Sublessee’s water consumption for all purposes. In such event, Sublessee shall pay Sublessor for the cost of the meter and its installation thereof, as Additional Rent upon rendering of bills, keep such meter and installation in good working order and repair, at Sublessee’s sole cost and expense, and pay to Sublessor for water consumed, as shown on said meter.

 

(iv)                      Cleaning .         Provided that Sublessee’s use of the Premises is consistent with that of regular office use (e.g. no extraordinary food prep/service, data processing, etc.), Sublessor shall clean premises in accordance with the specification and cost (2010 rate) set forth on Exhibit C. Sublessor and its cleaning contractor and their employees shall have access to the Premises, and shall have the use of Sublessee’s light, power and water in the Premises, without charge therefor, as may reasonably be required for the purposes of cleaning the Premises. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Sublessee may elect, upon at least sixty (60) days advance written notice to Sublessor, to contract directly for cleaning services within the Premises with a cleaning contractor of Sublessee’s choice and at Sublessee’s expense, so long as the scope of such services is at least equal to that set forth in Exhibit C. During such period as Sublessee is contracting directly with a third party contractor for cleaning services within the Premises, Sublessor shall neither provide nor charge Sublessee for cleaning services within the Premises.

 

T.                            Surrender . Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Sublease, Sublessee shall remove all of its personal property, furniture, furnishing and movable equipment. All fixtures, installations or alterations (including, without limitation, Sublessee’s Work) in and to the Premises which are permanently affixed to the Premises shall become a part of the Premises at the time of their installation and remain upon and be surrendered with the Premises as a part thereof.

 

U.                           Sports Center Health Club Memberships . During the Sublease Term, employees of 2tor, Inc. and Quick International Courier shall have the opportunity to join the fitness center in the Sports Center at Chelsea Piers in a discounted and subsidized corporate membership program as detailed on Exhibit D.

 

[The remainder of this page is intentionally left blank.]

 

19



 

V.                           Untenantability . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary elsewhere in this Sublease, if the Premises is rendered untenantable (as evidenced by Sublessee ceasing to conduct business therein) for more than three (3) consecutive Business Days due to either (i) any failure of Sublessor to provide any service that Sublessor is required to provide under this Sublease due to a matter within Sublessor’s control or (ii) any work being performed in or about the Premises by Sublessor or its employees, agents or contractors, then, as Sublessee’s sole and exclusive remedy for such untenantability, and provided that Sublessee has given Sublessor at least three (3) Business Days’ advance written notice of Sublessee’s intent to vacate the Premises and abate Base Rent hereunder if tenantability is not restored, payments of Base Rent shall be abated on a per diem basis commencing on the fourth (4 th ) consecutive Business Day of such untenantability and continuing thereafter for the duration of such untenantability.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Sublessor and Sublessee have executed this Sublease as of the day and year first above written.

 

 

CHELSEA PIERS L.P.

 

 

 

 

By:

Chelsea Piers Management Inc.,
General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ David A. Tewksbury

 

 

David A. Tewksbury
Executive Vice President

 

 

 

 

 

2TOR, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rob Cohen

 

 

Name:

Rob Cohen

 

 

Title:

CFO

 

20


 

STATE OF NEW YORK

)

 

)

ss.:

COUNTY OF NEW YORK

)

 

On the 16 th  day of November in the year 2009, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said state, personally appeared David A. Tewksbury, personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he executed the same in his capacity, and that by his signature on the instrument, the individual, or the person upon behalf of which the individual acted, executed the instrument.

 

 

My Commission Expires:

5-18-11

 

/s/ Paul Rindone

 

Notary Public

(Affix Notarial Stamp)

 

 

Paul Rindone

Notary Public, State of N.Y.

No. 24 - 4894450

Qualified in Kings Co.

Comm. expires 5-8-11

 

STATE OF NEW YORK

)

 

)

ss.:

COUNTY OF NEW YORK

)

 

On the 16 th  day of November in the year 2009, before me, the undersigned, a Notary Public in and for said state, personally appeared Robert C. Cohen personally known to me or proved to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual whose name is subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she executed the same in his/her capacity, and that by his/her signature on the instrument, the individual, or the person upon behalf of which the individual acted, executed the instrument.

 

 

My Commission Expires:

5-18-11

 

/s/ Paul Rindone

 

Notary Public

(Affix Notarial Stamp)

 

 

Paul Rindone

Notary Public, State of N.Y.

No. 24 - 4894450

Qualified in Kings Co.

Comm. expires 5-8-11

 

21



 

Exhibit A

 

Floor Plan of Premises

 

 

22



 

Exhibit B

 

Floor Plan and Work Specification

 

1.               Demolition and Carting — all demolition and carting for the work shown on Construction Plan A-001 are included.

 

2.               Painting — all painting of the new drywall, doors, and frames are included. Patching and painting of damaged areas of existing walls is included. All steel to remain silver and other existing walls to remain white.

 

3.               Hollow Metal and Hardware —Hollow metal frames, doors and hardware for all new doors indicated on Construction Plan A001 are included. All conference room and entry doors shall be hollow metal with full glass panel.

 

4.               Millwork- wall mounted and floor mounted wood bookcases are included as shown on Furniture Plan A-004 and the Elevations shown on Plan A-005. Chelsea Piers Management will bear the cost and expense for the initial 320 square feet of bookcases. 2tor shall reimburse Chelsea Piers Management for furnishing and installing bookcases in excess of 320 square feet. Rod and shelf in two (2) coat closets are included. Install plastic laminate pantry cabinets six (6) feet of overhead cabinets and six (6) feet of base cabinets are included. Stainless steel counter is included. 2tor shall choose cabinet and counter colors.

 

5.               Flooring — All flooring to remain. Repair and patching as required is included.

 

6.               Glass - Laminated glass panels installed in a painted wood frame as indicated on the Construction Plan A-001 and the elevations shown on Plan A-005 are included. Glass to be 1 / 2  laminated safety glass.

 

7.               Electrical — New light fixtures in the two conference rooms are included as per reflected Ceiling Plan A-002. A total of twenty fixtures shall be provided. The existing track fixtures shall remain and re-lamped and re-switched as required. Licensee shall reimburse Licensor the cost for furnishing and installing any additional light fixtures in excess of those contained herein. Power outlets and telephone/data outlets as per Power and Telephone Plan A-003. Licensor shall install back boxes, conduits and draglines in all Telephone/Data locations. Licensee shall be responsible for the cost of furnishing and installing the telephone and data cabling. Exit lights and emergency lights as per code shall be included. Fire Alarm modifications as per code are included.

 

8.               Plumbing — Cut and cap the existing rough in plumbing adjacent to the bathrooms. Furnish and install new supply lines and waste lines for new pantry. Furnish and install new pantry sink and water line to refrigerator. Install new condensate drain lines for all HVAC equipment.

 

9.               Sprinkler - All work necessary to modify and relocate the existing sprinklers to comply with the NYC Building Code is included.

 

10.        HVAC - The installation of a Mitsubishi Multi-City air conditioning system-utilizing wall hung and ceiling mounted air handlers is included.  The system to provide heating and cooling as per the NYC Building Code and a Licensed NYS Professional Engineer.

 

11.        Appliances - One (1) residential style refrigerator and one (1) dishwasher are included. Any cost for additional appliance will be the responsibility of 2tor.

 

12.        Specialty Items — All code-required signage (exits, stairways, fire alarm, etc.) is included. The cost of other interior and approved exterior signage is the responsibility of 2tor.

 

23



 

13.        Miscellaneous - All design cost for the Architect, Engineers, and expeditors to perform the work contained herein and to provide legal occupancy of the space is included. All fees for permits and NYC Department of Buildings costs are included.

 

14.        All other costs and work not defined herein will be the responsibility of 2tor.

 

24



 

 

25


 

 

26



 

 

27



 

 

28



 

 

29



 

Exhibit C

 

Cleaning Specification

 

Daily (Monday — Friday)

 

General Office Areas

Dust mop all wood floors, vacuum carpets (if any)
Empty all waste pails and dispose of trash

Remove all paper for recycling

Remove recyclable cans and bottles

Clean conference room — table(s)

 

Pantry

Remove food waste

Clean counters, sink and floors
Load and run dishwasher

 

Restrooms

Empty all waste containers

Dry mop floor

Fill all dispensers

Spray disinfect all fixtures and disposal containers

Clean all toilet fixtures and urinals inside and outside (use brush and bowl swab daily)
Clean all sinks and counter tops

Clean all mirrors and bright work

Clean outside of all waste containers

Remove all finger marks and smudges and dust all sills and ledges

Wash floor with disinfectant cleaner making sure all corners are cleaned

 

Other

Clean lobby areas — lower and upper
Clean elevator floors and stainless

 

Weekly

 

Clean interior of glass

Wipe all telephone handsets

 

Annually

 

Clean exterior glass

 

Chelsea Piers Management will perform the above specified cleaning for a monthly cost of $.25/RSF (2010 cost). Additional cleaning can be arranged.

 

30



 

Exhibit D

 

2tor Inc/Quick International (“2tor employees”)
Corporate Membership Program

 

2010 monthly member rate of $162 will be discounted for 2tor employees as follows:

 

1.

Discounted Rate -

$100/month

2.

2tor Corporate Subsidy -

$(25)/month

3.

Chelsea Piers Corporate Match -

$(25)/month

 

Effective 2tor Employee Rate

$ 50/month

 

2tor/Quick will be billed monthly for their respective subsidy amounts.

 

31


 

FIRST AMENDMENT TO SUBLEASE

 

AGREEMENT made this 26 day of July 2011 by and between Waterfront Services I LLC , a Delaware limited liability company having an office c/o Chelsea Piers Management, Chelsea Piers, Pier 62 — Room 300, New York, New York 10011 (“Sublessor”), and 2tor, Inc., a Delaware corporation having an office at Chelsea Piers, Pier 59, New York, NY 10011 (“Sublessee”) as sublessee.

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS Chelsea Piers LP as sublessor and Sublessee as sublessee heretofore entered into a sublease (the “Sublease”) dated November 11, 2009 for premises comprised of the portion of the second (2nd) floor of Pier 59 at the Chelsea Piers shown on Exhibit A to the Sublease and comprised of approximately 8,000 rentable square feet (the “Pier 59 Premises”) and now occupied by Sublessee; and

 

WHEREAS effective July 1, 2010 Chelsea Piers LP duly assigned its interest as sublessor under the Sublease to Waterfront Services I LLC and transferred to Waterfront Services I LLC all security deposits, rents, and fees (if any) paid to Chelsea Piers LP for periods following July 1, 2010; and Waterfront Services I LLC assumed all of the obligations of the sublessor under the Sublease; and

 

WHEREAS the parties wish to amend certain provisions of the Sublease;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements herein contained, the Sublease is hereby amended as follows:

 

1.                                  Effective October 1, 2011, the demised premises under the Sublease are expanded to include the portion of the second (2nd) floor and mezzanine of Pier 60 at the Chelsea Piers shown as hatched on Exhibit A , consisting of approximately 8,402 rentable square feet (the “Pier 60 Premises”). As used herein and in the Sublease, effective October 1, 2011 the term “Premises” shall mean the Pier 59 Premises together with the Pier 60 Premises.

 

2.                                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if Sublessor is unable to give possession of the Pier 60 Premises on or before October 1, 2011, Sublessor shall not be subject to any liability for failure to give possession on such date and the validity of this First Amendment to Sublease shall not be impaired, nor shall the same be construed in any wise to extend the Term of the Sublease (as modified by this First Amendment), but the “Pier 60 Premises Base Rent”, as that term is defined in ¶4 below, shall be abated (provided Sublessee is not responsible for the inability to obtain possession) until Sublessor shall have given Sublessee written notice that Sublessor is able to deliver possession. The provisions of this paragraph are intended to

 



 

constitute “an express provision to the contrary” within the meaning of Section 223-1 of the New York Real Property Law.

 

3.                                  The Term of the Sublease is hereby extended to and including December 31, 2016. The “Termination Date”, as that term is defined in ¶2A of the Sublease, unless the Term is sooner terminated pursuant to the terms of the Sublease, is December 31, 2016.

 

4.                                  Paragraph 5A of the Sublease is amended as of October 1, 2011 to provide that (subject to ¶2 above) Sublessee shall pay to Sublessor (i) the portion of the Base Rent allocable to the Pier 59 Premises (the “Pier 59 Base Rent”) and (ii) the portion of the Base Rent allocable to the Pier 60 Premises (the “Pier 60 Base Rent”), collectively the “Base Rent”, at the annual rates set forth below. Effective as of October 1, 2011 the term “Base Rent” in the Sublease as herein amended shall mean the sum of the Pier 59 Base Rent and the Pier 60 Base rent.

 

PIER 59 BASE RENT

 

 

 

Annual Pier 59

 

Monthly Pier 59

 

Year

 

Base Rent

 

Base Rent

 

October 2011- December 2011

 

 

 

$

20,000.00

 

2012

 

$

260,000.00

 

$

21,666.67

 

2013

 

$

280,000.00

 

$

23,333.33

 

2014

 

$

280,000.00

 

$

23,333.33

 

2015

 

$

289,800.00

 

$

24,150.00

 

2016

 

$

299,943.00

 

$

24,995.25

 

 

PIER 60 BASE RENT

 

 

 

Annual Pier 60

 

Monthly Pier 60

 

Year

 

Base Rent

 

Base Rent

 

October 2011- December 2011

 

 

 

$

21,005.00

 

2012

 

$

273,065.00

 

$

22,755.42

 

2013

 

$

294,070.00

 

$

24,505.83

 

2014

 

$

294,070.00

 

$

24,505.83

 

2015

 

$

304,362.45

 

$

25,363.54

 

2016

 

$

315,015.14

 

$

26,251.26

 

 

5.                             (a) The parties acknowledge a scrivener’s error in ¶12B(ii) of the Sublease, the phrase “five percent (6%)” should read “five percent (5%)”.

 

2



 

(b)          From and after July 2014, Sublessee shall pay Sublessor, as additional rent, an amount equal to Thirteen and 97/100 (13.97%) Percent (comprised of the sum of Six and 81/100 (6.81%) Percent for the Pier 59 Premises and Seven and 16/100 (7.16%) Percent for the Pier 60 Premises. collectively “Sublessee’s Proportionate Share”) of any and all amounts Sublessor is required to pay pursuant to §5B(iv) of the sublease dated July 1, 2010 between Chelsea Piers LP as sublessor and Sublessor as sublessee (“Real Estate Tax Escalation Additional Rent”). For purposes of this paragraph, Sublessor’s provision to Sublessee of a copy of a bill to Sublessor from the sublessor of the Waterfront Sublease for tax additional rent shall be presumptive evidence that the amount set forth on such bill is due from Sublessor for tax additional rent.

 

(c)           Effective October 1, 2011 Sublessee shall pay Sublessor, as additional rent, within ten (10) business days after Sublessor’s issuance of a bill therefore, charges for gas provided to the HVAC units (or their replacements, as applicable) in the Pier 60 Premises, based on a reasonable estimate of use to be prepared by Sublessor or its engineer. There shall be no change to billing for utilities in the Pier 59 Premises. In no event shall Sublessee in any manner tie into or connect with any electric lines, water, steam, or gas lines or other power or utility sources serving any other party or premises without Sublessor’s express written consent

 

(d)          For purposes of clarification and avoidance of ambiguity, effective October 1, 2011 (provided that Sublessor has given Sublessee possession of the Pier 60 Premises) all items of Additional Rent shall be paid by Sublessee for the Premises, as the term Premises is defined in this First Amendment, meaning the Pier 59 Premises together with the Pier 60 Premises. If billed to Sublessee directly by Chelsea Piers LP, Sublessee shall pay such amounts directly to Chelsea Piers LP.

 

(e)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein or in the Sublease, and excluding charges related to the Pier 60 Work (defined below), Additional Rent for work performed, services rendered, and other sundry charges from Sublessor to Sublessee which do not recur on a regular monthly basis, shall be paid by Sublessee within thirty (30) days after Sublessor’s rendition of a bill therefore to Sublessee.

 

6.                                       (a) Sublessee is leasing the Pier 60 Premises AS IS and, except as set forth in §6(6), Sublessor shall have

 

3



 

no obligation to furnish, render or supply any work, labor, services, material, fixtures, equipment or decorations to make the Pier 60 Premises ready for Sublessee’s occupancy. Sublessee acknowledges that Sublessor has afforded Sublessee the opportunity for full and complete investigations, examinations and inspections of the Pier 60 Premises, and in making this First Amendment to Sublease Sublessee has relied solely on such investigations, examinations and inspections as Sublessee has chosen to make.

 

(b)          Sublessor shall perform work in and to the Pier 60 Premises substantially as described in Sublessee’s plans, a preliminary copy of which is Exhibit B , subject to Sublessor’s final written approval of Sublessee’s complete plans and specifications (including layout, architectural, mechanical and structural drawings) which Sublessee shall submit to Sublessor on or before July 30, 2011 (the “Pier 60 Work”). Such complete plans and specifications must be prepared by an architect licensed as such in the State of New York, must comply with all applicable rules, law and regulations, and must be in a form sufficient for filing for a building permit with the NYC Department of Buildings. Sublessor shall maintain records of its costs associated with the Pier 60 Work including without limitation costs associated with permits approvals and certificates, contractor and subcontractor costs, plan review and other professional costs, Sublessor and Chelsea Piers Management staff costs, and materials (“Costs”).

 

(c)                the Costs shall initially be borne by Sublessor, and to the extent provided below shall subsequently be paid by Sublessee, as Additional Rent, as follows:

 

(i)                   Sublessor shall be solely responsible for the first $75,000.00 of the Costs.

 

(ii)                responsibility for Costs in excess of the first $75,000,00 but less than $125,000.00 in total shall be divided equally, so that Sublessor and Sublessee are each responsible for fifty (50%) percent of such Costs.

 

(iii)             Sublessee shall be solely responsible for all Costs in excess of the first $125,000.00 but less than $200,000.00 in total.

 

(iv)            Sublessee shall be solely responsible for all Costs in excess of the first $200,000.00 but less than $250,000.00 in total.

 

(v)               Sublessee shall be solely responsible for all Costs in excess of $250,000.00 in total.

 

(vi)            All Costs for which Sublessee is responsible hereunder shall be paid by

 

4



 

Sublessee to Sublessor, as Additional Rent, within ten (10) business days after Sublessor’s issuance of bills therefore; except that the Costs under §6(c)(iv) above shall be paid by Sublessee to Sublessor, as Additional Rent, in equal monthly installments over thirty-six (36) months, on the first day of each month, commencing January 2012 and ending December 2014.

 

In no event shall Sublessee be entitled to any credit or other consideration in the event that Sublessor is responsible for less than $100,000.00 of Costs. Performance of the Pier 60 Work, delays or defects in connection therewith, and failures on the part of Sublessor to perform its obligations hereunder of payment or otherwise shall not constitute an eviction hereunder. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, once the total Costs reach $250,000.00, Sublessor shall not be required to perform any further Pier 60 Work.

 

(d) Prior to Sublessee entering into possession of the Pier 60 Premises, Sublessor will clean, paint, and install new lighting in the fire stair and entrance vestibule immediately to the north of the grade level entrance to the Pier 60 Premises, and shall enlarge, refurbish and reconfigure such vestibule in a manner substantially consistent with Exhibit C , provided that the work and plans in Exhibit C are permitted under all applicable rules, law and regulations including without limitation the New York City Building Code. Sublessee may, at its sole cost and expense, install electronic security and/or access hardware in the Pier 60 Premises in connection with entrance to the Premises from such vestibule provided that Sublessee complies with ¶15 of the Sublease and the Operating Rules.

 

7.                   Section 11 of the Sublease is modified by deleting the figure “$60,000.00” in the first sentence thereof and substituting in its place and stead the figure “$150,000.00”. Simultaneous with the execution hereof Sublessee has deposited with Sublessor the sum of $90,000.00 in order to increase the total security deposit held by Sublessor pursuant to §11 of the Sublease (as herein modified) to $150,000.00.

 

8.                   The existing arrangement with respect to Sports Center Health Club Memberships, as set forth in ¶31U of the Sublease and Exhibit D to the Sublease, shall remain in effect until such time as Sublessee notifies Sublessor in writing that Sublessee would like to put into effect the terms set forth in the document annexed as Exhibit D hereto.

 

9.                   Sublessee covenants warrants and represents that there was no broker involved in this transaction or in connection with this First Amendment of Sublease or entitled to any commission, fee or other compensation in connection therewith, and Sublessee shall indemnify, defend and hold Sublessor harmless from all costs, expenses, damages and liabilities, including

 

5



 

reasonable attorney’s fees and expenses, arising from any claims for brokerage commissions, finder’s fees or other compensation of any broker, finder, agent or representative. This paragraph shall survive the expiration or early termination of the Sublease.

 

10.                      Pursuant to §2.2(a) of the Prime Lease, the Term of the Prime Lease was duly extended to and including June 30, 2014. Sublessor represents that the tenant under the Prime Lease intends and is proceeding in good faith to seek to further extend the Term of the Prime Lease pursuant to §2.2(c) thereof, for a term beyond the Termination Date of the Sublease as herein amended. This First Amendment of Sublease is entered into, and made, subject to the foregoing, it being understood and agreed that Sublessor can convey, and is now conveying, only such right, title and interest in and to the Prime Lease Premises as it presently has; and Sublessor shall have no liability to Sublessee in the event that the term of the Prime Lease is not extended as aforesaid; except to the extent that if the term of the Prime Lease is not so renewed and by reason thereof Sublessor shall not have quiet enjoyment of the Premises hereunder after June 30, 2014, Sublessor shall reimburse Sublessee for a fraction of one-half (1/2) of the total funds actually paid by Sublessee for renovations to the Premises after the date hereof, where the numerator of such fraction shall be the number of days between June 30, 2014 and December 31, 2016 that Sublessee shall not have quiet possession of the Premises hereunder and the denominator of such fraction shall be Nine Hundred Thirteen (913). To the extent that an estate is conveyed hereunder for a period from and after June 30, 2014, such estate shall be deemed to have been conveyed only if and to the extent that the term of the Prime Lease is extended; and upon such extension of the term of the Prime Lease such estate shall be deemed to have been conveyed nunc pro tunc as of the date hereof.

 

11.                      As herein modified, the Sublease is hereby reaffirmed and ratified and shall remain in full force and effect. As herein modified, all capitalized terms herein shall have the same meanings as defined in the Sublease.

 

12.                      This Agreement contains the entire agreement between the parties and neither party has made nor relied upon any representations not expressly set forth herein.

 

13.                      This Agreement may not be modified, changed, amended or waived except by a writing signed by the party to be charged.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Sublessor and Sublessee have executed this Agreement

 

6



 

as of the date first above set forth.

 

 

WATERFRONT SERVICES I LLC
Sublessor

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Tom Bernstein

 

 

Tom Bernstein

 

 

President

 

 

 

 

2TOR, INC.
Sublessee

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ John Katzman

 

 

Name:

John Katzman

 

 

Title:

CEO

 

STATE OF NEW YORK

)

 

)

ss.:

COUNTY OF NEW YORK

)

 

On this 28 day of July, 2011 before me, the undersigned, personally appeared Tom Bernstein, personally known to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual(s) whose name(s) is(are) subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument, the individual(s), or the person on behalf of which the individual(s) acted, executed the instrument.

 

KEITH C. CHAMPAGNE

Notary Public, State of New York

No. 31 -4824215

Qualified in New York Country

 

 

 

/s/ Keith C. Champagne

Commission Expires 4/30/2014

Notary Public

 

STATE OF NEW YORK

)

 

)

ss.:

COUNTY OF NEW YORK

)

 

On this 28 day of July, 2011 before me, the undersigned, personally appeared John Katzman personally known to me on the basis of satisfactory evidence to be the individual(s) whose name(s) is(are) subscribed to the within instrument and acknowledged to me that he/she/they executed the same in his/her/their capacity(ies), and that by his/her/their signature(s) on the instrument, the individual(s), or the person on behalf of which the individual(s) acted, executed the instrument.

 

KEITH C. CHAMPAGNE

Notary Public, State of New York

No. 31 -4824215

Qualified in New York Country

Commission Expires 4/30/2014

/s/ Keith C. Champagne

Notary Public

 

 

 

 

7


 

EXHIBIT A

 



 

 



 

EXHIBIT B

 



 

 



 

 



 

EXHIBIT C

 


 

Exhibit C

1.               Cross hatched area will be incorporated into existing first floor subtenant lobby.

 

2.               Partition separating two spaces will be removed.

 

3.               Ceiling, walls and floor of cross hatched area will be improved with materials similar to existing first floor subtenant lobby.

 

4.               Subtenant (2tor) responsible for any changes to main entrance door, including new hardware and/or security access system.

 

1



 

 

2



 

EXHIBIT D

 



 

The Sports Center at Chelsea Piers

Corporate Membership - 2Tor

 

2Tor will receive a Corporate Membership (up to 100 employees) to The Sports Center for a fee of $5,000.00 paid monthly by EFT (annual fee $60,000) starting 10/1/2011. An additional charge of $50/per employee/per month will be charged to the company’s EFT account for any employee member above 100. The EFT will be processed on the 2 nd day of each month, should the 2 nd  land on a weekend or holiday the EFT will be processed the following business day. The membership fees will increase 5% annually starting 10/2012. The following must be adhered to in addition to the Membership Agreement and Bylaws:

 

1.               Each individual 2Tor employee must meet with a SC representative and sign a “Membership Application”, show proof of employment, and photo I.D. to activate their membership.

2.               Each 2Tor employee that wishes to charge incidentals (i.e. café, training, spa etc.) to their house account must fill out the “Payment” portion of the membership application and provide a valid credit card or checking account information for automatic (EFT) authorization for all charges.

3.               Each 2Tor employee must check-in to the club using their membership I.D. every time they enter the facility. The Sports Center will install an I.D. scanner on the 2Tor door.

4.               2Tor employees/owners may use the “direct access” door to the Sports Center to access the facility Monday — Friday 6:30am — 9pm (hours subject to change for holidays, club closings etc.). All other times 2Tor employees/owners must enter/exit the Sports Center using the main entrance.

5.               All guests of 2Tor employees/owner must be put on the Sports Center Guest List in advance by contacting their membership consultant. Once the guest arrives, they must check-in with a Sports Center front desk employee, complete a “Guest Waiver”, and provide valid photo I.D. Individual guest(s) are limited to 3 visits as a guest. After the third visit the guest must become a member to access the facility. 2Tor is responsible for every person that enters through the direct access door.

6.               2Tor is responsibly for securing the door and limiting access into their office space.

7.               The Sports Center will install a security camera at the entrance of 2Tor.

 

The Sports Center has the right to decline/limit direct access from 2Tors space to the Sports Center if it’s our reasonable opinion that the access is being abused in any way.

 




Exhibit 10.18

 

THIS WARRANT AND THE SHARES ISSUABLE HEREUNDER HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND, EXCEPT AND PURSUANT TO THE PROVISIONS OF ARTICLE 4 BELOW, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK

 

Corporation:

2U, Inc., a Delaware corporation

Number of Shares:

71,021

Class of Stock:

Series D Preferred

Warrant Price:

$7.8146 per share

Issue Date:

December 31, 2013

Expiration Date:

December 31, 2023 (Subject to Section 4.1)

 

THIS WARRANT TO PURCHASE STOCK (THIS “WARRANT”) CERTIFIES THAT, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, COMERICA BANK, a Texas banking association, or its assignee (“Holder”), is entitled to purchase the number of fully paid and nonassessable shares of the class of securities (the “Shares”) of 2U, Inc. (the “Company”) at the Warrant Price, all as set forth above and as adjusted pursuant to the terms of this Warrant, subject to the provisions and upon the terms and conditions set forth in this Warrant.

 

ARTICLE 1
EXERCISE

 

1.1          Method of Exercise .  Holder may exercise this Warrant by delivering a duly executed Notice of Exercise in substantially the form attached as Appendix I to the principal office of the Company (or such other appropriate location as Holder is so instructed by the Company). Holder shall also deliver to the Company a check, wire transfer (to an account designated by the Company) or other form of payment acceptable to the Company for the aggregate Warrant Price for the Shares being purchased.

 

1.2          [ Intentionally Omitted .]

 

1.3          Delivery of Certificate and New Warrant .  Within 30 days after Holder exercises this Warrant and the Company receives payment of the aggregate Warrant Price, the Company shall deliver to Holder certificates for the Shares acquired and, if this Warrant has not been fully exercised and has not expired, a new warrant representing the Shares not so acquired.

 

1.4          Replacement of Warrants .  In the case of loss, theft or destruction of this Warrant, upon delivery of an indemnity agreement reasonably satisfactory in form and amount to the Company or, in the case of mutilation, upon surrender and cancellation of this Warrant, the Company at its expense shall execute and deliver, in lieu of this Warrant, a new warrant of like tenor.

 

1.5          Acquisition of the Company .

 

1.5.1       “ Acquisition .”  For the purpose of this Warrant, “Acquisition” means (a) any sale, license, or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets (including intellectual property) of

 

1



 

the Company, or (b) any reorganization, consolidation, merger, sale of the voting securities of the Company or other transaction or series of related transactions where the holders of the Company’s securities before the transaction or series of related transactions beneficially own less than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the surviving entity after the transaction or series of related transactions.

 

1.5.2       Treatment of Warrant in the Event of an Acquisition .  The Company shall give Holder written notice at least 20 days prior to the closing of any proposed Acquisition.  The Company will use commercially reasonable efforts to cause (i) the acquirer of the Company, (ii) successor or surviving entity or (iii) parent entity in an Acquisition (the “Acquirer”) to assume this Warrant as a part of the Acquisition.

 

(a)           If the Acquirer assumes this Warrant, then this Warrant shall be exercisable for the same securities, cash, and property as would be payable for the Shares issuable upon exercise of the  unexercised portion of this Warrant as if such Shares were outstanding on the record date for the Acquisition and subsequent closing.  The Warrant Price shall be adjusted accordingly, and the Warrant Price and number and class of Shares shall continue to be subject to adjustment from time to time in accordance with the provisions hereof.

 

(b)           If the Acquirer refuses to assume this Warrant in connection with the Acquisition, the Company shall give Holder an additional written notice at least ten (10) days prior to the closing of the Acquisition of such fact.  In such event, notwithstanding any other provision of this Warrant to the contrary, Holder may immediately exercise this Warrant in the manner specified in this Warrant with such exercise effective immediately prior to closing of the Acquisition.  If Holder elects not to exercise this Warrant, then this Warrant will terminate immediately prior to the closing of the Acquisition.  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Warrant to the contrary if the Acquirer refuses to assume this Warrant in connection with such Acquisition, other than in connection with an Excluded Acquisition (as defined below), then effective as of the date that is ten (10) days prior to the closing of such Acquisition, the Holder shall have the option to put this Warrant to the Company for a per Share amount equal to the difference between the Acquisition consideration payable for one Share and the Warrant Price.  As used herein, an “Excluded Acquisition” means, an Acquisition where the consideration that the holders of the Shares are entitled to receive on account of the Shares consists entirely of cash and/or shares of common stock that are publicly traded on a national exchange and where the shares, if any, receivable by the Holder of this Warrant were the Holder to exercise this Warrant in full immediately prior to the closing of such Acquisition may be publicly re-sold by the Holder in their entirety within the three (3) months following such closing pursuant to Rule 144 or an effective registration statement under the Act.

 

ARTICLE 2
ADJUSTMENTS TO THE SHARES

 

2.1          Stock Dividends, Splits, Etc .  If the Company declares or pays a dividend on its common stock payable in common stock, or other securities, or subdivides the outstanding common stock into a greater amount of common stock, then upon exercise of this Warrant, for each Share acquired, Holder shall receive, without cost to Holder, the total number and kind of securities to which Holder would have been entitled had Holder owned the Shares of record as of the date the dividend or subdivision occurred.

 

2.2          Reclassification, Exchange or Substitution .  Upon any reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event that results in a change of the number and/or class of the securities issuable upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, Holder shall be entitled to receive, upon exercise or conversion of this Warrant, the number and kind of securities and property that Holder would have

 

2



 

received for the Shares if this Warrant had been exercised immediately before such reclassification, exchange, substitution, or other event.  Such an event shall include any automatic conversion of the outstanding or issuable securities of the Company of the same class or series as the Shares to common stock pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation upon the closing of a registered public offering of the Company’s common stock.  The Company or its successor shall promptly issue to Holder a new warrant for such new securities or other property.  The new warrant shall provide for adjustments which shall be as nearly equivalent as may be practicable to the adjustments provided for in this Article 2 including, without limitation, adjustments to the Warrant Price, the number of securities or property issuable upon exercise of the new warrant and expiration date.  The provisions of this Section 2.2 shall similarly apply to successive reclassifications, exchanges, substitutions, or other events.

 

2.3          Adjustments for Combinations, Etc .  If the outstanding Shares are combined or consolidated, by reclassification, reverse split or otherwise, into a lesser Number of Shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately increased.  If the outstanding Shares are split or multiplied, by reclassification or otherwise, into a greater Number of Shares, the Warrant Price shall be proportionately decreased.

 

2.4          Adjustments for Diluting Issuances . In the event of the issuance (a “Diluting Issuance”) by the Company, after the Issue Date of this Warrant, of securities at a price per share less than the Warrant Price, then the number of shares of common stock issuable upon conversion of the Shares shall be adjusted in accordance with those provisions of the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation, a copy of which is attached hereto as Exhibit A , which apply to Diluting Issuances as if the Shares were outstanding on the date of such Diluting Issuance.  The provisions set forth for the Shares in the Company’s Certificate of Incorporation relating to the above in effect as of the Issue Date may not be amended, modified or waived, without the prior written consent of Holder unless such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment, modification or waiver affects the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to the Holder  Under no circumstances shall the aggregate Warrant Price payable by the Holder upon exercise of this Warrant increase as a result of any adjustment arising from a Diluting Issuance.

 

2.5          No Impairment .  The Company shall not, by amendment of its Certificate of Incorporation or through a reorganization, transfer of assets, consolidation, merger, dissolution, issue, or sale of securities or any other voluntary action, avoid or seek to avoid the observance or performance of any of the terms to be observed or performed under this Warrant by the Company, but shall at all times in good faith assist in carrying out all the provisions of this Article 2 and in taking all such action as may be necessary or appropriate to protect Holder’s rights under this Article 2 against impairment unless such amendment or other action impairs the rights associated with the Shares in the same manner as such amendment or other action impairs the rights associated with all other shares of the same series and class as the Shares granted to the Holder.

 

2.6          Certificate as to Adjustments .  Upon each adjustment of the Warrant Price, the Company at its expense shall promptly compute such adjustment, and furnish Holder with a certificate signed by its Chief Financial Officer setting forth such adjustment and the facts upon which such adjustment is based.  The Company shall, upon written request, furnish Holder a certificate setting forth the Warrant Price in effect upon the date thereof and the series of adjustments leading to such Warrant Price.

 

2.7          Fractional Shares .  No fractional Shares shall be issuable upon exercise of this Warrant and the Number of Shares to be issued shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share.  If a fractional share interest arises upon any exercise of this Warrant, the Company shall eliminate such fractional share

 

3



 

interest by paying Holder an amount computed by multiplying the fractional interest by the fair market value, as determined by the Company’s Board of Directors, of a full Share.

 

ARTICLE 3
REPRESENTATIONS AND COVENANTS OF THE COMPANY

 

3.1          Representations and Warranties .  The Company hereby represents and warrants to, and agrees with, the Holder as follows:

 

3.1.1       The initial Warrant Price referenced on the first page of this Warrant is not greater than the fair market value of the Shares as of the date of this Warrant.

 

3.1.2       All Shares which may be issued upon the exercise of the purchase right represented by this Warrant, and all securities, if any, issuable upon conversion of the Shares, shall, upon issuance, be duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable, and free of any liens and encumbrances except for restrictions on transfer provided for herein or under applicable federal and state securities laws.

 

3.1.3       The Company’s capitalization table delivered to Holder as of the Issue Date is true and complete as of the Issue Date.

 

3.2          Notice of Certain Events .  If the Company proposes at any time (a) to declare any dividend or distribution upon its stock, whether in cash, property, stock, or other securities and whether or not a regular cash dividend; (b) to offer for subscription pro rata to the holders of any class or series of its stock any additional shares of stock of any class or series or other rights; (c) to effect any reclassification or recapitalization of stock; or (d) to merge or consolidate with or into any other corporation, or sell, lease, license, or convey all or substantially all of its assets, or to liquidate, dissolve or wind up, then, in connection with each such event, the Company shall give Holder (1) at least 20 days prior written notice of the date on which a record will be taken for such dividend, distribution, or subscription rights (and specifying the date on which the holders of stock will be entitled thereto) or for determining rights to vote, if any, in respect of the matters referred to in (a) and (b) above; and (2) in the case of the matters referred to in (c) and (d) above at least 20 days prior written notice of the date when the same will take place (and specifying the date on which the holders of stock will be entitled to exchange their stock for securities or other property deliverable upon the occurrence of such event).  Upon request, the Company shall provide Holder with such information reasonably necessary for Holder to evaluate its rights as a holder of this Warrant or Warrant Shares in the case of matters referred to (a), (b), (c) and (d) herein above.

 

3.3          Information Rights .  So long as the Holder holds this Warrant and/or any of the Shares, the Company shall deliver to the Holder (a) promptly after mailing, copies of all communications,  information and/or communiqués to the shareholders of the Company, (b) within one hundred and fifty (150) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, the annual audited financial statements of the Company certified by independent public accountants of recognized standing and (c) within forty-five (45) days after the end of each of the first three quarters of each fiscal year, the Company’s quarterly, unaudited financial statements.  In addition, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, so long as the Holder holds this Warrant and/or any of the Shares, the Company shall afford to the Holder the same access to information concerning the Company and its business and financial condition as would be afforded to a holder of the class of Shares under applicable state law and/or any agreement with any holder of the class of Shares.

 

4



 

3.4          Registration Under the Act .  The Company agrees that the Shares or, if the Shares are convertible into common stock of the Company, such common stock, shall be deemed “Registrable Securities” entitled to the same “piggy back” registration rights (but no other registration rights) as are accorded the other holders of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock; provided that as a condition to the exercise of this Warrant, the Holder shall execute (a) an amendment to the then applicable Investors’ Rights Agreement granting such piggy-back rights (but no other registration rights) and subjecting Holder to the same conditions to the exercise of such piggy-back rights as are imposed on the other holders of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock, and (b) an amendment to the then applicable Voting Agreement agreeing to the same voting and drag-along obligations as are imposed on other holders of the Company’s Series D Preferred Stock. The Company agrees that no amendments will be made to the then applicable Investor Rights’ Agreement which would have an adverse impact on Holder’s registration rights hereunder in a manner which does not have a similar adverse impact on the registration rights of the holders of the class of Shares.  Holder shall be deemed to be a party to the Investor Rights’ Agreement solely for the purpose of the above-mentioned registration rights.

 

ARTICLE 4
MISCELLANEOUS

 

4.1          Term; Exercise Upon Expiration .  This Warrant is exercisable in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time on or before the Expiration Date set forth above; provided, however , that if the Company completes its initial public offering within the three-year period immediately prior to the Expiration Date, the Expiration Date shall automatically be extended until the third anniversary of the effective date of the Company’s initial public offering.  The Company shall give Holder written notice of Holder’s right to exercise this Warrant not less than 90 days before the Expiration Date.  If the notice is not so given, the Expiration Date shall automatically be extended until 90 days after the date the Company delivers such notice to Holder.  The Company agrees that Holder may terminate this Warrant, upon notice to the Company, at any time in its sole discretion.

 

4.2          Legends .  The Shares (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) shall be imprinted with a legend in substantially the following form:

 

THESE SHARES HAVE NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “ACT”), OR ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, AND, MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED WITHOUT AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION THEREOF UNDER THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS, OR PURSUANT TO RULE 144 OR AN EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE ACT AND ANY APPLICABLE STATE SECURITIES LAWS.

 

4.3          Compliance with Securities Laws on Transfer .  This Warrant and the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (and the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) may not be transferred or assigned in whole or in part without compliance with applicable federal and state securities laws by the transferor and the transferee.  Upon request, the Company shall receive a customary opinion of counsel and representation letter as a condition to any such transfer; provided, that the Company shall not require Comerica Bank (“Bank”) or a Bank Affiliate (as defined herein) to provide an opinion of counsel or investment representation letter if the transfer is to Bank’s parent company, Comerica Incorporated (“Comerica”), or any other affiliate of Bank (“Bank Affiliate”).

 

4.4          Transfer Procedure .  After receipt of the executed Warrant, Bank will transfer all of this Warrant to Comerica Ventures Incorporated, a non-banking subsidiary of Comerica and a Bank Affiliate (“Ventures”).  Subject to the provisions of Section 4.3, Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant or

 

5



 

the Shares issuable upon exercise of this Warrant (or the securities issuable, directly or indirectly, upon conversion of the Shares, if any) by giving the Company notice of the portion of this Warrant being transferred setting forth the name, address and taxpayer identification number of the transferee and surrendering this Warrant to the Company for reissuance to the transferee(s) (and Holder, if applicable); provided, however, that Holder may transfer all or part of this Warrant to its affiliates, including, without limitation, Ventures, at any time without notice or the delivery of any other instrument to the Company, and such affiliate shall then be entitled to all the rights of Holder under this Warrant and any related agreements, and the Company shall cooperate fully in ensuring that any stock issued upon exercise of this Warrant is issued in the name of the affiliate that exercises this Warrant.  The terms and conditions of this Warrant shall inure to the benefit of, and be binding upon, the Company and the holders hereof and their respective permitted successors and assigns.

 

4.5          Notices .  All notices and other communications from the Company to the Holder, or vice versa, shall be deemed delivered and effective when given personally or mailed by first-class registered or certified mail, postage prepaid, or sent via a nationally recognized overnight courier service, fee prepaid, or on the first business day after transmission by facsimile, at such address or facsimile number as may have been furnished to the Company or the Holder, as the case may be, in writing by the Company or such Holder from time to time.  Effective upon the receipt of executed Warrant and initial transfer described in Article 4.4 above, all notices to the Holder shall be addressed as follows until the Company receives notice of a change of address in connection with a transfer or otherwise:

 

Comerica Ventures Incorporated

Attn:  Warrant Administrator

1717 Main Street, 5 th  Floor, MC 6406

Dallas, Texas 75201

Facsimile No. (214) 462-4459

 

All notices to the Company shall be addressed as follows:

 

2U, Inc.

8201 Corporate Drive, Suite 190

Landover, MD  20785

 

4.6          Amendments; Waiver .  This Warrant and any term hereof may be amended, changed, waived, discharged or terminated only by an instrument in writing signed by the party against which enforcement of such amendment, change, waiver, discharge or termination is sought.

 

4.7          Attorneys’ Fees .  In the event of any dispute between the parties concerning the terms and provisions of this Warrant, the party prevailing in such dispute shall be entitled to collect from the other party all costs incurred in such dispute, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.

 

4.8          Governing Law .  This Warrant shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without giving effect to its principles regarding conflicts of law.

 

6



 

4.9          Confidentiality .  The Company hereby agrees to keep the terms and conditions of this Warrant confidential.  Notwithstanding the foregoing confidentiality obligation, the Company may disclose information relating to this Warrant to its securities holders and prospective securities holders, directors, officers and employees, accountants, attorneys, investment bankers and other representatives and as required by law, rule, regulation, court order or other legal authority.

 

 

2U, INC.

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Catherine Graham

 

 

 

 

Name:

Catherine Graham

 

 

 

 

Title:

CFO

 

7



 

APPENDIX I

 

NOTICE OF EXERCISE

 

1.             The undersigned hereby elects to purchase                              shares of the                              stock of 2U, Inc. pursuant to the terms of the attached Warrant, and tenders herewith payment of the purchase price of such shares in full.

 

2.             Please issue a certificate or certificates representing said shares in the name of the undersigned or in such other name as is specified below:

 

Comerica Ventures Incorporated

Attn:  Warrant Administrator

1717 Main Street, 5 th  Floor, MC 6406

Dallas, Texas 75201

Facsimile No. (214) 462-4459

 

3.             The undersigned represents it is acquiring the shares solely for its own account and not as a nominee for any other party and not with a view toward the resale or distribution thereof except in compliance with applicable securities laws.

 

COMERICA VENTURES INCORPORATED or
Assignee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Signature)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Name and Title)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Date)

 

 

Appendix I



 

Exhibit A

 

Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (including all amendments thereto) — ATTACHED HERETO

 



 

Exhibit B

Registration Rights

 

Amended and Restated Investors’ Rights Agreement (including all amendments thereto) — ATTACHED HERETO

 




Exhibit 10.19

 

 

October 22, 2013

 

Mr. Chip Paucek

 

SPECIAL PERFORMANCE-BONUS

 

Dear Chip:

 

As discussed on our call, at the recommendation of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of 2U, Inc. (formerly 2tor, Inc.), a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the full Board of Directors has approved the payment to you of a special, one-time performance-based bonus of $450,000.00  (the “ Bonus ”).

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, (i) in the event you voluntarily resign as an employee of the Company on or prior to October 31, 2014, you will immediately repay the Company one hundred percent (100%) of the Bonus amount; and (ii) in the event you voluntarily resign as an employee of the Company after October 31, 2014 and on or prior to October 31, 2015, you will immediately repay the Company fifty percent (50%) of the Bonus amount.

 

This letter agreement represents our complete understanding and agreement with regard to the subject matter of this letter agreement, and supersedes all prior or contemporaneous agreements, written or oral, pertaining to this matter.  This letter agreement may be amended only by a writing signed by both parties.  This letter agreement will be governed by the laws of the state of Delaware, excluding its conflict of laws rules.

 

This letter agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be an original, but all of which together will constitute one instrument.

 

*         *         *         *         *

 



 

Please confirm your agreement to the terms of this letter agreement by executing below.

 

 

 

Very truly yours,

 

 

 

 

 

2U, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Paul Maeder

 

 

 

Paul Maeder

 

 

 

Chairman

 

 

 

AGREED AND ACCEPTED:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Christopher Paucek

 

 

Christopher Paucek

 

 

 




Exhibit 21.1

 

Subsidiaries of 2U, Inc.

 

Name of Subsidiary

 

Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization

 

 

 

2tor HK LLC

 

Delaware

 




Exhibit 23.1

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

The Board of Directors

2U, Inc.

 

We consent to the use of our report included herein and to the references to our firm under the headings “Experts”, “Selected Consolidated Financial Data” and “Summary Consolidated Financial Data” in the prospectus.

 

 

/s/ KPMG LLP

McLean, Virginia

 

February 21, 2014

 

 

 




Exhibit 99.1

 

CONSENT OF DIRECTOR NOMINEE

 

Pursuant to Rule 438 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, I hereby consent to be named in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of 2U, Inc., and any amendments or supplements thereto, including the prospectus contained therein, as an individual to become a director of 2U, Inc., to all references to me in connection therewith and to the filing or attachment of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto.

 

 

/s/ Sallie L. Krawcheck

 

Name:

Sallie L. Krawcheck

 

Date:

February 18, 2014

 




Exhibit 99.2

 

CONSENT OF DIRECTOR NOMINEE

 

Pursuant to Rule 438 promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, I hereby consent to be named in the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of 2U, Inc., and any amendments or supplements thereto, including the prospectus contained therein, as an individual to become a director of 2U, Inc., to all references to me in connection therewith and to the filing or attachment of this consent as an exhibit to such Registration Statement and any amendment or supplement thereto.

 

 

/s/ Earl Lewis

 

Name:

Earl Lewis

 

Date:

February 18, 2014